Cableado Estructurado PDF

A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
SECTION INDEX Click on any section Systems
below to go to that portion for a detailed
Table of Contents Table of Contents
C.
Fiber
Click on the logo above to go to Optic
A. System Overview www.panduit.com Systems
up to date product information
find a local distributor D.
Power
B. Copper Systems technical information over
Ethernet
E.
C. Fiber Optic Systems Zone
Cabling
D. Power over Ethernet F.

Wireless
E. Zone Cabling
G.
Outlets
F. Wireless
H.
Media
Distribution
G. Outlets
I.
CLICK on any of Physical
Infrastructure
H. Media Distribution the tabs on this Management
page to jump to
J.
that location Overhead &
I. Physical Infrastructure Management within the catalog Underfloor
Routing
K.
J. Overhead and Underfloor Routing Surface
Raceway
L.
K. Surface Raceway Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
L. Cabinets, Racks, and Cable Management M.

Grounding &
Bonding
M. Grounding and Bonding

N.
Industrial
N. Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
O. Labeling and Identification
P.
Cable
Management
P. Cable Management Accessories Accessories
Q.
Q. Index Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). A.1
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
SOLUTIONS ROADMAP
Systems
C.
Fiber
From the data center to the work area to building systems and the factory floor, Panduit delivers comprehensive solutions that optimize the
Optic reliability, availability, security, integration, and safety of the physical infrastructure.Through robust, innovative systems designed for intelligent
Systems
deployment and convergence, Panduit solutions help mitigate risk factors across IT, facilities, operations, and manufacturing to achieve business
D.
Power
efficiencies with lower total cost of ownership.
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone 1 Copper Systems
Cabling 2
13 4 1
F.
Wireless
2 Fiber Optic Systems 3
9 6 1
G.
Outlets
3 Power over Ethernet

H. 5
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical 4 Zone Cabling
Infrastructure
Management
J. 19 9
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing 5 Wireless
K.
8
Surface
Raceway
11 10 10 13
L. 6 Outlets 15
Cabinets, 11 4 1
Racks & 2
Cable
Management 7
3
M.
Physical
Grounding & 7
Bonding Infrastructure Management
N.
Industrial
Overhead and
8
Underfloor Routing
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P. 9 Surface Raceway
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
15
10 Cabinets, Racks, E.
and Cable Management Zone
Cabling
13 11
14 17
F.
19 Wireless
18 11 Power and Grounding
15 17 13
12
G.
Outlets
16 12 Industrial
19 19 H.
12 Media
11 Distribution
18
3
13 Labeling and Identification I.
Physical
Infrastructure
16 17 1 Management
J.
2 Overhead &
6 19 2 2 14 Wiring Duct Underfloor
5 Routing
1 13
9 3 K.
1 6 Surface
Raceway
15 Cable Ties and Mounts
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
16 Stainless Steel M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
17 Terminals Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
18 Safety and Facility Solutions
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
19 Abrasion Protection
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
UNIFIED PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURESM APPROACH

Systems
C. The physical infrastructure is the basic foundation on which enterprise systems run, including
Fiber
Optic voice and data communications, power, computing, control, and security systems.The need to
Systems
provide real-time information, manage applications, and control functional systems through IP
D.
Power
networking is also driving increased interdependence, between these systems through several
over core enterprise areas.
Ethernet
E. Panduit offers Unified Physical Infrastructure (UPI)-based solutions that help customers
Zone
Cabling optimize the physical infrastructure by intelligently converging physical and logical systems.
These solutions leverage real-time information to:
F.
Wireless
Manage systems more effectively
Maximize performance and availability
G.
Outlets Satisfy regulatory compliance requirements
Increase safety and security in the workplace
H.
Media
Distribution
As the global leader in comprehensive network solutions, Panduit helps customers manage the
I.
Physical physical infrastructure by leveraging robust product systems, technology leadership, and global
Infrastructure expertise and by supporting an extensive partner ecosystem, and world-renowned alliances.
Management
J.
Overhead & Panduit systems optimize availability, reliability, security, integration and safety throughout the
Underfloor physical infrastructure and combine to deliver industry and application solutions that enable
Routing
business agility and lowest total cost of ownership.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.4
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
SOLUTIONS THAT ENABLE TECHNOLOGY

Systems
C.
As a global leader Panduit is continually focused on industry and application challenges to create solutions that support evolving business Fiber
needs. In the evaluation and development of technologies, Panduit considers the entire physical infrastructure. Issues such as convergence, Optic
Systems
interoperability, scalability, and continuity need to be addressed to reduce risk across IT, facilities, and manufacturing.This holistic approach
D.
enables business agility through robust, leading-edge systems that optimize design and deployment of the physical infrastructure delivering Power
maximum reliability, availability, security, integration, and safety. over
Ethernet
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT E.

Zone
As consolidation, virtualization, and automation become more widely adopted to increase data Cabling
center efficiency and agility, the elements of power, cooling, asset utilization, and connectivity
become an important factor within data centers.This makes physical infrastructure management F.
Wireless
tools, in conjunction with existing system software management tools, critical to support the
changing needs of your data center.
G.

Outlets
Panduits Physical Infrastructure Manager (PIM ) Software Platform is a physical infrastructure
management system for tracking the allocation and utilization of critical IT assets within the
H.
data center and throughout an enterprise.The PIM Software platform lays the foundation Media
for effective Data Center Infrastructure Management (DCIM) through accurate and timely Distribution
documentation of these physical assets, improved visibility into asset moves, adds, and changes,
I.
and process-driven integration with applicable management systems. Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Working with PanView iQ (PViQ ) System Hardware and select third-party devices, PIM J.
Software provides an end-to-end physical to logical view of the data center and enterprise.This Overhead &
Underfloor
helps reduce the time from receipt of asset to deployment, and allows assets to be effectively Routing
reclaimed, re-purposed, and re-deployed. Unlike manual record keeping, PIM Software
K.
centralizes the collection and representation of a rich set of asset attributes, such as connectivity, Surface
Raceway
space/port availability, and power/environmentals to ensure that the physical infrastructure
supports mission-critical applications, enabling effective optimization of the data centers space, L.
Cabinets,
power, and cooling resources. Racks &
Cable
Management
PViQ System Hardware provides real-time monitoring of patch field connectivity for enhanced
M.
system security and reliability. Using hardware components placed in the network, combined Grounding &
Bonding
with management software, patch field connections are continuously monitored, accurately
documented, and automatically updated. Any change (whether planned or inadvertent) is
immediately detected and alerted through the management platform.The system can even N.
Industrial
guide technicians through moves, adds, and changes, providing greater reliability, security,
efficiency, and savings.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
PViQ System Hardware offers a unique hardware design that allows active management
equipment to be installed at the back of PanView iQ Patch Panels, eliminating the need for P.
Cable
additional rack space and allowing for phased installations.The system also features a Management
web-based graphic user interface (GUI), remote accessibility, and an application program Accessories
interface that integrates with third-party programs to allow utilization of familiar applications
Q.
and services through the PViQ System Hardware. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
POWER OVER ETHERNET (POE)
C. Since the introduction of the 2003 IEEE 802.3af Power over Ethernet (PoE) standard, customers
Fiber
Optic have realized the benefits of delivering DC power over standard Category 5e, 6, and 6A copper
Systems
cabling. Devices such as Voice over IP (VoIP) telephones, wireless access points, IP security
D. cameras and building automation systems increasingly align and converge network traffic over
Power
over a shared IP-based infrastructure. Because these technologies are often deployed in locations
Ethernet
where an available power source is not readily accessible or may be cost prohibitive, supplying
E. managed power through the data cabling is an attractive and cost saving alternative.
Zone
Cabling
DPoE Power Patch Panels save valuable rack space in telecommunications rooms, zone
enclosures, and data centers with a 1 RU design that allows PoE deployment in
F.
Wireless space-constrained locations.The DPoE Compact 8 Midspan provides a flexible solution for
smaller installations and the innovative DC power based design is capable of supplying IEEE
802.3 af-2003 compliant and legacy PoE power to all ports. In the event of a power disruption,
G.
Outlets the port prioritization capabilities work with a network management solution to ensure that
critical applications remain online and available for use, while other non-critical devices are
H. turned off to conserve power.
Media
Distribution
DPoE Power over Ethernet Systems include the DPoE Element Manager, a software
I. application that offers optional local and remote manageability of PoE devices and ports. Alerts
Physical
Infrastructure can be generated on critical conditions, such as loss of power to key devices or from inadvertent
Management
disconnections.With the ability to provide location information on all ports and the panel itself,
J.
Overhead &
an IT manager can track critical assets and resolve concerns efficiently and effectively.
Underfloor
Routing
To support higher power requirements, the DPoE Compact 8 Midspan provides 2X power (up
K. to 32 watts) today. Panduit also supports network transmissions up to 1GbE with the DPoE
Surface
Raceway 1 Gig Power Patch Panel and the DPoE Compact 8 Midspan.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.6
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
10 GIGABIT ETHERNET OVER COPPER

Systems
The rapid growth of network traffic and the drive to build and better utilize data centers C.
Fiber
has many organizations looking toward the benefits of 10 Gig Ethernet (10 GbE) to process, Optic
Systems
manage, and store increasingly large amounts of data across the network. Panduit 10 Gigabit
Solutions incorporate innovative product systems, tools, appliances, software, and services D.
Power
to deliver a comprehensive strategy for unifying the installation and management of your over
Ethernet
physical infrastructure.
E.
Zone

The Panduit TX6A 10Gig UTP with MaTriX Technology and Shielded Copper Cabling Systems Cabling
are complete end-to-end solutions for applications and industries that require increasingly
complex and large-scale database processing capabilities. Both shielded or TX6A 10Gig UTP F.
Copper Cabling System with MaTriX Technology, offer innovative design technologies that work Wireless
together to suppress alien crosstalk while delivering Category 6A electrical performance.These

systems provide end-users with a reliable, cost-effective, and flexible cabling infrastructure that G.
addresses the most demanding applications, including the following: Outlets
Enterprise LAN H.
Media
TX6A 10Gig UTP Copper Cabling System with MaTriX Technology supports to the desktop Distribution
to run increasingly sophisticated workgroup applications. Also, with enterprises increasingly
I.
relying on VoIP, webcasting, video conferencing, and telepresence to communicate in real time Physical
Infrastructure
across long distances,TX6A 10Gig systems enable the convergence of voice, data, and video Management
across unified IP networks.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Data Center Routing
Managing information is no longer enough - data centers must provide real-time access to
accurate information in order to support evolving business requirements and organizational K.
Surface
growth. TX6A 10Gig Copper solutions in the data center improve efficiencies of computer Raceway
devices (servers, switches, routers) and data storage within networks. Copper solutions also L.
support finance, health care, and science sectors that require the high bandwidth and Cabinets,
Racks &
processing power of high performance computing (HPC) clusters to conduct complex Cable
Management
analytical modeling tasks.
M.
Grounding &
Panduit also offers SFP+ 10 Gb/s Direct Attach Copper Cable Assemblies.These twinaxial Bonding
cables are low power, low latency, cost effective interconnects for Top of Rack and short reach
interconnects.These cable assemblies support finance, healthcare, and science sectors that N.
Industrial
require the high bandwidth and processing power of High Performance Computing (HPC)
clusters to conduct complext analytical modeling tasks.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
10 GIGABIT ETHERNET AND FIBRE CHANNEL

Systems
OVER FIBER
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
The rapid growth of network traffic and the drive to build and better utilize data centers has
D. many organizations looking toward the benefits of 10 Gigabit Ethernet (10 GbE) to process,
Power
over manage, and store increasingly large amounts of data across the network. Panduit 10Gig
Ethernet
Solutions incorporate innovative product systems, tools, appliances, software, and services to
E. deliver a comprehensive strategy for unifying the installation and management of your
Zone
Cabling physical infrastructure.
Panduit has developed a comprehensive suite of 10Gig fiber products that push beyond
F.
Wireless the standards using Beyond the Glass Design Excellence. New classes of multimode fibers
SM
(ISO designated as OM3 and enhanced OM3 [ie. OM4]) enable cost-effective structured cabling
G.
solutions by employing low-cost VCSEL-based transceivers to deliver reliable 10 Gigabit Ethernet
Outlets performance at a reach of up to 300 m. Such fibers also exceed media requirements of ANSI Fibre
Channel for 1GFC, 2GFC, 4GFC, 8GFC, and 10GFC.
H.
Media
Distribution Selection of a multimode fiber structured cabling solution requires that data integrity,
manageability, and security be balanced with reasonable cost expectations and future growth
I. requirements.The availability of low-cost, high-speed transmitter technology makes 50m
Physical
Infrastructure laser-enhanced fiber media (i.e. OM3 and OM4) and connectivity systems a more cost-effective
Management
solution than laser-based systems.The most economical upgrade paths are those that leverage
J.
Overhead &
high fiber grade solutions wherever practical.
Underfloor
Routing
Panduit focuses on functional Bit Error Rate (BER) testing as the true determination of
K. high-speed channel performance, and considers BER testing as the evaluation method most
Surface
Raceway relevant to the reliable operation of high-speed Ethernet and Fibre Channel networks. Overall,
Panduit fiber research, product development, and manufacturing expertise ensures its
L.
Cabinets, solutions deliver optimum performance and reliability for all network applications.
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.8
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
FIBER OPTIC STORAGE NETWORKING SOLUTIONS

Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Regulations governing data warehousing and disaster recovery are spurring the construction
of high-performing, reliable, and cost-effective storage networking to store, manage, and D.
Power
protect corporate records. As data traffic performance requirements continue to increase, over
Ethernet
from 4 Gbps and 8 Gbps standards today, to 16 Gbps and higher for future standards, the
physical infrastructure must support these demands. E.
Zone
Cabling
Ensuring high performance requires a complete systems approach to optical transceiver and
fiber optic media selection, connectivity choice, channel design and headroom considerations.
F.
Panduits comprehensive suite of fiber optic media and SAN infrastructure products exceed Wireless
current fiber optic standards and are future-ready using Beyond the Glass Design Excellence.
SM
G.
Our storage networking infrastructure solutions are comprised of modular components and Outlets
high-density patching for maximum agility and scalability over the life of the data center.
All system components work together and feature common form factors, accessories, H.
Media
cable routing, and mounting methods so that any component of the physical infrastructure Distribution
can be easily replicated or utilized elsewhere in the system:
I.
Physical
High-density patch fields with higher port counts accommodate more storage Infrastructure
Management
networking connectivity in the same physical space, optimizing equipment rack
utilization and conserving valuable data center real estate. J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Best practices for cable management, equipment racking, distribution area layout,
pathway routing, and installation techniques ensure infrastructure agility speed to K.
Surface
deploy, increased installer productivity, efficient maintenance, and fast response to Raceway
changes in an area where no down time is the operating norm.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Ultimately, our fiber research, manufacturing, and solutions development expertise ensure Cable
Management
consistent high performance and reliability throughout the storage networking infrastructure.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
PRE-TERMINATED COPPER AND FIBER SOLUTIONS

Systems
C. The ability to deploy cabling quickly with minimal system downtime and maximum reliability
Fiber
Optic is key to efficient design and deployment of the physical infrastructure. An end-to-end
Systems
pre-terminated, factory-tested cabling system is an ideal alternative to traditional cable
D. installation, termination, and testing.
Power
over
Ethernet
The QuickNet Pre-Terminated Cabling System assures quick plug-in network deployment
E. and consistent performance while minimizing rework and scrap. Components are precision
Zone
Cabling engineered as part of a complete structured cabling system, connecting switches, servers,
and storage equipment via organized patch fields and distribution areas and enabling quick
F. installation in both new and existing facilities. As a result, data centers can handle changing
Wireless requirements faster and more efficiently than ever before.
G. The QuickNet Copper Cabling System is engineered for maximum design flexibility and
Outlets
high rack density utilization and offers 100% factory-tested pre-terminated cable assemblies
in standard and custom lengths and configurations.The QuickNet Plug Pack Assemblies
H. facilitate quick and easy connection and disconnection of patch cords to a variety of switches,
Media
Distribution reducing time and cost associated when installing and maintaining structured cabling links.
I.
Physical The QuickNet Fiber Optic Cabling System exceeds the requirements of IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE
Infrastructure
Management and all high-speed ANSI Fibre Channel standards. QuickNet Cassettes and Trunk Cable
Assemblies and new QuickNet SFQ Series Cassettes and Cable Assemblies offer maximum
J.
Overhead & deployment flexibility in QuickNet Cassette Enclosures or Patch Panels.These fiber cabling
Underfloor
Routing components utilize duplex SC, LC, or MTP* multi-fiber array connectors for high-density,
consistent performance, and high reliability. QuickNet Copper and Fiber Cassettes are
K. interchangeable for interoperability and future upgrade options within the data center
Surface
Raceway and telecommunications rooms.
L.
Cabinets, Invest in a trouble-free, high performance infrastructure that leverages reliable, scalable
Racks &
Cable QuickNet Pre-Terminated components to ensure consistent, dependable system performance
Management
with the lowest cost of ownership.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.

N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.10
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
FASTER IMPLEMENTATION WITH PRE-CONFIGURED

Systems
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURES
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
As more businesses are adopting consolidation, virtualization, and automation of IT assets to
D.
drive business results, the physical infrastructures needed to support the technologies that Power
make this happen are increasingly more critical to network performance, more complicated to over
Ethernet
design, and take longer to implement.
E.
Zone
Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures are based on proven reference designs that map the Cabling
logical architecture to the physical layer.These solutions are pre-engineered, tested, and
validated to lower the infrastructure speed to deployment, enhance thermal performance, F.
Wireless
decrease 5energy usage, and reduce total cost of ownership (TCO), resulting in reduced risk and
increased sustainability.
G.
Outlets
At the core of the Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure offering are solutions tailored for the
most popular Cisco^ Catalyst, Nexus, and UCS deployments.They include all necessary systems,
H.
pre-configured within Panduit cabinets, to rapidly deploy various technology Media
Distribution
platforms, including:
I.
Thermal Management Physical
Infrastructure
Management
High Speed Data Transport (HSDT) Copper and Fiber Cabling
Cable Management J.
Overhead &
Grounding and Bonding Underfloor
Routing
Power Outlet Units (POUs)
Identification Labels K.
Surface
Raceway
Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures arrive at partner or end user sites ready to be L.
Cabinets,
deployed, reducing the time required for planning, designing, procurement, and installation. Racks &
Cable
Packaging and transportation waste that would typically occur when specifying individual Management
components is reduced improving sustainability.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
To enable business growth and agility across the entire offering, Panduit Pre-Configured Physical
Infrastructures are designed to support various network and compute densities. Modular
components such as the QuickNet Pre-terminated Cabling System facilitate migration from N.
Industrial
10G to 40G or 100G Ethernet with minimum investment and down time.
O.
Leveraging Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures with comprehensive Smart Data Center Labeling &
Identification
Solutions, Advisory Services, and an eco-system of partners, Panduit helps to ensure that partner
technology platforms are aligned and integrated with the entire data center infrastructure P.
Cable
for true optimization. Management
Accessories
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
NETWORK GROUNDING AND BONDING

Systems
C. The network grounding and bonding system is more than just an insurance policy against a
Fiber
Optic lightning strike. It is an active, functioning system that mitigates risk throughout the enterprise
Systems
by providing crucial protection to equipment and personnel. Proper grounding is essential for
D. efficient network system performance. Improper grounding can result in failures such as lower
Power
over data transmission rates, unacceptable downtime, damaging expensive equipment and voiding
Ethernet
equipment warranties.
E.
Zone
Cabling Data center grounding is governed by documents TIA-942,TIA-607-B, and IEEE Std 1100 (IEEE
Emerald Book). According to these standards, a properly designed grounding system is one that is
F. intentional, visually verifiable, adequately sized to handle expected currents safely and one that
Wireless directs these potentially damaging currents away from sensitive communication equipment.
G. Panduit offers end-to-end solutions to meet customer needs and todays critical application
Outlets
requirements for grounding data centers. Panduit StructuredGround Grounding System
provides a high quality, visually verifiable, and dedicated grounding path to maintain system
H. performance, improve network reliability, and protect network equipment and personnel.
Media
Distribution Highest reliability is ensured; this grounding system meets all applicable grounding and
bonding industry standards. Panduit StructuredGround Grounding System gives you what
I.
Physical you need to properly protect your investment.
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.12
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
PHYSICAL SECURITY
Systems
C.
The network infrastructure provides the applications, support, services, and security necessary Fiber
to enable agility throughout the organization. It is critical that network security and protection Optic
Systems
guard against unauthorized access to reduce downtime, prevent vandalism or abuse to system
D.
components, and help ensure lowest cost of ownership. Power
over
Ethernet
Panduit physical security products reduce risk throughout the physical infrastructure and
help organizations maintain secure control of sensitive or confidential information. E.
Zone
Cabling
Keyed LC Fiber Optic System incorporates positive/negative keying features and

color-coding for effective physical layer security; keyed and color-coded connectors F.
Wireless
prevent unauthorized moves or changes in patch fields and at workstations
TX6 10Gig Shielded Copper Cabling reduces electromagnetic and radio frequency G.
Outlets
interference (EMI/RFI) to improve secure transmission of data between offices,
branches, and remote locations
H.
Media
Distribution
PanView iQ Hardware and Physical Infrastructure Management Software is a
next-generation physical infrastructure management system that provides real-time I.
monitoring of patch field connectivity to enable quick detection of unintended or Physical
Infrastructure
improper patch field changes Management
J.
Overhead &
RJ45 jack blockout devices, RJ45 plug lock-in devices, and USB blockout devices Underfloor
provide simple and secure methods to secure connections, control access to data, Routing
and deter vandalism to jacks-saving time and money associated with downtime,
K.
data security breaches, hardware replacement, and infrastructure repair Surface
Raceway
LC Fiber Optic Duplex Adapter Blockout Device is a tamper-resistant design which L.

Cabinets,
blocks unauthorized access to LC duplex ports.The LC Fiber Optic Lock-In Duplex Clip Racks &
Cable
prevents unauthorized removal of cable and secures connections.The products work Management
to reduce network downtime, data security breaches, and hardware replacement due
M.
to theft. Grounding &
Bonding
PanZone Zone Cabling Enclosures for ceiling, wall mount and in-floor applications
N.
offer lockable features to protect against tampering, theft, or other physical abuse to Industrial
network connections and cables
O.
Whether in the data center, telecommunications rooms, factory floor or work area, Panduit Labeling &
Identification
creates innovative solutions that improve security for both data and equipment within the
physical infrastructure, ensuring that only authorized individuals have access to building P.
management systems and network devices. Cable
Management
Accessories
Pages with this icon are part of physical security.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
ENTERPRISE SOLUTIONS
Systems
C. Enterprises today require the spaces they occupy to be supported by a wide variety of business
Fiber
Optic systems and communication technologies.Traditional control systems for lighting, security,
Systems
HVAC, and energy management must now co-exist with IP-based voice, data, and video
D. communication technologies.
Power
over
Ethernet
Enterprise solutions link facility and network systems directly into the converged
E. building network, generating and sharing data over a single platform to enhance the
Zone
Cabling efficiency and effectiveness of the building as a whole.These solutions are based on
running network cabling within shared pathways in order to extend the reach of a
F.
physically converged infrastructure to all devices and systems.
Wireless
Most systems can be physically converged through shared conduit, cable trays, and building
G. pathways; while logically they will converge through a switched IP network.This converged
Outlets design allows building systems to be considered a true business asset, helping manage risk
across the enterprise by:
H.
Media
Distribution Reducing capital expenses by managing installation design and contracting
Reducing operational expenses through efficient moves, adds, and changes
I.
Physical Employing a scalable and smart infrastructure that supports
Infrastructure
Management TIA/EIA-568 and -569 telecommunications cabling standards
J. Enabling greater occupant productivity, safety, and comfort while maintaining
Overhead & the building value over time
Underfloor
Routing
K. The unified approach results in a reliable, interoperable, and scalable physical infrastructure
Surface
Raceway that enables the deployment of converged applications throughout a building to improve
L. manageability, lower total cost of ownership, and ultimately minimize risk.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.14
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
MULTI-DWELLING/MULTI-TENANT UNIT
Systems
C.
MEDIA SERVICES Fiber

Optic
Systems
Multi-dwelling units and/or multi-tenant units (MDU/MTU) consist of buildings with
multiple floors and units designated for residential (complexes, apartments, and condominiums) D.
Power
or commercial use (hotels, office complexes, and retail buildings). Individuals occupying these over
Ethernet
spaces are increasingly demanding access to the latest multimedia communications with the
ability for customization. E.
Zone
Cabling
The Panduit media distribution system allows contractors and building owners to provide
end-to-end voice, video, and data systems to their customers by consolidating all incoming F.
communication cable from the buildings entry point to a centralized high-density enclosure Wireless
installed within each unit (typically in a utility or closet).The enclosure uses innovative hubs
to distribute these triple play services to individual outlets enabling unique, customer-defined G.
communication access to every room or office of the unit. As needs change, each occupant Outlets
may easily modify services using modular hubs and high density features that support a
greater number of media connections within the enclosure. As a result, the Panduit media H.
Media
distribution system delivers maximum use of space and greater service flexibility while Distribution
maintaining aesthetics.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
From the building demarcation point to the end users network outlet, the Panduit media Management
distribution system is the most flexible and comprehensive solution for distributing triple
J.
play services in support of todays applications and tomorrows opportunities. Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
WIRELESS SOLUTIONS
Systems
C. Since the release of the IEEE 802.11 set of standards, wireless access to data and the Internet
Fiber
Optic has grown in popularity and has contributed to the tremendous growth in the use of WLANs
Systems
(wireless local area networks) to deliver freedom and mobility to users accessing Ethernet
D. networks. Integrated wired and wireless networks have become essential elements of successful
Power
over enterprise environments, and are rapidly becoming necessities throughout college campuses,
Ethernet
hospitals, convention centers, hotels, and ancillary facilities.
E.
Zone
Cabling Panduit has collaborated with Cisco Systems to deliver a complete wireless enclosure solution.
This solution cost-effectively addresses network deployment, security, and aesthetics by
F. bringing together wired and wireless networks to enable complete interoperability. Integrated
Wireless networks reduce complexities associated with operating and maintaining devices across
multiple environments.
G.
Outlets
Complementing Cisco Systems Integrated Wireless Network are Panduit physical infrastructure
solutions. Designed specifically to support a secured wired and wireless environment, Panduit
H. copper and fiber cabling and connectivity systems, wireless access point enclosures, and Power
Media
Distribution over Ethernet patch panels provide a reliable platform to ensure the most robust and secure
enterprise LAN possible.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management The Panduit wireless connection delivers proven interoperability that helps ensure reliability
and performance throughout the enterprise LAN. End-users deploying an integrated wired and
J.
Overhead & wireless network are able to maximize their network investment by extending their network
Underfloor
Routing applications throughout the enterprise in a reliable and cost-effective manner.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.16 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
ULTIMATE ID NETWORK LABELING

Systems
C.
Permanent labeling is critical for all network cabling system installations. Proper labeling and Fiber
identification of the physical infrastructure enhances the visibility of all network elements; Optic
Systems
reduces the time to make moves, adds, and changes; and contributes toward a safer network
D.
and data center environment. Power
over
Ethernet
Panduit Ultimate ID Network Labeling Solutions provide clean and efficient labeling of the
network physical infrastructure in accordance with TIA/EIA-606-B.The Ultimate ID system E.
Zone
standardizes on a common label height across all Ultimate ID products and supports Mini-Com Cabling
products (faceplates, surface mount boxes, patch panels) across your installation:
F.
Wireless
All labels are protected by a tamper-resistant transparent plastic cover to protect the legend
All labels are positioned adjacent to, centered on, and parallel to the port they are identifying
G.
All labels have the same compact height to enhance the appearance of the installation Outlets
All labels are made of a durable, multi-layered, non-adhesive construction that makes
installation and removal quick and easy H.
Media
The label cover surface is flush with the adjacent faceplate surface Distribution
I.
Physical

Ultimate ID Labeling Solutions are available for a variety of printers, including desktop, as Infrastructure
Management
well as the Panduit PanTher LS8E and Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers.
The PanTher LS8E Printer makes compliant labeling fast and easy. Built-in programming lets J.
Overhead &
you line up your legends on patch panel and faceplate labels without guessing how many Underfloor
Routing
spaces are needed, which makes the PanTher LS8E Printer the best solution for on-site
network connectivity labeling. K.
Surface
Raceway
Ultimate ID Labeling Software for WINDOWS^ is designed for fast and easy creation of labels
L.
for Ultimate ID Network System patch panels, faceplates, surface mount boxes and marker ties. Cabinets,
Racks &
Ultimate ID Labeling Software for WINDOWS^ is included with all ID labeling solutions. Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
^WINDOWS is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp. in the United States and/or other countries.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
WORKSTATION AREA ROADMAP

Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic 1 2 3
Systems 5
7
D.
Power 4
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
1
F.
Wireless 1
2
2
G. 3
Outlets 3
4 1
H. 13
Media 9 2
Distribution
14
11 6
I. 1
Physical
Infrastructure 12 9
Management 2
13 13
J. 4
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
14
K.
Surface
Raceway
Copper Systems Zone Cabling
1 4
L. (pages B.1 B.98) (pages E.1 E.10)
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding & Wireless
2 Fiber Optic Systems 5
Bonding (pages F.1 F.5)
(pages C.1 C.106)
N.
Industrial
Power over Ethernet
3 Outlets
(pages D.1 D.6) 6 (pages G.1 G.30)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management Physical
Accessories 7 Infrastructure
Management
(pages I.1 I.12)
Q.
Index
A.18
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM ROADMAP

Systems
C.
Fiber
2 8 11 Optic
Systems
2
7 D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
1 Zone
Cabling
1
2 7
12 F.
Wireless
13
10 G.
Outlets
1 H.
Media
3 Distribution
I.
2 Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
1 10 12 Routing
K.
Surface
Overhead and 11 Grounding Raceway
8
Underfloor Routing and Bonding
(pages J.1 J.80) (pages M.1 M.58) L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
9 Surface Raceway Labeling and Grounding &
(pages K.1 K.26) 12 Identification Bonding
(pages O.1 O.30)
N.
Industrial
Cable Management
Cabinets, Racks, and 13 Accessories
10 O.
Cable Management (pages P.1 P.46) Labeling &
(pages L.1 L.100) Identification
P.
14 Abrasion Protection Cable
Management
(pages P.47 P.52)
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
DATA CENTER ROADMAP

Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Copper Systems
D. 1
(pages B.1 B.98)
Power
over
Ethernet 7 5
E.
Zone
Cabling 2
9
F. 3
Wireless 2
2 Fiber Optic Systems

(pages C.1 C.106)
G.
Outlets
H. 9
Media
Distribution 2
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management Power over Ethernet
3
(pages D.1 D.6)
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K. 9
Surface
Raceway 3
L.
Cabinets, 6
Racks &
Cable Zone Cabling
Management 4 (pages E.1 E.10)
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
9
N. 3
Industrial
O. Cabinets, 6
Labeling & Racks, and
Identification 5
Cable Management
(pages L.1 L.100)
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.20
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Physical
1 6 Infrastructure
D.
Management Power
2 (pages I.1 I.12) over
Ethernet
7
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
7 Wireless
9 Overhead and
5 7 Underfloor Routing
(pages J.1 J.80)
G.
6 Outlets
1
H.
5 Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Grounding Management
8 and Bonding
(pages M.1 M.58) J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
5
K.
Surface
Raceway
1 7 L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Labeling Cable
9 and Identification Management
8 (pages O.1 O.30)
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
4
O.
Cable Management Labeling &
10 Accessories Identification
(pages P.1 P.46)
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
TX COPPER SYSTEMS SELECTION GUIDE

Systems
C.
Fiber Panduit offers end-to-end cabling system solutions for copper and fiber cabling applications. Panduit cabling systems provide a complete, high
Optic
Systems performance, reliable, synergized structured cabling infrastructure to optimize your network performance while providing one point of contact.
D.
Power
over
Ethernet Panduit Panduit Panduit Panduit
TX6A TX6500 TX6000 TX5500
Systems Systems Systems Systems
E. Standards ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e
Zone ISO/IEC 11801 Edition 2, ISO/IEC 11801 Edition 2 ISO/IEC 11801 Edition 2 ISO/IEC 11801 Edition 2
Cabling Amendment 1 Class EA Class E Class E Class D
TSB-155 Supports 10GBASE-T TSB-155 Supports 10GBASE-T
applications up to applications up to
37 meter channels 37 meter channels
F.
Wireless
Performance >500 MHz >350 MHz >300 MHz >175 MHz

(Bandwidth)
G.
Outlets
Applications Ethernet 10GBASE-T, Ethernet 10BASE-T, Ethernet 10BASE-T, Ethernet 10BASE-T,
100BASE-T, 1000BASE-T 100BASE-T (Fast 100BASE-T (Fast 100BASE-T (Fast
(Gigabit Ethernet), 10GBASE-T Ethernet), 1000BASE-T Ethernet), 1000BASE-T Ethernet), 1000BASE-T
H. (Gigabit Ethernet), (Gigabit Ethernet), (Gigabit Ethernet),
Media Data center applications 10GBASE-T (10 10GBASE-T (10
Distribution for switch-to-switch links, Gigabit Ethernet over Gigabit Ethernet over 155 Mb/s ATM, 622 Mb/s
storage area networks, limited distances limited distances ATM, 1.2 Gb/s ATM
computer cluster farms, as specified in the industry as specified in the industry
I. storage on demand, and 10GBASE-T standards) 10GBASE-T standards) Token Ring 4/16
Physical aggregation of data
Infrastructure 155 Mb/s ATM, 622 Mb/s 155 Mb/s ATM, 622 Mb/s Voice/data systems
Vital business ATM, 1.2 Gb/s ATM ATM, 1.2 Gb/s ATM
Management
management Voice over Internet
applications, scientific Token Ring 4/16 Token Ring 4/16 Protocol (VoIP)
J. modeling, work group file
Overhead & transfer and Voice/data systems Voice/data systems Power over Ethernet (PoE)
Underfloor media rendering
Routing Voice over Internet Voice over Internet
Web-enabling applications Protocol (VoIP) Protocol (VoIP)
such as Voice over Internet
Protocol (VoIP) and live Power over Ethernet (PoE) Power over Ethernet (PoE)
K.
Surface video/audio broadcasting
Raceway
Power over Ethernet (PoE)
L. Pre-Terminated QuickNet Copper QuickNet Copper QuickNet Copper QuickNet Plug

Cabinets, Connectivity Cabling System Cabling System Cabling System Pack Assemblies
Racks & (pages B.8 B.13) (pages B.8 B.13) (pages B.8 B.13) (pages B.10 B.11)
Cable
Management QuickNet Plug QuickNet Plug QuickNet Plug
Pack Assemblies Pack Assemblies Pack Assemblies
M. (pages B.10 B.11) (pages B.10 B.11) (pages B.10 B.11)
Grounding &
Bonding Cable TX6A and TX6A-SD TX6500 Enhanced Category 6 TX6000 Category 6 UTP TX5500 Category 5e UTP
10Gig Copper Cable with UTP Copper Cable Copper Cable Copper Cable
MaTriX Technology (page B.26) (page B.27) (page B.39)
(page B.19)
N. Jack Modules Mini-Com TX6 10Gig Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Mini-Com TX5e Jack Modules
Industrial Jack Modules Jack Modules Jack Modules (page B.40)
(pages B.16 and B.20) (page B.28) (page B.28)
Patch Panels DP6A 10Gig Patch Panels DP6 PLUS Patch Panels DP6 PLUS Patch Panels DP5e Patch Panels
O. (page B.22) (page B.31) (page B.31) (page B.43)
Labeling &
Identification
Patch Cords TX6A and TX6A-SD TX6 PLUS Patch Cords TX6 PLUS Patch Cords TX5e Patch Cords
10Gig Patch Cords with (page B.34) (page B.31) (page B.46)
P. MaTriX Technology
Cable (page B.19)
Management Punchdown GP6 Punchdown System GP6 Punchdown System Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e
Accessories Systems (pages B.76 B.82) (pages B.76 B.82) Punchdown System
(pages B.84 B.91)
Q.
Index
A.22
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
FIBER OPTIC SYSTEMS SELECTION GUIDE

Systems
C.
Fiber
Panduit Panduit Optic
Multimode Systems Singlemode Systems Systems
OM3/OM4 10Gig 50m OM2 50m OM1 62.5m OS1/OS2 9m
Standards IEEE 802.3z IEEE 802.3j IEEE 802.3j IEEE 802.3z D.
1GBASE-SX 850nm 10BASE-F 850nm 10BASE-F 850nm 1GBASE-LX 1310nm Power
IEEE 802.3ae IEEE 802.3u IEEE 802.3u IEEE 802.3ae: over
10GBASE-S 850nm 100BASE-FX 850nm 100BASE-FX 850nm 10GBASE-LX4 CWDM Ethernet
10GBASE-LX4 CWDM IEEE 802.3z IEEE 802.3z 10GBASE-LX 1310nm
1,2,4,8,10 and 16 Gigabit Fibre 1GBASE-SX 850nm 1GBASE-SX 850nm 10GBASE-EX 1550nm
Channel, (FC-x00-M5*-SN-I, and IEEE 802.3ae IEEE 802.3ae InfiniBand (IB-xX-yDR-LX); E.
10GFC 1200); 10GBASE-S 850nm 10GBASE-S 850nm x = 1, 4 lanes; y = S, D, Q Zone
x = 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, and 16 10GBASE-LX4 CWDM 10GBASE-LX4 CWDM (Single, Double, Quadruple Cabling
* = E (OM3) or F (OM4) 1, 2, 4 Gigabit Fibre Channel, 1, 2, 4 Gigabit Fibre Channel, data rates)
x = 1,2,4,8,12 and 16 (FC-x00-M5-SN-I); x = 1, 2, 4 (FC-x00-M5-SN-I); x = 1, 2, 4 SONET OC-192 and OC-768
InfiniBand (IB-xX-yDR-SX); InfiniBand (IB-xX-yDR-SX); InfiniBand (IB-xX-yDR-SX);
x = 1, 4, 8, 12 lanes; x = 1, 4, 8, 12 lanes; y = S, D, x = 1, 4, 8, 12 lanes; y = S, D, F.
y = S, D, Q (Single, Double, Q (Single, Double, Quadruple Q (Single, Double, Quadruple Wireless
Quadruple data rates) data rates) data rates)
SONET OC-192/SDH
STM-64, (OIF VSR4-04)
Bandwidth Standard reach fiber: Standard reach fiber: >510 >220 N/A
(EMBc in OM3>2000 Extended reach fiber: >950 G.
MHz.km) Extended reach fiber: Outlets
OM4>4700
Reach Standard reach OM3 fiber: Standard reach OM2 fiber: OM1 fiber: OS1/OS2 fiber:
(@850nm) up to 1000m (1GBASE-SX); up to 600m (1GBASE-SX); up to 300m (1GBASE-SX); up to 5km (1GBASE-LX);
up to 300m (10GBASE-S); up to 82m (10GBASE-S); up to 33m (10GBASE-S); up to 10km (10GBASE-LX4); H.
up to 300m (10GBASE-LX4) up to 240m (10GBASE-LX4) up to 300m (10GBASE-LX4) up to 10km (10GBASE-LX); Media
Extended reach OM4 fiber: Extended reach OM2 fiber: up to 40km (10GBASE-EX) Distribution
up to 1040m (1GBASE-SX); up to 750m (1GBASE-SX);
up to 550m (10GBASE-S) up to 150m (10GBASE-S)
Applications Data centers (switch-to-switch Building backbones and Legacy building backbones Campus and I.
horizontal links)and storage zone cabling and zone cabling building backbones Physical
area networks Fiber to the enclosure Fiber to the enclosure Entrance facilities and Infrastructure
Financial and medical delivery of high bandwidth to delivery of high bandwidth to equipment rooms Management
applications; data warehousing workgroup applications workgroup applications Carrier
High performance computing Fiber to the desk digital Fiber to the desk digital equipment applications J.
scientific modeling, content creation and video content creation and video Dark fiber Overhead &
simulation and Bioninformatics file transaction file transaction enterprise applications Underfloor
Cable Opti-Core Fiber Optic Cable Routing
10Gig OM3/OM4 Multimode OM2 Multimode OM1 Multimode OS1/OS2 Singlemode
(pages C.4 C.18) (pages C.4 C.18) (pages C.4 C.18) (pages C.4 C.18)
K.
Fiber Optic OptiCam Pre-Polished Cam, Opti-Crimp Pre-Polished Crimp, and Field Polish Connectors Surface
Connectors Raceway
Multimode LC, Keyed LC, Multimode LC, Keyed LC, SC, Multimode LC, Keyed LC, SC, Singlemode LC, Keyed LC, SC,
and SC ST, and FJ ST, and FJ ST, and FJ
(pages C.19 C.27) (pages C.19 C.27) (pages C.19 C.27) (pages C.19 C.27) L.
Adapters, Cabinets,
Fiber Optic Adapters, Mini-Com Fiber Optic Adapter Modules, and Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels Racks &
Adapter
Modules, and 10Gig OM3/OM4 Multimode OS1 Multimode MPO/MTP*, OM1 Multimode MPO/MTP*, OS1/OS2 Singlemode Cable
Fiber Adapter MPO/MTP*, LC, Keyed LC, LC, Keyed LC, SC, ST, LC, Keyed LC, SC, ST, MPO/MTP*, LC, Keyed LC, SC, Management
Panels and SC and MT-RJ and MT-RJ ST, and FC
Pre-Terminated M.
QuickNet SFQ Series and QuickNet MTP* Cassettes Grounding &
MTP* Cassettes
10Gig OM3/OM4 Multimode

OM2 Multimode OM1 Multimode OS1/OS2 Singlemode Bonding
Enclosures, QuickNet and Opticom Enclosures, Trays, and Patch Panels and Mini-Com Patch Panels
Trays, Patch
(pages C.54 C.62) (pages C.54 C.62) (pages C.54 C.62) (pages C.54 C.62) N.
Panels, and
Accessories
Industrial
Patch Cords, Opti-Core Fiber Optic Patch Cords, Pigtails, and Reference Cable Assemblies and Kits
Pigtails,
Reference Cable 10Gig OM3/OM4 Multimode LC, OM2 Multimode LC, Keyed LC, OM1 Multimode LC, Keyed LC, OS1/OS2 Singlemode LC, O.
Assemblies, and Keyed LC, and SC SC, ST, and FJ SC, ST, and FJ Keyed LC, SC, ST, and FJ Labeling &
Kits (pages C.63 C.90) (pages C.63 C.90) (pages C.63 C.90) (pages C.63 C.90) Identification
Hydra, QuickNet Hydra, Interconnect, MTP* Trunk, and Traditional Trunk Cable Assemblies
Interconnect, P.
and Trunk Cable 10Gig OM3/OM4 Multimode OM2 Multimode OM1 Multimode OS1/OS2 Singlemode
(pages C.91 C.100) (pages C.91 C.100) (pages C.91 C.100) (pages C.91 C.100) Cable
Assemblies
Management
Accessories
Termination Kits OptiCam and Field Polish Connector Termination Kits and Tools
and Tools
(pages C.101 C.106)
Q.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
GLOBAL SERVICES AND SUPPORT

Systems
C. Panduit maintains a dedicated global sales force of highly qualified industry experts to
Fiber
Optic provide professional, consultative sales guidance. In addition, partnership with Panduit
Systems
Certified Installers, Designers, and System Integrators offers assistance from design through
D. implementation and post-sale support. Panduit also teams with best-in-class partners to deliver
Power
over interoperable, open architecture solutions. Combined, these partnerships provide the services
Ethernet
and support to deliver comprehensive, reliable solutions and reduce the total cost of ownership.
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY
G.
Outlets
Panduit embraces green thinking as a core value. As a global manufacturer, our mission is to
H.
Media design facilities and products for the present generation without compromising the ability of
Distribution the future generations to meet their needs. Our company-wide commitment has resulted in
the long-standing deployment of programs throughout our global facilities that use energy
I.
Physical efficiently, reduce energy consumption, and minimize our ecological footprint.
Infrastructure
Management
Specifically, Panduit is committed to the prevention of pollution through compliance with
J.
Overhead & applicable legal requirements and continuous improvement of our environmental performance.
Underfloor
Routing This policy is implemented through a mature and effective environmental management system
(EMS) that includes planning, training, measurement, reporting, and review. Panduit is also
K.
Surface committed to being a good corporate neighbor by engaging in global long-term sustainability
Raceway
initiatives that protect, replenish, and restore the communities in which we live and operate.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & We communicate our green philosophy throughout the industry as an active participant of
Cable
Management the U.S. Green Building Council, developers of the LEED Green Building Rating System;The
Green Grid, a global consortium dedicated to advancing the energy efficiency of data centers
M.
Grounding & and business computing ecosystems worldwide; and the NEMA Call to Action steering
Bonding
committee, which is dedicated to limiting the use of hazardous materials in electrical products.
N.
RESTRICTION OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES (ROHS)

Industrial
O.
Applicable Panduit products comply with the material restrictions of European directives on
Labeling & the Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS; 2002/95/EC) and Waste Electrical and Electronic
Identification
Equipment (WEEE; 2002/96/EC). All global Panduit manufacturing facilities are registered to the
P. ISO 14001:2004 and ISO 9001:2000 standards, and we are currently working towards compliance
Cable
Management with REACH regulations (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals)
Accessories
passed by the European Union in 2007.
Q.
Index
A.24
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
PANDUIT BUSINESS PARTNER PROGRAM

Systems
In an era where differentiation is demanded, the Panduit Business Partner Program enhances C.
Fiber
our partners productivity, profitability, and business growth by focusing on the design, Optic
Systems
development, marketing, delivery, and maintenance of Panduit solutions.
D.
Power
Panduit is committed to providing our partners with the tools and resources necessary to over
Ethernet
successfully deliver Panduit solutions through the entire customer lifecycle: consulting, planning,
design, deployment, implementation, operation, and maintenance.The Business Partner Program E.
Zone
leverages Panduits Unified Physical InfrastructureSM (UPI) approach to help partners enhance Cabling
their business offering from hardware and software to services and solutions and deliver
maximum customer value. F.
Wireless
Increased Business Capabilities: Panduits top partners are certified to deliver Panduit
solutions that improve customer capabilities while increasing operational efficiency. A wide
G.
range of partners across multiple disciplines are available to help you increase revenue and drive Outlets
new business efficiencies.

H.
Increased Differentiation: Enjoy strategic advantage over your competition by working Media
Distribution
with partners that understand Panduit solutions and product systems technologies. Utilize
Panduits UPI-based solutions to enrich and specialize your data center, enterprise, and industrial I.
Physical
automation offerings, optimizing your core business systems while driving resource and energy Infrastructure
efficiencies across the physical infrastructure. Management
J.
Enhanced Customer Relevance: In a dynamic business environment, customers value a wide Overhead &
Underfloor
breadth of capabilities that can be leveraged to increase business agility now while managing Routing
risk into the future. As you work with Panduit partners, your success will increase as your physical
infrastructure capabilities grow. K.
Surface
Raceway
Panduit Business Partner skill sets range from electrical and networking to IT, consulting, L.
Cabinets,
architecting, engineering, and design.Training and certifications earned by partners enable them Racks &
to share the best practices and lessons learned in physical infrastructure environments, Cable
Management
and then pass this increased knowledge and expertise to customers.
M.
Grounding &
Overall this comprehensive program addresses key needs across critical physical infrastructure Bonding
systems to increase partner differentiation and enhance relevance with customers.

N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
PANDUIT DESIGN TOOLS

Systems
C. The Panduit design tools program provides software tools that will speed up the design
Fiber
Optic process and increase the quality of schematic design and construction drawings, IT/end
Systems
customer drawings, specification and RFQs, utilizing Panduit products wherever possible.
D.
Power
over These design tools allow a quick design of a data center or telecommunications room for a
Ethernet
customer, allowing them to see a visual representation of that data center utilizing Panduit
E. product.These visual representations can be in either 2D or 3D based on the designers
Zone
Cabling expertise and/or software configuration.
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
PANDUIT PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
I. Panduit Professional Services ensures that the foundation on which your systems function
Physical
Infrastructure is reliable and operationally efficient, so that you can focus on the maximizing value to your
Management
top-of-mind business objectives. Our primary objective is to help you identify and minimize
J. the risk of physical layer issues by providing integrated services and solutions built around
Overhead &
Underfloor your business needs and fully integrated with your systems architecture.
Routing
K. Panduit methodology-based approach defines the most critical elements to minimize

Surface
Raceway operational risk, maximize return on investment, and build a reliable physical infrastructure
for any system deployment. Combining our global collaboration and delivery model with
L.
Cabinets, our network of skilled partners, we are able to deliver consistent, best-in-class physical
Racks &
Cable infrastructure, anywhere in the world.
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.26
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
COPPER SYSTEMS C.
Fiber
Optic
Panduit offers end-to-end solutions for all twisted pair copper cabling applications.TX Copper Systems
Cabling Systems provide reliable network performance for the most demanding high-speed and
D.
bandwidth-demanding applications while exceeding the latest industry standards. Mini-Com Power
Modules are interchangeable within Panduit modular patch panels, faceplates, and surface mount over
Ethernet
boxes to provide modular solutions for intermediate to high-density installations. A variety of
colors enable color-coding of connectivity for network segregation. E.
Zone
Cabling
Pre-terminated solution can be installed in 75%
less time than field-terminated installations,
eliminating the need for on-site bundling, F.
Wireless
terminating, and testing
Plug pack assemblies facilitate quick and easy
connection and disconnection of patch cords G.
Outlets
to a variety of switches, reducing time and cost
associated when installing and maintaining
active equipment H.
Media
Copper cable is designed to be installed with Distribution
Panduit connectivity products (jack modules,
pre-terminated cassettes, patch panels, and I.
Physical
patch cords) to provide a reliable, modular, Infrastructure
Management
end-to-end solution
Copper TG Style Jack Modules feature enhanced J.
Overhead &
Giga-TX Technology optimizing performance by Underfloor
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating Routing
conductor untwist; forward motion termination K.

places no impact on critical internal components Surface
Raceway
for maximum reliability
Patented angled patch panels facilitate proper bend L.
radius control and minimize the need for horizontal
Cabinets,
Racks &
cable managers, providing a high-density solution Cable
Management
which conserves valuable rack space
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
The QuickNet Copper Cabling System is a pre-terminated solution with standard and custom options,
designed to meet data center and enterprise cabling requirements. Fast and simple to install, this
high-density solution provides consistent network reliability and reduces on-site rework.TX Copper N.
Industrial
Cabling Systems are available in Category 6A, Category 6, and Category 5e performance levels and
include STP and UTP copper cable, jack modules, patch cords and patch panels. Panduit solutions are
O.
designed with flexibility to support your growing and changing network requirements. Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.1
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Copper Systems Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Cross-Connect 1 5 8
Interconnect 8
D. Configuration
Power
over
Configuration
Ethernet
5
E. 6 8 1
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
1 5 8
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution 2
I. 3
Physical
Infrastructure
Management 4
J.
Overhead & 5
Underfloor
Routing
6
K.
Surface 8
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
2 3 4 5 6 8 2 3 4 5 6 8
Cable
Management
M. Data Center/Telecommunications Room

Grounding &
Bonding
N.
TX Copper Cable Mini-Com Modular
Industrial 1 (pages B.14, B.15,
3 Patch Panels
B.19, B.26, B.27, B.39, (pages B.66 B.73)
O. B.47, B.52)
Labeling &
Identification
P. Mini-Com Jack Modules

Cable 2 (pages B.16 B.17, B.20
Punchdown and Coupler
Management 4 Patch Panels
Accessories B.21, B.28 B.29, B.36 (pages B.22, B.24, B.31,
B.37, B.40 B.42, B.48 B.33, B.43, B.45, B.53)
B.49, B.55, B.58 B.64)
Q.
Index
B.2
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Basic 1
Configuration D.
Power
over
Ethernet
2
6 E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
2 3 4 5 7
H.
1 Media
Distribution
8
I.
Physical
6 Infrastructure
Consolidation Point Management
Configuration J.
Overhead &
2 Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Workstation Area M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
QuickNet Copper Zone Cabling Industrial
5 Cabling System 7 (pages E.1 E.10)
(pages B.8 B.13)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Grounding Cable
Patch Cords
6 (pages B.18, B.25, 8 and Bonding Management
(pages M.1 M.58) Accessories
B.34, B.46, B.50)
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
SFP+ 10 Gb/s Direct Attach Passive Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber
Optic Meet SFF-8431, 8432, 8472 industry standards to support Low profile latching mechanism in connector allows
Systems 10 Gigabit Ethernet assemblies to be installed side by side or stacked on top
Ideal for Top of Rack (ToR) switch to server applications of each other providing maximum port density in high
D. density installations
Passive connection provides a low cost, short reach
Power Small diameter cable design enables superior cable
over interconnect option without additional power requirements
management and improved air flow
Ethernet Constructed with high speed, 2-pair, twinaxial cable,
factory terminated to SFP+ 10 Gb/s hot pluggable Robust strain relief boot provides proper bend radius
modular connectors control for consistent reliability
E.
Zone 100% performance tested Variety of standard lengths allow more precise
Cabling deployment, improved cable management and
cost efficiencies
Std. Std.
F.
Wireless
Length AWG Cable Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m) Size Color Qty. Qty.
PSF1PXA1MBU* High speed twinaxial cable assembly with 1 30 Blue 1 10
SFP+ 10Gbps hot pluggable modular
G. connectors on each end.
Outlets
PSF1PXD4MBU High speed twinaxial cable assembly with 4 24 Blue 1 10

SFP+ 10Gbps hot pluggable modular
H. connectors on each end.
Media
Distribution
*For lengths other than 1 meter (0.5 meters to 3.5 meters, increments of 0.5 meter) change the length designation
in the part number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than Blue, replace suffix BU (Blue) with
I.
WH (White) or BL (Black). For example, the part number for a white, 0.5 meter cord is PSF1PXA0.5MWH.
Physical
Infrastructure For lengths other than 4 meters (4 to 7 meters, increments of 0.5 meter) change the length designation in the
Management part number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than Blue, replace suffix BU (Blue) with WH
(White) or BL (Black). For example, the part number for a white, 7-meter cord is PSF1PD7MWH.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
SFP+ 10 Gb/s Direct Attach Active Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber
Meet SFF-8431, 8432, 8472 industry standards to support Low profile latching mechanism in connector allows Optic
10 Gigabit Ethernet assemblies to be installed side by side or stacked on top Systems
Ideal for Top of Rack (ToR) and End of Row (EoR) switch of each other providing maximum port density in high
to server applications density installations D.
Power
Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) capable Small diameter cable design enables superior cable over
management and improved air flow Ethernet
Connector contains low power circuitry to extend beyond
passive cable assemblies Robust strain relief boot provides proper bend radius
control for consistent reliability E.
Constructed with high speed, 2-pair, twinaxial cable,
factory terminated to SFP+ 10Gbps hot pluggable Variety of standard lengths allow more precise Zone
deployment, improved cable management, and Cabling
modular connectors
cost efficiencies
100% performance tested
F.
Std. Std. Wireless
PSF1AXD7MBU* High speed twinaxial cable assembly with 7 24 Blue 1 10
G.
SFP+ 10 Gb/s hot pluggable, active Outlets
modular connectors on each end.
PSF1AXA3MBU** High speed twinaxial cable assembly with 3 30 Blue 1 10
SFP+ 10 Gb/s hot pluggable modular
connectors on each end. H.
Media
*For lengths other than 7 meter (7 to 15 meters, increments of one meter) change the length designation in the Distribution
part number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than Blue, replace suffix BU (Blue) with WH
(White) or BL (Black). For example, the part number for a white 10-meter cord is PSF1AXD10MWH.
**Also available in 5 meters. For standard cable colors other than Blue, replace suffix BU (Blue) with WH (White) I.
or BL (Black). The part number for a black 5-meter cord is PSF1AXA5MBL. Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
QSFP+ 40Gig Direct Attach Copper Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber
Optic Compliant to IEEE 802.3ba and SFF-8436 for use in Constructed with 8-pair twinaxial cable factory terminated
Systems 40GBASE-CR4 applications to QSFP+ 40 Gb/s hot pluggable modular connectors
EEPROM compliant to SFF-8436 ensures interoperability 100% tested for assured system performance
D. with 40 Gigabit Ethernet equipment Available for 40GBASE-CR4 Ethernet applications for
Power Low latency is ideal for use in high performance computer distances up to 7 meters and InfiniBand QDR applications
over
Ethernet clustering, financial trading, and other latency up to 5 meters
sensitive applications Advanced proprietary connector paddle card design
Low profile latching allows high density belly to reduces crosstalk
E.
Zone
belly installation
Cabling
Std. Std.
F. 40GBASE-CR4
Wireless
PQSFPXA1MBU 40GBASE-CR4 Ethernet high speed twin axial 1 30 Blue 1 10
cable assembly with QSFP+ 40 Gb/s hot
PQSFPXA2MBU pluggable modular connectors on each end. 2 30 Blue 1 10
G. PQSFPXA3MBU 3 30 Blue 1 10
Outlets
PQSFPXB4MBU 4 28 Blue 1 10
PQSFPXC5MBU 5 26 Blue 1 10
H. PQSFPXA1MBU PQSFPXD6MBU 6 24 Blue 1 10
Media
Distribution PQSFPXD7MBU 7 24 Blue 1 10
InfiniBand QDR
I. PQSFPQA1MBU InfiniBand QDR high speed twinaxial cable 1 30 Blue 1 10
Physical assembly with QSFP+ 40 Gb/s hot pluggable
Infrastructure PQSFPQA2MBU modular connectors on each end. 2 30 Blue 1 10
Management
PQSFPQB3MBU 3 30 Blue 1 10
J. PQSFPQC4MBU 4 26 Blue 1 10
Overhead &
Underfloor PQSFPQD5MBU 5 24 Blue 1 10
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
Labels for Cable
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M. Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance

Grounding & Cable Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Bonding Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
All cable assemblies on S100X225YAJ S100X225VATY S100X225VAC T100X000CBC-BK

N. this page
Industrial
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
QSFP+ to Four SFP+ Copper Hydra Cable Assemblies
C.
Compliant to SFF-8431 and 8436, which allows Constructed of high speed twinaxial cable factory Fiber
compatibility with 40GBASE-CR4 QSFP+ and 10 GbE terminated to QSFP+ and SFP+ modular connectors Optic
SFP+ enabled equipment; hot pluggable to QSFP+/SFP+ Systems
Advanced connector design and continuous shielding
compliant host ports throughout the assembly provide excellent resistance to
D.
Ideal for Top of Rack (ToR) applications EMI and alien crosstalk Power
EEPROM compliant to SFF-8472 and 8436, which ensures Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Ties allow adjustable breakout over
interoperability with 10 GbE and 40 GbE equipment points on the hydra end of the cable assembly Ethernet
Passive low power provides a low cost alternative to fiber QSFP+ connectors triple switch port density, which is ideal
optics up to 3.5 meters for high density deployment E.
Zone
Low latency performance is ideal for high performance Robust easy-to-use latching feature allows high density Cabling
computer clustering, financial trading, and other latency belly-to-belly installation
sensitive applications
F.
Wireless
Std. Std.
G.
Part Number Part Description (m) Size Color Qty. Qty. Outlets
PHQ4SFPXA1MBL High speed, 2-pair, twinaxial cable, 1 30 Black 1 10
factory terminated to QSFP+ and four
SFP+ modular connectors.
H.
*For lengths other than 1 meter (1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5) change the length designation in the part number to the desired Media
length. For example, the part number for a 2-meter cable assembly is PHQ4SFPXA2MBL. Distribution
PHQ4SFPXA1MBL
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber Allow quick network deployment compared to Category 6 UTP and Category 6A UTP/Shielded
Optic field-terminated installations performance levels available
Systems
100% performance tested to electrical permanent link Available in many common standard lengths and in one
D. specifications; shipped with permanent link test data for foot increments from 10 to 295 feet
Power each link Enable multiple termination types including,
over Terminated in factory controlled environment for consistent pre-terminated cassettes, jack modules, modular plugs,
Ethernet network performance plug pack and/or unterminated options
Pre-bundled with six cables for easy installation Pre-terminated cassettes snap in and out of QuickNet
E.
Plenum or riser cable flame ratings Patch Panels
Zone
Cabling Quality assurance label includes serialized number for
future traceability, performance level, and assembly length
F.
Wireless
Ready to Order parts in common lengths and configurations
Simple 3 Step process to obtain ordering information for QuickNet Standard Assembly:
1. Choose Performance Level of Cable Assembly
2. Choose Riser or Plenum Cable Type
G. 3. Select desired length of assembly from those listed and replace nn with that length
Outlets
H. Performance Level
Media and Description Cable Type Part Number Template Available Assembly Lengths (in feet)
Distribution
Category 6A UTP
QuickNet Cable Assembly made with Riser QZRBCBCBXX nn
I. TX6A 10Gig UTP Copper Cable with
Physical
Infrastructure MaTriX Technology and pre-terminated
Management TX6A 10Gig UTP Jack Module Plenum QZPBCBCBXX nn
Cassettes on each end.
J. Category 6A SD UTP
Overhead &
QuickNet Cable Assembly made Riser QXRBCBCBXX nn
Underfloor nn = 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50,
Routing with TX6A-SD 10Gig UTP Copper 55, 60, 65, 70, 75 or 80
Cable with MaTriX Technology and
pre-terminated TX6A 10Gig UTP Plenum QXPBCBCBXX nn
K. Jack Module Cassettes on each end.
Surface
Raceway Category 6 UTP
Riser QCRBCBCBXX nn
QuickNet Cable Assembly made
L. with Category 6 UTP Cable and
Cabinets, pre-terminated TX6 PLUS UTP
Plenum QCPBCBCBXX nn
Racks & Jack Module Cassettes on each end.
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Termination Options
Bonding
N.
Industrial
Pre-Terminated UTP Cassette Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassette Jack Modules

O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management Modular Plugs Plug Pack Un-Terminated
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Configure to Order Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
Quality Assurance Label Loomed Cable Tak-Ty over
Hook & Loop Strips Ethernet
QuickNet
Pre-Terminated Cassette E.
Ordering Information Zone
Cabling
Part Number Q Z P B C B C B X X 10
Example:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 F.
Wireless
Example The above part number is a 10 foot QuickNet Cable Assembly constructed of Category 6A, UTP,
plenum cable (blue) with a pre-terminated cassette (blue jacks installed) on each end.
G.
1 Q = QuickNet 7 Termination End 2 Outlets
2 Performance Level C = Cassette
B = Category 6 Enhanced UTP J = Jack modules
C = Category 6 UTP P = Modular plugs
H.
E = Category 6A (TX6A 10Gig ) Shielded A = Plug pack (6-pack) Media
X = Category 6A (TX6A-SD 10Gig) UTP MaTriX R = Recessed plug pack (6-pack) Distribution
Z = Category 6A (TX6A 10Gig ) UTP MaTriX K = Jack modules staggered right
L = Jack modules staggered left
3 Flame/Smoke Rating Q = Modular plugs staggered right I.
R = Riser or P = Plenum S = Modular plugs staggered left
Physical
Infrastructure
4 Cable Color U = Unterminated Management
B = Blue or W = White O = Unterminated with cassette and jack modules for
5 Termination End 1 on-site termination J.
C = Cassette 8 Termination End 2 Color Options Overhead &
Underfloor
J = Jack modules Jack Module Color Options Routing
P = Modular plugs B = Blue, E = Electric Ivory, G = Green, H = Off White,
K = Jack modules staggered right I = International Gray, L = Black, O = Orange, R = Red,
L = Jack modules staggered left K.
V = Violet, W = White, Y = Yellow Surface
Q = Modular plugs staggered right Shielded Jack Modules, chose option L (all Shielded Jack Raceway
S = Modular plugs staggered left Modules are Black)
6 Termination End 1 Color Options Plug Pack Color Options L.
Jack Module Color Options Cabinets,
B = Blue, W = White, R = Red, L = Black Racks &
B = Blue, E = Electric Ivory, G = Green, H = Off White, Recessed Plug Pack Color Option Cable
I = International Gray, L = Black, O = Orange, R = Red, S = Silver Management
V = Violet, W = White, Y = Yellow
Shielded Jack Modules, chose option L (all Shielded Modular Plug and Unterminated Color Option M.
Jack Modules are Black) X = No color option available, all modular plugs are clear Grounding &
9 Assembly Options Bonding
Modular Plug and Unterminated Color Options
X = No color option available, all modular plugs are clear P = Pulling eye
X = No assembly options requested
10 Custom Labeling* N.
Industrial
L = Custom assembly label
C = Custom cable labels
B = Custom assembly and cable labels
X = No custom labels requested O.
Labeling &
11 Assembly Length** Identification
10' to 295' (one foot increments)
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
*Custom cable assembly labels are available up to eighteen characters; individual cable labels are available up to fifteen characters.
**For cable assemblies constructed of Category 6A (TX6A-SD 10Gig) UTP MaTriX Copper Cable, the maximum length is 196 ft. (60m).
All connectivity is wired T568B. Category 6 Enhanced Performance level utilizes Panduit TX6500 Category 6 UTP Cable. Q.
Permanent link test results shipped with each cable assembly. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Plug Pack Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber
Optic Facilitate quick and easy connection and disconnection Low profile design allows assemblies to be installed side
Systems of multiple patch cords, simultaneously to a variety of by side or stacked on top of each other providing
switches, reducing time and cost associated when maximum port density in high density installations
D. installing and maintaining structured cabling links Marker ties enable easy identification in high density
Power Available in 6, 8, or 12-pack configurations for optimal installations and provides additional level of security when
over
Ethernet
switch compatibility used with optional lock in device
Recessed version available when additional clearance Labels on patch cords provide identification of
is required at the switchport performance level, length, and quality control number
E.
Zone Available in Category 6A and Category 6 Performance Optional removal tool (QPPRT) facilitates removal of
Cabling levels for UTP installations and Category 6A shielded individual cable links without disrupting service to other
installations network connections
Plug meets all applicable FCC part 68 Subpart F Optional lock in device (QPPLD6-X and QPPLD8-X)
F. requirements and exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications prevents unintentional removal of assembly from the
Wireless Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at switch for an additional level of security
for PoE applications UTP cable available in blue or white; shielded cable
Each patch cord is 100% performance tested available in blue or international gray
G. Integrated finger latch enables quick, one-handed Plug packs available in blue or white; recessed version
Outlets installation and removal from switch available in silver
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J. 6-Pack Plug Pack 8-Pack Plug Pack 12-Pack Plug Pack 6-Pack Recessed Plug Pack
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Std. Std.
Cable Termination Termination Length Pkg. Ctn.
K. Part Number Part Description Color End 1 Color End 2 Ft. m Qty. Qty.
Surface
Raceway Category 6A UTP
QPAZCBAB07 QuickNet Plug Pack Cable Assembly made Blue Modular Blue Plug Pack 7 2.13 1 10
L. with Category 6A, CM blue UTP cable with a Plugs Plug with Modular
Cabinets, 6-pack blue plug pack on one end and modular Pack Plugs
Racks & plugs on the other end.
Cable
Management Category 6A Shielded
QPPEDBAB07 QuickNet Plug Pack Cable Assembly made Blue Modular Blue Plug Pack 7 2.13 1 10
M. with Category 6A, dual rated (CM/LSZH) blue Plugs Plug with Modular
Grounding & shielded cable with a 6-pack blue plug pack on Pack Plugs
Bonding one end and modular plugs on the other end.
Category 6 UTP
N. QPPCCBAB07 QuickNet Plug Pack Cable Assembly made Blue Modular Blue Plug Pack 7 2.13 1 10
Industrial with Category 6, CM blue cable with a 6-pack Plugs Plug with Modular
blue plug pack on one end and modular plugs Pack Plugs
on the other end.
O. Removal tool available on page B.13.

Labeling & Lock in device available on page B.13.
Identification The above part numbers in the table represent 6 pack QuickNet Plug Pack assemblies.
To build your own standard part number, see the configurator on the facing page.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Plug Pack Cable Assembly Ordering Information
C.
Finger Latch Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Tie over
Plug Pack
Ethernet
Modular Plugs
QPP A C B A B 03 E.
Part Number Zone
Example: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Cabling
Example The above part number is a 3 foot QuickNet Plug Pack Cable Assembly constructed of Category 6A,
UTP, CM cable (blue) with a 6 plug pack (blue) on one end and modular plugs on the other end. F.
1 QuickNet Plug Pack Assembly (QPP) 5 Plug Pack Configuration Wireless
2 Performance Level A = 6-pack

A = Category 6A (TX6A10Gig ) UTP MaTriX B = 12-pack
X = Category 6A (TX6A-SD10Gig ) UTP MaTriX D = 8-pack G.
R = Recessed 6-pack Outlets
E = Category 6A (10Gig )/Category 6 Shielded*
C = Category 6 UTP 6 Plug Pack Color
3 Flame/Smoke Rating B = Blue
H.
W = White Media
C = CM (UTP only) Distribution
S = Silver (Recessed version only)
D = Dual rated CM and LSZH (shielded only)
7 Assembly Length
4 Cable Color I.
03 = 3 feet
B = Blue Physical
05 = 5 feet Infrastructure
W = White (UTP only)
07 = 7 feet Management
G = International Gray (shielded only)
10 = 10 feet
14 = 14 feet J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
All UTP cable is available in CM Flame/Smoke Rating.

*All shielded cable is dual rated for CM and LSZH applications. K.
Surface
Raceway
Component Labels for QuickNet Plug Pack Assemblies L.

Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance

Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 O.
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Labeling &
Identification
All QuickNet Plug

C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T050X000VPC-BK P.
Pack Assemblies
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Patch Panels and Accessories
C. Accept QuickNet Copper Cable Assemblies and Optional patch panel adapter (QPPABL) accepts all
Fiber QuickNet SFQ Series MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and
Optic which snap in and out with one hand audio/visual applications
Systems
High-density patch panels conserve valuable rack space Optional patch panel blank (QPPBBL) promotes proper
Angled patch panels facilitate proper bend radius control airflow and cooling
D.
Power and minimize the need for horizontal cable managers Label/label cover kit (QPPLC24) provides port and panel
over
Pre-printed numbers above each port for identification for 24-port patch panels
Ethernet
easy identification QuickNet All Metal Modular Patch Panels accept
Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or 23" racks with shielded cassettes with no grounding kit required
E. optional extender brackets If not using QuickNet All Metal Modular Patch Panels,
Zone
Cabling Zero RU brackets (FQCBRUA) mount up to two optional retrofit grounding kit (QNSMRRT) is required
QuickNet Cassettes directly to rack or enclosure to ground shielded cassettes to QuickNet Modular
without utilizing additional rack space Patch Panels
F.
Wireless
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
G.
Outlets QuickNet Angled Patch Panels
QAPP24BL QAPP24BL 24-port angled patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
H. QASP24BL 24-port, all metal angled patch panel which accepts 1 1 10
Media QuickNet Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassettes and
Distribution Patch Panel Adapters.
QASP24BL
QAPP48HDBL 48-port angled patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
I. Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
Physical QAPP48HDVNSBL 48-port angled patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
Infrastructure Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
Management QAPP48HDBL
Numbering sequence is top to bottom across
patch panel.
J.
Overhead & QASP48HDBL 48-port, all metal angled patch panel which accepts 1 1 10
Underfloor QASP48HDBL QuickNet Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassettes and
Routing Patch Panel Adapters.
QuickNet Flat Patch Panels
K. QPP24BL 24-port patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
Surface Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
Raceway QPP24BL QSP24BL 24-port, all metal patch panel which accepts 1 1 10
QuickNet Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassettes and
L. Patch Panel Adapters.
Cabinets,
Racks & QSP24BL QPP48HDBL 48-port patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
Cable Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
Management
QPP48HDVNSBL 48-port patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
QPP48HDBL Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
M. Numbering sequence is top to bottom across
Grounding & patch panel.
Bonding
QSP48HDBL 48-port, all metal patch panel which accepts 1 1 10
QuickNet Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassettes and
QSP48HDBL Patch Panel Adapters.
N.
Industrial Patch Panel Adapter
QPPABL QuickNet Patch Panel Adapter which accepts 1 10
Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and
O. audio/visual applications.
Labeling & QPPABL Patch Panel Blank
Identification
QPPBBL QuickNet Patch Panel Blank reserves space for 1 10
future use and promotes proper airflow and cooling.
P.
Cable
Patch Panel Label Kit
Management QPPBBL QPPLC24 Label/label cover kit for 24-port QuickNet Patch 1 10
Accessories Panels. Each kit contains four labels and four clear
label covers per bag.
Q. Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included. QuickNet Pre-Terminated
Index Cable Assemblies available on pages B.8 B.9. QuickNet SFQ Series MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes available on
page C.45.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Plug Pack Housings
Facilitate quick and easy connection and disconnection Marker ties enable easy identification in high density C.
of multiple patch cords, simultaneously to a variety of installations and provides additional level of security when Fiber
switches, reducing time and cost associated when used with optional lock in device Optic
installing and maintaining structured cabling links Systems
Optional removal tool (QPPRT) facilitates removal of
Available in 6, 8, or 12-pack configurations for optimal individual cable links without disrupting service to other
D.
switch compatibility network connections Power
Recessed version available when additional clearance is Optional lock in device (QPPLD6-X or QPPLD8-X) over
required at the switch port prevents unintentional removal of assembly from the Ethernet
Integrated finger latch enables quick, one-handed switch for an additional level of security
installation and removal from switch E.
Zone
Low profile design allows assemblies to be installed side Cabling
by side or stacked on top of each other providing
maximum port density in high density installations
Std. Std. F.
Pkg. Ctn. Wireless
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
QPPN6BU* QuickNetTM Plug Pack accepts six Panduit RJ45 modular plugs. 1 10
G.
QPPN8BU* QuickNetTM Plug Pack accepts eight Panduit RJ45 modular plugs. 1 10 Outlets
QPPN6BU
QPPN12BU* QuickNetTM Plug Pack accepts twelve Panduit RJ45 modular plugs. 1 10
H.
QPPNR6S QuickNetTM Recessed Plug Pack accepts six Panduit RJ45 1 10 Media
modular plugs. Distribution
*For standard colors other than BU (Blue), replace BU in part number with BL (Black), RD (Red), or WH(White).
Recessed Plug Pack available in silver only.
I.
QPPNR6S Physical
Infrastructure
Management
QuickNet Plug Pack Removal Tool J.

Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Allows individual patch cords to be removed from a plug Compatible with 6, 8, and 12-pack QuickNet Plug
pack without disruption of other network connections Pack Assemblies
K.
Std. Surface
Pkg. Raceway
Part Number Part Description Qty.
QPPRT Removal tool allows individual patch cords to be removed from a plug pack 1 L.
without disruption of other network connections. Cabinets,
Racks &
QuickNet Plug Pack Assemblies available on pages B.10 and B.11. Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
QuickNet Plug Pack Lock-in Device
Prevents unintentional removal of QuickNet Plug Pack Two recommended per plug pack
Assembly from the switch N.
Marker tie (included with assembly) can be used Industrial
to connect plug pack and lock-in device for additional
level of security
O.
Std. Std. Labeling &
Identification
Pkg. Ctn.
QPPLD6-X Lock-in device prevents unauthorized removal of patch cords from 6 and 10 100 P.
12-pack plug pack. Cable
Management
QPPLD8-X Lock-in device prevents unauthorized removal of patch cords from 10 100 Accessories
8-pack plug pack. Recommended quantity two per 8-pack.
QPPLD6-X Recommended quantity two QPPLD6 per 6-pack plug pack, four QPPLD6 per 12-pack plug pack, and two
Q.
QPPLD8 per 8-plug pack plug pack.
Index
QuickNet Plug Pack Assemblies available on pages B.10 and B.11.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
TX6A 10Gig U/FTP Shielded Copper Cable
C.
Fiber Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, Installation temperature range: 32F to 140F
Optic
Systems IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA (0C to 60C)
channel standards Operating temperature range: 14F to 140F
D. Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A (-10C to 60C)
Power and IEC 61156-5 Category 6A component standards Descending length cable markings enable easy
over
Ethernet
Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for identification of remaining cable which reduces installation
PoE applications time and cable scrap
Cable diameter: Riser 0.308 in. (7.8mm) nominal, Plenum
E. 0.295 in. (7.5mm) nominal
Zone
Cabling Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
Part Number Part Description Color (Ft.) (Ft.)
F.
Wireless Riser
PUFR6X04BU-UG Category 6A, riser (CMR), 4-pair, U/FTP shielded Blue 1000 15000
copper cable. Copper conductors are 23 AWG with
HDPE insulation. Conductors are twisted in pairs,
G. each individual twisted pair includes a metallic foil
Outlets shield and is protected by a flame-retardant
PVC jacket.
H. Plenum
Media PUFP6X04BU-UG Category 6A, plenum (CMP), 4-pair, U/FTP shielded Blue 1000 15000
Distribution copper cable. Copper conductors are 23 AWG with
FEP insulation. Conductors are twisted in pairs,
each individual twisted pair includes a metallic foil
I. shield and is protected by a low smoke,
Physical flame-retardant PVC jacket.
Infrastructure
Management
For standard colors other than Blue, replace BU (Blue) with WH (White), YL (Yellow), or IG (International Gray).
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of 5,000 feet.
J. Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A 10Gig Copper Cabling System in order to achieve 10GBASE-T
Overhead & certified performance.
Underfloor In data center and telecommunication room applications, Panduit recommends that both-ends of shielded cable
Routing link be bonded if the channel is contained in the same building and any multiple serving AC power systems are
inter-system bonded. For workstation applications, it is recommended that the cable link be bonded through the
normal process in the telecommunication room and through the patch cord at the workstation, which provides the
K. proper path to ground via the computers AC power plug.
Surface
Raceway
TX6A 10Gig Shielded F/UTP Copper Cable
L.
Cabinets, Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, Cable diameter 0.284 in. (7.2mm) nominal
Racks & IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA Installation temperature range: -20F to 75F
Cable channel standards
Management (-4C to 167C) during installation and operation
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A Descending length cable markings enable easy
and IEC 61156-5 Category 6A component standards identification of remaining cable which reduces
M.
Grounding & Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at installation time and cable scrap
Bonding for PoE applications
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
N. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Industrial
PFR6X04BU-CG Category 6A riser (CMR) 4-pair F/UTP shielded copper Blue 1000 27000
cable. Conductors are 23 AWG with PE insulation.
Conductors are twisted in pairs, separated by an
O. integrated pair separator, all four pairs surrounded by
Labeling & an overall metallic foil shield and protected by a low
Identification smoke zero halogen jacket.
For standard colors other than Blue, replace BU (Blue) with WH (White).
P. Order number of pieces required, in multiples of 9,000 feet.
Cable Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A 10Gig Copper Cabling System in order to achieve 10GBASE-T
Management certified performance.
Accessories In data center and telecommunication room applications, Panduit recommends that both-ends of shielded cable
link be bonded if the channel is contained in the same building and any multiple serving AC power systems are
inter-system bonded. For workstation applications, it is recommended that the cable link be bonded through the
normal process in the telecommunication room and through the patch cord at the workstation, which provides the
Q. proper path to ground via the computers AC power plug.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
TX7000 Shielded S/FTP Marine Copper Cable
C.
Fiber
Exceeds requirements of ISO 11801 Class EA and DNV certification number E-10447 Optic
Systems
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A channel standards ABS certification number 10-HS638424-1-PDA
Meets or exceeds the requirements of IEC 61156-5 Ideal for harsh environments encountered in marine D.
Category 7 component standards at swept frequencies applications, including ship and offshore/onshore units Power
up to 600 MHz over
Cable diameter 8.2 mm (0.322 in) nominal Ethernet
Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at
for PoE applications Installation temperature range: -15C to 50C
(5F to 122F)
Robust cable jacket oil and fuel resistant for E.
harsh environments Operating temperature range: -40C to 85C Zone
(-40F to 185F) Cabling
Flame rated to meet IEC 60754-1, IEC 60754-2, IEC
61034-2, IEC 60332-3-24 Descending cable length markings enable easy
identification of remaining cable which reduces installation
Chemical resistance tested to mineral oil IRM 902 (IEC time and cable scrap F.
60811-2-1) and diesel fuel IRM 903 (IEC 60811-2-1) Wireless
Packaged on a reel
Third party tested to exceed the application requirements
of Det Norske Veritas, American Bureau of Shipping,
and ETL
G.
Outlets
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. (Ft.) Qty. (Ft.) H.
PSM7004BU-KD Category 7 low smoke, halogen free, fire Blue 1640 19680 Media
retardant (LSHF-FR), 4-pair S/FTP shielded Distribution
marine copper cable. Stranded copper
conductors are 4 x 2/0.27mm2. Conductors are
I.
twisted in pairs, each individual twisted pair is
Physical
surrounded by a foil, covered with an overall Infrastructure
PSM7004BU braided shield and is protected by an oil and Management
fuel resistant, low smoke, halogen free, and
fire retardant jacket.
J.
PSM7004BU-KM Category 7 low smoke, halogen free, fire Blue 3280 13120 Overhead &
retardant (LSHF-FR), 4-pair S/FTP shielded Underfloor
marine copper cable. Stranded copper Routing
conductors are 4 x 2/0.27mm2. Conductors are
twisted in pairs, each individual twisted pair is
surrounded by a foil, covered with an overall K.
braided shield and is protected by an oil and Surface
Raceway
fuel resistant, low smoke, halogen free, and
fire retardant jacket.
L.
Cabinets,
Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A 10Gig Copper Cabling System in order to achieve 10GBASE-T Racks &
certified performance. Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Labels for Cable Bonding
N.
Industrial

Cable Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 O.
Identification
All cable on pages S100X225YAJ S100X225VATY S100X225VAC T100X000CBC-BK
B.10, B.11 and B.19
P.
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX6A 10Gig Shielded Jack Modules
C.
Fiber Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
Optic IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA channel by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Systems standards Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A Blue termination cap designates 10Gig Category 6A
D.
Power and IEC 61156-5 Category 6A component standards performance and provides positive strain relief; helps
over Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for control cable bend radius and securely retains wires
Ethernet PoE applications Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
Color-coded, keyed jack modules mechanically and stranded shielded twisted pair cable
E. visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
Zone mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed modular plugs T568B wiring schemes
Cabling accommodating more discrete networks
Integrated strain relief with wire cap provides 360
Each jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL conductive path for grounding
performance and is individually serialized for traceability
F. 0.187 in. grounding tab provides conductive patch for
Wireless
Utilize patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX Technology for grounding individual jacks
jack terminations which optimizes performance by
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating conductor Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
untwist Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
G. Fully grounded and bonded to patch panel when installed Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Outlets in Panduit All Metal Modular Patch Panel Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for superior Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
performance access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
H. No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) objects, saving time and money associated with data
Media security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
Distribution ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal hardware replacement
components for maximum reliability Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not
I. in use
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J. No. of Std. Std.

Overhead & Module Pkg. Ctn.
Underfloor Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
Routing Jack Module
CJS6X88TGY Category 6A, RJ45, 10 Gb/s, 8-position, 8-wire 1 Black 1 50
K. universal shielded black module with
Surface integral shield.
Raceway
Keyed Jack Module
CJS6X88TGY
L.
CJSK6X88TGBL* Keyed, Category 6A, RJ45, 10 Gb/s, 8-position, 1 Black 1 50
Cabinets, 8-wire universal shielded module with
Racks & integral shield.
Cable *For standard colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), GR
Management (Green), OR (Orange), VL (Violet), or GY (Gray). Each color representing a different keyed configuration.
Termination tools available on page B.97.
M. Shield grounding requires proper installation of shielded jack module and the use of shielded patch cords and
Grounding & cable.
Bonding For grounding shielded modules not installed in a shielded patch panel, see the shielded jack module grounding
kit, CJSGK-XY on page M.23.
All Metal Modular Patch Panels available on page B.73.
CJSK6X88TGBL RJ45 blockout device available on page B.92.
N. Dust cap available on page B.97.
Industrial Contact customer service for bulk packaged jack modules.
Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A 10Gig Copper Cabling System in order to achieve 10GBASE-T
certified performance.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX6A 10Gig Shielded Jack Modules (continued)
C.
Keyed Geometry Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Black Red Green Yellow Orange Blue Violet Intl. Gray

E.
Key Key Key Key Key Key Key Key Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless

Key Key Key Key Key Key Key Key G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Component Labels for Mini-Com TX6A
10Gig
Shielded Jack Modules Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Management
TDP43ME Thermal
Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop Printer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 M.
Part Number Printer Label Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Grounding &
Bonding
CJS6X88TGY C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK
CJSK6X88TGBL
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
TX6A 10Gig Shielded Patch Cords
C.
Fiber Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, Plug meets all applicable ANSI/TIA-968-A requirements
Optic IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA and exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications
Systems
channel standards Plug uses an integral pair manager to optimize
D. Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A performance and consistency by reducing untwisting of
Power and ISO 11801 Class EA component standards conductors within the plug
over Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at Plug performance in center of TIA/EIA component range,
Ethernet
for PoE applications ensuring interoperability and 10GBASE-T Ethernet
Color-coded, keyed modular plugs mechanically and channel performance
E. visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional Labels on patch cords provide identification of
Zone mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed jack modules performance level, length, and quality control number
Cabling
accommodating more discrete networks Patented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides
Each patch cord is 100% performance tested to easy release, saving time on frequent moves, adds,
component limits and wired T568B and changes
F.
Wireless Constructed of 26 AWG stranded shielded copper cable Optional patch cord color bands snap on and off individual
(nominal cable diameter is 0.23 in.) and TX6 PLUS patch cables offering endless color-coding options
Shielded Modular Plugs for superior performance Optional RJ45 plug lock-in device blocks unauthorized
Cable includes overall metal shield that provides removal of cable, IP phone, other networking equipment,
G. conductive path for grounding or critical connection
Outlets
H. Std. Std.
Media Length Cable Pkg. Ctn.
Distribution Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Color Qty. Qty.
Patch Cord
I. STP6X3IG Category 6A, 10 Gb/s S/FTP patch cord with 3 Off White 1 10
Physical TX6 PLUS Modular Plugs on each end.
Infrastructure
Management Keyed Patch Cord
STPK6X3BL* Keyed, Category 6A, shielded patch cord with 3 Black 1 10
J. TX6 PLUS Keyed Modular Plug on one end
Overhead & and TX6 Non-Keyed Modular Plug on the
Underfloor other end.
Routing
For lengths 2 to 20 feet (increments of one foot) and 25, 30, 35, 40 feet change the length designation in the
part number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than IG (International Gray) replace IG suffix
K. with BL (Black), BU (Blue), GR (Green), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), OR (Orange), or VL (Violet) to end of part number.
Surface For example, the part number for a blue 15-foot patch cord is STP6X15BU.
Raceway *For lengths other than 3 feet (5, 7, 10, 14 feet) change the length designation in the part number to the desired
length. For standard cable colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (red), YL (Yellow),
L. GR (Green) or OR (Orange), each color representing a different keyed configuration.
Cabinets, Contact customer service for universal reference patch cords.
Racks & Patch cord color bands available on page B.96.
Cable RJ45 plug lock-in device available on page B.94.
Management Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A 10Gig Copper Cabling System in order to achieve 10GBASE-T
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Labels for TX6A 10Gig Shielded Patch Cords
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
P.
Cable
Management All Patch Cords S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
TX6A 10Gig and TX6A-SD 10Gig UTP Copper Cable
with MaTrix Technology C.
Fiber
Optic
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, TX6A 10Gig UTP Copper Cable available for Systems
IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA channel distances up to 100 meters; cable diameter 0.295 in.
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A (7.5mm) nominal
D.
and IEC 61156-5 Category 6A component standards TX6A-SD 10Gig UTP Copper Cable available for Power
Superior headroom warranty provides the highest margins distances up to 70 meters, offering smaller cable diameter over
comparable to Category 6 cable; cable diameter 0.240 in. Ethernet
above the industry standard for both electrical and alien
crosstalk performance (6.1mm) nominal
Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Installation temperature range: 32F to 140F E.
(0C to 60C) Zone
PoE applications Cabling
Patented cable with MaTriX Technology suppresses alien Operating temperature range: -4F to 167F
crosstalk with enhanced internal electrical performance (-20C to 75C)
Round cable design with reduced cable diameter enables Descending length cable markings enable easy
F.
improved cable bundling and optimizes fill capacity identification of remaining cable which reduces Wireless
installation time and cable scrap
Std. Std. G.
Pkg. Ctn. Outlets
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. (Ft.) Qty. (Ft.)
TX6A
10Gig
UTP Copper Cable (100 meter solution)
H.
PUP6A04BU-UG Category 6A, plenum (CMP), 4-pair, UTP Blue 1000 18000
Media
copper cable. Copper conductors are 23 AWG Distribution
with FEP insulation. Conductors are twisted in
pairs, separated by an integrated pair divider,
surrounded by a patent-pending MaTriX tape I.
and protected by a low-smoke flame-retardant Physical
PVC jacket. Infrastructure
Management
PUR6A04BU-UG1 Category 6A, riser (CMR), 4-pair, UTP copper Blue 1000 18000
cable. Copper conductors are 23 AWG with J.
PUP6A04BU-UG flame-retardant PE insulation. Conductors are Overhead &
twisted in pairs, separated by an integrated Underfloor
pair divider, surrounded by a patent-pending Routing
MaTriX tape and protected by a flame-
retardant PVC jacket.
K.
TX6A-SD 10Gig UTP Copper Cable (70 meter solution) Surface
Raceway
PUP6ASD04BU-UG Category 6A, riser (CMR), 4-pair, UTP copper Blue 1000 18000
cable. Copper conductors are 26 AWG with
flame-retardant PVC insulation. Conductors L.
are twisted in pairs, separated by an integrated Cabinets,
pair divider, surrounded by a patent-pending Racks &
MaTriX tape and protected by a flame- Cable
Management
retardant PVC jacket. Ideal for installations up
to 70 meters. Smallest diameter Category 6A
UTP cable on the market at 0.240 in. (6.1mm). M.
PUP6ASD04BU-UG Grounding &
Bonding
PUR6ASD04BU-CG Category 6A, riser (CMR), 4-pair, UTP copper Blue 1000 18000
cable. Copper conductors are 26 AWG with
flame-retardant PVC insulation. Conductors
are twisted in pairs, separated by an integrated N.
pair divider, surrounded by a patent-pending Industrial
MaTriX tape and protected by a flame-
retardant PVC jacket. Ideal for installations up
to 70 meters. O.
Labeling &
For standard colors other than Blue, replace BU (Blue) with WH (White), YL (Yellow), or IG (International Gray). Identification
1
Substitute PUR6A04BU-CG for alternative manufacturing location.
Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A 10Gig Copper Cabling System in order to achieve 10GBASE-T P.
certified performance. Cable
Reference page B.15 for appropriate labeling solution. Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX6A 10Gig UTP Jack Module
C.
Fiber Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
Optic IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Systems channel standards Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and IEC 61156-5 Blue termination cap designates Category 6A
D. Category 6A component standards
Power performance and provides positive strain relief; helps
over Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for control cable bend radius and securely retains wires
Ethernet PoE applications Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
MaTriX split foil technology provides superior suppression stranded twisted pair cable
E. of alien crosstalk (PSANEXT and PSAACRF) Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
Zone Superior headroom warranty provides the highest margins T568B wiring schemes
Cabling above the industry standard for both electrical and alien Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
crosstalk performance
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Color-coded, keyed jack modules mechanically and
F. visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Wireless
mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed modular plugs Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
accommodating more discrete networks Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
Each jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
performance and is individually serialized for traceability objects, saving time and money associated with data
G.
Outlets security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
Utilize patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX Technology for hardware replacement
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not
conductor untwist in use
H.
Media Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
Distribution
superior performance
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT)
I. ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
Physical smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal
Infrastructure
Management components for maximum reliability
J.
Overhead & No. of Std. Std.
Underfloor Module Pkg. Ctn.
Routing Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
Jack Module
K.
CJ6X88TGIW Category 6A, RJ45, 10 Gb/s, 8-position, 1 Off White 1 50
Surface
Raceway 8-wire universal module. Includes patent
pending MaTriX split foil tape.
L.
Cabinets, CJ6X88TGIW Keyed Jack Module
Racks & CJK6X88TGBL* Keyed, Category 6A, RJ45, 10 Gb/s, 1 Black 1 50
Cable 8-position, 8-wire universal module.
Management Includes patent pending MaTriX split
foil tape.
M.
Grounding & For standard colors other than Off White, replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), AW
Bonding (Arctic White), IG (International Gray), BL (Black), OR (Orange), RD (Red), BU (Blue), GR (Green), YL (Yellow) or
VL (Violet).
*For standard colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), GR
(Green), or OR (Orange), each color representing a different keyed configuration.
N. CJK6X88TGBL Termination tools available on page B.97.
Industrial RJ45 blockout device available on page B.92.
Dust cap available on page B.97.
Contact customer service for bulk packaged jack modules.
Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A 10Gig UTP Copper Cabling System in order to achieve
O.
10GBASE-T certified performance.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX6A 10Gig UTP Jack Modules (continued)

C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Keyed Geometry D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
Black Red Green Yellow Orange Blue
Key Key Key Key Key Key
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Component Labels for Mini-Com TX6A 10Gig UTP Jack Modules
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Cabinets,
TDP43ME Thermal Racks &
Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 Cable
Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Management
All TX6A 10Gig

C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK M.
Jack Modules Grounding &
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
DP6A 10Gig UTP Patch Panels
C.
Fiber Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
Optic IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA superior performance
Systems
channel standards Angled versions allow for higher density applications by
D. Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A easily routing the patch cords to each side of the panel
Power and IEC 61156-5 Category 6A component standards eliminating the need for horizontal cable management
over Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
Ethernet
PoE applications stranded twisted pair cable
Each port is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL Mount to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional
E. performance and is individually serialized to extender bracket
Zone support traceability
Cabling Write-on areas for port and panel identification
Utilize 110 punchdown termination on back panel and Can be clearly identified with labels and icons
include retention cap for each port
Optional label kits (DPLK24 and DPLK48) contain
F. Each port contains a universal label that is color-coded adhesive label holder and labels for easy port and
Wireless for T568A and T568B wiring schemes panel identification
G. No. of Std. Std.

Outlets Rack Pkg. Ctn.
DPA246X88TGY DP6A
10Gig
Angled Patch Panels
H. DPA246X88TGY 24-port, angled, Category 6A, 10 Gb/s patch panel 1 1 10
Media with 24 RJ45 8-position, 8-wire ports.
Distribution
DPA486X88TGY 48-port, angled, Category 6A, 10 Gb/s patch panel 2 1 10
with 48 RJ45 8-position, 8-wire ports.
I. DPA486X88TGY
Physical DP6A 10Gig Flat Patch Panels
Infrastructure DP246X88TGY 24-port, Category 6A, 10 Gb/s patch panel with 24 1 1 10
Management RJ45 8-position, 8-wire ports.
DP486X88TGY 48-port, Category 6A, 10 Gb/s patch panel with 48 2 1 10
J. DP246X88TGY
RJ45 8-position, 8-wire ports.
Overhead &
Underfloor Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Routing M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included.
Replaceable punchdown modules available, part number DRJ6X88TGBL.
Termination tool (PDT110) available on page B.91.
K. DP486X88TGY
Surface Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A 10Gig Copper Cabling System in order to achieve 10GBASE-T
Raceway certified performance.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Component Labels for DP6A 10Gig UTP Patch Panels
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
O. All Patch Panels
Labeling & C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
on this Page
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Category 6A UTP Coupler Module
Designed to exceed performance requirements of the Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for C.
Fiber
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and ISO 11801 2nd superior performance Optic
Edition Class EA channel standards Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons Systems
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels and
PoE applications Faceplates; not suitable for surface mount box applications D.
RJ45 8-position, 8-wire female to RJ45 8-position, 8-wire Power
Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized over
female pass-through module provides fast and easy plug access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign Ethernet
and play connection of 6 and 8-position RJ45 patch cords objects, saving time and money associated with data
No tools required security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
E.
100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL performance and hardware replacement Zone
is individually serialized for traceability Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not Cabling
in use
F.
Wireless
G.
No. of Std. Std. Outlets
Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
CC6X88IW Category 6A, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal 1 Off 1 50
H.
coupler module. White Media
Distribution
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with BL (Black).
Acts as one connecting hardware component in channel.
RJ45 blockout device available on page B.92. I.
Dust cap available on page B.97. Physical
Infrastructure
TX6A 10Gig UTP Patch Cords available on page B.25.
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Component Labels for Mini-Com Category 6A UTP Coupler Module

K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance M.

Grounding &
Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E
Cougar LS9
Bonding
CC6X88IW C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK

N.
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Category 6A Coupler Patch Panel
C.
Fiber Coupler panel ports provide fast and easy plug and play Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for superior
Optic connection of 6 and 8-position RJ45 patch cords performance
Systems
No tools required Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
D.
Designed to exceed performance requirements of the Mounts to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with
Power ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and ISO 11801 2nd optional extender bracket
over Edition Class EA channel standards
Ethernet
No. of Std. Std.

E. Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Zone Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
Cabling
CP246X88BL 24-port, Category 6A, patch panel with 24 pre-installed 1 1 10
RJ45 Category 6A channel compliant couplers.
F. Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).

Wireless M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included.
Each coupler module acts as one connecting hardware component in a channel.
TX6A 10Gig UTP Patch Cords available on page B.25.
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Component Labels for Category 6A Patch Panel
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L. Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance

Cabinets,
Racks & Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Cable Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Management
CP246X88BL C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS B.
Copper
Systems
TX6A 10Gig UTP Patch Cords with MaTriX Technology C.

Fiber
Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, Compatible as a component of any Panduit TX6A Optic
IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA 10Gig UTP Copper Cabling System for increased Systems
channel standards design flexibility in channels up to 100 meters
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Plug meets all applicable ANSI/TIA-968-A requirements D.
PoE applications and exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications Power
over
MaTriX Technology provides superior suppression of alien Slender strain relief boot provides easy access in high Ethernet
crosstalk (PSANEXT and PSAACRF) density applications
Superior headroom warranty provides the highest margins Plug uses an integral pair manager to optimize
above the industry standard for both electrical and alien performance and consistency by reducing untwisting of E.
Zone
crosstalk performance conductors within the plug Cabling
Color-coded, keyed modular plugs mechanically and Plug performance in center of TIA/EIA component range,
visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional ensuring interoperability and 10GBASE-T Ethernet
mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed jack modules channel performance
F.
accommodating more discrete networks Labels on patch cords provide identification of Wireless
Each patch cord is 100% performance tested to performance level, length, and quality control number
component limits and wired to T568B Patented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides
TX6A-SD 10Gig constructed of 26 AWG stranded easy release, saving time on frequent moves, adds,
G.
copper cable (nominal cable diameter 0.240 in.) and and changes Outlets
TX6A 10Gig Modular Plugs for superior performance Optional patch cord color bands snap on and off individual
TX6A 10Gig constructed of 24 AWG stranded copper patch cables offering endless color-coding options
cable (nominal cable diameter 0.275 in.) and TX6A Optional RJ45 lock-in device blocks unauthorized removal H.
10Gig Modular Plugs for superior performance of cable, IP phone, other networking equipment, or Media
critical connection Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Std. Std. Management
Length Cable Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Color Qty. Qty.
J.
TX6A-SD
10Gig
UTP Patch Cord Overhead &
UTP6ASD3 Category 6A (SD), 26 AWG, 10 Gb/s UTP 3 Blue 1 10 Underfloor
Routing
patch cord with TX6A 10Gig Modular Plugs
on each end. Includes patent pending MaTriX
Tape Technology. K.
TX6A 10Gig UTP Patch Cord Surface
Raceway
UTP6A3^ Category 6A, 24 AWG, 10 Gb/s UTP patch cord 3 Blue 1 50
with TX6A 10Gig Modular Plugs on each end.
L.
Includes patent pending MaTriX Tape Technology. Cabinets,
Racks &
Keyed TX6A 10Gig UTP Patch Cord Cable
UTPK6A3BL* Keyed, Category 6A, 24 AWG, 10 Gb/s UTP 3 Black 1 10 Management
patch cord with TX6A 10Gig Keyed Modular
Plug on one end and TX6A 10Gig Non-Keyed M.
Modular Plug on the other end. Includes patent Grounding &
pending MaTriX Tape Technology. Bonding
For lengths 3 to 20 feet (increments of one foot) and 25, 30, 35, 40 feet, change the length designation in the part
number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than Off White, add suffix BL (Black), BU (Blue), RD
(Red), YL (Yellow), GR (Green), YL (Yellow), OR (Orange) or VL (Violet) to the part number. For example, the part N.
number for a blue, 15-foot patch cord is UTP6ASD15BU. Industrial
^ For lengths 3 to 20 feet (increments of one foot) and 25, 30, 35, 40 feet, change the length designation in the
part number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than Off White, add suffix BL (Black), BU (Blue),
RD (Red), YL (Yellow), GR (Green), YL (Yellow), OR (Orange), VL (Violet), or GY (Gray) to the part number. For
example, the part number for a blue, 15-foot patch cord is UTP6A15BU. O.
Labeling &
*For lengths other than 3 feet (5, 7, 10, 14 feet), change the length designation in the part number to the desired
Identification
length. For standard cable colors other than BL (Black), replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (Red), YL
(Yellow), GR (Green), or OR (Orange), each color representing a different keyed configuration. Contact customer
service for universal reference patch cords
P.
Patch cord color bands available on page B.96.
Cable
RJ45 plug lock-in device available on page B.94. Management
Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A 10Gig Copper Cabling System in order to achieve 10GBASE-T Accessories
Reference page B.34 for appropriate labeling solution.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
TX6500 Enhanced Category 6 UTP Copper Cable

C.
Fiber
Optic Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 Installation temperature range: 32F to 122F
Systems and ISO 11801 2nd Edition Class E channel standards (0C to 50C)
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and IEC Operating temperature range: 14F to 140F
D. 61156-5 Category 6 component standards (-10C to 60C)
Power
over Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Characterized to 600 MHz, 350 MHz above the standard
Ethernet PoE applications Descending length cable markings enable easy
Reduced attenuation maximizes the amount of signal that identification of remaining cable which reduces installation
E. reaches the receiver, increasing bandwidth time and cable scrap
Zone Third party tested to comply with ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Cable supplied in an easy payout EZBrake reel-in-a-box
Cabling
Cable diameter: Riser 0.265 in. (6.8mm) nominal, Plenum
0.264 in. (6.7mm) nominal
F.
Wireless
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
Part Number Part Description Color (Ft.) (Ft.)
G.
Outlets Riser
PUR6504BU-UY Enhanced, high-performance, Category 6, riser Blue 1000 27000
(CMR), 4-pair, UTP copper cable. Copper
H. conductors are 23 AWG construction with
Media polyolefin (PE) insulation. Conductors are twisted
Distribution in pairs, separated by an integrated pair divider
and protected by a flame-retardant PVC jacket.
I.
Physical Plenum
Infrastructure PUP6504BU-UY Enhanced, high-performance, Category 6, plenum Blue 1000 27000
Management (CMP), 4-pair, UTP copper cable. Copper
conductors are 23 AWG construction with FEP
J. insulation. Conductors are twisted in pairs,
Overhead & separated by an integrated pair divider and
Underfloor protected by a low smoke, flame-retardant
Routing PVC jacket.
For standard colors other than Blue, replace suffix BU (Blue) with WH (White), YL (Yellow), or
K. IG (International Gray). Contact Customer Service for other color options.
Surface Order number of pieces required, in multiples of 9,000 feet.
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Labels for TX6500 Enhanced Category 6 UTP Copper Cable
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Cable Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
O.
Labeling & PUR6504**-UY
S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Identification PUP6504**-UY
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
TX6000 High Performance Category 6 UTP Copper Cable

C.
Fiber
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 Installation temperature range: 32F to 122F Optic
and ISO 11801 2nd Edition Class E channel standards (0C to 50C) Systems
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and IEC Operating temperature range: 14F to 140F
61156-5 Category 6 component standards (-10C to 60C) D.
Power
Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Characterized to 550 MHz, 300 MHz above the standard over
PoE applications Descending length cable markings enable easy Ethernet
Third party tested to comply with ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 identification of remaining cable which reduces installation
Cable diameter: Riser 0.240 in. (6.1mm) nominal, Plenum time and cable scrap E.
0.236 in. (5.9mm) nominal Cable supplied in an easy payout EZBrake reel-in-a-box Zone
Cabling
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty. F.
Part Number Part Description Color (Ft.) (Ft.) Wireless
Riser
PUR6004BU-UY High performance, Category 6, riser (CMR), Blue 1000 27000
4-pair, UTP copper cable. Copper conductors G.
are 23 AWG construction with polyolefin (PE) Outlets
insulation. Conductors are twisted in pairs,
separated by an integrated pair divider, and
protected by a flame-retardant PVC jacket.
H.
Plenum Media
Distribution
PUP6004BU-UY High performance, Category 6, plenum (CMP), Blue 1000 27000
4-pair, UTP copper cable. Copper conductors
are 23 AWG construction with FEP insulation. I.
Conductors are twisted in pairs, separated by Physical
an integrated pair divider, and protected by a Infrastructure
low smoke, flame-retardant PVC jacket. Management
For standard colors other than Blue, replace suffix BU (Blue) with WH (White), YL (Yellow), or IG (International J.
Gray). Contact Customer Service for other color options. Overhead &
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of 9,000 feet. Underfloor
Routing
Labels for TX6000 High Performance Category 6 UTP Copper Cable K.

Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance M.

Grounding &
Cable Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E
Cougar LS9
Bonding
PUR6004**-UY
PUP6004**-UY N.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX6 PLUS UTP Jack Modules
C. Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
Fiber
Optic Edition Class E standards White termination cap designates Category 6 performance
Systems Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for and provides positive strain relief; helps control cable
PoE applications bend radius and securely retains wires
D. Each jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
Power performance and is individually serialized for traceability stranded twisted pair cable
over
Ethernet Color-coded, keyed jack modules mechanically and Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional T568B wiring schemes
mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed modular plugs Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
E.
Zone
accommodating more discrete networks
Cabling Utilize patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX Technology
for jack terminations which optimizes performance by Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
conductor untwist Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
F.
Wireless Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
superior performance objects, saving time and money associated with data
security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) hardware replacement
ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
G.
smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not
Outlets in use
components for maximum reliability
Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
H.
by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Media
Distribution
No. of Std. Std.
Module Pkg. Ctn.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure Jack Module
Management
CJ688TGIW Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal 1 Off White 1 50
module.
J.
Overhead & Keyed Jack Module
Underfloor
CJK688TGBL* Keyed, Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire 1 Black 1 50
Routing CJ688TGIW
universal module.
For standard colors other than Off White, replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), AW
K.
(Arctic White), IG (International Gray), BL (Black), OR (Orange), RD (Red), BU (Blue), GR (Green), YL (Yellow), or
Surface
Raceway VL (Violet).
*For standard colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), GR
(Green), or OR (Orange), each color representing a different keyed configuration.
L. Termination tools available on page B.97.
Cabinets, RJ45 blockout device available on page B.92.
Racks & Dust cap available on page B.97.
Cable Contact Customer Service for bulk packaged jack modules.
Management CJK688TGBL To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit TX6 PLUS components.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Keyed Geometry
N.
Industrial
O. Black Red Green Yellow Orange Blue

Labeling &
Identification Key Key Key Key Key Key
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories

Q.
Index Key Key Key Key Key Key
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Corrosive Resistant UTP Jack Module

C.
Fiber
Injected gel and polymer material reduce area of exposed Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times Optic
electrical contacts providing improved long term White termination cap designates Category 6 performance Systems
performance in corrosive environments and provides positive strain relief; helps control cable
Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6, bend radius and securely retains wires D.
IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class E Power
Terminates 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or over
channel standards stranded twisted pair cable Ethernet
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
PoE applications T568B wiring schemes E.
Each jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL Accepts 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage Zone
performance and is individually serialized for traceability Cabling
Utilizes patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX Technology
for jack termination which optimizes performance by Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating Faceplates and Surface Mount Boxes
F.
conductor untwist Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized Wireless
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) hardware replacement G.
ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a Outlets
components for maximum reliability in use
Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time Optional RJ45 lock-in device blocks unauthorized removal
of cable, IP phone, other networking equipment, or H.
by 25%, ideal for high volume installations Media
critical connection Distribution
No. of Std. Std. I.

Module Pkg. Ctn. Physical
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty. Infrastructure
Management
CJE688TGIW Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire, universal, 1 Off White 1 50
corrosive resistant UTP jack module
J.
For standard colors other than Off White, replace suffix IW (Off White) with WH (White), BL (Black), RD (Red), or Overhead &
BU (Blue). Underfloor
RJ45 blockout device available on page B.92. Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Component Labels for Mini-Com TX6 PLUS UTP Jack Modules Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Industrial
TDP43ME Thermal
Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop Printer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label O.
All TX6 PLUS Labeling &
C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK Identification
Jack Modules
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Ultimate ID TX6 PLUS Modular Patch Panel Kits
C.
Fiber Supplied with black Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Jack Modules Available with or without labels
Optic
Systems Include color-coded termination caps Can be clearly identified with the PanTher LS8E or
Front access faceplates in panels Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E. No. of Std. Std.

Zone Labels Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Cabling
Part Number Part Description Required Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Angled Modular Patch Panel Kit
UICMPPKA6G24BL UICMPPKA6G24BL 24-port UICMPPA24BL angled patch panel Six 1 1 10
F.
Wireless with 24 CJ688TGBL jack modules. 4-Port
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Modular Patch Panel Kit
UICMPPK6G24BL UICMPPK6G24BL 24-port UICMPP24BL patch panel Six 1 1 10
with 24 CJ688TGBL jack modules. 4-Port
G.
Outlets Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Includes #12-24 and metric M6 screws to mount the patch panel to the rack.
Ultimate ID Labels can be found on pages O.11 O.19.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Modular Patch Panel Kits
Management
Supplied with black Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Jack Modules Available with or without labels
J. Include color-coded termination caps Include EGJT termination tool
Overhead &
Underfloor Front access faceplates in panels
Routing
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
K. Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
Surface
Raceway Mini-Com Angled Modular Patch Panel Kits with Labels
CPPKA6G24WBL CPPKA6G24WBL 1 1 10
24-port angled patch panel with 24 CJ688TGBL
L. jack modules.
Cabinets, CPPKLA6G24WBL 24-port CPPLA24WBL angled patch panel with 24 1 1 10
Racks & CJ688TGBL jack modules.
Cable CPPKLA6G24WBL
Management Mini-Com Modular Patch Panel Kits with Labels
CPPK6G24WBL 24-port CPP24WBL patch panel with 24 1 1 10
M. CJ688TGBL jack modules.
Grounding & CPPK6G24WBL
Bonding CPPKL6G24WBL 24-port CPPL24WBL patch panel with 24 1 1 10
CJ688TGBL jack modules.
CPPKL6G24WBL Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).

N. Includes #12-24 and metric M6 screws to mount the patch panel to the rack.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
DP6 PLUS UTP Patch Panels
C.
Fiber
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd Angled versions allow for higher density applications by Optic
Edition Class E standards easily routing the patch cords to each side of the panel Systems
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for eliminating the need for horizontal cable management
PoE applications Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or D.
Each port is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL stranded twisted pair cable Power
over
performance and is individually serialized to Mount to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional Ethernet
support traceability extender bracket
Utilize 110 punchdown termination on back panel and Write-on areas for port and panel identification
includes retention cap for each port E.
Can be clearly identified with labels and icons Zone
Each port contains a universal label that is color-coded for Optional label kits (DPLK24 and DPLK48) contain Cabling
T568A and T568B wiring schemes adhesive label holder and labels for easy port and
panel identification
F.
Wireless
No. of Std. Std.

Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty. G.
DPA24688TGY Outlets
DP6 PLUS Angled Patch Panels
DPA24688TGY 24-port, angled, Category 6, patch panel with 24 RJ45, 1 1 10
8-position, 8-wire ports.
H.
DPA48688TGY 48-port, angled, Category 6, patch panel with 48 RJ45, 2 1 10 Media
DPA48688TGY 8-position, 8-wire ports. Distribution
DP6 PLUS Flat Patch Panels
DP12688TGY 12-port, Category 6, patch panel with twelve RJ45, 1 10 I.
8-position, 8-wire ports. Mounts to 89D wall Physical
mount bracket. Infrastructure
Management
DP24688TGY 24-port, Category 6, patch panel with 24 RJ45, 1 1 10
8-position, 8-wire ports. J.
DP48688TGY 48-port, Category 6, patch panel with 48 RJ45, 2 1 10 Overhead &
8-position, 8-wire ports. Underfloor
Routing
Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
DP12688TGY
M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included.
K.
Replaceable punchdown modules available, part number DRJ688TGBL. Surface
Termination tool (PDT110) available on page B.91. Raceway
DP24688TGY 89D wall mount bracket available on page B.72.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
DP48688TGY Management
M.
Grounding &
Component Labels for DP6 PLUS UTP Patch Panels Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Labeling &
Identification
P.
All Patch Panels Cable
C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
on this Page Management
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Category 6 UTP Coupler Module
C. Designed to exceed performance requirements of the Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Fiber
Optic ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd Edition Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels
Systems Class E channel standards and Faceplates; not suitable for surface mount
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at box applications
D. for PoE applications Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
Power
over RJ45 8-position, 8-wire female to RJ45 8-position, 8-wire access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
Ethernet female pass-through module provides fast and easy plug objects, saving time and money associated with data
and play connection of 6 and 8-position RJ45 patch cords security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
No tools required hardware replacement
E.
Zone 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL performance and Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not
Cabling is individually serialized for traceability in use
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
F.
Wireless
No. of Std. Std.
Module Pkg. Ctn.
G.
Outlets CC688IW Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal 1 Off 1 50
coupler module. White
H. Acts as one connecting hardware component in channel.
Media RJ45 blockout device available on page B.92.
Distribution Dust cap available on page B.97.
TX6 PLUS UTP Patch Cords available on page B.34.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Component Labels for Mini-Com Category 6 UTP Coupler Module
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M. Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Grounding &
Bonding
CC688IW C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK
N. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Category 6 Coupler Patch Panel
Coupler panel ports provide fast and easy plug and play Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for C.
Fiber
connection of 6 and 8-position RJ45 patch cords superior performance Optic
No tools required Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons Systems
Designed to exceed performance requirements of the Mounts to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd Edition extender bracket D.
Power
Class E channel standards over
Ethernet
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn. E.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty. Zone
Cabling
CP24688BL 24-port, Category 6, patch panel with 24 pre-installed 1 1 10
RJ45 Category 6 channel compliant couplers.
F.
Wireless
TX6 PLUS UTP Patch Cords available on page B.34.
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
Component Labels for Category 6 Coupler Patch Panel I.

Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing

K.
TDP43ME Thermal Surface
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop Printer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 Raceway
Part Number Printer Label Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
L.
CP24688BL C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK Cabinets,
Racks &
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
TX6 PLUS UTP Patch Cords
C.
Fiber Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 Plug uses an integral pair manager to optimize
Optic
Systems Class E standards performance and consistency by reducing untwisting of
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at conductors within the plug
D. for PoE applications Perform in center of TIA/EIA component range, ensuring
Power Each patch cord is 100% performance tested to interoperability and excellent performance
over component limits and wired T568B Labels on patch cords provide identification of
Ethernet
Color-coded, keyed modular plugs mechanically and performance level, length, and quality control number
visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional Patented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides
E. mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed jack modules easy release, saving time on frequent moves, adds,
Zone
Cabling
accommodating more discrete networks and changes
Constructed of Category 6, 24 AWG UTP stranded cable Optional patch cord color bands snap on and off individual
and TX6 PLUS Modular Plugs; plug contacts plated with patch cables offering endless color-coding options
50 microinches of gold for superior performance Optional RJ45 plug lock-in device blocks unauthorized
F.
Wireless Plug meets all applicable ANSI/TIA/EIA-968-A removal of cable, IP phone, other networking equipment,
requirements and exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications or critical connection
Slender strain relief boot provides easy access in high Third party tested for Category 6 component compliance
density applications
G.
Outlets
Std. Std.
Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Color Qty. Qty.
H.
Media Patch Cord
Distribution UTPSP3Y Category 6, UTP patch cord with TX6 PLUS 3 Off White 1 10
Modular Plugs on each end.
I.
Physical Keyed Patch Cord
Infrastructure
Management UTPKSP3BL* Keyed, Category 6, UTP patch cord with TX6 3 Black 1 10
PLUS Keyed Modular Plug on one end and
TX6 PLUS Non-Keyed Modular Plug on the
J. other end.
Overhead &
Underfloor For lengths 1 to 20 feet (increments of one foot) and 25, 30, 35, 40 feet change the length designation in the
Routing part number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than Off White, add suffix BL (Black), BU
(Blue), GR (Green), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), OR (Orange), or VL (Violet) before Y at the end of the part number.
For example, the part number for a blue 15-foot patch cord is UTPSP15BUY.
K. *For lengths other than 3 feet (5, 7, 10, 14 feet) change the length designation in the part number to the desired
Surface length. For standard cable colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (Red), YL (Yellow),
Raceway GR (Green), or OR (Orange), each color representing a different keyed configuration.
Contact customer service for universal reference patch cords.
L. Patch cord color bands available on page B.96.
Cabinets, RJ45 plug lock-in device available on page B.94.
Racks & To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit TX6 PLUS components.
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Labels for TX6 PLUS UTP Patch Cords
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling & Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Identification
P.
Cable All Patch Cords S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Management
Accessories For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
TX6 PLUS UTP Modular Plug
C.
Fiber
Meets all applicable ANSI/TIA-968-A requirements and Integral pair manager optimizes performance and Optic
exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications consistency by reducing untwist at plug Systems
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
PoE applications superior performance D.
Used in UTPSP series patch cords providing Terminates 24 AWG, 100 ohm, stranded or solid Power
over
Category 6 performance conductor with max. conductor insulation diameter Ethernet
Patented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides of 0.041 in.
easy release saving time on frequent moves, adds,
and changes E.
Zone
Cabling
Std. Std. F.
Wireless
Pkg. Ctn.
SP688-C 8-position, 8-wire modular plug. 100 1000
To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit TX6 PLUS components. G.
MPT5-8AS crimp tool required for termination, available on page B.98. Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Shielded Jack Modules
C.
Fiber Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6, Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
Optic IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class E Off white termination cap designates Category 6
Systems channel standards performance and provides positive strain relief; helps
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.af and IEEE 802.3at for control cable bend radius and securely retains wires
D. PoE applications
Power Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
over Each jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL stranded shielded twisted pair cable
Ethernet performance and is individually serialized for traceability Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
Color-coded, keyed jack modules mechanically and T568B wiring schemes
E. visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional Integrated strain relief with wire cap provides 360
Zone mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed modular plugs conductive path for grounding
0.187 in. tab provides conductive path for grounding
Utilize patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX Technology for individual jacks
F. maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
Wireless conductor untwist Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Fully grounded and bonded to patch panel when installed Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
in Panduit All Metal Modular Patch Panel Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
G. Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
Outlets superior performance access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) objects, saving time and money associated with data
ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
H. smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal hardware replacement
Media components for maximum reliability Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not
Distribution in use
Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
No. of Std. Std.
Module Pkg. Ctn.
J. Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
Overhead &
Underfloor Jack Module
Routing CJS688TGY Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal 1 Black 1 50
shielded black module with integral shield.
K.
Surface
Keyed Jack Module
Raceway CJS688TGY CJSK688TGBL* Keyed, Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire 1 Black 1 50
universal shielded black module with integral shield.
L. *For standard colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), GR (Green),
Cabinets, OR (Orange), VL (Violet), or GY (Gray), each color representing a different keyed configuration.
Racks & Termination tools available on page B.97.
Cable
Shield grounding requires proper installation of shielded jack module and the use of shielded patch cords and cable.
Management
All metal modular patch panels available on page B.72.
For grounding shielded modules not installed in a shielded patch panel, see the shielded jack module grounding kit,
M. CJSGK-XY on page M.23.
Grounding & RJ45 blockout device available on page B.92.
Bonding Dust cap available on page B.97.
CJSK688TGBL To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit TX6 PLUS components.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Shielded Jack Modules (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Keyed Geometry
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Black Red Green Yellow Orange Blue Violet Intl. Gray Cabling
Key Key Key Key Key Key Key Key
F.
Wireless
G.
Black Red Green Yellow Orange Blue Violet Intl. Gray Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Component Labels for Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Shielded Jack Modules Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
TDP43ME Thermal Grounding &
Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Bonding
Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
All TX6 PLUS C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK
Jack Modules
N.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
TX6 PLUS Shielded Modular Plug
C.
Fiber Meets all applicable ANSI/TIA-968-A requirements and Integral pair manager optimizes performance and
Optic exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications consistency by reducing untwist at plug
Systems
D. PoE applications superior performance
Power Used in STP6X series patch cords providing Category Shielded plug housing provides conductive path
over 6 performance for grounding
Ethernet
Patented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides Terminates 24 26 AWG, 100 ohm, stranded or solid
easy release saving time on frequent moves, adds, shielded cable with max. conductor insulation diameter
E. and changes of 0.040 in.
Zone
Cabling Slender strain relief boot provides easy access in high
Std. Std.
F.
Wireless Pkg. Ctn.
SPS688-C 8-position, 8-wire shielded modular plug. 100 1000
To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit TX6 PLUS components.
G. MPT5-8AS crimp tool required for termination. Termination tool available on page B.98.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
TX5500 Enhanced Category 5e UTP Copper Cable
C.
Fiber
Optic
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e Installation temperature range: 32F to 122F Systems
and ISO 11801 2nd Edition Class D channel standards (0C to 50C)
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and IEC Operating temperature range: 14F to 140F D.
61156-5 Category 5e component standards (-10C to 60C) Power
over
Third party tested to Category 5e channel compliance Channel characterized to 450 MHz, 350 MHz above Ethernet
Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at the standard
for PoE applications Descending length cable markings enable easy
E.
Cable diameter: Riser 0.225 in. (5.7mm) nominal, identification of remaining cable which reduces Zone
Plenum 0.193 in. (4.9mm) nominal installation time and cable scrap Cabling
Cable supplied in an easy payout box
F.
Wireless
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
Part Number Part Description Color (Ft.) (Ft.) G.
Outlets
Riser
PUR5504BU-UY Enhanced Category 5e, riser (CMR), 4-pair, UTP Blue 1000 39000
copper cable. Copper conductors are 24 AWG
construction with polyolefin (PE) insulation. Conductors H.
are twisted in pairs and protected by a flame-retardant Media
Distribution
PUR5504WH-UY PVC jacket.
Plenum I.
PUP5504BU-UY Enhanced Category 5e, plenum (CMP), 4-pair, UTP Blue 1000 39000 Physical
copper cable. Copper conductors are 24 AWG Infrastructure
construction with FEP insulation. Conductors are Management
twisted in pairs and placed in a low smoke,
flame-retardant PVC jacket. J.
Overhead &
For standard colors other than Blue, replace BU (Blue) with WH (White), YL (Yellow), or IG (International Gray). Underfloor
Contact Customer Service for other color options. Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
Labels for TX5500 Enhanced Category 5e UTP Copper Cable
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Grounding &
Bonding
TDP43ME Thermal
Cable Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop Printer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
N.
PUR5504**-UY Industrial
PUP5504**-UY
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX5e UTP Jack Modules
C.
Fiber
Optic Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
Systems 2nd Edition Class D standards Red termination cap designates Category 5e performance
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for and provides positive strain relief; helps control cable
D. PoE applications bend radius and securely retains wires
Power
over Each jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
Ethernet performance and is individually serialized for traceability stranded twisted pair cable
Color-coded, keyed jack modules mechanically and Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
E. visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional T568B wiring schemes
Zone mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed modular plugs Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
Utilize patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX Technology
F.
Wireless conductor untwist Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
G. No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) hardware replacement
Outlets ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
components for maximum reliability in use
H. Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
Media by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Distribution
No. of Std. Std.

I. Module Pkg. Ctn.
Physical Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
Infrastructure
Management Jack Module
CJ5E88TGIW Category 5e, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal 1 Off 1 50
J. jack module. White
Overhead &
Underfloor Keyed Jack Module
Routing CJ5E88TGIW CJK5E88TGBL* Keyed, Category 5e, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire 1 Black 1 50
universal module.
K. For standard colors other than Off White, replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White),
Surface AW (Arctic White), IG (International Gray), BL (Black), OR (Orange), RD (Red), BU (Blue), GR (Green), YL
Raceway (Yellow) or VL (Violet).
*For standard colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (Red), YL (Yellow),
GR (Green) or OR (Orange), each color representing a different keyed configuration.
L.
Cabinets, Termination tools available on page B.97.
Racks & RJ45 blockout device available on page B.92.
Cable Dust cap available on page B.97.
Management Contact customer service for bulk packaged jack modules.
CJK5E88TGBL
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX5e UTP Jack Modules (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Keyed Geometry D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Component Labels for Mini-Com TX5e UTP Jack Modules K.

Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
TDP43ME Thermal Bonding
Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop Printer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
All TX5e N.
C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK Industrial
Jack Modules
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX5e Corrosive Resistant UTP Jack Module
C.
Fiber
Optic Injected gel and polymer material reduce area of exposed Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
Systems electrical contacts providing improved long term by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
performance in corrosive environments Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
D.
Power
Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e, Red termination cap designates Category 5e performance
over IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class D and provides positive strain relief; helps control cable
Ethernet channel standards bend radius and securely retains wires
Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e Terminates 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
E. and IEC 61156-5 Category 5e component standards stranded twisted pair cable
Zone Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
Cabling PoE applications T568B wiring schemes
Each jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL Accepts 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
performance and is individually serialized for traceability
F. Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Wireless
Utilizes patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX Technology
conductor untwist Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
G. Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
Outlets superior performance objects, saving time and money associated with data
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) hardware replacement
ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
H. smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not
Media components for maximum reliability in use
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure No. of Std. Std.
Management Module Pkg. Ctn.
J. CJE5E88TGIW Corrosive resistant, Category 5e, RJ45, 1 Off 1 50
Overhead & 8-position, 8-wire universal module. White
Underfloor
Routing For standard colors other than Off White, replace suffix IW (Off White) with WH (White), BL (Black), RD (Red),
or BU (Blue).
Termination tools available on page B.97.
K. RJ45 blockout device available on page B.92.
Surface Dust cap available on page B.97.
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable Component Labels for Mini-Com TX5e Corrosive Resistant UTP
Management
Jack Module
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O. Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance

Labeling &
Identification Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
P. CJE5E88TG** C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK

Cable
Management For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
DP5e UTP Patch Panels
C.
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 Angled versions allow for higher density installations by Fiber
Optic
Class D standards easily routing the patch cords to each side of the panel Systems
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for eliminating the need for horizontal cable management
PoE applications Terminate 4 pair, 22 - 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or stranded D.
Each port is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL twisted pair cable Power
over
performance and is individually serialized to Mount to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional Ethernet
support traceability extender bracket
Utilize 110 termination on back panel and includes Write-on areas for port and panel identification
retention cap for each port E.
Can be clearly identified with labels and icons Zone
Each port contains a universal label that is color-coded Optional label kits (DPLK24 and DPLK48) contain Cabling
for T568A and T568B wiring schemes adhesive label holder and labels for easy port and
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for panel identification
superior performance F.
Wireless
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
DPA245E88TGY DP5e Angled Patch Panels
G.
Outlets
DPA245E88TGY 24-port, Category 5e, patch panel with 24 RJ45, 1 1 10
DPA485E88TGY 48-port, Category 5e, patch panel with 48 RJ45, 2 1 10
H.
8-position, 8-wire ports. Media
Distribution
DPA485E88TGY DP5e Flat Patch Panels
DP125E88TGY 12-port, Category 5e, patch panel with twelve RJ45, 1 10
8-position, 8-wire ports. Mounts to 89D wall I.
mount bracket. Physical
Infrastructure
DP245E88TGY 24-port, Category 5e, patch panel with 24 RJ45, 1 1 10 Management
DP485E88TGY 48-port, Category 5e, patch panel with 48 RJ45, 2 1 10 J.
8-position, 8-wire ports. Overhead &
Underfloor
DP125E88TGY Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). Routing
Replaceable punchdown modules available, part number DRJ5E88TGBL.
Termination tool (PDT110) available on page B.91. K.
89D wall mount bracket available on page B.72.
Surface
Raceway
DP245E88TGY
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
DP485E88TGY
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Component Labels for DP5e UTP Patch Panels
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Identification
P.
All Patch Panels Cable
C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK Management
on this page Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Category 5e UTP Coupler Module
C.
Fiber Designed to exceed performance requirements of the Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Optic ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 2nd
Systems Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels and
Edition Class D channel standards Faceplates; not suitable for surface mount box
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for applications
D.
Power PoE applications Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
over RJ45 8-position, 8-wire female to RJ45 8-position, 8-wire access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
Ethernet female pass-through module provides fast and easy plug objects, saving time and money associated with data
and play connection of 6 and 8-position RJ45 patch cords security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
E. No tools required hardware replacement
Zone Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not
Cabling 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL performance and
is individually serialized for traceability in use
F.
Wireless
No. of Std. Std.

Module Pkg. Ctn.
G. Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
Outlets CC5E88IW Category 5e, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal 1 Off 1 50
coupler module. White
H. Acts as one connecting hardware component in channel.
Media RJ45 blockout device available on page B.92.
Distribution
TX5e UTP Patch Cords available on page B.46.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Component Labels for Mini-Com Category 5e UTP Coupler Module
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets, Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Racks &
Cable Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Management Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
M. CC5E88IW C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK

Grounding &
Bonding For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Category 5e Coupler Patch Panel
C.
Coupler panel ports provide fast and easy plug and play Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for Fiber
connection of 6 and 8-position RJ45 patch cords superior performance Optic
Systems
No tools required Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Designed to exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and Mounts to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional D.
all ISO 11801 2nd Edition Class D channel standard extender bracket Power
requirements at swept frequencies up to 100 MHz over
Ethernet
No. of Std. Std.

Rack Pkg. Ctn. E.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty. Zone
Cabling
CP245E88BLY 24-port, Category 5e, patch panel with 24 pre-installed 1 1 10
RJ45 Category 5e channel compliant couplers.
Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). F.
M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included. Wireless
TX5e UTP Patch Cords available on page B.46.
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Component Labels for Category 5e Coupler Patch Panel Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway

L.
TDP43ME Thermal Cabinets,
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop Printer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Racks &
Part Number Printer Label Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Cable
Management
CP245E88BLY C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
M.
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
TX5e UTP Patch Cords
C.
Fiber Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 Plug meets all applicable ANSI/TIA/EIA-968-A
Optic
Systems Class D standards requirements and exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at Patented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides
D. for PoE applications easy release, saving time on frequent moves, adds,
Power Color-coded, keyed modular plugs mechanically and and changes
over
Ethernet
visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional Labels on patch cords provide identification of
mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed jack modules performance level, length, and quality control number
accommodating more discrete networks Optional patch cord color bands snap on and off individual
E. Each patch cord is 100% performance tested to patch cables offering endless color-coding options
Zone
Cabling component limits and wired to T568A Optional RJ45 plug lock-in device blocks unauthorized
Constructed of Category 5e, 24 AWG UTP stranded cable removal of cable, IP phone, other networking equipment,
and Pan-Plug Modular Plugs; plug contacts plated with or critical connection
50 microinches of gold for superior performance Third party tested to Category 5e component compliance
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
Std. Std.
H. Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Color Qty. Qty.
Media Patch Cords
Distribution
UTPCH3Y Category 5e, UTP patch cord with Pan-Plug 3 Off White 1 10
Modular Plugs on each end.
I.
Physical Keyed Patch Cords
Infrastructure
Management UTPKCH3BL* Keyed, Category 5e, UTP patch cord with 3 Black 1 10
Pan-Plug Keyed Modular Plug on one end
J.
and Pan-Plug Non-Keyed Modular Plug on the
Overhead & other end.
Underfloor
Routing For lengths 1 to 20 feet (increments of one foot) and 25, 30, 35, 40 feet change the length designation in the part
number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than Off White, add suffix BL (Black), BU (Blue), GR
(Green), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), OR (Orange), or VL (Violet) before the Y in the part number. For example, the part
number for a blue 15-foot patch cord is UTPCH15BUY.
K.
Surface *For lengths other than 3 feet (5, 7, 10, 14 feet) change the length designation in the part number to the desired
Raceway length. For standard cable colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (Red), YL (Yellow),
GR (Green), or OR (Orange), each color representing a different keyed configuration.
Contact customer service for universal reference patch cords.
L. Patch cord color bands available on page B.91.
Cabinets, RJ45 plug lock-in device available on page B.94.
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Labels for TX5e UTP Patch Cords
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
P. Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Cable
Management All Patch Cords S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Plug Category 5e UTP Modular Plugs
C.
Meet all applicable ANSI/TIA-968-A requirements and Simplified termination requires no loading bar; guide ramp Fiber
exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications facilitates easy conductor insertion and termination Optic
Systems
PoE applications superior performance D.
Used in UTPCH series patch cords providing Terminate 24 AWG, 100 ohm, stranded or solid conductor Power
Category 5e performance with max. conductor insulation diameter of 0.040" over
Ethernet
Patented tangle-free plug latch prevents snags and
provides easy release saving time on frequent moves,
adds, and changes E.
Zone
Std. Std. Cabling
Pkg. Ctn.
MP588-L 8-position, 8-wire modular plug. 50 250 F.
MP588-C 8-position, 8-wire modular plug. 100 1000 Wireless
MP588-M 8-position, 8-wire modular plug. 1000 5000
MPT5-8AS crimp tool required for termination, available on page B.98.
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
TX5500 Category 5e F/UTP Shielded Copper Cable J.

Overhead &
Underfloor
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e Installation temperature range: 32F to 122F Routing
and ISO 11801 2nd Edition Class D channel standards (0C to 50C)
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e Operating temperature range: -4F to 140F
and IEC 61156-5 Category 5e component standards (-20C to 60C) K.
Surface
Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Descending length cable markings enable easy Raceway
PoE applications identification of remaining cable which reduces installation
Cable diameter: Riser 0.241 inch (6.1 mm), Plenum 0.229 time and cable scrap L.
inch (5.8mm) Cable supplied on a reel Cabinets,
Racks &
Std. Std. Cable
Cable Pkg. Ctn. Management
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Riser M.
Grounding &
PFR5504BU-UY Category 5e, riser (CMR), 4-pair, F/UTP copper cable. Blue 1000 20000 Bonding
Copper conductors are 24 AWG construction with
polyethylene insulation. Conductors are twisted in pairs,
surrounded by an overall polyester aluminum foil with a
stranded copper drain wire and protected by a flame- N.
retardant PVC jacket. Industrial
Riser
PFP5504BU-UY Category 5e, plenum (CMP), 4-pair, F/UTP copper Blue 1000 20000
cable. Copper conductors are 24 AWG construction O.
Labeling &
with FEP insulation. Conductors are twisted in pairs, Identification
surrounded by an overall polyester aluminum foil with
stranded copper drain wire and protected by a low
smoke flame-retardant PVC jacket. P.
Cable
For other colors, replace BU (Blue) with WH (White), IG (International Gray), BL (Black), GR (Green), OR Management
(Orange), RD (Red), VL (Violet), or YL (Yellow). Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX5e Shielded Jack Modules
C.
Fiber Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e, Red termination cap designates Category 5e performance
Optic
Systems IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class D and provides positive strain relief; helps control cable
channel standards bend radius and securely retains wires
D. Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
Power and IEC 61156-5 Category 5e component standards stranded shielded twisted pair cable
over Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
Ethernet
for PoE applications T568B wiring schemes
Each jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL Integrated strain relief with wire cap provides 360
E. performance and is individually serialized for traceability conductive path for grounding
Zone
Cabling Utilize patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX Technology for 0.187 in. tab provides conductive path for grounding
jack terminations which optimizes performance by individual jacks
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
conductor untwist
F. Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Wireless Fully grounded and bonded to patch panel when installed
in Panduit All Metal Modular Patch Panel Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
superior performance Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
G. access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
Outlets No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) objects, saving time and money associated with data
ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal hardware replacement
components for maximum reliability
H. Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not
Media Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time in use
Distribution by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management No. of Std. Std.
Module Cable Pkg. Ctn.
J. Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Jack Module
Routing CJS5E88TGY Category 5e, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal 1 Black 1 50
shielded black module with integrated shield.
K. Keyed Jack Module

Surface CJS5E88TGY CJSK5E88TGBL* Keyed, Category 5e, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire 1 Black 1 50
Raceway
universal shielded black module with integrated
shield.
L. *For standard colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), GR (Green),
Cabinets, OR (Orange), VL (Violet), or GY (Gray), each color representing a different keyed configuration.
Racks & Termination tools available on page B.97.
Cable
Shield grounding requires proper installation of shielded jack module and the use of shielded patch cords
Management
and cable.
All metal modular patch panels available on page B.73.
M. For grounding shielded modules not installed in a shielded patch panel, see the shielded jack module grounding kit,
Grounding & CJSGK-XY on page M.23.
Bonding CJSK5E88TGBL RJ45 blockout device available on page B.92.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX5e Shielded Jack Modules (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Keyed Geometry D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Component Labels for Mini-Com TX5e Shielded Jack Modules
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 L.
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Cabinets,
Racks &
All TX5e Shielded Cable
Jack Modules Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
TX5e Shielded Patch Cords
C.
Fiber Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 Plug meets all applicable ANSI/TIA/EIA-968-A
Optic Class D standards requirements and exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications
Systems
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Patented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides
D. PoE applications easy release, saving time on frequent moves, adds,
Power Color-coded, keyed modular plugs mechanically and and changes
over visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional Labels on patch cords provide identification of
Ethernet
mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed jack modules performance level, length, and quality control number
accommodating more discrete networks Optional patch cord color bands snap on and off individual
E. Each patch cord is 100% performance tested to patch cables offering endless color-coding options
Zone component limits and wired T568A
Cabling Optional RJ45 plug lock-in device blocks unauthorized
Constructed of Category 5e, 26 AWG, STP stranded, removal of cable, IP phone, other networking equipment,
LSZH/CM cable and Pan-Plug Shielded Modular Plugs; or critical connection
plug contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
F. superior performance
Wireless
Std. Std.
Length Boot Cable Pkg. Ctn.
G. Part Number Part Description (m) Color Color Qty. Qty.
Outlets Patch Cords
STPCH1MBBL Category 5e, shielded patch cord 1 Black International 1 10
with Pan-Plug Shielded Modular Gray
H. Plugs on each end.
Media
Distribution
Std. Std.
Length Boot Cable Pkg. Ctn.
I. Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Color Color Qty. Qty.
Physical
Infrastructure Keyed Patch Cords
Management STPKCH3BL Keyed, Category 5e, shielded 3 Black International 1 10
patch cord with Pan-Plug Keyed Gray
J. Shielded Modular Plug on one
Overhead & end and Pan-Plug Non-Keyed
Underfloor Shielded Modular Plug on the
Routing other end.
For lengths 1 to 10 meters (increments of one meter) and 0.5, 1.5, 2.5, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40 meters change the
K.
length designation in the part number to the desired length. For boot colors other than Black, replace suffix
Surface
BL (Black) with BU (Blue), GR (Green), RD (Red), or YL (Yellow). For example, the part number for a 15 meter
Raceway
patch cord with blue boots is STPCH15MBBU.
*For lengths other than 3 feet (5, 7, 10, 14 feet) change the length designation in the part number to the desired
L. length. For boot colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), GR
Cabinets, (Green), or OR (Orange), each color representing a different keyed configuration. Contact customer service for
Racks & universal reference patch cords.
Cable Patch cord color bands available on page B.96.
Management RJ45 plug lock-in device available on page B.94.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Labels for TX5e Shielded Patch Cords
N.
Industrial

Labeling &
Identification Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
P. All Patch Cords S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Cable
Management
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Plug Category 5e Shielded Modular Plug
C.
Meets all applicable ANSI/TIA-968-A requirements and Simplified termination requires no loading bar, guide ramp Fiber
exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications facilitates easy conductor insertion and termination Optic
Systems
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
for PoE applications superior performance D.
Used in STPCH series patch cords providing Shielded plug housing provides conductive path Power
Category 5e performance for grounding over
Ethernet
Patented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides Terminates 24 26 AWG 100 ohm stranded or solid
easy release saving time on frequent moves, adds, shielded cable with max. conductor insulation diameter
and changes of 0.040 in. E.
Zone
Cabling
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. F.
MPS588-C 8-position, 8-wire shielded modular plug. 100 1000 Wireless
To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit Category 5e components.
MPT5-8AS crimp tool required for termination, available on page B.98.
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
TX5500 Category 5e 25-Pair UTP Copper Cable
C.
Fiber Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e Installation temperature range: 32F to 122F
Optic and ISO 11801 2nd Edition Class D channel standards (0C to 50C)
Systems
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and IEC Operating temperature range: -4F to 167F
61156-5 Category 5e component standards (-20C to 75C)
D.
Power Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and 802.3at for Descending length cable markings enable easy
over PoE applications identification of remaining cable which reduces
Ethernet installation time and cable scrap
Cable diameter: Riser 0.511 in. (12.9mm) nominal,
Plenum 0.455 in. (11.6mm) nominal Cable supplied on a reel
E.
Zone
Cabling
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
F. Part Number Part Description Color (Ft.) (Ft.)
Wireless
Riser
PUR5525IG-UY Category 5e riser (CMR) 25-pair UTP copper International 1000 3000
cable. Copper conductors are 24 AWG Gray
G. construction with HDPE insulation. Conductors
Outlets are twisted in pairs and placed in a
PUR5525IG-UY
flame-retardant PVC jacket.
Plenum
H.
Media PUP5525IG-UY Category 5e plenum (CMP) 25-pair UTP copper International 1000 3000
Distribution cable. Copper conductors are 24 AWG Gray
construction with FEP insulation. Conductors
are twisted in pairs and placed in a low smoke,
I. flame-retardant, fluoropolymer jacket.
Physical
Infrastructure For standard colors other than IG (International Gray), replace IG with BU (Blue) or WH (White).
Management Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Carton Quantity (Pallet).
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K. Labels for TX5500 Category 5e 25-Pair UTP Copper Cable

Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M. TDP43ME Thermal
Grounding & Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop Printer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Bonding Part Number Printer Label Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
PUP5525IG-UY
PUR5525IG-UY
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Data-Patch 10/100BASE-T Patch Panels
C.
Category 5e rated in the channel when used with Mount to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional Fiber
Category 5e 25-pair cable assemblies extender bracket Optic
Systems
Consist of female telco 50 pin/25 pair connectors with Write-on areas for port and panel identification
hook and loop fasteners wired per RJ21 industry standard Optional label kits (DPLK24 and DPLK48) contain D.
for backward compatibility adhesive label holder and labels for easy port and Power
Each port is wired for 10/100BASE-T Ethernet utilizing panel identification over
pins 1, 2 and 3, 6 Ethernet
Can be clearly identified with labels and icons
Does not require use of a punchdown tool
E.
Zone
No. of Std. Std. Cabling
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
DP24584TV25Y DP24584TV25Y 24-port, Category 5e, patch panel with 24 RJ45 ports 1 1 10
wired to two RJ21 Telco connectors. F.
Wireless
DP48584TV25Y 48-port, Category 5e, patch panel with 48 RJ45 ports 2 1 10
wired to four RJ21 Telco connectors.
DP48584TV25Y G.
M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included. Outlets
For use with Data-Patch 10/100BASE-T Cable Assemblies on page B.55.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Component Labels for Data-Patch 10/100BASE-T Patch Panels
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Cabinets,
Racks &
Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 Cable
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Management
DP24584TV25Y
C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK M.
DP48584TV25Y
Grounding &
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Data-Patch Category 5e RJ21 to RJ45 Patch Panel
C.
Fiber Designed to exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and Mounts to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional
Optic ISO 11801 2nd Edition Class D standards extender bracket
Systems
Consist of female telco 50-pin/25-pair connectors with Write-on areas for port and panel identification
D. hook and loop fasteners wired per RJ21 industry standard Can be clearly identified with labels and icons
Power for backward compatibility
over
Optional label kits (DPLK24 and DPLK48) contain
Each RJ45 port is fully wired for 10/100/1000BASE-T adhesive label holder and labels for easy port and
Ethernet
Ethernet performance utilizing all 8 pins panel identification
Does not require use of a punchdown tool
E.
Zone
Cabling No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
F. DPA245E88TV25 Data-Patch 10/100/1000BASE-T RJ21 to RJ45 Angled Patch Panels
Wireless DPA245E88TV25 24-port angled, Category 5e, RJ45, 8-pin, fully wired 1 1 10
to 4-port RJ21 connector panel.
DPA485E88TV25 48-port angled, Category 5e, RJ45, 8-pin, fully wired 2 1 10
G. to 8-port RJ21 connector panel.
Outlets
DPA485E88TV25
Data-Patch 10/100/1000BASE-T RJ21 to RJ45 Flat Patch Panels
DP245E88TV25 24-port, Category 5e, RJ45, 8-pin, fully wired to 4-port 1 1 10
RJ21 connector panel.
H. DP245E88TV25
Media
DP485E88TV25 48-port, Category 5e, RJ45, 8-pin, fully wired to 8-port 2 1 10
Distribution RJ21 connector panel.
I.
Physical DP485E88TV25 Data-Patch 10/100/1000BASE-T Cable Assemblies available on page B.55.
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Component Labels for Data-Patch Category 5e RJ21 to RJ45
K. Patch Panel
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding & Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Bonding
TDP43ME Thermal
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop Printer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
N.
Industrial DPA245E88TV25
DPA485E88TV25
DP245E88TV25
DP485E88TV25
O.
Labeling & For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Data-Patch 10/100/1000BASE-T Cable Assemblies
C.
Category 5e rated 25-pair connectorized cable assemblies System also include Category 5e rated RJ21 to MRJ21 Fiber
are enhanced performance patch cords featuring 25-pair with Category 5e 25-pair male connector on one end Optic
Category 5e solid cable with Category 5e, 25-pair RJ21 and MRJ21 male connector on the other Systems
plugs on either end All cords are 100% tested for wiring sequence
System also includes Category 5e rated 25-pair hydra and continuity D.
Power
with Category 5e, 25-pair male connectors on one end over
and six Pan-Plug Modular Plugs on the other end Ethernet
Std. Std. E.
Length Pkg. Ctn. Zone
Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Qty. Qty. Cabling
UTPCH8SR25Y RJ21 plug to RJ21 plug, straight, 110 right orientation. 8 1 10
UTPCH8SL25Y RJ21 plug to RJ21 plug, straight, 110 left orientation. 8 1 10
UTPCH8L25Y RJ21 plug to RJ21 plug, both 110 left orientation. 8 1 10 F.
Wireless
UTPCH8**25Y UTPCH8R25Y RJ21 plug to RJ21 plug, both 110 right orientation. 8 1 10
UTPCH8LR25Y RJ21 plug to RJ21 plug, 110 left, 110 right orientation. 8 1 10
UTPCH86PP25 RJ21 plug to six Pan-Plug Modular Plugs, straight. 8 1 10
G.
UTPCH8SMRJ25 MRJ21 male connector to RJ21 connector, straight. 8 1 10 Outlets
For lengths 6, 10, 15 and 20 replace 8 in part number for desired length. For example, the part number
for a 15 foot straight and right 25-pair connectorized cable assembly is UTPCH15SR25Y.
H.
Media
Distribution
Labels for Data-Patch 10/100/1000BASE-T
Cable Assemblies I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA 606-A Compliance
Cable Assemblies Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 K.
Surface
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Raceway
All UTPCH8
Cable Assemblies S100X400YAJ S100X400VATY S100X400VAC T100X000CBC-BK L.
on this page Cabinets,
Racks &
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
RJ45 HD68 and RJ45 VHD68 SCSI Angled Patch Panel and Kits
C.
Fiber Used for console management of selected Female 68-pin sockets on panel meet ANSI T 10.1302D
Optic switching equipment SCSI Parallel Interface-3 (SPI-3) standard
Systems Each port 100% electrically tested Mount to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional
Angled patch panel is available individually or kitted with extender bracket
D.
Power cable assemblies Pre-printed numbers above each port for
over easy identification
Ethernet
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
E. Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
Zone
Cabling TPA32R88S68Y 32-port angled patch panel with 32 RJ45 ports wired 1 1 10
to four 68-pin SCSI connectors.
TPK1A32R88S68Y 32-port angled patch panel with 32 RJ45 ports wired 1 1 10
F. to four 68-pin SCSI connectors kitted with four cable
TPK1A32R88S68Y assemblies each 3 ft. long with 68-pin DB68 male
Wireless
plugs on both ends.
TPK2A32R88S68 32-port angled patch panel with 32 RJ45 ports wired 1 1 10
to four 68 pin SCSI connectors kitted with four cable
G. assemblies each 6 ft. long with 68-pin DB68 male
Outlets
plug on one end, and 68-pin VHD68 male plug on
the other.
H. M6 and #12 24 mounting screws included.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Component Labels for RJ45 HD68 and RJ45 VHD68 SCSI
J.
Overhead & Angled Patch Panel and Kits
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L. Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance

Cabinets,
Racks & Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Management
TPA32R88S68 C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
TPK1A32R88S68
M.
Grounding & For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Mini-Jack Category 3 UTP Jack Modules
Patented lead frame termination style ensures twists are White colored module base designates C.
Fiber
maintained to within 1/2" Category 3 performance Optic
No punchdown tool required, optional termination tool Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons Systems
(CJT-X) ensures conductors are fully terminated Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Termination cap provides excellent strain relief; helps Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes D.
Power
control cable bend radius and securely retains wires Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized over
Clear, removable termination cap provides access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign Ethernet
easy troubleshooting objects, saving time and money associated with data
Terminate 4-pair 24 and 22 AWG 100 ohm solid security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
E.
unshielded twisted pair cable hardware replacement Zone
Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not Cabling
in use
No. of Std. Std.
F.
Module Pkg. Ctn.
Wireless
CJ88IWY Category 3, 8-position, 8-wire universal module. 1 Off 1 50
White
CJ88**Y CJ66U**Y CJ66UIWY Category 3, 6-position, 6-wire USOC module. 1 Off 1 50 G.
White Outlets
CJ66IWY Category 3, 6-position, 6-wire universal module. 1 Off 1 50
White
CJ64IWY Category 3, 6-position, 4-wire universal module. 1 Off 1 50 H.
White Media
Distribution
For standard colors other than Off White, replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White),
CJ66**Y CJ64**Y IG (International Gray), YL (Yellow), or BL (Black).
Termination tools available on page B.97. I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Component Labels for Mini-Com Mini-Jack Category 3 UTP Routing
Jack Modules K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding

TDP43ME Thermal N.
Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 Industrial
All UTP
Category 3 C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK O.
Jack Modules Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com BAS Connector Module
C.
Fiber Standard field bus connector terminates up to three Common declaration point for BAS networks
Optic 18 22 AWG connectors or shielded/unshielded cable and low voltage power for building systems
Systems No punchdown tool required, terminates with screwdriver Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
D.
Power No. of Std. Std.
over
Ethernet
Module Pkg. Ctn.
CMBRS485OR Module supplied with 22 AWG min/18 AWG 2 Orange 1 10
E. max connector.
Zone
Cabling For other colors replace suffix OR (Orange) with BL (Black), BU (Blue), GR (Green), RD (Red), or YL (Yellow).
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
Mini-Com Blank Module

H.
Media Secures opening to prevent tampering Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Distribution Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
I. No. of Std. Std.

Physical Module Pkg. Ctn.
Infrastructure Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
Management CMBIW-X 1-position, reserves space for future use. 1 Off 10 50
White
J.
Overhead & For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray),
Underfloor or BL (Black).
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Mini-Com F-Type Module
Bonding
Typical use in CATV applications Accepts RG-6 and RG-59 coaxial cable
Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
N. Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
Industrial
No. of Std. Std.
Module Pkg. Ctn.
O.
Labeling & CMFIW Module supplied with 75 ohm industry standard 1 Off 1 10
Identification F-type coupler. White
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray),
P. or BL (Black).
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Self-Terminating F-Type Module
C.
Eliminates need for termination cap on connector Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels, Fiber
Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes Optic
Automatically puts 75 ohm load on cable run when cable Systems
is disconnected Accepts RG-6 and RG-59 coaxial cable
Reduces noise and interference on the line Rated 2GHz D.
Power
No. of Std. Std. over
Module Pkg. Ctn. Ethernet
CMFSRIWY Module supplied with 75 ohm self-terminating 1 Off 1 10 E.
F-type coupler. White Zone
Cabling
or BL (Black).
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
Mini-Com 15-Pin High-Density D-Subminiature Module H.

Media
Distribution
Field terminable module features 15-pin screw terminal SVGA compatible
Dual module configuration allows it to be installed Compatible with select Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
I.
in Mini-Com Faceplates (plastic and stainless steel) Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes Physical
Infrastructure
No. of Std. Std. Management
Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty. J.
CMD15HDIWY 2-position module supplied with one 15-pin DB 2 Off 1 10 Overhead &
connector mounted to a printed circuit board; White Underfloor
terminates on site. Routing
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), K.
or BL (Black). Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Mini-Com Module Base for D-Subminiature Connectors Bonding
Accepts 9-pin or 15-pin high-density connector, male Compatible with select Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
or female, solder or crimp type (connector not included) Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes N.
Industrial
No. of Std. Std.

Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty. O.
Labeling &
CMDBIW-X 2-position module base which accepts 9-pin and 2 Off 10 100 Identification
15-pin high density D-subminiature connectors. White
P.
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), Cable
or BL (Black). Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
D-Subminiature Inserts
C. Used in audio and video applications Compatible with classic and executive faceplate frames
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
D. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Power CHD9CIWY 1/3 insert with 9-pin female to female coupler. Off 1 10
over White
Ethernet
CHD15HDCIWY 1/3 insert with 15-pin high density female to female Off 1 10
CHD9CIWY CHD15HDCIWY coupler; SVGA capable. White
E.
Zone CHD15HDSCIWY 1/3 insert with one 15-pin DB connector mounted to a Off 1 10
Cabling printed circuit board; terminates on site; SVGA capable. White
For other colors, replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray),
or BL (Black).
F. Compatible with Classic and Executive Faceplate Frames on page G.14.
Wireless
CHD15HDSCIWY
G.
Outlets
Component Labels for Mini-Com D-Subminiature Inserts
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J. Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Overhead & Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Underfloor
Routing CHD9C**Y
CHD15HDC**Y C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
K. CHD15HDSC**Y
Surface For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
RCA 1/3 Inserts
C.
Used in audio and video applications Compatible with classic and executive faceplate frames Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. D.
CHR3RGBIW 1/3 insert with three RCA pass-through couplers. RCA insert Off 1 10 Power
colors are red, green, and blue. R,G,B component video. White over
Ethernet
CHR3WYRIW 1/3 insert with three RCA pass-through couplers. RCA Off 1 10
insert colors are white, yellow, and red. Composite video White
and left and right stereo. E.
Zone
For other colors, replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), or IG (International Gray). Cabling
CHR3RGBIW Compatible with Classic and Executive Faceplate Frames on page G.14.
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
CHR3WYRIW H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Mini-Com S-Video Punchdown Module Infrastructure
Management
Terminates 24 and 22 AWG solid or stranded conductors Includes wire retention cap J.
Utilizes Category 5e unshielded twisted pair or higher Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels, Overhead &
network cable facilitating a common, easy, and cost Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes Underfloor
Routing
effective cabling installation; only four of the eight network
cable conductors need to be terminated per cable
K.
No. of Std. Std. Surface
Raceway
Module Pkg. Ctn.
L.
CJSVIW Module supplied with one S-Video connector. 1 Off 1 10 Cabinets,
White Racks &
Cable
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), Management
or BL (Black).
Punchdown termination tool available on page B.91.
Optional punchdown base (AVPDB), available on page B.97. M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com S-Video Pass-Through Module
C.
Fiber
Optic Supplied with one 4-pin mini DIN coupler Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Systems Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
D. No. of Std. Std.

Power Module Pkg. Ctn.
over Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
Ethernet
CMSVCIWY Module supplied with one S-video 1 Off 1 10
pass-through coupler. White
E.
Zone For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray),
Cabling or BL (Black).
F.
Wireless
G.
Mini-Com RCA 110 Punchdown Modules
Outlets
Terminate 24 and 22 AWG solid or stranded conductors Include wire retention cap
Utilize Category 5e unshielded twisted pair or higher Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
H. network cable facilitating a common, easy, and cost Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
Media effective cabling installation; only two of the eight network
Distribution cable conductors need to be terminated per cable
I. No. of Std. Std.

Physical Module Insert Pkg. Ctn.
Infrastructure Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Color Qty. Qty.
Management
CJRYIW Module supplied with one RCA 1 Yellow Off 1 10
connector with yellow insert. White
J.
Overhead & CJRRIW Module supplied with one RCA 1 Red Off 1 10
Underfloor connector with red insert. White
Routing CJRWIW Module supplied with one RCA 1 White Off 1 10
CJRY connector with white insert. White
K. For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or BL
Surface (Black).
Raceway
Punchdown termination tool available on page B.91.
Optional punchdown base (AVPDB), available on page B.97.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Mini-Com RCA Pass-Through Modules
M. Supplied with one RCA coupler Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Grounding & Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
Bonding
No. of Std. Std.
Module Pkg. Ctn.
N.
Industrial CMRPRIW Module supplied with one RCA pass-through 1 Off 1 10
coupler with red insert. White
CMRPYIW Module supplied with one RCA pass-through 1 Off 1 10
O. coupler with yellow insert. White
Labeling & CMRPWIW Module supplied with one RCA pass-through 1 Off 1 10
Identification CMRPR coupler with white insert. White
CMRPBIW Module supplied with one RCA pass-through 1 Off 1 10
P. coupler with blue insert. White
Cable
Management CMRPGIW Module supplied with one RCA pass-through 1 Off 1 10
Accessories coupler with green insert. White
or BL (Black).
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com 3.5mm Stereo Connector and Coupler Modules
Supplied with one solder-type connector or coupler Insulation resistance exceeds 100 milli-ohms at DC 500V C.
Fiber
Accept male plug found on typical stereo headsets Rated for DC 12V., 1A Optic
Solder-type connector accepts 22 AWG stereo wire Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels, Systems
or smaller Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
D.
No. of Std. Std. Power
Module Pkg. Ctn. over
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty. Ethernet
CM35MSCIWY 3.5mm stereo coupler module. 1 Off 1 10
White E.
CM35MSSIW Module supplied with one 3.5mm (1/8") stereo 1 Off 1 10 Zone
Cabling
headset solder-type connector. White
CM35MSS or BL (Black).
F.
Wireless
Mini-Com 5-Way Binding Post Modules G.

Allow for easy installation of speaker wires, along with the Red or black stripe around collar of binding post clearly Outlets
ability to reconfigure speaker locations with greater ease designates speaker connection
Accept a variety of termination ends, including bare Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
speaker wire (10 12 AWG) and banana plugs Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes H.
Media
Gold plated and large metal contact area facilitates Distribution
improved signal transmission
No. of Std. Std. I.

Module Pkg. Ctn. Physical
Infrastructure
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty. Management
CMBPBIWY Module supplied with one 5-way binding post 1 Off 1 10
with black stripe. White J.
CMBPRIWY Module supplied with one 5-way binding post 1 Off 1 10 Overhead &
with red stripe. White Underfloor
Routing
For other colors, replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White).
CMBPB**Y
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com BNC Coax Coupler Modules
C.
Fiber
Optic
Accept BNC plugs Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Systems Available in 50 and 75 ohm versions Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
Accept RG-6 and RG-59 coaxial cable
D.
Power No. of Std. Std.
over Module Pkg. Ctn.
Ethernet Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
CMBA75IWY Module supplied with 75 ohm industry standard 1 Off 1 10
E. BNC coupler. White
Zone
Cabling CMBAIWY Module supplied with 50 ohm industry standard 1 Off 1 10
BNC coupler. White
CMBA75IWY
or BL (Black).
F.
Wireless
Mini-Com HDMI Coupler
Delivers audio and video signals in digital format Compatible with select Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
G.
Outlets Supports Category 1 (standard) and Category 2 Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
(high speed) HDMI cable Length limitation determined by quality of the cable and
Backwards compatible type of device installed. Twinax cable recommended.
H.
Media No. of Std. Std.
Distribution Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color* Qty. Qty.
CMHDMIIW HDMI 1.3 Type A female to female Category 2 2 Off 1 10
I. coupler module. White
Physical
Infrastructure
*For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or
Management
BL (Black).
J. CMHDMIIW
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Mini-Com USB Coupler
K.
Surface Interface for transmitting data between devices such as Accepts USB 2.0 Patch Cords and is backwards
Raceway scanners, digital cameras, printers, etc. compatible with USB 1.1 Patch Cords
Supports cable lengths up to 15 feet between devices Compatible with all Mini-Com Faceplates, Patch Panels
L. and select Surface Mount Boxes
Cabinets,
Racks & No. of Std. Std.
Cable
Management Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color* Qty. Qty.
M. CMUSBAAIW USB 2.0 female A to female A coupler module. 1 Off 1 10
Grounding & White
Bonding
*For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or
BL (Black).
N. CMUSBAAIW
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
BNC Coupler Patch Panel
C.
Fiber
Mounts to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional extender bracket Optic
Systems
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn. D.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty. Power
CP48BNCBLY 48-port patch panel with 48 pre-installed 75 ohm 1 1 10 over
BNC couplers. Ethernet
CP48BNCBLY
M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included. E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
Voice Patch Panel G.

Outlets
Consists of single female telco 50-pin/25-pair connector Does not require use of a punchdown tool
with hook and loop fasteners wired for common active Mounts to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with
voice equipment optional extender bracket H.
24 RJ45 ports with pins 4 and 5 active in each port Media
Write-on areas available for port identification Distribution
Telco connector with hook and loop fasteners Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
accommodate 180, 110, or 90 degree patch cord
connectors on back of patch panel I.
Physical
Infrastructure
No. of Std. Std. Management
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty. J.
Overhead &
VP24382TV25Y 24-port patch panel with 24 RJ45 ports wired to one 1 1 10 Underfloor
RJ21 telco connector. Routing
VP24382TV25Y
M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included. K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Component Labels for Voice Patch Panel M.

Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial

Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 O.
Identification
VP24382TV25Y C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Modular Patch Panels
C.
Fiber Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system Can be clearly identified with the PanTher LS8E or
Optic for identification designed to efficiently support Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers
Systems
TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements Non-adhesive computer printable label sheets for desktop
D. Angled patch panels facilitate proper bend radius control printers and write-on labels available
Power and minimize the need for horizontal cable managers Replacement label covers available
over Mount to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional
Ethernet Labels sold separately
extender bracket
Accept Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and
E. audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves,
Zone adds, and changes
Cabling
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Required Qty. Qty.
F.
Wireless UICMPPA24BLY Mini-Com Ultimate ID Angled Modular Patch Panels
UICMPPA24BLY 24-port angled patch panel with six 1 Six 1 10
UICPPL4BL Mini-Com Ultimate ID 4-Port
Faceplates.
G. UICMPPA48BLY 48-port angled patch panel with twelve 2 Twelve 1 10
Outlets
UICPPL4BL Mini-Com Ultimate ID 4-Port
Faceplates.
UICMPPA48BLY Mini-Com Ultimate ID Modular Patch Panels
H. UICMPP24BLY 24-port patch panel with six UICPPL4BL 1 Six 1 10
Media
Distribution
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Faceplates. 4-Port
UICMPP24BLY UICMPP48BLY 48-port patch panel with twelve UICPPL4BL 2 Twelve 1 10

I. Mini-Com Ultimate ID Faceplates. 4-Port
Physical
Infrastructure
Management Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Modular patch panels shown include labels installed; labels sold separately.
J. UICMPP48BLY
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Patch Panel Faceplates
Surface
Raceway Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system Supplied with label covers; labels sold separately
for identification designed to efficiently support Two label pocket faceplate allows port and panel
L.
TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements; reference identification; also permits patch cords to be routed with-
Cabinets, page A.17 for a complete system overview out blocking port ID
Racks & Accept Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and
Cable Can be clearly identified with the PanTher LS8E or
audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers
Management
adds, and changes
Non-adhesive computer printable label sheets for desktop
M. Allow for custom configuration of Ultimate ID printers and write-on labels available
Grounding & Patch Panels
Bonding
Replacement label covers available
Std. Std.
Labels Pkg. Ctn.
N. Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
Industrial
UICPP2L4BL Patch panel faceplate with two label pockets; accepts Two 1 10
up to four Mini-Com Modules. 4-Port
O.
UICPPL4BL Patch panel faceplate with one label pocket; accepts One 1 10
Labeling & up to four Mini-Com Modules. 4-Port
Identification UICPP2L4BL
Faceplates shown with labels installed, labels sold separately.
Ultimate ID Labels can be found on pages O.11 and O.21.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index UICPPL4BL
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Flush Mount Modular Patch Panels
C.
Fiber
Rear mounted faceplates allow modules to be flush White write-on areas for port and/or panel identification Optic
with front of patch panel Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or 23" racks with optional Systems
Accept Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and extender brackets
audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Angled patch panels facilitate proper bend radius control D.
adds, and changes Power
and minimize the need for horizontal cable managers over
Pre-printed numbers above each port for easy identification Ethernet
No. of Std. Std. E.

Rack Pkg. Ctn. Zone
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty. Cabling
CPPA24FMWBLY
Mini-Com Angled Flush Mount Modular Patch Panels
CPPA24FMWBLY Angled 24-port flush mount patch panel supplied 1 1 10
F.
with rear mounted faceplates. Wireless
CPPA48FMWBLY Angled 48-port flush mount patch panel supplied 2 1 10
with rear mounted faceplates.
CPPA48FMWBLY
Mini-Com Flush Mount Modular Patch Panels G.
CPP24FMWBLY 24-port flush mount patch panel supplied 1 1 10 Outlets
with rear mounted faceplates.
CPP24FMWBLY
CPP48FMWBLY 48-port flush mount patch panel supplied 2 1 10
with rear mounted faceplates. H.
Media
^ One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). Distribution
CPP48FMWBLY
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Component Labels for Mini-Com Flush Mount Modular Patch Panels K.

Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Management
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label M.
Grounding &
All Flush Mount Patch Bonding
Panels on this page
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com High Density Modular Patch Panels
C.
Fiber Accept Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or 23" racks with optional
Optic
Systems
audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, adds, extender brackets
and changes Angled patch panels facilitate proper bend radius control
D. Conserve valuable rack space, but may be limited to and minimize the need for horizontal cable managers
Power specific modules (UTP) Enhanced label version of 48-port high density patch
over Pre-printed numbers above each port for panels only accept UTP modules
Ethernet
easy identification
E. No. of Std. Std.

Zone Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Cabling Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
Mini-Com Angled High Density Modular Patch Panels
CPPA48HDWBLY
F.
CPPA48HDWBLY 48-port angled high density patch panel supplied 1 1 10
Wireless with rear mounted faceplates (space not available
for component labels).
CPPA72FMWBLY 72-port angled high density flush mount patch panel 2 1 10
supplied with rear mounted faceplates.
G. CPPA72FMWBLY CPPA48HDEWBL 48-port high density angled patch panel with 1 1 10
Outlets
enhanced labeling features and compatibility
with Panduit hand-held printers. (Only accepts
Mini-Com Modules for UTP applications).
H. CPP48HDWBLY
CPPA48HDVNSWBL 48-port high density angled patch panel with 1 1 10
Media vertical numbering sequence from top to bottom
Distribution across panel.
Mini-Com High Density Modular Patch Panels
I. CPP72FMWBLY
Physical CPP48HDWBLY 48-port high density patch panel supplied with rear 1 1 10
Infrastructure mounted faceplates (space not available for
Management component labels).
CPP72FMWBLY 72-port high density flush mount patch panel 2 1 10
J. supplied with rear mounted faceplates.
Overhead & CPP48HDEWBL
CPP48HDEWBL 48-port high density patch panel with enhanced 1 1 10
Underfloor
Routing labeling features and compatibility with Panduit
hand-held printers. (Only accepts
Mini-Com Modules for UTP applications).
K. CPP48HDVNSWBL CPP48HDVNSWBL 48-port high density patch panel with vertical 1 1 10
Surface numbering sequence from top to bottom
Raceway
across panel.
L. Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).

Cabinets, M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included.
Racks &
Cable
Management
M. Component Labels for Mini-Com High Density Modular Patch Panels

Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial

O.
Labeling & Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Identification Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
CPPA72FMWBLY
P. CPP72FMWBLY
Cable C261X030FJJ C261X030YPT C261X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CPPA48HDEWBL
Management CPP48HDEWBL
Accessories
48-port high density patch panel layout does not allow space for component labels.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Modular Faceplate Patch Panels
C.
Release snap feature on faceplate allows front access Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or 23" racks with Fiber
Optic
to installed modules optional extender brackets Systems
Accept Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and Angled patch panels facilitate proper bend radius control
audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, and minimize the need for horizontal cable managers D.
Label versions available for easy port identification; over
Ethernet
replacement label/label covers available
No. of Std. Std. E.

Rack Pkg. Ctn. Zone
Cabling
CPPLA24WBLY Mini-Com Angled Modular Patch Panels with Labels

CPPLA24WBLY 24-port angled patch panel with labels, supplied with 1 1 10 F.

six factory installed CFFPL4 type front removable Wireless
snap-in faceplates.
CPPLA48WBLY 48-port angled patch panel with labels, supplied with 2 1 10
CPPLA48WBLY twelve factory installed CFFPL4 type front removable
snap-in faceplates. G.
Outlets
Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels with Labels
CPPL24WBLY CPPL24WBLY 24-port patch panel with labels, supplied with six 1 1 10
factory installed CFFPL4 type front removable H.
snap-in faceplates. Media
Distribution
CPPL48WBLY 48-port patch panel with labels, supplied with twelve 2 1 10
factory installed CFFPL4 type front removable
CPPL48WBLY
snap-in faceplates. I.
Physical
Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels Infrastructure
CPP24WBLY 24-port patch panel supplied with six factory installed 1 1 10 Management
CPP24WBLY CFFP4 type front removable snap-in faceplates.
J.
Overhead &
CPP48WBLY 48-port patch panel supplied with twelve factory 2 1 10 Underfloor
installed CFFP4 type front removable Routing
snap-in faceplates.
CPP48WBLY
Replacement Labels for Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels K.
C4PPLK Replacement label/label cover kit for Mini-Com 1 10 Surface
Modular Patch Panels with Labels (CPPL24WBLY, Raceway
CPPL48WBLY, CPPL24WRBLY, CPPL48WRBLY) and
Mini-Com Modular Furniture Faceplates with Labels L.
(CFFPL4, CFPHSL4, CFFPEBSL4). Each kit contains Cabinets,
six labels and six clear label covers per bag. Racks &
Cable
C4PPLK Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Component Labels for Mini-Com Modular Faceplate Patch Panels

N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Patch Panel Part Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label P.
Cable
All Patch Panels Management
C261X035Y1J C261X035Y1T C261X035Y1C T038X000FJC-BK Accessories
on this Page
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label. Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com M6 Style Modular Faceplate Patch Panels
C.
Fiber
Optic Arrange modules in groups of six (M6) Include pre-printed numbered labels with writable surface
Systems Allow front access to installed modules on back when pre-numbered labels are not applicable
Accept Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or 23" racks with optional
D. and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy extender brackets
Power moves, adds, and changes
over
Ethernet
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
E. Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
Zone
Cabling CPPL24M6BLY Mini-Com M6 Style Modular Faceplate Patch Panels
CPPL24M6BLY 24-port patch panel supplied with four factory installed 1 1 10
CFPLM6BL snap-in faceplates.
F. CPPL48M6BLY 48-port patch panel supplied with eight factory installed 2 1 10
Wireless CFPLM6BL snap-in faceplates.
CPPL48M6BLY
Replacement Labels for Mini-Com M6 Style Modular Faceplate Patch Panels
C6PPLK1-24 Replacement labels for Mini-Com M6 Style Modular 1 10
G. Faceplate Patch Panels with label/label covers
Outlets (CPPL24M6BLY). Labels are pre-printed 1 24 on
one side and write-on area on reverse side.
C6PPLK25-48 Replacement labels for Mini-Com M6 Style Modular 1 10
H. Faceplate Patch Panels with label/label covers
Media C6PPLK1-24 (CPPL**M6BLY). Labels are pre-printed 25 48 on
Distribution
one side and write-on area on reverse side.
I. Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).

Physical M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included.
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
C6PPLK25-48
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable Component Labels for Mini-Com M6 Style Modular Faceplate
Management
Patch Panels
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N. Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance

Industrial
O. CPPL24M6BLY
C390X030Y1J C390X030Y1T C390X030Y1C T031X000FJC-BK
Labeling & CPPL48M6BLY
Identification
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Recessed Modular Faceplate Patch Panels
C.
Fiber
3" recessed feature eliminates patch cord interference Labels included for easy port identification, replacement Optic
with cabinet doors and improves bend radius protection label/label covers available Systems
Release snap feature on faceplate allows front access Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or 23" racks with
to installed modules optional extender brackets D.
Power
Accept Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, over
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Ethernet
adds, and changes
E.
No. of Std. Std. Zone
Rack Pkg. Ctn. Cabling
CPPL24WRBLY CPPL24WRBLY 24-port recessed patch panel with labels, supplied with six 1 1 10
factory installed CFFPL4 type front removable snap-in
F.
faceplates. Designed for use with racks and cabinets. Wireless
CPPL48WRBLY 48-port recessed patch panel with labels, supplied with 2 1 10
twelve factory installed CFFPL4 type front removable
snap-in faceplates. Designed for use with racks
CPPL48WRBLY and cabinets. G.
C4PPLK Replacement label/label cover kit for Mini-Com 1 10 Outlets
Modular Patch Panels with Labels (CPPL24WBLY,
CPPL48WBLY, CPPL24WRBLY, CPPL48WRBLY) and
Mini-Com Modular Furniture Faceplates with Labels H.
(CFFPL4, CFPHSL4, CFFPEBSL4). Each kit contains Media
six labels and six clear label covers per bag. Distribution
C4PPLK M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included. I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Component Labels for Mini-Com Recessed Modular Faceplate Surface
Raceway
Patch Panels
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Bonding
CPPL24WRBLY N.
CPPL48WRBLY Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com 12-Port Modular Faceplate Patch Panels
C.
Fiber Release snap feature on faceplate allows simple front Mount directly onto wall
Optic
Systems access for termination and accessibility to Modular design for easy cabling revisions
installed modules
D. Accept Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic,
Power and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves,
over adds, and changes
Ethernet
Std. Std.
E. Pkg. Ctn.
Zone Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Cabling
CWPP12WBL 12-port patch panel supplied with three factory installed CFFP4 1 10
CWPP12WBL snap-in faceplates with integrated wall mount bracket.
CPP12WBL 12-port patch panel supplied with three factory installed CFFP4 1 10
F. snap-in faceplates. Mounts to standard 89D bracket (WB89D).
Wireless
WB89D Wall mount bracket accepts 12-port snap-in faceplate patch panel. 1 10
Can also be used to mount industry standard 66 blocks.
CPP12WBL
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management WB89D
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K. Component Labels for Mini-Com 12-Port Modular Faceplate Patch Panels

Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M. Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Grounding &
CWPP12WBL
CPP12WBL
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com All Metal Shielded Modular Patch Panels
C.
Accept Mini-Com Modules for shielded applications CPT removal tool allows easy moves, adds, and changes Fiber
Optic
Provide write-on areas for port identification of shielded jack modules Systems
Made of stainless steel Mount to standard TIA/EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with
optional extender bracket D.
Power
over
No. of Std. Std. Ethernet
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
E.
CP24BLY Mini-Com All Metal Modular Patch Panels Zone
Cabling
CP24BLY 24-port all metal modular patch panel. 1 1 10
CP48BLY 48-port all metal modular patch panel. 2 1 10
CP72BLY 72-port all metal modular patch panel. Rear cable 2 1 10 F.
CP48BLY management is required to prevent twisting. Wireless
Mini-Com All Metal Modular Patch Panels with Strain Relief Bar
CP24WSBLY 24-port all metal modular patch panel with strain relief bar. 1 1 10
CP48WSBLY 48-port all metal modular patch panel with strain relief bar. 2 1 10 G.
CP24WSBLY Outlets
Mini-Com All Metal Angled Modular Patch Panels
CPA24BLY 24-port angled all metal patch panel. 1 1 10
CPA48BLY 48-port angled all metal patch panel. 2 1 10
H.
CPA72BLY 72-port angled all metal patch panel. 2 1 10 Media
CP48WSBLY Distribution
Each patch panel includes the CPT tool to ease removal of Mini-Com Shielded Jack Modules. I.
Contact Customer Service for other available port options. Physical
To bond the patch panel, see the patent pending StructuredGround Bonding Hardware Kits on page M.26. Infrastructure
CPA24BLY Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
CPA48BLY Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Component Labels for Mini-Com All Metal Shielded Modular Racks &
Cable
Management
Patch Panels
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
Suggested Labels Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label O.
Labeling &
All Metal Shielded Identification
Modular Patch Panels C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
on this page
P.
Cable
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Strain Relief Bar with Clips
C.
Fiber Mounts to the rear of standard EIA 19" racks behind each Each adjustable clip can hold up to two cables;
Optic
Systems patch panel accommodates cable diameter range from 0.170" 0.330"
Supports 24 cables with hinged dual clips and provides (4.3mm 8.4mm)
D. bend radius protection Provides superior aesthetics in cable management
Power
over
Ethernet
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
E. SRBWCY Strain relief bar with integrated adjustable clips; supports, 1 1 10
Zone manages, and provides bend radius protection for up to 24
Cabling cables in 1 RU.

F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
Strain Relief Bars for Patch Panels
Mount to standard EIA 19" racks Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Ties can be used for
Ideal for standard density patch panels (24 ports per RU) additional cable management
H.
Media
Distribution Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
I. SRBM19BLY
Physical Strain Relief Bar/Manager
Infrastructure SRBM19BLY Strain relief bar with six Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Ties; supports, 1 10
Management manages, and provides proper bend radius protection for up to 72
SRBCT
cables.
J.
Overhead & SRBCT Strain relief bar includes 24 cable ties to secure cable to each 1 10
Underfloor individual slot for additional stability; supports, manages, and
SRB19BLY provides proper bend radius protection.
Routing
Extended Strain Relief Bar
K. SRB19BLY Strain relief bar extends 2" off the rack; supports, manages, and 1 10
Surface provides proper bend radius protection.
Raceway
SRB19D5BL
Deep Strain Relief Bar
L. SRB19D5BL Strain relief bar extends 5" off the rack; supports, manages, and 1 10
Cabinets, provides proper bend radius protection.
Racks &
Cable SRB19D7BL Strain relief bar extends 7" off the rack; supports, manages, and 1 10
Management provides proper bend radius protection. Ideal for use with Category
6A copper cabling installations.
M. SRB19D7BL SRB19MDBL Strain relief multi-depth bar extends 7" off the rack; supports, 1 10
Grounding &
Bonding manages, and provides proper bend radius protection. Ideal for use
with Category 6A copper cabling installations.
Straight Strain Relief Bar

N. SRBS19BL-XY Strain relief bar; supports, manages, and provides proper bend 10
Industrial radius protection.
SRB19MDBL Strain Relief Bar Brackets
O.
SRBBRKT Quick release brackets for strain relief bars; convert conventional 1 10
Labeling & screw mounting to quick release mounting/removal.
SRBS19BL-XY
Identification
#12-24 mounting screws included.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
SRBBRKT
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Cross Connect Punchdown System
C.
Fiber
Exceeds all ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and 5e 4 or 5-pair terminal markings on connecting blocks Optic
standard requirements for voice and data applications speed installation by assisting in punchdown Systems
Third party tested terminal identification

D.
Multiple mounting configurations allow brackets to be Punchdown tool terminates 22 26 AWG UTP cable Power
mounted to back board or wall maximizing the use of Optional deep trough cable distribution ring maintains over
valuable space proper bend radius control providing improved cable Ethernet
Integrated mounting notches are compatible with standard management in 300 pair mounting systems for both
cross connect mounting brackets providing maximum horizontal and vertical cable routing E.
design flexibility for new and existing Category 6 and Optional label kit compatible with 50 and 300-pair Zone
Category 5e installations Panduit Cross Connect Bases; enables port identification Cabling
Mounting bases accept 4 and 5-pair connecting blocks up enabling compliance according to ANSI/TIA/EIA-606-A
to 50 or 300-pairs labeling standards
F.
Wireless
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. G.
Outlets
Mounting Bases
PXMT50 50-pair mounting base. 1 0
PXMT300 300-pair mounting base. 1 0 H.
PXMT50 Media
Connecting Blocks Distribution
PXPCB4 4-pair cross connect block. 1 20
PXPCB5 5-pair cross connect block. 1 20 I.
Physical
Accessories Infrastructure
PXDR Cross connect cable distribution ring. 1 10 Management
PXMT300 PXLK-VI Cross connect label kit includes six labels and six label holders. 6 60
Compatible with 50 and 300-pair cross connect bases. J.
Overhead &
For termination, use tool PDT110, found on page B.91, with blade 10665000 (available from Fluke). Underfloor
Routing
PXPCB4 K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
PXPCB5 Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
PXDR N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
PXLK-VI Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
GP6 PLUS Category 6 High Density Kits
C.
Fiber Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 standard Kit includes required quantity of bases and 4-pair
Optic connecting blocks, label holders and labels
Systems Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation
point applications Highly visible color-coded wiring slots ease wiring
D. Provides pre-packaged components necessary
Power for termination
over
Ethernet
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
E. Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Zone
Cabling GPKBW144Y 144-pair (36-port) Category 6 high-density punchdown field 1 10
termination kit with legs.
GPKBW432Y 432-pair (108-port) Category 6 high-density punchdown field 1 10
termination kit with legs.
F.
Wireless GPKBW144Y Cable requirement: terminates most 22-26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d.,
either PVC or plenum rated.
Termination tool available on page B.83.
To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit Category 6 PLUS components.
G. Can be clearly identified with labels found on page B.80.
Outlets
H.
Media GPKBW432Y
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
GP6 PLUS Category 6 Standard Density Kits
Underfloor
Routing Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 standard Kit includes required quantity of bases and 4-pair
Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation connecting blocks, label holders and labels
K. point applications Highly visible color-coded wiring slots ease wiring
Surface
Raceway Provide pre-packaged components necessary
for termination
L.
Cabinets, Std. Std.
Racks & Pkg. Ctn.
Cable Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Management
GPKBW24Y 96-pair (24-port) Category 6 punchdown base field termination kit 1 10
with legs.
M.
Grounding & GPKBW72Y 288-pair (72-port) Category 6 punchdown base field termination kit 1 10
Bonding with legs.
GPKBW24Y Cable requirement: terminates most 22 26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d.,
N. Termination tool available on page B.83.
Industrial To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit Category 6 PLUS components.
Can be clearly identified with labels found on page B.80.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
GPKBW72Y
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
GP6 PLUS Category 6 High Density Rack Mount Panel Kits
C.
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 standard Include required quantity of bases and 4-pair connecting Fiber
blocks, label holders, and labels Optic
Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation Systems
point applications Highly visible color-coded wiring slots ease wiring
Provide pre-packaged components necessary Mount to standard TIA/EIA 19" racks D.
for termination Power
over
Ethernet
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty. E.
Zone
GPB2884R2Y Two 144-pair (36-port) Category 6 punchdown bases 2 1 10 Cabling
pre-mounted to a panel with 4-pair connector
kit included.
GPB2884R4WJY Two 144-pair (36-port) Category 6 punchdown bases 4 1 10 F.
GPB2884R2Y
and jumper troughs pre-mounted to a panel with 4-pair Wireless
connector kit included.

G.
Outlets
Cable requirement: terminates most 22 26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d.,
GPB2884R4WJY Can be clearly identified with labels found on page B.80. H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
GP6 PLUS Category 6 Standard Density Rack Mount Panel Kits J.

Overhead &
Underfloor
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 standard Include required quantity of bases and 4-pair connecting Routing
Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation blocks, label holders, and labels
point applications Highly visible color-coded wiring slots ease wiring K.
Provide pre-packaged components necessary Mount to standard TIA/EIA 19" racks Surface
for termination Raceway
No. of Std. Std. L.

Rack Pkg. Ctn. Cabinets,
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty. Racks &
Cable
GPB484R2Y Two 96-pair (24-port) Category 6 punchdown bases 2 1 10 Management
pre-mounted to panel with 4-pair connector kit included.
GPB484R4WJY Two 96-pair (24-port) Category 6 punchdown bases 4 1 10 M.
and jumper troughs pre-mounted to panel with 4-pair Grounding &
GPB484R2Y Bonding
connector kit included.

N.
Termination tool available on page B.83. Industrial
Can be clearly identified with labels found on page B.80. O.
GPB484R4WJY Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
GP6 PLUS Category 6 Connecting Blocks

C.
Fiber
Optic Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 standard Constructed of UL 94V-0 high impact
Systems Available in 4 or 5-pair connection blocks polycarbonate material
Highly visible color-coded wiring slots ease wiring Patented single piece robust construction
D. Optional 4-pair retaining clip (GPRC4) provides additional
Power Can be terminated with single or multiple position
punchdown tools conductor retention and minimizes errors during moves,
over
Ethernet adds, and changes
Can be utilized with discrete wires or GP6 PLUS Patch
Cord Connector
E.
Zone
Cabling Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
4-Pair Connecting Block
F.
Wireless GPCB4-XY 4-pair Category 6 punchdown connecting block. 10 1000
GPCB4-CY 4-pair Category 6 punchdown connecting block. 100 1000
GPCB4-*Y
5-Pair Connecting Block
G. GPCB5-XY 5-pair Category 6 punchdown connecting block. 10 1000
Outlets
GPCB5-CY 5-pair Category 6 punchdown connection block. 100 1000
H. Cable requirement: terminates most 22 26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d.,
Media either PVC or plenum rated.
Distribution To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit Category 6 PLUS components.
GPCB5-*Y
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor GP6 PLUS Category 6 High Density Bases
Routing
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 standard Available with or without mounting legs for a variety of
K. Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation mounting options
Surface
Raceway
point applications Multiple mounting holes available
Highly visible color-coded wiring slots eases wiring
L. Sturdy one-piece design
Cabinets,
Racks &
Std.
Cable
Management Pkg.
M. 144-Pair (36-Port) Base
Grounding & GPB144-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 10
Bonding punchdown connecting blocks.
GPB144-X GPBW144-X
144-Pair (36-Port) Base with Legs
N. GPBW144-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 10
Industrial punchdown connecting blocks, includes mounting legs.
432-Pair (108-Port) Base
GPB432-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 10
O. punchdown connecting blocks.
Labeling &
Identification 432-Pair (108-Port) Base with Legs
GPBW432-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 10
P. punchdown connecting blocks, includes mounting legs.
Cable
Management GPB432-X GPBW432-X Termination tool available on page B.83.
Accessories For rack mount applications see page B.85
Q.
Can be clearly identified with label holders and recommended labels shown on page B.80.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
GP6 PLUS Category 6 Standard Density Bases
C.
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 standard Sturdy one-piece design Fiber
Optic
Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation Available with or without mounting legs for a variety Systems
point applications of mounting options
Highly visible color-coded wiring slots ease wiring Multiple mounting holes available D.
Power
Std. over
Pkg. Ethernet
96-Pair (24-Port) Category 6 Punchdown Base E.
Zone
GPB24-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 connecting 10
Cabling
GPB24-X GPBW24-X blocks.
96-Pair (24-Port) Category 6 Punchdown Base with Legs
GPBW24-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 connecting 10 F.
blocks, includes mounting legs. Wireless
288-Pair (72-Port) Category 6 Punchdown Base
GPB72-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 connecting 10
blocks. G.
Outlets
288-Pair (72-Port) Category 6 Punchdown Base with Legs
GPBW72-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 connecting 10
blocks, includes mounting legs.
H.
GPB72-X GPBW72-X Termination tool available on page B.83. Media
For rack mount applications see page B.85. Distribution
To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit Category 6 components. I.
Can be clearly identified with label holders and recommended labels on page B.80. Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
GP6 PLUS Standard Density Tower Kit Raceway
Ideal for use in cross-connects, consolidation point, and Supplied with tower, bases, 4-pair connecting blocks, label L.
wall mount applications and label holders Cabinets,
Tower provides vertical feeder cable management Racks &
Cable
Management
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty. M.
Grounding &
GPKT724Y 288-pair (72-port) Category 6 punchdown standard density GP6 PLUS 1 Bonding
Tower Kit.

Cable requirement: terminates most 22 26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d., N.
either PVC or plenum rated. Industrial
To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit Category 6 components.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for GP6 PLUS Category 6 Standard Density Bases
C.
Fiber and GP6 PLUS Standard Density Tower Kit
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet

E.
Zone
Punchdown System Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Cabling
All GP Kits on pages
C788X050Y1J C788X050Y1T C788X050Y1C T100X000VPC-BK
F. C1.33 C1.36
Wireless For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
G.
Outlets
H. GP6 PLUS Patch Connectors

Media
Distribution
Patch into GP6 PLUS Connecting Blocks Contain two-piece, snap-together housing
Field terminable Polarized to prevent reverse installation to connector block
I.
Physical Cable clamp on cover facilitates easier wiring Clear polycarbonate cover keeps conductors visible
Infrastructure IDCs provide reliable, gas-tight connections after termination
Management Cover also provides proper wiring sequence
Strain relief reduces stress on cable
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor Std. Std.
Routing Pkg. Ctn.
GPC5E1-XY Terminates 1-pair 24 AWG solid or stranded cable. 10 100
K.
Surface GPC5E2-XY Terminates 2-pair 24 AWG solid or stranded cable. 10 100
Raceway GPC5E1-XY
To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit Category 6 components.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M. GPC5E2-XY
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
GP6 PLUS Patch Cord Assemblies
C.
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 standard Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation point Fiber
Optic
Factory assembled patch cord assembly applications with GP6 PLUS Connector Blocks Systems
Std. Std. D.
Power
Length Pkg. Ctn.
over
Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Qty. Qty. Ethernet
GPPC4IG3Y One 4-pair GP6 PLUS Connector on each end. 3 1 10
GPPC4IG5Y 5 1 10 E.
GPPC4IG7Y 7 1 10 Zone
Cabling
GPPC4IG9Y 9 1 10
GPPC4IG*Y GPPC4IG14Y 14 1 10
GPPC4IG20Y 20 1 10
F.
GPPC4IG3AY One 4-pair GP6 PLUS Connector wired to a RJ45 Pan- 3 1 10 Wireless
GPPC4IG5AY Plug T568A wiring scheme. 5 1 10
GPPC4IG7AY 7 1 10
GPPC4IG9AY 9 1 10 G.
GPPC4IG14AY 14 1 10 Outlets
GPPC4IG*AY GPPC4IG20AY 20 1 10
and GPPC4IG*BY GPPC4IG3BY One 4-pair GP6 PLUS Connector wired to a RJ45 Pan- 3 1 10
Plug T568B wiring scheme. H.
GPPC4IG5BY 5 1 10 Media
GPPC4IG7BY 7 1 10 Distribution
GPPC4IG9BY 9 1 10
GPPC4IG14BY 14 1 10 I.
Physical
GPPC4IG20BY 20 1 10 Infrastructure
Management
To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit TX6 PLUS components.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Cable Labels for GP6 PLUS Patch Cord Assemblies K.

Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E
Cougar LS9
Bonding
All GPPC4IG Parts S100X125YAJ S100X125VATY S100X125VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
GP6 1 and 2-Pair Patch Cord Assemblies
C.
Fiber Factory assembled patch cord assembly Ideal for use in cross-connect applications with GP6
Optic PLUS Connector Blocks
Systems
D. Std. Std.
Power Length Pkg. Ctn.
over Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Qty. Qty.
Ethernet
GPPC1IG3Y One 1-pair GP6 Connector on each end. 3 1 10
GPPC1IG5Y 5 1 10
E.
Zone GPPC1IG7Y 7 1 10
Cabling GPPC1IG9Y 9 1 10
GPPC1IG*Y
GPPC1IG14Y 14 1 10
GPPC1IG20Y 20 1 10
F.
Wireless GPPC2IG3Y One 2-pair GP6 Connector on each end. 3 1 10
GPPC2IG5Y 5 1 10
GPPC2IG7Y 7 1 10
G. GPPC2IG9Y 9 1 10
Outlets GPPC2IG14Y 14 1 10
GPPC2IG*Y GPPC2IG20Y 20 1 10
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
LCable Labels for GP6 1 and 2-Pair Patch Cord Assemblies
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
L. Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Cabinets, Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Racks &
Cable All GPPC Parts S100X125YAJ S100X125VATY S100X125VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Jumper Troughs
C.
Available with or without legs for a variety of Provide optimum cable management when used with Fiber
mounting options GP6 PLUS and Pan-Punch Bases Optic
Systems
Unique finger design maintains cable bend radius
D.
Std. Power
Pkg. over
Part Number Part Description Qty. Ethernet
P110JTW-X Jumper trough with legs. 10
P110JT-X Jumper trough. 10 E.
Zone
P110JTW-X P110JTR2Y Two jumper troughs mounted to two rack space panel. 1 Cabling
P110JT-X
F.
Wireless
GP6 PLUS Termination Tools and Accessories G.

Terminate wires on both cable and cross-connect sides 4-pair punchdown tool seats 4 or 5-pair connecting blocks Outlets
of GP6 Blocks
Reversible blade provides option of terminating without
cutting wire H.
Media
Distribution
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. I.
Physical
4-Pair Punchdown Tool Infrastructure
GPDTM Inserts and cuts off up to 4-pairs at a time, for use with GP6 PLUS 1 10 Management
System only.
J.
4-Pair Replacement Head Assembly Overhead &
GPDTM Underfloor
GPDTMH Replacement head assembly for GP6 PLUS 4-Pair Punchdown Tool. 1 10
Routing
4-Pair Replacement Blade
GPDTMB Replacement blade for GP6 PLUS 4-Pair Punchdown Tool. 1 10 K.
Single Wire Punchdown Tool Surface
Raceway
GPST Inserts and cuts off one wire at a time, for use with GP6 PLUS 1
System only.
L.
Single Wire Replacement Blade Cabinets,
GPST Racks &
GPSTB Replacement blade for GP6 PLUS Single Wire Punchdown Tool. 1 Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e System Kits
C.
Fiber Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e standard Include required quantity of bases and connecting blocks,
Optic label holders and labels
Systems Field terminable
Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation Available in 100 or 300-pair bases with 3, 4, or 5-pair
D. point applications connecting blocks
Power Provide pre-packaged components necessary
over
Ethernet for termination
Std. Std.
E.
Zone
Pkg. Ctn.
Cabling Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
100-Pair Termination Kits
P110KB1004Y Field terminated. Includes a base, 4-pair connector kit with five 4- 1 10
F. pair connectors and one 5-pair connector per row of 25 pairs, two
Wireless label holders, and two white designation labels.
pair connectors per row of 25 pairs, two label holders, and two
white designation labels.
G.
Outlets 300-Pair Termination Kits
pair connectors and one 5-pair connector per row of 25 pairs, six
H. label holders, and six white designation labels.
Media
Distribution P110KB3005Y Field terminated. Includes a base, 5-pair connector kit with five 5- 1 10
pair connectors per row of 25 pairs, six label holders, and six white
designation labels.
I.
Physical It is common practice to completely fill each 25-pair wire strip with connecting blocks. Each kit contains the
Infrastructure adequate number of connecting blocks to do so. Example: P110KB1004 includes five 4-pair and one 5-pair
Management connecting block per 25-pair wiring strip for a total of twenty 4-pair and four 5-pair connecting blocks as well as
two label holders and two white designation labels.
J. Cable requirement: terminates most 22 26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d.,
Overhead & either PVC or plenum rated.
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable Component Quantity per Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e Kits
Management
Bases Connecting Blocks Label Holders Labels
M. Part Number P110BW300 P110BW100 P110CB3 P110CB4 P110CB5 P110LH DSL110
Grounding &
Bonding P110KB1004Y 1 20 4 2 2
P110KB1005Y 1 20 2 2
N. P110KB3004Y 1 60 12 6 6
Industrial P110KB3005Y 1 60 6 6
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
19" Punchdown Rack Mount Panels
C.
Accept punchdown bases for rack mount applications Fiber
Optic
No. of Std. Std. Systems
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty. D.
P110B100R2BY Power
P110B100R2BY Panel accepts up to 2 RU of punchdown bases. 2 1 10
over
P110B100R4BY Panel accepts up to 4 RU of punchdown bases. 4 1 10 Ethernet
Includes mounting screws.
E.
Zone
P110B100R4BY Cabling
Pan-Punch Category 5e 19" Rack Mount Panels F.

Wireless
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e standard Exclusive deeper channel to facilitate TIA/EIA Category 5e
Ideal for use in crossconnects and consolidation cabling installations
point applications
Mount to standard TIA/EIA 19" racks G.
Outlets
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty. H.
P110B100R2Y Two 100-pair bases premounted to panel. 2 1 10 Media
Distribution
P110B100R2Y P110B100R4WJY Two 100-pair bases with jumper troughs premounted 4 1 10
to panel.
I.
Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). Physical
Includes mounting screws. Infrastructure
Termination tool available on page B.91. Management
For connecting blocks see page B.88.
Can be clearly identified with label holders and recommended labels shown on page B.84. J.
Overhead &
P110B100R4WJY Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Punch Category 5e 19" Rack Mount Panel Kits
C.
Fiber Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e standard Include required quantity of bases and connecting blocks,
Optic Field terminable label holders, and labels
Systems Available with 4 or 5-pair connecting blocks
Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation
point applications
D.
Power
over No. of Std. Std.
Ethernet Rack Pkg. Ctn.
E.
Rack Mount Panel Kit with Bases and Connecting Blocks
Zone P110B1004R2Y Two 100-pair bases premounted to panel. 4-pair 2 1 10
Cabling connector kit included with five 4-pair connectors and
one 5-pair connector per row of 25 pairs.
P110B1004R2Y P110B1005R2Y Two 100-pair bases premounted to panel. 5-pair 2 1 10
F. connector kit included with five 5-pair connectors per
Wireless row of 25 pairs.
Rack Mount Panel Kit with Bases, Connecting Blocks, and Jumper Troughs
P110B1004R4WJY Two 100-pair bases and jumper troughs premounted 4 1 10
G. to 19" rack mount panel. 4-pair connector kit included
Outlets with five 4-pair connectors and one 5-pair connector
per row of 25 pairs.
P110B1005R4WJY Two 100-pair bases and jumper troughs premounted 4 1 10

H. P110B1004R4WJY to 19" rack mount panel with 5-pair connector kit
Media included with five 5-pair connectors per row of 25
Distribution
pairs.
I.
Includes mounting screws.
Physical
Infrastructure Termination tool available on page B.91.
Management Can be clearly identified with labels found on page B.84.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e Tower System
Routing
Provides a complete cross-connect system Supplied jumper troughs provide horizontal
K. Designed for wall mount applications cable management
Surface Available in 300 and 900 pair configurations with 3, 4, or Tower provides vertical feeder cable management
Raceway
5-pair connecting blocks
L. Std.
Cabinets, Pkg.
Racks & Part Number Part Description Qty.
Cable
Management Pan-Punch 300-Pair Tower Kits
P110KT3004Y Convenient packaging includes all of the components required to 1
M. completely wire a 110 base.
P110KT3005Y 1
Grounding &
Bonding Pan-Punch 900-Pair Tower Kits
P110KT9004Y Convenient packaging includes all of the components required to 1
P110KT9005Y completely wire a 110 base. 1
N.
Industrial Pan-Punch Towers
P110T300Y 300-pair tower. Components sold separately. 1
P110T900Y 900-pair tower. Components sold separately. 1
O. Each tower system contains adequate connecting blocks to complete each 25-pair wiring strip. Example:
Labeling & P110KT3004Y includes five 4-pair and one 5-pair connecting block per 25-pair wiring strip for a total of sixty 4-pair
Identification P110KT300Y and twelve 5-pair connecting blocks.
GP6 PLUS system can be installed on individual towers, not recommended for use with GP6 PLUS high
density bases.
P.
Cable
Management Cable requirement: terminates most 22 26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d.,
Accessories either PVC or plenum rated.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e Tower Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance over
Ethernet
Punchdown System Laser/Ink Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
All Pan-Punch E.
C750X050Y1J C750X050Y1T C750X050Y1C T050X000VPC-BK Zone
Tower Kits
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Vertical Cable Managers for Tower Systems Media
Distribution
Finger design allows for easy changes Designed for wall mount or 19" rack mount applications
Can be mounted between towers Facilitates vertical cable management I.
Physical
Compatible with GP6 PLUS or 110 Tower Systems Rugged all metal construction Infrastructure
Management
Std.
Pkg. J.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Overhead &
Underfloor
Vertical Cable Manager for use with 300-Pair Tower System Routing
P110VCM300 Mounts adjacent to 300-pair tower system. Black 1
P110VCM300
Vertical Cable Manager for use with Backboard Mounting K.
P110VCM Mounts to plywood backboard and adjacent to bases and jumper White 1 Surface
Raceway
troughs. White metal backboard and large D-rings, designed for
wall mount vertical or horizontal cable management.
L.
Vertical Cable Manager for use with 900-Pair Tower System Cabinets,
P110VCM900 Mounts adjacent to 900-pair tower system. Black 1 Racks &
P110VCM P110VCM900 Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
110 Punchdown Label Holder

Use with adhesive or non-adhesive designation labels O.
Labeling &
Std. Std. Identification
Pkg. Ctn.
P.
P110LH Label holder snaps into 110 and GP6 Bases. 6 60 Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for 110 Punchdown Designation Label Holders
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Punchdown Holder Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
E.
Zone P110LH C750X050Y1J C750X050Y1T C750X050Y1C T050X000VPC-BK
Cabling
F.
Wireless
19" Rack Mount Bracket Kits

G.
Outlets Used to attach tower systems and vertical cable managers Use two towers side-by-side or a tower and a vertical wire
to 19" racks manager side-by-side
Include brackets and mounting screws
H.
Media Std.
Distribution Pkg.
P110TB300Y Kit for 300-pair tower or vertical wire management. 1
I.
Physical P110TB P110TB900Y Kit for 900-pair tower or vertical wire management. 1
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e Connecting Blocks
L. Exceeds ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e standard Can be utilized with discrete wires or Pan-Punch
Cabinets, Available in 3, 4, or 5-pair connection blocks Patch Cord Connector
Racks & Constructed of UL 94V-0 high impact
Cable Dual IDC terminates UTP cable on 110 base and UTP
Management cable or 110 patch cords for cross-connecting polycarbonate material
Highly visible color-coded wiring slots ease wiring Patented single piece robust construction
M. Can be used with single or multiple punchdown tools
Grounding &
Bonding
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
N. 3-Pair 110 Connecting Blocks
Industrial
P110CB3-XY 3-pair connecting block. 10 1000
P110CB3-CY 100 1000
P110CB3-*Y P110CB4-*Y
O. 4-Pair 110 Connecting Blocks
Labeling & P110CB4-XY 4-pair connecting block. 10 1000
Identification
P110CB4-CY 100 1000
P.
5-Pair 110 Connecting Blocks
Cable P110CB5-XY 5-pair connecting block. 10 1000
Management P110CB5-CY 100 1000
Accessories
P110CB5-*Y Termination tool available on page B.91.
Q. either PVC or plenum rated.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e Bases
C.
Exclusive deeper channel to facilitate TIA/EIA-568-C.2 Available with or without legs for various mounting options Fiber
Category 5e cabling installations Optic
Sturdy one-piece design Systems
Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation Highly visible color-coded wiring strip
point applications D.
Power
Std. over
Pkg. Ethernet
100-Pair Base with Legs E.
P110BW100-X Positions and holds UTP cable for termination with Pan-Punch 110 10 Zone
Cabling
P110BW100-X P110BW300-X Connecting Blocks. Legs allow cables to be routed behind bases.
100-Pair Base
P110B100-X Positions and holds UTP cable for termination with Pan-Punch 110 10 F.
Connecting Blocks. For frame or rack mount wiring behind bases. Wireless
300-Pair Base with Legs

P110BW300-X Positions and holds UTP cable for termination with Pan-Punch 110 10
Connecting Blocks. Legs allow cables to be routed behind bases. G.
Outlets
300-Pair Base
P110B100-X P110B300-X P110B300-X Positions and holds UTP cable for termination with Pan-Punch 110 10
Connecting Blocks. For frame or rack mount wiring behind bases.
H.
Cable requirement: terminates most 22 26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d., Media
either PVC or plenum rated. Distribution
Can be clearly identified with label holders and recommended labels shown on page B.84.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Pan-Punch 110 Patch Connectors Routing
K.
Contain two-piece, snap together housing Strain relief reduces stress on cable Surface
Field terminable Polarized to prevent reverse installation to connector block Raceway
Cable clamp on cover provides easier wiring Clear polycarbonate cover keeps conductors visible
after termination L.
IDCs provide reliable gas-tight connections Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Pkg. Ctn.
M.
P110PC1-XY Terminates 1-pair, 24 AWG solid or stranded cable. 10 100 Grounding &
P110PC1-XY P110PC2-XY Bonding
P110PC2-XY Terminates 2-pairs, 24 AWG solid or stranded cable. 10 100
P110PC3-XY Terminates 3-pairs, 24 AWG solid or stranded cable. 10 100
P110PC4-XY Terminates 4-pairs, 24 AWG solid or stranded cable. 10 100 N.
Industrial
P110PC3-XY P110PC4-XY
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Punch 110 Patch Cord Assemblies
C.
Fiber Factory assembled patch cord assembly Ideal for use in cross-connect applications with
Optic Pan-Punch 110 connecting blocks
Systems
D. Std. Std.
Power Length Pkg. Ctn.
over Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Qty. Qty.
Ethernet
P110PC1IG2Y 1-pair 110 connector on each end. Meets Category 3 2 1 10
P110PC1IG4Y performance requirements. 4 1 10
E.
Zone
P110PC1IG5Y 5 1 10
Cabling P110PC1IG6Y 6 1 10
P110PC2IG2Y 2-pair 110 connector on each end. Meets Category 5 2 1 10
F. P110PC2IG5Y 5 1 10
Wireless P110PC*IG*Y
P110PC2IG6Y 6 1 10
P110PC4IG2Y 4-pair 110 connector on each end. Meets Category 5e 2 1 10
G.
Outlets P110PC4IG5Y 5 1 10
P110PC4IG6Y 6 1 10
P110PC4IG2AY 4-pair 110 connector to Pan-Plug RJ45 modular plug 2 1 10
H. P110PC4IG4AY T568A wired. Meets Category 5e performance 4 1 10
Media requirements.
Distribution P110PC4IG5AY 5 1 10
P110PC4IG6AY 6 1 10
I. P110PC4IG2BY 4-pair 110 connector to Pan-Plug RJ45 modular plug 2 1 10
Physical P110PC4IG4BY T568B wired. Meets Category 5e performance 4 1 10
Infrastructure requirements.
Management P110PC4IG5BY 5 1 10
P110PC*IG*AY P110PC4IG6BY 6 1 10
J. For lengths 7, 8, 9, 12, or 15 feet, change the length designation in the part number to the desired length.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Cable Labels for Pan-Punch 110 Patch Cord Assemblies
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding

N. Patch Cord Assemblies Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Industrial Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
P110PC1 S100X125YAJ S100X125VATY S100X125VAC T100X000CBC-BK
P110PC2&4 S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
O.
Labeling & For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Jumper Troughs
C.
Available with or without legs for a variety of Provide optimum cable management when used with Fiber
mounting options GP6 PLUS and Pan-Punch Bases Optic
Systems
Unique finger design maintains cable bend radius
D.
Std. Power
Pkg. over
Part Number Part Description Qty. Ethernet
P110JTW-X Jumper trough with legs. 10
P110JT-X Jumper trough. 10 E.
P110JTW-X Zone
P110JT-X P110JTR2Y Two jumper troughs mounted to two rack space panel. 1 Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Pan-Punch Punchdown Tools and Accessories
Outlets
Terminate wires on both cable and cross-connect sides of Reversible blade provides option of terminating without
110 connecting blocks cutting wire H.
Single pair punchdown tool terminates on the back of the 5-pair punchdown tool seats 3, 4, or 5-pair connecting Media
DP6A 10Gig , DP6 PLUS, and DP5e Patch Panels blocks onto 110 base Distribution
Std. Std. I.
Pkg. Ctn. Physical
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Infrastructure
Management
5-Pair Punchdown Tool
PDT110M 5-pair punchdown tool, can terminate up to 5 pairs at a time. 1 10
J.
Replacement Head Overhead &
Underfloor
PDH110M Replacement head assembly for 5-pair punchdown tool. 1 10 Routing
PDT110M
Replacement Blade Assembly
PDB110M Replacement blade for 5-pair punchdown tool. 1 10 K.
Single Punchdown Tool Surface
Raceway
PDT110 Punchdown tool and blade for 110 style IDCs. Terminates and cuts UTP 1
cable in one operation.
L.
Replacement Blade Cabinets,
Racks &
PDTH110 Replacement blade for single pair punchdown tool. 1 Cable
PDT110
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
RJ45 Jack Blockout Device
C.
Fiber Blocks unauthorized access to jacks and potentially Can be installed/removed without interfering with adjacent
Optic harmful foreign objects, saving time and money jacks or hardware
Systems
associated with data security breaches, network May only be released with the special removal tool,
downtime, repair and hardware replacement ensuring the safety and security of your
D.
Power Compatible with most RJ45 jacks to accommodate a network infrastructure
over variety of applications and does not interfere with
Ethernet jack contacts
E. Std. Std.
Zone Pkg. Ctn.
Cabling Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
PSL-DCJB* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one Red 1 20
removal tool.
F.
Wireless PSL-DCJB-BL* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one Black 1 20
removal tool.
PSL-DCJB PSL-DCJB-BU* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one Blue 1 20
G. removal tool.
Outlets
PSL-DCJB-YL* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one Yellow 1 20
removal tool.
H.
Media PSL-DCJB-IW* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one International 1 20
Distribution removal tool. White
PSL-DCJB-GR* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one Green 1 20
I. removal tool.
Physical
Infrastructure PSL-DCJB-OR* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one Orange 1 20
Management removal tool.
J. PSL-DCJB-IG* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one International 1 20
Overhead & removal tool. Gray
Underfloor
Routing PSL-DCJB-VL* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one Violet 1 20
removal tool.
K.
Surface *Available in bulk packages of 100 devices and five removal tools. To order bulk package add -C to the suffix of
Raceway part number.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
USB Blockout Device
Blockout devices block unauthorized access to USB ports, Can be installed without interfering with adjacent C.
Fiber
to provide additional security from viruses being loaded USB ports Optic
and illicit data being removed through the USB port May only be released with the special removal tool, Systems
Type A blockouts compatible with USB 2.0 and USB 3.0 ensuring the safety and security of your network
Type A ports; Type B blockouts compatible with USB 2.0 infrastructure; Permanent blockouts are not releasable D.
Type B ports Power
over
Ethernet
Std. Std. E.
Pkg. Ctn. Zone
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. Cabling
USB Type A Blockouts
PSL-USBA* Package of five USB Type A blockout devices Red 1 20
and one removal tool. F.
Wireless
PSL-PERM-USBA Package of ten Permanent USB Type A Red 1 20
PSL-DCJBUSBA blockout devices.
USB Type B Blockouts G.

Outlets
PSL-USBB Package of ten USB Type B blockout devices Red 1 20
and one removal tool.
PSL-PERM-USBB Package of ten Permanent USB Type B Red 1 20 H.

blockout devices. Media
Distribution
PSL-DCJBPERM-USBA *Available in bulk packages of 50 devices and five removal tools. To order bulk package add -L to the suffix
of part number. I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
PSL-DCJBUSBB Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
PSL-DCJBPERM-USBB Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
RJ45 Plug Lock-In Device
C.
Fiber
Optic Tamper-resistant design blocks unauthorized removal Compact design does not interfere with adjacent jack
Systems of cable, VoIP phone, other networking equipment, or modules, even in high-density applications
critical connection Installation/removal tool allows plug to be locked into or
D. Compatible with UTP and shielded Category 6A, 6, released from jack module for enhanced physical security
Power and UTP Category 5e patch cords
over Locking mechanism is white for flush mount and clear
Ethernet Deters unauthorized users from moving or stealing for recessed devices
VoIP phones helping to maintain E911 service
E.
Zone Std. Std.
Cabling
Pkg. Ctn.
Flush Compatible With Flush Mounted Jack Modules
F.
Wireless PSL-DCPLX* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one Red 1 20
installation/removal tool.
PSL-DCPLX-BL* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one Black 1 20
G.
Outlets PSL-DCPLX-BU* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one Blue 1 20
PSL-DCPLX-YL* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one Yellow 1 20
H. installation/removal tool.
Media PPSL-DCPLRX-BL
Distribution PSL-DCPLX-IW* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one International 1 20
installation/removal tool. White
PSL-DCPLX-GR* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one Green 1 20
I. installation/removal tool.
Physical
Infrastructure PSL-DCPLX-OR* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one Orange 1 20
Management installation/removal tool.
J.
PSL-DCPLX-IG* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one International 1 20
Overhead & installation/removal tool. Gray
Underfloor PSL-DCPLX-VL* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one Violet 1 20
Routing
Recessed Compatible With Recessed Jack Modules
K.
Surface PSL-DCPLRX* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in Red 1 20
Raceway devices and one installation/removal tool.
PSL-DCPLRX-BL* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in Black 1 20
L. devices and one installation/removal tool.
Cabinets,
Racks & PSL-DCPLRX-BU* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in Blue 1 20
Cable devices and one installation/removal tool.
Management
PSL-DCPLRX-YL* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in Yellow 1 20
devices and one installation/removal tool.
M.
Grounding & PSL-DCPLRX-IW* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in International 1 20
Bonding devices and one installation/removal tool. White
PSL-DCPLRX-GR* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in Green 1 20
N.
Industrial PSL-DCPLRX-OR* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in Orange 1 20
PSL-DCPLRX-IG* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in International 1 20
O. devices and one installation/removal tool. Gray
Labeling &
Identification PSL-DCPLRX-VL* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in Violet 1 20
P. *Available in bulk packages of 100 devices and five installation/removal tools. To order bulk package add -C to the
Cable suffix of part number. The RJ45 plug lock-in device may not be compatible with all jacks, overmolded cables, or
Management PanView Cables.
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Self-Laminating Cable Marker Holders for Large Cables or Cable Bundles
C.
Durable tag to mark a wide range of cables and Clear overlaminate protects legend Fiber
cable bundles Optic
Can be applied as a wrap-around marker Systems
Can be used with printer generated labels or hand-written (parallel to cable) or flag marker (45 or 90 to cable)
Attaches easily with Panduit intermediate or standard Available in white, yellow, orange, and gray D.
cross-section nylon cable ties or Panduit Tak-Ty Large label area provides ample room for complex Power
Hook & Loop Cable Ties over
labeling scheme Ethernet
E.
Std. Std. Zone
Width Height Pkg. Ctn. Cabling
Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
SLCT-WH White, self-laminating cable marker 3.00 76.2 1.31 33.3 1 4
holder, 25 tags/pkg. F.
SLCT-OR Orange, self-laminating cable 3.00 76.2 1.31 33.3 1 4 Wireless
SLCT-WH marker holder, 25 tags/pkg.
SLCT-YL Yellow, self-laminating cable marker 3.00 76.2 1.31 33.3 1 4
holder, 25 tags/pkg. G.
SLCT-IG Gray, self-laminating cable marker 3.00 76.2 1.31 33.3 1 4 Outlets
holder, 25 tags/pkg.
Attach with Panduit Intermediate or Standard cross section cable ties.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
SLCT-OR
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
Component Labels for Self-Laminating Cable Markers or Large Cables
or Cable Bundles L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding

N.
Cable Industrial
Marker Holder Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E
Cougar LS9
All SLCT Parts C200X100FJJ C200X100YPT C200X100FJC T100X000VPC-BK O.
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Thermal Transfer Marker Plates
C.
Fiber Non-adhesive marker plates offer crisp, clear legends Available in a variety of colors and sizes
Optic with superior legibility Use with Panduit RMR4BL resin thermal transfer ribbon
Systems
Attachable in a horizontal or vertical orientation
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F. Print-On Area
Wireless Labels Std. Std.
Width Height Width Per Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm In. mm Roll Qty. Qty.
M300X100Y6T Yellow, thermal transfer marker plate. 3.00 76.2 1.00 25.4 1.80 45.7 500 1 4
G. M300X100Y7T White, thermal transfer marker plate. 3.00 76.2 1.00 25.4 1.80 45.7 500 1 4
Outlets
M300X050Y7T White, thermal transfer marker plate. 3.00 76.2 0.50 12.7 2.07 52.6 500 1 4
H. M200X100Y6T Yellow, thermal transfer marker plate. 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.80 20.3 500 1 4
Media M200X100Y7T White, thermal transfer marker plate. 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.80 20.3 500 1 4
Distribution
M200X050Y7T White, thermal transfer marker plate. 2.00 50.8 0.50 12.7 1.07 27.3 500 1 4
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Patch Cord Color Bands
Routing
Removable band snaps on and off individual cables Available in 10 standard colors that match Panduit
K.
allowing the same patch cord to be used for connectivity providing an aesthetically pleasing solution
Surface different applications Compatible with all Panduit patch cords, existing and
Raceway Can be installed next to each other allowing multiple color new installations can be color-coded as networks change
bands to be used on one cable, offering endless color
L. coding options
Cabinets,
Racks & Internal grooves secure color bands in place on cable
Cable providing easy identification at the connection
Management
Std.
M.
Grounding &
Pkg.
Bonding Part Number Part Description Color Qty.
PCBANDBL-Q Snaps onto individual patch cable for additional color- Black 25
PCBANDBU-Q coding. Blue 25
N. PCBANDWH-Q White 25
Industrial
PCBANDEI-Q Electric Ivory 25
PCBANDIG-Q International Gray 25
PCBANDOR-Q Orange 25
O.
Labeling & PCBANDRD-Q Red 25
Identification
PCBANDGR-Q Green 25
PCBANDYL-Q Yellow 25
P. PCBANDVL-Q Violet 25
Cable
Management Patch cords available on pages B.18, B.25, B.34, B.46, B.50.
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Prep Tools
C.
Copper Wire Snipping Tool (CWST) cuts conductors flush Adjustable Cable Jacket Stripping Tool (CJAST) strips Fiber
for improved performance outer jacket of 4-pair UTP and shielded copper cable Optic
Systems
Std.
D.
Pkg. Power
Part Number Part Description Qty. over
CWST Copper conductor snipping tool. 1 Ethernet
CJAST Cable jacket stripping tool. 1
CJASTB Replacement blade for cable stripping tool CJAST. 1 E.
Zone
Cabling
CWST
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
CJAST
H.
Media
Distribution
Module Termination Tools and Accessories
I.
TGJT termination tool easily terminates all TG style jack CGJT termination tool terminates all Mini-Com Physical
modules, reducing installation time by 25% Mini-Jack Jack Modules Infrastructure
Management
EGJT tool assists in terminating all enhanced Giga-TX CJT-X tool assists in terminating all Mini-Com Mini-Jack
Style Jack Modules by ensuring conductors are fully Jack Modules by ensuring conductors are fully terminated J.
terminated by utilizing smooth forward motion without Punchdown base (AVPDB) available for terminating Overhead &
impact on critical internal components for S-video and RCA punchdown modules Underfloor
maximum reliability Routing
Dust cap keeps out dust and debris from RJ45 style jack
modules while not in use
K.
Surface
Std. Std. Raceway
Pkg. Ctn.
L.
TGJT TG termination tool easily terminates all TG style jack modules by 1 Cabinets,
cutting conductors flush and assembling wire cap and jack. Ideal for Racks &
TGJT EGJT high volume installations. Cable
Management
EGJT Terminates enhanced Giga-TX TG Style Jack Modules. 1 50
CGJT Terminates Giga-TX TP Style Jack Modules. 1 50 M.
CJT-X Terminates Mini-Com Mini-Jack Jack Modules. 10 50 Grounding &
Bonding
AVPDB Audio/video punchdown base used to assist in terminating 1 50
Mini-Com S-Video and RCA Punchdown Modules.
CGJT CJT-X MDC-C Jack module dust cap. Compatible with all RJ45 Mini-Com 100 1000
Jack Modules. N.
Industrial
Patch cord and connector removal tools for high-density applications are available on page B.98.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
AVPDB MDC-C P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Patch Cord Removal Tool
C.
Fiber Tool arms allow the installer to pass over cabling which Optional flashlight kit (KPCRT1-FL) attaches to top of tool
Optic interferes with accessibility
Systems
Compatible with copper and fiber patch cords
D.
Power Std.
over Pkg.
Ethernet Part Number Part Description Qty.
PCRT1 Easily removes copper and fiber patch cords in dense rack installations. 1
E. PCRT1 KPCRT1-FL Flashlight kit for patch cord removal tool (PCRT1). 1
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
KPCRT1-FL
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
Modular Plug Termination Tools
I. WPT-8 arranges all eight conductors in the proper MPT5-8AS required for modular plug termination
Physical sequence and provides proper gauge length for trimming
Infrastructure conductors for MP588
Management
Std. Std.
J. Pkg. Ctn.
Overhead & Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Underfloor
Routing Wire Prep Tool
WPT-8 Crimp tool for TX6 PLUS and Pan-Plug Modular Plugs. 1 10
K.
Surface WPT-8
Raceway
Modular Plug Installation Tool
L.
MPT5-8AS Crimp tool for TX6 PLUS and Pan-Plug Modular Plugs. 1
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
MPT5-8AS
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.98
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
FIBER OPTIC SYSTEMS C.

Fiber
Optic
Panduit provides high bandwidth and mission critical physical infrastructures in data center, enterprise, Systems
and campus networks with comprehensive fiber optic systems that deliver high performance, reliability
D.
and scalability. By leveraging its technology leadership, innovative design and cable management Power
over
expertise, Panduit fiber optic systems meet todays requirements and provide a migration path for Ethernet
tomorrows applications.These systems accommodate multiple termination options, including
pre-terminated, field-terminated, and field-spliced methods, to meet your specific cabling infrastructure E.
Zone
requirements. Panduit fiber optic systems offer the industrys highest patch field density combined with Cabling
superior fiber cable management to provide unmatched network design and layout flexibility.
F.
New Keyed LC System provides the strictest keying Wireless
integrity available to prevent unauthorized mating

and ensure network physical layer security
G.
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Cable features the highest Outlets
quality OM4, OM3, OM2, OM1 and OS1/OS2 fiber

to support and extend infrastructure life cycle H.
Media
OptiCam Pre-Polished Connectors and field polish Distribution
connectors offer connector and termination
selections to meet network requirements and I.
Physical
installation preferences Infrastructure
Management
QuickNet Cabling System components are
terminated, tested, and configured to fit the J.
Overhead &
application, offering quick, plug-in deployment for Underfloor
Routing
trouble-free network performance
Opticom and QuickNet Enclosures enable fast K.
and easy field installation, and organize, manage, Surface
Raceway
and protect fiber connections in compact,
high-density applications L.
Cabinets,
Mini-Com Adapter Modules and Opticom Fiber Racks &
Cable
Adapter Panels enable easy MACs to provide system Management
modularity and scalability for easy upgrades and M.

future network growth Grounding &
Bonding
Opti-Core Patch Cords and QuickNet Cable
Assemblies are designed to fit the application to
N.
minimize waste, optimize cable management, and Industrial
speed deployment
O.
Panduit fiber optic systems include a full line of innovative, end-to-end, high performance products for Labeling &
all fiber optic applications.These advanced fiber optic systems are comprised of a broad selection of Identification
high performance fiber optic cable, connectors, adapter modules, adapter panels, cassettes, enclosures,
P.
patch cords, cable assemblies, cable distribution products and accessories for both singlemode and Cable
Management
multimode applications.Together, these components provide complete solutions for todays high data Accessories
rate Fibre Channel and Ethernet applications, and support future readiness for 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s
data rates, maximizing physical infrastructure performance, modularity, and scalability. Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.1
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Fiber Optic Systems Roadmaps
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D. 12
Power
over
Ethernet
11
E.
7
Zone
Cabling 5
8 7
F.
Wireless
G. 6
Outlets
9
H. 6
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
5 6 7 8 12
K.
Surface
Raceway
Data Center and SAN
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Cable Mini-Com Adapter Modules
1 (Indoor, Indoor/Outdoor, 4 (MPO, LC, Keyed LC,
M.
Grounding & and Outside Plant) SC, ST, FC, MT-RJ)
Bonding (pages C.4 C.18) (pages C.31 C.36)
N.
Industrial
Fiber Optic Connectors Opticom Fiber
2 (LC, Keyed LC, SC, ST, FJ
5 Adapter Panels (FAPs)
O. Jack Modules and Plugs) (LC, Keyed LC, SC, ST,
Labeling & (pages C.19 C.27) MT-RJ, FC)
Identification (pages C.37 C.43)
P.
Cable
Management Fiber Optic Adapters QuickNet SFQ Series and
Accessories 3 (LC, SC, and ST) 6 QuickNet MTP* Cassettes
(pages C.28 C.31) (pages C.43 C.53)
Q.
Index
C.2
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
12 Systems
D.
1 9 Power
7 over
Ethernet
2 3 4
5 E.
Zone
Cabling
7
F.
6 11 Wireless
G.
Outlets
3 4 8
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
Telecommunications Room and Work Area
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Opticom and QuickNet OptiCam , Opti-Crimp , and
7 Enclosures, Trays, Patch 10 Field Polish Fiber Optic
M.
Panels, and Accessories Termination Kits and Tools Grounding &
(pages C.54 C.62) (pages C.101 C.106) Bonding
N.
Industrial
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Patch Cabinets, Racks, and
8 Cords, Pigtails, and 11 Cable Management
Reference Cable Assemblies (pages L.1 L.74) O.
(C.63, C.71 and Labeling &
C.83 C.89) Identification
P.
Cable
QuickNet Hydra, Overhead and Management
9 Interconnect, MTP*, and 12 Underfloor Accessories
Traditional Trunk Cable Routing
Assemblies (pages J.1 J.80)
(pages C.91 C.100) Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Distribution Cable
C.
Fiber Used in intrabuilding backbone, building backbone, and Cable design and flexible buffer tubes allow for quick
Optic
Systems
horizontal installations for riser (OFNR), plenum (OFNP), breakout and ease of routing
and general-purpose environments 900m standards-based color-coded buffer coating
D. Available in 6, 12, and 24-fiber counts in a single jacket protects fibers during handling and allows for easy
Power design, and in 36, 48, 72, 96 and 144-fiber counts in a identification and stripping
over subunit design Opti-Core 10Gig Fiber Optic Cable is designed to
Ethernet
Multimode (OM4, OM3, OM2, and OM1) and singlemode support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for
(OS1/OS2) fiber available link lengths up to 300 meters for OM3 and up to 550
E. Sheath markings provide positive identification, quality meters for OM4 with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae
Zone traceability, and length verification 10 GbE standard; backward compatible for use with all
Cabling 50/125m system requirements
F. Fiber
Wireless Part Number Part Description Count* Color
Opti-Core Riser Distribution Cable (OFNR) Multimode
FODRZ06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 6 Aqua
G. distribution cable.
Outlets FODRZ12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 12 Aqua
distribution cable.
FODRZ24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 24 Aqua
H. distribution cable.
Media FODRZ36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 36 Aqua
Distribution distribution cable; six subunits of six fibers each.
FODRZ06Y FODRX06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 6 Aqua
distribution cable.
I.
Physical FODRX12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 12 Aqua
Infrastructure distribution cable.
Management FODRX24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 24 Aqua
distribution cable.
J. FODRX36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 36 Aqua
Overhead & distribution cable; six subunits of six fibers each.
Underfloor FSDR506Y 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated 6 Orange
Routing distribution cable.
FSDR512Y 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated 12 Orange
K. distribution cable.
Surface FSDR524Y 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated 24 Orange
Raceway distribution cable.
FSDR536Y 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated distribution 36 Orange
L. FSDR606Y cable; six subunits of six fibers each.
Cabinets, FSDR606Y 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated 6 Orange
Racks & distribution cable.
Cable FSDR612Y 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated 12 Orange
Management distribution cable.
FSDR624Y 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated 24 Orange
M. distribution cable.
Grounding &
Bonding FSDR636Y 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated distribution 36 Orange
cable; six subunits of six fibers each.
Opti-Core Riser Distribution Cable (OFNR) Singlemode
FSDR906Y 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated 6 Yellow
N.
Industrial distribution cable.
distribution cable.
O. distribution cable.
Labeling &
FSDR948Y FSDR936Y 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated distribution 36 Yellow
Identification
cable; six subunits of six fibers each.
*For fiber counts greater than 36-fibers, replace 36 in part number with desired fiber count: 48, 72, 96, or 1A
P. (for 144-fibers).
Cable Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options
Management include fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings,
Accessories subunit counts, armoring, premium optical performance grades and ribbonized constructions.
Q.
Index
C.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Distribution Cable (continued)
C.
Fiber
Fiber Optic
Part Number Part Description Count* Color Systems
Opti-Core Plenum Distribution Cable (OFNP) Multimode
D.
FODPZ06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 6 Aqua Power
distribution cable. over
FODPZ12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 12 Aqua Ethernet
distribution cable.
FODPZ24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 24 Aqua
distribution cable. E.
Zone
FODPZ36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 36 Aqua Cabling
distribution cable; six subunits of six fibers each.
FODPX06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 6 Aqua
distribution cable.
FODPX12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 12 Aqua F.
distribution cable. Wireless
FODPX12Y
distribution cable.
G.
distribution cable; six subunits of six fibers each. Outlets
FSDP506Y 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated 6 Orange
distribution cable.
distribution cable. H.
Media
Distribution
distribution cable.
FSDP536Y 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated distribution 36 Orange
cable; six subunits of six fibers each. I.
FSDP606Y 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated 6 Orange Physical
distribution cable. Infrastructure
Management
FSDP606Y FSDP612Y 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated 12 Orange
distribution cable.
FSDP624Y 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated 24 Orange J.
distribution cable. Overhead &
Underfloor
FSDP636Y 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated 36 Orange Routing
distribution cable; six subunits of six fibers each.
Opti-Core Plenum Distribution Cable (OFNP) Singlemode
K.
FSDP906Y 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 6 Yellow Surface
distribution cable. Raceway
FSDP912Y 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 12 Yellow
distribution cable. L.
FSDP924Y 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 24 Yellow Cabinets,
distribution cable. Racks &
FSDP936Y 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 36 Yellow Cable
distribution cable; six subunits of six fibers each. Management
FSDP948Y *For fiber counts greater than 36-fibers, replace 36 in part number with desired fiber count: 48, 72, 96, or 1A
(for 144-fibers). M.
Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options Grounding &
include fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings, Bonding
subunit counts, armoring, premium optical performance grades and ribbonized constructions.
Labels for Opti-Core Fiber Optic Distribution Cable N.

Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Fiber Count Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label P.
Cable
6 Management
12 S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Accessories
36
48 S100X650YAJ S100X650VATY S100X650VAC T100X000CBC-BK Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Indoor Interlocking Armored Cable
C.
Fiber Used in intrabuilding backbone, building backbone, and 900m standards-based color-coded buffer coating
Optic horizontal installations for riser (OFCR), plenum (OFCP), protects fibers during handling and allows for easy
Systems
and harsh environments identification and stripping
D.
Interlocking aluminum armor eliminates the need for inner Cable design and flexible buffer tubes allow for quick
Power duct or conduit to provide a smaller crush resistant breakout and ease of routing
over pathway for design flexibility and a lower installed cost Opti-Core 10Gig Fiber Optic Cable is designed to
Ethernet Available in 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 96 and 144-fiber counts support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for
Multimode (OM4, OM3, OM2, and OM1) and singlemode link lengths up to 300 meters for OM3 and up to 550
E. (OS1/OS2) fiber available optimized) fiber available meters for OM4 with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae
Zone 10 GbE standard; backward compatible for use with all
Cabling Sheath markings provide positive identification, quality 50/125m system requirements
traceability, and length verification
F. Fiber
Wireless Part Number Part Description Count* Color
Opti-Core Riser Indoor Interlocking Armored Cable (OFCR) Multimode
FOPRZ06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated indoor 6 Aqua
G. interlocking armored cable.
Outlets FOPRZ12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated indoor 12 Aqua
interlocking armored cable.
FOPRZ24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated indoor 24 Aqua
H. interlocking armored cable.
Media FOPRZ36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated indoor 36 Aqua
Distribution interlocking armored cable.
FOPRX06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated indoor 6 Aqua
FSPR912Y interlocking armored cable.
I.
Physical FOPRX12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated indoor 12 Aqua
Infrastructure interlocking armored cable.
Management FOPRX24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated indoor 24 Aqua
J. FOPRX36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated indoor 36 Aqua
Overhead & interlocking armored cable.
Underfloor FSPR506Y 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor 6 Orange
Routing interlocking armored cable.
FSPR512Y 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor 12 Orange
K. interlocking armored cable.
Surface FSPR524Y 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor 24 Orange
Raceway interlocking armored cable.
FSPR536Y 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor 36 Orange
L. interlocking armored cable.
Cabinets, FSPR606Y 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated indoor 6 Orange
Racks & interlocking armored cable.
Cable FSPR612Y 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated indoor 12 Orange
Management
FSPR624Y 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated indoor 24 Orange
M. interlocking armored cable.
Grounding &
Bonding FSPR636Y 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated indoor 36 Orange
Opti-Core Riser Indoor Interlocking Armored Cable (OFCR) Singlemode
N. FSPR906Y 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated indoor 6 Yellow
Industrial interlocking armored cable.
FSPR912Y 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated indoor 12 Yellow
FSPR924Y 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated indoor 24 Yellow
O. interlocking armored cable.
Labeling &
Identification FSPR936Y 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated indoor 36 Yellow
P. (for 144-fibers).
Cable Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options
Management include fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings,
Accessories subunit counts, armoring, premium optical performance grades and ribbonized constructions.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Indoor Interlocking Armored Cable (continued)
C.
Fiber Fiber
Part Number Part Description Count* Color Optic
Systems
Opti-Core Plenum Indoor Interlocking Armored Cable (OFCP) Multimode
FOPPZ06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 6 Aqua D.
indoor interlocking armored cable. Power
FOPPZ12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 12 Aqua over
Ethernet
indoor interlocking armored cable.
FOPPZ24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 24 Aqua
indoor interlocking armored cable. E.
FOPPZ36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 36 Aqua Zone
indoor interlocking armored cable. Cabling
FOPPX06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 6 Aqua
FSPP912Y FOPPX12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 12 Aqua F.
indoor interlocking armored cable. Wireless
indoor interlocking armored cable. G.
FSPP506Y 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated indoor 6 Orange Outlets
FSPP512Y 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated indoor 12 Orange
interlocking armored cable. H.
FSPP524Y 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated indoor 24 Orange Media
interlocking armored cable. Distribution
FSPP536Y 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated indoor 36 Orange
I.
FSPP606Y 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated indoor 6 Orange Physical
interlocking armored cable. Infrastructure
FSPP612Y 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated indoor 12 Orange Management
FSPP624Y 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated indoor 24 Orange J.
interlocking armored cable. Overhead &
FSPP636Y 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated indoor 36 Orange Underfloor
interlocking armored cable. Routing
Opti-Core Plenum Indoor Interlocking Armored Cable (OFCP) Singlemode
FSPP906Y 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated indoor 6 Yellow K.
interlocking armored cable. Surface
Raceway
FSPP912Y 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated indoor 12 Yellow
FSPP924Y 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated indoor 24 Yellow L.
interlocking armored cable. Cabinets,
Racks &
FSPP936Y 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated indoor 36 Yellow Cable
interlocking armored cable. Management
(for 144-fibers). M.
Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options Grounding &
include fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings, Bonding
Labels for Opti-Core Fiber Optic Indoor Interlocking Armored Cable

N.
Industrial
O.
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E
Cougar LS9 Identification
Fiber Count Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
6 P.
Cable
24 Management
36 Accessories
48
72
96 Q.
144 Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Indoor/Outdoor All-Dielectric Cable
C.
Fiber Allows installation using loose tube cable methods within Available in 6 and 12-fiber counts in central loose tube
Optic buildings and outdoor environments for transitional aerial design, and in 24, 36, 48, 72, 96 and 144-fiber counts
Systems and duct applications, and in entrance facilities that in a stranded loose tube design
require riser (OFNR) or plenum (OFNP) rated cable Multimode (OM4,OM3, OM2, and OM1) and singlemode
D.
Power Eliminates the need for building entrance transition point (OS1/OS2) fiber available
over All-dielectric cable construction requires no grounding Sheath markings provide positive identification, quality
Ethernet or bonding traceability, and length verification
UV resistant cable sheathing meets the light absorption 250m buffer coating protects fibers during handling
E. requirement defined by Telcordia GR-20, Issue 2 to and allows for ease of stripping
Zone withstand harsh outdoor environmental demands Opti-Core 10Gig Fiber Optic Cable is designed to
Cabling
Dry water-blocking technology allows rapid cable support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for
preparation and termination for lower termination costs link lengths up to 300 meters for OM3 and up to 550
and time (no messy gel required) meters for OM4 with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae
F. 10 GbE standard; backward compatible for use with all
Wireless 50/125m system requirements
Fiber
Part Number Part Description Count* Color
G.
Outlets Opti-Core Gel-Free Riser Indoor/Outdoor All-Dielectric Cable (OFNR) Multimode
FOCRZ06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 6 Black
indoor/outdoor central cable.
H. FOCRZ12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 12 Black
Media indoor/outdoor central cable.
Distribution FONRZ24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 24 Black
indoor/outdoor stranded cable.
FONRZ36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 36 Black
I. indoor/outdoor stranded cable.
Physical
Infrastructure FOCRX06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 6 Black
Management indoor/outdoor central cable.
FOCRX12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 12 Black
J.
Overhead &
FSCR606Y FONRX24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 24 Black
Underfloor indoor/outdoor stranded cable.
Routing FONRX36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 36 Black
FSCR506Y 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 6 Black
K.
Surface central cable.
Raceway FSCR512Y 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 12 Black
central cable.
L. FSNR524Y 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 24 Black
Cabinets, stranded cable.
Racks & FSNR536Y 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 36 Black
Cable stranded cable.
Management FSCR606Y 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated 6 Black
M. FSCR612Y 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated 12 Black
Grounding & indoor/outdoor central cable.
Bonding
FSNR624Y 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated 24 Black
FSCR606Y
FSNR636Y 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated 36 Black
N. indoor/outdoor stranded cable.
Industrial Opti-Core Gel-Free Riser Indoor/Outdoor All-Dielectric Cable
(OFNR) Singlemode
FSCR906Y 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated 6 Black
O. indoor/outdoor central cable.
Labeling & FSCR912Y 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated 12 Black
Identification indoor/outdoor central cable.
FSNR924Y 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated 24 Black
P. indoor/outdoor stranded cable.
Cable FSNR936Y 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated 36 Black
Management indoor/outdoor stranded cable.6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m
Accessories (OM3) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor central cable.
(for 144-fibers).
Q. Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options
Index include fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings,
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Indoor/Outdoor All-Dielectric
C.
Cable (continued) Fiber
Optic
Systems
Fiber
D.
Opti-Core Gel-Free Plenum Indoor/Outdoor All-Dielectric Cable Power
(OFNP) Multimode over
FOCPZ06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 6 Aqua Ethernet
FOCPZ12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 12 Aqua E.
indoor/outdoor central cable. Zone
FONPZ24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 24 Aqua Cabling
FONPZ36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 36 Aqua
indoor/outdoor stranded cable. F.
FOCPX06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 6 Aqua Wireless
FONPX24Y indoor/outdoor central cable.
FOCPX12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 12 Aqua
FONPX24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 24 Aqua G.
indoor/outdoor stranded cable. Outlets
FONPX36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 36 Aqua
FSCP506Y 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated 6 Orange H.
indoor/outdoor central cable. Media
FSCP512Y 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated 12 Orange Distribution
FSNP524Y 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated 24 Orange
indoor/outdoor stranded cable. I.
Physical
FSNP536Y 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated 36 Orange Infrastructure
indoor/outdoor stranded cable. Management
FSCP606Y 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated 6 Orange
indoor/outdoor central cable. J.
FSCP612Y 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated 12 Orange Overhead &
FSCP606Y indoor/outdoor central cable. Underfloor
FSNP624Y 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated 24 Orange Routing
FSNP636Y 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated 36 Orange K.
indoor/outdoor stranded cable. Surface
Opti-Core Gel-Free Plenum Indoor/Outdoor All-Dielectric Cable

Raceway
(OFNP) Singlemode
FSCP906Y 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 6 Yellow L.
indoor/outdoor central cable. Cabinets,
Racks &
FSCP912Y 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 12 Yellow
Cable
indoor/outdoor central cable. Management
FSNP924Y 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 24 Yellow
M.
FSNP936Y 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 36 Yellow Grounding &
indoor/outdoor stranded cable. Bonding
(for 144-fibers).
Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options
include fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings, N.
subunit counts, armoring, premium optical performance grades and ribbonized constructions. Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Labels for Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Indoor/Outdoor
C.
Fiber All-Dielectric Cable
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E. Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance

Zone Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Cabling Fiber Count Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
6
12
F. 24
Wireless 36 S100X225YAJ S100X225VATY S100X225VAC T100X000CBC-BK
48
72
96
G. 144
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Indoor/Outdoor Interlocking
Armored Cable C.
Fiber
Allows installation using loose tube cable methods within Available in 6 and 12-fiber counts in central loose tube Optic
buildings and outdoor environments for transitional aerial design, and in 24, 36, 48, 72, 96 and 144-fiber counts Systems
and duct applications, and in entrance facilities that in a stranded loose tube design
require riser (OFCR) or plenum (OFCP) rated cable Multimode (OM4, OM3, OM2, and OM1) and singlemode D.
Eliminates the need for building entrance transition point (OS1/OS2) fiber available Power
over
Interlocking aluminum armor eliminates the need for inner Sheath markings provide positive identification, quality Ethernet
duct or conduit to provide a smaller crush resistant traceability, and length verification
pathway for design flexibility and a lower installed cost 250m buffer coating protects fibers during handling
UV resistant cable sheathing meets the light absorption and allows for ease of stripping E.
Zone
requirement defined by Telcordia GR-20, Issue 2 to Opti-Core 10Gig Fiber Optic Cable is designed to Cabling
withstand harsh outdoor environmental demands support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for
Dry water-blocking technology allows rapid cable link lengths up to 300 meters for OM3 and up to 550
preparation and termination for lower termination meters for OM4 with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae
F.
costs and time (no messy gel required) 10 GbE standard; backward compatible for use with all Wireless
50/125m system requirements
Fiber
Part Number Part Description Count* Color G.
Opti-Core Gel-Free Riser Indoor/Outdoor Interlocking Armored Cable (OFCR) Outlets
Multimode
FOGRZ06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 6 Aqua
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable. H.
FOGRZ12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 12 Aqua Media
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable. Distribution
FOMRZ24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 24 Aqua
FSGR606Y indoor/outdoor interlocking armored stranded cable. I.
FOMRZ36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 36 Aqua Physical
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored stranded cable. Infrastructure
FOGRX06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 6 Aqua Management
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable.
FOGRX12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 12 Aqua J.
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable. Overhead &
Underfloor
FOMRX24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 24 Aqua
Routing
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored stranded cable.
FOMRX36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 36 Aqua
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored stranded cable. K.
FSGR506Y 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 6 Black Surface
interlocking armored central cable. Raceway
FSGR512Y 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 12 Black
FSGR606Y interlocking armored central cable. L.
FSMR524Y 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 24 Black Cabinets,
interlocking armored stranded cable. Racks &
Cable
FSMR536Y 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 36 Black Management
interlocking armored stranded cable.
FSGR606Y 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 6 Black M.
interlocking armored central cable. Grounding &
FSGR612Y 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 12 Black Bonding
interlocking armored central cable.
FSMR624Y 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 24 Black
N.
FSMR636Y 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 36 Black Industrial
Opti-Core Gel-Free Riser Indoor/Outdoor Interlocking Armored Cable (OFCR)
Singlemode
O.
FSGR906Y 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated indoor/outdoor 6 Black Labeling &
interlocking armored central cable. Identification
FSGR912Y 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated indoor/outdoor 12 Black
FSMR924Y 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated indoor/outdoor 24 Black P.
interlocking armored stranded cable. Cable
Management
FSMR936Y 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated indoor/outdoor 36 Black Accessories
*For fiber counts greater than 36-fibers, replace 36 in part number with desired fiber count: 48, 72, 96, or 1A (for 144-fibers).
Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options include Q.
fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings, subunit counts, Index
armoring, premium optical performance grades and ribbonized constructions.
Table continues on page C.12
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Indoor/Outdoor Interlocking
C.
Fiber Armored Cable (continued)
Optic
Systems Fiber
D.
Power
Opti-Core Gel-Free Plenum Indoor/Outdoor Interlocking Armored Cable (OFCP)
over Multimode
Ethernet FOGPZ06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 6 Aqua
FOGPZ12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 12 Aqua
E.
Zone indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable.
Cabling FOMPZ24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 24 Aqua
FOMPZ36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 36 Aqua
F.
Wireless
FOGPX06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 6 Aqua
FOMPX24Y indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable.
FOGPX12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 12 Aqua
G. FOMPX24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 24 Aqua
Outlets indoor/outdoor interlocking armored stranded cable.
FOMPX36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 36 Aqua
FSGP506Y 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor 6 Orange
H. interlocking armored central cable.
Media
Distribution FSGP512Y 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor 12 Orange
FSMP524Y 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor 24 Orange
I. interlocking armored stranded cable.
Physical FSMP536Y 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor 36 Orange
Infrastructure FSGP606Y
Management
FSGP606Y 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor 6 Orange
J.
Overhead & FSGP612Y 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor 12 Orange
Underfloor interlocking armored central cable.
Routing FSMP624Y 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor 24 Orange
FSMP636Y 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor 36 Orange
K. interlocking armored stranded cable.
Surface
Raceway Opti-Core Gel-Free Plenum Indoor/Outdoor Interlocking Armored Cable (OFCP)
Singlemode
L. FSGP906Y 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 6 Yellow
Cabinets, indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable.
Racks & FSGP912Y 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 12 Yellow
Cable indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable.
Management
FSMP924Y 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 24 Yellow
M. FSMP936Y 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 36 Yellow
Grounding &
Bonding
*For fiber counts greater than 48-fibers, replace 48 in part number with desired fiber count: 72, 96, or 1A (for 144-fibers).
Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options
include fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings, subunit
N. counts, premium optical performance grades and ribbonized constructions.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Labels for Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Indoor/Outdoor Interlocking
Armored Cable C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Zone
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 Cabling
12 F.
24 Wireless
36
72
96 G.
144 Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Outside Plant All-Dielectric Cable
C.
Fiber
Optic Allows installation using loose tube cable methods Available in 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 96 and 144-fiber counts
Systems for aerial and duct applications as a stranded loose tube design
Gel-free design with water swellable tape provides Medium density polyethylene jacket provides low
D. dry water blocking friction installation
Power
over All-dielectric construction provides a non-metallic design Multimode (OM4, OM3, OM2, and OM1) and singlemode
Ethernet that eliminates the need to bond or ground for aerial or (OS1/OS2) fiber available
duct applications, allowing easy access to cable for lower Sheath markings provide positive identification, quality
installation costs traceability, and length verification
E.
Zone UV resistant cable sheathing protects the cable and meets 250m buffer coating protects fibers during handling
Cabling or exceeds the performance requirements of Telcordia and allows for ease of stripping
GR-20, Issue 2 and ICEA 640 to withstand harsh outdoor
environmental demands Opti-Core 10Gig Fiber Optic Cable is designed to
support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s
F. Tested in accordance with relevant EIA-455 series for link lengths up to 300 meters for OM3 and up to 550
Wireless FOTPs for fiber optic cables meters for OM4 with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae
Complies with RUS 7 CFR 1755.900 requirements 10 GbE standard; backward compatible for use with all
for fiber optic service entrance cables 50/125m system requirements
G.
Outlets Fiber
Opti-Core Gel-Free Outside Plant All-Dielectric Cable Multimode

H. FOTNZ06 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode outside plant 6 Black

Media stranded cable.
Distribution
FOTNZ12 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode outside plant 12 Black
stranded cable.
I. FOTNZ24 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode outside plant 24 Black
Physical stranded cable.
Infrastructure FOTNZ36 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode outside plant 36 Black
Management stranded cable.
FOTNX06 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode outside plant 6 Black
J. stranded cable.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing stranded cable.
stranded cable.
K. FOTNX36 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode outside plant 36 Black
Surface stranded cable.
Raceway
FSTN506 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode outside plant 6 Black
stranded cable.
L. FSTN512 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode outside plant 12 Black
Cabinets,
stranded cable.
Racks &
Cable FSTN524 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode outside plant 24 Black
FSTN536 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode outside plant 36 Black
M. stranded cable.
Grounding & FSTN606 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode outside plant 6 Black
Bonding stranded cable.
FSTN612 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode outside plant 12 Black
stranded cable.
N. FSTN624 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode outside plant 24 Black
Industrial stranded cable.
FSTN636 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode outside plant 36 Black
stranded cable.
O. Opti-Core Gel-Free Outside Plant All-Dielectric Cable Singlemode
Labeling & FSTN906 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode outside plant 6 Black
Identification stranded cable.
FSTN912 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode outside plant 12 Black
P. stranded cable.
Cable FSTN924 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode outside plant 24 Black
Accessories FSTN936 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode outside plant 36 Black
stranded cable.
Q. (for 144-fibers).
Index Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options
include fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings,
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Labels for Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Outside Plant
All-Dielectric Cable C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance E.

Zone

6
12 F.
24 S100X225YAJ S100X225VATY S100X225VAC T100X000CBC-BK Wireless
36
48
72
96 S100X400YAJ S100X400VATY S100X400VAC T100X000CBC-BK G.
144 Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Outside Plant Armored Cable
C.
Fiber Allows installation using loose tube cable methods Medium density polyethylene jacket provides low friction
Optic for aerial, duct, and direct burial applications installation and excellent protection from environmental
Systems hazards to extend protection and reliability
Gel-free design with water swellable tape provides
dry water blocking Multimode (OM4, OM3, OM2, and OM1) and singlemode
D. (OS1/OS2) fiber available
Power Corrugated steel armor provides superior crush resistance
over for extended durability in direct burial applications Sheath markings provide positive identification, quality
Ethernet
UV resistant cable sheathing protects the cable and meets traceability, and length verification
or exceeds the performance requirements of Telcordia 250m buffer coating protects fibers during handling
E. GR-20, Issue 2 and ICEA 640 to withstand harsh outdoor and allows for ease of stripping
Zone environmental demands Opti-Core 10Gig Fiber Optic Cable is designed to
Cabling
Tested in accordance with relevant EIA-455 series support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for
FOTPs for fiber optic cables link lengths up to 300 meters for OM3 and up to 550
Complies with RUS 7 CFR 1755.900 requirements meters for OM4 with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae
F. for fiber optic service entrance cables 10 GbE standard; backward compatible for use with all
Wireless 50/125m system requirements
Available in 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 96 and 144-fiber
counts as a stranded loose tube design
G. Fiber
Outlets
Opti-Core Gel-Free Outside Plant Armored Cable Multimode

H.
FOWNZ06 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode outside plant 6 Black
Media armored stranded cable.
Distribution FOWNZ12 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode outside plant 12 Black
armored stranded cable.
FOWNZ24 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode outside plant 24 Black
I. armored stranded cable.
Physical
Infrastructure FOWNZ36 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode outside plant 36 Black
Management armored stranded cable.
FOWNX06 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode outside plant 6 Black
J.
Overhead & FOWNX12 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode outside plant 12 Black
Underfloor armored stranded cable.
Routing FOWNX24 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode outside plant 24 Black
FOWNX36 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode outside plant 36 Black
K.
Surface armored stranded cable.
Raceway FSWN506 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode outside plant armored 6 Black
stranded cable.
L. FSWN512 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode outside plant armored 12 Black
Cabinets, stranded cable.
Racks & FSWN524 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode outside plant armored 24 Black
Management FSWN536 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode outside plant armored 36 Black
stranded cable.
M. FSWN606 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode outside plant armored 6 Black
Grounding & stranded cable.
Bonding
FSWN612 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode outside plant armored 12 Black
stranded cable.
FSWN624 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode outside plant armored 24 Black
N. stranded cable.
Industrial FSWN636 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode outside plant armored 36 Black
stranded cable.
Opti-Core Gel-Free Outside Plant Armored Cable Singlemode
O. FSWN906 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode outside plant armored 6 Black
Labeling & stranded cable.
Identification
FSWN912 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode outside plant armored 12 Black
stranded cable.
P. FSWN924 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode outside plant armored 24 Black
Management FSWN936 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode outside plant armored 36 Black
Accessories stranded cable.
(for 144-fibers).
Q. Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options
Index include fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings,
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Labels for Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Outside Plant
Armored Cable C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet

Zone
6
12
S100X225YAJ S100X225VATY S100X225VAC T100X000CBC-BK F.
24 Wireless
36
48
72
96 S100X400YAJ S100X400VATY S100X400VAC T100X000CBC-BK G.
144 Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Interconnect Cable
C.
Fiber Used in interconnect and horizontal installations Small diameter and flexible jackets allow for routing in tight
Optic for riser (OFNR), plenum (OFNP), and spaces such as panels, cable trays, and fiber-to-the-desk
Systems
general-purpose environments (FTTD) applications
D. Multimode (OM4, OM3, OM2, and OM1) and singlemode Other diameters available to meet your application needs
Power (OS1/OS2) fiber available Opti-Core 10Gig Fiber Optic Cable is designed to
over Sheath markings provide positive identification, quality support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for
Ethernet
traceability, and length verification link lengths up to 300 meters for OM3 and 550 meters
Colored buffers for ease of identification for OM4 with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE
E. standard; backward compatible for use with all 50/125m
Zone
High quality buffering offers ease of stripping while system requirements
Cabling maintaining optical performance
F. Fiber
Wireless
Part Number Part Description Count Color
Opti-Core Riser Interconnect Cable (OFNR) Multimode

FOIRZ02Y 2-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 2 Aqua

G. interconnect cable; 2.9mm dia., zip-cord.
Outlets FOIRX02Y 2-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 2 Aqua
interconnect cable; 2.9mm dia., zip-cord.
FSIR502Y 2-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated interconnect 2 Orange
H. cable; 2.9mm dia., zip-cord.
Media
FSIR602Y
FSIR602Y 2-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated interconnect 2 Orange
Distribution
cable; 2.9mm dia., zip-cord.
Opti-Core Riser Interconnect Cable (OFNR) Singlemode
I. FSIR902Y 2-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated interconnect 2 Yellow
Physical
Infrastructure cable; 2.9mm dia., zip-cord.
Management Opti-Core Plenum Interconnect Cable (OFNP) Multimode
FOIPZ02Y 2-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 2 Aqua
J. FSIR602Y interconnect cable; 2.9mm dia., zip-cord.
Overhead & FOIPX02Y 2-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 2 Aqua
Underfloor interconnect cable; 2.9mm dia., zip-cord.
Routing
FSIP502Y 2-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated interconnect 2 Orange
cable; 2.9mm dia., zip-cord.
K. FSIP602Y 2-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated interconnect 2 Orange
Surface cable; 2.9mm dia., zip-cord.
Raceway
Opti-Core Plenum Interconnect Cable (OFNP) Singlemode
FSIP902Y FSIP902Y 2-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 2 Yellow
L.
Cabinets, interconnect cable; 2.9mm dia., zip-cord.
Racks & Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options
Cable include diameters, jacket colors, flame ratings and premium optical performance grades.
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Labels for Opti-Core Fiber Optic Interconnect Cable
N.
Industrial
O.
P. S100X220YAJ S100X225VATY S100X220VAC
Cable 2 and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y T100X000CBC-BK
Management
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
LC OptiCam Fiber Optic Connectors Pre-Polished
Cam Termination C.
Fiber
Optic
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compatible connectors OptiCam Termination Tool simplifies tooling and Systems
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements termination, and virtually eliminates operator error by
providing visual indication of proper termination after the D.
Connector backbone and boot colors follow cam step has been completed
TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme Power
Cable retention boot assemblies consistently provide over
Insertion loss: 0.3dB average (multimode and singlemode) higher than industry standard cable retention Ethernet
Return loss: >26dB (10Gig multimode), >20dB Non-optical disconnect maintains data transmission under
(multimode), >50dB (singlemode) tensile loads for jacketed cable E.
Spring-loaded Senior rear pivot latch LC connector Fiber cable size: accept 900m tight-buffered fiber with
Zone
Cabling
Quick installation; provide field termination in less than included boot(s); accept 1.6mm 2.0mm and 3.0mm
half the time of field polish connectors jacketed cable with available OptiCam Cable Retention
Patented re-termination capability provides yield rates Boot Assemblies (ten per package)
F.
approaching 100% For 250m coated fiber termination, use 250 micron fiber Wireless
Factory pre-polished fiber endface eliminates build-up tube kit or fan-out kits on pages C.27 C.28
time-consuming field polishing to reduce installation costs, Ferrule type: 1.25mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability
labor, scrap and the number of tools required for repeated matings)
Cam activated fiber and buffer clamp mechanisms provide G.
Use OptiCam Termination Kit (FCAMKIT) on page C.101 Outlets
superior fiber and buffer retention less sensitivity to fiber
tensile loading
Std. Std. H.
Pkg. Ctn. Media
Part Number Part Description Color Qty.* Qty. Distribution
LC OptiCam 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
FLCSMCXAQY LC OptiCam 10Gig 50/125m Multimode Simplex Fiber Aqua 1 10 I.
Optic Connector for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation. Physical
FLCDMCXAQY FLCDMCXAQY LC OptiCam 10Gig 50/125m Multimode Duplex Fiber Aqua 1 10 Infrastructure
Optic Connector for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation. Management
LC OptiCam OM2 50/125m Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors

J.
FLCSMC5BLY LC OptiCam 50/125m Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Black 1 10 Overhead &
Connector for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation. Underfloor
FLCDMC5BLY LC OptiCam 50/125m Multimode Duplex Fiber Optic Black 1 10 Routing
Connector for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation.
FLCDMC5BLY LC OptiCam OM1 62.5/125m Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors K.
FLCSMC6EIY LC OptiCam 62.5/125m Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Electric 1 10 Surface
Raceway
Connector for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation. Ivory
FLCDMC6EIY LC OptiCam 62.5/125m Multimode Duplex Fiber Optic Electric 1 10
Ivory L.
Cabinets,

LC OptiCam OS1/OS2 Singlemode Fiber Optic Connectors Racks &
Cable
FLCSSCBUY LC OptiCam Singlemode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for Blue 1 10
FLCDMC6EIY Management
900m tight-buffered fiber installation.
FLCDSCBUY LC OptiCam Singlemode Duplex Fiber Optic Connector for Blue 1 10
M.
900m tight-buffered fiber installation. Grounding &
OptiCam 1.6/2.0mm Cable Retention Boot Assemblies Bonding
FMCBT2AQ-X OptiCam 10Gig OM3 1.6/2.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Aqua 10 100
FMCBT2BL-X OptiCam OM2 Multimode 1.6/2.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Black 10 100
FMCBT2EI-X OptiCam OM1 Multimode 1.6/2.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Electric 10 100 N.
FLCSSCBUY Industrial
Ivory
FSCBT2BU-X OptiCam OS1/OS2 Singlemode 1.6/2.0mm Cable Blue 10 100
Retention Boot.
OptiCam 3.0mm Cable Retention Boot Assemblies O.
Labeling &
FMCBT2AQ-X FMCBT3AQ-X OptiCam 10Gig OM3 3.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Aqua 10 100 Identification
FMCBT3BL-X OptiCam OM2 Multimode 3.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Black 10 100
FMCBT3EI-X OptiCam OM1 Multimode 3.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Electric 10 100
P.
Ivory Cable
FSCBT3BU-X
OptiCam OS1/OS2 Singlemode 3.0mm Cable Blue 10 100 Management
Retention Boot. Accessories
LC OptiCam Duplex Clip
FLCCLIPBL-L LC OptiCam Duplex Clip for duplexing two simplex LC Black 50 Q.
FLCCLIPBL-L OptiCam Multimode or Singlemode Connectors. Index
*Simplex connectors are available in 100 count bulk packages by adding -C to the part number.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed LC OptiCam Fiber Optic Connectors
C.
Fiber
Pre-Polished Cam Termination
Optic Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements Cam activated fiber and buffer clamp mechanisms provide
Systems Insertion loss: 0.3dB average (multimode and singlemode) superior fiber and buffer retention less sensitivity to fiber
tensile loading
Return loss: >26dB (10Gig multimode), >20dB
D. (multimode), >50dB (singlemode) OptiCam Termination Tool simplifies tooling and
Power termination, and virtually eliminates operator error by
over Include color-specific keys with positive and negative providing visual indication of proper termination after the
Ethernet keying features to visually and mechanically distinguish cam step has been completed
connections to prevent unauthorized mating with unlike
keyed or non-keyed adapters Cable retention boot assemblies consistently provide
E. higher than industry standard cable retention
Zone Part of a complete Keyed LC System that includes
Cabling Opti-Core Patch Cords and Pigtails, OptiCam Non-optical disconnect maintains data transmission under
Pre-Polished Cam Connectors, Opticom Fiber Adapter tensile loads for jacketed cable
Panels (FAPs), and Mini-Com Adapter Modules Fiber cable size: accept 900m tight-buffered fiber with
F. Translucent housing assembly is laser marked to identify included boot(s); accept 1.6mm 2.0mm and 3.0mm
Wireless fiber stub fiber type (9m, 62.5, 50 or 50X) jacketed cable with available OptiCam Cable Retention
Boot Assemblies (ten per package)
Spring-loaded Senior rear pivot latch LC connector
For 250m coated fiber termination, use 250 micron fiber
Quick installation; provide field termination in less than build-up tube kit or fan-out kits on pages C.27 C.28
G. half the time of field polish connectors
Outlets Ferrule type: 1.25mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability
Patented re-termination capability provides yield rates for repeated matings)
approaching 100%
Use OptiCam Termination Kit (FCAMKIT) on page C.101
Factory pre-polished fiber endface eliminates
H. time-consuming field polishing to reduce installation costs,
Media labor, scrap, and the number of tools required
Distribution
Key Type Std. Std.
and Pkg. Ctn.
I. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Physical
Infrastructure Keyed LC OptiCam 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connectors*
Management FLCSMCXABL LC (keyed A black) OptiCam 10Gig 50/125m Keyed A 1 10
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Black
J. FLCSMC5ABL tight-buffered fiber installation.
Overhead & FLCSMCXBRD LC (keyed B red) OptiCam 10Gig 50/125m Keyed B 1 10
Underfloor Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Red
Routing tight-buffered fiber installation.
FLCSMCXCGR LC (keyed C green) OptiCam 10Gig 50/125m Keyed C 1 10
K. Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Green
Surface tight-buffered fiber installation.
Raceway FLCSMC5BRD FLCSMCXDYL LC (keyed D yellow) OptiCam 10Gig 50/125m Keyed D 1 10
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Yellow
L. tight-buffered fiber installation.
Cabinets, FLCSMCXEOR LC (keyed E orange) OptiCam 10Gig 50/125m Keyed E 1 10
Racks & Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Orange
Cable tight-buffered fiber installation.
Management FLCSMCXFDB LC (keyed F dark blue) OptiCam 10Gig 50/125m Keyed F 1 10
FLCSMC5CGR Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Dark
M. tight-buffered fiber installation. Blue
Grounding &
Bonding Keyed LC OptiCam OM2 50/125m Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connectors*
FLCSMC5ABL LC (keyed A black) OptiCam 50/125m Keyed A 1 10
tight-buffered fiber installation.
N. FLCSMC5BRD LC (keyed B red) OptiCam 50/125m Keyed B 1 10
Industrial FLCSMC5DYL
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Red
FLCSMC5CGR LC (keyed C green) OptiCam 50/125m Keyed C 1 10
O. Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Green
Labeling & tight-buffered fiber installation.
Identification FLCSMC5DYL LC (keyed D yellow) OptiCam 50/125m Keyed D 1 10
FLCSMC5EOR
P.
Cable FLCSMC5EOR LC (keyed E orange) OptiCam 50/125m Keyed E 1 10
Management Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Orange
Accessories tight-buffered fiber installation.
FLCSMC5FDB LC (keyed F dark blue) OptiCam 50/125m Keyed F 1 10
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Dark
Q. tight-buffered fiber installation. Blue
Index FLCSMC5FDB *To order duplex connectors, replace the first S in the part number (FLCSSCABL) with a D (FLCDSCABL).
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with color-specific keyed connectivity.
For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed LC OptiCam Fiber Optic Connectors Pre-Polished
Cam Termination (continued) C.
Fiber
Optic
Key Type Std. Std. Systems
and Pkg. Ctn.
Power
Keyed LC OptiCam OM1 62.5/125m Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connectors* over
FLCSMC6ABL LC (keyed A black) OptiCam 62.5/125m Keyed A 1 10 Ethernet
E.
FLCSMC6BRD LC (keyed B red) OptiCam 62.5/125m Multimode Keyed B 1 10 Zone
FMCBT3BL-X Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Red Cabling
FLCSMC6CGR LC (keyed C green) OptiCam 62.5/125m Keyed C 1 10
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Green
tight-buffered fiber installation. F.
FLCSMC6DYL LC (keyed D yellow) OptiCam 62.5/125m Keyed D 1 10 Wireless
FLCSMC6EOR LC (keyed E orange) OptiCam 62.5/125m Keyed E 1 10
G.
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Orange
Outlets
FLCCLIPBL-L tight-buffered fiber installation.
FLCSMC6FDB LC (keyed F dark blue) OptiCam 62.5/125m Keyed F 1 10
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Dark
tight-buffered fiber installation. Blue H.
Media
Keyed LC OptiCam OS1/OS2 Singlemode Simplex Fiber Optic Connectors* Distribution
FLCSSCABL LC (keyed A black) OptiCam Singlemode Keyed A 1 10
Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Black
tight-buffered fiber installation. I.
FLCSSCBRD LC (keyed B red) OptiCam Singlemode Keyed B 1 10 Physical
Red Infrastructure
Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
Management
FLCSSCCGR LC (keyed C green) OptiCam Singlemode Keyed C 1 10
Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Green J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
FLCSSCDYL LC (keyed D yellow) OptiCam Singlemode Keyed D 1 10 Routing
Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Yellow
FLCSSCEOR LC (keyed E orange) OptiCam Singlemode Keyed E 1 10 K.
Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Orange Surface
tight-buffered fiber installation. Raceway
FLCSSCFDB LC (keyed F dark blue) OptiCam Singlemode Keyed F 1 10
Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m Dark L.
tight-buffered fiber installation. Blue Cabinets,
Racks &
OptiCam 1.6/2.0mm Cable Retention Boot Assemblies Cable
FMCBT2BL-X OptiCam 1.6/2.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Black 10 100 Management

OptiCam 3.0mm Cable Retention Boot Assemblies
M.
FMCBT3BL-X OptiCam 3.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Black 10 100 Grounding &
Bonding
LC OptiCam Duplex Clip
FLCCLIPBL-L LC OptiCam Duplex Clip for duplexing two simplex Black 50
LC OptiCam Multimode or Singlemode Connectors.
N.
*To order duplex connectors, replace the first S in the part number (FLCSSCABL) with a D (FLCDSCABL). Industrial
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
SC OptiCam Fiber Optic Connectors Pre-Polished
C.
Fiber Cam Termination
Optic TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-3 compliant connectors OptiCam Termination Tool simplifies tooling and
Systems termination, and virtually eliminates operator error by
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements
providing visual indication of proper termination after the
D. Connector backbone and boot colors follow cam step has been completed
Power TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme
over Cable retention boot assemblies consistently provide
Insertion loss: 0.3dB average (multimode and singlemode) higher than industry standard cable retention
Ethernet
Return loss: >26dB (10Gig multimode), >20dB Non-optical disconnect maintains data transmission under
(multimode), >50dB (singlemode) tensile loads for jacketed cable
E.
Zone
Quick installation; provide field termination in less than Fiber cable size: accept 900m tight-buffered fiber with
Cabling half the time of field polish connectors included boot(s); accept 1.6mm 2.0mm and 3.0mm
Patented re-termination capability provides yield rates jacketed cable with available OptiCam Cable Retention
approaching 100% Boot Assemblies (ten per package) ten per package
F. Factory pre-polished fiber endface eliminates For 250m coated fiber termination, use 250 micron fiber
Wireless time-consuming field polishing to reduce installation costs, build-up tube kit or fan-out kits on pages C.27 C.28
labor, scrap and the number of tools required Ferrule type: 2.5mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability
Cam activated fiber and buffer clamp mechanisms provide for repeated matings) or composite to meet a variety of
G.
superior fiber and buffer retention less sensitivity to fiber application requirements
Outlets tensile loading Use OptiCam Termination Kit (FCAMKIT) on page C.101
Std. Std.
H. Pkg. Ctn.
Media Part Number Part Description Color Qty.* Qty.
Distribution
SC OptiCam 10Gig
OM3/OM4 50/125m Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
FSCMCXAQ SC OptiCam 10Gig 50/125m OM3/OM4 Multimode Aqua 1 10
I. Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m tight-buffered
Physical fiber installation.
Infrastructure FSCDMCXAQ SC OptiCam 10Gig 50/125m OM3/OM4 Multimode Aqua 1 10
Management
FSCDMCXAQ Duplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m tight-buffered
fiber installation.
J.
Overhead & SC OptiCam OM2 50/125m Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
Underfloor FSCMC5BL SC OptiCam 50/125m Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Black 1 10
Routing Connector for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation.
FSCDMC5BL SC OptiCam 50/125m Multimode Duplex Fiber Optic Black 1 10
K.
Surface SC OptiCam OM1 62.5/125m Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
Raceway FSCDMC5BL FSCMC6EI SC OptiCam 62.5/125m Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Electric 1 10
L. FSCDMC6EI SC OptiCam 62.5/125m Multimode Duplex Fiber Optic Electric 1 10
Cabinets, Connector for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation. Ivory
Racks &
Cable SC OptiCam OS1/OS2 Singlemode Fiber Optic Connectors
Management FSCSCBU SC OptiCam Singlemode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector Blue 1 10
FSCSCBU for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation.
M. OptiCam 1.6/2.0mm Cable Retention Boot Assemblies
Grounding &
Bonding FMCBT2AQ-X OptiCam 10Gig OM3/OM4 1.6/2.0mm Cable Aqua 10 100
Retention Boot.
FMCBT2BL-X OptiCam OM2 Multimode 1.6/2.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Black 10 100
FMCBT2EI-X OptiCam OM1 Multimode 1.6/2.0mm Cable Electric 10 100
N. Retention Boot. Ivory
Industrial
FMCBT3BL-X
Retention Boot.
O.
Labeling &
FMCBT3AQ-X OptiCam 10Gig OM3/OM4 3.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Aqua 10 100
Identification FMCBT3BL-X OptiCam OM2 Multimode 3.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Black 10 100
Ivory
P.
Cable FSCBT3BU-X OptiCam OS1/OS2 Singlemode 3.0mm Cable Blue 10 100
Management Retention Boot.
Accessories FSCCLIP-L SC Duplex Clip
FSCCLIP-L SC duplex clip for duplexing two simplex Panduit SC Black 50
multimode or singlemode connectors.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
ST OptiCam Fiber Optic Connectors Pre-Polished
Cam Termination C.
Fiber
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-2 compliant connectors OptiCam Termination Tool simplifies tooling and Optic
Systems
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements termination, and virtually eliminates operator error by
providing visual indication of proper termination after the
Connector backbone and boot colors follow cam step has been completed D.
TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme Power
Cable retention boot assemblies consistently provide over
Insertion loss: 0.3dB average (multimode and singlemode) higher than industry standard cable retention Ethernet
Return loss: >26dB (10Gig multimode), >20dB Fiber cable size: accept 900m tight-buffered fiber with
(multimode), >50dB (singlemode) included boot(s); accept 1.6mm 2.0mm and 3.0mm E.
Quick installation; provide field termination in less than jacketed cable with available OptiCam Cable Retention Zone
half the time of field polish connectors Boot Assemblies (ten per package) Cabling
Patented re-termination capability provides yield rates For 250m coated fiber termination, use 250 micron fiber
approaching 100% build-up tube kit or fan-out kits on pages C.27 C.28
Factory pre-polished fiber endface eliminates Ferrule type: 2.5mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability F.
time-consuming field polishing to reduce installation costs, Wireless
for repeated matings) or composite to meet a variety of
labor, scrap and the number of tools required application requirements
Cam activated fiber and buffer clamp mechanisms provide Use OptiCam Termination Kit (FCAMKIT) on page C.101
superior fiber and buffer retention less sensitivity to fiber G.
tensile loading Outlets
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn. H.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty.* Qty. Media
Distribution
ST OptiCam 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
FSTMCXAQ ST OptiCam 10Gig 50/125m OM3/OM4 Multimode Aqua 1 10
Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m tight-buffered I.
fiber installation. Physical
Infrastructure
FSTMCXAQ ST OptiCam OM2 50/125m Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors Management
FSTMC5BL ST OptiCam 50/125m Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Black 1 10
Connector for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation. J.
ST OptiCam OM1 62.5/125m Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors Overhead &
Underfloor
FSTMC6EI ST OptiCam 62.5/125m Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Electric 1 10 Routing
ST OptiCam OS1/OS2 Singlemode Fiber Optic Connectors
FSTMC5BL K.
FSTSCBU ST OptiCam Singlemode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector Blue 1 10 Surface
for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation. Raceway
OptiCam 1.6/2.0mm Cable Retention Boot Assemblies
FMCBT2AQ-X OptiCam 10Gig OM3/OM4 1.6/2.0mm Cable Aqua 10 100 L.
Retention Boot. Cabinets,
FMCBT2BL-X OptiCam OM2 Multimode 1.6/2.0mm Cable Black 10 100 Racks &
Retention Boot. Cable
FSTSCBU Management
FMCBT2EI-X OptiCam OM1 Multimode 1.6/2.0mm Cable Electric 10 100
Retention Boot. Ivory
M.
FSCBT2BU-X OptiCam OS1/OS2 Singlemode 1.6/2.0mm Cable Blue 10 100 Grounding &
Retention Boot. Bonding
FMCBT3AQ-X OptiCam 10Gig OM3/OM4 3.0mm Cable Aqua 10 100
Retention Boot. N.
FSCBT2BU-X FMCBT3BL-X OptiCam OM2 Multimode 3.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Black 10 100 Industrial
Ivory
FSCBT3BU-X OptiCam OS1/OS2 Singlemode 3.0mm Cable Blue 10 100 O.
Retention Boot. Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
LC Fiber Optic Connectors Field Polish Termination
C.
Fiber TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compatible connectors LC duplex clip available separately for duplexing two
Optic
Systems Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements simplex Panduit LC Connectors
Connector housing and boot colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 Fiber cable type: tight-buffered recommended
D. suggested color identification scheme Fiber cable size: accept 1.6mm 2.0mm or 3.0mm
Power jacketed cable, or 900m buffered fiber (noted in
over Insertion loss: 0.10dB average (multimode
and singlemode) part description)
Ethernet
Return loss: >20dB (multimode), >40dB (singlemode) For 250m coated fiber termination, use 250 micron fiber
build-up tube kit or fan-out kits on pages C.27 C.28
E. Non-optical disconnect maintains data transmission under
Zone tensile loads for jacketed cable Ferrule type: 1.25mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability
Cabling for repeated matings)
Each simplex connector includes connector body/ferrule
assembly, crimp sleeve, one boot for 900m buffered fiber Field polish termination Panduit recommends
and one boot for 1.6mm 2.0mm jacketed cable and anaerobic adhesive on pages C.103, C.104
F. one dust cap; 3.0mm jacketed cable connectors are also Use field polish termination kit (FIELDKIT) on pages
Wireless available separately C.103, C.104
Each duplex connector includes two connector
body/ferrule assemblies, two crimp sleeves, two boots for
G. 1.6mm 2.0mm or 3.0mm jacketed cable or two boots for
Outlets 900m buffered fiber, two dust caps and one duplex clip
H.
Media Std. Std.
Distribution Pkg. Ctn.
I.
LC OM4/OM3/OM2 Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
Physical FLCSMBLY LC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Black 1 10
Infrastructure 2.0mm jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
Management
FLCSM3.0BL LC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Black 1 10
jacketed cable installation.
J. FLCSMBLY
Overhead & FLCDMBLY LC multimode duplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Black 1 10
Underfloor 2.0mm jacketed cable installation.
Routing FLCDM900BLY LC multimode duplex fiber optic connector for 900m Black 1 10
buffered fiber installation.
K. FLCDM3.0BL LC multimode duplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Black 1 10
Surface jacketed cable installation.
Raceway FLCDMBLY
LC OM1 Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
L.
FLCSMEIY LC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Electric 1 10
Cabinets, 2.0mm jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation. Ivory
Racks & FLCSM3.0EI LC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Electric 1 10
Cable jacketed cable installation. Ivory
Management
FLCDMEIY LC multimode duplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Electric 1 10
FLCDM3.0EI 2.0mm jacketed cable installation. Ivory
M.
Grounding & FLCDM900EIY LC multimode duplex fiber optic connector for 900m Electric 1 10
Bonding buffered fiber installation. Ivory
FLCDM3.0EI LC multimode duplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Electric 1 10
jacketed cable installation. Ivory
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
LC Fiber Optic Connectors Field Polish Termination (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Pkg. Ctn.
Power
LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Fiber Optic Connectors over
FLCSSBUY LC singlemode simplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Blue 1 10 Ethernet
2.0mm jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
FLCSS3.0BU LC singlemode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Blue 1 10 E.
jacketed cable installation. Zone
FLCSSBUY
FLCDSBUY LC singlemode duplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Blue 1 10 Cabling
2.0mm jacketed cable installation.
FLCDS900BUY LC singlemode duplex fiber optic connector for 900m Blue 1 10
buffered fiber installation. F.
FLCDS3.0BU LC singlemode duplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Blue 1 10 Wireless
FLCDSBUY LC 10Gig OM3/OM4 Field Polish Boots
FLCBT900AQ-X LC 10Gig OM3/OM4 Field Polish Boot for 900m Aqua 10 100 G.
buffered fiber. Outlets
FLCBT2AQ-X LC 10Gig OM3/OM4 Field Polish Boot for 1.6/2.0mm Aqua 10 100
jacketed cable.
FLCBT3AQ-X LC 10Gig OM3/OM4 Field Polish Boot for 3.0mm Aqua 10 100 H.
FLCDS3.0BU jacketed cable. Media
Distribution
LC Duplex Clip
FLCCLIP-L LC duplex clip for duplexing two simplex Panduit LC field White 50
I.
polish multimode or singlemode connectors. Physical
Infrastructure
Management
FLCCLIP-L J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
SC Fiber Optic Connectors Field Polish Termination
C.
Fiber TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-3 compliant connectors Each duplex connector includes two inner housing
Optic assemblies, two outer housings, two crimp sleeves, two
Systems Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements
boots for 3mm jacketed cable, two dust caps, and one
Connector outer housing and boot colors follow duplex clip
D. TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme
Power SC duplex clip available separately for duplexing two
Insertion loss: 0.10dB average (multimode), 0.15dB simplex Panduit SC Connectors
over
Ethernet average (singlemode)
Fiber cable type: tight-buffered recommended
Return loss: >20dB (multimode), >40dB (singlemode)
Fiber cable size: accept 900m buffered fiber, 3mm
E. Non-optical disconnect maintains data transmission jacketed cable or 1.6mm 2.0mm jacketed cable
Zone under tensile loads for jacketed cable (noted in part description)
Cabling Free floating housing ensures complete latching even For 250m coated fiber termination, use 250 micron fiber
when inserted by the boot, beneficial in high density build-up tube kit or fan-out kits on pages C.27 C.28
spacing applications
F.
Ferrule type: 2.5mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability
Pre-assembled inner housing simplifies assembly for repeated matings)
Wireless
Each simplex connector includes inner housing assembly, Field polish termination Panduit recommends anaerobic
outer housing, crimp sleeve, one boot for 900m buffered adhesive on pages C.103, C.104
fiber, one boot for 3mm jacketed cable, and one dust cap
Use field polish termination kit (FIELDKIT) on pages
G.
Outlets C.103, C.104
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
H. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Media SC OM3/OM2 Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
Distribution
FSCM5BL SC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Black 1 10
jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
I. FSCM2.05BL SC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Black 1 10
Physical 2.0mm jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
Infrastructure FSCM5BL
FSCDM5BL SC multimode duplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Black 1 10
Management
SC OM1 Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
J.
Overhead & FSCMBL SC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Black 1 10
Underfloor jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
Routing FSCMRD SC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Red 1 10
FSCMBL FSCM2.0BL SC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Black 1 10
K.
Surface 2.0mm jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
Raceway FSCM2.0RD SC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Red 1 10
2.0mm jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
L. FSCDM SC multimode duplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Red & 1 10
Cabinets, jacketed cable installation. Black
Racks & SC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Fiber Optic Connectors
Cable
Management FSCMRD FSCSBU SC singlemode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Blue 1 10
FSCS2.0BU SC singlemode simplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Blue 1 10
M.
Grounding & 2.0mm jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
Bonding SC 900m Field Polish Boots
FSCBT900AQ-X SC 10Gig OM3 Field Polish Boot for 900m Aqua 10 100
buffered fiber.
N. FSCDM FSCBT900EI-X SC OM1 multimode field polish boot for 900m Electric 10 100
Industrial buffered fiber. Ivory
SC 1.6/2.0mm Field Polish Boots
O. Retention Boot.
Labeling & SC 3.0mm Field Polish Boots
Identification
FSCBT3AQ-X SC 10Gig OM3 Field Polish Boot for 3.0mm Aqua 10 100
FSCSBU jacketed cable.
P. FSCBT3EI-X SC OM1 multimode field polish boot for 3.0mm Electric 10 100
Cable jacketed cable. Ivory
Management
Accessories SC Duplex Clip
FSCCLIP-L SC duplex clip for duplexing two simplex Panduit SC Black 50
multimode or singlemode connectors.
Q.
Index FSCCLIP-L
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
ST Fiber Optic Connectors Field Polish Termination
C.
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-2 compatible connectors Fiber cable size: accept 3.0mm jacketed cable or 900m Fiber
buffered fiber Optic
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements Systems
Insertion loss: 0.15dB average (multimode), 0.20dB For 250m coated fiber termination, use 250 micron fiber
average (singlemode) build-up tube kit or fan-out kits on pages C.27 C.28
D.
Return loss: >20dB (multimode), >40dB (singlemode) Ferrule type: 2.5mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability Power
for repeated matings) over
Each connector includes metal connector body/ferrule Ethernet
assembly, spring, metal bayonet, crimp sleeve, one boot Field polish termination Panduit recommends
for 900m buffered fiber, one boot for 3mm jacketed anaerobic adhesive on pages C.103, C.104
cable, and one dust cap Use field polish termination kit (FIELDKIT) on pages E.
Zone
Fiber cable type: tight-buffered recommended C.103, C.104 Cabling
Std. Std. F.
Pkg. Ctn. Wireless
FSTMABL ST Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
FSTMABL ST multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Black 1 10 G.
jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation. Outlets
FSTMARD Red 1 10
ST Singlemode Fiber Optic Connector
FSTMARD FSTSABU ST singlemode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Blue 1 10 H.
jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation. Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
FSTSABU Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
250 Micron Fiber Build-Up Tube Kit Raceway
Includes 100 build-up tubes and supplemental instructions Used with 900m boots included with connectors and the L.
for terminating Panduit field polish, Opti-Crimp , or current fiber optic termination kit Cabinets,
OptiCam Fiber Optic Connectors onto 250m Racks &
coated fiber Cable
Management
Std.
Pkg. M.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Grounding &
Bonding
F250BT-C 250 micron fiber build-up tube kit; includes 100 build-up tubes and 100
supplemental installation instructions.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Furcation Kits
C.
Fiber Used to build up 900m fiber to 3mm jacketed fiber to Include furcation tubing with strength members and
Optic strengthen and protect the fiber heat shrink
Systems
Length: 1 meter
D.
Power Std. Std.
over Pkg. Ctn.
Ethernet Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
FK2BJ Build up 900m fiber to 3mm jacketed fiber; for two fibers. 1 10
E. FK4BJ Build up 900m fiber to 3mm jacketed fiber; for four fibers. 1 10
Zone
Cabling FK2BJ
Fan-Out Kits
F.
Wireless Used to build up 250m fiber to 900m loose buffered Include adhesive tape for mounting
coating size for connector termination Include TEFLON* powder for easy insertion of fibers
Include 900m hollow tubing and plastic housings Length: 1 meter (39.37")
G.
Outlets Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
FO6CB Build up 250m fiber to 900m loose buffered coating size; for 1 10
H. six fibers.
Media
Distribution FO12CB Build up 250m fiber to 900m loose buffered coating size; for 1 10
twelve fibers.
FO12CB
I. *TEFLON is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapters
J.
Overhead & TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compatible adapters Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split
Underfloor Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia
Routing ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
color identification scheme
K. LC simplex and duplex adapters are also available in
Surface Sr./Sr. (Senior/Senior) adapters have a FOCIS-10 senior Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels on page C.39 and in
Raceway adapter interface at each end QuickNet Fiber Optic Cassettes on pages C.44 C.53
Accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior LC connectors to provide a complete LC system solution
L. LC duplex adapters are also available in Mini-Com
Cabinets,
Racks & Modules on pages C.32 C.33
Cable
Management
Split Std. Std.
Sleeve Pkg. Ctn.
M.
Grounding & Part Number Part Description Material Qty. Qty.
Bonding LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapters 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m (Aqua)
FADSLCZAQ-L
FADSLCZAQ-L LC Sr./Sr. 10Gig SFF Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Zirconia 50 100
Adapter with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Ceramic
N. FADSLCAQ-L LC Sr./Sr. 10Gig SFF Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Phosphor 50 100
Industrial Adapter with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Bronze
LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapters OM2 50/125m (Black)
FADSLCBL-L FADSLCBL-L LC Sr./Sr. SFF duplex multimode fiber optic adapter with Phosphor 50 100
O.
phosphor bronze split sleeves. Bronze
Labeling &
Identification LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapters OM1 62.5m (Electric Ivory)
FADSLCEI-L LC Sr./Sr. SFF duplex multimode fiber optic adapter with Phosphor 50 100
P. phosphor bronze split sleeves. Bronze
Cable FADSLCEI-L LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapters OS1/OS2 9/125m (Blue)
Management
Accessories FASSLCZBU-L LC Sr./Sr. SFF simplex singlemode fiber optic adapter Zirconia 50 100
with zirconia ceramic split sleeve. Ceramic
FADSLCZBU-L LC Sr./Sr. SFF duplex singlemode fiber optic adapter with Zirconia 50 100
Q. zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Ceramic
Index
FASSLCZBU-L
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapters
C.
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compatible adapters Accommodate tighter applications (inside wall); allowing Fiber
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements easier access to LC connectors terminated on 900m Optic
buffered fiber Systems
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested
color identification scheme Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia D.
Sr./Jr. (Senior/Junior) adapters have a FOCIS-10 senior ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4 Power
adapter interface at one end and a FOCIS-10 junior multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
over
adapter interface at the other end Ethernet
LC simplex and duplex adapters are also available in
Both ends accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels on page C.39 and in
LC connectors QuickNet Fiber Optic Cassettes on pages C.44 C.53 E.
Zone
Junior end also accepts FOCIS-10 compatible junior to provide a complete LC system solution Cabling
(fixed ferrule/springless) LC connectors LC duplex adapters are also available in Mini-Com
Modules on page C.33
F.
Wireless
Split Std. Std.
Sleeve Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Material Qty. Qty.
LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapters 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m (Aqua) G.
Outlets
FADJLCZAQ-L FADJLCZAQ-L
LC Sr./Jr. 10Gig SFF Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Zirconia 50 100
Adapter with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Ceramic
FADJLCAQ-L LC Sr./Jr. 10Gig SFF Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Phosphor 50 100
Adapter with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Bronze H.
Media
LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapters OM2 50/125m (Black) Distribution
FADJLCBL-L FADJLCBL-L LC Sr./Jr. SFF duplex multimode fiber optic adapter with Phosphor 50 100
I.
LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapters OM1 62.5/125m (Electric Ivory) Physical
Infrastructure
FADJLCEI-L LC Sr./Jr. SFF duplex multimode fiber optic adapter with Phosphor 50 100 Management
FADJLCEI-L LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapters OS1/OS2 9/125m (Blue) J.
FASJLCZBU-L LC Sr./Jr. SFF simplex singlemode fiber optic adapter Zirconia 50 100 Overhead &
with zirconia ceramic split sleeve. Ceramic Underfloor
Routing
FADJLCZBU-L LC Sr./Jr. SFF duplex singlemode fiber optic adapter with Zirconia 50 100
zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Ceramic
K.
FASJLCZBU-L Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
SC Fiber Optic Adapters
C.
Fiber TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-3 compliant adapters Short flange design for improved modularity and higher
Optic density usage
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested Q.C. number and split sleeve material laser marked on
color identification scheme every adapter assures 100% traceability and quick and
D.
Power easy identification of split sleeve material
Integrated retention clip automatically adjusts for
over
FOCIS-3 compliant panel thickness variations, creating a SC simplex and duplex adapters are also available in
Ethernet Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels on pages C.41 C.42
snug fit to reduce rattles; no metal clips to become bent
or damaged and in QuickNet Fiber Optic Cassettes on pages
E. C.44 C.45 and C.47 C.48 to provide a complete
Improved protective cap fully surrounds split SC system solution
Zone
Cabling sleeve opening
SC simplex and duplex adapters are also available in
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split Mini-Com Modules on page C.35
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4
F.
Wireless multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
Split Std. Std.

Sleeve Pkg. Ctn.
G. Part Number Part Description Material Qty. Qty.
Outlets
SC Fiber Optic Adapters 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m (Aqua)
FASSCZAQ-L SC 10Gig Simplex Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter with Zirconia 50 100
zirconia ceramic split sleeve. Ceramic
H. FADSCZAQ-L
Media FASSCAQ-L SC 10Gig Simplex Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter with Phosphor 50 100
Distribution phosphor bronze split sleeve. Bronze
FADSCZAQ-L SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter with Zirconia 50 100
zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Ceramic
I.
Physical FADSCAQ-L SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter with Phosphor 50 100
Infrastructure phosphor bronze split sleeves. Bronze
Management
FADSCBL-L
SC Fiber Optic Adapters OM2 50/125m (Black)
J. FASSCBL-L SC simplex multimode fiber optic adapter with phosphor Phosphor 50 100
Overhead & bronze split sleeve. Bronze
Underfloor FADSCBL-L SC duplex multimode fiber optic adapter with phosphor Phosphor 50 100
Routing bronze split sleeves. Bronze
SC Fiber Optic Adapters OM1 62.5/125m (Electric Ivory)
K.
FASSCEI-L SC simplex multimode fiber optic adapter with phosphor Phosphor 50 100
Surface
Raceway bronze split sleeve. Bronze
FADSCEI-L FADSCEI-L SC duplex multimode fiber optic adapter with phosphor Phosphor 50 100
L. bronze split sleeves. Bronze
Cabinets, SC Fiber Optic Adapters OS1/OS2 9/125m (Blue)
Racks &
Cable FASSCZBU-L SC simplex singlemode fiber optic adapter with zirconia Zirconia 50 100
Management ceramic split sleeve. Ceramic
FASSCBU-L SC simplex fiber optic adapter with phosphor bronze Phosphor 50 100
M. FASSCZBU-L split sleeve. Bronze
Grounding &
FADSCZBU-L SC duplex singlemode fiber optic adapter with zirconia Zirconia 50 100
Bonding
ceramic split sleeves. Ceramic
FADSCBU-L SC duplex fiber optic adapter with phosphor bronze Phosphor 50 100
split sleeves. Bronze
N.
Industrial SC Fiber Optic Adapters APC OS1/OS2 9/125m (Green)
FASSCZAG-L SC APC simplex singlemode fiber optic adapter with Zirconia 50 100
FASSCZAG-L zirconia ceramic split sleeve. Ceramic
O. FADSCZAG-L SC APC duplex singlemode fiber optic adapter with Zirconia 50 100
Labeling & zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Ceramic
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
ST Fiber Optic Adapters
C.
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-2 compatible adapters ST simplex adapters are also available in Opticom Fiber Fiber
Optic
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements Adapter Panels on page C.43 and in QuickNet MTP* Systems
Fiber Optic Cassettes on pages C.46 C.53 to provide
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split a complete ST system solution
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia D.
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3 ST simplex adapters are also available in Mini-Com Power
multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications Modules on page C.36 C.38 over
Ethernet
Split Std. Std.

E.
Sleeve Pkg. Ctn. Zone
Part Number Part Description Material Qty. Qty. Cabling
FASSTZ-L ST singlemode fiber optic adapter with zirconia Zirconia 50 100
ceramic sleeve. Ceramic
FASST-L ST multimode fiber optic adapter with phosphor bronze Phosphor 50 100 F.
FASSTZ-L split sleeve. Bronze Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
MPO Mini-Com Fiber Optic Adapter Module I.

Physical
Infrastructure
Management
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-5 compliant adapter Designed for multimode or singlemode MPO connectors,
Exceeds TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements patch cords, or cable assemblies
J.
Compatible with Mini-Com products for complete modu- Mini-Com MPO Adapters are also available in fiber Overhead &
larity adapter panels to provide a complete MPO solution Underfloor
Routing
K.
No. of Std. Std. Surface
Module Module Pkg. Ctn. Raceway
CMMPOBLBL Module supplied with one MPO fiber 2 Black 1 10 L.
optic adapter. Cabinets,
Racks &
For MPO connector cleaning tools, see page C.105. Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
LC Sr./Sr. Mini-Com Fiber Optic Adapter Modules
C.
Fiber TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compatible adapters Accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior LC connectors
Optic
Systems Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia
D. color identification scheme ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4
Power multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
Small form factor (SFF) duplex adapter design fits into
over Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to assure
Ethernet single module space
100% traceability
Compatible with Mini-Com products for
complete modularity LC simplex and duplex adapters are also available
E. separately on pages C.28 C.29 and in patch panels
Zone Provide a FOCIS-10 senior adapter interface at each end or fiber adapter panels to provide a complete LC
Cabling system solution
F.
Wireless No. of Std. Std.
Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
G. LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapter Modules 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m (Aqua Adapters)
Outlets CMDSAQLCZBL Module supplied with one LC Sr./Sr. 10Gig 1 Black 1 10
CMDSAQLCZ SFF Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter
(AQ) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
H. CMDSAQLCBL Module supplied with one LC Sr./Sr. 10Gig 1 Black 1 10
Media SFF Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter
Distribution (AQ) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OM2 50/125m (Black Adapters)
I. CMDSBLLCBL Module supplied with one LC Sr./Sr. SFF duplex 1 Black 1 10
Physical CMDSBLLC multimode fiber optic adapter (BL) with
Infrastructure phosphor bronze split sleeves.
Management
LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OM1 62.5/125m (Electric Ivory Adapters)
J. CMDSLCEI Module supplied with one LC Sr./Sr. SFF duplex 1 Electric 1 10
Overhead & multimode fiber optic adapter (EI) with phosphor Ivory
Underfloor bronze split sleeves.
Routing LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OS1/OS2 9/125m (Blue Adapters)
CMDSLC CMDSLCZBU Module supplied with one LC Sr./Sr. SFF duplex 1 Blue 1 10
K. singlemode fiber optic adapter (BU) with
Surface zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
Raceway
For other colors module colors, replace suffix BL (Black), EL (Electric Ivory), or BU (Blue) with EI (Electric Ivory),
BU (Blue), BL (Black), IW (Off White) or AW (Arctic White). 10Gig Aqua Adapters are available in black
L. modules only.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable CMDSLCZ
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
LC Sr./Jr. Mini-Com Fiber Optic Adapter Modules
C.
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compatible adapters Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split Fiber
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia Optic
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
color identification scheme D.
Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to assure Power
Small form factor (SFF) duplex adapter design fits into 100% traceability over
single module space Ethernet
LC simplex and duplex adapters are also available
Compatible with Mini-Com products for separately on pages C.28 C.29 and in patch panels
complete modularity or fiber adapter panels to provide a complete LC E.
Accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior LC connectors at system solution Zone
either end and FOCIS-10 junior LC connectors at the Cabling
inside end for behind the wall applications
F.
Wireless
No. of Std. Std.
LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapter Modules 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m (Aqua Adapters) G.
CMDJAQLCZBL Module supplied with one LC Sr./Jr. 10Gig 1 Black 1 10 Outlets
CMDJAQLCZ SFF Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter
(AQ) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
CMDJAQLCBL Module supplied with one LC Sr./Jr. 10Gig 1 Black 1 10 H.
SFF Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter Media
(AQ) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Distribution
LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OM2 50/125m (Black Adapters)
CMDJBLLCBL Module supplied with one LC Sr./Jr. SFF duplex 1 Black 1 10 I.
CMDJBLLC multimode fiber optic adapter (BL) with Physical
phosphor bronze split sleeves. Infrastructure
Management
LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OM1 62.5/125m (Electric Ivory Adapters)
CMDJLCEI Module supplied with one LC Sr./Jr. SFF duplex 1 Electric 1 10
J.
multimode fiber optic adapter (EI) with phosphor Ivory Overhead &
bronze split sleeves. Underfloor
LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OS1/OS2 9/125m (Blue Adapters) Routing
CMDJLC CMDJLCZBU Module supplied with one LC Sr./Jr. SFF duplex 1 Blue 1 10
singlemode fiber optic adapter (BU) with K.
zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Surface
For other colors module colors, replace suffix BL (Black), EL (Electric Ivory), or BU (Blue) with EI (Electric Ivory), Raceway
BU (Blue), BL (Black), IW (Off White) or AW (Arctic White). 10Gig Aqua Adapters are available in black
modules only. L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
CMDJLCZ Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed LC Mini-Com Fiber Optic Adapter Modules
C.
Fiber Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements Provide a keyed senior adapter interface at each end for
Optic keyed LC connectivity
Systems Include color-specific keys with positive and negative
keying features to visually and mechanically distinguish Include zirconia ceramic split sleeves for superior
D. connections to prevent unauthorized mating with unlike performance and reliability
Power keyed or non-keyed connectors or patch cords Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to assure
over Part of a complete keyed LC system that includes 100% traceability
Ethernet Opti-Core Patch Cords and Pigtails, OptiCam Keyed LC adapters are also available in Keyed LC
Pre-Polished Cam Connectors, Opticom Fiber Adapter QuickNet Fiber Optic Cassettes on pages C.49 C.53,
E. Panels (FAPs), and Mini-Com Adapter Modules or Keyed LC Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels (FAPs)
Zone Small form factor (SFF) keyed LC duplex adapter design on page C.40, to provide a complete keyed LC
Cabling
fits into single module space system solution
complete modularity
F.
Wireless
No. of Key Type Std. Std.
Module and Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Color Qty. Qty.
G. CMDABLLCZIW Module supplied with one LC (keyed 1 Keyed A Off 1 10
Outlets A black) Sr./Sr. SFF duplex fiber Black White
optic adapter with zirconia ceramic
split sleeves.
CMDBRDLCZIW Module supplied with one LC (keyed 1 Keyed B Off 1 10
H. B red) Sr./Sr. SFF duplex fiber Red White
Media
Distribution optic adapter with zirconia ceramic
CMDABLLCZ CMDBRDLCZ split sleeves.
CMDCGRLCZIW Module supplied with one LC (keyed 1 Keyed C Off 1 10
I. C green) Sr./Sr. SFF duplex fiber Green White
Physical optic adapter with zirconia ceramic
Infrastructure split sleeves.
Management
CMDDYLLCZIW Module supplied with one LC (keyed 1 Keyed D Off 1 10
D yellow) Sr./Sr. SFF duplex fiber Yellow White
J. optic adapter with zirconia ceramic
Overhead &
CMDCGRLCZ CMDDYLLCZ split sleeves.
Underfloor
Routing CMDEORLCZIW Module supplied with one LC (keyed 1 Keyed E Off 1 10
E orange) Sr./Sr. SFF duplex fiber Orange White
optic adapter with zirconia ceramic
K. split sleeves.
Surface
Raceway CMDFDBLCZIW Module supplied with one LC (keyed 1 Keyed F Off 1 10
F dark blue) Sr./Sr. SFF duplex Dark White
fiber optic adapter with zirconia Blue
L. ceramic split sleeves.
CMDEORLCZ CMDFDBLCZ
Cabinets,
Racks & For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with AW (Arctic White), BL (Black), BU (Blue) or EI (Electric Ivory).
Cable The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with
Management color-specific keyed connectivity.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
SC Mini-Com Fiber Optic Adapter Modules
C.
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-3 compliant adapters Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to assure Fiber
100% traceability Optic
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested Mini-Com SC Simplex Adapter Modules are commonly
color identification scheme used with Mini-Com Patch Panels, Faceplates, and
D.
Surface Mount Boxes Power
complete modularity SC simplex and duplex adapters are also available over
separately on page C.30 and in patch panels Ethernet
Improved protective cap fully surrounds split or fiber adapter panels to provide a complete SC
sleeve opening system solution E.
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split Zone
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia Cabling
multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
F.
No. of Std. Std. Wireless
SC Fiber Optic Adapter Modules 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m (Aqua Adapters)
CMSAQSCZBL Module supplied with one SC 10Gig Simplex 1 Black 1 10 G.
Outlets
Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter (AQ) with
zirconia ceramic split sleeve.
CMSAQSCBL Module supplied with one SC 10Gig Simplex 1 Black 1 10
Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter (AQ) with H.
phosphor bronze split sleeve. Media
CMDAQSCZBL Module supplied with one SC 10Gig Duplex 2 Black 1 10 Distribution
CMDAQSC Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter (AQ) with
zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
I.
CMDAQSCBL Module supplied with one SC 10Gig Duplex 2 Black 1 10 Physical
Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter (AQ) with Infrastructure
phosphor bronze split sleeves. Management
SC Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OM2 50/125m (Black Adapters)
CMSBLSCBL Module supplied with one SC simplex 1 Black 1 10 J.
multimode fiber optic adapter (BL) with Overhead &
CMDBLSC Underfloor
phosphor bronze split sleeve. Routing
CMDBLSCBL Module supplied with one SC duplex multimode 2 Black 1 10
fiber optic adapter (BL) with phosphor bronze
split sleeves. K.
SC Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OM1 62.5/125m (Electric Ivory Adapters) Surface
Raceway
CMSEISCEI Module supplied with one SC simplex 1 Electric 1 10
multimode fiber optic adapter (EI) with phosphor Ivory
L.
bronze split sleeve. Cabinets,
CMDEISC
CMDEISCEI Module supplied with one SC duplex multimode 2 Electric 1 10 Racks &
fiber optic adapter (EI) with phosphor bronze Ivory Cable
split sleeves. Management
SC Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OS1/OS2 9/125m (Blue Adapters)
CMSBUSCZBU Module supplied with one SC simplex 1 Blue 1 10 M.
singlemode fiber optic adapter (BU) with Grounding &
Bonding
zirconia ceramic split sleeve.
CMSBUSCZ CMDBUSCZBU Module supplied with one SC duplex 2 Blue 1 10
singlemode fiber optic adapter (BU) with
zirconia ceramic split sleeves. N.
Industrial
SC Fiber Optic Adapter Modules APC OS1/OS2 9/125m (Green Adapters)
CMSAGSCZBL Module supplied with one SC APC simplex 1 Black 1 10
singlemode fiber optic adapter (AG) with
zirconia ceramic split sleeve. O.
CMDAGSCZBL Module supplied with one SC APC duplex 2 Black 1 10 Labeling &
singlemode fiber optic adapter (AG) with Identification
CMSAGSCZ
zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
For other colors module colors, replace suffix BL (Black), EL (Electric Ivory), or BU (Blue) with EI (Electric Ivory), P.
BU (Blue), BL (Black), IW (Off White) or AW (Arctic White). 10Gig and APC Adapters are available in black Cable
modules only. Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
ST Mini-Com Fiber Optic Adapter Modules
C.
Fiber TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-2 compatible adapters Mini-Com ST Simplex Adapter Modules are commonly
Optic used with Mini-Com Patch Panels
Compatible with Mini-Com products for ST simplex adapters are also available separately, and
D. complete modularity in patch panels or fiber adapter panels to provide a
Power complete ST system solution
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split
over
Ethernet sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia
multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
E.
Zone
Cabling No. of Std. Std.
F. CMSTZBU Module supplied with one ST singlemode fiber 1 Blue 1 10
Wireless optic adapter with zirconia ceramic split sleeve.
CMSTEI Module supplied with one ST multimode fiber 1 Electric 1 10
optic adapter with phosphor bronze split sleeve. Ivory
G. CMSTZ
For other colors replace suffix BU (Blue) or EI (Electric Ivory) with EI (Electric Ivory), BU (Blue), BL (Black),
Outlets IW (Off White) or AW (Arctic White).
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Mini-Com Fiber Cable Strain Relief Module
Infrastructure
Management Provides pass-thru access and patented strain relief Commonly used with MDU installations on pages
protection of fiber cable H.1 H.5 and IndustrialNet 8-port DIN Rail Fiber
J. Compatible with Mini-Com products for Optic Enclosure
Overhead & complete modularity
Underfloor
Routing
No. of Std. Std.
K. Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
Surface CMCSRIW Fiber cable strain relief module. 1 Off White 1 10
Raceway
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with BL (Black), BU (Blue), EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International
L. Gray) or WH (White).
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Mini-Com Blank Module
M.
Grounding & Secures opening to prevent tampering Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Bonding Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
No. of Std. Std.
Module Pkg. Ctn.
N.
Industrial
CMBBL-X 1-position, reserves space for future use. 1 Black 10 50
For other colors replace suffix BL (Black) with IW (Off White), EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White) or
O. IG (International Gray).
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Fiber Optic Migration Adapter Panels (FAPs)
C.
Fiber
Factory assembled, and 100% tested Significantly reduce installation time and labor by Optic
Compatible with QuickNet Patch Panels eliminating field connector terminations Systems
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
color identification scheme fiber adapter panel D.
Power
over
Std. Std. Ethernet
Pkg. Ctn.
E.
QuickNet
Fiber Optic Migration Adapter Panels (FAPs) Zone
FQMAP45BL QuickNet Fiber Optic Migration Adapter Panel 4 Black 1 10 Cabling
MPO key-up/key-down adapters.
FQMAP45BL FQMAP65BL QuickNet Fiber Optic Migration Adapter Panel 6 Black 1 10
MPO key-up/key-down adapters. F.
FQMAP85BL QuickNet Fiber Optic Migration Adapter Panel 8 Black 1 10 Wireless
MPO key-up/key-down adapters.
QuickNet Fiber Optic Migration Adapter Panels are also available in Charcoal Gray (CG). Ex: FQMAP45BL
to FQMAP46CG
G.
FQMAP65BL Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
FQMAP85BL I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom MPO Fiber Optic Adapter Panels (FAPs)
C.
Fiber Loaded with TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-5 compliant adapters Snap quickly into the front of all Opticom and Opticom
Optic
Systems Exceed TIA/EIA-568-C.3 requirements QuickNet Components
Screen printed for horizontal or vertical orientation Can be used with Opticom Zero RU Cable Management
D. Solutions and QuickNet Hydra Cable Assemblies to
Power
Designed for multimode or singlemode MPO connectors, facilitate connection to the active equipment
over patch cords, or cable assemblies
Ethernet
Std. Std.
E. Pkg. Ctn.
Zone
Cabling
Opticom MPO Fiber Optic Adapter Panels (FAPs)
FAPH0412BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with four (4) Black 1 10
F. key-up/key-up MPO fiber optic adapters; oriented
Wireless horizontally for Opticom or Opticom QuickNet
FAPH0412BLMPO Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
FAPH0612BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with six (6) Black 1 10
key-up/key-up MPO fiber optic adapters; oriented
G. horizontally for Opticom or Opticom QuickNet
Outlets Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
FAPH0812BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with eight (8) Black 1 10
horizontally for Opticom or Opticom QuickNet
H. FAPH0612BLMPO Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
Media
Distribution FAPH1212BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with twelve (12) Black 1 10
I. Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
Physical FAPH1612BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with sixteen (16) Black 1 10
Infrastructure key-up/key-up MPO fiber optic adapters; oriented
Management
FAPH0812BLMPO Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
J. FAPH1812BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with eighteen (18) Black 1 10
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing horizontally for Opticom or Opticom QuickNet
Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
FAPV0412BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with four (4) Black 1 10
K. key-up/key-up MPO fiber optic adapters; oriented
Surface vertically for Opticom or Opticom QuickNet
Raceway FAPH1212BLMPO Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
FAPV0612BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with six (6) Black 1 10
L. key-up/key-up MPO fiber optic adapters; oriented
Cabinets, vertically for Opticom or Opticom QuickNet
Racks & Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
Cable
Management FAPV0812BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with eight (8) Black 1 10
vertically for Opticom or Opticom QuickNet
M. FAPH1612BLMPO Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
Grounding &
Bonding MPO Fiber Optic Adapter Panels are also available in Charcoal Gray (CG). Ex: FAPH0412BLMPO
to FAPH0412CGMPO.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling & FAPV0612BLMPO
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
FAPV0812BLMPO
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
LC Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels (FAPs)
C.
Loaded with TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compatible adapters Junior end also accepts FOCIS-10 compatible junior Fiber
(fixed ferrule/springless) LC connectors Optic
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split
color identification scheme sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia D.
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4 Power
Snap quickly into the front of all Opticom components multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications over
LC fiber adapter panels are Sr./Jr. to conserve Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to Ethernet
enclosure space assure 100% traceability
Accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior LC connectors at LC adapters are also available in QuickNet Fiber Optic E.
either end and FOCIS-10 junior LC connectors at the Cassettes on pages C.44 C.48, Mini-Com Modules on Zone
inside end for behind the wall applications page C.33, or separately on pages C.28 C.29 to provide Cabling
Both ends accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior a complete LC system solution
LC connectors
F.
Std. Std. Wireless
Pkg. Ctn.
LC Fiber Adapter Panels 10Gig
OM3/OM4 50/125m (Aqua Adapters)
G.
FAP6WAQDLCZ LC 10Gig FAP loaded with six LC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10 Outlets
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
FAP6WAQDLC LC 10Gig FAP loaded with six LC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
H.
FAP8WAQDLCZ LC 10Gig FAP loaded with eight LC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10 Media
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Distribution
FAP12WAQDLCZ
FAP8WAQDLC LC 10Gig FAP loaded with eight LC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. I.
FAP12WAQDLCZ LC 10Gig FAP loaded with twelve LC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10 Physical
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic Infrastructure
split sleeves. Management
FAP12WAQDLC LC 10Gig FAP loaded with twelve LC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
LC Fiber Adapter Panels OM2 50/125m (Black Adapters) Routing
FAP6WBLDLC LC FAP loaded with six LC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters 1 10
FAP8WBLDLC
(Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
K.
FAP8WBLDLC LC FAP loaded with eight LC duplex multimode fiber optic 1 10 Surface
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Raceway
FAP12WBLDLC LC FAP loaded with twelve LC duplex multimode fiber optic 1 10
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. L.
Cabinets,
LC Fiber Adapter Panels OM1 62.5/125m (Electric Ivory Adapters) Racks &
FAP6WEIDLC LC FAP loaded with six LC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters 1 10 Cable
(Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Management
FAP8WEIDLC LC FAP loaded with eight LC duplex multimode fiber optic 1 10
FAP6WEIDLC adapters (Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. M.
Grounding &
FAP12WEIDLC LC FAP loaded with twelve LC duplex multimode fiber optic 1 10 Bonding
adapters (Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
LC Fiber Adapter Panels OS1/OS2 9/125m (Blue Adapters)
FAP12WBULCZ LC FAP loaded with twelve LC simplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10 N.
adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Industrial
FAP6WBUDLCZ LC FAP loaded with six LC duplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10
adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
FAP8WBUDLCZ LC FAP loaded with eight LC duplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10 O.
FAP12WBULCZ adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Labeling &
Identification
FAP12WBUDLCZ LC FAP loaded with twelve LC duplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed LC Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels (FAPs)
C. Include color-specific keys with positive and negative Provide a keyed senior adapter interface at
Fiber keying features to visually and mechanically distinguish each end for keyed LC connectivity
Optic connections to prevent unauthorized mating with unlike
Systems Include zirconia ceramic split sleeves for superior
keyed or non-keyed connectors and patch cords performance and reliability
Part of a complete keyed LC system that includes Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to assure
D.
Power Opti-Core Patch Cords and Pigtails, OptiCam 100% traceability
over Pre-Polished Cam Connectors, Opticom Fiber Adapter
Ethernet Panels (FAPs), and Mini-Com Adapter Modules Keyed LC adapters are also available in Keyed LC
QuickNet Fiber Optic Cassettes on pages C.49 C.53,
Snap quickly into the front of all Opticom components or Keyed LC Mini-Com Modules on page C.34 to provide
E. a complete keyed LC system solution
Zone
Cabling Key Type Std. Std.
and Pkg. Ctn.
F.
Keyed LC Fiber Adapter Panels Six Adapters
Wireless FAP6WABLDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with six LC (keyed A black) duplex Keyed A 1 10
fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Black
FAP6WBRDDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with six LC (keyed B red) duplex Keyed B 1 10
fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Red
G. FAP6WCGRDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with six LC (keyed C green) duplex Keyed C 1 10
Outlets
fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Green
FAP6WDYLDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with six LC (keyed D yellow) Keyed D 1 10
FAP6WBRDDLCZ duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Yellow
H. split sleeves.
Media FAP6WEORDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with six LC (keyed E orange) Keyed E 1 10
Distribution duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Orange
split sleeves.
I. FAP6WFDBDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with six LC (keyed F dark blue) Keyed F 1 10
Physical duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Dark
Infrastructure split sleeves. Blue
Management Keyed LC Fiber Adapter Panels Eight Adapters
FAP8WABLDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with eight LC (keyed A black) Keyed A 1 10
J. FAP8WEORDLCZ duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Black
Overhead &
Underfloor
split sleeves.
Routing FAP8WBRDDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with eight LC (keyed B red) duplex Keyed B 1 10
fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Red
FAP8WCGRDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with eight LC (keyed C green) Keyed C 1 10
K. duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Green
Surface split sleeves.
Raceway
FAP8WDYLDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with eight LC (keyed D yellow) Keyed D 1 10
duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Yellow
L. split sleeves.
Cabinets,
Racks & FAP12WDYLDLCZ FAP8WEORDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with eight LC (keyed E orange) Keyed E 1 10
Cable duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Orange
Management split sleeves.
FAP8WFDBDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with eight LC (keyed F dark blue) Keyed F 1 10
M. duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Dark
Grounding & split sleeves. Blue
Bonding Keyed LC Fiber Adapter Panels Twelve Adapters
FAP12WABLDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with twelve LC (keyed A black) Keyed A 1 10
duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Black
N. split sleeves.
Industrial FAP12WBRDDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with twelve LC (keyed B red) Keyed B 1 10
duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Red
split sleeves.
O. FAP12WCGRDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with twelve LC (keyed C green) Keyed C 1 10
Labeling & duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Green
Identification split sleeves.
FAP12WDYLDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with twelve LC (keyed D yellow) Keyed D 1 10
duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Yellow
P. split sleeves.
Cable
Management
FAP12WEORDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with twelve LC (keyed E orange) Keyed E 1 10
Accessories duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Orange
split sleeves.
FAP12WFDBDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with twelve LC (keyed F dark blue) Keyed F 1 10
Q. duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Dark
Index split sleeves. Blue
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with color-specific keyed connectivity.
For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
SC Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels (FAPs)
Loaded with TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-3 compliant adapters Q.C. number and split sleeve material laser marked on C.
Fiber
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-C.3 requirements every adapter assures 100% traceability and quick and Optic
easy identification of split sleeve material Systems
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested
color identification scheme SC adapters are also available in QuickNet Fiber Optic
Cassettes on pages C.46 C.53, Mini-Com Modules on D.
Snap quickly into the front of all Opticom components page C.35, or separately on page C.30 to provide a Power
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split complete SC system solution over
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia Ethernet
multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications E.
Zone
Std. Std. Cabling
Pkg. Ctn.
SC Fiber Adapter Panels 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m (Aqua Adapters) F.
Wireless
FAP6WAQSCZ
SC 10Gig FAP loaded with
six SC 10Gig Simplex Multimode 1 10
FAP6WAQDSCZ FAP6WAQSC SC 10Gig FAP loaded with six SC 10Gig Simplex Multimode 1 10
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. G.
FAP2WAQDSCZ SC 10Gig FAP loaded with two SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10 Outlets
FAP3WAQDSCZ SC 10Gig FAP loaded with three SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. H.
FAP4WAQDSCZ SC 10Gig FAP loaded with four SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10 Media
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Distribution
FAP4WBLDSC FAP6WAQDSCZ SC 10Gig FAP loaded with six SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. I.
FAP2WAQDSC SC 10Gig FAP loaded with two SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10 Physical
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Infrastructure
Management
FAP3WAQDSC SC 10Gig FAP loaded with three SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10
FAP4WAQDSC J.
SC 10Gig FAP loaded with four SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10
Overhead &
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Underfloor
FAP3WEIDSC FAP6WAQDSC SC 10Gig FAP loaded with six SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10 Routing
SC Fiber Adapter Panels OM2 50/125m (Black Adapters) K.
FAP6WBLSC SC FAP loaded with six SC simplex multimode fiber optic 1 10 Surface
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Raceway
FAP12WBLSC SC FAP loaded with twelve SC simplex multimode fiber optic 1 10
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. L.
FAP2WBLDSC SC FAP loaded with two SC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters 1 10 Cabinets,
Racks &
(Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Cable
FAP3WBLDSC SC FAP loaded with three SC duplex multimode fiber optic 1 10 Management
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
FAP4WBLDSC SC FAP loaded with four SC duplex multimode fiber optic 1 10 M.
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Grounding &
FAP6WBLDSC SC FAP loaded with six SC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters 1 10 Bonding
(Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
SC Fiber Adapter Panels OM1 62.5/125m (Electric Ivory Adapters)
FAP6WEISC SC FAP loaded with six SC simplex multimode fiber optic 1 10 N.
Industrial
FAP12WEISC SC FAP loaded with twelve SC simplex multimode fiber optic 1 10
FAP2WEIDSC SC FAP loaded with two SC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters 1 10 O.
(Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Labeling &
Identification
FAP3WEIDSC SC FAP loaded with three SC duplex multimode fiber optic 1 10
FAP4WEIDSC SC FAP loaded with four SC duplex multimode fiber optic 1 10 P.
adapters (Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Cable
Management
FAP6WEIDSC SC FAP loaded with six SC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters 1 10 Accessories
(Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
Table continues on page C.42 Q.

Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
SC Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels (FAPs) (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic Std. Std.
Systems Pkg. Ctn.
D. SC Fiber Adapter Panels OS1/OS2 9/125m (Blue Adapters)
Power
over FAP6WBUSCZ SC FAP loaded with six SC simplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10
Ethernet adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
FAP12WBUSCZ SC FAP loaded with twelve SC simplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10
E.
Zone FAP12WBUSCZ FAP2WBUDSCZ SC FAP loaded with two SC duplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10
Cabling adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
FAP3WBUDSCZ SC FAP loaded with three SC duplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10
FAP4WBUDSCZ SC FAP loaded with four SC duplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10
F.
Wireless adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
FAP6WBUDSCZ SC FAP loaded with six SC duplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10
SC Fiber Adapter Panels APC OS1/OS2 9/125m (Green Adapters)
G. FAP4WBUDSCZ
FAP6WAGSCZ SC APC FAP loaded with six SC APC simplex singlemode fiber 1 10
Outlets
optic adapters (Green) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
FAP12WAGSCZ SC APC FAP loaded with twelve SC APC simplex singlemode 1 10
fiber optic adapters (Green) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
H. FAP2WAGDSCZ SC APC FAP loaded with two SC APC duplex singlemode fiber 1 10
Media optic adapters (Green) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
Distribution
FAP3WAGDSCZ SC APC FAP loaded with three SC APC duplex singlemode fiber 1 10
I. FAP12WAGSCZ
FAP4WAGDSCZ SC APC FAP loaded with four SC APC duplex singlemode fiber 1 10
Physical optic adapters (Green) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
Infrastructure
Management FAP6WAGDSCZ SC APC FAP loaded with six SC APC duplex singlemode fiber 1 10
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
ST Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels (FAPs)
C.
Loaded with TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-2 compatible adapters Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split Fiber
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia Optic
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3 Systems
Snap quickly into the front of all Opticom components multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
ST adapters are also available in Mini-Com Modules on D.
pages C.36 C.38, or separately on page C.31 to provide Power
over
a complete ST system solution Ethernet
Std. Std.
E.
Pkg. Ctn. Zone
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Cabling
FAP6WSTZ ST FAP loaded with six ST simplex singlemode fiber optic adapters 1 10
with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
FAP8WSTZ ST FAP loaded with eight ST simplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10 F.
FAP6WSTZ adapters with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Wireless
FAP6WST ST FAP loaded with six ST simplex multimode fiber optic adapters 1 10
with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
FAP6WSTA ST FAP (angled) loaded with six ST simplex multimode fiber optic 1 10 G.
adapters with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Outlets
FAP8WST ST FAP loaded with eight ST simplex multimode fiber optic adapters 1 10
with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
H.
FAP6WSTA Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Opticom Multimedia Modular Panel (FMP) Management
Allows customization of installation for multimedia Snaps quickly into the front of all Opticom components
J.
applications requiring integration of fiber optic and Overhead &
copper cables Underfloor
Routing
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. K.
Surface
FMP6 Unloaded panel accepts up to six Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber 1 10 Raceway
optic, and audio/video applications.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Opticom Blank Fiber Adapter Panel (FAP)
Reserves fiber adapter panel space for future use Snaps quickly into the front of all Opticom components N.
Industrial
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
O.
FAPB Blank fiber adapter panel reserves space for future use. 1 10 Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet SFQ Series MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes
C. Compatible with QuickNet Patch Panels for up to 96 Factory terminated, assembled and 100% tested
Fiber fiber connections in 1RU with QAPP48HDBL QuickNet
Optic Insertion loss data provided on every fiber cassette
Systems
48-port Angled Patch Panel
Return loss data provided on all singlemode
Low insertion loss of 0.5dB max. per cassette and 1.0dB fiber cassettes
D. max. per standard cassette; ensures system meets IEEE
802.3ae max. channel loss specification of <2.6dB Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on
Power
over each fiber cassette
Return loss: >26dB (10Gig multimode), >20dB
Ethernet
(multimode), >55dB (singlemode) 10Gig OM4 50/125m Fiber Cassettes are tested per
IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE to support network transmission
Connect together with high-density female MTP* cable speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 550 meters
E. assemblies as interconnecting network segments for
Zone at 850nm; backward compatible with all 50/125m (OM2)
Cabling
deploying a remote or data center location in minutes MPO or MTP* system requirements
Significantly reduce installation time and labor by
eliminating field connector terminations
F.
Wireless Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Optimized 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) Multimode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes
G.
Outlets FQZO-12-10 Optimized OM4 10Gig 50/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one 1 10
male MTP*; 12-fiber optimized pre-terminated MTP* rear mount
cassette provides low insertion loss of 0.5dB max. per fiber.
Method A.
H.
Media FQZO-12-10B Optimized OM4 10Gig 50/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one 1 10
Distribution male MTP*; 12-fiber optimized pre-terminated MTP* rear mount
FQXO-12-10 cassette provides low insertion loss of 0.5dB max. per fiber.
Method A, pair flipped.
I. FQZO-6-3 Optimized OM4 10Gig 50/125m Three SC duplex adapters to 1 10
Physical one male MTP*; 12-fiber optimized pre-terminated MTP* rear
Infrastructure
Management
mount cassette provides low insertion loss of 0.5dB max. per fiber.
Method A.
J. 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) Multimode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes
Overhead & FQZ-12-10 Six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 12-fiber pre-terminated 1 10
Underfloor MTP* rear mount cassette provides low insertion loss of 1.0dB
Routing FQX-6-3
max. per fiber; 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) fiber. Method A.
FQZ-12-10B Six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 12-fiber pre-terminated 1 10
K. MTP* rear mount cassette provides low insertion loss of 1.0dB max.
Surface per fiber; 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) fiber. Method A, pair flipped.
Raceway FQZ-6-3 OM4 10Gig 50/125m Three SC duplex adapters to one male 1 10
MTP*; 6-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides
L. low insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber. Method A.
Cabinets, Optimized 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Multimode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes
Racks &
Cable FQXO-12-10 Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one 1 10
Management male MTP*; 12-fiber optimized pre-terminated MTP* rear mount
M. Method A.
Grounding & FQXO-12-10B Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one 1 10
Bonding male MTP*; 12-fiber optimized pre-terminated MTP* rear mount
Method A, pair flipped.
N. FQXO-6-3 Optimized 10Gig 50/125m OM3 Three SC duplex adapters to 1 10
Industrial one male MTP*; 6-fiber optimized pre-terminated MTP* rear mount
10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Multimode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes
O. FQX-12-10 OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one male 1 10
Labeling & MTP*; 12-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount SFQ cassette
Identification provides low insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber.
FQX-12-10B OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 1 10
P. 12-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount SFQ cassette provides low
Cable insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber. Method A, pair flipped.
Management FQX-6-3 OM3 10Gig 50/125m Three SC duplex adapters to one male 1 10
Accessories MTP*; 6-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides
low insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber.
Please refer to Product Bulletin number WW-FBCB35 for complete part number ordering information.
Q. *MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet SFQ Series MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes (continued)
C.
Fiber
Std. Std. Optic
Systems
Pkg. Ctn.
D.
50/125m (OM2) Multimode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes Power
FQ5-12-10 OM2 50/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 1 10 over
12-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides low Ethernet
insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber.
FQ5-6-3 OM2 50/125m Three SC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 1 10 E.
6-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides low Zone
insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber. Cabling
FQ6-6-3 62.5/125m (OM1) Multimode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes
FQ6-12-10 OM1 62.5/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 1 10
12-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides low F.
insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber. Wireless
FQ6-6-3 OM1 62.5/125m Three SC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 1 10
6-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides low
G.
9/125m (OS1/OS2) Singlemode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes Outlets
FQ9-12-10 OS1/OS2 Singlemode Six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 1 10
FQ9-12-10
12-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides low
H.
FQ9-6-3 OS1/OS2 singlemode Three SC duplex adapters to one male 1 10 Media
MTP*; 6-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides Distribution
low insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber.
Please refer to Product Bulletin number WW-FBCB35 for complete part number ordering information.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd. I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
QuickNet High Density SFQ Small Form Factor Cable Assemblies
Unique industry-leading proprietary MTP* Factor verified optical performance provides channel K.
polishing process to channel consistency and reliability for improved Surface
network integrity Raceway
Identical copper and fiber cassette form factor offers
design flexibility, easy maintenance and upgrade enabling Pre-terminated modular cassette system provides quick
a unified, highly scalable pre-terminated solution deployment that reduces installation time and cost. L.
Cabinets,
High-density design maximizes density with up to 72 Product is compatible with QuickNet Patch Panels and Racks &
fibers in one cassette, 576 in 1RU; combination of design uses the same cassette form factor as Copper QuickNet Cable
features provide a lower total cost of ownership Patch Panels (or cable assemblies) Management
MTP* 12-fiber connector provides reduced overall Product identification with data labels and QC numbers
M.
insertion loss with low channel to channel variability which are supplied with each product for quick port Grounding &
100% tested with test data provided for each product identification and 100% traceability Bonding
N.
Std. Std. Industrial
Pkg. Ctn.
High Density SFQ Small Form Factor Cable Assemblies
O.
FQPX48VVM050N 48 Fiber 10Gig plenum rated high density Female MTP SFQ 1 1 Labeling &
Cassette to Female MTP SFQ Cassette cable assembly 50m Identification
FQPX48VVM050N
QuickNet LC/SC SFQ Small Form Factor Cable Assemblies are also available in 72 and 96 fiber solutions.
Please refer to Product Bulletin number WW-FBCB35 for complete part number ordering information. P.
* MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec LTD. Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Quicknet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassettes
C. Mounts to standard 19" rack rails Significantly reduce installation time and labor by
Fiber eliminating field connector termination
Optic Low insertion loss of 0.5dB max, per optimized cassette
Systems and 0.75dB max. per standard cassette; ensures system Factory terminated, assembled, and 100% tested
meets IEEE 802.3ae max. channel loss specification Insertion loss data provided on every fiber cassette
D. of = 26dB
Power
Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3
over
suggested color identification scheme 10Gig OM4 50/125um fiber cassettes are tested per IEEE
Ethernet 802.3ae 10 GbE to support network transmission speeds
Connect together with high-density female MTP* cable up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 550 meters at 850 nm;
assemblies as interconnection network backward compatible with all 50/125um (OM2) MPO or
E.
Zone MTP system requirements
Cabling
Std. Std.
F. Pkg. Ctn.
Wireless Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
F1RBZN QuickNet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette - B Type
F1RBZN-9608-10^ QuickNet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette; 1RU 1
G. 96-fiber B-type labeling; 10Gb OM4 8-fiber MTP to LC pre-
Outlets terminated standard polarity.
F1RBZN-9608-10^ QuickNet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette; 1RU 1
96-fiber B-type labeling; 10Gb OM4 8-fiber MTP to LC pre-
terminated flipped polarity.
H.
Media Quicknet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette - C Type
Distribution F1RCZN F1RCZN-9612-10^ QuickNet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette; 1RU 1
96-fiber C-type labeling; 10Gb OM4 12-fiber MTP to LC pre-
I. terminated standard polarity.
Physical F1RCZN-9612-10^ QuickNet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette; 1RU 1
Infrastructure 96-fiber C-type labeling; 10Gb OM4 12-fiber MTP to LC pre-
Management terminated flipped polarity.
Quicknet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette - Angled
J. F1ASZN-9612-10^ QuickNet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette; 1RU- 1
Overhead & F1ASZN
Underfloor
Angled 96-fiber S-type labeling; 10Gb OM4 12-fiber MTP to LC
Routing pre-terminated standard polarity.
F1ASZN-9612-10^ QuickNet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette; 1RU- 1
Angled 96-fiber S-type labeling; 10Gb OM4 12-fiber MTP to LC
K. pre-terminated flipped polarity.
Surface Quicknet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette - S Type
Raceway
F1RSZN-9612-10^ QuickNet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette; 1RU 1
96-fiber C-type labeling; 10Gb OM4 12-fiber MTP to LC pre-
L. terminated, standard polarity.
Cabinets,
Racks & F1RSZO-9612-10^ QuickNet optimized HDQ Series high density fiber optic 1
Cable cassette; 1 RU 96-fiber S-type labeling; 10Gig OM4 12-fiber MTP
Management F1RSZN to LC pre-terminated, standard polarity
F1RSXN-9612-10^ QuickNet HDQ Series high density fiber optic cassette; 1 RU 96- 1
M. fiber S-type labeling; 10Gig OM3 12-fiber MTP to LC pre-
Grounding & terminated, standard polarity
Bonding F1RSXO-9612-10^ QuickNet optimized HDQ Series high density fiber optic 1
cassette; 1 RU 96-fiber S-type labeling; 10Gig OM3 12-fiber MTP
to LC pre-terminated, standard polarity
N. Quicknet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette Singlemode - S Type
Industrial F1AS9N-1A12-10F QuickNet HDQ Series high density fiber optic cassette, 144-fiber 1
S-type labeling, singlemode, 12-fiber MPO to LC pre-terminated,
flipped polarity.
O. F1AS9N-1A12-10S QuickNet HDQ Series high density fiber optic cassette, 144-fiber 1
Labeling & S-type labeling, singlemode, 12-fiber MPO to LC pre-terminated,
Identification
F1AS9N standard polarity.
For OM3 cassettes, replace Z with X; for OM4 cassettes, replace X with Z. For optimized cassettes, replace
N with O.
P. ^ Use S for Standard Polarity and F for Flipped Polarity.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Quicknet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassettes (continued)
Std. Std. C.
Fiber
Pkg. Ctn. Optic
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Systems
QuickNet Rear Cable Manager
FQCRCM FQCRCM QuickNet Cassette Rear Cable Manager manages up to one 1 10 D.
meter of slack for each of 16 MTP* Interconnect Cables in support Power
of QuickNet SFQ Cassettes, QuickNet HDQ Cassettes, or over
QuickNet MTP Cassettes. Intended for Panduit 2-Post Racks Ethernet
ONLY. Not intended for 4-post racks, server cabinets or
network cabinets. E.
QuickNet Fiber Patch Field Protection Cover Zone
FPFPC1 Cabling
FPFPC1 1RU Fiber Patch Field Protection Cover protects front patch field, 1
minimizing potential for connector damage and fiber attenuation.
Includes a labeling card for identification of ports and D-rings to
provide physical support to fiber and control bend radius. F.
Not compatible with Opticom Angled and QuickNet Wireless
Angled Patch Panels
For OM3 cassettes, replace Z with X; for OM4 cassettes, replace X with Z. For optimized cassettes, replace
N with O.
^ Use S for Standard Polarity and F for Flipped Polarity. G.
Outlets
QuickNet MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes
Compatible with Opticom QuickNet Rack Mount Fiber Significantly reduce installation time and labor by
Cassette Enclosures on page C.54, Opticom Zero RU eliminating field connector terminations H.
Cable Management Solutions on page C.57, and Media
Factory terminated, assembled, and 100% tested Distribution
Opticom Wall Mount Enclosures on page C.60,
for up to 96 fiber connections in 1RU Insertion loss data provided on every fiber cassette
Low insertion loss of 0.5dB max. per optimized cassette Return loss data provided on all singlemode I.
and 1.0dB max. per standard cassette; ensures system fiber cassettes Physical
Infrastructure
meets IEEE 802.3ae max. channel loss specification Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on Management
of <2.6dB each fiber cassette
Return loss: >26dB (10Gig multimode), >20dB 10Gig OM3 50/125m Fiber Cassettes are tested per J.
(multimode), >55dB (singlemode) IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE to support network transmission Overhead &
speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 300 meters Underfloor
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested Routing
color identification scheme and up to 550 meters for OM4 at 850nm; backward
compatible with all 50/125m (OM2) MPO or MTP*
Connect together with high-density female MTP* cable system requirements
assemblies as interconnecting network segments for K.
Surface
deploying a remote or data center location in minutes Raceway
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn. L.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Cabinets,
Racks &
Optimized 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) Multimode MTP* Cassettes Cable
FCZO-12-10Y Optimized OM4 10Gig QuickNet six LC duplex adapters to one 1 10 Management
male MTP* connector. Method A.
FCZO-12-10BY Optimized OM4 10Gig QuickNet six LC duplex adapters to one 1 10 M.
male MTP* connector. Modified Method A pair flipped Grounding &
FCXO-24-10Y wiring scheme. Bonding
FCZO-24-10Y Optimized OM4 10Gig QuickNet twelve LC duplex adapters to 1 10
two male MTP* connectors. Method A.
FCZO-24-10BY Optimized OM4 10Gig QuickNet twelve LC duplex adapters to 1 10 N.
two male MTP* connectors. Modified Method A pair flipped Industrial
wiring scheme.
FCZO-12-3Y Optimized OM4 10Gig QuickNet six SC duplex adapters to one 1 10
male MTP* connector. Method A.
O.
Optimized 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Multimode MTP* Cassettes Labeling &
FCX-12-3SY Identification
FCXO-12-10Y Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m six LC duplex adapters to one

1 10
male 12-fiber pre-terminated MTP*connector.
FCXO-12-10BY Optimized OM3 10Gig QuickNet six LC duplex adapters to one 1 10 P.
male MTP* connector. Modified Method A pair flipped Cable
wiring scheme. Management
FCXO-24-10Y Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m twelve LC duplex adapters to two 1 10 Accessories
male 12-fiber pre-terminated MTP*connectors.
FCXO-24-10BY Optimized OM3 10Gig QuickNet twelve LC duplex adapters to 1 10
two male MTP* connectors. Modified Method A pair flipped Q.
FCX-12-3Y wiring scheme. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes (continued)
C.
Fiber Std. Std.
Optic
Systems Pkg. Ctn.
D. FCXO-12-3Y Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m six SC duplex adapters to one 1 10
Power male 12-fiber pre-terminated MTP* connector.
over 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) Multimode MTP* Cassettes
Ethernet
FCZ-12-10Y OM4 10Gig QuickNet six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP* 1 10
connector. Method A.
E. FC6-12-10Y FCZ-12-10BY OM4 10Gig QuickNet six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP* 1 10
Zone connector. Modified Method A pair flipped wiring scheme.
Cabling FCZ-24-10Y OM4 10Gig QuickNet twelve LC duplex adapters to two male 1 10
MTP* connectors. Method A.
FCZ-24-10BY OM4 10Gig QuickNet twelve LC duplex adapters to two male 1 10
F. MTP* connectors. Modified Method A pair flipped wiring scheme.
Wireless FCZ-12-3Y OM4 10Gig QuickNet six SC duplex adapters to one male MTP* 1 10
connector. Method A.
FC6-24-10Y
10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Multimode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes
FCX-12-10Y OM3 10Gig 50/125m six LC duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber 1 10
G.
Outlets
pre-terminated MTP*connector.
FCX-12-10BY OM3 10Gig QuickNet six LC duplex adapters to two male MTP* 1 10
connectors. Modified Method A, pair flipped wiring scheme.
FCX-24-10Y OM3 10Gig 50/125m twelve LC duplex adapters to two male 12- 1 10
H. fiber pre-terminated MTP* connectors.
Media
FCX-24-10BY OM3 10Gig QuickNet twelve LC duplex adapters to two male 1 10
Distribution
MTP* connectors. Modified Method A, pair flipped wiring scheme.
FCX-12-3SY OM3 10Gig 50/125m six SC simplex adapters to one male 12- 1 10
I. fiber pre-terminated MTP* connector.
Physical FCX-12-3Y OM3 10Gig 50/125m six SC duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber 1 10
Infrastructure pre-terminated MTP* connector.
Management
50/125m (OM2) Multimode MTP* Cassettes
J. FC5-12-10Y OM2 50/125m six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 12-fiber 1 10
Overhead & pre-terminated MTP* cassette provides low insertion loss of 1.0dB
Underfloor max. per fiber.
Routing FC5-24-10Y OM2 50/125m twelve LC duplex adapters to two male 12-fiber pre- 1 10
terminated MTP*connectors.
FC5-12-3SY OM2 50/125m twelve SC simplex adapters to one male 12-fiber 1 10
K.
pre-terminated MTP* connector.
Surface
Raceway FC5-12-3Y OM2 50/125m six SC simplex adapters to one male 12-fiber pre- 1 10
terminated MTP* connector.
L. 62.5/125m (OM1) Multimode MTP* Cassettes
Cabinets, FC6-12-10Y OM1 62.5/125m six LC duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber pre- 1 10
Racks & terminated MTP* connector.
Cable
Management FC6-24-10Y OM1 62.5/125m twelve LC duplex adapters to two male 12-fiber 1 10
pre-terminated MTP*connectors.
FC6-12-3SY OM1 62.5/125m six SC simplex adapters to one male 12-fiber pre- 1 10
M. terminated MTP* connector.
Grounding &
Bonding FC6-12-3Y OM1 62.5/125m six SC duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber pre- 1 10
terminated MTP* connector.
FC6-6-3 OM1 62.5/125m three SC duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber 1 10
N.
Industrial 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Singlemode MTP* Cassettes
FC9-12-10Y OS1/OS2 Singlemode six LC duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber 1 10
FC9-24-10Y OS1/OS2 Singlemode twelve LC duplex adapters to two male 12- 1 10
O. fiber pre-terminated MTP*connectors.
Labeling &
Identification FC9-12-3SY OS1/OS2 Singlemode six SC simplex adapters to one male 12-fiber 1 10
FC9-12-3Y OS1/OS2 Singlemode six SC duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber 1 10
P. pre-terminated MTP* connector.
Cable FC9-6-3 OS1/OS2 Singlemode three SC duplex adapters to one male 12- 1 10
Management
Accessories
fiber pre-terminated MTP* connector.
For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.107.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed LC QuickNet MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes
C.
Include color-specific keys with positive and negative Connect together with high-density female MTP* cable Fiber
keying features to visually and mechanically distinguish assemblies as interconnecting network segments for Optic
Systems
connections to prevent unauthorized mating with unlike deploying a remote or data center location in minutes
keyed or non-keyed connectors and patch cords Significantly reduce installation time and labor by D.
Part of a complete keyed LC system that includes eliminating field connector terminations Power
Opti-Core Patch Cords and Pigtails, OptiCam Factory terminated, assembled, and 100% tested over
Pre-Polished Cam Connectors, Opticom Fiber Adapter Ethernet
Panels (FAPs), and Mini-Com Adapter Modules Insertion loss data provided on every fiber cassette
Compatible with Opticom QuickNet Rack Mount Fiber Return loss data provided on all singlemode
E.
Cassette Enclosures on page C.54, Opticom Zero RU fiber cassettes Zone
Cable Management Solutions on page C.57, and Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on Cabling
Opticom Wall Mount Enclosures on page C.60, for up to each fiber cassette
96 fiber connections in 1RU 10Gig OM3 50/125m Fiber Cassettes are tested per
Low insertion loss of 0.5dB max. per optimized cassette IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE to support network transmission F.
and 1.0dB max. per standard cassette; ensures system speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 300 meters Wireless
meets IEEE 802.3ae max. channel loss specification at 850nm; backward compatible with all 50/125m (OM2)
of <2.6dB MPO or MTP* system requirements
Return loss: >26dB (10Gig multimode), >20dB G.
(multimode), >55dB (singlemode) Outlets
Key Type Std. Std.
and Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. H.
Keyed LC Optimized 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Multimode MTP* Cassettes Media
Distribution
FCXO-12-10ABL Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC (keyed A Keyed A 1 10
black) duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber optimized Black
pre-terminated MTP* connector. I.
Physical
FCXO-24-10ABL FCXO-12-10BRD Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC (keyed B Keyed B 1 10 Infrastructure
red) duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber optimized Red Management
J.
FCXO-12-10CGR Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC (keyed C Keyed C 1 10 Overhead &
Underfloor
green) duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber optimized Green
Routing
FCXO-12-10DYL Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC (keyed D Keyed D 1 10 K.

yellow) duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber optimized Yellow Surface
FCXO-24-10BRD pre-terminated MTP* connector. Raceway
FCXO-12-10EOR Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC (keyed E Keyed E 1 10 L.

orange) duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber Orange Cabinets,
optimized pre-terminated MTP* connector. Racks &
Cable
Management
FCXO-12-10FDB Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC (keyed F Keyed F 1 10
dark blue) duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber Dark Blue
optimized pre-terminated MTP* connector. M.
Grounding &
Bonding
FCXO-24-10ABL Optimzed OM3 10Gig 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed Keyed A 1 10
A black) duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber Black
optimized pre-terminated MTP* connectors.
N.
FCXO-24-10BRD Optimzed OM3 10Gig 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed Keyed B 1 10 Industrial
B red) duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber Red
O.
FCXO-24-10CGR Optimzed OM3 10Gig 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed Keyed C 1 10 Labeling &
C green) duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber Green Identification
FCXO-24-10DYL Optimzed OM3 10Gig 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed Keyed D 1 10 P.

D yellow) duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber Yellow Cable
Management
optimized pre-terminated MTP* connectors. Accessories

Q.
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed LC QuickNet MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic Key Type Std. Std.
Systems and Pkg. Ctn.
D. FCXO-24-10EOR Optimzed OM3 10Gig 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed Keyed E 1 10
Power E orange) duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber Orange
over optimized pre-terminated MTP* connectors.
Ethernet
FCXO-24-10FDB Optimzed OM3 10Gig 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed Keyed F 1 10
F dark blue) duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber Dark Blue
E.
Zone
Cabling
Keyed LC 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Multimode MTP* Cassettes
FCX-24-10CGR FCX-12-10ABL OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC (keyed A black) Keyed A 1 10
F. duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Black
Wireless MTP* connector.
FCX-12-10BRD OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC (keyed B red) Keyed B 1 10

duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Red
G. MTP* connector.
Outlets
FCX-12-10CGR OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC (keyed C green) Keyed C 1 10
duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Green
H. MTP* connector.
Media
Distribution FCX-12-10DYL OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC (keyed D yellow) Keyed D 1 10
duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Yellow
MTP* connector.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure FCX-12-10EOR OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC (keyed E orange) Keyed E 1 10
Management duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Orange
MTP* connector.
J.
Overhead & FCX-12-10FDB OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC (keyed F dark blue) Keyed F 1 10
Underfloor duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Dark Blue
Routing MTP* connector.
K. FCX-24-10ABL OM3 10Gig 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed A black) Keyed A 1 10

Surface duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Black
Raceway MTP* connectors.
L. FCX-24-10BRD OM3 10Gig 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed B red) Keyed B 1 10

Cabinets, duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Red
Racks & MTP* connectors.
Cable
Management
FCX-24-10CGR OM3 10Gig 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed C green) Keyed C 1 10
duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Green
M. MTP* connectors.
Grounding &
Bonding
FCX-24-10DYL OM3 10Gig 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed D yellow) Keyed D 1 10
duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Yellow
MTP* connectors.
N.
Industrial FCX-24-10EOR OM3 10Gig 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed E orange) Keyed E 1 10
duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Orange
MTP* connectors.
O.
Labeling & FCX-24-10FDB OM3 10Gig 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed F Keyed F 1 10
Identification dark blue) duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber Dark Blue
pre-terminated MTP* connectors.
P.
Cable For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.107.
Management *MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Key Type Std. Std. Optic
and Pkg. Ctn. Systems
Keyed LC 50/125m (OM2) Multimode MTP* Cassettes D.
Power
FC5-12-10ABL OM2 50/125m Six LC (keyed A black) duplex Keyed A 1 10 over
adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Black Ethernet
MTP* connector.
E.
FC5-12-10BRD OM2 50/125m Six LC (keyed B red) duplex Keyed B 1 10
Zone
adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Red Cabling
MTP* connector.
FC5-24-10DYL
FC5-12-10CGR OM2 50/125m Six LC (keyed C green) duplex Keyed C 1 10
adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Green F.
MTP* connector. Wireless
FC5-12-10DYL OM2 50/125m Six LC (keyed D yellow) duplex Keyed D 1 10

adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Yellow
G.
MTP* connector. Outlets
FC5-12-10EOR OM2 50/125m Six LC (keyed E orange) duplex Keyed E 1 10

adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Orange
MTP* connector. H.
Media
Distribution
FC5-12-10FDB OM2 50/125m Six LC (keyed F dark blue) duplex Keyed F 1 10
adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Dark Blue
MTP* connector. I.
Physical
FC5-24-10ABL OM2 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed A black) duplex Keyed A 1 10 Infrastructure
Management
adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Black
MTP* connectors.
J.
Overhead &
FC5-24-10BRD OM2 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed B red) duplex Keyed B 1 10 Underfloor
adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Red Routing
MTP* connectors.
FC5-24-10CGR OM2 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed C green) duplex Keyed C 1 10 K.

adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Green Surface
Raceway
MTP* connectors.
L.
FC5-24-10DYL OM2 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed D yellow) duplex Keyed D 1 10
Cabinets,
adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Yellow Racks &
MTP* connectors. Cable
Management
FC5-24-10EOR OM2 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed E orange) duplex Keyed E 1 10
adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Orange M.
MTP* connectors. Grounding &
Bonding
FC5-24-10FDB OM2 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed F dark blue) Keyed F 1 10
duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Dark Blue
MTP* connectors. N.
Industrial
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with O.
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com. Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic Key Type Std. Std.
Systems and Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power
Keyed LC 62.5/125m (OM1) Multimode MTP* Cassettes
over FC6-12-10ABL OM1 62.5/125m Six LC (keyed A black) duplex Keyed A 1 10
Ethernet adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Black
MTP* connector.
E.
Zone FC6-12-10BRD OM1 62.5/125m Six LC (keyed B red) duplex Keyed B 1 10
Cabling adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Red
MTP* connector.
FC6-24-10EOR
FC6-12-10CGR OM1 62.5/125m Six LC (keyed C green) duplex Keyed C 1 10
F. adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Green
Wireless
MTP* connector.
FC6-12-10DYL OM1 62.5/125m Six LC (keyed D yellow) duplex Keyed D 1 10

G. adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Yellow
Outlets MTP* connector.
FC6-12-10EOR OM1 62.5/125m Six LC (keyed E orange) duplex Keyed E 1 10

H. MTP* connector.
Media
Distribution
FC6-12-10FDB OM1 62.5/125m Six LC (keyed F dark blue) duplex Keyed F 1 10
adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Dark Blue
I. MTP* connector.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management FC6-24-10ABL OM1 62.5/125m Twelve LC (keyed A black) duplex Keyed A 1 10
adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Black
MTP* connectors.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor FC6-24-10BRD OM1 62.5/125m Twelve LC (keyed B red) duplex Keyed B 1 10
Routing adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Red
MTP* connectors.
K.
FC6-24-10CGR OM1 62.5/125m Twelve LC (keyed C green) duplex Keyed C 1 10
Surface
Raceway adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Green
MTP* connectors.
L.
Cabinets, FC6-24-10DYL OM1 62.5/125m Twelve LC (keyed D yellow) duplex Keyed D 1 10
Racks & adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Yellow
Cable MTP* connectors.
Management
FC6-24-10EOR OM1 62.5/125m Twelve LC (keyed E orange) duplex Keyed E 1 10
M. adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Orange
Grounding & MTP* connectors.
Bonding
FC6-24-10FDB OM1 62.5/125m Twelve LC (keyed F dark blue) Keyed F 1 10
N. MTP* connectors.
Industrial
O. The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with
Labeling & color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com.
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Key Type Std. Std. Optic
and Pkg. Ctn. Systems
D.
Keyed LC 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Singlemode Pre-Terminated MTP* Cassettes Power
FC9-12-10ABL OS1/OS2 9/125m Six LC (keyed A black) duplex Keyed A 1 10 over
adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Black Ethernet
MTP* connector.
E.
FC9-12-10BRD OS1/OS2 9/125m Six LC (keyed B red) duplex Keyed B 1 10 Zone
adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Red Cabling
MTP* connector.
FC9-24-10FDB
FC9-12-10CGR OS1/OS2 9/125m Six LC (keyed C green) duplex Keyed C 1 10
adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Green F.
Wireless
MTP* connector.
FC9-12-10DYL OS1/OS2 9/125m Six LC (keyed D yellow) duplex Keyed D 1 10

adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Yellow G.
MTP* connector. Outlets
FC9-12-10EOR OS1/OS2 9/125m Six LC (keyed E orange) duplex Keyed E 1 10

MTP* connector. H.
Media
Distribution
FC9-12-10FDB OS1/OS2 9/125m Six LC (keyed F dark blue) Keyed F 1 10
duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Dark Blue
MTP* connector. I.
Physical
Infrastructure
FC9-24-10ABL OS1/OS2 9/125m Twelve LC (keyed A black) Keyed A 1 10 Management
duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Black
MTP* connectors.
J.
Overhead &
FC9-24-10BRD OS1/OS2 9/125m Twelve LC (keyed B red) Keyed B 1 10 Underfloor
duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Red Routing
MTP* connectors.
K.
FC9-24-10CGR OS1/OS2 9/125m Twelve LC (keyed C green) Keyed C 1 10
Surface
duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Green Raceway
MTP* connectors.
L.
FC9-24-10DYL OS1/OS2 9/125m Twelve LC (keyed D yellow) Keyed D 1 10 Cabinets,
duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Yellow Racks &
MTP* connectors. Cable
Management
FC9-24-10EOR OS1/OS2 9/125m Twelve LC (keyed E orange) Keyed E 1 10
duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Orange M.
MTP* connectors. Grounding &
Bonding
FC9-24-10FDB OS1/OS2 9/125m Twelve LC (keyed F dark blue) Keyed F 1 10
MTP* connectors. N.
Industrial
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with O.
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com. Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom QuickNet Rack Mount Fiber Cassette Enclosures
C.
Fiber Mount to standard EIA 19" rack rails Integral bend radius control and cable management for
Optic fiber optic patch cords
Systems Hold QuickNet Fiber Optic Cassettes on pages
C.44 C.53, QuickNet or Opticom Fiber Adapter Innovative rear cable management for proper
Panels on pages C.38 C.43, and Opticom Fiber Optic slacking/spooling of trunk cable break-outs and
D.
Power Splice Modules on page C.62 interconnect cables
over Suitable for all pre-terminated, field terminated, or Multiple trunk cable entry locations
Ethernet field-splice applications Include fiber optic cable routing kit (grommets, cable ties,
Up to four cassettes or FAPs per rack unit for maximum spools, strain relief bracket, and ID/caution labels) for
E. patch field density various cable management solutions
Zone
Cabling
Slide-out, tilt-down drawer provides full front access to all
fibers and cables
F. No. of Std.
Wireless Rack Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
FCE1U Holds up to four QuickNet Cassettes, FAP adapter panels, or FOSM 1 1
splice modules.
G.
Dimensions: 1.73"H x 17.60"W x 16.30"D
Outlets
(43.9mm x 447.0mm x 414.0mm)
FCE1UA Open access version of FCE1U enclosure. Holds up to four 1 1
FCE1U QuickNet Cassettes, FAP adapter panels, or FOSM splice modules.
H. Dimensions: 1.73"H x 17.60"W x 16.30"D
Media
(43.9mm x 447.0mm x 414.0mm)
Distribution
FCE2U Holds up to eight QuickNet Cassettes, FAP adapter panels, or 2 1
FOSM splice modules.
I. Dimensions: 3.48"H x 17.60"W x 16.30"D
Physical (88.4mm x 447.0mm x 414.0mm)
Infrastructure
Management FCE4U Holds up to twelve QuickNet Cassettes, FAP adapter panels, or 4 1
FOSM splice modules.
J. Dimensions: 6.98"H x 17.60"W x 16.30"D
Overhead & FCE2U (177.0mm x 447.0mm x 414.0mm)
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable FCE4U
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures
C.
Mount to standard 19" or 23" EIA rack or cabinet Integral bend radius control and cable management for Fiber
fiber patch cords Optic
Hold QuickNet or Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels Systems
(FAPs) on pages C.38 C.43, and Opticom Fiber Multiple trunk cable entry locations
Optic Splice Modules on page C.62 Include fiber optic cable routing kit (grommets, cable ties, D.
Front and rear access on all models via durable saddle clips, strain relief bracket, and ID/caution labels) Power
molded-hinge doors for various cable management solutions over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
No. of Std. Cabling
Rack Pkg.
FRME1U Holds up to three FAP or FMP adapter panels or FOSM splice 1 1 F.
modules. Bidirectional sliding drawers provides front and rear access Wireless
to fibers.
(44.0mm x 432.0mm x 361.0mm)
FRME1U
FRME2U Holds up to six FAP or FMP adapter panels or FOSM splice 2 1 G.
modules. Bidirectional sliding drawers provides front and rear access Outlets
to fibers.
(88.0mm x 432.0mm x 361.0mm)
H.
FRME3 Holds up to nine FAP or FMP adapter panels. Fixed bulkhead design. 3 1 Media
Dimensions: 5.00"H x 17.16"W x 11.80"D Distribution
(127.0mm x 433.3mm x 292.1mm)
FRME2U FRME4 Holds up to twelve FAP or FMP adapter panels. Fixed 4 1 I.

bulkhead design. Physical
Dimensions: 6.62"H x 17.16"W x 11.80"D Infrastructure
(168.1mm x 433.3mm x 292.1mm) Management
Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). J.

Optional locks available for rack mount enclosures. Overhead &
All product color is black. Underfloor
Routing
FRME3
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
FRME4
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom Rack Mount Fiber Trays
C.
Fiber Mount to standard EIA 19" rack rails Multiple trunk cable entry locations provided on rear and
Optic sides of enclosure
Systems Standard front or angled front options
Use with Opticom Fiber Adapter Patch Panels (below) to Include fiber optic cable routing kit (grommets, cable ties,
protect fibers and terminations spools, strain relief bracket and ID/caution labels) for
D.
Power various cable management solutions
Can be used as a back box for select Mini-Com
over Patch Panels For fiber optic splicing solutions see page C.67
Ethernet
Removable top cover provides access to connections,
fibers, and slack storage in rear of tray
E.
Zone
Cabling No. of Std.
Rack Pkg.
F. Standard Fiber Mount Trays
Wireless FMT1 FMT1 Mount with CFAPPBL1 fiber adapter patch panel to hold up to 1 1
four QuickNet Cassettes, FAP, and FMP adapter panels.
Dimensions: 1.75"H x 17.16"W X 11.16"D
(44.4mm x 433.3mm x 283.5mm)
G.
Outlets FMT2 Mount with CFAPPBL2 fiber adapter patch panel to hold up to 2 1
eight QuickNet Cassettes, FAP, or FMP adapter panels.
(88.3mm x 433.3mm x 283.5mm)
H. FMT2
Media Angled Fiber Mount Trays
Distribution FMT1A Mount with CFAPPBL1A angled fiber adapter patch panel to 1 1
hold up to four FAP or FMP adapter panels.
I. Dimensions: 1.75"H x 17.16"W X 11.16"D
Infrastructure FMT1A FMT2A Mount with CFAPPBL2A angled fiber adapter patch panel to 2 1
Management hold up to eight FAP or FMP adapter panels.
J. (88.3mm x 433.3mm x 283.5mm)
Overhead &
Underfloor Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Routing All product color is black.
K. FMT2A
Surface
Raceway
Opticom Fiber Adapter Patch Panels
L.
Cabinets, Mount to standard EIA 19" rack rails Angled version holds Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels
Racks & Standard version holds both QuickNet Fiber Optic and matches Mini-Com Angled Patch Panel profile
Cable Cassettes and Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels Use with Opticom Rack Mount Fiber Trays (above) to
Management
protect fibers and terminations
M.
Grounding & No. of Std.
Bonding Rack Pkg.
CFAPPBL1
Standard Fiber Adapter Patch Panels
N. CFAPPBL1 Flat fiber patch panel. Holds up to four FAP or FMP 1 1
Industrial adapter panels.
CFAPPBL2 Flat fiber patch panel. Holds up to eight FAP or FMP 2 1
CFAPPBL2 adapter panels.
O.
Labeling & Angled Fiber Adapter Patch Panels
Identification CFAPPBL1A Angled fiber patch panel. Holds up to four FAP or FMP 1 1
adapter panels.
P. CFAPPBL1A CFAPPBL2A Angled fiber patch panel. Holds up to eight FAP or FMP 2 1
Cable adapter panels.
Management
Accessories Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
All product color is black.
Q. CFAPPBL2
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom Zero RU Cable Management Solutions
C.
Fiber
Mount directly to rack or enclosure to provide location, Can be used with QuickNet MPO/MTP* Fiber Adapter Optic
connection, and quick deployment of QuickNet or Panels on page C.31 and QuickNet Hydra Cable Systems
Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels (pages C.39 C.43) or Assemblies on page C.91 to facilitate connection to the
QuickNet MTP* Cassettes (pages C.47 C.53) without active equipment D.
using additional rack space Angled bracket includes adhesive foam tape and magnetic Power
strip for mounting to rack over
Ethernet
Standard straight bracket screws directly to rack
or enclosure
E.
Zone
Std. Std. Cabling
Pkg. Ctn.
FEABRUA Zero RU adhesive or magnetic mount 90 angle fiber enclosure 1 10 F.
adapter panel bracket. Wireless
FEABRU Zero RU screw mount fiber enclosure adapter panel bracket. 1 10
FQCBRUA QuickNet Zero RU Bracket accepts up to two fiber QuickNet 1 G.

FEABRUA
SFQ cassettes or up to two QuickNet pre-terminated copper Outlets
cassettes without occupying RU space. Mounts to any EIA-310-D
compliant rack rail.
FQCRCM QuickNet Cassette Rear Cable Manager manages up to one 1 10
meter of slack for each of 16 MTP* Interconnect Cables in support H.
Media
of QuickNet SFQ Cassettes, QuickNet HDQ Cassettes, or Distribution
QuickNet MTP Cassettes. Intended for Panduit 2-Post Racks
ONLY. Not intended for 4-post racks, server cabinets or
network cabinets. I.
QuickNet Fiber Patch Field Protection Cover Physical
FEABRU Infrastructure
FPFPC1 1RU Fiber Patch Field Protection Cover protects front patch field, 1 10 Management
minimizing potential for connector damage and fiber attenuation.
Includes a labeling card for identification of ports and D-rings to
provide physical support to fiber and control bend radius. Not J.
Overhead &
compatible with Opticom Angled and QuickNet Underfloor
Angled Patch Panels Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
FQCBRUA
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
FQCRCM
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
FPFPC1
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Patch Panels and Accessories
C. Accept QuickNet Copper Cable Assemblies and Optional patch panel adapter (QPPABL) accepts all
Fiber QuickNet SFQ Series MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and
Optic
Systems which snap in and out with one hand audio/visual applications
High-density patch panels conserve valuable rack space Optional patch panel blank (QPPBBL) promotes proper
D. Angled patch panels facilitate proper bend radius control airflow and cooling
Power and minimize the need for horizontal cable managers Label/label cover kit (QPPLC24) provides port and panel
over
Ethernet All metal patch panels accept shielded cassettes, no identification for 24-port patch panels
additional grounding kit required Optional retrofit grounding kit (QNSMRRT) required to
Pre-printed numbers above each port for ground shielded cassettes to QuickNet Modular
E. Patch Panels
Zone easy identification
Cabling Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or 23" racks with QuickNet All Metal Modular Patch Panels accept
optional extender brackets shielded cassettes, with no additional grounding
kit required
Zero RU brackets accept fiber adapter panels or
F. pre-terminated cassettes by mounting directly to rack
Wireless or enclosure without utilizing additional rack space
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
G. Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
Outlets
QuickNet Angled Patch Panels
QAPP24BL 24-port angled patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
QAPP24BL
Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
H.
Media QASP24BL 24-port, all metal angled patch panel which accepts 1 1 10
Distribution QuickNet Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassettes and
Patch Panel Adapters.
QASP24BL
I.
QAPP48HDBL 48-port angled patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
Physical Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
Infrastructure QAPP48HDVNSBL 48-port angled patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
Management Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
QAPP48HDBL Numbering sequence is top to bottom across
J. patch panel.
Overhead &
Underfloor QASP48HDBL 48-port, all metal angled patch panel which accepts 1 1 10
Routing QuickNet Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassettes and
QASP48HDBL Patch Panel Adapters.
K.
QuickNet Flat Patch Panels
Surface QPP24BL 24-port patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
Raceway QPP24BL Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
QSP24BL 24-port, all metal patch panel which accepts 1 1 10
L. QuickNet Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassettes and
Cabinets, QSP24BL Patch Panel Adapters.
Racks &
Cable QPP48HDBL 48-port patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
Management Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
QPP48HDBL QPP48HDVNSBL 48-port patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
M. Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
Grounding & Numbering sequence is top to bottom across
Bonding patch panel.
Patch Panel Adapter
QPPABL QuickNet Patch Panel Adapter which accepts 1 10
N. Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and
Industrial QPPABL
audio/visual applications.
QSP48HDBL 48-port, all metal patch panel which accepts 1 1 10
QuickNet Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassettes
O. and Patch Panel Adapters.
Labeling &
Identification Patch Panel Blank
QSP48HDBL QPPBBL QuickNet Patch Panel Blank reserves space for 1 10
future use and promotes proper airflow and cooling.
P.
Cable Patch Panel Label Kit
Management
Accessories QPPLC24 Label/label cover kit for 24-port QuickNet Patch 1 10
Panels. Each kit contains four labels and four clear
label covers per bag.
QPPBBL
Q. *MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd. Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). M6 and #12-24 mounting
Index screws included. QuickNet Pre-Terminated Cable Assemblies available on pages B.4 B.5. QuickNet SFQ
Series MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes available on page C.51.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Modular Faceplate Patch Panels
C.
Angled patch panels facilitate proper bend radius control Label versions available for easy port identification; Fiber
and minimize the need for horizontal cable managers replacement label/label covers available Optic
Systems
Accept Mini-Com Modules for fiber optic, UTP, and Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or 23" racks with
audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, adds, optional extender brackets on page L.40
D.
and changes Power
over
No. of Std. Std. Ethernet
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
E.
CPPLA24WBLY Mini-Com Angled Modular Patch Panels with Labels Zone
Cabling
CPPLA24WBLY 24-port angled patch panel with labels, supplied with 1 1 10
six factory installed CFFPL4 type front removable
snap-in faceplates.
CPPLA48WBLY 48-port angled patch panel with labels, supplied with 2 1 10 F.
CPPLA48WBLY twelve factory installed CFFPL4 type front removable Wireless
snap-in faceplates.
Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels with Labels
CPPL24WBLY CPPL24WBLY 24-port patch panel with labels, supplied with six 1 1 10 G.
factory installed CFFPL4 type front removable Outlets
snap-in faceplates.
CPPL48WBLY 48-port patch panel with labels, supplied with twelve 2 1 10
factory installed CFFPL4 type front removable
H.
snap-in faceplates.
CPPL48WBLY Media

Replacement Labels for Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels Distribution
C4PPLK Replacement label/label cover kit for Mini-Com 1 10
Modular Patch Panels with Labels (CPPL24WBLY, I.
CPPL48WBLY, CPPL24WRBLY, CPPL48WRBLY) and Physical
Mini-Com Modular Furniture Faceplates with Labels Infrastructure
(CFFPL4, CFPHSL4, CFFPEBSL4). Each kit contains Management
six labels and six clear label covers per bag.
C4PPLK ^ One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). J.
M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included. Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
Component Labels for Mini-Com Modular Faceplate Patch Panels L.

Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Patch Panel Part Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
N.
Industrial
All Patch Panels
on this Page
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18. O.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label. Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom Wall Mount Enclosures
C.
Fiber Holds Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels (FAPs) Separate doors for service side and user side with
Optic optional keyed locks for added security
Systems Rugged all metal construction for fiber protection and
secure mounting Include fiber optic cable routing kit (grommets, cable ties,
Compact design allows installation in tight areas spools, strain relief bracket and ID/caution labels) for
D.
Power various cable management solutions
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone Std.
Cabling Pkg.
Fiber Wall Mount Enclosures
F.
Wireless FWME2 Holds up to two QuickNet Cassettes, FAP, or FMP panels. 1
Dimensions: 12.00"W x 10.18"H x 2.32"D
(304.8mm x 258.6mm x 59.1mm)
FWME4 Holds up to four QuickNet Cassettes, FAP, or FMP panels. 1
G. Dimensions: 16.11"W x 12.25"H x 3.52"D
Outlets FWME2 (409.2mm x 311.0mm x 89.4mm)
FWME8 Holds up to eight QuickNet Cassettes, FAP, or FMP panels. 1
Dimensions: 16.11"W x 16.11"H x 5.00"D
H. (409.2mm x 409.2mm x 127.0mm)
Media
Distribution Fiber Accessories
FELS Fiber enclosure lock for service side. 1
I. FELU Fiber enclosure lock for user side. 1
Physical
Infrastructure FWME4
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway FWME8
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom Fiber Slack Management Accessories
C.
Slack management and cable routing accessories Maintain minimum bend radius and ensure proper Fiber
for use in Opticom Rack Mount and Wall Mount cable management Optic
Fiber Enclosures Systems
Smooth rounded edges on all surfaces eliminate potential
for snagging and stress on fiber optic cables
D.
Power
over
Std. Std. Ethernet
Pkg. Ctn.
Fiber Slack Management Spools E.
Zone
FMS1
Spools and manages fiber slack in Opticom 1RU Rack Mount Fiber 1 10 Cabling
Enclosures. Features fiber retention tabs and fingers. Comes with
two spools and adhesive mounts.
Dimensions: 1.00"H x 4.00" dia.
(25.4mm x 100.0mm) F.
FMS1
Wireless
FMS2
Spools and manages fiber slack in Opticom 2RU or 4RU Rack 1 10
Mount Fiber Enclosures. Features fiber retention tabs and fingers.
Comes with two spools and adhesive mounts.
Dimensions: 1.60"H x 4.00"dia. G.
(40.6mm x 100.0mm) Outlets
FMSS Top-hat style fiber slack spool for Opticom Wall Mount Enclosures. 1 10
FMSS Single spool with adhesive mount.
Dimensions: 1.25"H x 2.50" dia. spool, 3.25" dia. flange
(31.8mm x 63.5mm spool, 82.6mm flange) H.
Media
Bend Radius Control Accessories Distribution
FEBRC Fiber enclosure bend radius control clip for use with Opticom 1RU 1
and 2RU Rack Mount Enclosures. Maintains proper bend radius I.
control of fiber patch cords from patch field to vertical fiber manager; Physical
FEBRC includes two bend radius control clips. Infrastructure
Dimensions: 1.50"H x .09"W x 3.10"D Management
(79.8mm x 21.8mm x 39.1mm)
FMFIN Fiber manager fin; individual fiber management fin with NyLatch 1 J.
fastener for attachment to FCE4U Opticom Fiber Cassette Overhead &
Underfloor
Enclosure front patch cord manager. Routing
Dimensions: 3.60"H x 1.00"dia.
FMFIN (92.1mm x 25.4mm)
PZBR3.5 Bend Radius Post Kit for use with FCE4U Opticom Fiber Cassette 1 10 K.
Surface
Enclosure; 3.5" (89mm) long. Maintains proper bend radius control of Raceway
fiber patch cords within patch field; includes two bend radius posts
and hardware.
L.
Accessories For Rack Mount Enclosures Cabinets,
VWS106-C Single saddle clip for fiber slack management and fiber patch cord 100 500 Racks &
VWS106 Cable
routing. Accepts up to 1.06" dia (26.9mm) cable bundle. Nylon 6.6 Management
material, natural color. Push mount into 0.18" (4mm) pre-drilled holes
in Opticom Fiber Enclosures.
M.
VWSDC-C Dual saddle clip for fiber slack management and fiber patch cord 100 500 Grounding &
routing. Accepts two cable bundles up to 1.06" dia (26.9mm) each. Bonding
Nylon 6.6 material, natural color. Push mount into 0.18" (4mm)
pre-drilled holes in Opticom Fiber Enclosures.
VWSDC
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom Splice Modules, Trays, and Holders
C.
Fiber
Optic Std. Std.
Systems Pkg. Ctn.
D. Fiber Optic Splice Modules
Power
over FOSMF Fiber optic splice module holds and protects up to 24 fusion splices. 1 10
Ethernet Self-stacking modules with integral cable management and fiber
slacking/spooling features. Black plastic base and clear plastic hinged
cover. For use with Panduit Opticom FCE*U, FRME*U, and FMT
E. series enclosures.
Zone Dimensions: 0.30"H x 14.03"W x 5.28"D
Cabling FOSMF (7.6mm x 356.4mm x 134.1mm)
FOSMM Fiber optic splice module holds and protects up to 12 mechanical 1 10
splices. Self-stacking modules with integral cable management and fiber
F. slacking/spooling features. Black plastic base and clear plastic hinged
Wireless cover. For use with Panduit Opticom FCE*U, FRME*U, and FMT
series enclosures.
(7.6mm x 356.4mm x 134.1mm)
G. FOSMH1U Fiber optic splice module holder, 1 RU. Holds up to four FOSM splice 1 10
Outlets FST24 modules. For use with FCE1U or FCE1UA fiber cassette enclosure.
Dimensions: 1.41"H x 0.72"W x 2.61"D (35.9mm x 18.3mm x 66.4mm)
FOSMH2U Fiber optic splice module handler, 2 RU. Holds up to eight FOSM splice 1 10
H. modules. For use with FCE2U fiber cassette enclosure.
Media Dimensions: 2.91"H x 0.72"W x 2.61"D (74.0mm x 18.3mm x 66.4mm)
Distribution FOSMH4U Fiber optic splice module holder, 4 RU. Holds up to twelve FOSM splice 1 0
modules. For use with FCE4U fiber cassette enclosure.
Dimensions: 5.50"H x10.42"W x 5.41"D
I.
FST6
Infrastructure Metal Splice Tray and Holder 24-Splice Increment
Management
FST24 Fiber splice tray kit for up to 24 mechanical or fusion splices or 144 1 10
ribbon fusion splices. Fits in Panduit FRME3 and FRME4 rack mount
J. enclosures. Stacks up to three high using FST24H3 stacking unit.
Overhead & Dimensions: 0.37"H x 4.38"W x 11.75"L
Underfloor (9.4mm x 111.3mm x 298.5mm)
Routing
FST24H3 Stacking holder for FST24 fiber splice tray with built in fiber spooling. 1 10
Holds and secures one to three splice trays with Panduit Tak-Ty
K. Cable Ties. Mounting hardware included. For use with FRME3 and
Surface FSTK FRME4 rack mount enclosures.
Raceway Dimensions: 2.07"H x 4.56"W x 11.61"L
(52.6mm x 115.8mm x 294.9mm)
L. Metal Splice Tray and Holder 12-Splice Increment
Cabinets,
Racks & FST6 Fiber splice tray kit for up to twelve mechanical or fusion splices. Fits in 1 10
Cable Panduit FMT, FWME4, and FWME8 series enclosures. Stack up to four
Management high using FSTHE stacking unit in rack mount enclosures or using
FST6H4 stacking unit in wall mount enclosures.
M. Dimensions: 0.40"H x 4.42"W x 7.90"L (10.2mm x 112.3mm x 200.7mm)
FSC24
Grounding & FSTHE Stacking holder for FST6 fiber splice tray. Holds and secures one to four 1 10
Bonding splice trays (FST6) with Panduit Tak-Ty Cable Ties. Mount with
included adhesive strips or mounting screws.
Dimensions: 1.75"H x 4.56"W x 8.06"L (44.5mm x 115.8mm x 204.7mm)
N. Metal Splice Tray and Holder 6-Splice Increment
Industrial FSTK Fiber splice tray kit for up to six mechanical or fusion splices. Stack up 1 10
to two high using FSTHS stacking holder. For use in FWME2 wall
mount enclosure.
O. Dimensions: 0.40"H x 3.40"W x 6.60"L (10.2mm x 86.4mm x 167.6mm)
Labeling & FSTHS Stacking holder for FSTK fiber splice tray with built-in fiber spooling. 1 10
Identification Holds and secures one/two splice tray(s) with Panduit Tak-Ty Cable
Ties. Mount with existing enclosure hardware. For use in FWME2 wall
mount enclosure.
P. Dimensions: 1.62"H x 3.50"W x 6.50"L (41.1mm x 88.9mm x 167.6mm)
Cable
Management Fiber Splice Chip
Accessories
FSC24 Accommodates and protects up to 24 fusion splices. Comes with label, 1 10
clear cover, and adhesive mount. For use with any Panduit
Opticom Enclosure.
Q. Dimensions: 0.50"H x 3.12"W x 2.47"D (12.7mm x 79.4mm x 62.7mm)
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core 50/125m (OM3/OM4) Patch Cords and Pigtails
Available in riser (OFNR) or plenum (OFNP) flame ratings; Backward compatible for use with all 50/125m C.
part numbers listed are for OFNR (FXE10-10M1Y) system requirements Fiber
Optic
For OFNP, place a P after the X in the part number Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss Systems
and drop the Y (FXPE10-10M1) Insertion loss data recorded for every multimode
Patch cords are tested to support network transmission patch cord D.
speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 300 Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number Power
meters with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae over
on each patch cord Ethernet
10 GbE standard
Highest quality flame retardant fiber optic cable
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements with tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber
LC and SC connector housing and boot colors follow Patch cords are tested to support network E.
Zone
TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths Cabling
Insertion loss per connection: 0.10dB typical; up to 550 meters with an 850nm source per IEEE
0.30dB maximum 802.3ae 10 GbE standard
Std. Std. F.
Length Pkg. Ctn. Wireless
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty.
LC to LC OM4 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
FZE10-10M1 LC to LC Patch Cord, Standard OM4, Riser, 0.25 dB IL Loss, Duplex, 1 1 10 G.
FZE10-10M* 1.6mm jacketed cable, 1m Outlets
LC to Pigtail OM4 Multimode Simplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber
FZB10-NM1 LC to Pigtail Patch Cord, Standard OM4, Riser, 0.25 dB IL Loss, 1 1 10
Simplex Pigtails, 900 Buffered Fiber, 1m H.
SC to SC OM4 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable Media
FZD3-3M1 SC to SC Patch Cord, Standard OM4, Riser, 0.25 dB IL Loss, Duplex, 1 1 10 Distribution
FXF10-10M*Y 3.0mm jacketed cable, 1m

SC to Pigtail OM4 Multimode Simplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber I.
FZB3-NM1 SC to Pigtail Patch Cord, Standard OM4, Riser, 0.25 dB IL Loss, 1 1 10 Physical
Infrastructure
Simplex Pigtails, 900 Buffered Fiber, 1m
Management
SC to LC OM4 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
FZE3-10M1 SC to LC Patch Cord, Standard OM4, Riser, 0.25 dB IL Loss, Duplex, 1 1 10 J.
FZB10-NM* 1.6mm jacketed cable, 1m Overhead &
LC to LC OM3 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable Underfloor
Routing
FXE10-10M1Y LC to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (two 1 1 10
duplex LC connectors on each end) 10Gig 50/125m.
LC to Pigtail OM3 Multimode Simplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber K.
Surface
FXB10-NM1Y LC to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 900m buffered fiber (one 1 1 10 Raceway
LC connector on one end and open on the other end) 10Gig
FZD3-3M* 50/125m. L.
SC to SC OM3 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable Cabinets,
FXD3-3M1Y SC to SC multimode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one 1 1 10 Racks &
Cable
duplex SC connector on each end) 10Gig 50/125m. Management
SC to Pigtail OM3 Multimode Simplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber
FXB3-NM1Y SC to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 900m buffered fiber (one 1 1 10 M.
FZB3-NM* SC connector on one end and open on the other end) 10Gig Grounding &
50/125m. Bonding
FJ Plug to FJ Plug OM3 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable
FXD6P-6PM1Y FJ Plug to FJ Plug multimode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed 1 1 10
cable (one FJ plug on each end) 10Gig 50/125m. N.
Industrial
FJ Jack Module to Pigtail OM3 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm

FXD6P-6PM*Y Jacketed Cable

FXD6J-NM1Y FJ Jack Module to pigtail multimode duplex pigtail, 3mm jacketed 1 1 10
cable (one FJ Jack Module on one end and open on the other O.
Labeling &
end) 10Gig 50/125m. Identification
FJ Jack Module to Pigtail OM3 Multimode Duplex Pigtails 900m
Buffered Fiber
P.
FXD6J-NM*Y FXB6J-NM1Y FJ Jack Module to pigtail multimode duplex pigtail, 900m buffered 1 1 10 Cable
fiber (one FJ Jack Module on one end and open on the other end) Management
10Gig 50/125m. Accessories
Âdditional lengths and availability: Patch cords are available in 1 10 meter lengths in 1 meter increments, and 15, 20, 25
and 30 meter lengths. Pigtails are available in 1, 2, and 3 meter lengths. To order lengths other than 1 meter, replace the 1
after the M (FXD3-3M1Y) with the desired length (FXD3-3M2Y for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items.
Q.
For other lengths, contact Customer Service for actual lead times.
Index
For optimized OM3 or OM4 patch cords, add an O after the X or Z in the part number. (ex: FZOE10-10M)
FXB6J-NM*Y Table continues on page C.64
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core 50/125m (OM3/OM4) Patch Cords and Pigtails (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic Std. Std.
Systems Length Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power SC to LC OM3 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
over FXE3-10M1Y SC to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one 1 1 10
Ethernet FZE3-10M* duplex SC connector on one end and one duplex LC connector on
the other end) 10Gig 50/125m.
E. FJ Plug to LC OM3 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
Zone FXE6P-10M1Y FJ Plug to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable 1 1 10
Cabling (one FJ Plug on one end and one duplex LC connector on the
other end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXE6P-10M*Y FJ Plug to SC OM3 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable
F. FXD6P-3M1Y FJ Plug to SC multimode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10
Wireless (one FJ Plug on one end and one duplex SC connector on the
other end) 10Gig 50/125m.
G. after the M (FXD3-3M1Y) with the desired length (FXD3-3M2Y for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items.
Outlets FXD6P-3M*Y For other lengths, contact Customer Service for actual lead times.
For optimized OM3 or OM4 patch cords, add an O after the X or Z in the part number. (ex: FZOE10-10M)
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Opti-Core 50/125m (OM3) Fiber Optic
Patch Cords and Pigtails
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Management
M. Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Grounding & S100X160YAJ S100X150VATY S100X160VAC T100X000CBC-BK
All FZE/FXE parts
Bonding and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y
All FZD/FXD parts S100X220YAJ S100X225VATY S100X220VAC T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y
N.
Industrial For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Multimode 62.5/125m (OM1) or 50/125m (OM2) Fiber Optic
Patch Cords and Pigtails C.
Fiber
Available in riser (OFNR) or plenum (OFNP) flame ratings; Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss Optic
part numbers listed are for OFNR (F6E10-10M1Y) Systems
Insertion loss data recorded for every multimode
For OFNP, place a P after the 6 (or 5) in the part number patch cord
D.
and drop the Y (F6PE10-10M1) Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each Power
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements patch cord over
Ethernet
LC and SC connector housing and boot colors follow Highest quality flame retardant fiber optic cable with
TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber
Insertion loss per connection: 0.10dB typical; To order standard 50/125m performance (orange cable) E.
Zone
0.30dB maximum patch cords, replace the 6 in the part number (F6D3-3M1) Cabling
with a 5 (F5D3-3M1)
Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn. F.
Wireless
LC to LC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F6E10-10M*Y F6E10-10M1Y LC to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable 1 1 10
(one duplex LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m. G.
Outlets
LC to LC OM1 Multimode Simplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F6F10-10M1Y LC to LC multimode simplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable 1 1 10
(one LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m.
H.
F6F10-10M*Y Media
LC to Pigtail OM1 Multimode Simplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber
Distribution
F6B10-NM1Y LC to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 900m buffered fiber 1 1 10
(one LC connector on one end and open on the other
end) 62.5/125m. I.
Physical
SC to SC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable Infrastructure
F6B10-NM*Y F6D3-3M1Y SC to SC multimode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10 Management
(one duplex SC connector on each end) 62.5/125m.
SC to SC OM1 Multimode Simplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable J.
Overhead &
F6S3-3M1Y SC to SC multimode simplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10 Underfloor
(one SC connector on each end) 62.5/125m. Routing
F6D3-3M*Y SC to Pigtail OM1 Multimode Simplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber

F6B3-NM1Y SC to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 900m buffered fiber 1 1 10 K.
(one SC connector on one end and open on the other Surface
end) 62.5/125m. Raceway
ST to ST OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable L.

F6D2-2M1Y ST to ST multimode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10 Cabinets,
F6S3-3M*Y (two ST connectors on each end) 62.5/125m. Racks &
Cable
ST to ST OM1 Multimode Simplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable Management
F6S2-2M1Y ST to ST multimode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10
(two ST connectors on each end) 62.5/125m. M.

Grounding &
F6B3-NM*Y
FJ Plug to FJ Plug OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable Bonding
F6D6P-6PM1Y FJ Plug to FJ Plug multimode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed 1 1 10
cable (one FJ Plug on each end) 62.5/125m.
FJ Jack Module to Pigtail OM1 Multimode Duplex Pigtails 3mm Jacketed Cable N.
F6D6J-NM1Y FJ Jack Module to pigtail multimode duplex patch cord, 3mm 1 1 10 Industrial
jacketed cable (one FJ Jack Module on one end and open on the
F6D2-2M*Y other end) 62.5/125m.
To order standard OM2 50/125m performance (orange cable) patch cords, replace the 6 in the part number (F6D3-3M1) O.
with a 5 (F5D3-3M1). Labeling &
Identification
after the M (F6D3-3M1Y) with the desired length (F6D3-3M2Y for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For
other lengths or male MT-RJs, contact Customer Service for actual lead times. P.
F6S2-2M*Y Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
F6D6P-6PM*Y F6D6J-NM*Y Table continues on page C.66
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Multimode 62.5/125m (OM1) or 50/125m (OM2) Fiber Optic
C.
Fiber Patch Cords and Pigtails (continued)
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power FJ Jack Module to Pigtail OM1 Multimode Duplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber
over F6B6J-NM1Y FJ Jack Module to pigtail multimode duplex pigtail, 900m buffered 1 1 10
Ethernet
F6B6J-NM*Y fiber (one FJ Jack Module on one end and open on the other
end) 62.5/125m.
E. MT-RJ to MT-RJ OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.8mm Jacketed Cable
Zone
Cabling F6Z12-12M1 Female MT-RJ to female MT-RJ multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.8mm jacketed cable (one female MT-RJ connector on each
end) 62.5/125m.
F6Z12-12M SC to LC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F.
Wireless F6E3-10M1Y SC to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable 1 1 10
(one duplex SC connector on one end and one duplex LC
connector on the other end) 62.5/125m.
ST to SC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable
G.
Outlets F6D2-3M1Y ST to SC multimode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10
F6E3-10M*Y (two ST connectors on one end and one duplex SC connector on
the other end) 62.5/125m.
H. FJ Plug to LC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable

Media F6E6P-10M1Y FJ Plug to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed 1 1 10
Distribution cable (one FJ Plug on one end and one duplex LC connector on
the other end) 62.5/125m.
I. F6D2-3M*Y FJ Plug to SC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable
Physical F6D6P-3M1Y FJ Plug to SC multimode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10
Infrastructure
Management (one FJ Plug on one end and one duplex SC connector on the
other end) 62.5/125m.
J. FJ Plug to ST OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable
Overhead & F6D6P-2M1Y FJ Plug to ST multimode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10
Underfloor F6E6P-10M*Y (one FJ Plug on one end and two ST connectors on the other
Routing end) 62.5/125m.
SC to MT-RJ OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.8mm Jacketed Cable
K.
Surface F6Z3-12M1 SC to female MT-RJ multimode duplex patch cord, 1.8mm jacketed 1 1 10
Raceway cable (one duplex SC connector on one end and one female MT-RJ
L. F6D6P-3M*Y ST to MT-RJ OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.8mm Jacketed Cable
Cabinets, F6Z2-12M1 ST to female MT-RJ multimode duplex patch cord, 1.8mm jacketed 1 1 10
Racks & cable (two ST connectors on one end and one female MT-RJ
Cable
Management connector on the other end) 62.5/125m.
FJ Plug to MT-RJ OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.8mm Jacketed Cable
M. F6Z6P-12M1 FJ Plug to female MT-RJ multimode duplex patch cord, 1.8mm 1 1 10
Grounding & jacketed cable (one FJ Plug on one end and one female MT-RJ
Bonding
F6D6P-2M*Y
To order standard OM2 50/125m performance (orange cable) patch cords, replace the 6 in the part number (F6D3-3M1)
with a 5 (F5D3-3M1).
N. Âdditional lengths and availability: Patch cords are available in 1 10 meter lengths in 1 meter increments, and 15, 20, 25
Industrial and 30 meter lengths. Pigtails are available in 1, 2, and 3 meter lengths. To order lengths other than 1 meter, replace the 1
after the M (F6D3-3M1Y) with the desired length (F6D3-3M2Y for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For
F6Z3-12M other lengths or male MT-RJs, contact Customer Service for actual lead times.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management F6Z2-12M F6Z6P-12M
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Opti-Core Multimode 62.5/125m
(OM1) or 50/125m (OM2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Ethernet
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label E.
All F6S, F6E, F5S and S100X160YAJ S100X150VATY S100X160VAC and T100X000CBC-BK Zone
F5E parts and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y Cabling
All F6D, F6Z, F5D and S100X220YAJ S100X225VATY S100X220VAC T100X000CBC-BK
F5Z parts and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18. F.
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92. Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Singlemode 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords
C.
Fiber and Pigtails
Optic Available in riser (OFNR) or plenum (OFNP) flame ratings; Typical insertion loss per connection: 0.25dB
Systems part numbers listed are for OFNR (F9E10-10M1Y) UPC polished (55dB minimum return loss)
For OFNP, place a P after the X in the part number and Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and
D.
Power drop the Y (F9PE10-10M1) return loss
over Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every
Ethernet
LC and SC connector housing and boot colors follow singlemode patch cord
TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
E. 100% factory inspected end face geometry in compliance patch cord
Zone
Cabling
with Telcordia GR-326-CORE, Issue 3 Highest quality flame retardant fiber optic cable with
tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber
Std. Std.
F. Length Pkg. Ctn.
Wireless Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty.
F9E10-10M*Y LC to LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable

F9E10-10M1Y LC to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed 1 1 10
G. cable (one duplex LC connector on each end) 9/125m.
Outlets LC to LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Simplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F9F10-10M1Y LC to LC singlemode simplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed 1 1 10
cable (one LC connector on each end) 9/125m.
H. F9F10-10M*Y
Media
LC to Pigtail OS1/OS2 Singlemode Simplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber
Distribution F9B10-NM1Y LC to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 900m buffered fiber 1 1 10
(one LC connector on one end and open on the other
end) 9/125m.
I.
Physical SC to SC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable
Infrastructure F9B10-NM*Y F9D3-3M1Y SC to SC singlemode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10
Management (two SC connectors on each end) 9/125m.
SC to SC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Simplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable
J.
Overhead & F9S3-3M1Y SC to SC singlemode simplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10
Underfloor (one SC connector on each end) 9/125m.
Routing SC to Pigtail OS1/OS2 Singlemode Simplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber
F9D3-3M*Y F9B3-NM1Y SC to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 900m buffered fiber 1 1 10
K. (one SC connector on one end and open on the other
Surface end) 9/125m.
Raceway
ST to ST OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable
F9D2-2M1Y ST to ST singlemode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10
L. (two ST connectors on each end) 9/125m.
Cabinets, F9S3-3M*Y
Racks & ST to ST OS1/OS2 Singlemode Simplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable
Cable F9S2-2M1Y ST to ST singlemode simplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10
Management
(one ST connector on each end) 9/125m.
M.
ST to Pigtail OS1/OS2 Singlemode Simplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber
Grounding & F9B3-NM*Y F9B2-NM1Y ST to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 900m buffered fiber 1 1 10
Bonding (one ST connector on one end and open on the other
end) 9/125m.
FJ Plug to FJ Plug OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable
N. F9D6P-6PM1Y FJ Plug to FJ Plug singlemode duplex patch cord, 3mm 1 1 10
Industrial jacketed cable (one FJ Plug on each end) 9/125m.
F9D2-2M*Y
FJ Jack Module to Pigtail OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Pigtails 3mm Jacketed Cable
F9D6J-NM1Y FJ Jack Module to pigtail singlemode duplex pigtail, 3mm 1 1 10
O. jacketed cable (one FJ Jack Module on one end and open on
Labeling & the other end) 9/125m.
Identification
Âdditional lengths and availability: Patch cords are available in 1 10 meter lengths in 1 meter increments, and 15, 20,
25 and 30 meter lengths. Pigtails are available in 1, 2, and 3 meter lengths. To order lengths other than 1 meter, replace
P. the 1 after the M (F9D3-3M1Y) with the desired length (F9D3-3M2Y for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock
Cable F9S2-2M*Y items. For other lengths, contact Customer Service for actual lead time.
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
F9B2-NM*Y F9D6P-6PM*Y F9D6J-NM*Y
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Singlemode 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords
and Pigtails (continued) C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty. D.
FJ Jack Module to Pigtail OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber Power
over
F9B6J-NM*Y F9B6J-NM1Y FJ Jack Module to pigtail singlemode duplex pigtail, 900m 1 1 10 Ethernet
buffered fiber (one FJ Jack Module on one end and open on
the other end) 9/125m.
E.
SC to LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable Zone
F9E3-10M1Y SC to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed 1 1 10 Cabling
cable (two SC connectors on one end and one duplex LC
connector on the other end) 9/125m.
F9E3-10M*Y SC to LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Simplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable F.
F9F3-10M1Y SC to LC singlemode simplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed 1 1 10 Wireless
cable (one SC connector on one end and one LC connector
on the other end) 9/125m.
ST to SC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable G.
F9D2-3M1Y ST to SC singlemode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10 Outlets
(two ST connectors on one end and two SC connectors on the
F9F3-10M*Y other end) 9/125m.
ST to SC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Simplex Patch Cord 3mm Jacketed Cable H.
F9S2-3M1Y ST to SC singlemode simplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10 Media
Distribution
(one ST connector on one end and one SC connector on the
other end) 9/125m.
FJ Plug to LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable I.
Physical
F9E6P-10M1Y FJ Plug to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed 1 1 10 Infrastructure
F9D2-3M*Y cable (one FJ Plug on one end and one duplex LC connector Management
on the other end) 9/125m.
FJ Plug to SC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable J.
F9D6P-3M1Y Overhead &
FJ Plug to SC singlemode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed 1 1 10
Underfloor
cable (one FJ Plug on one end and two SC connectors on Routing
the other end) 9/125m.
Âdditional lengths and availability: Patch cords are available in 1 10 meter lengths in 1 meter increments, and 15, 20,
25 and 30 meter lengths. Pigtails are available in 1, 2, and 3 meter lengths. To order lengths other than 1 meter, replace K.
F9S2-3M*Y the 1 after the M (F9D3-3M1Y) with the desired length (F9D3-3M2Y for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock Surface
items. For other lengths, contact Customer Service for actual lead time. Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Opti-Core Singlemode 9/125m Management
(OS1/OS2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label O.
S100X160YAJ and S100X150VATY and S100X160VAC and T100X000CBC-BK Labeling &
All F9F parts Identification
NWSLC-2Y NWSLC-2Y NWSLC-2Y and NWSLC-2Y
All F9S and S100X160YAJ and S100X150VATY and S100X160VAC and T100X000CBC-BK
F9E parts NWSLC-3Y NWSLC-3Y NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y P.
Cable
All F9D parts S100X220YAJ and S100X225VATY and S100X220VAC and T100X000CBC-BK Management
NWSLC-7Y NWSLC-7Y NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y Accessories
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core LC Patch Cords with mSFP Duplex Clip
C.
Fiber
Optic 5.25mm center line LC duplex clip enables mating to the Ease of installation
Systems
mSFP form factor transceiver Extends life of the LC connector latch and the longevity of
D. It extends the reach of Panduits LC connector line to a the connector
Power new, high-density application New strain relief boot with reduced outside diameter
over Rear pivot LC latch prevents connector bundles from fish enables mating to the mSFP form factor transceiver
Ethernet hooking other connectors This product is used exclusively on Brocade* FC8-64 for
Decreases amount of deflection required to mate the DCX switch frame
E. and unmate
Zone
Cabling
Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m) Qty. Qty.
F.
Wireless mSFP to LC OM4 Multimode Patch Cords Riser Rated (OFNR)
FZNLCMLE2RM001 mSFP to LC, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 1 1 10
cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
factor transceiver.
G. FZNLCMLE2RM002 mSFP to LC, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 2 1 10
Outlets cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
factor transceiver.
FZNLCMLE2RM00* FZNLCMLE2RM003 mSFP to LC, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 3 1 10
H. cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
Media factor transceiver.
Distribution FZNLCMLE2RM005 mSFP to LC, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 5 1 10
factor transceiver.
I.
Physical FZNLCMLE2RM010 mSFP to LC, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 10 1 10
Infrastructure cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
Management factor transceiver.
mSFP to mSFP OM4 Multimode Patch Cords Riser Rated (OFNR)
J.
FZNMLMLE2RM001 mSFP to mSFP, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm 1 1 10
Overhead &
Underfloor jacketed cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP
Routing form factor transceiver.
FZNMLMLE2RM002 mSFP to mSFP, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm 2 1 10
jacketed cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP
K. form factor transceiver.
Surface
Raceway FZNMLMLE2RM00* mSFP to LC OM3 Multimode Patch Cords Riser Rated (OFNR)
FXNLCMLE2RM001 mSFP to LC, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 1 1 10
L. cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
Cabinets, factor transceiver.
Racks & FXNLCMLE2RM002 mSFP to LC, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 2 1 10
Cable cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
Management factor transceiver.
M. FXNLCMLE2RM00* cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
Grounding & factor transceiver.
Bonding
factor transceiver.
N. FXNLCMLE2RM010 mSFP to LC, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 10 1 10
Industrial
factor transceiver.
mSFP to mSFP OM3 Multimode Patch Cords Riser Rated (OFNR)
O.
FXNMLMLE2RM001 mSFP to mSFP, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm 1 1 10
Labeling &
Identification jacketed cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP
form factor transceiver.
FXNMLMLE2RM002 mSFP to mSFP, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm 2 1 10
P. jacketed cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP
Cable form factor transceiver.
Management
Accessories FXNMLMLE2RM00* * Brocade is a trademark of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc.
* Opti-Core LC Patch Cords with mSFP Duplex Clip are available in lengths of 1, 2, 3, 5, and 10 meters for LC to
mSFP and 1 and 2 meters for mSFP to mSFP.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core APC 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails
C.
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and Fiber
return loss Optic
SC connector housing and boot colors follow Systems
TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every
100% factory inspected end face geometry in compliance APC patch cord
D.
with Telcordia GR-326-CORE, Issue 3 Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each Power
Typical insertion loss per connection: 0.15dB patch cord over
Ethernet
APC polished (65dB minimum return loss) Highest quality flame retardant fiber optic cable with
E.
Std. Std. Zone
Length Pkg. Ctn. Cabling
SC APC to SC APC APC OS1/OS2 Simplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable
F9S3A-3AM F9S3A-3AM1 SC APC to SC APC singlemode simplex patch cord, 1 1 10 F.
3mm jacketed cable (one SC APC connector on each Wireless
end) 9/125m.
SC APC to Pigtail APC OS1/OS2 Simplex Pigtails 3mm Jacketed Cable

F9S3A-NM1 SC APC to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 3mm 1 1 10 G.
jacketed cable (one SC APC connector on one end and Outlets
F9S3A-NM open on the other end) 9/125m.
SC APC to SC APC APC OS1/OS2 Simplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
H.
F9F3A-3AM1 SC APC to SC APC singlemode simplex patch cord, 1 1 10 Media
1.6mm jacketed cable (one SC APC connector on each Distribution
end) 9/125m.
F9F3A-3AM SC APC to Pigtail APC OS1/OS2 Simplex Pigtails 1.6mm Jacketed Cable I.
F9F3A-NM1 SC APC to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 1.6mm 1 1 10 Physical
jacketed cable (one SC APC connector on one end and Infrastructure
Management
open on the other end) 9/125m.
SC APC to SC APC APC OS1/OS2 Simplex Patch Cords 900m Buffered Fiber J.
F9B3A-3AM1 SC APC to SC APC singlemode simplex patch cord, 1 1 10 Overhead &
F9F3A-NM Underfloor
900m buffered fiber (one SC APC connector on each
Routing
end) 9/125m.
SC APC to Pigtail APC OS1/OS2 Simplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber K.

F9B3A-NM1 SC APC to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 900m 1 1 10 Surface
buffered fiber (one SC APC connector on one end and Raceway
F9B3A-3AM L.
Âdditional lengths and availability: Patch cords are available in 1, 2, 3, 5 and 10 meter lengths. To order lengths Cabinets,
other than 1 meter, replace the 1 at the end of the part number (F9S3A-3AM1) with the desired length Racks &
(F9S3A-3AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact Customer Service Cable
for actual lead times. Management
M.
F9B3A-NM Grounding &
Bonding
Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Opti-Core APC 9/125m (OS1/OS2)

Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label P.
Cable
All F9F parts S100X160YAJ and S100X150VATY and S100X160VAC and T100X000CBC-BK Management
NWSLC-2Y NWSLC-2Y NWSLC-2Y and NWSLC-2Y Accessories
All F9S parts S100X160YAJ and S100X150VATY and S100X160VAC and T100X000CBC-BK
Q.
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed Opti-Core 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Fiber Optic Patch
C.
Fiber Cords and Pigtails
Optic
Systems Patch cords are tested to support network transmission Part of a complete keyed LC system that includes
speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 300 Opti-Core Patch Cords and Pigtails, OptiCam
D.
meters with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae Pre-Polished Cam Connectors, Opticom Fiber Adapter
Power 10 GbE standard Panels (FAPs) and Mini-Com Adapter Modules
over Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Backward compatible for use with all 50/125m
Ethernet system requirements
Insertion loss per connection: 0.10dB typical;
0.30dB maximum Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss
E. Include color-specific keys with positive and negative Insertion loss data recorded for every multimode
Zone
Cabling keying features to visually and mechanically distinguish patch cord
connections to prevent unauthorized mating with unlike Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
keyed or non-keyed adapters patch cord
F. Highest quality flame retardant fiber optic cable with
Wireless tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber
Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn.
G.
Outlets Keyed LC to Keyed LC 10Gig OM3 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm

Jacketed Cable
FXE10A-10AM1 LC (keyed A black) to LC (keyed A black) multimode 1 1 10
H. duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed
Media LC connector on each end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Distribution
FXE10B-10BM1 LC (keyed B red) to LC (keyed B red) multimode duplex 1 1 10
patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
I. connector on each end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Physical FXE10C-10CM1 LC (keyed C green) to LC (keyed C green) multimode 1 1 10
Infrastructure FXE10B-10BM duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed
Management LC connector on each end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXE10D-10DM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to LC (keyed D yellow) multimode 1 1 10
J. duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex
Overhead &
keyed D yellow LC connector on each
Underfloor
Routing end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXE10E-10EM1 LC (keyed E orange) to LC (keyed E orange) multimode 1 1 10
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed
K. LC connector on each end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Surface
Raceway FXE10F-10FM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to LC (keyed F dark blue) 1 1 10
multimode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable
(one duplex keyed LC connector on each
L. end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Cabinets,
Racks & Keyed LC to Pigtail 10Gig OM3 Multimode Simplex Pigtail 900m Buffered Fiber
Cable FXB10A-NM1 LC (keyed A black) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
Management
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
and open on the other end) 10Gig 50/125m.
M. FXB10B-NM1 LC (keyed B red) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
Grounding &
Bonding 900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
FXB10C-NM1 LC (keyed C green) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
FXB10C-NM 900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
N. and open on the other end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Industrial
FXB10D-NM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
O. FXB10E-NM1 LC (keyed E orange) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
Labeling & 900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
Identification and open on the other end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXB10F-NM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
P. 900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
Cable and open on the other end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Management
Accessories Âdditional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m
increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m,
3m, 5m and 10m lengths. To order lengths other than 1m, replace the 1 after the M (FXE10A-10AM1) with the
desired length (FXE10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact
Q. Customer Service for actual lead times.
Index The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed Opti-Core 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Fiber Optic Patch Cords
C.
and Pigtails (continued) Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty. D.
Power
Keyed LC to Pigtail 10Gig OM3 Multimode Duplex Plenum Pigtail 1.6mm

over
Jacketed Cable Ethernet
FXPE10A-NM1 LC (keyed A black) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on one end and open on the other E.
Zone
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Cabling
FXPE10B-NM1 LC (keyed B red) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
FXPE10D-NM connector on one end and open on the other
end) 10Gig 50/125m. F.
Wireless
FXPE10C-NM1 LC (keyed C green) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
connector on one end and open on the other
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
G.
FXPE10D-NM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10 Outlets
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
H.
FXPE10E-NM1 LC (keyed E orange) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
Media
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC Distribution
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXPE10F-NM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10 I.
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC Physical
connector on one end and open on the other Infrastructure
end) 10Gig 50/125m. Management
Keyed LC to LC 10Gig OM3 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable J.
FXE10A-10M1 LC (keyed A black) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10 Overhead &
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on Underfloor
one end and one duplex LC connector on the other Routing
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXE10B-10M1 LC (keyed B red) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10 K.
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on Surface
FXE10E-10M one end and one duplex LC connector on the other Raceway
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXE10C-10M1 LC (keyed C green) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10 L.
10 GbE, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC Cabinets,
connector on one end and one duplex LC connector on the Racks &
other end) 10Gig 50/125m. Cable
Management
FXE10D-10M1 LC (keyed D yellow) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on
one end and one duplex LC connector on the other M.
end) 10Gig 50/125m. Grounding &
Bonding
FXE10E-10M1 LC (keyed E orange) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
end) 10Gig 50/125m. N.
FXE10F-10M1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to LC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10 Industrial
cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
on one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
end) 10Gig 50/125m. O.
Âdditional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m Labeling &
increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m, Identification
3m, 5m and 10m lengths. To order lengths other than 1m, replace the 1 after the M (FXE10A-10AM1) with the
desired length (FXE10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact
Customer Service for actual lead times. P.
Cable
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with Management
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com. Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed Opti-Core 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Fiber Optic Patch Cords
and Pigtails (continued)
C. Std. Std.
Fiber Length Pkg. Ctn.
Optic Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty.
Systems
SC to Keyed LC 10Gig OM3 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
D. FXE3-10AM1 SC to LC (keyed A black) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
Power 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one
over end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
Ethernet end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXE3-10BM1 SC to LC (keyed B red) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one
E. end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
Zone
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Cabling
FXE3-10CM1 SC to LC (keyed C green) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
FXE3-10FM
end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
F. end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Wireless FXE3-10DM1 SC to LC (keyed D yellow) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
G. FXE3-10EM1 SC to LC (keyed E orange) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
Outlets FXD6PW-3M*Y
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
H. FXE3-10FM1 SC to LC (keyed F dark blue) multimode duplex patch 1 1 10
Media cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on
Distribution one end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXD6PX-3M*Y
I. Keyed FJ Plug to SC 10Gig OM3 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm
Physical Jacketed Cable
Infrastructure FXD6PW-3M1Y FJ Plug (keyed W black) to SC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10
Management cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one keyed FJ Plug on one
end and one duplex SC connector on the other
J. end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Overhead & FXD6PY-3M*Y FXD6PX-3M1Y FJ Plug (keyed X red) to SC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10
Underfloor cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one keyed FJ Plug on one
Routing
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
K. FXD6PY-3M1Y FJ Plug (keyed Y orange) to SC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10
Surface cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one keyed FJ Plug on one
Raceway end and one duplex SC connector on the other
FXD6PZ-3M*Y end) 10Gig 50/125m.
L. FXD6PZ-3M1Y FJ Plug (keyed Z yellow) to SC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10
Cabinets, cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one keyed FJ Plug on one
Racks & end and one duplex SC connector on the other
Cable end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Management
Âdditional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m
increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m,
M. 3m, 5m and 10m lengths. To order lengths other than 1m, replace the 1 after the M (FXE10A-10AM1) with the
Grounding & desired length (FXE10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact
Bonding Customer Service for actual lead times.
N.
Industrial Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Keyed Opti-Core 10Gig 50/125m
(OM3) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P. Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Management
Accessories All FXE parts S100X160YAJ S100X150VATY S100X160VAC T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y
All FXD parts S100X220YAJ S100X225VATY S100X220VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Q. and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y
Index For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed Opti-Core Multimode 62.5/125m (OM1) or 50/125m (OM2)
C.
Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails Fiber
Optic
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss Systems
Insertion loss per connection: 0.10dB typical; Insertion loss data recorded for every multimode
0.30dB maximum patch cord D.
Power
Include color-specific keys with positive and negative Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each over
keying features to visually and mechanically distinguish patch cord Ethernet
connections to prevent unauthorized mating with unlike Highest quality flame retardant fiber optic cable with
keyed or non-keyed adapters tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber E.
Part of a complete keyed LC system that includes Zone
Opti-Core Patch Cords and Pigtails, OptiCam Cabling
Pre-Polished Cam Connectors, Opticom Fiber Adapter
Panels (FAPs) and Mini-Com Adapter Modules
F.
Std. Std. Wireless
Length Pkg. Ctn.
Keyed LC to Keyed LC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable G.
F6E10A-10AM1 LC (keyed A black) to LC (keyed A black) multimode 1 1 10 Outlets
LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m.
F6E10B-10BM1 LC (keyed B red) to LC (keyed B red) multimode duplex 1 1 10
H.
patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC Media
connector on each end) 62.5/125m. Distribution
F6E10B-10BM
F6E10C-10CM1 LC (keyed C green) to LC (keyed C green) multimode 1 1 10
LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m. I.
Physical
F6E10D-10DM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to LC (keyed D yellow) multimode 1 1 10 Infrastructure
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed Management
LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m.
F6E10E-10EM1 LC (keyed E orange) to LC (keyed E orange) multimode 1 1 10 J.
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed Overhead &
LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m. Underfloor
F6E10F-10FM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to LC (keyed F dark blue) 1 1 10 Routing
multimode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one
duplex keyed LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m.
K.
Keyed LC to Pigtail OM1 Multimode Simplex Pigtail 900m Buffered Fiber Surface
Raceway
F6B10A-NM1 LC (keyed A black) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m. L.
Cabinets,
F6B10B-NM1 LC (keyed B red) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10 Racks &
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end Cable
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m. Management
F6B10C-NM F6B10C-NM1 LC (keyed C green) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end M.
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m. Grounding &
F6B10D-NM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10 Bonding
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
F6B10E-NM1 LC (keyed E orange) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10 N.
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end Industrial
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
F6B10F-NM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
O.
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m. Labeling &
To order standard OM2 50/125m performance (orange cable) patch cords, replace the 6 in the part number Identification
(F6E10A-10AM1) with a 5 (F5E10A-10AM1).
Âdditional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m
increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m, P.
3m, 5m and 10m lengths. To order lengths other than 1m, replace the 1 after the M (F6E10A-10AM1) with the Cable
desired length (F6E10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact Management
Customer Service for actual lead times. Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed Opti-Core Multimode 62.5/125m (OM1) or 50/125m (OM2) Fiber
C.
Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails (continued)
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power Keyed LC to Pigtail OM1 Multimode Duplex Plenum Pigtail 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
over
Ethernet F6PE10A-NM1 LC (keyed A black) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
on one end and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
E. F6PE10B-NM1 LC (keyed B red) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
Zone pigtail,1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
Cabling on one end and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
F6PE10D-NM F6PE10C-NM1 LC (keyed C green) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
F. on one end and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
Wireless F6PE10D-NM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
F6PE10E-NM1 LC (keyed E orange) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
G.
Outlets
F6PE10F-NM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
H. on one end and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
Media
Distribution Keyed LC to LC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F6E10A-10M1 LC (keyed A black) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
I. one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
Physical end) 62.5/125m.
Infrastructure
Management F6E10B-10M1 LC (keyed B red) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
F6E10E-10M one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
J.
Overhead & end) 62.5/125m.
Underfloor F6E10C-10M1 LC (keyed C green) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
Routing 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on
end) 62.5/125m.
K.
Surface F6E10D-10M1 LC (keyed D yellow) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
Raceway 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on
end) 62.5/125m.
L.
Cabinets, F6E10E-10M1 LC (keyed E orange) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
Racks & 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on
Cable one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
Management end) 62.5/125m.
F6E10F-10M1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to LC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10
M. cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
Grounding & on one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
Bonding end) 62.5/125m.
To order standard OM2 50/125m performance (orange cable) patch cords, replace the 6 in the part number
(F6E10A-10AM1) with a 5 (F5E10A-10AM1).
N. Âdditional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m
Industrial increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m,
3m, 5m and 10m lengths. To order lengths other than 1m, replace the 1 after the M (F6E10A-10AM1) with the
desired length (F6E10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact
Customer Service for actual lead times.
O. The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with
Labeling & color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com.
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed Opti-Core Multimode 62.5/125m (OM1) or 50/125m (OM2) Fiber
Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails (continued) C.
Fiber
Std. Std. Optic
Length Pkg. Ctn. Systems
D.
SC to Keyed LC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable Power
F6E3-10AM1 SC to LC (keyed A black) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10 over
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one Ethernet
end) 62.5/125m.
E.
F6E3-10BM1 SC to LC (keyed B red) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10 Zone
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one Cabling
end) 62.5/125m.
F6E3-10FM F6E3-10CM1 SC to LC (keyed C green) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one F.
end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other Wireless
end) 62.5/125m.
F6E3-10DM1 SC to LC (keyed D yellow) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
G.
Outlets
end) 62.5/125m.
F6E3-10EM1 SC to LC (keyed E orange) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other H.
end) 62.5/125m. Media
Distribution
F6D6PW-3M*Y F6E3-10FM1 SC to LC (keyed F dark blue) multimode duplex patch 1 1 10
cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on
one end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other I.
end) 62.5/125m. Physical

Keyed FJ Plug to SC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable Infrastructure
Management
F6D6PW-3M1Y FJ Plug (keyed W black) to SC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10
cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one keyed FJ Plug on one
end and one duplex SC connector on the other J.
F6D6PX-3M*Y Overhead &
end) 62.5/125m.
Underfloor
F6D6PX-3M1Y FJ Plug (keyed X red) to SC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10 Routing
cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one keyed FJ Plug on one
end) 62.5/125m. K.
F6D6PY-3M1Y FJ Plug (keyed Y orange) to SC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10 Surface
cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one keyed FJ Plug on one Raceway
F6D6PY-3M*Y end and one duplex SC connector on the other
end) 62.5/125m. L.
F6D6PZ-3M1Y FJ Plug (keyed Z yellow) to SC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10 Cabinets,
cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one keyed FJ Plug on one Racks &
Cable
end and one duplex SC connector on the other Management
end) 62.5/125m.
To order standard OM2 50/125m performance (orange cable) patch cords, replace the 6 in the part number
F6D6PZ-3M*Y (F6E10A-10AM1) with a 5 (F5E10A-10AM1). M.
Âdditional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m Grounding &
increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m, 3m, Bonding
5m and 10m lengths. To order lengths other than 1m, replace the 1 after the M (F6E10A-10AM1) with the desired
length (F6E10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact
Customer Service for actual lead times.
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with N.
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com. Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Keyed Opti-Core Multimode 62.5/125m
C.
Fiber (OM1) or 50/125m (OM2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E. Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Zone Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Cabling All F6E and S100X160YAJ S100X150VATY S100X160VAC and T100X000CBC-BK
F5E parts and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y
All F6D and S100X220YAJ S100X225VATY S100X220VAC T100X000CBC-BK
F. F5D parts and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Keyed Opti-Core Singlemode 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Copper
Systems
Patch Cords and Pigtails
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Part of a complete keyed LC system that C.
Fiber
100% factory inspected end face geometry in compliance includes Opti-Core Patch Cords and Pigtails, Optic
with Telcordia GR-326-CORE, Issue 3 OptiCam Pre-Polished Cam Connectors, Opticom Fiber Systems
Adapter Panels (FAPs) and Mini-Com Adapter Modules
Typical insertion loss per connection: 0.25dB
Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and D.
UPC polished (55dB minimum return loss) return loss Power
Include color-specific keys with positive and negative over
Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every Ethernet
keying features to visually and mechanically distinguish singlemode patch cord
connections to prevent unauthorized mating with unlike
keyed or non-keyed adapters Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
E.
patch cord Zone
Highest quality flame retardant fiber optic cable with Cabling
Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn. F.
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty. Wireless
Keyed LC to Keyed LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F9E10A-10AM1 LC (keyed A black) to LC (keyed A black) singlemode 1 1 10
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC G.
connector on each end) 9/125m. Outlets
F9E10B-10BM1 LC (keyed B red) to LC (keyed B red) singlemode duplex 1 1 10
patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on each end) 9/125m.
H.
F9E10C-10CM1 LC (keyed C green) to LC (keyed C green) singlemode 1 1 10
Media
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC Distribution
F9E10B-10BM
F9E10D-10DM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to LC (keyed D yellow) singlemode 1 1 10
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC I.
connector on each end) 9/125m. Physical
F9E10E-10EM1 LC (keyed E orange) to LC (keyed E orange) singlemode 1 1 10 Infrastructure
Management
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
F9E10F-10FM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to LC (keyed F dark blue) 1 1 10 J.
singlemode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one Overhead &
Underfloor
duplex keyed LC connector on each end) 9/125m. Routing
Keyed LC to Pigtail OS1/OS2 Singlemode Simplex Pigtail 900m Buffered Fiber
F9B10A-NM1 LC (keyed A black) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
K.
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and
Surface
open on the other end) 9/125m. Raceway
F9B10B-NM1 LC (keyed B red) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 900m 1 1 10
buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and open
L.
on the other end) 9/125m. Cabinets,
F9B10C-NM1 LC (keyed C green) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10 Racks &
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and Cable
F9B10C-NM
open on the other end) 9/125m. Management
F9B10D-NM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and M.
open on the other end) 9/125m. Grounding &
F9B10E-NM1 LC (keyed E orange) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10 Bonding
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and
F9B10F-NM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10 N.
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and Industrial
Keyed LC to Pigtail OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Plenum Pigtail 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F9PE10A-NM1 LC (keyed A black) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum 1 1 10 O.
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector Labeling &
on one end and open on the other end) 9/125m. Identification
F9PE10B-NM1 LC (keyed B red) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum pigtail, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one
end and open on the other end) 9/125m. P.
Cable
Âdditional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m Management
increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m, 3m, Accessories
length (F9E10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact Customer
Service for actual lead times.
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with Q.
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed Opti-Core Singlemode 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Patch Cords
and Pigtails (continued)
C. Std. Std.
Fiber Length Pkg. Ctn.
Optic Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty.
Systems
F9PE10C-NM1 LC (keyed C green) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum 1 1 10
D.
Power
on one end and open on the other end) 9/125m.
over F9PE10D-NM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum 1 1 10
Ethernet pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
F9PE10E-NM1 LC (keyed E orange) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum 1 1 10
E. pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
Zone F9PE10D-NM on one end and open on the other end) 9/125m.
Cabling
F9PE10F-NM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum 1 1 10
F. Keyed LC to LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
Wireless
F9E10A-10M1 LC (keyed A black) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
end and one duplex LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
G.
Outlets F9E10B-10M1 LC (keyed B red) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm 1 1 10
jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one end and
one duplex LC connector on the other end) 9/125m.
F9E10C-10M1 LC (keyed C green) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
H. F9E10E-10M 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one
Media end and one duplex LC connector on the other
Distribution end) 9/125m.
F9E10D-10M1 LC (keyed D yellow) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
I. 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one
Physical end and one duplex LC connector on the other
Infrastructure end) 9/125m.
Management F9E10E-10M1 LC (keyed E orange) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
J. end and one duplex LC connector on the other
Overhead & end) 9/125m.
Underfloor F9E10F-10M1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
Routing
end and one duplex LC connector on the other
K. end) 9/125m.
Surface SC to Keyed LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
Raceway F9E3-10AM1 SC to LC (keyed A black) singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
L. and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
Cabinets, end) 9/125m.
Racks &
F9E3-10BM1 SC to LC (keyed B red) singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
Cable
Management 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
M. F9E3-10FM
Grounding & F9E3-10CM1 SC to LC (keyed C green) singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
Bonding 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
and one duplex keyed C LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
F9E3-10DM1 SC to LC (keyed D yellow) singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
N. 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
Industrial and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
F9E3-10EM1 SC to LC (keyed E orange) singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
O. 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
Labeling & and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
Identification end) 9/125m.
F9E3-10FM1 SC to LC (keyed F dark blue) singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
P. and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
Cable
Management
end) 9/125m.
Accessories Âdditional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m
increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m, 3m,
length (F9E10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact Customer
Q. Service for actual lead times.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Keyed Opti-Core Singlemode 9/125m
C.
(OS1/OS2) Patch Cords and Pigtails Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 E.
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Zone
S100X160YAJ and S100X150VATY and S100X160VAC and T100X000CBC-BK Cabling
All F9E parts
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92. F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
LC Lock-In Duplex Clip
C.
Fiber
Optic Used with Opti-Core LC and Keyed LC Patch Cords to Installation/removal tool allows connectors to be locked
Systems prevent unauthorized removal of cable or other networking into or released from adapters in modules, FAPs,
equipment or critical connection cassettes, or patch panels for enhanced physical security
D. Secures connections to reduce network downtime, data Limits access of an LC or Keyed LC System that includes
Power security breaches, and hardware replacement due to theft Opti-Core Patch Cords and Pigtails, Opticom Fiber
over
Ethernet Adapter Panels (FAPs), and Mini-Com Adapter Modules
E. Std. Std.
Zone Pkg. Ctn.
FLCCLIW-X Package of ten LC duplex lock-in clips and one Off White 10 100
removal tool.
F.
Wireless
G.
LC Duplex Adapter Blockout Device
Outlets
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compliant device fits all LC duplex Also functions as dust plug to mechanically protect the
adapters for a variety of applications and installations LC adapter optics and render it eye-safe
Tamper-resistant design blocks unauthorized access to LC Removal tool allows only authorized personnel to
H.
Media
duplex ports to reduce the risk of damage, saving time release the device, ensuring safety and security of your
Distribution and money associated with downtime, repairs, and network infrastructure
hardware replacement Available in multiple colors to match or contrast adapter
Compact, low profile design allows installation or removal colors for easy identification of blocked out adapters
I.
Physical without disturbing adjacent ports or installed patch cords
Infrastructure in high-density applications
Management Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
J. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Overhead & PSL-LCAB* Package of ten LC duplex adapter blockout devices and Red 1 20
Underfloor one removal tool.
Routing
*For other colors, add -AQ for Aqua, -BL for Black, -BU for Blue, or -EI for Electric Ivory. Also available in bulk
packages of 100 devices and five removal tools. To order bulk package, add -C to the end of the part number.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
SC Adapter Blockout Device
Cable
Management
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-3 compliant device fits all SC Also functions as dust plug to mechanically protect the
adapters for a variety of applications and installations SC adapters/receptacle optics and renders it eye-safe
M.
Grounding & Tamper-resistant design blocks unauthorized access to to prevent exposure to laser radiation and contamination
Bonding SC switch and HBA/NIC ports, switch uplinks and user on dust sensitive transceivers
outlets, saving time and money associated with data Removal tool allows only authorized personnel to
security breaches, network downtime, repairs, and release the device, ensuring safety and security of your
N. hardware replacement network infrastructure
Industrial Compact, low profile design allows installation or removal Available in multiple colors for visual identification
without disturbing adjacent ports or installed patch cords or aesthetics
in high-density applications
O.
Labeling & Std. Std.
Identification Pkg. Ctn.
P.
PSL-SCBD* Package of ten SC adapter blockout devices and one Red 1 20
Cable removal tool.
Management *For other colors, add -AQ for Aqua, -BL for Black, -BU for Blue, -EI for Electric Ivory, or -AG for Green to the end
Accessories of the part number. Also available in bulk packages of 100 devices and five removal tools. To order bulk package,
add -C to the end of the part number.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Reference Cable Assembly Kits
C.
Reference and master grade cable assemblies pass all 10Gig 50/125m (gray) or 62.5/125m (black) mandrels Fiber
TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements are provided to allow mode conditioning and stripping for Optic
Systems
100% factory-inspected endface geometry in compliance testing fiber to applicable standards requirements
with Telcordia GR-326-CORE, Issue 3 Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and D.
Insertion loss per connection: 0.10dB maximum return loss; data supplied with each reference and master Power
(multimode and singlemode) cable assembly over
Provide superior measurement capability to maximize Ethernet
Return loss: 40dB minimum, PC polished (multimode);
58dB minimum, UPC polished (singlemode) link reliability
Include 2-meter cable assemblies: standard grade to Controlled ferrule endface geometry is documented and E.
supplied, assuring repeatable high performance physical Zone
reference grade reference cable assemblies, and standard Cabling
grade to reference grade master cable assemblies, contact of fiber connectors under test
zirconia ceramic adapters, and a set of mandrels Hybrid reference cords available for use in testing
(multimode kits) permanent links with connectors that differ from test
set connectors F.
Master cable assemblies provide in-field qualification of Wireless
reference cable assemblies for test use Reference quality connectors on both ends of cable
Available in multimode (10Gig OM3 and OM1) and assemblies allow both ends to be used to mate to the
singlemode (OS1/OS2) fiber types for link testing and permanent link for loss measurements
diagnostic troubleshooting flexibility G.
Outlets
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty. H.
Media
10Gig OM3 Multimode Reference Cable Assembly Kits Distribution
FR1XS1-R1KIT Simplex LC-LC/SC-LC 10Gig 50/125m multimode reference cable 1
assembly kit, includes:
2 simplex std. grade LC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m) I.
2 simplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m) Physical
Infrastructure
2 simplex std. grade LC to ref. grade LC master cables (2m) Management
2 LC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
2 mandrels (50/125m)
J.
FR2XSS-RSKIT Duplex SC-SC 10Gig 50/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1 Overhead &
FR2XS2-RSKIT kit, includes: Underfloor
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade SC reference cables (2m) Routing
1 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade SC master cable (2m)
2 SC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
2 mandrels (50/125m) K.
FR2XS2-RSKIT Duplex ST-SC 10Gig 50/125m multimode reference cable assembly kit, 1 Surface
includes: Raceway
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade SC reference cables (2m)
1 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade SC master cable (2m) L.
2 SC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves) Cabinets,
2 mandrels (50/125m) Racks &
Cable
FR2XSS-RLKIT Duplex SC-LC 10Gig 50/125m multimode reference cable assembly kit, 1 Management
includes:
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m)
1 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC master cable (2m) M.
2 LC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves) Grounding &
Bonding
FR1XS2-R2KIT Simplex SC-ST/ST-ST 10Gig 50/125m multimode reference cable 1
assembly kit, includes:
2 simplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m) N.
2 simplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m) Industrial
2 simplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST master cables (2m)
4 ST simplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
O.
FR2XS2-R2KIT Duplex ST-ST 10Gig 50/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1 Labeling &
kit, includes: Identification
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m)
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST master cables (2m)
4 ST simplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves) P.
2 mandrels (50/125m) Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Reference Cable Assembly Kits (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std.
Pkg.
D.
Power FR2XS2-RLKIT Duplex ST-LC 10Gig 50/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
over kit, includes:
Ethernet 2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m)
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade LC master cables (2m)
E. 2 mandrels (50/125m)
Zone
Cabling FR2XSS-R2KIT Duplex SC-ST 10Gig 50/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
kit, includes:
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m)
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST master cables (2m)
F. 4 ST simplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
Wireless 2 mandrels (50/125m)
OM1 Multimode Reference Cable Assembly Kits
FR16S1-R1KIT Simplex LC-LC/SC-LC 62.5/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
G. kit, includes:
Outlets 2 simplex std. grade LC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m)
2 simplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m)
2 simplex std. grade LC to ref. grade LC master cables (2m)
H. 2 mandrels (62.5/125m)
Media FR26SS-RSKIT Duplex SC-SC 62.5/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
Distribution
kit, includes:
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade SC reference cables (2m)
I. 1 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade SC master cable (2m)
Physical 2 SC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
Infrastructure 2 mandrels (62.5/125m)
Management FR26S2-RSKIT Duplex ST-SC 62.5/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
kit, includes:
J. 2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade SC reference cables (2m)
Overhead & 1 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade SC master cable (2m)
Underfloor 2 SC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
Routing 2 mandrels (62.5/125m)
FR26SS-RLKIT Duplex SC-LC 62.5/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
kit, includes:
K. 2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m)
Surface
Raceway 1 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC master cable (2m)
2 mandrels (62.5/125m)
L. FR16S2-R2KIT Simplex SC-ST/ST-ST 62.5/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
Cabinets,
Racks &
kit, includes:
Cable 2 simplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m)
Management 2 simplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m)
2 simplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST master cables (2m)
M. 2 mandrels (62.5/125m)
Grounding &
Bonding FR26S2-R2KIT Duplex ST-ST 62.5/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
kit, includes:
N. 4 ST simplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
Industrial 2 mandrels (62.5/125m)
FR26S2-RLKIT Duplex ST-LC 62.5/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
kit, includes:
O. 2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m)
Labeling & 2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade LC master cables (2m)
Identification 2 LC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
FR26SS-R2KIT Duplex SC-ST 62.5/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
P.
kit, includes:
Cable
Management 2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m)
Accessories 2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST master cables (2m)
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Reference Cable Assembly Kits (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Systems
Pkg.
D.
OS1/OS2 Singlemode Reference Cable Assembly Kits Power
over
FR19S1-R1KIT Simplex LC-LC/SC-LC 9m singlemode reference cable assembly 1
Ethernet
kit, includes:
2 simplex std. grade LC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2)
2 simplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2) E.
2 simplex std. grade LC to ref. grade LC master cables (2) Zone
2 LC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves) Cabling
FR29SS-RSKIT Duplex SC-SC 9m singlemode reference cable assembly kit, includes: 1
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade SC reference cables (2m)
1 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade SC master cable (2m)
F.
2 SC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves) Wireless
FR29S2-RSKIT Duplex ST-SC 9m singlemode reference cable assembly kit, includes: 1
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade SC reference cables (2m)
1 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade SC master cable (2m)
2 SC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves) G.
FR29SS-RLKIT Duplex SC-LC 9m singlemode reference cable assembly kit, includes: 1 Outlets
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m)
1 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC master cable (2m)
H.
FR19S2-R2KIT Simplex SC-ST/ST-ST 9m singlemode reference cable assembly 1 Media
kit, includes: Distribution
2 simplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m)
2 simplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m)
2 simplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST master cables (2m) I.
4 ST simplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves) Physical
Infrastructure
FR29S2-R2KIT Duplex ST-ST 9m singlemode reference cable assembly kit, includes: 1 Management
4 ST simplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves) J.
Overhead &
FR29S2-RLKIT Duplex ST-LC 9m singlemode reference cable assembly kit, includes: 1 Underfloor
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m) Routing
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade LC master cables (2m)
K.
FR29SS-R2KIT Duplex SC-ST 9m singlemode reference cable assembly kit, includes: 1 Surface
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m) Raceway
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST master cables (2m)
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Reference Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber
Optic Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Provide superior measurement capability to maximize
Systems 100% factory inspected endface geometry in compliance link reliability
with Telcordia GR-326-CORE, Issue 3 Controlled ferrule endface geometry is documented and
D.
Power Insertion loss per connection: 0.10dB maximum supplied, assuring repeatable high performance physical
over (multimode and singlemode) contact of fiber connectors under test
Ethernet
Return loss: 40dB minimum, PC polished (multimode); Hybrid reference cords are available for use in testing
58dB minimum, UPC polished (singlemode) permanent links with connectors that differ from test
E. set connectors
Zone Standard grade to reference grade riser (OFNR) rated
Cabling cable assemblies are available in 2 meter lengths in Reference quality connectors on both ends of cable
multimode (10Gig OM3 50m and OM1 62.5m) and assembly allow both ends to be used to mate to the
singlemode (OS1/OS2 9m) fiber types for link testing and permanent link for loss measurements
F. diagnostic troubleshooting flexibility Opti-Core Fiber Optic Reference Cable Assembly Kits
Wireless are also available for in-field qualification of reference cord
Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and
return loss; data recorded and supplied with each for test use
reference cable assembly
G.
Outlets Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn.
H. 10Gig OM3 Multimode Duplex Reference Cable Assemblies
Media
Distribution FR2XSL-RLM02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade LC 2 1 10
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig 50/125m.
I. FR2XSL-RSM02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade SC 2 1 10
Physical reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
Infrastructure cable 10Gig 50/125m.
Management
FR2XSS-R2M02 FR2XSL-R2M02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor FR2XSS-RSM02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade SC 2 1 10
Routing reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
FR2XSS-RLM02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade LC 2 1 10
K.
Surface reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
Raceway cable 10Gig 50/125m.
FR2XSS-R2M02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
L. reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
Cabinets, cable 10Gig 50/125m.
Racks & FR2XS2-R2M02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade ST 2 1 10
Cable reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
Management cable 10Gig 50/125m.
FR2XS2-RLM02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade LC 2 1 10
M. reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
Grounding & cable 10Gig 50/125m.
Bonding
FR2XS2-RSM02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade SC 2 1 10
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Reference Cable Assemblies (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Length Pkg. Ctn.
D.
10Gig OM3 Multimode Simplex Reference Cable Assemblies Power
FR1XS1-R1M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade LC 2 1 10 over
Ethernet
FR1XS1-R3M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade SC 2 1 10 E.
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed Zone
cable 10Gig 50/125m. Cabling
FR1XS1-R2M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
cable 10Gig 50/125m. F.
FR1XS3-R3M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade SC 2 1 10 Wireless
FR1XS3-R1M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade LC 2 1 10
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed G.
cable 10Gig 50/125m. Outlets
FR1XS3-R2M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
cable 10Gig 50/125m. H.
FR1XS2-R2M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade ST 2 1 10 Media
Distribution
FR1XS2-R1M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade LC 2 1 10 I.
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed Physical
cable 10Gig 50/125m. Infrastructure
Management
FR1XS2-R3M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade SC 2 1 10
cable 10Gig 50/125m. J.
Overhead &
OM1 Multimode Duplex Reference Cable Assemblies Underfloor
FR26SL-RLM02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade LC 2 1 10 Routing
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
K.
FR26SL-RSM02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade SC 2 1 10 Surface
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm Raceway
FR26SL-R2M02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade ST 2 1 10 L.
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm Cabinets,
jacketed cable 62.5/125m. Racks &
Cable
FR26SS-RSM02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade SC 2 1 10
Management
M.
FR26SS-RLM02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade LC 2 1 10 Grounding &
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm Bonding
FR26SS-R2M02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
jacketed cable 62.5/125m. N.
Industrial
FR26S2-R2M02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade ST 2 1 10
FR26S2-RLM02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade LC 2 1 10 O.
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm Labeling &
Identification
FR26S2-RSM02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade SC 2 1 10
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm P.
jacketed cable 62.5/125m. Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power OM1 Multimode Simplex Reference Cable Assemblies
over FR16S1-R1M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade LC 2 1 10
Ethernet
E. FR16S1-R3M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade SC 2 1 10
Zone multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
Cabling jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
FR16S1-R2M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
F. jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
Wireless FR16S3-R3M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade SC 2 1 10
FR16S3-R1M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade LC 2 1 10
G. multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
Outlets jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
FR16S3-R2M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
H. jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
Media FR16S2-R2M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade ST 2 1 10
Distribution
I. FR16S2-R1M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade LC 2 1 10
Physical multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
Infrastructure jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
Management
FR16S2-R3M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade SC 2 1 10
J. jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
Overhead &
Underfloor OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Reference Cable Assemblies
Routing FR29SL-RLM02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade LC 2 1 10
singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 9/125m.
K.
Surface FR29SL-RSM02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade SC 2 1 10
Raceway singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
L. FR29SL-R2M02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
Cabinets, singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
Racks & jacketed cable 9/125m.
Cable
FR29SS-RSM02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade SC 2 1 10
Management
M.
Grounding & FR29SS-RLM02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade LC 2 1 10
Bonding singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
FR29SS-R2M02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
N. jacketed cable 9/125m.
Industrial
FR29S2-R2M02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade ST 2 1 10
O. FR29S2-RLM02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade LC 2 1 10
Labeling & singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
Identification
FR29S2-RSM02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade SC 2 1 10
P. singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
Cable jacketed cable 9/125m.
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Length Pkg. Ctn.
D.
OS1/OS2 Singlemode Simplex Reference Cable Assemblies Power
FR19S1-R1M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade LC 2 1 10 over
Ethernet
FR19S1-R3M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade SC 2 1 10 E.
singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm Zone
jacketed cable 9/125m. Cabling
FR19S1-R2M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
jacketed cable 9/125m. F.
FR19S3-R3M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade SC 2 1 10 Wireless
FR19S3-R1M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade LC 2 1 10
singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm G.
jacketed cable 9/125m. Outlets
FR19S3-R2M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
jacketed cable 9/125m. H.
FR19S2-R2M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade ST 2 1 10 Media
Distribution
FR19S2-R1M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade LC 2 1 10 I.
singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm Physical
jacketed cable 9/125m. Infrastructure
Management
FR19S2-R3M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade SC 2 1 10
jacketed cable 9/125m. J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
LabelCore Fiber Optic Cable Identification System
C.
Fiber Provides a larger labeling surface on small cables allowing Locate sleeve on straight section of cable at least 2.00"
Optic legends to be clearly seen from fiber boot
Systems
Sleeve is made of flexible PVC material
D.
Power Std. Std.
over Pkg. Ctn.
Ethernet Part Number Part Description Qty.* Qty.
NWSLC-2Y Yellow, cable identification sleeve for 2mm simplex fiber cable. 100 1000
E. NWSLC-3Y Orange, cable identification sleeve for 3mm simplex fiber cable. 100 1000
Zone NWSLC-7Y White, cable identification sleeve for 3mm duplex fiber cable. 100 1000
Cabling
*Order number of sleeves required.
F.
Wireless Self-Laminating Labels for Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Printers Supplied on
8.50" x 11.00" Sheets
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
Apply LabelCore Wrap self-laminating label
Sleeve to cable around LabelCore Sleeve
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Self-Laminating Labels for LabelCore Fiber Optic Cable
J. Identification System
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Management LabelCore Sleeve Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
M. NWSLC-2Y
Grounding & S100X160YAJ S100X150VATY S100X160VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Bonding NWSLC-3Y
NWSLC-7Y S100X220YAJ S100X225VATY S100X220VAC T100X000CBC-BK
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Hydra Cable Assemblies
C.
Connectivity meets or exceeds TIA/EIA-568-B.3 and Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss Fiber
ISO/IEC 11801 performance requirements (test data supplied with each assembly); singlemode and Optic
10Gig Multimode Hydra Cable Assemblies also tested Systems
LC and SC connector housing and boot colors follow
TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme for return loss
D.
Jacketed cable is compliant with NFPA 262 (OFNP) TIA/EIA-568-B.1-7 standards based polarity supports 10 Power
flame rating Gb/s, multimode, and singlemode fiber types, and allows over
infrastructure backwards compatibility for component Ethernet
MTP* (12-fiber) connectors are FOCIS-5 compliant interchangeability and a lower cost of ownership
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical, 0.75dB max. 10Gig laser optimized fiber is tested per IEEE 802.3ae E.
Panduit proprietary MTP* polishing provides low 10 GbE to support network transmission speeds up to Zone
insertion loss and high return loss, minimizing variability 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 300 meters at 850nm Cabling
for improved channel link loss performance Application specific designs available to tailor
Traditional connectors (Panduit LC, SC, and ST) configuration, reach, and breakout construction to
provide design flexibility throughout the data center application requirements; for more information contact F.
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.10dB typical, 0.30dB max. Panduit or visit www.panduit.com Wireless
(multimode); 0.25dB typical, 0.50dB max. (singlemode)
Std.
Length Pkg. G.
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Outlets
Male MTP* to LC Duplex 10Gig OM3 Multimode Plenum Hydra

Cable Assemblies
H.
FHPX126LM005N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 5 1 Media
Multimode Plenum Rated Hydra Cable Assembly with std. 24" Distribution
(61cm) breakout length.
FHPX126LM010N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 10 1
Multimode Plenum Rated Hydra Cable Assembly with std. 24" I.
(61cm) breakout length. Physical
Infrastructure
FHPX126LM015N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 15 1 Management
FHPX126LM***N Multimode Plenum Rated Hydra Cable Assembly with std. 24"
(61cm) breakout length. J.
FHPX126LM020N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 20 1 Overhead &
Multimode Plenum Rated Hydra Cable Assembly with std. 24" Underfloor
(61cm) breakout length. Routing
Male MTP* to LC Duplex OM2 Multimode Plenum Hydra Cable Assemblies

K.
FHP5126LM005N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode 5 1
Surface
plenum rated hydra cable assembly with std. 24" (61 cm) Raceway
breakout length.
FHP5126LM010N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode 10 1 L.
plenum rated hydra cable assembly with std. 24" (61 cm) Cabinets,
breakout length. Racks &
FHP5126LM015N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode 15 1 Cable
Management
plenum rated hydra cable assembly with std. 24" (61 cm)
breakout length.
M.
FHP5126LM020N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode 20 1 Grounding &
plenum rated hydra cable assembly with std. 24" (61 cm) Bonding
breakout length.
Male MTP* to LC Duplex OS1/OS2 Singlemode Plenum Hydra Cable Assemblies
FHP9126LM005N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 5 1 N.
singlemode plenum rated hydra cable assembly with std. 24" Industrial
FHP9126LM010N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 10 1
singlemode plenum rated hydra cable assembly with std. 24" O.
(61cm) breakout length. Labeling &
FHP9126LM015N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 15 1 Identification
singlemode plenum rated hydra cable assembly with std. 24"
P.
FHP9126LM020N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 20 1 Cable
singlemode plenum rated hydra cable assembly with std. 24" Management
(61cm) breakout length. Accessories
Âdditional lengths and availability: The above lengths and configurations are stock items. For other lengths or
configurations, contact Customer Service for actual lead times.
Individual Staggered Hydra Cable Assemblies are available. Please see WW-FBCB38. Q.
MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools are available. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Self-Laminating Labels for QuickNet Hydra Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E. Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Zone Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Cabling
S100X160YAJ S100X150VATY S100X160VAC T100X000CBC-BK and
All FHP parts
and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y NWSLC-3Y
F. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
Wireless For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92.
G.
Outlets
QuickNet MTP* Interconnect Cable Assemblies Multimode 10Gig

H.
Media
50/125m (OM3 and OM4)
Distribution Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Backward compatible with all 50/125m (OM2) MPO or
FOCIS-5 compliant MTP* system requirements
I. Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical; 0.75dB max. Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss
Physical Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every
Infrastructure Tested per IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE to support network
transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 10Gig Multimode Interconnect Cable Assembly
Management
300 meters for OM3 and up to 550 meters for OM4 at Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
J. 850nm with 50/125m (OM3 and OM4) laser optimized cable assembly
Overhead & fiber
Underfloor Std. Std.
Routing Length Pkg. Ctn.
K. MTP* Interconnect Cable Assemblies Multimode 10Gig OM4 50/125m
Surface FZ12D5-5M1Y 12 Fiber 10Gig OM4 Optimized Flat Ribbon Plenum 1 1 10
Raceway Rated Female MTP - Female MTP Interconnect Cable
Assemblies with .5dB IL - 1m
L. MTP* Interconnect Cable Assemblies Multimode 10Gig OM3 50/125m
Cabinets,
Racks & FX12D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber interconnect cable 1 1 10
Cable assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end on
Management ribbon interconnect cable) 10Gig 50/125m. Outside
diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
M. For OM4 interconnect assembly, replace the X ( FX12D5-5M1Y) with Z (FZ12D5-5M1Y).
Grounding & Âdditional lengths and availability: Interconnect cable assemblies are available in 1 10 meter lengths in 1 meter
Bonding increments, and 15, 20, 25 and 30 meter lengths. To order lengths other than 1 meter, replace the 1 after the M
(FZ12D5-5M1) with the desired length (FZ12D5-5M2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For
other lengths or male MTPs*, contact Customer Service for actual lead times.
N. *MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Labels for QuickNet MTP* Interconnect
C.
Cable Assemblies Multimode 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet

Zone
Cabling

FX12D5-5M*Y
and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
QuickNet MTP* Interconnect Cable Assemblies

Multimode 50/125m (OM2) H.
Media
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Insertion loss data recorded for every multimode Distribution
FOCIS-5 compliant cable assembly
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical; 0.75dB max. Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each I.
cable assembly Physical
Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss Infrastructure
Management
Std. Std. J.
Length Pkg. Ctn. Overhead &
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty. Underfloor
Routing
F512D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber interconnect cable 1 1 10
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end on
ribbon interconnect cable) 50/125m. K.
Surface
Âdditional lengths and availability: Interconnect cable assemblies are available in 1 10 meter lengths in 1 meter Raceway
increments, and 15, 20, 25 and 30 meter lengths. To order lengths other than 1 meter, replace the 1 after the M
(F512D5-5M1Y) with the desired length (F512D5-5M2Y for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For
other lengths or male MTPs*, contact Customer Service for actual lead times. L.
For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.107. Cabinets,
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd. Racks &
Cable
Management
Cable Labels for QuickNet MTP* Interconnect Cable Assemblies M.

Grounding &
Multimode 50/125m (OM2) Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Cable Assembly Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Cable
S100X220YAJ S100X225VATY S100X220VAC T100X000CBC-BK Management
F512D5-5M*Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y Accessories
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92. Q.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber Multimode 62.5/125m (OM1)
Optic Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Insertion loss data recorded for every multimode
Systems cable assembly
FOCIS-5 compliant
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical; 0.75dB max. Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
D. cable assembly
Power Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss
over
Ethernet
Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn.
E. Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty.
Zone
Cabling 4-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP*
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end
on ribbon interconnect cable) 62.5/125m.
F. Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
Wireless
6-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP*
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end
G. F612D5-5M*Y on ribbon interconnect cable) 62.5/125m.
Outlets Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
H. assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end
Media on ribbon interconnect cable) 62.5/125m.
Distribution Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
I. F612D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* twelve strand fiber optic cable 1.0 1 10
Physical assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end
Infrastructure on ribbon interconnect cable) 62.5/125m.
Management Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
Âdditional lengths and availability: 12-fiber interconnect cable assemblies are available in 1 10 meter lengths in
J. 1 meter increments, and 15, 20, 25 and 30 meter lengths. All other cable assemblies above are available in 1, 2, 3
Overhead & and 10 meter lengths. To order lengths other than 1 meter, replace the 1 after the M (F612D5-5M1Y) with the
Underfloor desired length (F612D5-5M2Y for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths or male
Routing MTPs*, contact Customer Service for actual lead times.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Cable Labels for QuickNet MTP* Interconnect Cable
Grounding &
Bonding
Assemblies Multimode 62.5/125m (OM1)
N.
Industrial
O.
Identification Cable Assembly Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8 Cougar LS9
P. All MTP* Interconnect S100X220YAJ and S100X225VATY and S100X220VAC and T100X000CBC-BK
Cable Cable Assemblies on
Management NWSLC-7Y NWSLC-7Y NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y
this page
Accessories
Q. *MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Singlemode 9/125m (OS1/OS2) C.
Fiber
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and Optic
return loss Systems
FOCIS-5 compliant
100% factory inspected end face geometry (SC, ST, and Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every
singlemode cable assembly D.
FJ end faces are 100% inspected in compliance with Power
Telcordia GR-326-CORE, Issue 3) Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each over
cable assembly Ethernet
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical; 0.75dB max.
8-degree APC polish (55dB minimum Return Loss) on
singlemode MTP* and UPC polish (55dB minimum Return E.
Loss) on singlemode SC, ST, and FJ satisfy high-speed Zone
Cabling
network application requirements
Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn. F.
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty. Wireless
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end G.
on ribbon interconnect cable) 9/125m. Outlets
Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
F96D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 6-fiber interconnect cable 1 1 10 H.
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end Media
on ribbon interconnect cable) 9/125m. Distribution
F912D5-5M*Y I.
F98D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 8-fiber interconnect cable 1 1 10 Physical
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end Infrastructure
on ribbon interconnect cable) 9/125m. Management
12-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP* J.
F912D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* twelve strand fiber optic cable 1.0 1 10 Overhead &
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end Underfloor
Routing
on ribbon interconnect cable) 9/125m.
Âdditional lengths and availability: 12-fiber interconnect cable assemblies are available in 1 10 meter lengths in K.
1 meter increments, and 15, 20, 25 and 30 meter lengths. All other cable assemblies above are available in 1, 2, 3 Surface
and 10 meter lengths. To order lengths other than 1 meter, replace the 1 after the M (F912D5-5M1Y) with the Raceway
desired length (F912D5-5M2Y for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths or male
MTPs*, contact Customer Service for actual lead times.
L.
For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.107. Cabinets,
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd. Racks &
Cable
Management
Cable Labels for QuickNet MTP* Interconnect M.
Cable Assemblies Singlemode 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Cable Assembly Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E
Cougar LS9 Identification
All MTP* S100X220YAJ and S100X225VATY and S100X220VAC and T100X000CBC-BK P.
Interconnect NWSLC-7Y NWSLC-7Y NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y Cable
Cable Assemblies Management
Accessories
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd. Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber Multimode 10Gig 50/125m (OM3 and OM4)
Optic
Systems Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Backward compatible with all 50/125um (OM2) MPO or
FOCIS-5 compliant MTP* system requirements
D. Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss
Power Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical; 0.75dB max.
over Tested per IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE to support network Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every
Ethernet transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths 10Gig Multimode Interconnect Round Cable Assembly
up to 300 meters for OM3 and up to 550 meters for Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
E. OM4 at 850nm with 50/125um (OM3 and OM4) laser cable assembly
Zone optimized fiber
Cabling
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
F.
Wireless MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies 10Gig OM4
FZN0505RTPM001 12-fiber OM4 plenum rated female Aqua 1 10
MTP*/MPO female MTP*/MPO interconnect
round cable assembly.
G. MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies 10Gig OM3
Outlets
FXN0505RTPM* FXN0505RTPM001 12-fiber OM3 plenum rated female Aqua 1 10
H. Optimized MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies 10Gig OM4
Media
Distribution FZP0505RTPM001 12-fiber OM4 optimized plenum rated female Aqua 1 10
I. Optimized MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies 10Gig OM3
Physical
Infrastructure FXP0505RTPM001 12-fiber OM3 optimized plenum rated female Aqua 1 10
Management MTP*/MPO female MTP*/MPO interconnect
J. *Additional lengths and availability: Interconnect round cable assemblies are available from 1 to 100ft. in 1ft.
Overhead & increments and available from 1 to 50m in 1m increments. To order lengths other than 1ft or meter, replace the 1
Underfloor after the F or M with the desired length. Ex: FZN0505RTPM001 to FZN0505RTPM002 for 2 meter length.
Routing Interconnect round cable assemblies are also available in LSZH (low smoke zero halogen).
K.
Surface
Raceway
QuickNet MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies
L.
Cabinets, Singlemode 9m (OS1/OS2)
Racks &
Cable Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and
Management FOCIS-5 compliant return loss
100% factory inspected end face geometry is 100% Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every
M. inspected in compliance with Telcordia GR-326-CORE, singlemode cable assembly
Grounding &
Bonding Issue 3) Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical; 0.75dB max. each cable assembly
8-degree APC polish (55dB minimum Return Loss) on
N. singlemode MTP* satisfies high-speed network
Industrial application requirements
Std. Std.
O. Pkg. Ctn.
Labeling & Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Identification
MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies Singlemode 9m OS1/OS2
F9N0505RTPM001 12-fiber 9m plenum rated female Yellow 1 10
P. MTP*/MPO female MTP*/MPO interconnect
Cable round cable assembly.
Management *Additional lengths and availability: Interconnect round cable assemblies are available from 1 to 100ft. in 1ft.
Accessories increments and available from 1 to 50m in 1m increments. To order lengths other than 1ft or meter, replace the 1
after the F or M with the desired length. Ex: F9N0505RTPM001 to F9N0505RTPM002 for 2 meter length.
Interconnect round cable assemblies are also available in LSZH (low smoke zero halogen).
Q. For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.105.
Index *MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet MTP* Trunk Cable Assemblies
C.
Connectivity meets or exceeds TIA/EIA-568-B.3 and TIA/EIA-568-B.1-7 (Method A) standards based polarity Fiber
ISO/IEC 11801 performance requirements supports 10 Gb/s, multimode, and singlemode fiber types, Optic
and allows infrastructure backwards compatibility for Systems
Jacketed cable is compliant with NFPA 262 (OFNP)
flame rating component interchangeability and a lower cost
of ownership D.
MTP* (12-fiber) connectors are FOCIS-5 compliant Power
10Gig laser optimized fiber is tested per IEEE 802.3ae over
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical, 0.75dB max. 10 GbE to support network transmission speeds up to 10 Ethernet
Panduit proprietary MTP* polishing provides low Gb/s for link lengths up to 300 meters at 850nm
insertion loss and high return loss, minimizing variability Application specific designs available to tailor
for improved channel link loss performance E.
configuration, reach, and breakout construction to Zone
Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss application requirements; for more information contact Cabling
(test data supplied with each assembly); singlemode and Panduit or visit www.panduit.com
10Gig Multimode Trunk Cable Assemblies are also
tested for return loss
F.
Wireless
Std.
Length Pkg.
Part Number Part Description (Ft.)^ Qty.
G.
Female MTP* to Female MTP* 10Gig OM3 Multimode Plenum Trunk Outlets
Cable Assemblies
FSPX1255F100A Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 100 1
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye
H.
on one end. Media
FSPX1255F150A Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3
150 1 Distribution
FSPX2455F***A on one end.
I.
FSPX1255F200A Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 200 1 Physical
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye Infrastructure
on one end. Management
FSPX2455F100A Female MTP* to female MTP* 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 100 1
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye J.
on one end. Overhead &
Underfloor
FSPX2455F150A Female MTP* to female MTP* 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 150 1 Routing
on one end.
FSPX2455F200A Female MTP* to female MTP* 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 200 1 K.
Surface
Raceway
on one end.
FSPX4855F100A Female MTP* to female MTP* 48-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 100 1 L.
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye Cabinets,
on one end. Racks &
FSPX4855F150A Female MTP* to female MTP* 48-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 150 1 Cable
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye Management
on one end.
M.
FSPX4855F200A Female MTP* to female MTP* 48-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 200 1 Grounding &
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye Bonding
on one end.
For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.109. N.
Industrial
Additional lengths and availability: Trunk cable assemblies are available from 40 to 200 ft. in 5 ft. increments in
OM3 and OM4 plenum rated. Ex: FSPX1255F040A (40ft. length) to FSPX1255F100A 100ft. length.) O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet MTP* Trunk Cable Assemblies (continued)
C.
Fiber Std.
Optic
Length Pkg.
Systems
D. Female MTP* to Female MTP* OM2 Multimode Plenum Trunk Cable Assemblies
Power FSP51255F100A Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 100 1
over multimode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
Ethernet on one end.
FSP51255F150A Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 150 1
E. multimode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
Zone on one end.
Cabling
FSP52455F***A multimode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
F. FSP52455F100A Female MTP* to female MTP* 24-fiber 50/125m OM2 100 1
Wireless multimode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
G.
multimode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
Outlets on one end.
on one end.
H.
Media FSP54855F100A Female MTP* to female MTP* 48-fiber 50/125m OM2 100 1
Distribution multimode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
I. FSP54855F150A Female MTP* to female MTP* 48-fiber 50/125m OM2 150 1

Physical multimode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
Infrastructure on one end.
Management FSP54855F200A Female MTP* to female MTP* 48-fiber 50/125m OM2 200 1
J. on one end.
Overhead &
Underfloor Female MTP* to Female MTP* OS1/OS2 Singlemode Plenum Trunk
Routing Cable Assemblies
FSP91255F100A Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 100 1
K. singlemode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
Surface on one end.
Raceway FSP91255F150A Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 150 1
singlemode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
L. on one end.
Cabinets, FSP91255F200A Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 200 1
Racks &
Cable singlemode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
Management on one end.
M. singlemode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
Grounding & on one end.
Bonding FSP92455F150A Female MTP* to female MTP* 24-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 150 1
on one end.
N. FSP92455F200A Female MTP* to female MTP* 24-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 200 1
Industrial singlemode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
O. singlemode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
Labeling & on one end.
Identification
P. on one end.
Cable FSP94855F200A Female MTP* to female MTP* 48-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 200 1
Management singlemode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
Accessories on one end.
Q. configurations, contact Customer Service for actual lead times.
Index For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.107.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Traditional Trunk Cable Assemblies
C.
Connectivity meets or exceeds TIA/EIA-568-B.3 and Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss Fiber
ISO/IEC 11801 performance requirements (test data supplied with each assembly); singlemode and Optic
10Gig Multimode Trunk Cable Assemblies are also Systems
LC and SC connector housing and boot colors follow
TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme tested for return loss
D.
Jacketed cable is compliant with UL1666 (OFNR) or NFPA 10Gig laser optimized fiber is tested per IEEE 802.3ae Power
262 (OFNP) flame rating 10 GbE to support network transmission speeds up to over
10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 300 meters at 850nm Ethernet
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.10dB typical, 0.30dB max.
(multimode); 0.25dB typical, 0.50dB max. (singlemode) Application specific designs available to tailor
configuration, reach, and breakout construction to E.
Traditional connectors (Panduit LC, SC, and ST) provide application requirements; for more information contact Zone
design flexibility throughout the data center Panduit or visit www.panduit.com Cabling
Std. F.
Length Pkg. Wireless
LC to LC Simplex 10Gig OM3 Multimode Plenum Trunk Cable Assemblies

FSPX1211F100A LC to LC simplex 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 Multimode 100 1 G.

Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye on Outlets
one end.
FSPX1211F150A LC to LC simplex 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 Multimode 150 1
Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye on H.
one end. Media
FSP51211F***A Distribution
Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye on
one end. I.
FSPX2411F100A LC to LC simplex 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 Multimode 100 1 Physical
Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye on Infrastructure
one end. Management

Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye on J.
Overhead &
one end. Underfloor
FSPX2411F200A LC to LC simplex 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 Multimode 200 1 Routing
one end.
K.
FSPX4811F100A LC to LC simplex 48-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 Multimode 100 1 Surface
Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye on Raceway
one end.
FSPX4811F150A LC to LC simplex 48-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 Multimode 150 1 L.
Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye on Cabinets,
one end. Racks &
Cable
FSPX4811F200A LC to LC simplex 48-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 Multimode 200 1 Management
one end.
M.
Âdditional lengths and availability: The above lengths and configurations are stock items. For other lengths or Grounding &
configurations, contact Customer Service for actual lead times. Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Traditional Trunk Cable Assemblies (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std.
Length Pkg.
D.
Power LC to LC Simplex OM2 Multimode Plenum Trunk Cable Assemblies
over FSP51211F100A LC to LC simplex 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode plenum 100 1
Ethernet
rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
FSP51211F150A LC to LC simplex 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode plenum 150 1
E. rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Zone
Cabling FSP51211F200A LC to LC simplex 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode plenum 200 1
F. rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Wireless FSP52411F150A LC to LC simplex 24-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode plenum 150 1
G.
Outlets FSP54811F100A LC to LC simplex 48-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode plenum 100 1
H. rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Media
Distribution FSP54811F200A LC to LC simplex 48-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode plenum 200 1
I.
LC to LC Simplex OS1/OS2 Singlemode Plenum Trunk Cable Assemblies
Physical FSP91211F100A LC to LC simplex 12-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 singlemode 100 1
Infrastructure plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Management
FSP91211F150A LC to LC simplex 12-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 singlemode 150 1
plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
J.
Overhead & FSP91211F200A LC to LC simplex 12-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 singlemode 200 1
Underfloor plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Routing
K. FSP92411F150A LC to LC simplex 24-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 singlemode 150 1
Surface plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Raceway
L. plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Cabinets, FSP94811F100A LC to LC simplex 48-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 singlemode 100 1
Racks & plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Cable
Management FSP94811F150A LC to LC simplex 48-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 singlemode 150 1
M. FSP94811F200A LC to LC simplex 48-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 singlemode 200 1
Grounding & plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
OptiCam Pre-Polished Cam Fiber Optic Termination Kits
For termination of all Panduit OptiCam No adhesive or electricity required for termination C.
Fiber
Pre-Polished Connectors Include installation instructions and stripping templates for Optic
OptiCam Termination Tool simplifies tooling and all Panduit OptiCam Pre-Polished Connectors; also Systems
termination, and virtually eliminates operator error by available on www.panduit.com
providing visual indication of proper termination after D.
the cam step has been completed Power
over
Std. Ethernet
Pkg.
E.
OptiCam Pre-Polished Cam Termination Kit Zone
FCAMKIT Tools, consumables, installation instructions and stripping templates 1 Cabling
necessary for termination of all Panduit OptiCam Pre-Polished
Cam Connectors.
OptiCam Conversion Kit Converts Opti-Crimp Termination Kit for F.
OptiCam Termination Wireless
FPPKIT-CVY Converts Opti-Crimp Termination Kits with the additional tools, 1
installation instructions, and stripping templates required for termination
FCAMKIT of all Panduit OptiCam Pre-Polished Cam Connectors; includes
OptiCam Termination Tool and cradles, and FVFLPC-2.5SMY and G.
FVFLPC-1.25SMY patch cords. Outlets
Cleaning Consumables Kit
FCLEANKIT Replenishes the cleaning consumables required for termination of all 1
fiber optic connectors; includes all of the same cleaning consumable H.
items that are included in all Panduit termination kits. Media
Distribution
Field Polish Kit Upgrade for OptiCam Connector Termination
FIELDKITUPG Upgrades FIELDKIT with the additional tools, consumables, installation 1
instructions and stripping templates required for termination of all I.
FPPKIT-CVY Physical
Panduit OptiCam Pre-Polished Cam Connectors.
Infrastructure
For field polish termination kits, see page C.103, C.104. Management
J.
Components for OptiCam Pre-Polished Cam Termination Kits Overhead &
Underfloor
Std. Std. Routing
Pkg. Ctn.
K.
Tools (included in FCAMKIT) Surface
Raceway
FKITCASE Case for fiber termination kits. 1
CST115 Fiber cable jacket stripper. 1
L.
FALC Alcohol bottle (empty). 1 10 Cabinets,
FBFSP Fiber buffer stripper. 1 10 Racks &
FSCDVR Screwdriver. 1 50 Cable
FGLS Safety glasses. 1 10 Management
OCTT FTWZR Tweezers. 1 10
FWBTL Water bottle (empty). 1 10 M.
FKS Fiber Kevlar shears. 1 10 Grounding &
Bonding
FWRKMAT Fiber safe workmat. 1 10
Tools (included in FCAMKIT and FIELDKITUPG)
FJQCVR Fiber cleaver tool. 1 10 N.
OCTT OptiCam Termination Tool; includes batteries, pouch, and two 1 Industrial
cradles for each OptiCam Connector LC, SC, and ST (patch
cords available separately).
FVFLPC-2.5SMY Patch cord for all OptiCam 2.5mm ferrule connectors (SC & ST). 1 10
O.
FVFLPC-1.25SMY Patch cord for all OptiCam 1.25mm ferrule connectors (LC). 1 10 Labeling &
Cleaning Consumables (included in FCAMKIT and FCLEANKIT) Identification
FWP-C Lint-free wipes. 100 1000
FSWB-C Cleaning swabs. 100 1000 P.
FSTY Safety stickers for fiber scraps. 1 10 Cable
PFX-0 Permanent marking pen, fine tip, black ink (one included in each kit). 12 144 Management
Accessories
Replacement Parts
FJQCVRB Replacement blade for FJQCVR. 1 10
FSCC Tool cradles for SC OptiCam Connectors (two per package). 1 Q.
FLCC Tool cradles for LC OptiCam Connectors (two per package). 1 Index
FSTC Tool cradles for ST OptiCam Connectors (two per package). 1
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Field Polish Fiber Optic Termination Kits
C.
Fiber For termination of all Panduit field polish connectors Include installation instructions and stripping templates for
Optic all Panduit field polish connectors; also available on
Systems Fast acting adhesive; no long curing epoxy required
for termination www.panduit.com
D. Kit provides consumables for terminating up to 200 field
Power polish connectors
over
Ethernet
Std.
Pkg.
E. Part Number Part Description Qty.
Zone Field Polish Termination Kits
Cabling
FIELDKIT Tools, consumables, installation instructions and stripping templates 1
necessary for termination of all Panduit field polish connectors; includes
FHSCT heat shrink curing tool 110VAC, 60Hz.
F.
Wireless FIELDKIT-G Tools, consumables, installation instructions and stripping templates 1
necessary for termination of all Panduit field polish connectors; includes
FHSCT-W heat shrink curing tool 230VAC, 50Hz.
FIELDKIT Field Polish Consumables Refurbishment Kit

G.
Outlets FIELDKITRFB Replenishes the field polish consumables required for termination of all 1
field polish connectors; includes all of the same consumable items as
the FIELDKIT or FIELDKIT-G field polish termination kit.
H. Cleaning Consumables Kit

Media FCLEANKIT Replenishes the cleaning consumables required for termination of all 1
Distribution fiber optic connectors; includes all of the same cleaning consumable
items that are included in all Panduit termination kits.
I. OptiCam Kit Upgrade for Field Polish Connector Termination
Physical
Infrastructure FCAMKITUPG Upgrades FCAMKIT with the additional tools, consumables, installation 1
Management instructions and stripping templates required for termination of all
Panduit field polish connectors; includes FHSCT heat shrink curing tool
J. 110VAC, 60Hz.
Overhead & FCAMKITUPG-G Upgrades FCAMKIT with the additional tools, consumables, installation 1
Underfloor instructions and stripping templates required for termination of all
Routing
Panduit field polish connectors; includes FHSCT-W heat shrink curing
tool 230VAC, 50Hz.
K.
For OptiCam Pre-Polished Cam Termination Kits, see page C.101.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Components for Field Polish Fiber Optic Termination Kits
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Tools (included in FIELDKIT and FIELDKIT-G) Power
over
FKITCASE Case for fiber termination kits. 1
Ethernet
CST115 Fiber cable jacket stripper. 1
FALC Alcohol bottle (empty). 1 10
FBFSP Fiber buffer stripper. 1 10 E.
FSCDVR Screwdriver. 1 50 Zone
Cabling
FGLS Safety glasses. 1 10
FTWZR Tweezers. 1 10
FWBTL Water bottle (empty). 1 10
FKS Fiber Kevlar shears. 1 10 F.
Wireless
FWRKMAT Fiber safe workmat. 1 10
Tools (included in FIELDKIT, FIELDKIT-G, FCAMKITUPG and FCAMKITUPG-G)
FSCRIBE Carbide scribe. 1 10
FLCASCP 1.25mm adapter for FSCOPE. 1 G.
Outlets
FLOUPEX10 Eye loupe (10x). 1
FCRP5 Crimp tool (hex sizes: 0.048", 0.100", 0.128", 0.151", 0.190"). 1
FLPT Crimp tool required for 1.6mm/2.0mm jacketed 1
cable termination. H.
Media
FJPKGU Universal polishing puck (2.5mm ferrule). 1 10
Distribution
FLCPK LC polishing puck (1.25mm ferrule). 1
FPAD Fiber polishing pad (70 durometer). 1 10
FLCPAD Polishing pad and plate (85 durometer). 1 10 I.
FHSCT Heat shrink curing tool (110VAC, 60Hz) required for 1 Physical
Infrastructure
1.6mm/2.0mm jacketed cable termination (included in
Management
FIELDKIT and FCAMKITUPG).
FHSCT-W Heat shrink curing tool (230VAC, 50Hz) required for 1 J.
1.6mm/2.0mm jacketed cable termination (included in Overhead &
FIELDKIT-G and FCAMKITUPG-G). Underfloor
Field Polish Consumables (included in FIELDKIT, FIELDKIT-G, FIELDKITRFB, Routing
FCAMKITUPG and FCAMKITUPG-G)
FSYR-X Syringes with needle tips. 10 50 K.
FPWIRE Piano wire. 1 10 Surface
LJSL4-Y3-2.5 Cable labels. 1 10 Raceway
FJPMR Primer (50ml). 1 10
FJPXY Anaerobic adhesive (10ml). 1 10 L.
Cabinets,
FPP5-L 5m polishing paper (AL2O3). 50 250 Racks &
Cable
FPF1-V 1m diamond polishing film. 5 50
Management
FLCFPLF-X 0.05m lapping film. 10
Cleaning Consumables (included in FIELDKIT, FIELDKIT-G, FIELDKITRFB M.
and FCLEANKIT) Grounding &
FWP-C Lint-free wipes. 100 1000 Bonding
FSWB-C Cleaning swabs. 100 1000
FSTY Safety stickers for fiber scraps. 1 10
PFX-0 Permanent marking pen fine tip (one included in each kit). 12 144 N.
Replacement Parts Industrial
FSCRBLD Replacement blade for carbide scribe. 1 10
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools
C.
Fiber All tools feature a dry cloth cleaning system with an QuickNet Cassette MTP* Connector Cleaning Tool is
Optic ultra clean micro-fiber cloth that captures debris designed to clean MTP* connectors inside QuickNet
Systems
and contamination Cassettes, adapters, faceplates or bulkheads
D.
Anti-static cloth minimizes additional debris from being QuickNet Cassette MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools
Power attracted to connector surfaces unique design enables cleaning of male (with pins) or
over Densely woven, robust cloth doesnt fray or leave fibrous female (without pins) MTP* connectors
Ethernet materials behind All tools and refills can be used to clean 400 MTP* or
Easy-to-install replacement reels are available for reel MPO connectors
E. type MTP* connector cleaning tools (FMTPFCT and
Zone FMTPMFCT) for continuous cleaning without the need
Cabling for tool replacement
Std.
F.
Pkg.
Wireless Part Number Part Description Qty.
Reel Type MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools
FMTPFCT Reel type MTP* connector cleaning tool for cleaning MTP* female 1
connectors (without pins).
G.
Outlets FMTPMFCT Reel type MTP* connector cleaning tool for cleaning MTP* male 1
FMTPFCT connectors (with pins).
QuickNet Cassette MTP* Connector Cleaning Tool
H. FIBCCT QuickNet Cassette MTP* connector cleaning tool for cleaning MTP* 1
Media connectors inside QuickNet Cassettes, adapters, faceplates
Distribution or bulkheads.
Cleaning Reel Refill for Reel Type MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools
I. FMTPRR6 Cleaning reel refill for FMTPFCT and FMTPMFCT reel type MTP* 1
Physical
Infrastructure
connector cleaning tools (includes six reels).
FMTPMFCT
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K. FIBCCT
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management FMTPRR6
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Patch Cord Removal Tool
Tool arms allow the installer to pass over cabling which Compatible with copper and fiber patch cords in adapter
N.
interferes with accessibility panels, pre-terminated cassettes, and enclosures
Industrial Optional flashlight kit (KPCRT-FL) attaches to top of tool
Std.
O. Pkg.
Labeling & Part Number Part Description Qty.
Identification PCRT1 Easily removes copper and fiber patch cords in dense rack installations. 1
PCRT1 KPCRT1-FL Flashlight kit for patch cord removal tool (PCRT1). 1
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q. KPCRT-FL
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom High-Density Connector and Patch Cord Removal Tool
C.
Provides easy access for inserting and removing Tool includes end effectors for LC connectors and a Fiber
connectors to minimize adjacent connector disturbance, carrying case for storage and transportation Optic
Systems
especially in high-density applications Removable end effectors for SC or LC connectors
Used with simplex and duplex LC and SC connectors and LED light for working in dimly lit areas are D.
in fiber adapter panels, pre-terminated cassettes, available separately Power
and enclosures over
Ethernet
Std.
Pkg. E.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Zone
Cabling
Opticom High-Density Connector Removal Tool
HDCRT High-density connector removal tool includes end effector for simplex and 1
HDCRT duplex LC connectors.
F.
Accessories Wireless
KHDCRT-FL Flashlight kit for HDCRT tool. 1
KHDCRT-SCE End effector for simplex and duplex SC connectors. 1
KHDCRT-LCE Replacement end effector for simplex and duplex LC connectors. 1 G.
Outlets
H.
KHDCRT-FL Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
KHDCRT-SCE
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
NOTES
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
POWER OVER ETHERNET SYSTEMS C.

Fiber
Optic
As organizations continue to deploy emerging applications such as IP surveillance cameras, IP Systems
telephony, wireless access points (WAPs), and intelligent buildings, it is increasingly necessary to seek
D.
out cost savings, power management, and network reliability to support these for growing network Power
over
infrastructures. Utilizing new or existing Ethernet wiring systems to send both data and power together, Ethernet
Power over Ethernet (PoE) offers a cost-effective advancement to resolve these challenges while
expanding network infrastructure capabilities. E.
Zone
Cabling
As a leading provider of PoE technology, Panduit DPoE Power over Ethernet Systems utilize power
patch panels in various port and data capability designs, a compact power midspan with 2X power (up
F.
to 32 watts), and power systems with low heat dissipation to enable greater network design Wireless
modularity, simplify installations, and lower total cost of ownership.
G.
Outlets
Space-saving designs allow for deployment in
space-constrained locations
Enable network modularity and scalability to H.
Media
grow a network as needed Distribution
Provide redundant powering to reduce risk I.

and diminish downtime Physical
Infrastructure
Deliver low heat dissipation to improve power Management
and cooling costs J.

Provide visibility of all powered ports and allows Overhead &
Underfloor
multiple site management with a single graphical Routing
user interface
K.
Surface
Raceway
Panduit DPoE Power over Ethernet Systems utilize DPoE Patch Panels in various port and data L.
capability designs and DPoE Compact 8 Midspan with 2X power (up to 32 watts) for increased Cabinets,
Racks &
capabilities.The DPoE Power System provides high efficiency power supplies that can be Cable
Management
hot-swapped for field upgrades or for replacement without taking the entire system down.
The DPoE Element Manager Software automatically locates and provides visibility of all powered M.
Grounding &
ports across the network and allows multiple site management with a single graphical user Bonding
interface. As a result, Panduit DPoE Power over Ethernet Systems take an innovative approach
toward providing scalable and ample power injection for maximum reliability and lower total N.
Industrial
cost of ownership.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). D.1
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Power over Ethernet Systems Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic 2 7
Systems
4
D.
Power
over 6
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
1
F.
Wireless 3
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J. 5
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
DPoE Power Patch Panel DPoE Power Midspan

L. 1 (page D.3)
2 (page D.4)
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M. DPoE Power System DPoE Power

Grounding & 3 (page D.5)
4 Midspan Accessories
Bonding
(page D.4)
N.
Industrial
DPoE Power Supply
5 DPoE Element Manager 6 (page D.5)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P. PanZone In-Ceiling
Cable 7 Enclosures
Management
Accessories (page E.3)
Q.
Index
D.2
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
DPoE Power Patch Panel
Deliver reliable, cost-effective Power over Ethernet for Offer RJ45 terminations with LEDs on front of panels to C.
permanent installations indicate port powering or port status and 110 punchdown Fiber
Optic
Combine patching and power in a single device, occupying terminations on rear of panel for networking management Systems
only one rack space connections
Support 15.4 watts to every port Dissipate significantly less heat than comparable network D.
equipment Power
Fully compliant with IEEE 802.3af standards over
Require 48V DC power supply Ethernet
Eliminate power budget load balancing
E.
Zone
No. of Std. Cabling
Rack Pkg.
DPOE24U1XG 24-port UTP 1 GbE 10/100/1000 patch panel supporting 1 1 F.
IEEE 802.3af-2003 and legacy PoE power protocols. Wireless
Includes Element Manager software CD, rack mount
screws, grounding strap, and lug.
Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). G.
Strain relief bars for mounting can be found on page B.70. Outlets
Power supply and/or power system sold separately.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Component Labels for DPoE Power Patch Panel Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Surface
Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 Raceway
L.
DPOE24U1XG UILJ6 UILS8BW UILS8BW Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
For complete Ultimate ID Labeling Solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.11 and O.19.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
DPoE Power Midspan
C. Delivers reliable, cost-effective Power over Ethernet to Dissipates significantly less heat than comparable
Fiber
Optic
new or existing networks network equipment
Systems Supports up to 32 watts (2X Power) to every port Scalable to grow network as needed
Fully compliant with IEEE 802.3af standards Requires 48V DC power supply
D.
Power Compact, modular design allows up to three units to fit
over horizontally across one rack space
Ethernet
E. No. of Std.
Zone Rack Pkg.
Cabling Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
DPOE8S2XG DPOE8S2XG 8-port STP 10/100/1000 midspan supporting IEEE 1 1
802.3af-2003 and legacy PoE protocols. Option for table
F. top mounting, wall bracket, or 1 RU shelf. Includes Element
Wireless Manager software CD.
DPOE8KIT Compact 8 midspan kit includes individual unit, 120 watt 1 1
power supply, and 15 A conductor power cord.
G. DPOEWM8B Wall mount bracket for DPOE8S2XG. 1 1
Outlets
DPOEPL8BU 8-port passive patch panel module. 1 1
DPOE8KIT
DPOESHELF 1 RU shelf for DPOE8S2XG. 1 1
H. Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).

Media Power supply and/or power system sold separately.
Distribution
DPOEWM8B
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
DPOEPL8BU
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
DPOESHELF
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management Component Labels for DPoE Power Midpsan
M. Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Grounding & Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
DPOE8S2XG UILJ4 UILS8BW UILS8BW

N.
Industrial
DPOEPL8BU UILJ4 UILS8BW UILS8BW
O.
Labeling & For complete Ultimate ID Labeling Solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.11 and O.19.
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
D.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
DPoE Power Supply
Provides up to 120 watts of regulated power Removes AC to DC power conversion heat from power C.
patch panels due to isolation Fiber
Offers flexible placement inside of rack Optic
LED indicates when power is being supplied to the panel Systems
D.
Power
Std. over
Pkg. Ethernet
DPOEPWRB120Y 120 watt power supply. Suitable for single unit power installations with 1
E.
low power needs or a mixture of active and passive devices.
Zone
DPOEPWRB120Y-J 120 watt power supply for use in Japan. Suitable for single unit power 1 Cabling
installations with low power needs or a mixture of active and passive
devices. Kit includes Japan power supply and cord.
DPOEPWRB120Y Power supply requires proper A/C country-specific power cord (CORD-A for Australia, CORD-E for Europe, F.
CORD-S15 for North America, or CORD-U for United Kingdom), must be ordered separately. Japan Power Supply Wireless
(DPOEPWRB120Y-J) includes CORD-J15 for use in Japan.
G.
Outlets
DPoE Power System

H.
Offers 48 volt DC power that is scalable from 1,250 watts Offers a low profile, one rack space design Media
to 3,750 watts Emits 35% less heat compared to other power Distribution
Utilizes high efficiency power supplies that can be hot supply systems
swapped for upgrades or replacement without taking the Increases reliability with problem fault isolation I.
entire system down Physical
Provides consistent powering across a wide range of Infrastructure
devices and application needs Management
J.
No. of Std. Overhead &
Rack Pkg. Underfloor
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Routing
DPOEPWRCU Power system chassis. Utilized for supplying power to 1 1
single and multiple power patch panels when equipped K.
with the appropriate DPoE Power Rectifiers. Surface
DPOEPWRCU Raceway
DPOEPWRR1250 1250 watt power rectifier supplies power for multiple 1
power patch panels. A combination of three rectifiers will
support up to fourteen panels. Used with DPOEPWRCU. L.
Cabinets,
Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). Racks &
Power system chassis requires proper A/C country-specific power cord, (CORD-A for Australia, CORD-E for Cable
Europe, CORD-S15 for United States, CORD-J15 for Japan, or CORD-U for United Kingdom), must be ordered Management
separately.
M.
Grounding &
DPOEPWRR1250 Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
NOTES
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
D.6
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PANZONE ZONE CABLING SYSTEMS C.

Fiber
Optic
Panduit provides a complete line of zone cabling products for open office architecture Systems
applications, telecommunication enclosures, data centers, wireless deployments, and network
D.
integration of a Connected Building Solution. Each zone cabling product serves as a main Power
over
distribution point for a particular zone increasing network flexibility, manageability, accessibility, Ethernet
and efficiency. Utilizing a distributed network and a zone cabling topology for your physical
E.
infrastructure can solve telecommunication room congestion. In addition, centralized fiber Zone
Cabling
backbone cables can be integrated into the solution in order to extend the reach of your network
beyond copper limitations.
F.
Consolidation points, MuTOA, zone distribution Wireless
areas, and telecommunication enclosures can be

used to create a zone cabling system that is G.
TIA/EIA-568-B, 569-B, and 942 compliant Outlets
Provide accessibility and flexibility to reconfigure

offices to meet frequently changing H.
organizational requirements Media
Distribution
Provide the ability to make moves, adds, and
changes quickly and easily I.
Physical
Reduce network downtime when changes Infrastructure
Management
are required
J.
Can solve telecommunication room congestion Overhead &
Underfloor
Provide a low cost alternative for installations that Routing
need to be upgraded or reconfigured
Provide a complete end-to-end network solution K.
Surface
that integrates the Panduit wired structured cabling Raceway
with the Cisco* wireless network equipment L.

Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Panduit zone cabling products are completely modular, accepting all Mini-Com Modules for M.
Grounding &
STP and UTP, fiber optic, and audio/video applications. Zone cabling products accommodate Bonding
multimedia solutions and can be used in floor, ceiling, and wall mount applications while
providing a complete end-to-end network solution.With a zone cabling topology in place, IT N.
Industrial
managers provide themselves with a scalable physical network infrastructure that meets their
needs today as well as the flexibility to deploy the technology of tomorrow.
O.
Labeling &
*Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc. Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). E.1
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Zone Cabling Systems Roadmap

C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
8
2
E. 7
Zone
Cabling 3 1
F.
Wireless
7
G.
Outlets 5
H. 5
Media
Distribution
6 4 7 9
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
PanZone Net-Access
Cabinets,
Racks &
1 In-Ceiling Enclosures
6 Server Cabinet
Cable (page E.3) (pages L.19 L.22)
Management
M.
PanZone PanZone
Grounding &
Bonding
2 Wall Mount Cabinet 7 Cable Assemblies
(page E.4) (page E.9)
N.
Industrial PanZone PanZone
3 Building Automation 8 Wireless Access
Systems Enclosure Point Enclosures
O. (page E.5) (pages F.4 F.5)
Labeling &
Identification
PanZone Racks and
4 Raised Floor Enclosure 9 Cable Management
P. (page E.7) (pages L.59 L.84)
Cable
Management
Accessories
PanZone Overhead
5 Distribution Racks
Q. (page E.6)
Index
E.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PanZone In-Ceiling Enclosures
C.
Designed to accept up to 2 RU of active electronics as Mount in 2' x 2', 2' x 4', and 2' x 6' drop ceilings Fiber
deep as 17.5" and up to 6 RU of standard 19" passive Optic
50 pound door weight capacity Systems
connectivity (PZICEA only)
Include door plate, equipment mounting bracket,
Designed to accept up to 8 RU standard 19" passive integrated horizontal cable slack manager D.
connectivity (PZICE only) Power
AC power ready receptacle not included (PZICEA only) over
Thermal management design optimizes air flow for Ethernet
improved heat dissipation; ideal for high heat load Includes low decibel 60 CFM fan (PZICEA only)
PoE enabled switch applications
E.
Zone
Cabling
No. of Std.
Rack Pkg.
PanZone In-Ceiling Enclosures F.
Wireless
PZICEA Fully assembled in-ceiling active enclosure. Accepts up to 2 RU 5 1
of active network equipment and up to 6 RU of passive product.
Includes mounting brackets, integrated horizontal slack manager,
AC power provisions, fan assembly, air dam, and electrical G.
junction box. Outlets
External dimensions: 13.50"H x 25.50"W x 27.50"D
PZICEA (342.9mm x 647.7mm x 698.5mm).
Internal dimensions: 11.49"H x 22.31"W x 22.46"D
(291.8mm x 566.7mm x 570.5mm). H.
Media
PZICE Fully assembled in-ceiling enclosure. Accepts up to 8 RU of 1 Distribution
standard 19" patch panels. Includes mounting brackets and
integrated horizontal slack manager.
External dimensions: 13.50"H x 25.50"W x 27.50"D I.
(342.9mm x 647.7mm x 698.5mm). Physical
Internal dimensions: 11.49"H x 22.31"W x 22.46"D Infrastructure
(291.8mm x 566.7mm x 570.5mm). Management
PanZone Accessories
J.
PZICFK-E In-ceiling enclosure fan kit power conversion for european 1 Overhead &
regions. Converts fan within in-ceiling active enclosure (PZICEA Underfloor
with 60 CFM fan) to accept 220 VAC/50 Hz power. Includes fan Routing
PZICE
assembly with Shuko plug, air dam, and electrical junction box.
PZICFRK Filter replacement kit, includes five pairs of air inlet filters. 1 K.
StructuredGround Grounding Kit Surface
Raceway
PZICGK Grounding and bonding kit includes all components to properly 1
ground enclosure and two network switches.
L.
Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
PZICFK-E Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PanZone Wall Mount Cabinets
C.
Fiber Hold 12 RU of active and passive network equipment plus Working load rating of 250 lbs.
Optic two additional RU for power strips and small electronic Adjustable rails mount at 1" increments to accommodate
Systems devices (modems, routers, etc.) various depths of network equipment including
D.
Structurally engineered to swing freely even under PoE switches
Power maximum load capacity Individual rack spaces are identified for ease of
over
Ethernet
Thermal management design (vents, perforated doors, equipment mounting
and optional fan) optimizes air flow for improved heat
dissipation; ideal for high heat load PoE enabled
E. switch applications
Zone
Cabling
No. of Std.
Rack Pkg.
F.
Wireless PanZone Wall Mount Cabinets
PZC12S Wall mount cabinet with a solid front door; black. 12 1
(655.6mm x 635.0mm x 580.4mm).
G. PZC12S
Outlets PZC12P Wall mount cabinet with perforated front door; black. 12 1
(655.6mm x 635.0mm x 580.4mm).
PZC12W Wall mount cabinet with windowed front door; black. 12 1
H.
Media
Distribution (655.6mm x 635.0mm x 580.4mm).
PanZone Cable Management Options
I. PZCHSM2 Wall mount cabinet horizontal slack manager; black. 2 2
Physical Dimensions: 3.50"H x 19.00"W x 13.00"D
Infrastructure PZC12P (88.9mm x 482.6mm x 330.2mm).
Management
PZBR3 Cable bend radius post, 3" length.
J. PZBR4 Cable bend radius post, 4" length.
Overhead &
Underfloor PanZone Accessories
Routing PZCFK Wall mount cabinet fan kit; kit includes one 115 VAC fan rated 1
at 112 CFM.
PZCFK-E Wall mount cabinet fan kit european version, 220 VAC with 1
K.
Surface Shuko plug.
Raceway
PZC12W PZCFR Wall mount filter replacement kit. 1
StructuredGround Grounding Kit

L.
Cabinets, PZCGK Grounding and bonding kit; includes all components to properly 1
Racks & ground cabinet.
Cable
Management Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
M.
Grounding &
Bonding PZCHSM2
N.
Industrial
O. PZBR4
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
PZCGK
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PanZone Active Wall Mount Enclosure
C.
Fiber
Holds up to 3 RU of passive product and up to 3 RU of Design accepts all standard 19" patch panels Optic
active equipment Door can be assembled to hinge on either the right or left Systems
Provides optimal cable management by allowing adequate side providing flexibility and easy access for any
space to route and manage patch cords mounting location D.
Power
Patch panel bracket rotates 90 and accepts 19" rack Front cover has standard padlock feature; optional keyed over
mountable product allowing easy installation locks available Ethernet
Provides multiple cable entry/exit points via knockouts Vented design and optional fan provides thermal
management for switches and power supplies E.
Zone
Cabling
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.

F.
PanZone Active Wall Mount Enclosure Wireless
PZAEWM3 Active wall mount enclosure includes mounting 6 1
template for quick installation.
(977.9mm x 709.2mm x 218.7mm). G.
PZAEWM3

Outlets
PanZone Air Exchange Fan
PZAEFAN Wall mount enclosure fan kit. Kit includes one 115 VAC 1
fan rated at 112 CFM. Enclosure accepts up to two
fan kits. H.
Media
PZAEFK-E Wall mount enclosure fan kit european version, 1 Distribution
220 VAC with Shuko plug. Fan rated at 112 CFM.
Enclosure accepts up to two fan kits.
I.
PanZone Accessories Physical
PZAELOCK Optional keyed lock set; includes two locks with keys. 1 10 Infrastructure
Management
StructuredGround Grounding Kit
PZAEGK One tin-plated copper bracket; 3.92"L x .56"W x .79"H 1 J.
(99.6mm x 14.2mm x 20.1mm); provided with four Overhead &
#12-24 screws, one each #10-32 and #10-24 hex nut, Underfloor
#10 split lock washer, grounding washer, and ESD Routing
protection sticker.
All product color is gray. K.
Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
PanZone Building Automation Systems Enclosure
M.
Integrates data communications and Building Automation Eliminates redundant cable runs Grounding &
Systems (BAS) by converging the infrastructure into a Bonding
Provides optimal cable routing and management of patch
single ethernet network cords and electrical components
Minimizes installation costs by consolidating BAS Vented design and optional fan provides thermal N.
equipment into a single enclosure management for network equipment and power supplies Industrial
No. of Std.
Rack Pkg. O.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Color Qty. Labeling &
Identification
PZBASE3 Building automation systems enclosure. Includes 3 White 1
perforated panel 32.00"H x 22.50"W
(812.8mm x 571.5mm) for mounting BAS devices. P.
Dimensions: 48.50"H x 35.00"W x 8.60"D Cable
(1231.9mm x 889.0mm x 218.4mm). Management
Accessories
PZBASE3 PZBASELK Optional keyed lock set; includes two locks with keys. 1

To bond building automation system enclosure sections, see the StructuredGround Enclosure Grounding kit on Q.
page M.23. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Consolidation Point Boxes
C.
Fiber
Optic Suitable for wall mount and underfloor applications Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic,
Systems UL 2043 approved for use in air-handling spaces for and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves,
copper applications adds, and changes
D. Supplied with cable management accessories
Power
over Optional fiber conversion kit available
Ethernet
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
E. Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Zone
CUFMB24BL 24-port aluminum underfloor consolidation point box includes 1
Cabling
pre-printed numbered labels with writable surface on back when
pre-numbered labels are not applicable.
Dimensions: 1.69"H x 10.85"W x 10.67"L
F. CUFMB24BL (42.9mm x 275.6mm x 271.0mm).
Wireless
CUFB48BL 48-port underfloor consolidation point box made of 16 gauge rugged 1
steel for long term durability.
(41.4mm x 254.0mm x 378.0mm).
G.
Outlets CUFF-KIT Optional fiber conversion kit to be used with CUFB48BL and 1 10
CUFMB24BL. Kit includes: four Panduit Pan-Ty Cable Ties, four
wire saddles, two adhesive fiber spools, two support brackets to hold
CUFB48BL fiber cable, one grounding lug, one laser warning label, one fiber
H. warning label and two rubber grommets.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
PanZone Work Area Raised Floor Consolidation
Management Point Enclosures
J. Work with standard office raised floor tiles Accept field terminated or pre-terminated
Overhead &
Underfloor Include Cool Boot Raised Floor Air Sealing Grommet for
connectivity solutions
Routing quick moves, adds, and changes Secure lockable cover
Accept all Mini-Com Modules
K.
Surface Std.
Raceway Pkg.
L. ACE48 Fully assembled office raised floor consolidation point enclosure mounts in 1
Cabinets, 10.5" x 10.5" cutout in one raised floor tile; black finish. Support 48 copper
Racks & cables or up to 96 fiber cables, accepts Mini-Com Modules.
Cable Dimensions: 12.37"H x 12.45"W x 7.88"D
Management (314mm x 316mm x 200mm)
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
PanZone Overhead Distribution Racks
Ideal solution for adding more rack spaces above racks or Multiple mounting configurations
N. cabinets in data centers or telecommunication rooms
Industrial 40/60/80 lbs. load rating
Universal mounting bracket can be mounted to most Optional cable management solutions (PZBR4
industry ladder racks, wire basket, or suspended by and CMVDR2)
threaded rod from ceiling
O.
Labeling & Std.
Identification Pkg.
P. PZLRB2U 2 RU ladder rack bracket. Bracket fits Wyr-Grid Overhead Cable Tray. 1
Cable Dimensions: 8.75"H x 20.26"W x 3.26"D (222.3mm x 514.6mm x 82.8mm)
Management PZLRB4U 4 RU ladder rack bracket. Bracket fits Wyr-Grid Overhead Cable Tray. 1
Accessories Dimensions: 12.25"H x 20.26"W x 3.26"D (311.2mm x 514.6mm x 82.8mm)
PZLRB6U 6 RU ladder rack bracket. Bracket fits Wyr-Grid Overhead Cable Tray. 1
PZLRB6U Dimensions: 15.75"H x 20.26"W x 3.26"D (400.1mm x 514.6mm x 82.8mm)
Q.
Index One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PanZone Raised Floor Enclosures
C.
Fiber
Work with standard office raised floor tiles Compatible with 7/8" square, 1" diameter, 1 1/2" diameter, Optic
Include Cool Boot Raised Floor Air Sealing Grommet for and 2" diameter raised floor pedestals Systems
quick moves, adds, and changes
D.
Accept all Mini-Com Modules Power
Accept field terminated or pre-terminated over
Ethernet
connectivity solutions
Secure lockable cover
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
No. of Std. Wireless
Rack Pkg.
PZRFE4U Fully assembled raised floor enclosure requires 6" minimum 4 1
raised floor depth; black finish. Accepts 4 RU of standard patch G.
Outlets
panels or 2 RU of QuickNet Pre-Terminated Assemblies
or Cassettes.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 22.62"H x 22.62"W x 5.0"D H.
PZRFE4U (575mm x 575mm x 127mm). Media
PZRFE8U Fully assembled raised floor enclosure requires 9.5" minimum 8 1 Distribution
raised floor depth; black finish. Accepts 8 RU of standard patch
panels or 4 RU of QuickNet Pre-Terminated Assemblies I.
or Cassettes. Physical
UL and c-UL Listed. Infrastructure
Dimensions: 22.62"H x 22.62"W x 8.5"D Management
(575mm x 575mm x 216mm).
PZRFE12U Fully assembled raised floor enclosure requires 13" minimum 12 1 J.
raised floor depth; black finish. Accepts 12 RU of standard patch Overhead &
panels or 6 RU of QuickNet Pre-Terminated Assemblies Underfloor
or Cassettes. Routing
PZRFE8U UL and c-UL Listed.
(575mm x 575mm x 305mm). K.
Surface
PZRFC Lockable cover for PanZone Raised Floor Enclosures, includes

1 Raceway
two keys.
Dimensions: 24.0"H x 24.0"W x .75"D L.
(610mm x 610mm x 19.05mm). Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
PZRFE12U Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
PZRFC Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Punchdown Consolidation Point Enclosures
C.
Fiber UL 2043 approved for use in air-handling spaces Mount to wall, above ceiling, and/or below floor
Optic
Systems Meet ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 standard
D. Std.
Power
over Pkg.
Ethernet Part Number Part Description Qty.
WMCPE Punchdown consolidation point enclosure. UL2043 approved for use in air 1
handling spaces. Punchdown kit sold separately.
E. Dimensions: 3.44"H x 9.47"W x 13.22"L
Zone (87.4mm x 240.5mm x 335.8mm).
Cabling
WMCPE GPB24-X All product color is black.
Punchdown Bases
F. GPB24-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 10
Wireless connecting blocks.
GPB144-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 punchdown 10
connecting blocks.
G. P110B100-X Positions and holds UTP cable for termination with Pan-Punch 110 10
GPB144-X P110B100-X
Outlets Connecting Blocks. For frame or rack mount wiring behind bases.
Image reflects standard density punchdown base.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
PanZone Wall Mount Consolidation Point Enclosures
Management
Can be directly mounted to a wall or recessed into a wall Conduit knockouts of 1 3/4" 2" are available on top
J. Include grommet edging, labels, and Tak-Ty Hook & and bottom; conduit knockouts of 1 1/2" are available
Overhead & Loop Cable Ties on the sides
Underfloor
Routing Accommodate up to four 100-pair punchdown bases or Option of flat cover or hinged lockable door
optional patch panel bracket (PZBPPB) can be used to (each sold separately)
accommodate up to 2 RU of standard 19" patch panels
K.
Surface
Raceway
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
L. Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Cabinets,
Racks & PanZone Wall Mount Consolidation Point Enclosure
Cable PZB4 Enclosure, door not included; select PZB4-HC or PZB4FC. 1
Management Dimensions: 25.00"H x 14.50"W x 4.65"D
(635.0mm x 368.3mm x 118.1mm).
M. PZB4 PZB4-HC
Grounding & PZB4-HC Hinged door to be used with PanZone Enclosure (PZB4) when 1
Bonding recessed in a wall. Reversible door can hinge from either side and
includes lock with tab release.
PZB4-FC Flat cover to be used with PanZone Enclosure (PZB4) when 1
N. mounting to wall.
Industrial
PanZone Enclosure Bracket
PZBPPB Patch panel bracket accommodates up to 2 RU of standard 19" 1 10
patch panels. Includes one pair of brackets.
O.
PZB4-FC PZBPPB One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PanZone Cable Assemblies
C.
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and ISO 11801 standards Available in plug to jack module and plug to Fiber
Optic
for permanent link performance plug configurations Systems
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at Available in plenum or riser
for PoE applications T568B wired D.
PanZone Category 6 and Category 6A Cable Power
100% performance tested to permanent link limits over
Assemblies for use in zone cabling applications Ethernet
Std. Std. E.
Length Cable Cable Pkg. Ctn. Zone
Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Type Color Qty. Qty. Cabling
Plug to Plug Cable Assemblies Category 6A Shielded

SAPPBU25 Category 6A, FTP, solid, plenum cable with 25 FTP Blue 1 10
TX6A 10Gig Shielded Modular Plugs on Solid F.
Wireless
each end. Plenum
SAPRBU25 Category 6A, FTP, solid, riser cable with 25 FTP Blue 1 10
TX6A 10Gig Modular Plugs on Solid
Plug to Plug Shielded each end. Riser
Cable Assembly G.
Category 6A UTP Outlets
UAPPBU25 Category 6A, UTP, solid, plenum cable with 25 UTP Blue 1 10
TX6A 10Gig Modular Plugs on Solid
each end. Plenum H.
UAPRBU25 Category 6A, UTP, solid, riser cable with 25 UTP Blue 1 10 Media
TX6A 10Gig Modular Plugs on Solid Distribution
each end. Riser
Category 6 UTP I.
UPPBU25Y Category 6, UTP, solid, plenum cable with 25 UTP Blue 1 10 Physical
TX6 PLUS Modular Plugs on each end. Solid Infrastructure
Jack to Plug UTP Management
Plenum
Cable Assembly
UPRBU25Y Category 6, UTP, solid, riser cable with 25 UTP Blue
J.
TX6 PLUS Modular Plugs on each end. Solid Overhead &
Riser Underfloor
Jack to Plug Cable Assemblies Category 6A Shielded Routing
SAJPBU25BL Category 6A, FTP, solid, plenum cable with 25 FTP Blue 1 10
a TX6A 10Gig Shielded Modular Plug Solid K.
on one end and a black Mini-Com TX6A Plenum Surface
10Gig Shielded Jack Module on the other. Raceway
SAJRBU25BL Category 6A, FTP, solid, riser cable with a 25 FTP Blue 1 10
TX6A 10Gig Shielded Modular Plug on Solid L.
one end and a black Mini-Com TX6A Riser Cabinets,
10Gig Shielded Jack Module on the other. Racks &
Cable
Category 6A UTP Management
UAJPBU25BL Category 6A, UTP, solid, plenum cable with 25 UTP Blue 1 10
a TX6A 10Gig Modular Plug on one Solid M.
end and a black Mini-Com TX6A Plenum Grounding &
10Gig Jack Module on the other. Bonding
UAJRBU25BL Category 6A, UTP, solid, riser cable with a 25 UTP Blue 1 10
TX6A 10Gig Modular Plug on one end Solid
and a black Mini-Com TX6A 10Gig Riser
N.
Jack Module on the other. Industrial
Category 6 UTP
UJPBU25BLY Category 6, UTP, solid, plenum cable with 25 UTP Blue 1 10
a TX6 PLUS Modular Plug on one end Solid O.
and a black Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Jack Plenum Labeling &
Module on the other. Identification
UJRBU25BLY Category 6, UTP, solid, riser cable with a 25 UTP Blue 10
TX6 PLUS Modular Plug on one end and Solid
a black Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Jack Riser P.
Cable
Module on the other. Management
TX6A 10Gig Shielded Patch Cords, found on page B.14, can be used as plug to plug cable assemblies.
Accessories
For lengths 10 to 100 feet (five foot increments) and 110, 120, 130, 140, 150 feet change the length designation
in the part number to the desired length. For example, the part number for a 100 foot, plug to plug, Category 6A,
shielded, riser cable assembly is SAPRBU100. Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Labels for PanZone Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Ethernet Cable Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
E. All Pan-Zone Cable S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Zone Assemblies
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
WIRELESS SOLUTIONS C.
Fiber
Optic
Panduit and Cisco Systems have collaborated to develop a complete solution that cost-effectively Systems
addresses wireless deployment, security management, and control issues facing enterprises by
D.
enabling application interoperability between wired and wireless networks. Panduit physical Power
over
infrastructure systems complement the Cisco Unified Wireless Network to provide a reliable platform Ethernet
that guards against threats to the wireless local area network (WLAN) and provides protection for
E.
critical network elements. Zone
Cabling
Ensure full wired and wireless compatibility

and interoperability F.
Wireless
Provide integrated solution for lower total cost
of ownership
Cost-effectively address WLAN security, deployment, G.
Outlets
and management issues
Aesthetically designed enclosures blend into
the enterprise office without compromising H.
Media
wireless performance Distribution
UL rated enclosures are certified for use in I.

plenum spaces Physical
Infrastructure
Management
The wireless solution set features Panduit PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosures that
J.
accommodate a range of Cisco wireless access points (WAP) capable of being configured in Overhead &
Underfloor
distributed or centralized architectures.These enclosures provide an additional level Routing
of security for your WLAN by protecting the access points from tampering, vandalism, theft, and
harsh environments. Designed to support a secure and wireless environment, the Panduit cabling K.
Surface
infrastructure also includes copper and fiber cabling systems and Power over Ethernet patch panels. Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). F.1
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Wireless Solution Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
1
Cabling
3 4
F. 2
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical 5
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management Indoor Wireless Access PanZone
1 Point Enclosures 4 In-Ceiling Enclosures
M. (Shown) (page E.3)
Grounding & (pages F.3 F.4)
Bonding
Racks and
5 Cable Management
N.
Industrial
(pages L.59 L.84)
PanZone
2 Wall Mount Cabinet
(page E.4)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable PanZone
Management 3 Building Automation
Accessories Systems Enclosure
(page E.5)
Q.
Index
F.2
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosures
C.
Specifically designed for use with Cisco^ and other Optional ceiling bracket kit allows WAP to be mounted Fiber
popular Wireless Access Points in-ceiling for design flexibility for optimum Optic
Lockable enclosure protects against tampering, vandalism, wireless coverage Systems
and theft 2' x 2' ceiling bracket eliminates cutting the ceiling tile by
replacing a standard 2' x 2' ceiling tile D.
Knockouts allow multiple antenna configurations Power
Integrated ceiling bezel allows unit to replace 2' x 2' over
ceiling tile Ethernet
E.
Zone
Std. Cabling
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty.
Wireless Enclosures Designed for Use with Cisco Aironet^ Series Wireless Access Points F.
PZWC35E PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure for surface mount or for use in White 1 Wireless
suspended ceilings with optional in-ceiling mounting bracket. Accommodates
Cisco Aironet^ 1260 and 3500E Series Wireless Access Points.
PZWC35E UL 2043 rated.
Dimensions: 13.75"H x 12.0"W x 3.1"D (349.8 mm x 304.8 mm x 78.0mm) G.
Outlets
PZWC35I PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure; accommodates Cisco Aironet^ White 1
1140 and 3500 Series Wireless Access Points.
UL 2043 rated.
(603mm x 603mm x 78mm). Media
Distribution
PZWC35I PZWC35 PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure for surface mount or for use in White 1
suspended ceilings with optional in-ceiling mounting bracket. Accommodates
Cisco Aironet^ 1140 and 3500 Series Wireless Access Points. I.
UL 2043 rated. Physical
Infrastructure
Management
PZWIFIEN PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure; accommodates Cisco Aironet^ White 1
1250 Series Wireless Access Points. J.
UL 2043 rated. Overhead &
Dimensions: 13.75"H x 12.00"W x 4.75"D Underfloor
PZWC35 Routing
(349.8mm x 304.8mm x 120.6mm).
PZWIFIENA PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure; compatible with all Cisco White 1
Aironet^ 1250 Series WAPs when used with Cisco Patch Antennas (AIR- K.
ANT5140V-R and/or AIR-ANT2430V-R). Surface
UL 2043 rated. Raceway
(349.8mm x 304.8mm x 120.6mm). L.
Cabinets,
PZWIFIEN PZWIFIED PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure; accommodates Cisco Aironet^

White 1 Racks &
1230 and 1240 Series Wireless Access Points. Cable
UL 2043 rated. Management
(349.8mm x 304.8mm x 77.7mm). M.
PZWIFIEA PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure; compatible with all Cisco White 1 Grounding &
Bonding
Aironet^ 1200, 1230, and 1240 Series WAPs when used with Cisco Patch
Antennas (AIR-ANT5145V-R and/or AIR-ANT5959).
PZWIFIENA UL 2043 rated.
Dimensions: 13.75"H x 12.00"W x 3.06"D N.
(349.8mm x 304.8mm x 77.7mm). Industrial
PZWIFIE PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure; accommodates Cisco Aironet^ White 1
1200 Series Wireless Access Points.
UL 2043 rated. O.
Dimensions: 12.00"H x 12.00"W x 2.31"D Labeling &
(304.8mm x 304.8mm x 58.7mm). Identification
PZWIFIED ^Cisco, SMARTnet, and Aironet are registered trademarks of Cisco Technology, Inc.
For shielded versions of PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosures, add suffix "S" to part number.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PZWIFIE
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosures (continued)
C.
Fiber Std.
Optic Pkg.
Systems Part Number Part Description Color Qty.
Wireless Enclosures Designed for Use with Cisco Aironet^ Series Wireless Access Points
D. (continued)
Power
over PZWIFIEW PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure with windowed front door; White 1
Ethernet accommodates Cisco Aironet^ 1130 Series Wireless Access Points.
(304.8mm x 304.8mm x 58.7mm).
E.
Zone
PZWIFIER PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure; accommodates Aruba AP-124 White 1
Cabling PZWIFIEW and AP-125 Wireless Access Point.
UL 2043 rated.
(349.8mm X 304.8mm X 77.7mm)
F.
Wireless PZWRKA PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure Retrofit Kit for PZWIFIEA and White 1
PZWIFIED enclosures to upgrade to Cisco^ 1140, 3500 802.11/n access
points.
Internal Bracket Dimensions: 5.8"H x 5.8"W x 1.7"D (147mm x 147mm x
G.
44mm)
Outlets PZWRKA Door Dimension: 13.6"H x 11.9"W x .3"D (346mm x 303mm x 8mm)
Wireless Enclosure Designed for HP, Foundry Networks, Enterasys Networks^^, and
Aruba^^^ Wireless Access Points
H. PZWIFIEH PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure; accommodates HP ProCurve* White 1
Media 420, Foundry IP200, and Enterasys^^ RBT-4102 Wireless Access Points.
Distribution
UL 2043 rated.
Dimensions: 13.75"H X 12.00"W X 3.06"D
I. (349.8mm X 304.8mm X 77.7mm).
Physical PZWIFIEH
Infrastructure In-Ceiling Mounting Bracket Kits
Management PZWIFICB PanZone Wireless Enclosure In-Ceiling Mounting Bracket Kit for PZWIFIE White 1
and PZWIFIEW.
J. Dimensions: 3.31"H x 13.62"W x .75"D
Overhead & (84.1mm x 345.9mm x 19.0mm).
Underfloor
Routing PZWIFIDCB PanZone Wireless Enclosure In-Ceiling Mounting Bracket Kit for White 1
PZWIFIDCB PZWIFIEN, PZWIFIENA, PZWIFIED, PZWIFIEA and PZWIFIEH.
Dimensions: 4.06"H x 13.73"W x .81"D
K. (103.1mm x 348.7mm x 20.6mm).
Surface
PZW2X2CB PanZone Wireless Enclosure 2x2 ft. In-Ceiling Mounting Bracket Kit for White 1
Raceway
PZWIFIE and PZWIFIEW.
L. (81.1mm x 603.3mm x 603.3mm).
Cabinets,
Racks & PZW2X2DCB PanZone Wireless Enclosure 2x2 ft. In-Ceiling Mounting Bracket Kit for White 1
Cable PZWIFIEN, PZWIFIENA, PZWIFIED, PZWIFIEA, and PZWIFIEH.
(100.1mm x 603.3mm x 603.3mm).
M.
Grounding & ^Cisco, SMARTnet, and Aironet are registered trademarks of Cisco Technology, Inc.
Bonding *ProCurve is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
Foundry is a registered trademark of Foundry Networks, Inc.
^Ênterasys is a registered trademark of Enterasys Networks, Inc.
^^Âruba is a registered trademark of Aruba Networks, Inc.
N. For shielded versions of PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosures, add suffix "S" to part number.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
F.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PanZone NEMA 4X/IP66 Rated Wireless Access Point Enclosures
C.
NEMA 4X and IP66 rating protects against corrosion, Include pre-configured mounting template Fiber
windblown dust and rain, splashing water and Provisions for padlocks to protect against tampering and Optic
hose-directed water theft Systems
Universal design accommodates the most popular Optional NEMA 4X rated fittings available in various sizes
Wireless Access Points including Cisco Aironet^ 1200, D.
1230, 1240, 1250, 1300, 1142, and 3500 Series and Optional NEMA 4X drain and vent kit Power
Connectivity accessory kit (included): 2-position outlet box, over
Aruba^^^ 92, 105 and 134 Ethernet
Fiberglass construction and aluminum mounting plate Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Jack Module, TX6 PLUS Patch
allow quick and easy access point installation Cord, silicone sealant and grounding cable
Shielded connectivity accessory kit also available E.
UL508A Listed and approved Zone
Cabling
Std.
Pkg.
F.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Wireless
PanZone NEMA 4X/IP66 Rated Wireless Access Point Enclosures
PZNWE12 Wireless enclosure designed for Power over Ethernet applications. 1
Includes UTP connectivity kit.
G.
Outlets
(344.4mm x 342.1mm x 166.6mm).
PZNWE12 Internal dimensions: 11.70"H x 11.70"W x 6.29"D
(297.2mm x 297.2mm x 159.8mm).
H.
PZNWE12S Wireless enclosure designed for Power over Ethernet applications. 1 Media
Includes shielded connectivity kit. Distribution
(344.4mm x 342.1mm x 166.6mm).
Internal dimensions: 11.70"H x 11.70"W x 6.29"D I.
(297.2mm x 297.2mm x 159.8mm). Physical
Infrastructure
PZNWE14 Wireless enclosure designed for traditional AC power applications. 1 Management
Includes UTP connectivity kit.
External dimensions: 15.50"H x 13.50"W x 6.25"D J.
PZNWE14 (393.7mm x 342.9mm x 158.8mm). Overhead &
Internal dimensions: 13.53"H x 11.55"W x 5.94"D Underfloor
(343.7mm x 293.4mm x 150.9mm). Routing
PZNWE14S Wireless enclosure designed for traditional AC power applications. 1

Includes shielded connectivity kit. K.
External dimensions: 15.50"H x 13.50"W x 6.25"D Surface
(393.7mm x 342.9mm x 158.8mm). Raceway
Internal dimensions: 13.53"H x 11.55"W x 5.94"D
(343.7mm x 293.4mm x 150.9mm). L.
Cabinets,
NEMA 4X Rated Fittings and Accessories Racks &
Cable
PZNF1 NEMA 4X rated compression fitting, ideal for cable diameters of 1 Management
.115" to .250" (2.82mm to 6.35mm).
PZNF2 NEMA 4X rated compression fitting, ideal for cable diameters of 1 M.
.230" to .395" (5.84mm to 10.03mm). Grounding &
PZNF3 NEMA 4X rated compression fitting, ideal for cable diameters of 1 Bonding
.170" to .450" (4.32mm to 11.43).
PZNDVK NEMA 4X drain and vent kit. 1
N.
^Cisco and Aironet are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.
Industrial
^^Âruba is a registered trademark of Aruba Networks, Inc.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
NOTES
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
F.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
OUTLETS C.
Fiber
Optic
Panduit offers the most comprehensive selection of communication outlets to extend your copper, Systems
audio/video, and fiber cabling system to the work area. From a standard work station configuration to
D.
a MuTOA application, Panduit has a solution to support your requirements. Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
Completely modular, accepting all
Mini-Com Modules for copper, fiber, and
audio/video applications F.
Wireless
Superior design provides lower profile, higher
density outlet products, creating a cost-effective
solution for easy moves, adds, and changes G.
Outlets
Aesthetically pleasing solution to compliment all
types of work areas
H.
Ultimate ID components are part of a Media
Distribution
complete system for identification designed
to efficiently support TIA/EIA-606-A standard I.
labeling requirements Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Work area outlets products are easily installed and provide a broad range of solutions. Outlets K.
solutions consist of a variety of faceplate styles and port densities, including tamper resistant and Surface
Raceway
water resistant options. Surface mount boxes are available in shuttered and non-shuttered versions.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). G.1
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Workstation Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
3
F.
Wireless
3
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
1
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
2
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
1 Mini-Com Faceplates 2 Mini-Com Modular 3 Mini-Com Surface

N. (pages G.3 G.14) Furniture Faceplates Mount Boxes
Industrial
(pages G.18 G.20) (pages G.22 G.25)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
G.2
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Classic Series Faceplates
Components are part of a complete system for Can be clearly identified with the PanTher LS8E or C.
Fiber
identification designed to efficiently support TIA/EIA-606-A Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers Optic
standard labeling requirements Non-adhesive computer printable label sheets for desktop Systems
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, printers and write-on labels available
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Replacement screw covers and label covers available D.
Optional icons available over
Supplied with color coordinated screw cover and clear Ethernet
station and port label covers, labels sold separately
E.
Zone
Std. Std. Cabling
Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Required* Qty. Qty.
UICFP2IW Single gang, vertical faceplate holds up to Off One 1-Port 1 10
F.
two Mini-Com Modules. White One 2-Port Wireless
UICFP4IW Single gang, vertical faceplate holds up to Off One 1-Port 1 10
four Mini-Com Modules. White Two 2-Port
UICFP6IW Single gang, vertical faceplate holds up to Off One 1-Port 1 10 G.
UICFP2IW UICFP4IW six Mini-Com Modules. Requires minimum White Two 3-Port Outlets
1.9" wide in-wall box or wallboard adapter
for proper installation.
UICFPH2IW Single gang, horizontal faceplate holds up Off One 1-Port 1 10 H.
to two Mini-Com Modules. White One 2-Port Media
Distribution
UICFPH4IW Single gang, horizontal faceplate holds up Off One 1-Port 1 10
to four Mini-Com Modules. White One 4-Port
UICFPH2IW I.
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White). Physical
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws. Infrastructure
*Ultimate ID Labels can be found on pages O.11 and O.21. Management
UICFP6IW
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
UICFPH4IW
K.
Surface
Raceway
Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplates with Label and Label Cover L.

Cabinets,
Racks &
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Include label/label covers for easy port identification Cable
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Replacement label/label covers available Management
adds, and changes
M.
Std. Std. Grounding &
Pkg. Ctn. Bonding
CFPL2IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts two Mini-Com Off 1 10
Modules. White
N.
CFPL3IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts three Mini-Com Off 1 10 Industrial
Modules. White
CFPL2IWY CFPL3IWY
CFPL4IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts four Mini-Com Off 1 10
Modules. White O.
CFPL6IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts six Mini-Com Off 1 10 Labeling &
Identification
Modules. White
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), or IG (International Gray).
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws. P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
CFPL4IWY CFPL6IWY
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplates with Label
C.
Fiber and Label Cover
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet

E.
Zone TDP43ME Thermal
Cabling Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
All CFPL Parts C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
F.
Wireless For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Mini-Com Classic Series Sloped Faceplates with Label

G.
Outlets and Label Cover
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Replacement label/label covers available
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Optional icons available
H. adds, and changes
Media
Distribution Include label/label covers for easy port identification
I. Std. Std.
Physical Pkg. Ctn.
Infrastructure Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Management CFPSL2IWY Single gang, sloped vertical faceplate accepts two Off 1 10
Mini-Com Modules. White
J.
Overhead & CFPSL4IWY Single gang, sloped vertical faceplate accepts four Off 1 10
Underfloor Mini-Com Modules. White
Routing CFPSL2IWY CFPSL4IWY CFPSL6IWY Single gang, sloped vertical faceplate accepts six Off 1 10
Mini-Com Modules. Requires minimum 1.9" wide electrical White
box for proper mounting.
K.
Surface CFPHSL4IW Single gang, sloped horizontal faceplate accepts four Off 1 10
Raceway Mini-Com Modules. White
L.
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws.
Cabinets,
Racks & CFPHSL4IW
Cable
Management CFPSL6IWY
M.
Grounding & Component Labels for Mini-Com Classic Series Sloped Faceplates with
Bonding
Label and Label Cover
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
TDP43ME Thermal
P. Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Cable Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Management All CFPSL Parts C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
Accessories
All CFPHSL4 Parts C261X035Y1J C261X035Y1T C261X035Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
Q. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Index For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
G.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplates
C.
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Optional adhesive labels available Fiber
Optic
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Systems
adds, and changes
D.
Std. Std. Power
over
Pkg. Ctn. Ethernet
CFP1IW Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts one Off 1 10
Mini-Com Module. White E.
Zone
CFP2IW Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts two Off 1 10 Cabling
CFP1IW CFP2IW CFP4IW CFP4IW Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts four Off 1 10
Mini-Com Modules. White F.
CFPH2IW Single gang, horizontal faceplate accepts two Off 1 10 Wireless
CFPH4IW Single gang, horizontal faceplate accepts four Off 1 10
Mini-Com Modules. White G.
Outlets
CFPH2IW CFPH4IW All faceplates supplied with mounting screws.
H.
Media
Component Labels for Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplates Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Underfloor
Routing
TDP43ME Thermal
Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label K.
CFP1 C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK Surface
Raceway
CFP2
CFP4 C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
L.
CFPH2 Cabinets,
Racks &
CFPH4 C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK Cable
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplate Kits
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Inserts are front releasable N.
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Optional adhesive labels available Industrial
adds, and changes
Std. Std.
O.
Pkg. Ctn.
Labeling &
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. Identification
CFPS4IW Single gang, vertical faceplate frame and two sloped Off 1 10
inserts (two module spaces each). Accepts four White
Mini-Com Modules. P.
Cable
CFPF12IW-2G Double gang, vertical faceplate frame and six flat Off 1 10 Management
CFPS4IW CFPF12IW-2G inserts (two module spaces each). Accepts twelve White Accessories
Mini-Com Modules.
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws. Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplate Kits
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E. TDP43ME Thermal
Zone Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Cabling
All CFPS4 Parts C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
F. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Wireless
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Executive Series Faceplates

G.
Outlets Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system Can be clearly identified with the PanTher LS8E or
for identification designed to efficiently support TIA/EIA- Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers
606-A standard labeling requirements Non-adhesive computer printable label sheets for desktop
H. Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, printers and write-on labels available
Media and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves,
Distribution Replacement screw covers and label covers available
adds, and changes
Optional icons available
Raised rail design for aesthetic appeal
I. Supplied with color coordinated screw cover and clear
Physical
Infrastructure station and port label covers, labels sold separately
Management
Std. Std.
J.
Overhead & Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Underfloor Part Number Part Description Color Required* Qty. Qty.
Routing UICFPSE2IW Single gang, vertical sloped faceplate Off One 1-Port 1 10
holds up to two Mini-Com Modules. White One 2-Port
K. UICFPSE4IW Single gang, vertical sloped faceplate Off One 1-Port 1 10
Surface
UICFPSE2IW UICFPSE4IW holds up to four Mini-Com Modules. White Two 2-Port
Raceway UICFPSE6IW Single gang, vertical sloped faceplate Off One 1-Port 1 10
holds up to six Mini-Com Modules. White Two 3-Port
L. Requires minimum 1.9" wide in-wall
Cabinets, box or wallboard adapter for
Racks & proper installation.
Cable
Management UICFPSE8IW-2G Double gang, vertical faceplate holds up Off Four 4-Port 1 10
UICFPSE6IW UICFPSE8IW-2G to eight Mini-Com Modules. White
M. UICFPHSE2IW Single gang, horizontal sloped faceplate Off One 1-Port 1 10
Grounding & holds up to two Mini-Com Modules. White One 2-Port
Bonding UICFPHSE4IW Single gang, horizontal sloped faceplate Off One 1-Port 1 10
holds up to four Mini-Com Modules. White One 4-Port
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or BL
N. UICFPHSE2IW UICFPHSE4IW (Black).
Industrial All faceplates supplied with mounting screws.
*Ultimate ID Labels can be found on pages O.11 and O.21.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Executive Series Faceplates
C.
Fiber
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Include label/label covers for easy port identification Optic
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Raised rail design for aesthetic appeal Systems
adds, and changes
D.
Std. Std. Power
Pkg. Ctn. over
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. Ethernet
CFPE1IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts one Off 1 10
Mini-Com Module. White E.
Zone
CFPE1IWY CFPE2IWY CFPE4IWY CFPE2IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts two Off 1 10 Cabling
CFPE4IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts four Off 1 10
Mini-Com Modules. White F.
Wireless
CFPE6IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts six Mini-Com Modules. Off 1 10
Requires minimum 1.9" wide electrical box for proper mounting. White
CFPE10IW-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts ten Mini-Com Modules. Off 1 10
White G.
CFPE6IWY CFPE10IW-2GY Outlets
H.
Media
Component Labels for Mini-Com
Executive Series Faceplates Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Routing
TDP43ME Thermal
Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label K.
Surface
CFPE1**Y Raceway
CFPE2**Y
CFPE4**Y L.
Cabinets,
CFPE6**Y Racks &
CFPE10**-2GY C288X040Y1J C288X040Y1T C288X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Mini-Com Sloped Executive Series Faceplate Kit
N.
Accepts Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Sloped inserts are front releasable Industrial
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Includes label/label covers for easy port identification
adds, and changes
Raised rail design for aesthetic appeal
O.
Pkg. Ctn. Identification
CFPSE4IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate frame and two sloped Off 1 10 P.
inserts (two module spaces each). Accepts four White Cable
Mini-Com Modules. Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for Mini-Com Sloped Executive Series Faceplate Kits
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
TDP43ME Thermal
E. Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Zone Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Cabling CFPSE4**Y C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
F.
Wireless
Mini-Com Executive Series Faceplate Kits with Jack Modules
Accept Mini-Com Category 6 (CJ688TG), Category 5e Convenience of having a faceplate with all the
G.
(CJ5E88TG), or Category 3 (CJ66U) Modules, which components to complete the outlet, in one package
Outlets snap in and out for easy moves, adds, and changes
Std. Std.
H. Pkg. Ctn.
Media Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Distribution
Two Module Space Single Gang Faceplate Kit
CFKE2A5U5J Includes 2-port executive faceplate with two Off White 1 10
I.
Mini-Com Category 5e Jack Modules (BU, OR).
Physical
Infrastructure CFKE2A6U6J Includes 2-port executive faceplate with two Off White 1 10
Management CFKE2 Mini-Com Category 6 Jack Modules (BU, OR).
CFKE2A5U3A Includes 2-port executive faceplate with one Off White 1 10
J. Mini-Com Category 5e Jack Module (BU) and
Overhead & one Mini-Com Category 3 Jack Module (IW).
Underfloor
Routing CFKE2A6U3A Includes 2-port executive faceplate with one Off White 1 10
Mini-Com Category 6 Jack Module (BU) and
one Mini-Com Category 3 Jack Module (IW).
K.
Surface
CFKE2F5U5J Includes 2-port executive faceplate with two Electric 1 10
Raceway Mini-Com Category 5e Jack Modules (BU, OR). Ivory
CFKE2F6U6J Includes 2-port executive faceplate with two Electric 1 10
L. CFKE4 Mini-Com Category 6 Jack Modules (BU, OR). Ivory
Cabinets, CFKE2F5U3F Includes 2-port executive faceplate with one Electric 1 10
Racks & Mini-Com Category 5e Jack Module (BU) and Ivory
Cable one Mini-Com Category 3 Jack Module (EI).
Management
CFKE2F6U3F Includes 2-port executive faceplate with one Electric 1 10
Mini-Com Category 6 Jack Module (BU) and Ivory
M.
Grounding & one Mini-Com Category 3 Jack Module (EI).
Bonding Four Module Space Single Gang Faceplate Kit with Blanks
CFKE4A5U5J3AMA Includes 4-port executive faceplate with two Off White 1 10
Mini-Com Category 5e Jack Modules (BU, OR),
N. one Mini-Com Category 3 Jack Module (IW),
Industrial and a blank.
CFKE4A6U6J5AMA Includes 4-port executive faceplate with two Off White 1 10
Mini-Com Category 6 Jack Modules (BU, OR),
O. one Mini-Com Category 5e Jack Module (IW),
Labeling & and a blank.
Identification CFKE4F5U5J3FMF Includes 4-port executive faceplate with two Electric 1 10
Mini-Com Category 5e Jack Modules (BU, OR), Ivory
one Mini-Com Category 3 Jack Module (EI),
P. and a blank.
Cable
Management CFKE4F6U6J5FMF Includes 4-port executive faceplate with two Electric 1 10
Accessories Mini-Com Category 6 Jack Modules (BU, OR), Ivory
one Mini-Com Category 5e Jack Module (EI),
and a blank.
Q. Faceplate colors IW (Off White) or EI (Electric Ivory).
Index Jack module colors BU (Blue), OR (Orange), IW (Off White), EI (Electric Ivory).
Blank matches color of faceplate.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for Mini-Com Executive Series Faceplate Kits with
C.
Jack Modules Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet

TDP43ME Thermal Zone
Cabling
Laser/Inkjet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Faceplate Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand Held Printer Label
CFKE2* C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
CFKE4* F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Tamper Resistant Faceplate Kit
Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system Supplied with color coordinated screw cover
H.
for identification designed to efficiently support TIA/EIA- Can be clearly identified with the PanTher LS8E or Media
606-A standard labeling requirements Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers Distribution
Includes tamper resistant screw to prevent unauthorized Non-adhesive computer printable label sheets for desktop
access to the connections printers and write-on labels available I.
Front accessible inserts are recessed and provide a 30 Replacement screw covers and label covers available Physical
slope to provide proper bend radius control Infrastructure
Optional icons available Management
Requires minimum in-wall box depth of 2.125"
Accepts Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, J.
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Overhead &
adds, and changes Underfloor
Routing
Std. Std.
Labels Pkg. Ctn. K.
Part Number Part Description Color Required* Qty. Qty. Surface
Raceway
UICFPRTR4IW Tamper resistant faceplate kit includes Off One 1-Port 1 10
faceplate frame, two recessed modular White Two 2-Port
inserts, faceplate cover with additional L.
outlet station identifier and tamper Cabinets,
Racks &
resistant screw. Holds up to four Cable
Mini-Com Modules. Management
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White).
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws. M.
T8 Torx driver required for installation of tamper resistant screw. Grounding &
*Ultimate ID Labels can be found on pages O.11 and O.21. Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Tamper Resistant Faceplates
C.
Fiber Include two tamper resistant screws to prevent Two-piece hinged design
Optic unauthorized access to the connections
Systems Mount to single gang opening
(combo head screws also included)
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber
D. Sloped design improves bend radius control optic, and audio/video, which snap in and out for
Power Made of impact resistant material easy moves, adds, and changes
over
Ethernet Optional icons available
E. Std. Std.
Zone Pkg. Ctn.
CFPTR4IW Single gang, vertical tamper resistant faceplate accepts Off White 1 10
four Mini-Com Modules. Dimensions 5.8"H x 3.1"W x
F. 1.5"D (147.32mm x 78.74mm x 38.10mm).
Wireless
CFPTR2BEI Single gang, vertical tamper resistant faceplate with two Electric 1 10
encased sloped ports and two accessible breakout ports Ivory
in the base; accepts up to four Mini-Com Modules.
Dimensions 5.8"H x 3.1"W x 1.5"D (147.32mm x
G. 78.74mm x 38.10mm).
Outlets
CFPTR4IW CFPTR2BEI
BL (Black), CIG (International Gray base with Clear cover), or CL (Clear base and cover).
H.
Fiber modules are not recommended for use in bottom two module spaces due to bend radius control
Media
requirements.
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Component Labels for Mini-Com Tamper Resistant Faceplates
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Management TDP43ME Thermal
M. Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Grounding &
Bonding All CFPTR Parts C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Water Resistant Faceplate
C.
Includes unique gaskets that prevent water from entering Two-piece hinged design Fiber
and damaging connections Mounts to single gang opening Optic
Systems
Meets the level of protection required for an IP56 Includes combo head screws to secure cover to base
enclosure (tamper resistant screws also included) D.
Sloped design improves bend radius control Accepts Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Power
Made of impact resistant material and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, over
adds, and changes Ethernet
Std. Std. E.
Zone
Pkg. Ctn. Cabling
CFPWR4CIG Single gang, vertical water resistant faceplate International 1 10
accepts four Mini-Com Modules. Gray Base
Dimensions 5.8"H x 3.1"W x 1.5"D and Clear F.
(147.32mm x 78.74mm x 38.10mm). Cover Wireless
For other colors replace suffix CIG (International Gray base with Clear cover) with CL (Clear base and cover),
IG (International Gray), IW (Off White), BL (Black), EI (Electric Ivory), or WH (White).
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws. G.
Fiber modules are not recommended for use in bottom two module spaces due to bend radius control Outlets
requirements.
H.
Component Labels for Mini-Com Water Resistant Faceplate Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Overhead &
TDP43ME Thermal Underfloor
Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 Routing
CFPWR4CIG C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Stainless Steel Faceplates

Racks &
Cable
Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system Supplied with coordinated screw cover and clear station Management
for identification designed to efficiently support and port label covers, labels sold separately
TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements Impact-resistant 304 stainless steel suitable for light M.
Grounding &
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, industrial environments Bonding
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves,
adds, and changes
N.
Std. Std. Industrial
Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required* Qty. Qty.
UICFP2S Single gang, vertical faceplate holds up to two One 1-Port 1 10 O.
Mini-Com Modules. One 2-Port Labeling &
UICFP4S Single gang, vertical faceplate holds up to four One 1-Port 1 10 Identification
UICFP2S UICFP4S Mini-Com Modules. Two 2-Port

UICFP6S Single gang, vertical faceplate holds up to six One 1-Port 1 10 P.
Mini-Com Modules. Requires minimum 1.9" wide in Two 3-Port Cable
wall box or wallboard adapter for proper installation. Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
UICFP6S
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Stainless Steel Faceplates with Labels
C.
Fiber Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Replacement label/label covers available on page G.29
Optic
Systems
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Impact-resistant 304 stainless steel suitable for light
adds, and changes industrial environments
D. Include label/label covers for easy port identification
Power
over Std. Std.
Ethernet Pkg. Ctn.
E. CFPL2SY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts two Mini-Com Modules. 1 10
Zone CFPL4SY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts four Mini-Com Modules. 1 10
Cabling Requires minimum 1.9" wide electrical box for proper mounting.
CFPL6SY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts six Mini-Com Modules. 1 10
CFPL2SY CFPL4SY Requires minimum 1.9" wide electrical box for proper mounting.
F.
Wireless CFPL4S-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts four Mini-Com Modules. 1 10
CFPL6S-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts six Mini-Com Modules. 1 10
CFPL8S-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts eight Mini-Com Modules. 1 10
G. CFPL10S-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts ten Mini-Com Modules. 1 10
Outlets All faceplates include mounting screws.
H. CFPL6SY CFPL4S-2GY
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead & CFPL6S-2GY CFPL8S-2GY
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets, CFPL10S-2GY
Racks &
Cable
Management Component Labels for Mini-Com Stainless Steel Faceplates with Labels
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
TDP43ME Thermal
O.
Labeling & Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Identification CFPL2SY
CFPL4SY C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
P. CFPL6SY
Cable
CFPL4S-2GY
Management
Accessories CFPL6S-2GY
CFPL8S-2GY
Q.
CFPL10S-2GY
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Stainless Steel Faceplates
C.
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Impact-resistant 304 stainless steel suitable for light Fiber
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, industrial environments Optic
Systems
adds, and changes
Optional adhesive labels available D.
Power
over
Std. Std. Ethernet
Pkg. Ctn.
E.
CFP2SY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts two Mini-Com Modules. 1 10 Zone
CFP4SY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts four Mini-Com Modules. 1 10 Cabling
Requires minimum 1.9" wide electrical box for proper mounting.
CFP6SY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts six Mini-Com Modules. 1 10
CFP2SY CFP4SY Requires minimum 1.9" wide electrical box for proper mounting. F.
Wireless
CFP4S-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts four Mini-Com Modules.

1 10
CFP8S-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts eight Mini-Com Modules. 1 10
CFP10S-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts ten Mini-Com Modules. 1 10
G.
All faceplates include mounting screws. Outlets
H.
Media
CFP6SY CFP4S-2GY Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
CFP8S-2GY CFP10S-2GY Routing
K.
Surface
Component Labels for Mini-Com Stainless Steel Faceplates Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
TDP43ME Thermal
Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label N.
Industrial
CFP2SY
CFP4SY C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CFP4S-2GY O.
C188X030FJJ C188X030YPT C188X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK Labeling &
CFP6SY Identification
CFP8S-2GY C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CFP10S-2GY C315X030FJJ C315X030YPT C315X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
P.
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Classic and Executive Faceplate Frames
C.
Fiber Accept inserts which snap in and out of faceplate frames Optional adhesive labels available
Optic
Systems All inserts are front releasable Executive faceplates frames have raised rail design for
Allow custom installations with your choice of inserts aesthetic appeal
D.
Power
over
Ethernet Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
E.
Zone Classic Faceplate Frames
Cabling CBIW Single gang faceplate frame accepts two 1/2 size module Off 1 10
inserts or three 1/3 size module inserts. White
CBIW CBIW-2G CBIW-2G Double gang faceplate frame accepts up to four 1/2 size Off 1 10
F. module inserts or six 1/3 size module inserts. White
Wireless
Executive Faceplate Frames
CBEIWY Single gang faceplate frame accepts up to two 1/2 size Off 1 10
module inserts or three 1/3 size module inserts. Supplied White
G. with labels and label cover/screw covers.
Outlets
CBEIW-2GY Double gang faceplate frame accepts up to four 1/2 size Off 1 10
module inserts or six 1/3 size module inserts. Supplied with White
labels and label cover/screw covers.
H.
Media CBEIWY CBEIW-2GY For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or
Distribution BL (Black).
All faceplate frames supplied with mounting screws.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway Component Labels for Mini-Com Classic and Executive Faceplate Frames
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
TDP43ME Thermal
Frame Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
N. Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Industrial
CBE**Y C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
CBE**-2GY C288X040Y1J C288X040Y1T C288X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
O. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Labeling & For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Inserts
C.
Fiber
Compatible with classic and executive faceplate frames Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic,

Optic
Front releasable and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Systems
adds, and changes
D.
Power
Std. Std. over
Pkg. Ctn. Ethernet
CHS2IW-X Two module space, 1/2 size, sloped insert accepts two Off 10 50
E.
Mini-Com Modules. White Zone
CHS2SIW-X Two module space, 1/2 size, sloped shuttered insert Off 10 50 Cabling
CHS2IW-X CHS2SIW-X accepts two Mini-Com Modules. Shutters are spring White
loaded and rotate out of the way for cable connections. Not
suitable for use with any audio/video or fiber connector F.
module that protrudes beyond the face of the insert. Wireless
CHF2IW-X Two module space, 1/2 size, flat insert accepts two Off 10 50
CHSRE2IW-X Two module space, 1/2 size, 30 sloped recessed insert Off 10 50 G.
CHF2IW-X CHSRE2IW-X
accepts two Mini-Com Modules. White Outlets
CHS1SIW-X One module space, 1/2 size, sloped shuttered insert Off 10 50
accepts one Mini-Com Module. Not suitable for use with White
any audio/video or fiber connector module that protrudes H.
beyond the face of the insert. Media
Distribution
CHB2IW-X 1/2 blank insert. Reserves space for future upgrades. Off 10 50
White
CHS1SIW-X CHB2IW-X
CHF2MIW-X Two module space, 1/3 size, flat insert accepts two Off 10 50 I.
Physical
Mini-Com Modules. White Infrastructure
CHB2MIW-X 1/3 blank insert. Reserves space for future upgrades. Off 10 50 Management
White
J.
CHLS2SIW-X Sloped module insert with protective shutters and Off 10 50 Overhead &
label/label cover accepts up to two Mini-Com Modules White Underfloor
CHF2MIW-X CHB2MIW-X and accommodates up to 1/2 of a single gang bezel. Routing
Shutters are spring loaded and rotate out of the way for
cable connections. Depth to rear modules: 16.5mm. Not
suitable for use with any audio/video or fiber connector K.
module that protrudes beyond the face of the insert. Surface
Raceway
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or
BL (Black). L.
CHLS2SIW-X Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Component Labels for Mini-Com Inserts
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial

TDP43ME Thermal O.
Insert Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 Labeling &
Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Identification
CHS2
CHS2S C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK P.
Cable
CHSRE2 Management
CHS1S C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK Accessories
CHF2 C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com In-Wall Fiber Spool
C.
Fiber Maintains 1" internal bend radius Stores up to 12 meters of unjacketed fiber cable or two
Optic Cable entry/exit from rear, top, and bottom helps maintain meters of jacketed fiber cable
Systems
external bend radius 3.65" (92.7mm) depth from rear of faceplate, not for use
Designed for use with single or double gang wall board with in-wall boxes or in shallow walls
D.
Power adapter
over Std. Std.
Ethernet
Pkg. Ctn.
E. CFS2IW In-wall fiber spool for use with Mini-Com Faceplates, Off 1 10
Zone Faceplate Frames, Inserts and Modular Patch Panels. White
Cabling
BL (Black).
F. Standards: TIA/EIA-568-B
Wireless requires a minimum 1 meter
slack and a fiber spool for
in-wall installations.
G.
Outlets Mini-Com GFCI Decora Module Frames
Mount behind any standard GFCI electrical faceplate Optional adhesive labels available
H. Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic,
Media and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves,
Distribution
adds, and changes
I. Std. Std.
Physical Pkg. Ctn.
Infrastructure Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Management
CFG1IW Module frame accepts one Mini-Com Module. Off 1 10
White
J.
Overhead &
CFG2IW Module frame accepts two Mini-Com Modules. Off 1 10
Underfloor White
Routing CFG4IW Module frame accepts four Mini-Com Modules. Off 1 10
CFG1IW CFG2IW White
CFG6IW Module frame accepts six Mini-Com Modules. Off 1 10
K.
Surface White
Raceway For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or
BL (Black).
All frames include mounting screws.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
CFG4IW CFG6IW
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Component Labels for Mini-Com GFCI Decora Module Frames
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P. TDP43ME Thermal
Cable Frame Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Management Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Accessories CFG1
CFG2
Q. CFG4 C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com 106 Duplex Module Frames

C.
Mount behind standard 106 NEMA faceplates Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Fiber
Optic
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Systems
adds, and changes
Std. Std. D.
Pkg. Ctn. Power
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. over
Ethernet
CF1062IWY Module frame accepts two Mini-Com Modules. Off 1 10
White
E.
CF1064IWY Module frame accepts four Mini-Com Modules. Off 1 10 Zone
White Cabling
BL (Black).
CF1062IWY CF1064IWY All frames supplied with mounting screws. F.
Wireless
Phone Plate with Module

Stainless steel construction Includes mounting studs on plate which are positioned to G.
Outlets
mount standard wall mount telephones with keystone
adaptation flush to wall surface
H.
Std. Std.
Media
Pkg. Ctn. Distribution
KWP5EY Stainless steel phone plate with Giga-TX Style Category 5e 1 10
Keystone Jack Module. I.
Physical
KWP6PY Stainless steel phone plate with Giga-TX Style Category 6

1 10 Infrastructure
Keystone Jack Module. Management
Contact technical support to verify mounting holes when using IP or console type telephones. J.
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws. Overhead &
Wall mount faceplate kits above only accept wall mountable phones with short patch cord connections to the Underfloor
jack module. Routing
Component Labels for Keystone Phone Plate with Module K.

Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
TDP43ME Thermal M.
Grounding &
Phone Plate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Bonding
All KWP parts C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
Industrial
Wall Board Adapters

O.
Provide a mounting surface for single or double gang faceplates Labeling &
Identification
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. P.
MWBA1 An alternative for single gang in-wall box in communication 1 10 Cable
Management
applications. Mounting hole spacing of 3.28" (83.5mm). Accessories
MWBA-2G An alternative for double gang in-wall boxes in communication 1 10
applications. Mounting hole spacing of 3.28" (83.5mm).
Q.
MWBA1 MWBA-2G Adapters supplied with mounting screws. Index
Can be used with Low Voltage Mounting Brackets, page G.29.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
In-Wall Box Adapters
C.
Fiber Allow horizontal or vertical mounting
Optic
Systems
Std. Std.
D. Pkg. Ctn.
Power Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
over MIWBAIW Allows mounting of Mini-Com Single Gang Faceplates and Off 1 10
Ethernet Surface Mount Boxes to double gang in-wall boxes and White
box eliminators.
E.
Zone
Cabling Adapters supplied with mounting screws.
F.
Wireless
Tombstone Floor Box Adapter Plate
G. Allows Mini-Com Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplates Faceplate opening accepts Panduit CFFPL4, CFFP4, and
Outlets to be mounted to Walker* floor box CFFPE3 snap-on modular furniture faceplates
Std. Std.
H. Pkg. Ctn.
Media Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Distribution MSP500W Stainless steel adapter plate mounts to Walker* floor box service 1 10
fitting (Walker* part no. 525).
I. *Walker is a trademark of The Wiremold Co.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor Mini-Com Ultimate ID Modular Furniture Faceplate
Routing
Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system Can be clearly identified with the PanTher LS8E or
for identification designed to efficiently support Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers
K. TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements Computer printable label sheets for desktop printers and
Surface
Raceway Accepts Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, write-on labels available
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Replacement label covers available
adds, and changes
L. Optional icons available
Cabinets, Supplied with clear station and port label covers, labels
Racks & sold separately Fits standard furniture openings
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding & Std. Std.
Bonding Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Required * Qty. Qty.
UICFFP4BL Faceplate snaps into standard knockouts Black One 1-Port 1 10
N.
found on modular furniture. Holds up to One 4-Port
Industrial four Mini-Com Modules. See panel
cutout requirement.
For other colors replace suffix BL (Black) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or IW (Off White).
O.
Labeling &
Identification Panel Cutout Requirement:
P. 1.34" to 1.40"
Cable (34.20mm to 35.70mm)
Management
Accessories
2.67" to 2.75"
(67.82mm to 69.85mm)
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplates
C.
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Optional adhesive labels available Fiber
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Optic
Select faceplates feature label/label covers for easy Systems
adds, and changes port identification
D.
Std. Std. Power
over
Pkg. Ctn. Ethernet
Four Module Space Modular Furniture Snap-On Faceplate with Labels
E.
CFFPL4 CFFP4 CFFPL4BL Faceplate snaps into industry standard knockouts found Black 1 10 Zone
on modular furniture. Accepts up to four Mini-Com Cabling
Modules. Supplied with write-on label and label cover.
Four Module Space Modular Furniture Snap-On Faceplate
CFFP4BL Faceplate snaps into industry standard knockouts found on Black 1 10 F.
modular furniture. Accepts up to four Mini-Com Modules. Wireless
MFFPE CFFPA2 Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplate Extender

MFFPEBL For use when depth inside modular furniture base is Black 1 10
limited. Extends plate approximately 1/2" (12.7mm). G.
Accepts CFFPL4 and CFFP4 modular faceplates. Outlets
Two Module Space Angled Modular Furniture Snap-On Faceplate
CFFPA2BL Angled faceplate snaps into industry standard knockouts Black 1 10
found on modular furniture. Accepts up to two H.
CFFPE3 CFFPLA4 Mini-Com Modules. Media
Panel Cutout Requirements for Distribution
Three Module Space Extended Furniture Snap-On Faceplate
CFFPL4, CFFP4, MFFPE, CFFPA2,
CFFPE3 and CFFPLA4: CFFPE3BL Faceplate snaps into knockouts found on Knoll Morrison Black 1 10
furniture as well as industry standard knockouts. Accepts I.
1.34" to 1.40" up to three Mini-Com Modules. Physical
(34.20mm to Infrastructure
35.70mm) Four Module Space Angled Modular Furniture Snap-On Faceplate with Labels Management
2.67" to 2.75" CFFPLA4BL Angled faceplate snaps into industry standard knockouts Black 1 10
found on modular furniture. Accepts up to four Mini-Com J.
(67.82mm to 69.85mm) Modules. Supplied with write-on label and label cover. Overhead &
Maximum Panel Thickness: 0.09" (2.29mm) Underfloor
Four Module Space Herman Miller Furniture Snap-On Faceplate Routing
CFFPHM4BL Faceplate snaps into knockouts found on Herman Miller Black 1 10
furniture such as Action Office Series 2 and 3 and
K.
Ethospace Baseline. Accepts up to four Surface
Mini-Com Modules. Raceway
Four Module Space Herman Miller Ethospace Beltline Furniture Snap-On Faceplate
CFFPHM4 CFFPEBSL4BL Sloped faceplate snaps into knockouts found on Herman Black 1 10 L.
Miller furniture such as Ethospace Beltline. Accepts up to Cabinets,
Panel Cutout Requirements for CFFPHM4: Racks &
four Mini-Com Modules. Supplied with write-on label and
1.88" to 1.91" label cover and icon slots. Cable
Management
(47.80mm to Three Module Space Knoll Equity Furniture Snap-On Faceplate
48.72mm)
CFFPKE3BL Faceplate snaps into knockouts found on Knoll Equity Black 1 10 M.
2.98" to 3.03" furniture. Accepts up to three Mini-Com Modules. Grounding &
(74.37mm to 76.96mm) Bonding
Replacement Labels for Mini-Com Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplates
Maximum Panel Thickness: 0.09" (2.29mm)
C4PPLK Replacement label/label cover kit for Mini-Com Modular 1 10
Patch Panels with Labels (CPPL24WBLY, CPPL48WBLY,
CPPL24WRBLY, CPPL48WRBLY) and Mini-Com N.
Modular Furniture Faceplates with Labels (CFFPL4, Industrial
CFPHSL4, CFFPEBSL4). Each kit contains six labels
and six clear label covers per bag.
For other colors replace suffix BL (Black) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or IW (Off White). O.
CFFPEBSL4 Labeling &
For complete labeling solutions, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Identification
Panel Cutout Requirements for CFFPEBSL4:
Panel Cutout P.
1.60"
2.38" Requirements Cable
(40.64mm)
(60.33mm) for CFFPKE3: Management
Accessories
3.36"
3.44"
CFFPKE3 (85.34mm) C4PPLK
(87.31mm)
Maximum Panel Thickness: .040" (1.02mm) Q.
Maximum Panel Thickness: 0.05" (1.27mm) Index

HERMAN MILLER is a trademark of Herman Miller, Inc., Zeeland, MI. *KNOLL, MORRISON and EQUITY are trademarks of Knoll, Inc.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for Mini-Com Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplates
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet

E. TDP43ME Thermal
Zone Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Cabling
CFFPE3
CFFPKE3
F.
Wireless CFFP4
CFFPA2 C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CFFPHM4
G. CFFPL4
Outlets CFFPLA4 C261X035Y1J C261X035Y1T C261X035Y1C T031X000FJC-BK
CFFPEBSL4
H. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Media For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Mini-Com Round Faceplates
Management
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Optional adhesive labels available
J. and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves,
Overhead & adds, and changes
Underfloor
Routing
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
K. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Surface CRFPA2BL Two module space, 2" round in-floor outlet adapter. Black 1 10
Raceway
CFFPR1BL-X One module space, 1.57" round furniture faceplate Black 1 10
with screw.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & CRFPA2BL CFFPR1BL-X
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Component Labels for Mini-Com Round Faceplates
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Management CRFPA2BL C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com One Position Adapters
C.
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Allow a single module to be mounted in a variety of Fiber
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, applications, from custom openings to specific Optic
adds, and changes brand products Systems
Snap into plastic or metal opening (size identified in
part description) D.
Power
over
Std. Std. Ethernet
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. E.
CMNZABL-X Adapter snaps into 0.827" x 0.827" (21mm x 21mm) Black 10 50 Zone
opening and accepts one Mini-Com Module. For snug Cabling
CMNZABL-X fit, panel thickness should be 0.046" to 0.056" (11.7mm
to 14.2mm).
CMAA1IW-X Adapter snaps into 1" x 1" (25mm x 25mm) opening and Off White 10 100 F.
accepts one Mini-Com Module. For snug fit, panel Wireless
thickness should be 0.06" to 0.08" (1.5mm to 2.0mm).
CBTAL1WH-X Adapter with label pocket accepts one Mini-Com White 10 50
Module, for Bticino Light series faceplates.
CMAA1IW-X G.
CBTA1WH-X Adapter accepts one Mini-Com Module, for Bticino White 10 50 Outlets
Light series faceplates.
CBTAL1BL-X Adapter with label pocket accepts one Mini-Com Black 10 50
Module, for Bticino Living International series faceplates.
H.
CBTA1BL-X Adapter accepts one Mini-Com Module, for Bticino Black 10 50 Media
Living International series faceplates. Distribution
CADIN1IG Mini-Com DIN Rail Mount Adapter mounts to standard International 1 10
CBTAL1WH-X 35mm DIN rail and accepts any single port Mini-Com Gray I.
Module. Includes a label and label cover. Physical
For other colors substitute suffix BL (Black) or IW (Off White) with WH (White). Infrastructure
*Bticino is a division of Legrand Group. Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
CBTA1WH-X
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
CBTAL1BL-X Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
CBTA1BL-X
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
CADIN1IG Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Hybrid Box
C.
Fiber Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system Manages up to 12 meters of buffered fiber optic cable that
Optic for identification designed to efficiently support is secured in place by cable tie mounting loops
Systems TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements and Cover snaps to base and is secured with a screw;
TIA/EIA-568-B MUTOA requirements includes a 6-position Ultimate ID Label Pocket to identify
D.
Power Accepts Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, fiber optic connections; a clear screw cover is included for
over and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, station identification
Ethernet adds, and changes Can be clearly identified with PanTher LS8E or Cougar
Provides independent access to copper and fiber optic LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers
E. connections Non-adhesive computer printable label sheets for printers
Zone Mounts to single gang, double gang, or DIN opening and write-on labels available
Cabling
A retention block snaps to the base and accepts any Optional cover extension provides additional security of
single gang faceplate (up to six ports) fiber connections
Base accepts up to six Mini-Com Fiber Optic Modules Heat shrink tubing included
F.
Wireless
Used with Std. Std.
Labels Pan-Way Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Required* Raceway Qty. Qty.
G. UICBXH6IW-A Hybrid box with cover accepts Off One LD3, LD5 1 10
Outlets up to six Mini-Com Modules White 1-Port
in a single gang Mini-Com One
Faceplate, and up to six 6-Port
Mini-Com Fiber Optic Modules
H. in the base.
Media
Distribution UICBXH6IW-A UICBXHECIW UICBXHC6IW-A Hybrid box with cover and cover Off One LD3, LD5 1 10
extension accepts up to six White 1-Port
Mini-Com Modules in a single One
I. gang Mini-Com Faceplate, and 6-Port
Physical up to six Mini-Com Fiber Optic
Infrastructure Modules in the base.
Management
UICBXHECIW Cover extension for hybrid box. Off 1 10
White
J.
Overhead & For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White).
Underfloor
Routing
K. Mini-Com Ultimate ID Surface Mount Boxes

Surface
Raceway
Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system Can be clearly identified with PanTher LS8E or Cougar
for identification designed to efficiently support LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers
L. TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements; reference
Cabinets, Non-adhesive computer printable label sheets for desktop
Racks & page A.17 for a complete system overview printers and write-on labels available
Cable Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic,
Management Replacement screw covers and label covers available
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves,
adds, and changes Optional icons available
M.
Supplied with color coordinated screw cover and clear Custom mounting screws included
Grounding &
Bonding station and port label covers, labels sold separately Mount easily with supplied mounting screws, adhesive
4-port box includes adjustable mounting tabs that enable a tape, or optional magnet
range of modular furniture partitions to be used for
N. mounting the box, maximum panel thickness 0.08"
Industrial
Used with Std. Std.
Labels Pan-Way Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Required* Raceway Qty. Qty.
O. UICBX2IW-A Surface mount box accepts two Off One LD3 1 10
Labeling & Mini-Com Modules. Dimensions: White 1-Port
Identification 1.06"H x 1.95"W x 3.65"L One
UICBX2IW-A (26.92mm H x 49.53mm 2-Port
W x 92.71mm L).
P.
Cable UICBX4IW-A Surface mount box accepts four Off One LD3, LD5 1 10
Management Mini-Com Modules. Dimensions: White 1-Port
Accessories
1.06"H x 3.69"W x 4.59"L (26.92mm One
H x 93.73mm W x 116.59mm L). 4-Port
Q. For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with IG (International Gray), WH (White), or EI (Electric Ivory).
Index Part number UICBX2IW-A compatible with CBM-X magnet, UICBX4IW-A compatible with CSBM-X magnet.
UICBX4IW-A
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Surface Mount Boxes
C.
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Cable entry from side and rear knockouts and from Fiber
Optic
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, opening in center of base Systems
adds, and changes CBXJ2 and CBX2 include built-in removable blank to add
Mount easily with supplied mounting screws, adhesive a second module D.
tape, or optional magnet (CBM-X) Optional adhesive labels available Power
over
Used with Std. Std. Ethernet
Pan-Way Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Raceway Qty. Qty.
E.
CBX1IW-A Surface mount box accepts one Mini-Com Off LD3, 1 10 Zone
Module. Dimensions: 0.9"H x 1.01"W x 1.88"L White LDS3*, Cabling
(22.86mm x 25.65mm x 47.75mm). Rear LDPH5
CBX1IW-A CBXJ2IW-A knockout provides opening of 0.42"H x 0.26"W.
CBXJ2IW-A Surface mount box accepts one or two Off LD5, 1 10
Mini-Com Modules; includes built-in White LDPH5* F.
removable blank to add a second module. Wireless
(23.11mm x 44.96mm x 61.98mm). Knockout
provides opening of 0.47"H x 0.36"W.
G.
CBX2IW-AY CBXC4IW-A CBX2IW-AY Surface mount box accepts one or two Off LD3, 1 10
Outlets
Mini-Com Modules; includes built-in White LDPH3,
removable blank to add a second module. LD5,
Dimensions: 1.06"H x 1.95"W x 3.65"L LDPH5
(26.92mm x 49.53mm x 92.71mm). H.
CBXC4IW-A Surface mount box accepts four Mini-Com Off LDPH5 1 10 Media
Modules. Dimensions: 0.91"H x 3.20"W x White Distribution
3.20"L (23mm x 80mm x 80mm).
CBX4IW-AY CBXD6IW-AY
CBX4IW-AY Surface mount box accepts four Mini-Com Off LD3, 1 10 I.
Modules. Provides slots that accept cable ties White LDPH3, Physical
for strain relief. Supplied with label holder/screw LD5, Infrastructure
cover. Dimensions: 1.1"H x 2.9"W x 4.5"L LDPH5 Management
(27.94mm x 73.66mm x 114.30mm).
CBXD6IW-AY Surface mount box accepts six Mini-Com Off LD3, LD5, 1 10 J.
Modules. Provides slots that accept cable ties White LD10 Overhead &
CBX12IW-AY for strain relief. Provides bend radius control. Underfloor
Supplied with label holder/screw cover. Routing
(26.42mm x 125.73mm x 96.27mm).
K.
CBX12IW-AY Surface mount box holds up to twelve Off LD5, LD10 1 10 Surface
Mini-Com Modules, six on each side. White Raceway
Supplied with mounting screws, adhesive
backing, and label holder/screw cover.
Dimensions: 1.035"H x 5.71"W x 5.45"L L.
Cabinets,
(26mm x 145mm x 138mm).
Racks &
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or Cable
BL (Black). Management
*Raceway does not enter box.
Surface mount boxes do not accept icons. M.
Grounding &
Component Labels for Mini-Com Surface Mount Boxes Bonding
N.
Industrial
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance O.

Box Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 Labeling &
Identification
CBX1**-A C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC
CBXJ2**-A P.
C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC Cable
CBX2**-AY Management
CBXC4**-A T031X000FJC-BK Accessories
C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC
CBX4**-AY
CBXD6**-AY
C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC Q.
CBX12**-AY Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Shuttered Surface Mount Boxes
C.
Fiber
Optic Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, FJ Fiber Cable entry from side, rear, and base knockouts
Systems Optic Jack Modules and other flush modules, which snap Mount easily with supplied mounting screws, adhesive
in and out for easy moves, adds, and changes tape, or optional magnet (CSBM-X)
D. Clear shuttered doors are spring-loaded to stay closed to
Power Optional icons available
prevent dust from entering module opening; doors can be
over
collapsed to insert plug into module Optional adhesive labels available
Ethernet
Used with Std. Std.

E. Pan-Way Pkg. Ctn.
Zone Part Number Part Description Color Raceway Qty. Qty.
Cabling
CBXS1IW-A Shuttered surface mount box accepts one Off LD5/LDPH5* 1 10
Mini-Com Module. 0.62"H x 1.64"W x 2.47"L White
(15.75mm x 41.66mm x 62.73mm)
F. CBXS1IW-A
Wireless CBXS2IW-A Shuttered surface mount box accepts two Off LD5/LDPH5* 1 10
Mini-Com Modules. 0.94"H x 2.40"W x 2.5"L White
(23.88mm x 60.96mm x 63.50mm)
CBXS3IW-AY Shuttered surface mount box accepts three Off LD5/LDPH5 1 10
G. Mini-Com Modules. 0.94"H x 3.62"W x White
Outlets 3.31"L (23.88mm x 92.00mm x 84.00mm)
CBXS2IW-A
CBXS4IW-AY Shuttered surface mount box accepts four Off LD3/LDPH3 1 10
Mini-Com Modules. 0.94"H x 4.65"W x 3.28"L White LD5/LDPH5
H. (23.88mm x 118.11mm x 83.31mm)
Media
Distribution CBXS6IW-AY Shuttered surface mount box accepts six Off LD3/LDPH3 1 10
Mini-Com Modules. 0.94"H x 6.7"W x 3.28"L White LD5/LDPH5
(23.88mm x 170.18mm x 83.31mm)
I.
Physical CBXS3IW-AY CBXSD6IW-AY Deep shuttered surface mount box accepts Off LD5/LDPH5 1 10
Infrastructure six Mini-Com Modules (includes cable White LD10/
Management routing bridge). 1.16"H x 7.58"W x 3.86"L LDPH10
(29.60mm x 192.50mm x 98.00mm).
J.
Overhead & For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or
Underfloor BL (Black).
Routing CBXS4IW-AY *Raceway does not enter box.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets, CBXS6IW-AY CBXSD6IW-AY
Racks &
Cable
Management
Component Labels for Mini-Com Shuttered Surface Mount Boxes
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial

O.
TDP43ME Thermal
Labeling & Box Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Identification Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
CBXS1**-A
P. CBXS2**-A
Cable CBXS3**-A
Management C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
Accessories CBXS4**-A
CBXS6**-A
CBXSD6**-A
Q.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Multi-Media/Fiber Surface Mount Box
C.
Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system Mounts easily with supplied mounting screws, adhesive Fiber
for identification designed to efficiently support tape, or optional magnet (CSBM-X) Optic
Systems
TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements Supplied with clear station and port label covers, labels
Accepts Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, sold separately D.
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Can be clearly identified with the PanTher LS8E or Power
adds, and changes Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers over
Ethernet
Features twelve ports, six on each side, angled to improve Non-adhesive computer printable label sheets for desktop
bend radius control printers and write-on labels available
Includes two knockouts which are compatible with Replacement label covers available E.
Panduit LD5 and LD10 raceway Zone
Optional icons available Cabling
Mounts to single or double gang opening
F.
Wireless
Std. Std.
Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Required* Qty. Qty.
UICBXA12IW-A Multi-media surface mount box accepts up to Off Two 1 10 G.
twelve Mini-Com Modules and includes White 4-Port Outlets
built-in figure eight spool to help manage Two
fiber cable. 6-Port
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White). H.
Media
All surface mount boxes supplied with mounting screws.
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Mini-Com Multi-Media/Fiber Surface Mount Boxes Management
J.
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Unique built-in fiber spool design secures cable in place Overhead &
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, and stores up to 78.8 feet (24 meters) of buffered fiber Underfloor
adds, and changes optic cable Routing
Mount easily with supplied mounting screws or Cable entry from side and rear knockouts and from
adhesive tape opening in bottom of base K.
Cable tie slots for improved cable management Optional adhesive labels available Surface
Raceway
Tamper resistant screw for added security Combination label/label cover for custom
outlet identification
L.
Cabinets,
Used with Std. Std. Racks &
Pan-Way Pkg. Ctn. Cable
Part Number Part Description Color Raceway Qty. Qty. Management
CBXF6IW-AY Surface mount box accepts up to six Off LD3/LD5 1 10
Mini-Com Modules. Icon slots available for White M.
optional icons. 0.99"H x 4.71"W x 6.67"L Grounding &
Bonding
(25mm x 120mm x 170mm)
CBXF12IW-AY Surface mount box accepts up to twelve Off LD3/LD5/L 1 10
CBXF6IW-AY Mini-Com Modules. 1.81"H x 4.71"W x 6.67"L White D10
(46mm x 120mm x 170mm). N.
Industrial
or BL (Black).
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
CBXF12IW-AY Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for Mini-Com Multi-Media/Fiber Surface Mount Boxes
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet

E.
Zone Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Cabling Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
CBXF6**
CBXF12**-AY
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
Mini-Com MuTOA 6-Port Outlet Box

H. Accepts Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber Accepts up to three 1/2 size sloped inserts (shuttered or
Media optic, and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy non-shuttered) for up to six modules (inserts and
Distribution moves, adds, and changes modules not included)
Mounts easily with adhesive tape or optional Two mounting eyelets (by the cable opening) allow the
I. magnet (CSBM-X) MuTOA to be suspended
Physical
Infrastructure Two pass-through holes allow surface mounting with Cable tie support slot will hold cable bundle in place
Management screws (not included) during assembly
Expandable cable opening will adjust to different cable Ideal for pre-assembled cable runs
J. bundle sizes
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
K. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Surface CM6PIW MuTOA 6-port outlet box accepts up to six Mini-Com Off 1 10
Raceway Modules when using 1/2 size sloped inserts. Cable entry White
opening: 0.695" (17.7mm) to 0.825" (21.0mm) Dia.; Overall
L. dimensions: 2.36"H x 1.81"W x 7.90"L
Cabinets, (59.9mm x 46mm x 200.7mm).
Racks &
Cable For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray),
Management BL (Black), or CL (Clear).
A complete listing of inserts can be found on page G.15.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N. Component Labels for Mini-Com MuTOA 6-Port Outlet Box

Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Management
Accessories Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
CM6PIW C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
Q.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Optional Magnets
C.
Used to mount surface mount boxes to metal surfaces Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. D.
CBM-X Magnet for non-shuttered version surface mount boxes. 10 100 Power
over
CSBM-X Magnet for shuttered version surface mount boxes. 10 100 Ethernet
CBM-X
E.
Zone
Cabling
CSBM-X
F.
Wireless
Ultimate ID Icons G.
Outlets
Provide port identification of data and voice applications Mount flush with Ultimate ID Label Pocket

Compatible with Ultimate ID Surface Mount Boxes,

Faceplates, and Patch Panel Faceplates
H.
Media
Distribution
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. I.
Physical
UICIDIW-C Plastic snap-in icon with data image. Off 100 1000 Infrastructure
White Management
UICIPIW-C Plastic snap-in icon with phone image. Off 100 1000
White J.
Overhead &
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), Underfloor
BL (Black), OR (Orange), RD (Red), BU (Blue), GR (Green), YL (Yellow), or VL (Violet). Routing
Ultimate ID Icons are not TIA/EIA-606-A standard compliant.
See page G.28 for Mini-Com Icons.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Ultimate ID Replacement Label Covers and Screw Covers
For use with Ultimate ID Faceplates, Patch Panels, Hook Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system M.
and Loop Marker Ties, and Surface Mount Boxes for identification designed to efficiently support Grounding &
Bonding
TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements
N.
Industrial
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. O.
UILC1CL-X 1-port label or screw cover. Clear 10 100 Labeling &
Identification
UILC2CL-X 2-port label cover. Clear 10 100
UILC3CL-X 3-port label cover. Clear 10 100
P.
UILC4CL-X 4-port label cover. Clear 10 100 Cable
UILC6CL-X 6-port label cover. Clear 10 100 Management
Accessories
For other colors replace CL (Clear) with appropriate color designation to match Ultimate ID component.
See pages G.28 and G.29 for Mini-Com Replacement Screw Covers and Replacement Label Covers.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Ultimate ID Write-On Labels
C.
Fiber Write-on labels for use with Ultimate ID Faceplates, Ultimate ID components are part of a complete
Optic Surface Mount Boxes, and Patch Panels system for identification designed to efficiently support
Systems TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
E. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Zone
Cabling UIWOL1-L 1-port, white non-adhesive polyester write-on label. White 50 250
UIWOL2-L 2-port, white non-adhesive polyester write-on label. White 50 250
F. UIWOL2
Wireless
The TIA/EIA-606-A standard states that all labels shall be mechanically generated, write-on labels are not
standard compliant.
G.
Outlets
H. Icons
Media
Distribution Provide port identification of data and voice installations Snap into dedicated slot of select Mini-Com
Offered in a variety of colors for color coding requirements Modules, Surface Mount Boxes, and Faceplates
I.
Physical
Std. Std.
Infrastructure
Management Pkg. Ctn.
J. CIPIW-C Plastic snap-in icon with phone image. Off 100 1000
Overhead & White
Underfloor
Routing
CIDIW-C Plastic snap-in icon with data image. Off 100 1000
White
K. For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray),
Surface BL (Black), OR (Orange), RD (Red), BU (Blue), GR (Green), YL (Yellow), or VL (Violet).
Raceway Icons with lettering available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Replacement Screw Cover
For use in place of clear label covers for select surface mount boxes and single gang faceplates
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
CSCIW-X Screw cover has a textured surface and blends with the Off 10 100
N. faceplates and surface mount boxes for White
Industrial
improved aesthetics.
BL (Black).
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Replacement Label/Label Cover Kits
C.
For use with Mini-Com Executive and Classic Series Faceplates with Labels and select Mini-Com Surface Fiber
Mount Boxes Optic
Systems
Std. Std. D.
Pkg. Ctn. Power
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. over
Ethernet
Label/Label Cover Kit
CSGLLC-L Single gang Mini-Com Label/Label Cover Kit. Each kit contains 50 50 250
labels and 50 clear label covers. E.
CSGLLC-L Zone
Label/Label Cover Kits with Screws Cabling
EFPK-XY Single gang label/label cover and two screws. Also works with 10 50
select surface mount boxes.
EFPK102G-XY Double gang label/label cover and four screws. 10 50 F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
Low Voltage Mounting Brackets
Choose design styles for new install or retrofit install Available in both single and double gang configurations
H.
Media
Std. Distribution
Ctn.
I.
LV-S-1G Low voltage integral mounting bracket for new installations, single gang 25 Physical
stud bracket. Infrastructure
LV-S-2G Low voltage integral mounting bracket for new installations, double gang 25 Management
stud bracket.
LV-W-1G Low voltage mounting bracket for retrofit installations; single gang box 100 J.
with screws; suitable for wall material thicknesses of 1/2" to 1 1/2". Overhead &
Underfloor
LV-W-2G Low voltage mounting bracket for retrofit installations; double gang box 50 Routing
with screws; suitable for wall material thicknesses of 1/2" to 1 1/2".
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper Depth to Rear of Module Reference Guide
Systems All TG Style TX Style
Modules Modules Leadframe Modules
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm
C.
Fiber Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplates with Label and Label Cover
Optic CFPL2**Y, CFPL3**Y, CFPL4**Y, CFPL6**Y 1.23 31.2 1.16 29.5 1.11 28.2
Systems Mini-Com Classic Series Dedicated Sloped Faceplates
CFPHS2**, CFPSL2**, CFPHSL4**, CFPSL4**, CFPSL6** 0.95 24.1 0.76 19.3 0.80 20.3
Mini-Com Classic Series Vertical Faceplates
D. CFP1**, CFP2**, CFP4** 1.24 31.5 1.17 29.7 1.12 28.4
Power
Mini-Com Classic Series Horizontal Faceplates
over
CFPH2**, CFPH4** 1.24 31.5 1.17 29.7 1.12 28.4
Ethernet
Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplate Kits
CFPS4** 0.80 20.3 0.80 20.3 0.80 20.3
E. CFPF12**-2G 1.24 31.5 1.17 29.7 1.12 28.4
Zone Mini-Com Executive Series Faceplates
Cabling CFPE1**Y, CFPE2**Y, CFPE4**Y, CFPE6**Y, CFPE10**-2GY 0.99 25.1 0.92 23.4 0.87 22.1
Mini-Com Executive Series Faceplate Kit
CFPSE4**Y 0.66 16.8 0.66 16.8 0.63 16.0
Mini-Com Industrial Faceplates
F. CFPWR4**, CFPTR4**, CFPTR2** 1.26 32.0 1.17 29.7 1.29 32.8
Wireless Mini-Com Faceplate Frames for Sloped, Flat, and Blank Module Inserts
CB**, CB**-2G
Flat 1.24 31.5 0.76 19.3 1.12 28.4
Sloped 0.80 20.3 0.80 20.3 0.80 20.3
G. Recessed 1.36 34.5 1.36 34.5 1.33 33.8
Outlets 30 degree insert 1.79 45.5 1.79 45.5 1.77 45.0
CBE**, CBE**-2GY
Flat 0.99 25.1 0.92 23.4 0.87 22.1
Sloped 0.66 16.8 0.66 16.8 0.63 16.0
H. Recessed 1.46 37.1 1.46 37.1 1.43 36.3
Media 30 degree insert 1.54 39.1 1.54 39.1 1.52 38.6
Distribution Mini-Com 106 Duplex Module Frames
CF1062**Y 1.24 31.5 1.17 29.7 1.12 28.4
CF1064**Y 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 28.9
I. Mini-Com GFCI Decora Module Frames

Physical CFG1, CFG2, CFG4, and CFG6 1.26 32.0 1.18 29.9 1.07 27.1
Infrastructure Executive Series Faceplates
Management ECPG**, ECPG**-2G 0.97 24.6 0.90 22.9 0.85 21.6
Stainless Steel Faceplates including Ultimate ID Faceplates
J. CFP(L)2SY, UICFP2S 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
Overhead & CFP(L)4SY, UICFP4S 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
Underfloor CFP(L)6SY, UICFP6S 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
Routing CFP(L)4S-2GY 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
CFP(L)6S-2GY 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
CFP(L)8S-2GY 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
K. CFP(L)10S-2GY 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
Surface In-Wall Box Adapter
Raceway MIWBA** Subtract .22" or 5.6mm from depth to rear of module modular furniture faceplate measurement
Mini-Com Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplates
L. CFFPL4** CFFP4** 1.10 27.9 1.01 25.7 0.96 24.4
Cabinets, CFFPA2** 0.86 21.8 0.77 19.6 0.60 15.2
Racks & MFFPE** Subtract .50" or 12.7mm from depth to rear of module modular furniture faceplate measurement
Cable CFFPHM4** 1.09 27.7 1.01 25.7 0.96 24.4
Management CFFPEBSL4** 0.49 12.4 0.49 12.4 0.44 11.2
CFFPLA** 0.90 22.9 0.73 18.5 0.72 18.2
M. CFFPE3** 0.49 12.4 0.41 10.4 0.39 9.8
Grounding & CFFPKE3** 0.25 6.3 0.15 3.7 0.14 3.6
Bonding Round Faceplates
CRFPA2** 1.49 37.8 1.42 36.1 1.37 34.8
CFFPR1**-X 1.50 38.1 1.43 36.3 1.38 35.1
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Executive Series Faceplates

N. UICFPSE2** 0.73 18.5 0.55 14.0 0.55 14.0

Industrial UICFPSE4** UICFPSE6** 0.73 18.5 0.55 14.0 0.55 14.0
UICFPHSE2** 0.73 18.5 0.55 14.0 0.55 14.0
UICFPHSE4** UICFPSE8**-2G 0.73 18.5 0.55 14.0 0.55 14.0
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Tamper Resistant Faceplate
O.
UICFPRTR4
Labeling &
Identification Flat 1.50 38.1 1.43 36.3 1.38 35.1
Sloped 1.22 31.0 1.04 26.4 0.79 20.1
Recessed 1.62 41.1 1.62 41.1 1.59 40.4
P. 30 degree insert 1.67 42.4 1.67 42.4 1.68 42.7
Cable Mini-Com Ultimate ID Classic Series Faceplates
Management UICFP2**, UICFP4**, UICFP6**, UICFPH2**, UICFPH4** 1.23 31.2 1.16 29.5 1.11 28.2
Accessories Mini-Com Ultimate ID Modular Furniture Faceplate
UICFFP4BL 0.86 21.8 0.79 20.1 0.74 18.8
Keystone Phone Plate with Keystone Module
Q. KWP5EY and KWP6PY 1.00 25.4
Index **Replace ** with color code to designate color. See item tables for colors available.
G.30
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
MEDIA DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM C.

Fiber
Optic
The Panduit media distribution system offers a flexible and comprehensive way to distribute voice, Systems
video, and data (commonly referred to as triple play services) to commercial or residential locations
D.
within a multi-unit building.The innovative system consolidates all incoming communication Power
cabling within an enclosure and efficiently distributes the services to individual outlets within over
Ethernet
the home or office.
E.
Zone
Cabling
Provides high-density capacity by supporting a

greater number of connections in a smaller F.
enclosure, as compared to similar products Wireless
Offers a modular design that provides flexibility

to mix and match triple play services and to easily G.
modify those services as needs change Outlets
Consolidates all incoming communication cable

into one centralized location to simplify H.
Media
installations and troubleshooting Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
The media distribution system includes enclosures, voice and data hubs, patch panel, video splitters,
J.
and multiple accessories, providing flexibility and choice to meet individual cabling needs. Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
The Panduit media distribution system complements an extensive line of Panduit offerings (including
A/V modules, faceplates, copper cabling and jacks, patch panels, and cable management) to enable a K.
complete network infrastructure from the building demarcation point to the end users network outlet. Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). H.1
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Media Distribution Enclosures System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic 6
Systems
D.
8
Power
over 9
Ethernet
10
E.
Zone 1
Cabling
2
F.
Wireless 3
4 6
G.
5 7
Outlets
6
8
7
H. 9
Media
Distribution 8
10
I. 9
Physical
Infrastructure 10 10
Management
J. 9
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing 11
K.
Surface
Raceway
Enclosures Faceplates
L. 1 (page H.3) 6 (page G.3 G.14)
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Voice (Phone) Hubs A/V Modules
M. 2 (page H.4) 7 (pages B.58 B.64)
Grounding &
Bonding
Jack Modules
(pages B.16, B.17, B.20,
N. Video Splitters
Industrial 3 (page H.4)
8 B.21, B.28, B.29, B.36, B.37,
B.40 - B.42, B.48, B.49,
B.55, and B.58 B.64)
O. Fiber Optic
Labeling &
Identification Data Hubs 9 Adapter Modules
4 (page H.5) (pages C.31 C.36)
P.
Cable Patch Cords
Management 10 (pages B.18, B.25, B.34,
Accessories Accessories B.46, and B.50)
5 (page H.5)
Modular Patch Panels
Q. 11 (pages B.66 B.73)
Index
H.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Media Distribution Enclosures
C.
1" grid pattern in base provides mounting and flexibility for Cantilever mounting slots flex to Fiber
the hubs accommodate misaligned studs Optic
Multiple 2.5" knockouts at top and bottom for cable entry Shear forms along sidewalls to help route and secure Systems
and exit cable in place
Include two single gang power knockouts Drywall positioning slots D.
Power
over
Std. Ethernet
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty. E.
Advanced Enclosures Zone
Cabling
MS14B 14" x 14" media distribution enclosure base. 14.25"H x 14.25"W x 4.00"D 1
MS14B (362.0mm x 362.00mm x 101.6mm).
MS14HD 14" x 14" hinged door with lock and key. 15.81"H x 15.75"W x .87"D 1
(401.6mm x 400.00mm x 22.1mm). F.
Wireless
MS14BHD 14" x 14" frameless hinged door with slam latch. 15.75"H x 15.75"W x 1
0.63"D (400mm x 400mm x 15.9mm).
MS24B 14" x 24" media distribution enclosure base. 24.25"H x 14.25"W x 4.00"D 1
(616.0mm x 362.00mm x 101.6mm). G.
Outlets
MS14HD
MS24HD 14" x 24" hinged door with lock and key. 25.81"H x 15.75"W x .87"D 1
(655.6mm x 400.00mm x 22.1mm).
MS24BHD 14" x 24" frameless hinged door with slam latch. 15.75"H x 25.75"W x 1 H.
0.63"D (400mm x 654mm x 15.9mm). Media
Distribution
Basic Enclosures
MS14BHD MSB14E 14" x 14" media distribution basic enclosure with screw down door. 1
14.25"H x 14.25"W x 4.00"D (362.0mm x 362.00mm x 101.6mm). I.
Physical
MSB24E 14" x 24" media distribution basic enclosure with screw down door. 1 Infrastructure
24.25"H x 14.25"W x 4.00"D (616.0mm x 362.00mm x 101.6mm). Management
Base and door for advanced enclosures sold separately.

All product color is white. J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
MS24B
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
MS24HD Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
MS24BHD Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
MSB14E
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
MSB24E
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Media Distribution Voice Hubs
C.
Fiber
Manage up to four incoming lines and distribute service to Provide stackability feature to save space and increase
Optic eight outlets per line the density of an installation
Systems Offer built-in cable mounts to help organize and Snap directly onto grid patterns within enclosures to
route cable simplify installations and allow easy moves, adds,
D. and changes
Power
over
Ethernet Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
E. MS8PD Phone distribution hub that includes test ports and a built-in 1 10
Zone security interface switch that can override phone service in
Cabling
emergency situations.
MS8PE Phone expansion hub that adds up to eight additional phone 1 10
connections per line.
F. MS8PD
Wireless All product color is black.
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution MS8PE
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J. Media Distribution Video Splitters

Overhead &
Underfloor Split incoming video/coax to distribute service throughout Include grounding screws
Routing the unit Snap directly onto grid patterns within enclosures to
Pre-mounted onto metal bracket for quick installation simplify installations and allow easy moves, adds,
K. and changes
Surface
Raceway
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
L. Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Cabinets,
Racks & 1 GHz Splitters
Cable
Management
MS4S1G Media distribution 1 x 4 passive video splitter with 1 GHz performance 1 10
to distribute high-quality RF signals to up to four outputs.
M. MS8S1G Media distribution 1 x 8 passive video splitter with 1 GHz performance 1 10
Grounding & to distribute high-quality RF signals to up to eight outputs.
Bonding
MS4S1G
and 2 GHz Splitters
MS4S2G MS4S2G Media distribution 1 x 4 passive video splitter with 2 GHz performance 1 10
to distribute high-quality RF signals to up to four outputs.
N.
Industrial MS8S2G Media distribution 1 x 8 passive video splitter with 2 GHz performance 1 10
to distribute high-quality RF signals to up to eight outputs.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
MS8S1G
P.
Cable and
Management MS8S2G
Accessories
Q.
Index
H.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Media Distribution Data Hub
C.
Distributes media and data service Provides stackability feature to save space Fiber
Allows for fast and effective terminations and increase the density of an installation Optic
Snaps directly onto grid patterns within enclosures to Systems
Offers built-in cable mounts to help organize and
route cable simplify installations and allow easy moves, adds,
and changes D.
Power
over
Std. Std. Ethernet
Pkg. Ctn.
E.
MS5E6PP Media distribution data hub with Category 5e performance that 1 10 Zone
distributes media and data to up to six different locations; includes Cabling
front-side 110 punchdown terminations.
F.
Wireless
Media Distribution Accessories

Support media distribution voice hubs, data hub, and video splitters G.
Outlets
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. H.
MS8PP Media distribution Mini-Com Patch Panel that accepts all 1 10 Media
Mini-Com Modules, providing a Category 6 solution to distribute Distribution
media and data to up to eight different locations.
MS8PP MSEBRKT Media distribution equipment bracket that allows a variety of 1 10 I.
third-party equipment to be securely mounted within an enclosure. Physical
Infrastructure
MSCM-KIT Media distribution cable management kit that includes the necessary 1 10 Management
components to help manage cables.
MSGRD-KIT Media distribution grounding kit that includes necessary components 1 10 J.
MSEBRKT to help ground media distribution advanced enclosures. Overhead &
Underfloor
MSCLK Lock and key for frameless hinged door. 1 10
Routing
MSCMR Media distribution cable management ring. 1 10
All product color is black. K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
MSCM-KIT Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
MSGRD-KIT N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
MSCLK
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
MSCMR
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
NOTES
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
H.6
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM C.

Fiber
Optic
Research shows that half of all network problems arise from issues in the physical infrastructure.Yet the Systems
physical infrastructure is largely overlooked.Without real-time monitoring and visibility into dense
D.
physical layer connectivity and related data center infrastructure information, enterprises are vulnerable Power
over
to a number of risks, such as unnecessary downtime and underutilized resources. Ethernet
Panduit provides complete visibility of the data center and extended enterprise through E.
intelligent devices and software-based automation, change management, and related Zone
Cabling
documentation that integrates with higher-level network management and services desk platforms.
This combined approach helps optimize data center operations as enterprises embark on virtualization
F.
and cloud computing initiatives. Wireless
The Physical Infrastructure Manager (PIM ) Software Platform is an enterprise class Data Center
Infrastructure Management (DCIM) tool that combines connectivity management data with asset G.
Outlets
tracking, allocation, and utilization information, enabling you to reclaim and repurpose IT assets
effectively. PIM Software centralizes the collection and representation of a rich set of asset attributes,
H.
such as connectivity, space/port availability, and power/environmentals, to ensure that your physical Media
Distribution
infrastructure supports mission-critical applications, and enables effective optimization of your data
centers space, power, and cooling resources. I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Provide real-time information on network status and monitor connectivity Management
Facilitate planning, implementation, and documentation of connectivity J.

moves, adds, or changes Overhead &
Underfloor
Front View Monitor and alert administrators of any patch field changes or potential Routing
connectivity-based security risks

K.
Simplify user interaction via web-based management system Surface
Raceway
Interface with third-party network management system programs, help
desk applications, and other enterprise systems L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Rear View Panduits modular approach to delivering DCIM functionality enables you to customize the solution to Cable
Management
meet the needs of your organization both now and in the future. Process-driven integration with your
M.
current network management and service desk platforms delivers a streamlined interface to support Grounding &
Bonding
management of IT assets with related attributes and physical infrastructure components of your data
center and extended enterprise.
N.
The PanView iQ (PViQ ) System supports interconnect configurations that monitor connectivity Industrial
between a network switch and monitored PanView iQ Patch Panels, delivering enhanced port secu-
rity.This configuration is particularly beneficial in data center applications where rack space optimiza- O.
Labeling &
tion is critical.The PanView iQ System can also support cross-connect configurations to implement a Identification
protected patch field where each switch and server port is represented via a port on a PanView iQ
P.
Patch Panel. Cable
Management
Accessories
Additional information on the Physical Infrastructure Manager (PIM ) Software Platform and
PanView iQ System can be found in the solutions brochures SA-PVCB24 and SA-PVCB20, and on the
Q.
Panduit website at http://www.panduit.com/pim. Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). I.1
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PanView iQ Interconnect Solution for the Enterprise
C.
Fiber Switch
Optic
Systems Eliminates the need for scanner
units and the rack spaces that
D. these units occupy
Power Eliminates the need for
over PanView iQ
Ethernet Interconnect attachment cables and stick-on
Patch Cords strips which mount to switches
PanView iQ Patch Panel
E.
Zone
Cabling Switch
F. Horizontal Links
Wireless
Attachment
with peel-off Attachment
G. adhesive cable
Outlets strip
Provisioning port allows guided

H.
patching from PanView iQ Patch
Media Panel to designated switch ports
Distribution
Detects patch cord connections/
disconnections made between
I. the switch and PanView iQ
Physical VoIP Computer Printer
Patch Panels
Infrastructure
Management
J. PanView iQ Interconnect Solution for the Data Center

Overhead &
Underfloor Horizontal Cabling
Routing
K. PanView iQ PanView iQ
Surface Patch Panels Patch Panels
Raceway
L. PanView iQ PanView iQ
Cabinets, Interconnect Interconnect
Racks & Patch Cords Patch Cords
Cable
Management
Detects connections and
M. disconnections made between
Grounding & the switch and PanView iQ
Bonding Patch Panels
Detects connections and
disconnections made between
N.
Industrial the server and PanView iQ
Patch Panels
Enables asset tracking of
O. devices from the logical layer
Labeling & to the physical layer
Identification
Switch Servers
P.
Cable
Management
PanView iQ PanView iQ
Accessories
Patch Panel Patch Panel
Switch Server
Q. PanView iQ Horizontal Cabling PanView iQ
Index Interconnect Interconnect
Patch Cord Patch Cord
I.2
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PanView iQ Cross-Connect Solution for the Enterprise
C.
Switch Fiber
Optic
Enables asset tracking of Systems
devices from the logical layer
Standard Plug to the physical layer D.
to Jack Cabling
PanView iQ Patch Panels Power
over
will confirm: double-ended Ethernet
connections (both ends
connected), and single-ended
E.
PanView iQ connections (remote Zone
PanView iQ
Cross-Connect end disconnected) Cabling
Patch Cords Patch Panels
The PanView iQ System
can automatically map the
cross-connect patch field F.
and monitor all connections Wireless
Horizontal Links for continuous security. The
system also guides moves,
adds, and changes G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
VoIP Computer Printer Infrastructure
Management
PanView iQ Cross-Connect Solution for the Data Center J.

Overhead &
Horizontal Cabling Underfloor
Routing
PanView iQ Standard
Patch Panels K.
Patch Panels Surface
PanView iQ Raceway
Cross-Connect
Patch Cords Standard
Patch Cords L.
PanView iQ Cabinets,
Patch Panels Racks &
Helps prevent damage to switch Cable
Standard and server ports by creating Management
Plug to protected patch field between
Jack Cabling PanView iQ Patch Panels. Each M.
switch and server port is Grounding &
Bonding
represented at the patch
panel level
PanView iQ Cross-Connect N.
Patch Cords guarantee switch Industrial
to server traceability to
support critical moves, adds,
and changes O.
Labeling &
PanView iQ Patch Panels detect Identification
and send notifications of connect
Switch Servers and disconnect status for event
recording and security purposes P.
PanView iQ PanView iQ Standard Cable
Patch Panel Patch Panel Patch Panel Management
Accessories
Switch Server
Standard PanView iQ Horizontal Cabling Standard
Plug to Jack Cross-Connect Patch Cord Q.
Cabling Patch Cord Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PanView iQ Hardware
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems PanView iQ Hardware Exploded View PanView iQ Interface Unit
D. PanView iQ Intelligence Module: Panel Manager or Expansion Module
Power
over MAC Mode Mode Status Indicator
Ethernet Mounting
Bracket Indicator
Trace
Mode
E. Indicator
Zone
Cabling Mini-Com
Jack Module
Confirmation Next
Key Key
F.
Wireless
System
Status

PanView iQ PanView iQ Indicator
G. Interface Unit Patch Panel
Outlets
H. PanView iQ
Media Patch Cord
Distribution Port for Interconnect Provisioning
PanView iQ Intelligence Module is supplied with the matching interface unit. Interface unit shown for PanView iQ Panel Manager (PM).
I. Interface unit for PanView iQ Expansion Manager (EM) does not
Physical contain provisioning port.
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Recommended PanView iQ 96-Port Configuration (Rear View)
This recommended 96-port configuration delivers optimum efficiency and scalability for large installations.
K.
Surface
Raceway
PanView iQ
L. Expansion
Cabinets,
Modules (EM)
Racks &
Cable
Management
PanView iQ Patch Panels with
Expansion Port Cables PanView iQ Expansion Modules (EM)
M. carry power and data
Grounding & Up to three PanView iQ
Bonding Included with PanView iQ Expansion Modules (EM) can
Expansion Module (EM). be connected to a single
PanView iQ Panel Manager (PM).
N.
Industrial
PanView iQ Patch Panel with

Panel Manager (PM)
O.
Labeling & RJ45 Patch Cord To PanView iQ Power Supply
Identification to Network Switch
PanView iQ RJ-45 Patch Cord to
Panel Manager (PM) Additional Panel Managers
P. Up to 29 additional 96-port groups
Cable can be added.
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
I.4
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Physical Infrastructure Management System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
1 Outlets
2
3 H.
Media
4 6 Distribution
7
I.
8 Physical
Infrastructure
Management
5
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
PanView iQ Physical Infrastructure L.

1 Intelligence Modules 5 Manager Software Platform Cabinets,
(page I.9) (page I.6) Racks &
Cable
Management
M.

Grounding &
PanView iQ PanView iQ Bonding
2 Patch Panels 6 Copper and Fiber
(page I.7) Patch Cords
(pages I.10 and I.11) N.
Industrial
PanView iQ Horizontal O.
3 Power Supply 7 Cable Managers Labeling &
Identification
(page I.9) (page L.76)
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Power Outlet Units Ultimate ID Labels
4 (page L.35 L.55) 8 (pages O.11 and O.21)
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C. Physical Infrastructure Manager (PIM) Software Platform

Fiber
Optic
Systems Supports the PanView iQ System Documents and assigns moves, adds, and changes
Provides automated documentation of network patch for planned configuration changes
D.
Power
field connectivity Utilizes a web-based graphical user interface that is
over Provides real-time notification of all changes in physical globally accessible
Ethernet layer patch field
E. Std.
Zone Pkg.
Cabling Part Number Part Description Qty.
PIM-MEDIA Physical Infrastructure Manager Software, support tools, 1
and documentation.
F.
Wireless PIM-BASE Base module of the PIM Software Solution. 1
PIM-CAMA Comprehensive annual maintenance agreement covering both PIM 1

G.
Software Platform and PViQ System Hardware.
Outlets
PIM-ASSET* Asset tracking and utilization module of the PIM Software Solution. 1
H. PIM-POWER* Power outlet unit monitoring module of the PIM Software Solution. 1
Media
Distribution
PIM-ENT Enterprise connectivity management module of the PIM 1
Software Solution.
I.
Physical PIM-CONNECT* Connectivity module of the PIM Software Solution. 1
Infrastructure
Management
PIM-DASHBOARD* Dashboards and reports module of the PIM Software Solution. 1
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor PIM-IBMINT* IBM^ Tivoli connector module of the PIM Software Solution. 1
Routing
PIM-MSFTINT* Microsoft^^ System Center Operations Manager 2007 Management 1
K. Pack for the PIM Software Solution.
Surface
Raceway PIM-AYAINT AyaNova** work order integration module of the PIM 1
Software Solution.
L. PIM-BMCINT* BMC Remedy*** work order integration module of the PIM 1
Cabinets,
Software Solution.
Racks &
Cable
Management Always check with a sales representative for latest software updates.
*To order this module, add the appropriate letter to the end of the part number, based on the size of the installation: -S (<50
racks); -M (50-199 racks); -L (200-399 racks); -X (400+ racks). For example, the part number for the Connectivity Management
M. Module for 250 racks is PIM-CONNECT-L.
Grounding &
ÎBM and Tivoli are registered trademarks of IBM Corporation.
Bonding
^^Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
**AyaNova is a registered trademark of Ground Zero Tech-Works.
***BMC is a registered trademark of BMC Software, Inc.
N. Advanced Dashboard and Reports Module is powered by Pentaho.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
I.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PanView iQ Patch Panels C.

Fiber
PanView iQ Patch Panels revolutionize intelligent physical infrastructure management by providing a modular and Optic
Systems
scalable approach to meet the demands of enterprise and data center installations. Standard copper and fiber cabling is
used for all terminations onto the back of these panels while unique PanView iQ Patch Cords are used for cross-connect
D.
or interconnect installations. Power
over
Mount to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with Accepts a PanView iQ Interface Unit to provide Ethernet
optional extender bracket patch cord tracing and provisioning of switch ports
Accommodates intelligent modules that mount in the with PanView iQ Interconnect Patch Cords or patch
field mapping with PanView iQ Cross-Connect E.
rear and utilize no additional rack space (zero RU) Zone
Patch Cords Cabling
Accepts all Mini-Com UTP and STP Modules
No. of Std. Std.

Rack Pkg. Ctn. F.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty. Wireless
Angled PanView iQ Patch Panels

PVQ-MIQAPU24 24-port unpopulated angled UTP modular intelligent 1 1 10
module-ready patch panel. Accepts all Mini-Com UTP G.
and LC Fiber Optic Modules. Outlets
PVQ-MIQAPU24
PVQ-MIQAPS24 24-port unpopulated angled STP modular intelligent 1 1 10
module-ready patch panel. Accepts all Mini-Com STP
Modules. Accepts all Mini-Com STP Modules. H.
Flat PanView iQ Patch Panels Media
Distribution
PVQ-MIQPU24 PVQ-MIQPU24 24-port unpopulated UTP modular intelligent module-ready 1 1 10
patch panel.
PVQ-MIQPS24 24-port unpopulated STP modular intelligent module-ready 1 1 10 I.
Physical
patch panel. Infrastructure
PanView iQ Hardware Kits Management
PVQ-MIQPS96F For standard configurations, this 96-port modular intelligent 4 1
panel kit includes four flat PanView iQ Patch Panels J.
(PVQ-MIQPU24), one PanView iQ Panel Manager with Overhead &
Underfloor
interface unit, and three PanView iQ Expansion Modules Routing
with expansion port cables and interface units. Also
includes one 1.5 (0.5m) RJ45 patch cord for connection to
network switch or additional daisy-chained PanView iQ K.
Panel Managers. (Power supply, PanView iQ Patch Surface
PVQ-MIQPS96F Cords and Mini-Com Jack Modules are not included and Raceway
must be purchased separately.)
PVQ-MIQPS96A For standard configurations, this 96-port modular intelligent 4 1 L.
Cabinets,
panel kit includes four angled PanView iQ Patch Panels Racks &
(PVQ-MIQAPU24), one PanView iQ Panel Manager with Cable
interface unit, and three PanView iQ Expansion Modules Management
with expansion port cables and interface units. Also
includes one 1.5 (0.5m) RJ45 patch cord for connection to
M.
network switch or additional daisy-chained PanView iQ
Grounding &
Panel Managers. (Power supply, PanView iQ Patch Bonding
Cords and Mini-Com Jack Modules are not included and
must be purchased separately.)
PanView iQ Patch Panel Accessories N.
PVQ-MIQAPCVR Transitional cover for angled PViQ patch panels that 0 1 Industrial
PVQ-MIQPS96A occupies zero rack space.
PanView iQ Panel Manager requires proper country-specific power supply (PVQ-PS12VDC-S for North America, O.
PVQ-PS12VDC-E for Europe, PVQ-PS12VDC-J for Japan, PVQ-PS12VDC-C for China, or PVQ-PS12VDC-U for Labeling &
United Kingdom) which must be ordered separately, found on page I.9. Identification
PVQ-MIQAPCVR
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C. Component Labels for PanView iQ Patch Panels

Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E. Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Zone Part Number Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Cabling All Patch Panels
on Page I.7 UILJ6 UILS8BW UILS8BW
For complete Ultimate ID Labeling Solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.11 and O.21.
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
PanView iQ Fiber Trays
I. Provides real-time physical layer management to the fiber Provides the capability to map and monitor the fiber
Physical channels in the network channels to efficiently manage resources and
Infrastructure substantially reduce network operations cost
Management Enhances usability and maintainability through an
enclosure and drawer design that allows for easy Provides the capability to automate network
access to the fiber connectivity documentation and maintenance procedures for
J.
Overhead & An easily-accessible integrated mechanism for the physical layer, which in turn supports improved
Underfloor mounting a PM or EM module simplifies installation reliability, security, and increased overall network
Routing and maintenance management efficiency
Installable in a 19" standard TIA/EIA rack or cabinet
K. utilizing 1RU of space
Surface
Raceway No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
L. Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
Cabinets, 24-port PanView iQ Fiber Tray with no
Racks & PVQ-FMT 1 1 1
Cable
fiber adapters.
Management PViQ 24-Port OM3 MTP Fiber Tray including 24
PVQ-FMTMTP-ZX 1 1 1
(CMDSAQLCZBL) LC SR./SR. 10Gig SFF Duplex
M. Multimode Aqua Adapters with Zirconia Ceramic
Grounding & PVQ-FMT Split Sleeves.
Bonding
PVQ-FMTMTP-ZZ PViQ 24-Port OM4 MTP Fiber Tray including 24 1 1 1
(CMDSAQLCZBL) LC SR./SR. 10Gig SFF Duplex
Multimode Aqua Adapters with Zirconia Ceramic
N. Split Sleeves.
Industrial
PVQ-FMTMTP-9 PViQ 24-Port, Single-Mode Fiber Tray including 24 1 1 1
(CMDSLCZBU) LC SR./SR. SFF Duplex Singlemode
Blue Adapters with Zirconia Ceramic Split Sleeves.
O.
Labeling & Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PanView iQ Intelligence Modules C.

Fiber
Optic
PanView iQ Intelligence Modules enable the PanView iQ Patch Panels to sense connections and disconnections from Systems
each port and relay status information to the Physical Infrastructure Manager (PIM) database. The intelligence modules
also accept trace mode and MAC commands to provide guidance via the PanView iQ Interface Unit and Patch Panel LEDs. D.
Power
over
Provides manageability for a PanView iQ Patch Panel The expansion module (EM) receives all power and data Ethernet
Eliminates the need for additional rack space by attaching signals from the PM through the expansion port; three
directly to the back of a PanView iQ Patch Panel EMs can be connected to one PM
Support PanView iQ Hardware E.
Enables quick addition, removal, or replacement of Zone
intelligence modules to add management capabilities Optional Expansion Port Cables allow connection through Cabling
Supports both cross-connect or interconnect installations various mounting options; for example, PVQ-EPC28 is
designed to be utilized when installing PViQ patch panels
The panel manager (PM) module provides networking in a zero RU (vertical mounting) configuration
interface, power connection and expansion port F.
connections Wireless
Std.
Pkg. G.
Outlets
PVQ-PM Panel manager (includes mounting bracket, 1.5' (0.5m) RJ45 patch cord, and
interface unit). 1
PVQ-PM H.
PVQ-EM Expansion module (includes mounting bracket, 7" expansion port cable, and Media
interface unit). 1
Distribution
PVQ-EPC14* PanView iQ Expansion Port Cable, 14", (0.36m).
1
*For lengths of 20, 28, 35 or 43 inches, change the 14 in the part number to the desired length.
I.
Physical
PanView iQ Panel Manager requires proper country-specific power supply (PVQ-PS12VDC-S for North America,
PVQ-EM Infrastructure
PVQ-PS12VDC-E for Europe, PVQ-PS12VDC-J for Japan, PVQ-PS12VDC-C for China, or PVQ-PS12VDC-U for Management
United Kingdom) which must be ordered separately.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
PanView iQ Power Supply L.

Cabinets,
Racks &
Provides 12 volts of regulated power Offers flexible placement inside of rack Cable
One power supply required per panel manager module 5 feet (1.5m) cord length Management
M.
Grounding &
Std. Bonding
Pkg.
PVQ-PS12VDC-S 30W power supply for North America. 1 N.
PVQ-PS12VDC-E 30W power supply for Europe. 1 Industrial
PVQ-PS12VDC-U 30W power supply for UK. 1
PVQ-PS12VDC-J 30W power supply for Japan. 1
O.
PVQ-PS12VDC-C 30W power supply for China. 1 Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C. PanView iQ Patch Cords

Fiber
Optic
Systems PanView iQ Interconnect Patch Cords support PanView iQ Cross-Connect Patch Cords manage and
connectivity between shielded non-PanView iQ enabled map the patch field between two PanView iQ
D. ports (e.g., switches with shielded jacks, servers with Patch Panels
Power shielded jacks, etc.) and PanView iQ Panel Ports All PanView iQ Patch Cords permit PanView iQ Panels
over to detect single-ended connections
Ethernet
Std. Std.
E.
Zone Part Number Part Description Ft. m Color Qty. Qty.
Cabling
Copper Interconnect Patch Cords Basic
PVQ-BIU6C3BU* Category 6 UTP interconnect patch cord for 3 Blue 1 10
use with PanView iQ patch panel,
F. Communications (CM) rated.
Wireless
PVQ-BIU6C3BU PVQ-BIU6C1MBU^ Category 6 UTP interconnect patch cord for 1 Blue 1 10
use with PanView iQ patch panel,
Communications (CM) rated.
G. PVQ-BIU6L1MBU^ Category 6 UTP interconnect patch cord for 1 Blue 1 10
Outlets use with PanView iQ patch panel, Low
Smoke Zero Halogen (LSZH) rated.
Additional lengths and colors available:
H. *For lengths of 5, 7, 10, 14, or 20 feet, change the length designation in the part number to the desired length. For
Media standard cable color other than BU (Blue), replace BU in the part number with GR (Green). For example, the part
Distribution number for a green, 5-foot patch cord is PVQ-BIU6C5GR.
^For lengths of 2, 3, 5, or 10 meters, change the length designation in the part number to the desired length. For
standard cable color other than BU (Blue), replace BU with WH (White). For example, the part number for a white
I. 2-meter patch cord is PVQ-BIU6L2MWH.
Physical Contact Panduit Customer Service for lead times and for non-standard lengths and colors.
Infrastructure
Management
J. Std. Std.
Overhead & Length Cable Pkg. Ctn.
Underfloor Part Number Part Description Ft. m Color Qty. Qty.
Routing
Copper Interconnect Patch Cords Enhanced
PVQ-EU6AC3BU* 10Gig UTP Enhanced Interconnect Patch 3 Blue 1 10
K. Cord for use with PanView iQ Patch Panel,
Surface
Raceway Communications (CM rated).
PVQ-EU6AC1MBU^ 10Gig UTP Enhanced Interconnect Patch 1 Blue 1 10
L. PVQ-ES6X3BU Cord for use with PanView iQ Patch Panel,
Cabinets, Communications (CM rated).
Racks & PVQ-ES6X3BU* 10Gig STP Enhanced Interconnect Patch 3 Blue 1 10
Cable Cord for use with PanView iQ Patch Panel,
Management dual rated.
PVQ-ES6X1MBU^ 10Gig STP Enhanced Interconnect Patch 1 Blue 1 10
M. Cord for use with PanView iQ Patch Panel,
Grounding &
Bonding
dual rated.
Additional lengths and colors available:
*For lengths of 5, 7, 10, 14, or 20 feet, change the length designation in the part number to the desired length. For
standard cable color other than BU (Blue), replace BU in the part number with WH (White). For example, the part
N. number for a white, 5-foot patch cord is PVQ-EU6AC5WH.
Industrial ^For lengths of 2, 3, 5, or 10 meters, change the length designation in the part number to the desired length. For
standard cable color other than BU (Blue), replace BU with WH (White). For example, the part number for a white
2-meter patch cord is PVQ-ES6X2MWH.
Contact Panduit Customer Service for lead times and for non-standard lengths and colors.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PanView iQ Patch Cords (continued) C.

Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Length^ Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Ft. m Qty. Qty. D.
Power
Fiber Interconnect Patch Cords over
PVQXPE10LQM00.5 PanView iQ duplex LC to duplex standard LC, OM3, 0.5 1 10 Ethernet
fiber interconnect patch cord, plenum rated, 1.6mm
jacketed cable.
E.
PVQXPE10LQM PVQZPE10LQM00.5 PanView iQ duplex LC to duplex standard LC, OM4, 0.5 1 10 Zone
fiber interconnect patch cord, plenum rated, 1.6mm Cabling
jacketed cable.
PVQ9PE10LQM00.5 PanView iQ duplex LC to duplex standard LC, 0.5 1 10
OS1/OS2, fiber interconnect patch cord, plenum F.
rated, 1.6mm jacketed cable. Wireless
Âvailable in lengths up to 10 meters, in 1/2-meter increments. To order another length, replace 0.5 with
desired length.
G.
Outlets
Std. Std.
Length^ Pkg. Ctn.
H.
Part Number Part Description Ft. m Qty. Qty. Media
Cross-Connect Patch Cords Distribution
PVUTPSPC3BBUY Category 6 UTP patch cord for use with modular 3 1 10

patch panel. I.
Physical
PVUTPSPC1MBBUY Category 6 UTP patch cord for use with modular 1 1 10 Infrastructure
PVUTPSPC*BBUY patch panel. Management
PVSTP6X1MBBU Category 6A, STP modular 10Gig Patch Cord. 1 1 10
PVUTP6X1MBBU Category 6A, UTP modular 10Gig Patch Cord. 1 1 10 J.
Overhead &
PVF9L10-10M0.5Y Singlemode LSZH LC-LC patch cord. 1 1 10 Underfloor
PVFXL10-10M0.5Y Multimode LSZH OM3 LC-LC patch cord. 1 1 10 Routing
Âdditional lengths available: PVUTPSPC3BBUY also available in lengths of 5, 7, 9, 14, and 20 feet.
PVUTPSPC1MBBUY also available in lengths of 2, 3, 5, 7, and 10 meters. PVSTP6X1MBBU also available in K.
PVSTP6X*MBBU lengths of 2, 3, 5, and 10 meters. PVF9L10-10M0.5Y and PVFXL10-10M0.5Y also available in 1/2-meter Surface
increments up to 10 meters. Raceway
Contact Panduit Customer Service for lead times.
Consult www.panduit.com/pim for additional colors and lengths available. L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
PVF9L10-10M*Y
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Labels for PanView iQ Patch Cords

N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
Cable
All Patch Cords Management
on Page I.10 and I.11 S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK Accessories
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
NOTES
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
I.12
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
FIBERRUNNER ROUTING SYSTEMS C.

Fiber
Optic
Panduit provides innovative solutions for routing fiber optic and high performance copper cabling Systems
to and between equipment racks within a data center, telecommunications room, or service provider
D.
facility. Routing products such as the FiberRunner Routing System are critical factors in your ability Power
over
to quickly install, easily implement moves, adds, and changes, and maintain the integrity of your fiber Ethernet
and copper cabling plant in order to maximize long-term performance.
E.
Zone
Cabling
Robust, large capacity 24x4, 12x4, and 6x4 systems F.

to handle large cable counts; 4x4 and 2x2 systems Wireless
for use with smaller cable counts

Hinged channel cover and split fitting covers for G.
12x4, 6x4, and 4x4 systems protect cabling and Outlets
provide easy access for future cabling revisions

and additions H.
Media
QuikLock assembly features eliminate or minimize Distribution
the need for tools to assemble the system;
QuikLock Couplers and Brackets require less than I.
Physical
five seconds to mechanically secure components Infrastructure
Management
12x4, 6x4, 4x4, and 2x2 fittings provide minimum
2" (50.8mm) bend radius and 24x4 fittings provide J.
Overhead &
3" (76.2mm) bend radius to protect against signal Underfloor
Routing
loss due to excessive cable bends
Multiple spillout options provide versatility K.
Surface
to make transitions to various equipment Raceway
and rack configurations
L.
Compatible with Panduit Fiber-Duct 4x4 Cabinets,
Racks &
and 2x2 Routing Systems, CabRunner Cable
and Wyr-Grid Overhead Routing Systems, Management
cable management, and racks M.

Grounding &
Bonding
The FiberRunner 24x4, 12x4, 6x4, 4x4, and 2x2 Routing Systems are comprised of channel, couplers,
N.
fittings, and brackets designed to segregate, route, and protect fiber optic and high performance Industrial
copper cabling.
O.
Labeling &
As part of the Panduit Data Center Solution, FiberRunner Routing Systems offers secure, reliable Identification
system integration and risk management within the physical infrastructure.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.1
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
24x4 Routing System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over 8 14
Ethernet
13
7
E.
Zone
Cabling
F. 4
Wireless
5
G.
6
Outlets
10
H.
Media
Distribution 1
2
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
12
Management 9
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
3 11
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
24x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
FR24TBE12 Existing FR24TBN12 - New

N.
Industrial Threaded Rod QuikLock Threaded Rod QuikLock
Bracket (page J.9) Bracket (page J.9)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
FRTBWG30BL - Wyr-Grid F2PCLB12 -Two-Piece Ladder FRAFC58 - Two Piece Framing
Mounting Bracket for Rack Bracket for Attaching Clip for Attaching 5/8" Threaded
Q. FiberRunner System Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" 2" Rod to 2" x 9/16" C-Channel
Index
(page J.9) Ladder Rack (page J.9) Auxiliary Framing Bars (page J.9)
J.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
FR24X4**10 24x4 FROV4524X4** 24x4 Outside
1 FiberRunner Channel
8 Vertical 45 Angle Fitting and
D.
Power
(page J.4) FROV45CV24** Optional Cover over
(page J.6) Ethernet
E.
Zone
FRCV24**10 24x4 Snap-On FREC24X4** 24x4 End Cap Cabling
2 Cover (page J.4)
9 Fitting (page J.5)
F.
Wireless
FRBC24X4** 24x4 QuikLock FRTR24X4** 3-Sided BRC G.

3 Coupler (page J.4)
10 Trumpet Spillout for 24x4 Exit Outlets
(page J.8)
H.
Media
Distribution
FRH4524X4** 24x4 Horizontal FRSPJ2X2** Spill-Over

4 45 Angle Fitting and
11 Junction with 2x2 Exit I.
Physical
FRH45CV24** Optional Cover (page J.7) Infrastructure
(page J.5) Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
FRT24X4W12** 24x4 FRSPJ4X4** Spill-Over
5 Horizontal Tee with 12x4 Exit
12 Junction with 4x4 Exit
Routing
and FRTCV24W12** Optional (page J.8)

K.
Cover (page J.5) Surface
Raceway
L.
FRFWC24X4** 24x4 4-Way FRRF2412** 24x4 to 12x4 Cabinets,
6 Cross Fitting and FRFWCCV24**
13 FiberRunner Reducer Fitting Racks &
Cable
Optional Cover (page J.5) and FRRF2412CV** Optional Management
Cover (page J.6)
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
FRIV4524X4** 24x4 Inside FRFWC24X4W12** 24x4 4-Way
7 Vertical 45 Angle Fitting
14 Cross Fitting with 12x4 Exits and
(page J.6) FRFWCCV24W12** Optional N.
Industrial
Cover (page J.5)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
**Available colors include: YL (Yellow), OR (Orange), and BL (Black). Q.

Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
24x4 FiberRunner Routing System
C.
Fiber Cable Fills for 24x4 FiberRunner Routing System
Optic The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods,
Systems
straightness of cables, etc.
D. 24x4 FiberRunner Cable Routing System
Power Fiber Optic
over Ribbon Category Category Category
Ethernet Interconnect 6A (SD) 6A 6
Diameter Diameter Diameter Cable Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter
Internal 1.6mm 2.0mm 3.0mm 5.20mm 6.1mm 7.6mm 6.1mm
E. Fill/Pile Up Area (in2) 0.063" 0.079" 0.118" 0.205" 0.240" 0.300" 0.240"
Zone
Cabling 40% Fill
25.38 2" Pile Up 48.1 6174 3951 1756 583 425 272 425
(644.6mm) 3" Pile Up 72.4 9293 5947 2643 877 640 410 640
A = 96.8 in.2 (63613mm2) 4" Pile Up 98.6 12656 8099 3600 1195 872 558 872
F.
Wireless 50% Fill
2" Pile Up 48.1 7718 4939 2195 729 532 340 532
4.48
(114mm) 3" Pile Up 72.4 11616 7434 3304 1097 800 512 800
4" Pile Up 98.6 15820 10124 4500 1494 1090 697 1090
G. 60% Fill
Outlets 2" Pile Up 48.1 9261 5927 2634 874 638 408 638
3" Pile Up 72.4 13940 8921 3965 1316 960 615 960
4" Pile Up 98.6 18984 12149 5400 1792 1308 837 1308
H. Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use a miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw blade
Media for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T and 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf.
Distribution
The above cable diameters represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level.
For specific cable fill information based on specific part numbers, please contact Panduit customer service.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
24x4 FiberRunner Routing System Channel and Cover
Robust, large capacity 24x4 system ideal for use Channel, covers, fittings and other non-metallic system
J. with large cable counts components made from V-0 flame class rated material
Overhead & QuikLock Couplers and Brackets reduce system Compatible with all sizes of Panduit FiberRunner
Underfloor
Routing
installation time dramatically and Routing Systems, cable management, and racks
K. Std. Std.
Surface Pkg. Ctn.
Raceway Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
FR24X4YL10 Used to carry cables horizontally throughout the system. 10 20
L. Use QuikLock Coupler FRBC24X4YL to attach channel
Cabinets, FR24X4 and/or fittings.
Racks &
Cable 24x4 Snap-On Cover
Management
FRCV24YL10 Optional snap-on cover for channel FR24X4YL10. 10
Supplied in four 30" long pieces.
M.
Grounding & For other colors replace YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Bonding FRCV24 Order number of feet required, in multiples of standard 10' length increments.
N. 24x4 FiberRunner QuikLock Coupler

Industrial
Pre-assembled to provide fast mechanical assembly For other standard colors replace suffix YL (Yellow)
of components with OR (Orange) or BL (Black)
O.
No tools required for installation; bolts loosen for
Labeling & component disassembly
Identification
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
P. Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Cable
Management FRBC24X4YL Pre-assembled coupler quickly joins two sections of 1 5
Accessories channel and/or fittings. Mechanically attaches without
tightening bolts. Bolts release using 3/8" nut driver to
allow coupler to be removed if necessary.
Q. For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
24x4 FiberRunner System Fittings C.

Fiber
Optic
Minimum 3" (76.2mm) bend radius control fittings Assemble using FRBC QuikLock Couplers Systems
Protect against signal loss and performance degradation
D.
Power
over
Std. Std. Ethernet
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
E.
24x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting Zone
Cabling
FRH4524X4 FRH4524X4YL Attaches to 24x4 channel and/or fittings to (2 pcs.) 1
create a 45 horizontal turn from a straight FRBC24X4YL
horizontal run.
F.
Wireless
Cover for 24x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting
FRH45CV24YL Optional cover for the horizontal 45 angle 1
fitting FRH4524X4YL. Snap-on feature allows
FRH45CV24 cover to be installed and removed with no G.
tools required. Outlets
24x4 Horizontal Tee with 12x4 Exit
FRT24X4W12YL Attaches to 24x4 channel and/or fittings to (2 pcs.) 1
create a 90 horizontal branch with a 12x4 FRBC24X4YL H.
exit from straight horizontal run. Accepts (1 pc.) Media
FRT24X4W12 optional split cover FRTCV24W12YL. FRBC12X4YL Distribution
Cover for 24x4 Horizontal Tee with 12x4 Exit I.

FRTCV24W12YL Optional cover for the horizontal tee fitting 1 Physical
FRT24X4W12YL. Snap-on feature allows Infrastructure
Management
cover to be installed and removed with no
FRTCV24W12 tools required.
J.
Overhead &
24x4 Four-Way Cross Fitting Underfloor
FRFWC24X4YL Attaches to 24x4 channel and/or fittings to (4 pcs.) 1 Routing
create a horizontal four way cross FRBC24X4YL
intersection with two 24x4 exits. Accepts
optional split cover FRFWCCV24YL. K.
FRFWC24X4 Surface
Raceway
24x4 FiberRunner Four-Way Cross Cover
FRFWCCV24YL Optional cover for the four way cross fitting 1 L.
FRFWC24X4YL. Snap-on feature allows Cabinets,
cover to be installed and removed with no Racks &
tools required. Cable
Management
FRFWCCV24
24x4 Four-Way Cross Fitting with 12x4 exits
M.
FRFWC24X4W12YL Attaches to a 24x4 channel and/or fittings (2 pcs.) 1 Grounding &
to create a horizontal four way cross FRBC24X4YL Bonding
intersection with two 12x4 exits. Accepts (2 pcs.)
optional split cover FRFWCCV24W12YL. FRBC12X4YL
Cover for 24x4 Four-Way Cross Fitting with 12x4 Exits N.

FRFWC24X4W12 Industrial
FRFWCCV24W12YL Optional cover for the four way cross fitting 1
FRFWC24X4W12YL. Cover can be installed
and removed with no tools required.
O.
Labeling &
24x4 End Cap Fitting Identification
FREC24X4YL Used for closing off open ends of the 1 5
FRFWCCV24W12
channel or fittings. No coupler required.
P.
Push-on installation. Cable
Management
Accessories
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Q.
FREC24X4 Index
Table continues on page J.6
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C. 24x4 FiberRunner System Fittings (continued)

Fiber
Optic Std. Std.
Systems Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power 24x4 Inside Vertical 45 Fitting and Cover
over FRIV4524X4YL Attaches to 24x4 channel and/or fittings to (2 pcs.) 1
Ethernet FRIV4524X4 create a 45 upward angle from a straight FRBC24X4YL
horizontal run. Used with outside vertical 45
angle fitting FROV4524X4YL to change level
E. of a straight horizontal run. Includes cover.
Zone
Cabling 24x4 Outside Vertical 45 Fitting
FROV4524X4YL Attaches to 24x4 channel and/or fittings to (2 pcs.) 1
create a 45 downward angle from a straight FRBC24X4YL
F. FROV4524X4 horizontal run. Used with inside vertical 45
Wireless angle fitting FRIV4524X4YL to change level
of a horizontal run.
Cover for 24x4 Outside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting

G. FROV45CV24YL Optional cover for the outside vertical 45 1
Outlets angle fitting FROV4524X4YL. Snap-on
feature allows cover to be installed and
FROV45CV24
removed with no tools required.
H.
Media Reducer from 24x4 FiberRunner to 12x4 FiberRunner
Distribution FRRF2412YL Attaches any 24x4 FiberRunner Fitting (1 pc.) 1
or Channel to any 12x4 FiberRunner Fitting FRBC24X4YL
or Channel. (1 pc.)
I. FRBC12X4YL
Physical FRRF2412
Infrastructure
Management Cover for 24x4 to 12x4 FiberRunner Reducer Fitting
FRRF2412CVYL Optional cover for the reducer from 24x4 1
J. FiberRunner to 12x4 FiberRunner
Overhead & FRRF2412YL. Snap-on feature allows
Underfloor cover to be installed and removed with
Routing no tools required.
FRRF2412CV
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
24x4 FiberRunner System Spillouts C.

Fiber
Spill-overs allow safe transition from horizontal to Transition to channel, slotted channel, and corrugated Optic
vertical runs loom tubing Systems
2" (50.8mm) bend radius control Spill-over junction fittings can be retro-fitted to existing D.
horizontal runs Power
over
Ethernet
Std. Std.
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty. E.
Zone
Spill-Over Junction with 2x2 Exit Cabling
FRSPJ2X2YL Assembles onto 4x4, 6x4, 12x4, or 24x4 (1 pc.) 1
FiberRunner Channel, spilling over the side FBC2X2YL
into a 2x2 vertical exit. Requires coupler to
attach 2x2 FiberRunner and fittings to the F.
FRSPJ2X2 Wireless
vertical exit. Mounts directly to existing
installation with no alteration required.
Mounting hardware provided for
secure attachment.
G.
Outlets
3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 2x2 Exit
FTR2X2YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to (1 pc.) 1 5
2" (50.8mm) when exiting from a spill-over FBC2X2YL
junction with a 2x2 exit or from 2x2 H.
FTR2X2 Fiber-Duct Channel. Media
Distribution
1-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing

FIDT2X2YL Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (1 pc.) 1 5 I.
Physical
(38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. FBC2X2YL
Infrastructure
Used with a spill-over junction with a 2x2 exit, Management
2x2 Fiber-Duct Fittings, and the 2x2
FiberRunner Hinged Channel. Securely
holds split corrugated tubing to ensure J.
system integrity and easy access to add Overhead &
Underfloor
or remove cables. Routing
FIDT2X2
2x2 Hinged Duct Vertical Cable Manager Kit
FRHD2KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables 1 K.
spilling out from a vertical tee or spill-over Surface
Raceway
junction to rack mounted equipment. Kit
includes 6' length of 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged
Channel H2X2YL6, 6' length of 2x2 snap-on L.
hinged cover HC2YL6, four adjustable Z Cabinets,
brackets FZBA1.5X4, one FiberRunner Racks &
2x2 End Cap FHDEC2X2YL, six hinged duct Cable
Management
2" wire retainers WR2H-C, and all required
mounting hardware. Attaches to 2x2 vertical
tee exit or spill-over junction with a 2x2 exit M.
with a 2x2 QuikLock Coupler FBC2X2YL. Grounding &
Also attaches directly to 4x4 or 6x4 vertical tee Bonding
FRHD2KT
exits with low profile reducer FRLPR42BL.
2x2 FiberRunner Bend Radius Control Trumpet N.

TRC2HDBL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the 1 10 Industrial
sidewall of 2" wall heights of type H hinged
cover wiring duct channels. Maintains 1"
(25.4mm) bend radius control. Black color only. O.
TRC2HDBL Labeling &
Identification
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange), BL (Black), or LG (Light Gray).
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C. 24x4 FiberRunner System Spillouts (continued)

Fiber
Optic
Systems
Std. Std.
D. Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Power Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
over
Ethernet Spill-Over Junction with 4x4 Exit
FRSPJ4X4YL Assembles onto 4x4, 6x4, 12x4, or 24x4 (1 pc.) 1
FiberRunner Channel, spilling over the side FRBC4X4YL
E. into a 4x4 vertical exit. Requires coupler to
Zone
FRSPJ4X4
attach 4x4 FiberRunner Channel and fittings
Cabling to the vertical exit. Mounts directly to existing
installation with no alteration required.
Mounting hardware provided for
F. secure attachment.
Wireless
3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 4x4 FiberRunner Exit
FRTR4X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable (1 pc.) 1 5
FRTR4X4 to 2" (50.8mm) when exiting from 4x4 FRBC4X4YL
G. FiberRunner Channel or a 4x4
Outlets FiberRunner Horizontal Tee.

H. FRIDT4X4YL Used to route cable into one or two pieces of (1 pc.) 1 5
Media 1.5" (38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. FRBC4X4YL
Distribution Requires coupler to be used with 4x4
FiberRunner Fitting. Used with any 4x4
FiberRunner Fitting. Securely holds
I. corrugated split tubing to ensure system
Physical integrity and easy access to add or
Infrastructure
FRIDT4X4 remove cables.
Management
J.
Overhead & FRHD4KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables 1
Underfloor spilling out from vertical tee to rack mounted
Routing equipment. Kit includes 6' length of 4x4
capacity hinged duct, 6' length of 4x4 hinged
duct cover, one end cap for 4x4 hinged duct,
K. three FZBA1.5X4 adjustable Z brackets, an
Surface adapter fitting, six WR4-C wire retainers and
Raceway all required mounting hardware. Attaches
directly to 6x4 and 4x4 vertical tee exit or
L. FRLPR64 low profile reducer.
Cabinets,
Racks & 4x4 Hinged Duct Bend Radius Control Trumpet
Cable FRHD4KT
Management TRC4HDBL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the 1 10
sidewall of 4" wall heights of type H hinged
cover wiring duct channels. Maintains 1"
M.
Grounding & (25.4mm) bend radius control. Black color only.
Bonding
FRTR24X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 3" (1 pc.) 1 5
N. TRC4HDBL (76.2mm) when exiting from the 24x4 channel FRBC24X4YL
Industrial or a 24x4 horizontal tee.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
FRTR24X4
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
24x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets C.

Fiber
Optic
Systems
For Std. Std.
Threaded Pkg. Ctn. D.
Part Number Part Description Rod Size Qty. Qty. Power
over
Existing Threaded Rod QuikLock Bracket for 24x4 System Ethernet
FR24TBE12 Used to support the 24x4 system by spanning two 1/2" 1
1/2" existing threaded rod drops. Can be installed from
above or below. Bracket is secured to each threaded E.
rod with two split nuts. The pre-assembled slide clamps Zone
FR24TBE12M enable fast assembly to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver 12mm 1 Cabling
FR24TBE12
FR24TBE12M on slide clamps.
New Threaded Rod QuikLock Bracket for 24x4 System

F.
FR24TBN12 Used to support the 24x4 system from new threaded 1/2" 1 Wireless
rod installations. Bracket is secured to threaded rod
with two nuts. The pre-assembled slide clamps enable
fast assembly to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on
FR24TBN12M slide clamps. 12mm 1
G.
Outlets
Wyr-Grid
Mounting Bracket for FiberRunner System
FRTBWG30BL FiberRunner QuikLock Threaded Rod Trapeze 1/2" 1 10

FR24TBN12
Bracket for Wyr-Grid 30" (762mm) width. Used to 12mm
FR24TBN12M support FiberRunner 4x4, 6x4, 12x4, and 24x4 H.
Channel above or below the Wyr-Grid 30" Pathway Media
Distribution
using the same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to
support the WGTB30BL bracket. Quick mount clips,
FRQMC24-X are not included for installing the 24x4 I.
channel. These must be purchased separately. This Physical
bracket is on the same pitch as the Wyr-Grid Bracket. Infrastructure
Hardware for attaching to threaded rod sold separately. Management
FiberRunner Quick Mount Clips J.

FRTBWG30BL Overhead &
FRQMC24-X Used whenever a FiberRunner 24x4 Channel 10 50 Underfloor
is installed on the FiberRunner Trapeze Bracket, Routing
FRTBWG30BL for 30" Wyr-Grid Pathway.
For use with FiberRunner 24x4 Channel only.
K.
Surface
Two-Piece Ladder Rack Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to Raceway
1 1/2" 2" Ladder Rack
F2PCLB12 Two-piece bracket attaches to 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 1/2" 1 10 L.
1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 2" (50.8mm) Cabinets,
ladder rack rail. Bracket halves slide into position and Racks &
clamp together on the ladder rack rail, which allows Cable
for a one-handed assembly of the threaded rod (not Management
F2PCLB12
included). Contains bracket and hardware for attaching
bracket to ladder rack. M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Two Piece Framing Clip for Attaching 5/8" Threaded Rod to 2" x 9/16" C-Channel
Auxiliary Framing Bars
FRAFC58 Two-piece framing clip attaches to auxiliary framing 5/8" 1 10
bars. Framing clip halves slide into position and N.
interlock on the auxiliary framing bars, allowing Industrial
easier assembly of the threaded rod to bars.
Contains two-piece framing clip and hardware
FRAFC58 for attaching framing clip to auxiliary framing bars. O.
(5/8" threaded rod not included.) Labeling &
Identification
Self-Tapping Screws for 12x4 and 24x4 Brackets
FR12BS-L Self-tapping screws allow selected 24x4 and 12x4 50 500
P.
fittings to be fastened directly to mounting brackets
Cable
for additional support. Screws tap directly into those Management
24x4 and 12x4 fittings that have plastic bosses. Accessories
Q.
FR12BS-L Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems 19
D. 18
Power
over
Ethernet
23 7
E. 16
Zone
Cabling
10
20
F.
Wireless
9 13 17
G.
2
Outlets 11
1 14
H. 21
Media
Distribution 6
I.
3
Physical
Infrastructure
22
Management 12
8
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
4 15 5
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N. FR12TRBE58 Existing FR12TRBN58 New FR12USB Underfloor FR12ALB Adjustable

Industrial
Threaded Rod QuikLock Threaded Rod QuikLock Pedestal QuikLock Ladder QuikLock
Bracket (page J.20) Bracket (page J.20) Bracket (page J.20) Bracket (page J.20)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
FR12CS58 Center FR12ACAB Adjustable FR12ACB58 Top Support FR12TB58 Trapeze

Q. Support QuikLock Cabinet QuikLock Adjustable C QuikLock QuikLock Bracket
Index Bracket (page J.20) Bracket (page J.21) Bracket (page J.20) (page J.20)
J.10
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
FR12X4**6 12x4 FiberRunner FREC12X4** 12x4 End
1 Channel (page J.12) 13 Cap Fitting (page J.15)
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
FRHC12**6 12x4 Snap-On FRTR12X4** 3-Sided BRC
2 Hinged Cover (page J.12)
14 Trumpet Spillout for 12x4 Exit
E.
(page J.19) Zone
Cabling
FRBC12X4** 12x4 QuikLock
3 Coupler (page J.13) FR1.5IDE** 1-Port Spillout
15 Side Exit to 1.5" (38mm) Inside F.
Diameter Corrugated Tubing Wireless
FRH4512X4** 12x4 Horizontal 45
4 Angle Fitting and FRH45SC12**
(page J.19)
Optional Split Cover (page J.13)
FRSPJ2X2** Spill-Over Junction
16 with 2x2 Exit and FRSPJC212**
G.
Outlets
FRRA12X4** 12x4 Horizontal Right Optional Cover for 12x4 System
5 Angle Fitting and FRRASC12** (page J.17)
Optional Split Cover (page J.13) H.
FRSPJ4X4** Spill-Over Junction Media
Distribution
FRT12X4** 12x4 Horizontal Tee
6 Fitting and FRTSC12** Optional Optional Cover for 12x4 System
(page J.18) I.
Split Cover (page J.13 and J.14) Physical
Infrastructure
FRRF126** 12x4 to 6x4 Management
FRFWC12X4** 12x4 4-Way Cross 18 FiberRunner Reducer Fitting
7 Fitting and FRFWCSC12** and FRRF126SC** Optional J.
Overhead &
Optional Split Cover (page J.14) Split Cover (page J.16) Underfloor
Routing
FRRF126L** 12x4 to 6x4
FRVT12X4** 12x4 Vertical Tee 19 Transition Left Reducer Fitting
8 (page J.17)
K.
Surface
and FRRF126LSC** Optional
Raceway
Split Cover (page J.16)
FRIV4512X4** 12x4 Inside L.
9 Vertical 45 Angle Fitting FRRF126R** 12x4 to 6x4 Cabinets,
(page J.15)
20 Transition Right Reducer Fitting
Racks &
Cable
and FRRF126RSC** Optional Management
FROV4512X4** 12x4 Outside
10 Vertical 45 Angle Fitting and
M.
Grounding &
FRY126** Y-Reducer from 12x4
FROV45SC12** Optional 21 to two 6x4 Exit and FRY126SC**
Bonding
N.
FROVRA12X4** 12x4 Outside FRT12X4W6** 12x4 Horizontal Industrial
11 Vertical Right Angle Fitting 22 Tee with 6x4 Exit and
and FROVRASC12** Optional FRTSC12W6** Optional Split
Split Cover (page J.15) Cover (page J.14) O.
Labeling &
Identification
FRCR12BL-X Cable Retainer FRFWC12X4W6** 12x4 4-Way
12 for 12x4 System (page J.12) 23 Cross Fitting with 6x4 Exits and P.
FRFWCSC12W6** Optional Cable
Split Cover (page J.14 and J.15) Management
Accessories

Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Cable Fills for 12x4 FiberRunner Routing System
D. The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods, straightness
Power of cables, etc.
over
Ethernet 12x4 FiberRunner Cable Routing System
Fiber Optic Ribbon Category Category Category

E. Interconnect Cable 6A (SD) 6A 6
Zone Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter
Cabling Internal 1.6mm 2.0mm 3.0mm 5.20mm 6.1mm 7.6mm 6.1mm
Fill/Pile Up Area (in2) 0.063" 0.079" 0.118" 0.205" 0.240" 0.300" 0.240"
40% Fill
2" Pile Up 25.7 3299 2111 938 311 227 147 209
F.
Wireless 3" Pile Up 38.8 4980 3187 1417 470 343 223 316
4" Pile Up 51 6546 4189 1862 618 451 292 416
50% Fill
2" Pile Up 25.7 4124 2639 1173 389 284 184 262
13.46 in.
G. 3" Pile Up 38.8 6225 3984 1771 588 429 278 395
(341.9mm)
Outlets 4" Pile Up 51 8183 5237 2327 773 564 366 519
4.44 in. A = 51.0 in.2 60% Fill
(112.8mm) (32903mm2)
2" Pile Up 25.7 4948 3167 1407 467 341 221 314
H. 3" Pile Up 38.8 7470 4781 2125 705 515 334 474
Media 4" Pile Up 51 9819 6284 2793 927 676 439 623
Distribution
Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use a miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw
blade for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T and 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf.
I.
Physical The above cable diameters represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level.
Infrastructure For specific cable fill information based on specific part numbers, please contact Panduit customer service.
Management
J.
Overhead & 12x4 FiberRunner Routing System Channel and Cover
Underfloor
Routing Robust, large capacity 12x4 system ideal for use Compatible with all sizes of Panduit FiberRunner
with large cable counts and Panduit Fiber-Duct Routing Systems, cable
K. Multiple spillout options provide versatility to mate management, and racks
Surface to various equipment and rack configurations Compliant with the applicable tests in Telcordia
Raceway GR-63-CORE Network Equipment Building Systems
QuikLock Couplers and Brackets reduce system
installation time dramatically (NEBS) Level 3
L.
Cabinets, Channel, covers, fittings and other non-metallic system
Racks & components made from V-0 flame class rated material
Cable
Management
Std. Std.
M. Pkg. Ctn.
Grounding & Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Bonding
12x4 FiberRunner Channel
FR12X4YL6 Used to carry the cables horizontally throughout the system. 6 12

FR12X4 Accepts cable retainers FRCR12BL-X or hinged cover
N. FRHC12YL6. Use QuikLock Coupler FRBC12X4YL to attach
Industrial
channel and/or fittings.
12x4 Snap-On Hinged Cover

O. FRHC12YL6 Optional snap-on hinged cover for channel FR12X4YL6. Can be 6 12
Labeling & folded down for height restricted areas.
Identification
FRHC12 Cable Retainer for 12x4 System
P.
FRCR12BL-X Cable retainer holds cable in the channel when cover is not used. 10 100
Cable
Management Install anywhere on channel, near the coupler or every 18"
Accessories (457mm). Black color only.
For other colors replace YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).

FRCR12BL-X Order number of feet required, in multiples of standard 6' length increments.
Q.
Index Order number of cable retainers required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
12x4 FiberRunner QuikLock Coupler
C.
Pre-assembled to provide fast mechanical assembly No tools required for installation; bolts loosen for Fiber
of components component disassembly Optic
Systems
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn. D.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Power
FRBC12X4YL Pre-assembled coupler quickly joins two sections of channel and/or 1 5 over
fittings. Mechanically attaches without tightening bolts. Bolts release Ethernet
using 3/8" nut driver to allow coupler to be removed if necessary.
E.
For a bulk package of 10 couplers, order FRBC12X4YL-X. Zone
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black). Cabling
F.
Wireless
12x4 FiberRunner System Fittings

Minimum 2" (50.8mm) bend radius control fittings Optional split covers snap onto each fitting G.
Outlets
Protect against signal loss and performance degradation Covers feature 3/4" (19mm) gap to allow cable
Assemble using FRBC QuikLock Couplers to be laid in
H.
Media
Std. Std. Distribution
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
I.
12x4 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting Physical
Infrastructure
FRRA12X4YL Attaches to 12x4 channel and/or fitting to (2 pcs.) 1 Management
horizontal run. Inside divider walls manage
cables routed around horizontal right angles. J.
Accepts optional split cover FRRASC12YL. Overhead &
Underfloor
FRRA12X4 Routing
Split Cover for 12x4 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting
FRRASC12YL Optional split cover for the horizontal right 1 5
angle fitting FRRA12X4YL. Snap-on feature K.
Surface
allows cover to be installed and removed with Raceway
no tools required. Creates radiused 3/4
(19mm) opening for easy access to add or
remove cables. L.
FRRASC12 Cabinets,
Racks &
12x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting Cable
FRH4512X4YL Attaches to 12x4 channel and/or fitting to (2 pcs.) 1 Management
horizontal run. Accepts optional split cover M.
FRH45SC12YL. Grounding &
Bonding
FRH4512X4
Split Cover for 12x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting
FRH45SC12YL Optional split cover for the horizontal 45 1 5
angle fitting FRH4512X4YL. Snap-on feature N.
allows cover to be installed and removed with Industrial
(19mm) opening for easy access to add or
removes cables.
FRH45SC12 O.
Labeling &
12x4 Horizontal Tee Fitting Identification
FRT12X4YL Attaches to 12x4 channel and/or fittings to (3 pcs.) 1
create a 90 horizontal branch with a 12x4 exit FRBC12X4YL
from straight horizontal run. Accepts optional P.
Cable
split cover FRTSC12YL. Management
Accessories
FRT12X4 For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
12x4 FiberRunner System Fittings (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic Std. Std.
D.
Power Split Cover for 12x4 Horizontal Tee Fitting
over FRTSC12YL Optional split cover for the horizontal tee 1 5
Ethernet fitting FRT12X4BL. Snap-on feature allows
cover to be installed and removed with no
tools required. Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm)
E. FRTSC12 opening for easy access to add or
Zone remove cables.
Cabling
12x4 Horizontal Tee with 6x4 Exit

F.
Wireless
from straight horizontal run. Accepts optional (1 pc.)
FRT12X4W6 split cover FRTSC12W6YL. FRBC6X4YL
G. Split Cover for 12x4 Horizontal Tee with 6x4 Exit

Outlets FRTSC12W6YL Optional split cover for the horizontal tee with 1 5
6x4 exit fitting FRT12X4W6YL. Snap-on
feature allows cover to be installed and
removed without tools. Creates radiused 3/4"
H. FRTSC12W6 (19mm) opening for easy access to add or
Media
remove cables.
Distribution
I.
Physical from straight horizontal run. Accepts optional (1 pc.)
Infrastructure split cover FRTSC12W4YL. FRBC4X4YL
Management FRT12X4W4 FRTSC12W4YL Split Cover, Horizontal Tee with 12x4 Exit. 1 5
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
12x4 Four Way Cross Fitting
FRFWC12X4YL Attaches to 12x4 channel and/or fittings to (4 pcs.) 1
K. FRTSC12W4 create a horizontal four way cross intersection FRBC12X4YL
Surface with two 12x4 exits. Accepts optional split
Raceway cover FRFWCSC12YL.
L. Split Cover for 12x4 Four Way Cross Fitting

Cabinets,
Racks & FRFWCSC12YL Optional split cover for the four way cross 1 5
Cable FRFWC12X4 fitting FRFWC12X4YL. Snap-on feature allows
Management cover to be installed and removed with no
tools required. Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm)
M. opening for easy access to add or
Grounding & remove cables.
Bonding
12x4 Four Way Cross Fitting with 6x4 Exits
FRFWCSC12 FRFWC12X4W6YL Attaches to 12x4 channel and/or fittings to (2 pcs.) 1
N. create a horizontal four way cross intersection FRBC12X4YL
Industrial with two 6x4 exits. Accepts optional split cover (2 pcs.)
FRFWCSC12W6YL. FRBC6X4YL

O.
Labeling &
Identification FRFWC12X4W6
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Std. Std. Optic
Couplers Pkg. Ctn. Systems
D.
Split Cover for 12x4 Four Way Cross Fitting with 6x4 Exits Power
FRFWCSC12W6YL Optional split cover for the four way cross 1 5 over
fitting FRFWC12X4W6YL. Snap-on feature Ethernet
allows cover to be installed and removed with
FRFWCSC12W6 (19mm) opening for easy access to add or E.
remove cables. Zone
Cabling
FRFWC12X4W4YL Attaches to 12x4 channel and/or fittings to (2 pcs.) 1
create a horizontal four way cross intersection FRBC12X4YL
with two 4x4 exits. (2 pcs.) F.
FRBC4X4YL Wireless
FRFWCSC12W4YL Optional split cover for the four way cross 1 5
FRFWC12X4W4 fitting FRFWC12X4W4YL. Snap-on feature
no tools required. Creates radiused 3/4 G.
(19mm) opening for easy access to add or Outlets
remove cables.
12x4 End Cap Fitting

FREC12X4YL Used for closing off open ends of the channel 1 5 H.
FRFWCSC12W4 Media
or fittings. No coupler required. Push-on Distribution
installation.
12x4 Inside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting I.

Physical
FRIV4512X4YL Attaches to 12x4 channel and/or fitting to (2 pcs.) 1 Infrastructure
create a 45 upward angle from a straight FRBC12X4YL Management
FREC12X4 horizontal run. Used with outside vertical 45
angle fitting FROV4512X4YL to change level
of a straight horizontal run. Includes split J.
Overhead &
cover. Underfloor
Routing
12x4 Outside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting
FROV4512X4YL Attaches to 12x4 channel and/or fitting to (2 pcs.) 1
K.
FRIV4512X4 create a 45 downward angle from a straight FRBC12X4YL Surface
horizontal run. Used with inside vertical 45 Raceway
angle fitting FRIV4512X4YL to change level of
a horizontal run. Accepts optional split cover
FROV45SC12YL. L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Split Cover for 12x4 Outside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting Cable
FROV45SC12YL Optional split cover for the outside vertical 45 1 5 Management
FROV4512X4
angle fitting FROV4512X4YL. Snap-on feature
allows cover to be installed and removed with M.
no tools required. Creates radiused 3/4 Grounding &
(19mm) opening for easy access to add or Bonding
remove cables.
12x4 Outside Vertical Right Angle Fitting N.

FROV45SC12 Industrial
FROVRA12X4YL Attaches to 12x4 channel and/or fittings to (2 pcs.) 1
create a 90 vertical turn down from a straight FRBC12X4YL
horizontal run. Accepts optional split cover
FROVRASC12YL.
O.
Labeling &
Split Cover for 12x4 Outside Vertical Right Angle Fitting Identification
FROVRASC12YL Optional split cover for the outside vertical 1 5
FROVRA12X4 right angle fitting FROVRA12X4YL. Snap-on
P.
feature allows cover to be installed and Cable
removed with no tools required. Creates Management
radiused 3/4 (19mm) opening for easy access Accessories
to add or remove cables.
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black). Q.

FROVRASC12 Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic Std. Std.
D.
Power 12x4 to 6x4 FiberRunner Reducer Fitting

over FRRF126YL Attaches any 12x4 FiberRunner Fitting or (1 pc.) 1

Ethernet Channel to any 6x4 FiberRunner Fitting or FRBC12X4YL
Channel. Accepts split cover FRRF126SCYL. (1 pc.)
FRBC6X4YL
E.
Zone
Cabling FRRF126 Split Cover for 12x4 to 6x4 FiberRunner Reducer Fitting
FRRF126SCYL Optional split cover for the reducer fitting 1 5
FRRF126YL. Snap-on feature allows cover to
be installed and removed with no tools
F. required. Creates radiused 3/4 (19mm)
Wireless
opening for easy access to add or remove
cables.
FRRF126SC
G. Y-Reducer from 12x4 to Two 6x4 Exits
Outlets FRY126YL Attaches any 12x4 FiberRunner Fitting or (1 pc.) 1
Channel to two 6x4 FiberRunner Channels. FRBC12X4YL
Accepts split cover FRY126SCYL. (2 pcs.)
FRBC6X4YL
H.
Media FRY126
Distribution Split Cover for Y-Reducer from 12x4 to Two 6x4 Exits
FRY126SCYL Optional split cover for the Y-reducer fitting 1 5
FRY126YL. Snap-on feature allows cover to
I. be installed and removed with no tools
Physical required. Creates radiused 11/16 (17.5mm)
Infrastructure
Management opening for easy access to add or remove
cables.
FRY126SC
J.
Overhead & 12x4 to 6x4 Transition Right Reducer Fitting
Underfloor FRRF126RYL Attaches any 12x4 FiberRunner Fitting or (1 pc.) 1
Routing Channel to any 6x4 FiberRunner Fitting or FRBC12X4YL
Channel while transitioning to the right. (1 pc.)
Accepts split cover FRRF126RSCYL. FRBC6X4YL
K.
Surface
Raceway FRRF126R Split Cover for 12x4 to 6x4 Transition Right Reducer Fitting
FRRF126RSCYL Optional split cover for the transition right 1 5
L. reducer fitting FRRF126RYL. Snap-on feature
Cabinets, allows cover to be installed and removed with
Racks & no tools required. Creates radiused 1/2
Cable (12.7mm) opening for easy access to add or
Management remove cables.
FRRF126RSC
M. 12x4 to 6x4 Transition Left Reducer Fitting
Grounding &
Bonding FRRF126LYL Attaches any 12x4 FiberRunner Fitting or (1 pc.) 1
Channel to any 6x4 FiberRunner Fitting or FRBC12X4YL
Channel while transitioning to the left. Accepts (1 pc.)
split cover FRRF126LSCYL. FRBC6X4YL
N.
Industrial FRRF126L Split Cover for 12x4 to 6x4 Transition Left Reducer Fitting
FRRF126LSCYL Optional split cover for the transition left 1 5
reducer fitting FRRF126LYL. Snap-on feature
O. allows cover to be installed and removed with
Labeling & no tools required. Creates 1/2 (12.7mm)
Identification opening for easy access to add or remove
cables.
FRRF126LSC
P. For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
12x4 FiberRunner System Spillouts
C.
Spill-overs allow safe transition from horizontal to Transition to channel, slotted channel, and corrugated Fiber
vertical runs loom tubing Optic
Systems
2" (50.8mm) bend radius control Spill-over junction fittings can be retro-fitted to existing
horizontal runs D.
Power
Std. Std. over
Couplers Pkg. Ctn. Ethernet
12x4 Vertical Tee E.

FRVT12X4YL Attaches to 12x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (2 pcs.) 1 Zone
Cabling
90 vertical drop from a horizontal run. Hinged door FRBC12X4YL
included. Requires coupler to attach FRTR6X4YL (1 pc.)
or FRIDT6X4YL to vertical exit. Accepts optional FRBC6X4YL
snap-on cover FRHC12YL6 in conjunction F.
FRVT12X4 with channel. Wireless

FRTR6X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (1 pc.) 1 5
G.
(50.8mm) when exiting from 6x4 channel, 6x4 FRBC6X4YL Outlets
horizontal tee fitting, or 6x4 exit on 12x4 vertical tee.
FRTR6X4
FRIDT6X4YL Used to route cable into three separate pieces of (1 pc.) 1 5 H.
Media
1.5" (38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Used FRBC6X4YL Distribution
with FRVT12X4YL or any 6x4 fitting. Securely holds
corrugated split tubing to ensure system integrity
and easy access to add or remove cables. I.
FRIDT6X4 Physical
4x4 Hinged Duct Vertical Cable Manager Kit Infrastructure
Management
FRHD4KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables spilling 1
out from vertical tee to rack mounted equipment. Kit
includes 6' length of 4x4 capacity hinged duct, 6' J.
Overhead &
length of 4x4 hinged duct cover, one end cap for
Underfloor
4x4 hinged duct, three FZBA1.5X4 adjustable Z Routing
brackets, an adapter fitting, six WR4-C wire
retainers and all required mounting hardware.
Attaches directly to 6x4 and 4x4 vertical tee exit K.
or FRLPR64 low profile reducer. Surface
Raceway
FRHD4KT
4x4 Hinged Duct Bend Radius Control Trumpet
TRC4HDBL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the 1 10 L.
sidewall of 4" wall heights of type H hinged cover Cabinets,
Racks &
wiring duct channels. Maintains 1" (25.4mm) bend Cable
radius control. Black color only. Management
TRC4HDBL Low Profile Reducer 6x4 to 4x4 for Vertical Tee

M.
FRLPR64BL Assembled into the 12x4 vertical tee FRVT12X4YL. 1 5 Grounding &
The FRLPR64BL allows for the transition to 4x4 Bonding
Fiber-Duct Channel with minimal space required.
No tools required for assembly. Black color only.
Spill-Over Junction with 2x2 Exit N.

Industrial
FRLPR64BL FRSPJ2X2YL Assembles onto 4x4, 6x4, 12x4, or 24x4 (1 pc.) 1
FiberRunner Channel, spilling over the side into FBC2X2YL
a 2x2 vertical exit. Requires coupler to attach 2x2
FiberRunner and fittings to the vertical exit. O.
Mounts directly to existing installation with no Labeling &
alteration required. Mounting hardware provided Identification
for secure attachment.
FRSPJ2X2 P.
Cover for Spill-Over Junction with 2x2 Exit for 12x4 Channel Cable
FRSPJC212YL Used to fully enclose 12x4 channel in conjunction 1 5 Management
with the spill-over junction FRSPJ2X2YL. Cover Accessories
snaps onto the channel base. Hinged feature allows
easy access to add or remove cables.
Q.
FRSPJC212 For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black). Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
12x4 FiberRunner System Spillouts (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic Std. Std.
D.
Power 3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 2x2 Exit
over FTR2X2YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (1 pc.) 1 5
Ethernet (50.8mm) when exiting from a spill-over junction FBC2X2YL
with a 2x2 exit or from 2x2 Fiber-Duct Channel.
Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure
E.
Zone system integrity and easy access to add or
Cabling remove cables.
FTR2X2
F. FIDT2X2YL Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (38mm) (1 pc.) 1 5
Wireless diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with a FBC2X2YL
spill-over junction with a 2x2 exit, 2x2 Fiber-Duct
Fittings, and the 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged Channel.
Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure
G.
system integrity and easy access to add or
Outlets remove cables.
FIDT2X2 2x2 Hinged Duct Vertical Cable Manager Kit

H. FRHD2KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables spilling 1
Media out from a vertical tee or spill-over junction to rack
Distribution mounted equipment. Kit includes 6' length of 2x2
FiberRunner Hinged Channel H2X2YL6, 6' length
of 2x2 snap-on hinged cover HC2YL6, four
I. adjustable Z brackets FZBA1.5X4, one
Physical FiberRunner 2x2 End Cap FHDEC2X2YL, six
Infrastructure hinged duct 2" wire retainers WR2H-C and all
Management required mounting hardware. Attaches to 2x2
vertical tee exit or spill-over junction with a 2x2
J. exit with a 2x2 QuikLock Coupler FBC2X2YL.
Overhead & Also attaches directly to 4x4 or 6x4 vertical tee
Underfloor FRHD2KT exits with low profile reducer FRLPR42BL.
Routing
K. 2x2 FiberRunner Bend Radius Control Trumpet

Surface TRC2HDBL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the 1 10
Raceway sidewall of 2" wall heights of type H hinged cover
wiring duct channels. Maintains 1" (25.4mm) bend
L. radius control. Black color only.
Cabinets,
Racks & TRC2HDBL
Cable Spill-Over Junction with 4x4 Exit
Management FRSPJ4X4YL Assembles onto 4x4, 6x4, 12x4, or 24x4 (1 pc.) 1
FiberRunner Channel, spilling over the side into FRBC4X4YL
M. a 4x4 vertical exit. Requires coupler to attach 4x4
Grounding & FiberRunner Channel and fittings to the vertical
Bonding exit. Mounts directly to existing installation with no
alteration required. Mounting hardware provided for
secure attachment.
FRSPJ4X4
N.
Industrial Cover for Spill-Over Junction with 4x4 Exit for 12x4 Channel
FRSPJC412YL Used to fully enclose 12x4 channel in conjunction 1 5
with the spill-over junction FRSPJ4X4YL. Cover
O.
Labeling &
Identification
FRSPJC412 For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Std. Std. Optic
D.
3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 4x4 FiberRunner Exit Power
FRTR4X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (1 pc.) 1 5 over
(50.8mm) when exiting from 4x4 FiberRunner FRBC4X4YL Ethernet
Channel or a 4x4 FiberRunner Horizontal Tee.
E.
FRTR4X4 2-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing Zone
Cabling
FRIDT4X4YL Used to route cable into one or two pieces of 1.5" (1 pc.) 1 5
(38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Requires FRBC4X4YL
coupler to be used with 4x4 FiberRunner Fitting.
Used with any 4x4 FiberRunner Fitting. Securely F.
holds corrugated split tubing to ensure system Wireless
integrity and easy access to add or remove cables.
1-Port Spillout Side Exit to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
G.
FR1.5IDEYL Used to route cable into 1.5" (38mm) diameter split 1 5 Outlets
FRIDT4X4 corrugated tubing directly through a hole cut in the
side wall of the 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 FiberRunner
Channel or 4x4 Fiber-Duct Channel. Provides 1"
(25.4mm) bend radius control at the exit. Securely H.
holds split corrugated tubing to ensure system Media
integrity and easy access to add or remove cables. Distribution
Includes drilling template.
FR1.5IDE I.
3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 12x4 Exit Physical
FRTR12X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (1 pc.) 1 5 Infrastructure
(50.8mm) when exiting from the 12x4 channel FRBC12X4YL Management
or a 12x4 horizontal tee.
J.
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black). Overhead &
Underfloor
FRTR12X4 Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic For Std. Std.
Systems
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Rod Size Qty. Qty.
D.
Power Existing Threaded Rod QuikLock Bracket for 12x4 System
over
Ethernet FR12TRBE58 Used to support the 12x4 system from existing 5/8" 1
FR12TRBE58 threaded rod installations. Bracket is secured to
FR12TRBE58M threaded rod with two split nuts. The pre-assembled
E. FR12TRBE58M slide clamps enable fast assembly to channel. Use 16mm 1
Zone 7/16" nut driver on slide clamps.
Cabling
New Threaded Rod QuikLock Bracket for 12x4 System
FR12TRBN58 Used to support the 12x4 system from new threaded 5/8" 1
F. rod installations. Bracket is secured to threaded rod
Wireless with two nuts. The pre-assembled slide clamps enable
FR12TRBN58 FR12TRBN58M fast assembly to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on 16mm 1
FR12TRBN58M slide clamps.
G. Underfloor Pedestal QuikLock Bracket for 12x4 System

Outlets FR12USB Used to support the 12x4 system by attaching to 1
underfloor pedestals. (Contains all necessary
hardware.) Use on pedestals up to 2" in diameter.
H.
The pre-assembled slide clamps enable fast
Media FR12USB assembly to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on
Distribution slide clamps.
Adjustable Ladder QuikLock Bracket for 12x4 System

I.
Physical FR12ALB Used to support the 12x4 system attaching to any 1
Infrastructure 3/8" (9.5mm) x 1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm)
Management x 2" (50.8mm) ladder rack rail. Adjustable to nine
FR12ALB incremental positions from 4" (101mm) to 12"
J. (305mm) above or below the ladder rack. No
Overhead & threaded rod required. The pre-assembled slide
Underfloor clamps enable fast assembly to channel.
Routing Use 7/16" nut driver on slide clamps.
K. Center Support QuikLock Bracket for 12x4 System

Surface FR12CS12 FR12CS12 Used to support the 12x4 system from below with 1/2" 1
Raceway FR12CS58 new threaded rod. Bracket is secured to threaded rod
FR12CS12M FR12CS58 with two nuts. The pre-assembled slide clamps enable 5/8" 1
L. FR12CS58M FR12CS12M fast assembly to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on 12mm 1
Cabinets, slide clamps. Also can be secured directly to the top
Racks & FR12CS58M of cabinets. 16mm 1
Cable
Management Top Support Adjustable "C" QuikLock Bracket for 12x4 System
FR12ACB12 Used to support the 12x4 system from any new 1/2" 1
M. threaded rod extending down directly from the ceiling,
Grounding & grid, or ladder rack system. Two position height
Bonding FR12ACB58 5/8" 1
adjustments to accommodate system with or without
FR12ACB12 FR12ACB12M hinged cover. Bracket is secured to threaded rod with 12mm 1
two nuts. The pre-assembled slide clamps enable fast
FR12ACB58
N. assembly to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on slide
FR12ACB12M FR12ACB58M clamps. 16mm 1
Industrial
FR12ACB58M
Trapeze QuikLock Bracket for 12x4 System
O. FR12TB12 Used to support the 12x4 system by spanning two 1/2" 1
Labeling & threaded rod drops that are 18" apart. Can be
Identification FR12TB58 installed from above or below. Bracket is secured to 5/8" 1
FR12TB12M each threaded rod with two nuts. The pre-assembled 12mm 1
FR12TB12 slide clamps enable fast assembly to channel. Use
P. FR12TB58 FR12TB58M 7/16" nut driver on slide clamps. 16mm 1
Cable FR12TB12M
Management FR12TB58M
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
12x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
For Std. Std.
Systems
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Wyr-Grid Mounting Brackets for FiberRunner System

Power
FRTBWG18BL FiberRunner QuikLock Threaded Rod Trapeze 1/2" 1 10 over
Bracket for Wyr-Grid 18" (457mm) width. Used to 12mm Ethernet
support FiberRunner 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 Channel
above or below the Wyr-Grid 18" Pathway using the
E.
same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to support the Zone
WGTB18BL bracket. Hardware for attaching to Cabling
FRTBWG18BL threaded rod sold separately.

Bracket for Wyr-Grid 24" (610mm) width. Used to 12mm F.
support FiberRunner 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 Channel Wireless
above or below the Wyr-Grid 24" Pathway using the
same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to support the
WGTB24BL bracket. Hardware for attaching to
threaded rod sold separately. G.
FRTBWG24BL Outlets
support FiberRunner 4x4, 6x4, 12x4, and 24x4
Channel above or below the Wyr-Grid 30" Pathway H.
using the same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used Media
Distribution
to support the WGTB30BL bracket. Quick mount
clips, FRQMC24-X are not included for installing
the 24x4 channel. These must be purchased I.
separately. Hardware for attaching to threaded Physical
rod sold separately. Infrastructure
FRTBWG30BL Management
Trapeze QuikLock Bracket for 12x4 System J.

FR12TB2412 Used to support the 12x4 system by spanning two 1/2" 1 Overhead &
Underfloor
threaded rod drops that are 24" apart. Ideal for Routing
FR12TB2458 supporting trapeze bracket from 24" wide ladder rack 5/8" 1
or 24" wide cable tray. Can be installed from above or
FR12TB2412M below. Bracket is secured to each threaded rod with 12mm 1 K.
two nuts. The pre-assembled slide clamps enable Surface
FR12TB2412 fast assembly to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on Raceway
FR12TB2458M slide clamps. 16mm 1
FR12TB2458
FR12TB2412M L.
FR12TB2458M Adjustable Cabinet QuikLock Bracket for 12x4 System Cabinets,
FR12ACAB Used to support the 12x4 system, dual 6x4, or 1 Racks &
dual 4x4 systems attaching to the top of cabinets. Cable
Management
Adjustable from 4 1/4" (108mm) to 12" (305mm)
allowing runs to be leveled over uneven cabinet
heights. Also allows spillouts such as vertical tee M.
to be positioned directly over cable inlets on cabinet Grounding &
tops. Bracket is secured to the cabinet frame with Bonding
through bolts (not included). The pre-assembled slide
clamps enable fast assembly to channel. Use 7/16"
nut driver on slide clamps. N.
FR12ACAB
Industrial
4 Post Rack Bracket
FR4PRB58 Used to support 12x4, 6x4, and 4x4 systems 5/8" 1
attaching to the top of the 19" wide version of the O.
Panduit NF4PR84 4 post rack. Contains all hardware Labeling &
Identification
required to assemble bracket to the top of the
4 post rack. Bracket accepts 5/8" threaded rod
(not included). P.
FR4PRB58 Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
12x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems For Std. Std.
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power Two-Piece Ladder Rack Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to
over
Ethernet 1 1/2" 2" Ladder Rack
F2PCLB12 Two-piece bracket attaches to 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 1/2" 1 10
1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 2" (50.8mm)
E. ladder rack rail. Bracket halves slide into position and
Zone clamp together on the ladder rack rail, which allows
Cabling F2PCLB58 for a one-handed assembly of the threaded rod (not 5/8" 1 10
included). Contains bracket and hardware for
F2PCLB12 attaching bracket to ladder rack.
F. F2PCLB58
Wireless Two-Piece Framing Clip for Attaching 5/8" Threaded Rod to 2" x 9/16" C-Channel
Auxiliary Framing Bars
FRAFC58 Two-piece framing clip attaches to auxiliary framing 5/8" 1 10
bars. Framing clip halves slide into position and
G. interlock on the auxiliary framing bars, allowing
Outlets easier assembly of the threaded rod to bars.
Contains two-piece framing clip and hardware
for attaching framing clip to auxiliary framing bars.
FRAFC58 (5/8" threaded rod not included.)
H.
Media
Distribution Self-Tapping Screws for 12x4 and 24x4 Brackets and Fittings
FR12BS-L Self-tapping screws allow selected 12x4 fittings to be 50 500
I.
fastened directly to mounting brackets for additional
Physical support. Screws tap directly into those 12x4 fittings
Infrastructure that have plastic bosses. Those part numbers are
Management 12x4 and 24x4 brackets and fittings.
J. FR12BS-L
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing 1/4 T-Bolt Kit
FRTBKT-X T-bolts can be used for additional attachment 10 100
when securing FiberRunner Channel to mounting
K.
brackets. For example, a T-bolt can be inserted thru
Surface
Raceway a 12x4 mounting bracket and positioned within the
center rib structure on the underside of 12x4 channel.
By tightening the nut, the 12x4 channel is more
L. securely fastened to the mounting bracket.
Cabinets, FRTBKT-X
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
12
D.
Power
2 10 23
over
Ethernet
21
E.
22 Zone
Cabling
8 19 F.
Wireless
5
20
3 14 G.
16 Outlets
17 H.
Media
6 7 Distribution
13 I.
Physical
18 Infrastructure
Management
11 J.
9 Overhead &
24 15 Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
4 Raceway
1
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
4x4 and 6x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
FR6TRBE58 Existing FR6TRBN58 New FR6USB Underfloor
Threaded Rod QuikLock Threaded Rod QuikLock Pedestal QuikLock
Bracket (page J.33) Bracket (page J.33) Bracket (page J.33)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
FR6ALB Adjustable FR6CS58 Center FR6ACB58 Top Support
Ladder QuikLock Support QuikLock Adjustable C QuikLock
Bracket (page J.33) Bracket (page J.33) Bracket (page J.34) Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
FR6X4**6 6x4 FiberRunner FROVRA6X4** 6x4 Outside
D.
1 Channel (page J.25) 13 Vertical Right Angle Fitting and
Power FROVRASC6** Optional Split
over
Ethernet Cover (page J.28)
FRHC6**6 6x4 Snap-On
2 Hinged Cover (page J.25) FRCR6BL-X Cable
E. 14 Retainer for 6x4 System
Zone
Cabling
FRSHC6**6 6x4 Split (page J.25)
FREC6X4** 6x4 End Cap
F. 15 Fitting (page J.27)
Wireless FRBC6X4** 6x4 QuikLock
4 Coupler (page J.26)
FRTR6X4** 3-Sided BRC
G.
16 Trumpet Spillout for 6x4 Exit
Outlets FRH456X4** 6x4 Horizontal 45 (page J.32)
5 Angle Fitting and FRH45SC6**
FR1.5IDE** 1-Port Spillout
H. 17 Side Exit to 1.5" (38mm) Inside
Media
Distribution Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FRRA6X4** 6x4 Horizontal
6 Right Angle Fitting and (page J.31)
I. FRRASC6** Optional Split
Physical
Infrastructure Cover (page J.26) FRIDT6X4** 3-Port Spillout to
Management 18 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter
Corrugated Tubing (page J.32)
FRT6X4** 6x4 Horizontal Tee
J.
Overhead &
7 Fitting and FRTSC6**
Underfloor Optional Split Cover (page J.26) FRSPJ2X2** Spill-Over Junction
Routing 19 with 2x2 Exit and FRSPJC26**
Optional Cover for 6x4 System
K. FRFWC6X4** 6x4 4-Way Cross (pages J.29 and J.30)
Surface 8 Fitting and FRFWCSC6**
Raceway
Optional Split Cover (page J.27) FRSPJ4X4** Spill-Over Junction
L.
Cabinets, Optional Cover for 6x4 System
Racks & FRVT6X4** 6x4 QuikLock (page J.30)
Cable 9 Vertical Tee (page J.29)
Management FRDDS6X4** 6x4 Dual
21
Downspout and FRDDSHC6**
M. Optional Cover for 6x4 Dual
Grounding &
Bonding FRIV456X4** 6x4 Inside Vertical Downspout (page J.31)
10 45 Angle Fitting (page J.27)
FRUPS6X4** 6x4 Up Spout
22 (page J.32)
N.
Industrial
FRIVRA6X4** 6x4 Inside Vertical FRRF64** 6x4 FiberRunner
11 90 Angle Fitting (page J.27) 23 Fitting to 4x4 Fiber-Duct
O. Channel Reducer Fitting
Labeling & (page J.28)
Identification
FROV456X4** 6x4 Outside FRRF6FR4** 6x4 to 4x4
12 Vertical 45 Angle Fitting and 24 FiberRunner Reducer Fitting
P.
Cable FROV45SC6** Optional Split and FRRF6FR4SC** Optional
Management Cover (page J.27)
Accessories
Q.
**Available Colors include: YL (Yellow), OR (Orange), and BL (Black).
Index
Note: Additional 6 x 4 and 4 x 4 bracket applications, see page J.38.
J.24
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Cable Fills for 6x4 FiberRunner Cable Routing System Fiber
Optic
The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods, Systems
D.
6x4 FiberRunner Cable Routing System Power
over
Fiber Optic Ribbon Category 6A Category Category Ethernet
Interconnect Cable (SD) 6A 6
Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter
Internal 1.6mm 2.0mm 30mm 5.20mm 6.1mm 7.6mm 6.1mm E.
Fill/Pile Up Area (in2) 0.063" 0.079" 0.118" 0.205" 0.240" 0.300" 0.240" Zone
40% Fill Cabling
2" Pile Up 11.95 1534 982 436 145 106 69 97
3" Pile Up 18.16 2331 1492 663 220 161 104 148
6.58" 4" Pile Up 23.8 3055 1955 869 288 210 136 194 F.
(167.3mm) 50% Fill Wireless
2" Pile Up 11.95 1917 1227 545 181 132 86 122
3" Pile Up 18.16 2914 1865 829 275 201 130 185
4" Pile Up 23.8 3819 2444 1086 361 263 171 242
4.44" A = 23.8 in.2 G.
(112.8mm) (15354mm2) 60% Fill Outlets
2" Pile Up 11.95 2301 1472 654 217 158 103 146
3" Pile Up 18.16 3496 2238 994 330 241 156 222
4" Pile Up 23.8 4582 2933 1303 433 316 205 291
H.
Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use a miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw Media
blade for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T and 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf. Distribution
For specific cable fill information based on specific part numbers, please contact Panduit customer service. I.
Physical
6x4 FiberRunner Routing System Channel and Covers
Infrastructure
Management
Robust, large capacity 6x4 system ideal for use with Compatible with all sizes of Panduit FiberRunner
large cable counts and Panduit Fiber-Duct Routing Systems, cable J.
Overhead &
Multiple spillout options provide versatility to mate to management, and racks Underfloor
various equipment and rack configurations Compliant with the applicable tests in Telcordia Routing
QuikLock Couplers and Brackets reduce system GR-63-CORE Network Equipment Building Systems
installation time dramatically (NEBS) Level 3
K.
Channel, covers, fittings and other non-metallic system Surface
components made from V-0 flame class rated material Raceway
Std. Std. L.
Pkg. Ctn. Cabinets,
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Racks &
Cable
6x4 FiberRunner Channel Management
FR6X4YL6 Used to carry the cables horizontally throughout the system. 6 36
Accepts hinged cable retainers FRCR6BL-X, hinged cover M.
FRHC6YL6 or split hinged cover FRSHC6YL6. Use QuikLock Grounding &
Coupler FRBC6X4YL to attach channel and/or fittings. Bonding
FR6X4 6x4 Snap-On Hinged Cover

FRHC6YL6 Optional snap-on hinged cover for channel FR6X4YL6. Hinge 6 36 N.
feature enables positioning of cover at angles between 30 and 90. Industrial
6x4 Split Hinged Cover

FRHC6 FRSHC6YL6 Optional split hinged cover for the channel FR6X4YL6. Creates 6 36 O.
radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy access to add or remove Labeling &
cables. Snap-on hinge feature enables positioning of cover at Identification
angles between 30 and 90.
P.
Cable Retainer for 6x4 System Cable
FRSHC6
FRCR6BL-X Cable retainer holds cable in the channel when cover is not used. 10 100 Management
Install anywhere on channel, near the coupler or every 18" Accessories
(457mm). Black color only.
For other colors replace YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black). Q.

FRCR6BL-X Order number of feet required, in multiples of standard 6' length increments. Index
Order number of cable retainers required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber Pre-assembled to provide fast mechanical assembly No tools required for installation; bolts loosen for
Optic of components component disassembly
Systems
Std. Std.
D.
Pkg. Ctn.
Power
over Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Ethernet FRBC6X4YL Pre-assembled coupler quickly joins two sections of channel and/or 1 5
fittings. Mechanically attaches without tightening bolts. Bolts release
E.
Zone
For a bulk package of 20 couplers, order FRBC6X4YL-E.
Cabling
F.
Wireless
6x4 FiberRunner System Fittings
Minimum 2" (50.8mm) bend radius control fittings Optional split covers snap onto each fitting
G. Protect against signal loss and performance degradation Covers feature 3/4" (19mm) gap to allow cable to be
Outlets
Assemble using FRBC QuikLock Couplers laid in
H. Std. Std.
Media Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Distribution Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
6x4 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting

I.
Physical
FRRA6X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5
Infrastructure 90 horizontal turn from a straight horizontal run. FRBC6X4YL
Management Accepts optional split cover FRRASC6YL.
FRRA6X4
J. Split Cover for 6x4 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting
Overhead & FRRASC6YL Optional split cover for the horizontal right angle 1 5
Underfloor fitting FRRA6X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover
Routing
to be installed and removed with no tools required.
Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy
K. access to add or remove cables.
FRRASC6
Surface
Raceway
6x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting
L. FRH456X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5
Cabinets, 45 horizontal turn from a straight horizontal run. FRBC6X4YL
Racks & Accepts optional split cover FRH45SC6YL.
Cable
Management FRH456X4 Split Cover for 6x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting
FRH45SC6YL Optional split cover for the horizontal 45 angle 1 5
M. fitting FRH456X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover
Grounding &
Bonding to be installed and removed with no tools required.
access to add or remove cables.
N. FRH45SC6
Industrial 6x4 Horizontal Tee Fitting
FRT6X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (3 pcs.) 1 5
90 horizontal branch from a straight horizontal FRBC6X4YL
run. Accepts optional split cover FRTSC6YL.
O.
Labeling &
Identification Split Cover for 6x4 Horizontal Tee Fitting
FRT6X4
FRTSC6YL Optional split cover for the horizontal tee fitting 1 5
FRT6X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover to be
P.
Cable installed and removed with no tools required.
Management Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy
Accessories access to add or remove cables.
FRTSC6
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
D.
6x4 Four Way Cross Fitting Power
over
FRFWC6X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (4 pcs.) 1 5 Ethernet
horizontal four way cross intersection. Accepts FRBC6X4YL
optional split cover FRFWCSC6YL.
E.
Zone
Split Cover for 6x4 Four Way Cross Fitting Cabling
FRFWC6X4 FRFWCSC6YL Optional split cover for the four way cross fitting 1 5
FRFWC6X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover to be
installed and removed with no tools required.
Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy F.
access to add or remove cables. Wireless
6x4 End Cap Fitting

FRFWCSC6 FREC6X4YL Used for closing off open ends of the channel or 1 5
G.
fittings. No coupler required. Push-on installation. Outlets
6x4 Inside Vertical 90 Angle Fitting

FREC6X4 FRIVRA6X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5 H.
90 upward angle from a straight horizontal run. FRBC6X4YL Media
Used with outside vertical 90 angle fitting Distribution
FROVRA6X4YL to change level of a straight
horizontal run. Includes split cover.
I.
Physical
6x4 Inside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting Infrastructure
FRIVRA6X4 FRIV456X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5 Management
45 upward angle from a straight horizontal run. FRBC6X4YL
Used with outside vertical 45 angle fitting J.
FROV456X4YL to change level of a straight Overhead &
horizontal run. Includes split cover. Underfloor
Routing
FRIV456X4 6x4 Outside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting
FROV456X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5 K.
45 downward angle from a straight horizontal run. FRBC6X4YL Surface
Used with inside vertical 45 angle fitting Raceway
FRIV456X4YL to change level of a straight
horizontal run. Accepts optional split cover L.
FROV45SC6YL. Cabinets,
Racks &
FROV456X4 Cable
Split Cover for 6x4 Outside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting Management
FROV45SC6YL Optional split cover for the outside vertical 45 1 5
M.
allows cover to be installed and removed with no Grounding &
tools required. Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) Bonding
opening for easy access to add or remove cables.
FROV45SC6
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power 6x4 Outside Vertical Right Angle Fitting
over
Ethernet FROVRA6X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5
90 vertical turn down from a straight horizontal FRBC6X4YL
run. Accepts optional split cover FROVRASC6YL.
E.
Zone
Cabling Split Cover for 6x4 Outside Vertical Right Angle Fitting
FROVRA6X4
FROVRASC6YL Optional split cover for the outside vertical right 1 5
angle fitting FROVRA6X4YL. Snap-on feature
F. allows cover to be installed and removed with no
Wireless tools required. Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm)
opening for easy access to add or remove cables.
6x4 to 4x4 FiberRunner Reducer Fitting

G. FROVRASC6
FRRF6FR4YL Attaches any 6x4 FiberRunner Fitting or Channel (1 pc.) 1 5
Outlets to any 4x4 FiberRunner Fitting or Channel. FRBC6X4YL
Accepts split cover FRRF6FR4SCYL. (1 pc.)
FRBC4X4YL
H.
Media Split Cover for 6x4 to 4x4 FiberRunner Reducer Fitting
Distribution FRRF6FR4SCYL Optional split cover for the 6x4 FiberRunner to 1 5
FRRF6FR4
4x4 FiberRunner Reducer Fitting FRRF6FR4YL.
I.
Snap-on feature allows cover to be installed and
Physical removed with no tools required. Creates radiused
Infrastructure 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy access to add or
FRRF6FR4SC
J. 6x4 FiberRunner System to 4x4 Fiber-Duct Reducer Fitting
Overhead & FRRF64YL Attaches any 6x4 FiberRunner Fitting or Channel (1 pc.) 1 5
Underfloor to the 4x4 Fiber-Duct Channel S4X4YL6 or FRBC6X4YL
Routing E4X4YL6. Includes solid cover.
K. FRRF64 For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Spill-overs allow safe transition from horizontal Transition to channel, slotted channel, and corrugated Fiber
to vertical runs loom tubing Optic
2" (50.8mm) bend radius control Spill-over junction fittings can be retro-fitted to existing Systems
horizontal runs
D.
Std. Std. Power
Couplers Pkg. Ctn. over
Ethernet
6x4 QuikLock Vertical Tee E.

FRVT6X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to create (2 pcs.) 1 5 Zone
90 vertical drop from a straight horizontal run. FRBC6X4YL Cabling
Hinged door included. Accepts FTR4X4YL,
FIDT4X4BL, S4X4YL6 or E4X4YL6 directly.
Accepts optional snap-on cover FRHC6YL6 in
conjunction with channel. F.
Wireless
FRVT6X4
3-Sided Vertical Tee Trumpet Spillout
FTR4X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable 1 5
to 2" (50.8mm) when exiting from a 4x4 G.
or 6x4 FiberRunner Vertical Tee and Outlets
4x4 Fiber-Duct Fittings.
FTR4X4 2-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing

H.
FIDT4X4BL Used to route cable into one or two pieces of 1.5" 1 5 Media
(38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with Distribution
FRVT6X4YL, FRVT4X4YL, or FVT4X4YL. Securely
holds corrugated split tubing to ensure system
integrity and easy access to add or remove cables. I.
Black color only. Physical
Infrastructure
FIDT4X4BL Management
FRHD4KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables spilling 1 J.
out from vertical tee to rack mounted equipment. Overhead &
Kit includes 6 length of 4x4 capacity hinged duct, Underfloor
6 length of 4x4 hinged duct cover, one end cap for Routing
4x4 hinged duct, three FZBA1.5X4 adjustable Z
brackets, an adapter fitting, six WR4-C wire
retainers and all required mounting hardware. K.
Attaches directly to 6x4 and 4x4 vertical tee exit or Surface
FRLPR64 low profile reducer. Raceway
L.
FRHD4KT 4x4 Hinged Duct Bend Radius Control Trumpet Cabinets,
TRC4HDBL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the 1 10 Racks &
sidewall of 4" wall heights of type H hinged cover Cable
Management
radius control. Black color only.
M.
TRC4HDBL Low Profile Reducer 4x4 to 2x2 for Vertical Tee Grounding &
Bonding
FRLPR42BL Assembled into the 6x4 vertical tee FRVT6X4YL or 1 5
4x4 vertical tee FRVT4X4YL with an audible snap,
the FRLPR42BL allows for the transition to 2x2
FiberRunner or 2x2 Fiber-Duct Channel with N.
minimal space required. No tools required for Industrial
assembly. Black color only.
FRLPR42BL
Spill-Over Junction with 2x2 Exit O.
FRSPJ2X2YL Assembles onto 4x4, 6x4, 12x4, or 24x4 (1 pc.) 1 Labeling &
FiberRunner Channel, spilling over the side into FBC2X2YL Identification
a 2x2 vertical exit. Requires coupler to attach
2x2 FiberRunner and fittings to the vertical exit.
P.
Mounts directly to existing installation with no Cable
alteration required. Mounting hardware provided Management
FRSPJ2X2 for secure attachment. Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic Std. Std.
D.
Power Cover for Spill-Over Junction with 2x2 Exit for 6x4 Channel
over FRSPJC26YL Used to fully enclose 6x4 channel in conjunction 1 5
Ethernet with the spill-over junction FRSPJ2X2YL. Cover
E.
Zone FRSPJC26
Cabling 3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 2x2 Exit
FTR2X2YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (1 pc.) 1 5
(50.8mm) when exiting from a spill-over junction FBC2X2YL
with a 2x2 exit or from 2x2 Fiber-Duct Channel.
F.
Wireless
1-Port Spillout to 1.5 (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FTR2X2 FIDT2X2YL Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (38mm) (1 pc.) 1 5
diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with a FBC2X2YL
G. spill-over junction with a 2x2 exit, 2x2 Fiber-Duct
Outlets Fittings, and the 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged
Channel. Securely holds split corrugated tubing
to ensure system integrity and easy access to add
H. or remove cables.
Media
Distribution 2x2 Hinged Duct Vertical Cable Manager Kit
FRHD2KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables spilling 1
FIDT2X2 out from a vertical tee or spill-over junction to rack
I.
Physical mounted equipment. Kit includes 6' length of 2x2
Infrastructure FiberRunner Hinged Channel H2X2YL6, 6' length
Management of 2x2 snap-on hinged cover HC2YL6, four
adjustable Z brackets FZBA1.5X4, one
FiberRunner 2x2 End Cap FHDEC2X2YL, six
J.
Overhead & hinged duct 2" wire retainers WR2H-C, and all
Underfloor required mounting hardware. Attaches to 2x2
Routing vertical tee exit or spill-over junction with a 2x2
exit with a 2x2 QuikLock Coupler FBC2X2YL.
Also attaches directly to 4x4 or 6x4 vertical tee
K. exits with low profile reducer FRLPR42BL.
Surface
Raceway FRHD2KT
2x2 FiberRunner Bend Radius Control Trumpet
L.
TRC2HDBL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the 1 10
Cabinets, sidewall of 2" wall heights of type H hinged cover
Racks & wiring duct channels. Maintains 1" (25.4mm) bend
Cable radius control. Black color only.
Management
Spill-Over Junction with 4x4 Exit
M. FRSPJ4X4YL Assembles onto 4x4, 6x4, 12x4, or 24x4 (1 pc.) 1
Grounding & TRC2HDBL
FiberRunner Channel, spilling over the side into FRBC4X4YL
Bonding a 4x4 vertical exit. Requires coupler to attach 4x4
FiberRunner Channel and fittings to the vertical
exit. Mounts directly to existing installation with
no alteration required. Mounting hardware provided
N.
Industrial for secure attachment.
Cover for Spill-Over Junction with 4x4 Exit for 6x4 Channel
FRSPJC46YL Used to fully enclose 6x4 channel in conjunction 1 5
O. FRSPJ4X4
Labeling &
with the spill-over junction FRSPJ4X4YL. Cover
Identification snaps onto the channel base. Hinged feature allows
P. For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).

Cable
Management
Accessories FRSPJC46
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Std. Std. Optic
D.
6x4 Dual Downspout Power
FRDDS6X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to (2) 1 over
create two 90 4x4 downward transitions from FRBC6X4YL Ethernet
a horizontal run. The fitting maintains a 2" bend (2)
radius control throughout the transition to the FRBC4X4YL
E.
vertical downspouts. Includes two snap-on throat
Zone
covers for the dual downspouts. Accepts optional Cabling
cover FRDDSHC6YL.
FRDDS6X4
Cover for 6x4 Dual Downspout
F.
FRDDSHC6YL Used to fully enclose the 6x4 dual downspout fitting 1 5 Wireless
FRDDS6X4YL. Cover is attached to the fitting base
with three hinge clips. The hinge clips allow the
hinged cover to rotate to a fully closed position
and an open position greater than 90.
G.
FRDDSHC6 Outlets
FRTR4X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to (1 pc.) 1 5

2" (50.8mm) when exiting from 4x4 FRBC4X4YL
FiberRunner Channel or a 4x4 H.
Media
FiberRunner Horizontal Tee.
Distribution
FRIDT4X4YL Used to route cable into one or two pieces of 1.5" (1 pc.) 1 5 I.
(38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Requires FRBC4X4YL Physical
FRTR4X4 coupler to be used with 4x4 FiberRunner Fitting. Infrastructure
Management
Used with any 4x4 FiberRunner Fitting. Securely
integrity and easy access to add or remove cables. J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
1-Port Spillout Side Exit to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing Routing
FR1.5IDEYL Used to route cable into 1.5" (38mm) diameter split 1 5
corrugated tubing directly through a hole cut in the
K.
side wall of the 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 FiberRunner Surface
FRIDT4X4 Channel or 4x4 Fiber-Duct Channel. Provides 1" Raceway
(25.4mm) bend radius control at the exit. Securely
holds split corrugated tubing to ensure system
integrity and easy access to add or remove cables. L.
Includes drilling template. Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
FR1.5IDE M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic Std. Std.
D.
Power 3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 6x4 Exit
over FRTR6X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (1 pc.) 1 5
Ethernet (50.8mm) when exiting from 6x4 channel, 6x4 FRBC6X4YL
horizontal tee fitting, or 6x4 exit on 12x4
vertical tee.
E.
Zone
Cabling 6x4 Up Spout
FRTR6X4 FRUPS6X4YL Allows cable to be directed upward out of the 1 5
channel deployed directly below racks and cabinets
in underfloor installations. Provides 2" (50.8mm)
F. bend radius. Snaps directly onto the channel and
Wireless
can be positioned to allow cables to be laid in.
A 1" (25.4mm) top bezel is included. Other fittings
can be installed for specific applications including
FTR4X4YL and FIDT4X4BL.
G. FRUPS6X4
Outlets
Innerduct Transition Fitting
FITF6X4 Metal fitting attaches to end of channel or fitting 1 10
H. to transition up to four pieces of solid 1.5" (38mm)
Media inside diameter inner duct. Hardware is included
Distribution for installation. Black color only.
FITF6X4 3-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing

I.
Physical FRIDT6X4YL Used to route cable into three separate pieces of (1 pc.) 1 5
Infrastructure 1.5" (38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Used FRBC6X4YL
Management with FRVT12X4YL or any 6x4 fitting. Securely holds
corrugated split tubing to ensure system integrity
and easy access to add or remove cables.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Routing FRIDT6X4
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
4x4 and 6x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets
C.
Fiber
Optic
For Std. Std. Systems
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Existing Threaded Rod QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems Power
over
FR6TRBE12 Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems from 1/2" 1 10 Ethernet
existing threaded rod installations. Bracket is secured
FR6TRBE12 FR6TRBE58 to threaded rod with two split nuts. The pre-assembled 5/8" 1 10
FR6TRBE58 slide clamps enable fast assembly to channel. Use E.
FR6TRBE12M 7/16" nut driver on slide clamps. 12mm 1 10 Zone
FR6TRBE12M
FR6TRBE58M Cabling
FR6TRBE58M 16mm 1 10
New Threaded Rod QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems
F.
FR6TRBN12 Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems from any 1/2" 1 10 Wireless
new threaded rod installations. Bracket is secured to
FR6TRBN58 threaded rod with two nuts. The pre-assembled slide 5/8" 1 10
clamps enable fast assembly to channel. Use 7/16"
FR6TRBN12 FR6TRBN12M nut driver on slide clamps. 12mm 1 10
FR6TRBN58 G.
FR6TRBN58M 16mm 1 10 Outlets
FR6TRBN12M
FR6TRBN58M
Underfloor Pedestal QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems
FR6USB Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems by attaching 1 10 H.
to underfloor pedestals. (Contains all necessary Media
hardware.) Use on pedestals up to 1" in diameter. Distribution
The pre-assembled slide clamps enable fast assembly
to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on slide clamps.
I.
Physical
FR6USB Adjustable Ladder QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems
Infrastructure
Management
FR6ALB Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems attaching 1 10
to any 3/8" (9.5mm) x 1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm)
x 2" (50.8mm) ladder rack rail. Adjustable to nine J.
incremental positions from 4" (101mm) to 12" (305mm) Overhead &
Underfloor
above or below the ladder rack. No threaded rod Routing
required. The pre-assembled slide clamps enable
slide clamps. K.
FR6ALB
Surface
Raceway
Center Support QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems
FR6CS12 Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems from below 1/2" 1 10
L.
with new threaded rod. Bracket is secured to threaded Cabinets,
FR6CS58 rod with two nuts. The pre-assembled slide clamps 5/8" 1 10
Racks &
FR6CS12M enable fast assembly to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver 12mm 1 10 Cable
on slide clamps. Also can be secured directly to the Management
FR6CS58M top of cabinets. 16mm 1 10
FR6CS12
M.
FR6CS58
Grounding &
FR6CS12M Bonding
FR6CS58M
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
4x4 and 6x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic For Std. Std.
Systems Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power Top Support Adjustable C QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems
over FR6ACB12 Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems from any 1/2" 1
Ethernet new threaded rod extending down directly from the
FR6ACB58 ceiling, grid, or ladder rack system. Two position height 5/8" 1
adjustments to accommodate system with or without
E. hinged cover. Bracket is secured to threaded rod with
Zone FR6ACB12M two nuts. The pre-assembled slide clamps enable 12mm 1
Cabling FR6ACB12
FR6ACB58 FR6ACB58M 16mm 1
slide clamps.
FR6ACB12M
FR6ACB58M
F. Trapeze QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems
Wireless
FR6TB38 Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems by spanning 3/8" 1 10
two threaded rod drops. Can be installed from above
FR6TB12 or below. Bracket is secured to each threaded rod 1/2" 1 10
G. with two nuts. The pre-assembled slide clamps enable
FR6TB38M fast assembly to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on 10mm 1 10
Outlets FR6TB38 slide clamps.
FR6TB12 FR6TB12M 12mm 1 10
FR6TB38M
H. FR6TB12M Wyr-Grid Mounting Brackets for FiberRunner System
Media FRTBWG12BL FiberRunner QuikLock Threaded Rod Trapeze 1/2" 1 10
Distribution Bracket for Wyr-Grid 12" (305mm) width. Used to 12mm
support FiberRunner 4x4 and 6x4 Channel above
or below the Wyr-Grid 12" Pathway using the same
I.
Physical 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to support the
Infrastructure WGTB12BL bracket. Hardware for attaching to
Management threaded rod sold separately.
FRTBWG12BL
J. FRTBWG18BL FiberRunner QuikLock Threaded Rod Trapeze 1/2" 1 10
Overhead & Bracket for Wyr-Grid 18" (457mm) width. Used to 12mm
Underfloor support FiberRunner 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 Channel
Routing above or below the Wyr-Grid 18" Pathway using the
same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to support the
WGTB18BL bracket. Hardware for attaching to
K. threaded rod sold separately.
Surface
Raceway FRTBWG18BL
L. support FiberRunner 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 Channel
Cabinets, above or below the Wyr-Grid 24" Pathway using the
Racks & same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to support the
Cable WGTB24BL bracket. Hardware for attaching to
Management
threaded rod sold separately.
M. FRTBWG30BL FiberRunner QuikLock Threaded Rod Trapeze 1/2" 1 10

Grounding & FRTBWG24BL
Bonding
support FiberRunner 4x4, 6x4, 12x4, and 24x4
Channel above or below the Wyr-Grid 30" Pathway
using the same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to
N. support the WGTB30BL bracket. Quick mount clips,
Industrial FRQMC24-X are not included for installing the
24x4 channel. These must be purchased separately.
Hardware for attaching to threaded rod sold separately.
O.
Labeling & FRTBWG30BL
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
4x4 and 6x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets (continued)
C.
Fiber
For Std. Std. Optic
Threaded Pkg. Ctn. Systems
D.
Adjustable Cabinet QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems

Power
FR6ACAB Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems attaching 1 over
to the top of cabinets. Adjustable from 4 1/4" (108mm) Ethernet
to 9" (229mm) allowing runs to be leveled over uneven
cabinet heights. Also allows spillouts such as the
vertical tee to be positioned directly over cable E.
inlets on cabinet tops. Bracket is secured to the Zone
Cabling
cabinet frame with through bolts (not included).
The pre-assembled slide clamps enable fast assembly
FR6ACAB to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on slide clamps.
F.
Two-Piece Ladder Rack Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod Wireless
to 1 1/2" 2" Ladder Rack
F2PCLB12 Two-piece bracket attaches to 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 1/2" 1 10
1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 2" (50.8mm)
ladder rack rail. Bracket halves slide into position and G.
clamp together on the ladder rack rail, which allows Outlets
for a one-handed assembly of the threaded rod (not
F2PCLB58 included). Contains bracket and hardware for attaching 5/8" 1 10
F2PCLB12 bracket to ladder rack.
F2PCLB58 H.
Media
Distribution
Two-Piece Framing Clip for Attaching 5/8" Threaded Rod
to 2" x 9/16" C-Channel Auxiliary Framing Bars I.
FRAFC58 Two-piece framing clip attaches to auxiliary framing 5/8" 1 10 Physical
bars. Framing clip halves slide into position and Infrastructure
interlock on the auxiliary framing bars, allowing Management
easier assembly of the threaded rod to bars.
Contains two-piece framing clip and hardware for J.
attaching framing clip to auxiliary framing bars. Overhead &
FRAFC58 (5/8" threaded rod not included.) Underfloor
Routing
Ladder Rack QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems
FR6LRB Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems attaching 1 10
K.
directly to any 3/8 (9.5mm) x 1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" Surface
(9.5mm) x 2" (50.8mm) ladder rack rail. No threaded Raceway
rod required. The pre-assembled slide clamps enable
slide clamps. L.
FR6LRB Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
L Wall Mount QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems Management
FR6LB Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems attaching 1 10
to a wall or the front or back of an equipment rack. M.
The pre-assembled slide clamps enable fast assembly Grounding &
to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on slide clamps. Bonding
FR6LB
NetFrame /NetRack QuikLock Mounting Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems
N.
FRRMBNF58 Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems attaching 5/8" 1 Industrial
to the top of NetFrame or NetRack Rack. (Contains
all necessary mounting hardware.) Bracket accepts
5/8" threaded rod.
O.
FRRMBNF58 4 Post Rack Bracket Labeling &
Identification
FR4PRB58 Used to support 12x4, 6x4, and 4x4 systems attaching 5/8" 1
to the top of the 19" wide version of the Panduit
NF4PR84 4 post rack. Contains all hardware required P.
to assemble bracket to the top of the 4 post rack. Cable
Bracket accepts 5/8" threaded rod (not included). Management
Accessories
FR4PRB58
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Adapters to Other Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power Adapter from 12x4 FiberRunner System to ADC 12x4 FiberGuide*
over
Ethernet FRADC12X4BL Fitting that transitions from ADCs 12x4 (1 pc.) 1 5
FiberGuide* System to 12x4 FiberRunner FRBC12X4YL
System. Fitting has a black finish and is made
E. from metal. Attachment hardware is included.
Zone FRADC12X4BL
Cabling Adapter from 6x4 FiberRunner System to ADC 6x4 FiberGuide*
FRADC6X4YL Fitting that transitions from ADCs 6x4 FiberGuide* 1 5
System to 6x4 FiberRunner System. Bolts
F. release using 3/8" nut driver to allow coupler to be
Wireless removed, if necessary.
FRADC6X4 Adapter from 4x4 FiberRunner System to ADC 4x4 FiberGuide*

FRADC4X4BL Fitting that transitions from ADCs 4x4 FiberGuide* (1 pc.) 1 5
G. System to 4x4 FiberRunner System. Fitting has FRBC4X4YL
Outlets a black finish and is made from metal. Attachment
hardware is included.
H. Adapter from 4x4 Fiber-Duct System to ADC 4x4 FiberGuide*

Media FRADC4X4BL FADC4X4 Fitting that transitions from ADCs 4x4 FiberGuide* 1 10
Distribution Fiber Cable Management System to 4x4
Fiber-Duct System. Fitting has a black finish
and is made from metal. Attachment hardware
I. is included.
Physical
Infrastructure Adapter from 6x4 FiberRunner System to Telect 6x4 WaveTrax***
Management
FADC4X4 FRTEL6 Fitting that transitions from Telects 6x4 (1 pc.) 1 5
WaveTrax*** System to 6x4 FiberRunner FRBC6X4YL
J.
Overhead & System. Fitting has a black finish and is made
Underfloor from metal. Attachment hardware is included.
Routing
Adapter from 4x4 FiberRunner System to Telect 4x4 WaveTrax***
FRTEL4 Fitting that transitions from Telects 4x4 (1 pc.) 1 5
K. WaveTrax*** System to 4x4 FiberRunner FRBC4X4YL
Surface FRTEL6 System. Fitting has a black finish and is made
Raceway
from metal. Attachment hardware is included.
L. Adapter from 6x4 FiberRunner System to Warren & Brown 8x4 Lightpaths**
Cabinets,
Racks & FRWBS68 Fitting that transitions from Warren & Brown 8x4 (1 pc.) 1 5
Cable Lightpaths** System to 6x4 FiberRunner System. FRBC6X4YL
Management Fitting has a black finish and is made from metal.
FRTEL4 Attachment hardware is included.
M. *FiberGuide is a registered trademark of ADC Telecommunications, Inc.
Grounding &
**Lightpaths is a trademark of Warren & Brown Technologies Pty. Ltd.
Bonding
***WaveTrax is a trademark of Telect, Inc.
FRWBS68
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Adapters to Other Systems (continued)
C.
Fiber
Std. Std. Optic
Systems
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Adapter from 12x4 FiberRunner System to Various 12x4 System Channels Power
over
FRNWT12 Fitting that transitions from Tyton 12x4 Lightguide* (1 pc.) 1 Ethernet
Channel, Newton** 12x4 Channel, FRBC12X4YL
or Ditel 12x4 Lightrax*** Channel to 12x4
FiberRunner System. Fitting has a black finish E.
and is made from metal. Attachment hardware Zone
is included. Cabling
FRNWT12
Adapter from 12x4 FiberRunner System to Various 8x4 System Channels
FRNWT128 Fitting that transitions from Tyton 8x4 Lightguide* (1 pc.) 1
F.
Channel, Newton** 8x4 Channel, or Ditel 8x4 FRBC12X4YL Wireless
Lightrax*** Channel to 12x4 FiberRunner
System. Fitting has a black finish and is made
from metal. Attachment hardware is included.
Adapter from 6x4 FiberRunner System to Various 8x4 System Channels G.

FRNWT128 Outlets
FRTYT68 Fitting that transitions from Tyton 8x4 Lightguide* (1 pc.) 1 5
Channel, Newton** 8x4 Channel, or Ditel 8x4 FRBC6X4YL
Lightrax*** Channel to 6x4 FiberRunner System.
Fitting has a black finish and is made from metal. H.
Attachment hardware is included. Media
Distribution
Adapter from 4x4 Fiber-Duct System to Various 4x4 Systems
FRTYT68
FTDNS4X4YL Fitting that transitions from various 4x4 systems to 1 5 I.
4x4 Fiber-Duct System. Attachment hardware Physical
is included. Infrastructure
Management
*Lightguide is a trademark of the Hellerman Tyton Corporation.
**Newton is a tradename of Newton Instrument Company, Inc. J.
***Lightrax is a trademark of Tyco Electronics Corporation. Overhead &
Underfloor
FTDNS4X4 Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over 12
Ethernet
23
E.
Zone 2 10
Cabling
21
F.
Wireless
4
22 8 19
G. 5
Outlets
14
20
H.
Media
Distribution
17
I. 6 7
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
13 16
18
J.
Overhead &
24
Underfloor
Routing
15
9 3
K.
Surface
Raceway
11
L.
Cabinets, 1
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
4x4 and 6x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
FR6TB38 Trapeze F2PCLB Two-Piece FR6LRB Ladder Rack FR6LB L Wall
P.
QuikLock Bracket Ladder Rack Bracket QuikLock Bracket Mount QuikLock
Cable (page J.34) for Attaching (page J.35) Bracket (page J.35)
Management Threaded Rod to
Accessories 1 1/2" 2" Ladder Rack
(page J.35)
Q.
Index
J.38
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
FR4X4**6 4x4 FROVRA4X4** 4x4 Outside
1 13 Vertical Right Angle Fitting D.
FiberRunner Channel
Power
(page J.40) and FROVRASC4** Optional over
Split Cover (page J.43) Ethernet
FRHC4**6 4x4 Snap-On
FRCR4BL-X Cable Retainer E.
14 for 4x4 System (page J.40) Zone
Cabling
FRSHC4**6 4x4 Split Hinged
3 Cover (page J.40)
FREC4X4** 4x4 End
15 Cap Fitting (page J.42) F.
Wireless
FRBC4X4** 4x4 FRTR4X4** 3-Sided BRC

4 QuikLock Coupler
16 Trumpet Spillout for 4x4
(page J.41) FiberRunner Exit G.
Outlets
(page J.46)
FRH454X4** 4x4 Horizontal 45
5 Angle Fitting and FRH45SC4** FR1.5IDE** 1-Port Spillout
17 Side Exit to 1.5" (38mm) Inside
H.
Optional Split Cover (page J.41) Media
Diameter Corrugated Tubing Distribution
(page J.46)
FRRA4X4** 4x4 Horizontal Right
6 Angle Fitting and FRRASC4**
I.
Physical
FRIDT4X4** 2-Port Spillout to
Optional Split Cover (page J.41) 18 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter
Infrastructure
Management
Corrugated Tubing (page J.46)
J.
FRT4X4** 4x4 Horizontal Tee Overhead &
7 Fitting and FRTSC4** Optional FRSPJ2X2** Spill-Over Junction Underfloor
19 with 2x2 Exit and FRSPJC24** Routing
Optional Cover for 4x4 System
(page J.45) K.
Surface
FRFWC4X4** 4x4 4-Way Cross
8 Fitting and FRFWCSC4** FRSPJ4X4** Spill-Over Junction
Raceway
Optional Split Cover (page J.42) 20 with 4x4 Exit and FRSPJC44** L.
Optional Cover for 4x4 System Cabinets,
(pages J.45 and J.46) Racks &
Cable
FRVT4X4** 4x4 QuikLock
9 Vertical Tee (page J.44)
Management
FRUPS4X4** 4x4 Up Spout
21 (page J.46) M.
Grounding &
Bonding
FRIV454X4** 4x4 Inside Vertical
10 45 Angle Fitting (page J.42) 22 FRRF4FD2** 4x4 FiberRunner
System to 2x2 Reducer Fitting
with Cover (page J.43) N.
Industrial
FRIVRA4X4** 4x4 Inside FRRF4FD4** 4x4 FiberRunner
11 Vertical 90 Angle Fitting
23 System to 4x4 Fiber-Duct
(page J.42) Reducer Fitting with Cover O.
Labeling &
(page J.43) Identification
FROV454X4** 4x4 Outside FRLPR42BL Low Profile

12 Vertical 45 Angle Fitting and 24 Reducer 4x4 to 2x2 for P.
Cable
FROV45SC4** Optional Split Vertical Tee (page J.44) Management
Cover (pages J.42 and J.43) Accessories

Note: Additional 6x4 and 4x4 bracket applications, see page J.23. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber Cable Fills for 4x4 FiberRunner Cable Routing System
Optic
Systems The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods, straightness of
cables, etc.
D.
Power 4x4 FiberRunner Cable Routing System
over
Ethernet Fiber Optic Ribbon Category Category Category
Interconnect Cable 6A (SD) 6A 6
Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter
E. Internal 1.6mm 2.0mm 3.0mm 5.20mm 6.1mm 7.6mm 6.1mm
Zone Fill/Pile Up Area (in2) 0.063" 0.079" 0.118" 0.205" 0.240" 0.300" 0.240"
Cabling 40% Fill
2" Pile Up 8.9 1142 731 325 108 79 50 79
3" Pile Up 13.58 1743 1116 496 165 120 77 120
F. 4" Pile Up 17.6 2259 1446 643 213 156 100 156
5.05"
Wireless (128.3mm) 50% Fill
2" Pile Up 8.9 1428 914 406 135 98 63 98
3" Pile Up 13.58 2179 1394 620 206 150 96 150
4.44" A = 17.6 in.2 4" Pile Up 17.6 2824 1807 803 267 195 124 195
G. (112.8mm) (11354mm2)
60% Fill
Outlets
2" Pile Up 8.9 1714 1097 487 162 118 76 118
3" Pile Up 13.58 2615 1673 744 247 180 115 180
4" Pile Up 17.6 3389 2169 964 320 233 149 233
H.
Media
Distribution
I. For specific cable fill information based on specific part numbers, please contact Panduit customer service.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
4x4 FiberRunner Routing System Channel and Covers
Robust 4x4 system ideal for use with smaller cable counts Compatible with all sizes of Panduit FiberRunner
J. Multiple spillout options provide versatility to mate to and Panduit Fiber-Duct Routing Systems, cable
Overhead & various equipment and rack configurations management, and racks
Underfloor
Routing QuikLock Couplers and Brackets reduce system Compliant with the applicable tests in Telcordia
installation time dramatically GR-63-CORE Network Equipment Building Systems
(NEBS) Level 3
K. Channel, covers, fittings and other non-metallic system
Surface components made from V-0 flame class rated material
Raceway
Std. Std.
L. Pkg. Ctn.
Cabinets, Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Racks &
Cable 4x4 FiberRunner Channel

Management FR4X4YL6 Used to carry the cables horizontally throughout the system. 6 36
Accepts hinged cable retainers FRCR4BL-X, hinged cover
M. FRHC4YL6, or split hinged cover FRSHC4YL6. Use QuikLock
Grounding & Coupler FRBC4X4YL to attach channel and/or fittings.
Bonding
FR4X4 4x4 Snap-On Hinged Cover
FRHC4YL6 Optional snap-on hinged cover for channel FR4X4YL6. Hinge 6 36
N. feature enables positioning of cover at angles between 30 to 90.
Industrial
4x4 Split Hinged Cover

FRSHC4YL6 Optional split hinged cover for the channel FR4X4YL6. Creates 6 36
O. FRHC4
radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy access to add or remove
Labeling &
Identification cables. Snap-on hinge feature enables positioning of cover at
angles between 30 and 90.
P. Cable Retainer for 4x4 System

Cable
Management FRSHC4 FRCR4BL-X Cable retainer holds cable in the channel when cover is not used. 10 100
Accessories Install anywhere on channel, near the coupler or every 18"
(457mm). Black color only.
Q. For other colors replace YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).

Index Order number of feet required, in multiples of standard 6' length increments.
FRCR4BL-X Order number of cable retainers required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Systems
Std. Std.
D.
Pkg. Ctn. Power
FRBC4X4YL Pre-assembled coupler quickly joins two sections of channel and/or 1 5 Ethernet
fittings. Mechanically attaches without tightening bolts. Bolts release
E.
Zone
Cabling
For a bulk package of 20 couplers, order FRBC4X4YL-E.
F.
Wireless
4x4 FiberRunner System Fittings G.

Outlets
Minimum 2" (50.8mm) bend radius control fittings Optional split covers snap onto each fitting
Protects against signal loss and performance degradation Covers feature 3/4" (19mm) gap to allow cable to be
laid in H.
Assemble using FRBC QuikLock Couplers Media
Distribution
Std. Std. I.
Couplers Pkg. Ctn. Physical
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty. Infrastructure
Management
4x4 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting
FRRA4X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fitting to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5 J.
90 horizontal turn from a straight horizontal run. FRBC4X4YL Overhead &
Accepts optional split cover FRRASC4YL. Underfloor
Routing
FRRA4X4
Split Cover for 4x4 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting K.
FRRASC4YL Optional split cover for the horizontal right angle 1 5 Surface
Raceway
fitting FRRA4X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover
Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy L.
access to add or remove cables. Cabinets,
FRRASC4 Racks &
Cable
4x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting Management
FRH454X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5
45 horizontal turn from a straight horizontal run. FRBC4X4YL M.
Accepts optional split cover FRH45SC4YL. Grounding &
Bonding
FRH454X4
Split Cover for 4x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting N.
FRH45SC4YL Optional split cover for the horizontal 45 angle 1 5 Industrial
fitting FRH454X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover
O.
access to add or remove cables. Labeling &
Identification
FRH45SC4 For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continued on page J.42
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power 4x4 Horizontal Tee Fitting
over
Ethernet FRT4X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (3 pcs.) 1 5
90 horizontal branch from straight horizontal runs. FRBC4X4YL
Accepts optional split cover FRTSC4YL.
E.
Zone
Cabling FRT4X4 Split Cover for 4x4 Horizontal Tee Fitting
FRTSC4YL Optional split cover for the horizontal tee fitting 1 5
FRT4X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover to be
F. installed and removed with no tools required.
Wireless Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy
FRTSC4
G. 4x4 Four Way Cross Fitting

Outlets FRFWC4X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create (4 pcs.) 1 5
a horizontal four way cross intersection. Accepts FRBC4X4YL
optional split cover FRFWCSC4YL.
H.
Media FRFWC4X4 Split Cover for 4x4 Four Way Cross Fitting
Distribution
FRFWCSC4YL Optional split cover for the four way cross fitting 1 5
FRFWC4X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover to
I. be installed and removed with no tools required.
Physical Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy
Infrastructure access to add or remove cables.
Management
FRFWCSC4
J.
Overhead & 4x4 End Cap Fitting
Underfloor FREC4X4YL Used for closing off open ends of the channel or 1 5
Routing fittings. No coupler required. Push-on installation.
K. FREC4X4
Surface
Raceway 4x4 Inside Vertical 90 Angle Fitting
FRIVRA4X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create (2 pcs.) 1 5
L. a 90 upward angle from a straight horizontal run. FRBC4X4YL
Cabinets, Used with outside vertical 90 angle fitting
Racks & FROVRA4X4YL to change level of a straight
Cable horizontal run. Includes split cover.
Management
FRIVRA4X4 4x4 Inside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting
M.
Grounding & FRIV454X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5
Bonding 45 upward angle from a horizontal run. Used with FRBC4X4YL
outside vertical 45 angle fitting FROV454X4YL to
change level of a straight horizontal run. Includes
split cover.
N.
Industrial
FRIV454X4 4x4 Outside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting
FROV454X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5
45 downward angle from a horizontal run. Used FRBC4X4YL
O. with inside vertical 45 angle fitting FRIV454X4YL
Labeling &
Identification to change level of a straight horizontal run. Accepts
optional split cover FROV45SC4YL.
P. FROV454X4
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Split Cover for 4x4 Outside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting Power
over
FROV45SC4YL Optional split cover for the outside vertical 45 1 5 Ethernet
allows cover to be installed and removed with no
tools required. Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) E.
opening for easy access to add or remove cables. Zone
Cabling
FROV45SC4
4x4 Outside Vertical Right Angle Fitting
FROVRA4X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create (2 pcs.) 1 5 F.
a 90 vertical turn down from a straight horizontal FRBC4X4YL Wireless
run. Accepts optional split cover FROVRASC4YL.
Split Cover for 4x4 Outside Vertical Right Angle Fitting G.

FROVRA4X4 FROVRASC4YL Optional split cover for the outside vertical right 1 5 Outlets
angle fitting FROVRA4X4YL. Snap-on feature
no tools required. Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) H.
opening for easy access to add or remove cables. Media
Distribution
6x4 to 4x4 FiberRunner Reducer Fitting I.

FROVRASC4 FRRF6FR4YL Attaches any 6x4 FiberRunner Fitting or Channel (1 pc.) 1 5 Physical
to any 4x4 FiberRunner Fitting or Channel. FRBC6X4YL Infrastructure
Management
Accepts split cover FRRF6FR4SCYL. (1 pc.)
FRBC4X4YL
J.
Split Cover for 6x4 to 4x4 FiberRunner Reducer Fitting Overhead &
Underfloor
FRRF6FR4SCYL Optional split cover for the 6x4 FiberRunner to 1 5 Routing
FRRF6FR4 4x4 FiberRunner Reducer Fitting FRRF6FR4YL.
Snap-on feature allows cover to be installed and
removed with no tools required. Creates radiused K.
3/4" (19mm) opening for easy access to add or Surface
remove cables. Raceway
FRRF6FR4SC L.
4x4 FiberRunner to 2x2 Reducer Fitting with Cover Cabinets,
FRRF4FD2YL Attaches any 4x4 FiberRunner Fitting or Channel

(1 pc.) 1 5 Racks &
to the 2x2 Fiber-Duct Channel, S2X2YL6 or FRBC4X4YL Cable
E2X2YL6 or 2x2 FiberRunner Channel, Management
HS2X2YL6 or H2X2YL6. Note: Attachment to 2x2
FiberRunner Channel requires a QuikLock M.
Coupler FBC2X2YL. Includes solid cover. Grounding &
FRRF4FD2 Bonding
4x4 FiberRunner to 4x4 Fiber-Duct Reducer Fitting with Cover
FRRF4FD4YL Attaches any 4x4 FiberRunner Fitting or Channel (1 pc.) 1 5
to the 4x4 Fiber-Duct Channel, S4X4YL6 or FRBC4X4YL N.
E4X4YL6. Includes solid cover. Industrial
FRRF4FD4 For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber Spill-overs allow safe transition from horizontal to Transition to channel, slotted channel, and corrugated
Optic vertical runs loom tubing
Systems 2" (50.8mm) bend radius control Spill-over junction fittings can be retro-fitted to existing
horizontal runs
D.
Power
over
Std. Std.
Ethernet
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
E.
Zone 4x4 QuikLock Vertical Tee
Cabling FRVT4X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5
90 vertical drop from a horizontal run. Hinged door FRBC4X4YL
included. Accepts FTR4X4YL, FIDT4X4BL, S4X4YL6
or E4X4YL6 directly. Accepts optional snap-on cover
F.
FRHC4YL6 in conjunction with channel.
Wireless
3-Sided Vertical Tee Trumpet Spillout

FRVT4X4
FTR4X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 1 5
G. 2" (50.8mm) when exiting from a 4x4 or 6x4
Outlets FiberRunner Vertical Tee and 4x4
Fiber-Duct Fittings.
FTR4X4 2-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing

H.
Media FIDT4X4BL Used to route cable into one or two pieces of 1.5" 1 5
Distribution (38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with
FRVT6X4YL, FRVT4X4YL, or FVT4X4YL. Securely
I. integrity and easy access to add or remove cables.
Physical Black color only.
Infrastructure
Management
FIDT4X4BL 4x4 Hinged Duct Vertical Cable Manager Kit
J. FRHD4KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables spilling 1
Overhead & out from vertical tee to rack mounted equipment. Kit
Underfloor includes 6' length of 4x4 capacity hinged duct, 6'
Routing length of 4x4 hinged duct cover, one end cap for 4x4
hinged duct, three FZBA1.5X4 adjustable Z
brackets, an adapter fitting, six WR4-C wire retainers
K. and all required mounting hardware. Attaches directly
Surface to 6x4 and 4x4 vertical tee exit or FRLPR64 low
Raceway profile reducer.
L.
Cabinets, FRHD4KT 4x4 Hinged Duct Bend Radius Control Trumpet
Racks & TRC4HDBL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the sidewall 1
Cable of 4" wall heights of type H hinged cover wiring duct
Management
channels. Maintains 1" (25.4mm) bend radius control.
Black color only.
M.
Grounding & Low Profile Reducer 4x4 to 2x2 for Vertical Tee
Bonding TRC4HDBL
FRLPR42BL Assembled into the 6x4 vertical tee FRVT6X4YL or 1 5
4x4 vertical tee FRVT4X4YL with an audible snap,
the FRLPR42BL allows for the transition to 2x2
N. FiberRunner or 2x2 Fiber-Duct Channel with
Industrial minimal space required. No tools required for
assembly. Black color only.
FRLPR42BL For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Spill-Over Junction with 2x2 Exit Power
over
FRSPJ2X2YL Assembles onto 4x4, 6x4, 12x4, or 24x4 (1 pc.) 1 Ethernet
FiberRunner Channel, spilling over the side into FBC2X2YL
a 2x2 vertical exit. Requires coupler to attach 2x2
FiberRunner and fittings to the vertical exit. E.
Mounts directly to existing installation with no Zone
alteration required. Mounting hardware provided Cabling
for secure attachment.
FRSPJ2X2 Cover for Spill-Over Junction with 2x2 Exit for 4x4 Channel F.
FRSPJC24YL Used to fully enclose 4x4 channel in conjunction with 1 5 Wireless
the spill-over junction FRSPJ2X2YL. Cover snaps
onto the channel base. Hinged feature allows easy
G.
Outlets
FRSPJC24 3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 2x2 Exit
FTR2X2YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (1 pc.) 1 5
(50.8mm) when exiting from a spill-over junction FBC2X2YL
H.
with a 2x2 exit or from 2x2 Fiber-Duct Channel. Media
Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure Distribution
system integrity and easy access to add or
FTR2X2 remove cables.
I.
1-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing Physical
Infrastructure
FIDT2X2YL Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (38mm) (1 pc.) 1 5 Management
diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with a FBC2X2YL
spill-over junction with a 2x2 exit, 2x2 Fiber-Duct
J.
Fittings, and the 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged Channel.
Overhead &
Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure Underfloor
system integrity and easy access to add or Routing
remove cables.
FIDT2X2
2x2 Hinged Duct Vertical Cable Manager Kit K.
Surface
FRHD2KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables spilling 1 Raceway
out from a vertical tee or spill-over junction to rack
mounted equipment. Kit includes 6' length of 2x2
L.
FiberRunner Hinged Channel H2X2YL6, 6' length Cabinets,
of 2x2 snap-on hinged cover HC2YL6, four adjustable Racks &
Z brackets FZBA1.5X4, one FiberRunner 2x2 End Cable
Cap FHDEC2X2YL, six hinged duct 2" wire retainers Management
WR2H-C and all required mounting hardware.
Attaches to 2x2 vertical tee exit or spill-over M.
FRHD2KT junction with a 2x2 exit with a 2x2 QuikLock Grounding &
Coupler FBC2X2YL. Also attaches directly to Bonding
4x4 or 6x4 vertical tee exits with low profile
reducer FRLPR42BL.
N.
2x2 FiberRunner Bend Radius Control Trumpet Industrial
TRC2HDBL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the sidewall 1 10

TRC2HDBL of 2" wall heights of type H hinged cover wiring duct
channels. Maintains 1" (25.4mm) bend radius control. O.
Black color only. Labeling &
Identification
Spill-Over Junction with 4x4 Exit
FRSPJ4X4YL Assembles onto 4x4, 6x4, 12x4, or 24x4 (1 pc.) 1 P.
FiberRunner Channel, spilling over the side into FRBC4X4YL Cable
a 4x4 vertical exit. Requires coupler to attach 4x4 Management
FiberRunner Channel and fittings to the vertical Accessories
FRSPJ4X4 exit. Mounts directly to existing installation with no
alteration required. Mounting hardware provided
for secure attachment. Q.
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black). Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power Cover for Spill-Over Junction with 4x4 Exit for 4x4 Channel
over
Ethernet FRSPJC44YL Used to fully enclose 4x4 channel in conjunction with 1 5
the spill-over junction FRSPJ4X4YL. Cover snaps
onto the channel base. Hinged feature allows easy
E. access to add or remove cables.
Zone
Cabling
FRSPJC44 FRTR4X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (1 pc.) 1 5
(50.8mm) when exiting from 4x4 FiberRunner FRBC4X4YL
F. Channel or a 4x4 FiberRunner Horizontal Tee.
Wireless

FRIDT4X4YL Used to route cable into one or two pieces of 1.5" (1 pc.) 1 5
G. (38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Requires FRBC4X4YL
Outlets
FRTR4X4 coupler to be used with 4x4 FiberRunner Fitting.
Used with any 4x4 FiberRunner Fitting. Securely
H. integrity and easy access to add or remove cables.
Media
Distribution 1-Port Spillout Side Exit to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FR1.5IDEYL Used to route cable into 1.5" (38mm) diameter split 1 5
I. corrugated tubing directly through a hole cut in the
Physical side wall of the 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 FiberRunner
Infrastructure Channel or 4x4 Fiber-Duct Channel. Provides 1"
Management FRIDT4X4 (25.4mm) bend radius control at the exit. Securely
holds split corrugated tubing to ensure system
J. integrity and easy access to add or remove cables.
Overhead & Includes drilling template.
Underfloor
Routing
4x4 Up Spout
FRUPS4X4YL Allows cable to be directed upward out of the channel 1 5
K. FR1.5IDE deployed directly below racks and cabinets in
Surface underfloor installations. Provides 2" (50.8mm) bend
Raceway radius. Snaps directly onto the channel and can
be positioned to allow cables to be laid in. A 1"
L. (25.4mm) top bezel is included. Other fittings
Cabinets, can be installed for specific applications including
Racks & FTR4X4YL and FIDT4X4BL.
Cable
Management For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
FRUPS4X4
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
FiberRunner Accessories
C.
Fiber
Optic
For Std. Std.
Systems
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
D.
3/8" Nut Driver Power
over
FR38DR FR38DR Used to dissassemble 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 1 10 Ethernet
FiberRunner QuikLock Couplers when required.
7/16" Nut Driver E.

FR716DR 7/16" nut driver for use with the FiberRunner , 1 10 Zone
GridRunner , and Wyr-Grid Systems. Cabling
FR716DR 5/16" Nut Driver

FR516DR Used to disassemble 2x2 FiberRunner QuikLock 1 10 F.
Couplers when required. Wireless
Universal Innerduct Bracket G.

FR516DR Outlets
FRUIB-X Used to secure any size corrugated tubing or inner- 10 100
duct to any surface including equipment racks and
channel or fittings. Two 1/4" (6.3mm) holes must be
drilled through to secure brackets. H.
Media
Distribution
Slack Spool Manager with 2.37" Bend Radius Diameter
FRSSM2 The slack spool manager can be mounted in 12x4, 1 5
I.
FRUIB-X 6x4, and 4x4 FiberRunner Channels and in 4x4 Physical
Fiber-Duct Channel to create an in-channel slack Infrastructure
management. It can be deployed in a vertical or Management
horizontal channel run and can withstand a 20 lb. load
without pulling away from the base. Mounting fasteners
J.
are included.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
FRSSM2
Strut Clip Kit
K.
FRSTRCLIP Strut mounting clip assembly allows FiberRunner 1 10 Surface
Channel to be attached directly to standard 1 5/8" wide Raceway
strut structures. Contains two clips and all hardware for
assembly. Bolts release with 7/16" nut driver.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
1/4" T-Bolt Kit Cable
FRTBKT-X T-bolts can be used for additional attachment when 10 100 Management
FRSTRCLIP securing FiberRunner Channel to mounting brackets.
For example, a T-bolt can be inserted thru a 12x4 M.
mounting bracket and positioned within the center rib Grounding &
structure on the underside of 12x4 channel. By Bonding
tightening the nut, the 12x4 channel is more securely
fastened to the mounting bracket.
N.
Industrial
FRTBKT-X
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
FiberRunner Accessories (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic For Std. Std.
Systems
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power FiberRunner Quick Mount Clips

over
Ethernet FRQMC-X Used wherever additional FiberRunner Slide Clamps 10 100
would be helpful. For example, use on 12x4
FiberRunner QuikLock Brackets to accommodate
E. dual runs of 6x4 or 4x4 FiberRunner Channel.
Zone
Cabling FRQMC-X
Threaded Rod in One Foot Lengths
TR1-12-X Threaded rod can be used with various mounting 1/2" 10
F. brackets. Length = 12" (305mm).
Wireless
TR1-58-X Threaded rod can be used with various mounting 5/8" 10
brackets. Length = 12" (305mm).
G. TR1-12-X
Outlets TR1-58-X Threaded Rod Cover
TRC18FR-X8Y Used to protect cabling from threaded rod. Vertical slit 1/2" 5/8" 10 100
allows easy installation. For indoor use only. Gray.
H.
Media
Distribution
TRC18FR-X20Y Used to protect cabling from threaded rod. Vertical slit 1/2" 5/8" 10 100
I. TRC18FR-X8Y allows easy installation. Black.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Slit Corrugated Loom Tubing
J. CLT150F-X3* Slit corrugated loom tubing provides a vertical pathway 1
Overhead & as cables transfer from the FiberRunner Fitting to the
Underfloor equipment below. Inside diameter is 1.48" (37.6mm)
Routing and outside diameter 1.73" (43.9mm). Sold in 10 rolls.
K. CLT150F-X3 *For other colors replace suffix X3 (Orange) with X4 (Yellow) or X20 (Black).
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
NOTES C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems 11
D.
Power
over 18
Ethernet 9
12 7
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
10
G.
Outlets
5 6
H. 15
Media
Distribution
1
I. 4
Physical
Infrastructure 14
Management
J. 17
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing 8 13 3
K.
Surface 16 2
Raceway
L.
Cabinets, Fiber-Duct Mounting Brackets
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N. FTRBE12 Existing FTRBN12 New Threaded FUSB Underfloor F2PCLB12 Two-Piece Ladder
Industrial Threaded Rod Bracket Rod Bracket Pedestal Bracket Rack Bracket for Attaching
(page J.63) (page J.63) (page J.63) Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" 2"
Ladder Rack (page J.64)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
FZBA1.5X4 Adjustable
Z Bracket FZBLP Low Profile FLB L Wall FLRB Ladder
(page J.64) Z Bracket Mount Bracket Rack Bracket
Q. (page J.63)
Index (page J.64) (page J.63)
J.50
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
1 HS2X2**6 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged Channel (page J.52) Systems
D.
Power
2 H2X2**6 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged Slotted Channel (page J.52) over
Ethernet
3 HC2**6 2x2 FiberRunner Snap-On Hinged Cover (page J.52) E.

Zone
Cabling
4 FBC2X2** 2x2 QuikLock Coupler (page J.53)
F.
Wireless
5 FRA2X2** 2x2 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting (page J.60)
6 FT2X2** 2x2 Horizontal Tee Fitting (page J.60) G.

Outlets
7 FFWC2X2** 2x2 4-Way Cross Fitting (page J.60)

H.
Media
Distribution
8 FVTHD2X2** 2x2 Vertical Tee (page J.54)
I.
Physical
9 FIV452X2** 2x2 Inside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting (page J.60) Infrastructure
Management
J.
10 FIVRA2X2** 2x2 Inside Vertical Right Angle Fitting (page J.60) Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
11 FOV452X2** 2x2 Outside 45 Angle Fitting (page J.60)

K.
Surface
Raceway
12 FOVRA2X2** 2x2 Outside Vertical Right Angle Fitting (page J.60)
L.
Cabinets,
13 FHDEC2X2** 2x2 End Cap Fitting (page J.53) Racks &
Cable
Management
14 FTR2X2** 3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 2x2 Exit (page J.61) M.
Grounding &
Bonding
FIDT2X2** 1-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter
15 Corrugated Tubing (page J.61)
N.
Industrial
TRC2HDBL 2x2 Hinged Channel 1" Bend Radius Control
16 Trumpet (page J.54)
O.
Labeling &
17 FRF42** 4x4 to 2x2 Fiber-Duct Reducer Fitting (page J.60) Identification
P.
18 FRRF4FD2** 4x4 FiberRunner to 2x2 Reducer Fitting (page J.43) Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
**Available colors include: YL (Yellow), OR (Orange), BL (Black), and LG (Light Gray).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber Cable Fills for 2x2 FiberRunner Cable Routing System
Optic
Systems
The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods,
D.
Power
over 2x2 FiberRunner Cable Routing System
Ethernet
Fiber Optic Ribbon Category Category Category
Interconnect Cable 6A (SD) 6A 6
E. Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter
Zone 2.00"
Cabling (50.8mm) Fill/Pile Up Area (in2) 0.063" 0.079" 0.118" 0.205" 0.240" 0.300" 0.240"
A = 3.4 in.2
(2195 mm2) 40% Fill
2" Pile Up 3.40 436 279 124 41 30 19 30
2.17" 50% Fill
F. (55.1mm)
Wireless 2" Pile Up 3.40 546 349 155 52 38 24 38
60% Fill
2" Pile Up 3.40 655 419 186 62 45 29 45
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution 2x2 FiberRunner Routing System Channels and Cover
2x2 system ideal for use with smaller cable counts Compatible with all sizes of Panduit FiberRunner
I.
Physical Multiple spillout options provide versatility to mate to and Panduit Fiber-Duct Routing Systems, cable
Infrastructure various equipment and rack configurations management, and racks
Management 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged and Slotted Channels can be
QuikLock Couplers reduce system installation
time dramatically used with 2x2 Fiber-Duct fittings (see page J.52) and
J. brackets (see pages J.55 and J.56)
Overhead & Channel, covers, fittings and other non-metallic system
Underfloor components made from V-0 flame class rated material Compliant with the applicable tests in Telcordia
Routing GR-63-CORE Network Equipment Building Systems
(NEBS) Level 3
K.
Surface Std. Std.
Raceway Pkg. Ctn.
L.
Cabinets, 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged Channel

Racks & HS2X2YL6NM Used to carry the cables throughout the system. Accepts hinged 6 120
Cable cover HC2YL6. Use QuikLock Coupler FBC2X2YL to attach
Management channel and/or fittings.
HS2X2
M. 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged Slotted Channel
Grounding & H2X2YL6 Used to carry the cables vertically to the front or the back of 6 120
Bonding
equipment racks throughout the system. Accepts hinged cover
HC2YL6. Extra supports required when used in horizontal
applications. Use QuikLock Coupler FBC2X2YL to attach
N. channel and/or fittings.
Industrial
H2X2
2x2 Snap-On Hinged Cover
HC2YL6 Optional snap-on cover for hinged channel HS2X2YL6 or H2X2YL6. 6 120
O. The innovative cover can hinge open to 90 from either side of the
Labeling & channel and be removed completely if desired.
Identification
HC2 Cable Retainer for 2x2 System
P. WR2H-C Cable retainer can be installed between the slotted channel 100 1000
Cable (H2X2YL6) fingers to retain cables. It can be used with cover
Management and installs anywhere on channel. One retainer should be
Accessories used approximately every 18" (457mm). Black color only.
NOTE: Available with mounting holes. To order, delete NM from the part number.
WR2H-C
Q. For other colors replace YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange), BL (Black), or LG (Light Gray).
Index Order number of feet required, in multiples of standard 6' length increments.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Systems
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn. D.
Power
FBC2X2YL Pre-assembled coupler quickly joins two sections of hinged channel 1 5 Ethernet
and/or fittings. Mechanically attaches without tightening bolts.
Bolts release using 5/16" nut driver to allow coupler to be
removed if necessary. E.
Zone
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange), BL (Black), or LG (Light Gray). Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
2x2 FiberRunner System Fitting

Std. Std. H.
Media
Pkg. Ctn. Distribution
FHDEC2X2YL Used for closing off open ends of the hinged channel or fittings. 1 5
No coupler required. Push-on installation. I.
Physical
Infrastructure
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange), BL (Black), or LG (Light Gray). Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Spill-overs allow safe transition from horizontal to Transition to channel, slotted channel, and corrugated
Optic vertical runs loom tubing
Systems 2" bend radius control
D.
Power Std. Std.
over Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Ethernet Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
2x2 Vertical Tee

E. FVTHD2X2YL Attaches to 2x2 channel to create a 90 vertical drop (2 pcs.) 1 5
Zone from a horizontal run. Hinged door included. Accepts FBC2X2YL
Cabling channel cover in conjunction with channel. Use
QuikLock Coupler FBC2X2YL with HS2X2YL6 or
H2X2YL6 channels. Use snap rivets NR2WH-L or
F. bolts F14PN-L with S2X2YL6 or E2X2YL6 channels.
Wireless FVTHD2X2 Also accepts FIDT2X2YL.

FTR2X2YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable (1 pc.) 1 5
G. to 2" (50.8mm) when exiting from a FBC2X2YL
Outlets
FiberRunner Spill-Over FRSPYL or from
2x2 Fiber-Duct Channel.
H. FTR2X2
Media
Distribution FIDT2X2YL Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (38mm) (1 pc.) 1 5
diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with FBC2X2YL
FiberRunner Spill-Over FRSPYL, 2x2 Fiber-Duct
I. Fittings, and the 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged Channel.
Physical Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure
Infrastructure system integrity and easy access to add or
J. 2x2 Hinged Duct Vertical Cable Manager Kit

Overhead &
Underfloor FRHD2KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables spilling 1
Routing FIDT2X2 out from a vertical tee or spill-over junction to rack
mounted equipment. Kit includes 6' length of 2x2
FiberRunner Hinged Channel H2X2YL6, 6' length
K. of 2x2 snap-on hinged cover HC2YL6, four
Surface adjustable Z brackets FZBA1.5X4, one
Raceway FiberRunner 2x2 End Cap FHDEC2X2YL, six
hinged duct 2" wire retainers WR2H-C and all
L. required mounting hardware. Attaches to 2x2 vertical
Cabinets, tee exit or spill-over junction with a 2x2 exit with a
Racks & 2x2 QuikLock Coupler FBC2X2YL. Also attaches
Cable directly to 4x4 or 6x4 vertical tee exits with low
Management profile reducer FRLPR42BL. Yellow and orange
colors only.
M. FRHD2KT
Grounding & 2x2 FiberRunner Bend Radius Control Trumpet
Bonding
TRC2HDBL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the 1 10
sidewall of 2" wall heights of type H hinged cover
N. radius control. Black color only.
Industrial
TRC2HDBL
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
FIBER-DUCT ROUTING SYSTEMS C.

Fiber
Optic
Panduit provides leading solutions for cable routing.These routing products are compatible with Systems
our cable management solutions increasing your ability to maintain an orderly and clean work
D.
environment, implement quick and easy moves, adds, and changes, and maintain the integrity of Power
over
your fiber and copper cabling plant in order to maximize long-term performance. Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
Two system sizes available: 4x4 and 2x2
Minimum 2" (50.8mm) bend radius fittings protect F.
against signal loss due to excessive cable bends Wireless
Optimized for use with Pan-Net Network Solutions

Snap-on non-slip covers G.
Outlets
Compatible with Panduit FiberRunner 12x4, 6x4,
4x4, and 2x2 Routing Systems
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
The 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct Routing Systems are comprised of channel, fittings, and brackets designed Physical
Infrastructure
to segregate, route, and protect fiber optic and copper cabling to and between racks within the Management
telecommunications room.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
As part of the Panduit Data Center Solution, Fiber-Duct Routing Systems offers secure, reliable system Routing
integration and risk management within the physical infrastructure.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct Routing Systems Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over 7
Ethernet
E.
6
Zone
Cabling 5 11
10
F.
Wireless
8
4 12
3
G.
Outlets
9
H.
Media
Distribution 14
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J. 2
Overhead & 1 13
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
Fiber-Duct Mounting Brackets
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
FTRBE12 Existing Threaded FTRBN12 New Threaded FUSB Underfloor

N. Rod Bracket (page J.63) Rod Bracket (page J.63) Pedestal Bracket
Industrial (page J.63)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories FLRB Ladder FLB L Wall FZBA1.5X4 Adjustable FZBLP Low Profile
Rack Bracket Mount Bracket Z Bracket Z Bracket
(page J.63) (page J.63) (page J.64) (page J.64)
Q.
Index
J.56
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
1 FCF2X2** and FCF4X4 Coupler Fitting (page J.60) Power
over
Ethernet
2 FEC2X2** and FEC4X4** End Cap Fitting (page J.60) E.

Zone
Cabling
3 FFWC2X2** and FFWC4X4** 4-Way Cross Fitting (page J.60)

F.
Wireless
4 FIVRA2X2** and FIVRA4x4** Inside Vertical Right Angle (page J.60)

G.
Outlets
5 FOVRA2X2** and FOVRA4X4** Outside Vertical Right Angle (page J.60)

H.
Media
Distribution
6 FIV452X2** and FIV454X4** Inside Vertical 45 Angle (page J.60)

I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
7 FOV452X2** and FOV454X4** Outside Vertical 45 Angle (page J.60)
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
8 FT2X2** and FT4X4** Horizontal Tee Fitting (page J.60)
K.
Surface
Raceway
9 FVT4X4** 4x4 Vertical Tee (page J.61)
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
10 FRA2X2** FRA4X4** Right Angle Fitting (page J.60) Cable
Management
M.

Grounding &
11 FRF42** 4x4 to 2x2 Fiber-Duct Reducer Fitting (page J.60) Bonding

N.
12 S2X2**6NM and S4X4**6NM Fiber-Duct Channel (page J.59) Industrial
O.

13 E2X2**6 and E4X4**6 Fiber-Duct Slotted Channel (page J.59) Labeling &
Identification
P.
14 TRC2BL and TRC4BL Bend Radius Control Trumpet (page J.62) Cable
Management
Accessories
**Available colors include: YL (Yellow), OR (Orange), BL (Black), and LG (Light Gray). Q.

Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct Routing Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic Cable Fills for 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct Cable Routing Systems
Systems
The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods,
D. straightness of cables, etc.
Power
over
Ethernet 2x2 Fiber-Duct Cable Routing System
Fiber Optic Category Category Category

E. Flat Ribbon 6A (SD) 6A 6
Zone Diameter Diameter Diameter Interconnect Cable Diameter Diameter Diameter
Cabling 2.25" Internal 1.6mm 2.0mm 3.0mm 5.20mm 6.1mm 7.6mm 6.1mm
(57.1mm) Fill/Pile Up Area (In.2) 0.063" 0.079" 0.118" 0.205" 0.240" 0.300" 0.240"
W
40% Fill
2" Pile Up 3.5 449 288 128 42 31 20 31
F. 2.10"
Wireless A = 3.5 in.2 H
(53.3mm)
50% Fill
(2258mm2) 2" Pile Up 3.5 562 359 160 53 39 25 39
60% Fill
2" Pile Up 3.5 674 431 192 64 46 30 46
G. Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use a miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw
Outlets blade for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T and 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure 4.25"
Management (107.9mm)
4x4 Fiber-Duct Cable Routing System

J.
Overhead & Fiber Optic Category Category Category
Underfloor 4.10" Flat Ribbon 6A (SD) 6A 6
Routing A = 14.6 in.2
(104.1mm) Diameter Diameter Diameter Interconnect Cable Diameter Diameter Diameter
(9419mm2)
Fill/Pile Up Area (In.2) 0.063" 0.079" 0.118" 0.205" 0.240" 0.300" 0.240"
K.
Surface 40% Fill
Raceway 2" Pile Up 7.6 976 624 277 92 67 43 67
3" Pile Up 11.3 1450 928 413 137 100 64 100
L. 4" Pile Up 14.6 1874 1199 533 177 129 83 129
Cabinets, 50% Fill
Racks & 2" Pile Up 7.6 1219 780 347 115 84 54 84
Cable
3" Pile Up 11.3 1813 1160 516 171 125 80 125
Management
4" Pile Up 14.6 2343 1499 666 221 161 103 161
M. 60% Fill
Grounding & 2" Pile Up 7.6 1463 936 416 138 101 65 101
Bonding 3" Pile Up 11.3 2176 1392 619 205 150 96 150
4" Pile Up 14.6 2811 1799 800 265 194 124 194
N. blade for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T and 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct Routing Systems
C.
Channel, covers, fittings and other non-metallic system Fittings have 2" bend radius control Fiber
components made from V-0 flame class rated material Optic
Compatible with Panduit FiberRunner 2x2, 4x4, Systems
Snap-on non-slip covers 6x4 and 12x4 Routing Systems
D.
Std. Std. Power
System Pkg. Ctn. over
Part Number Part Description Size Qty. Qty. Ethernet
Fiber-Duct Channel
E.
S2X2YL6NM Used to carry the cables throughout the Fiber-Duct 2x2 6 120 Zone
Routing System. Accepts cover C2YL6. Cover Cabling
sold separately.
S4X4YL6NM Used to carry the cables throughout the Fiber-Duct 4x4 6 60 F.

Routing System. Accepts cover C4YL6. Cover Wireless
sold separately.
S2X2
S4X4
Fiber-Duct Slotted Channel G.
E2X2YL6 Used to carry the cables vertically to the front or the 2x2 6 120 Outlets
back of equipment racks throughout the system.
Accepts cover C2YL6. Extra supports required when
used in horizontal applications. Cover sold separately. H.
E4X4YL6 Used to carry the cables vertically to the front or the 4x4 6 60 Media
Distribution
back of equipment racks throughout the system.
Accepts cover C4YL6. Extra supports required when
used in horizontal applications. Cover sold separately. I.
E2X2
Physical
E4X4 Fiber-Duct Cover Infrastructure
C2YL6 Cover for Fiber-Duct Channel and Fiber-Duct Slotted 2x2 6 120 Management
Channel. Non-slip cover design incorporates integral
high friction lining to inhibit cover movement. J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
C4YL6 Cover for Fiber-Duct Channel and Fiber-Duct Slotted 4x4 6 120 Routing
Channel. Non-slip cover design incorporates integral high
friction lining to inhibit cover movement.
K.
C2 Surface
C4 NOTE: Available with mounting holes. To order, delete NM from the part number. Raceway
For fastest installation use NR2WH-L or NR4BL-L snap rivets.
For other colors replace YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange), BL (Black), or LG (Light Gray). L.
Order number of feet required, in multiples of standard 6' length increments. Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Fiber-Duct System Fittings
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
System Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Size Qty. Qty.
D.
Power FCF2X2
FCF4X4 Coupler Fitting
over
Ethernet FCF2X2YL Used to join two sections of duct together. Fiber-Duct 2x2 1 5
Coupler is not required at each fitting connection.
FCF4X4YL 4x4 1 5
E.
Zone FRA2X2
Cabling Horizontal Right Angle Fitting
FRA4X4
FRA2X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 horizontal turn 2x2 1 5
from a straight horizontal run. Cover included.
FRA4X4YL 4x4 1 5
F.
Wireless
Horizontal Tee Fitting
FT2X2 FT2X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 horizontal branch 2x2 1 5
FT4X4 from a straight horizontal run. Cover included.
G. FT4X4YL 4x4 1 5
Outlets
Four Way Cross Fitting
FFWC2X2YL Attaches to channel to create a horizontal four way 2x2 1 5
H. FFWC2X2 cross intersection. Cover included.
Media
FFWC4X4YL 4x4 1 5
FFWC4X4
Distribution
End Cap Fitting
FEC2X2YL Used for closing off open ends of the channel. No 2x2 1 5
I.
Physical coupler required. Push-on installation.
FEC2X2 FEC4X4YL 4x4 1 5
Infrastructure
Management FEC4X4
Inside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting
J. FIV452X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 45 upward angle from 2x2 1 5
Overhead & a straight horizontal run. Used with outside vertical 45
Underfloor angle fitting FOV452X2YL or FOV454X4YL to change
Routing FIV454X4YL level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included. 4x4 1 5
FIV452X2
K. FIV454X4
Surface Outside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting
Raceway FOV452X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 45 downward angle 2x2 1 5
from a straight horizontal run. Used with inside vertical
L. 45 angle fitting FIV452X2YL or FIV454X4YL to
Cabinets, FOV454X4YL change level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included. 4x4 1 5
Racks & FOV452X2
Cable FOV454X4
Management
Inside Vertical Right Angle Fitting
FIVRA2X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 upward angle from 2x2 1 5
M.
Grounding &
a straight horizontal run. Used with outside vertical 90
Bonding angle fitting FOVRA2X2YL or FOVRA4X4YL to change
FIVRA4X4YL level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included. 4x4 1 5
FIVRA2X2
FIVRA4X4
N. Outside Vertical Right Angle Fitting
Industrial
FOVRA2X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 downward angle 2x2 1 5
from a straight horizontal run. Used with inside vertical
90 angle fitting FIVRA2X2YL or FIVRA4X4YL to
O. FOVRA4X4YL change level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included. 4x4 1 5
Labeling &
Identification FOVRA2X2
FOVRA4X4 4x4 to 2x2 Fiber-Duct Reducer Fitting
P. FRF42YL Joins any 4x4 Fiber-Duct Fitting to the 2x2 2x2 1 5
Cable Fiber-Duct Channel, S2X2YL6 or E2X2YL6. 4x4
Management Includes cover.
Accessories
FRF42 Fittings include 5/16" assembly holes for fast mechanical fastening.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Fiber-Duct Spillouts
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
System Pkg. Ctn.
D.
2x2 Vertical Tee Power
over
FVTHD2X2YL Attaches to 2x2 channel to create a 90 vertical drop 2x2 1 5 Ethernet
from a horizontal run. Hinged door included. Accepts
channel cover in conjunction with channel. Use
QuikLock Coupler FBC2X2YL with HS2X2YL6 E.
or H2X2YL6 channels. Use snap rivets NR2WH-L Zone
FVTHD2X2 or bolts F14PN-L with S2X2YL6 or E2X2YL6 channels. Cabling
Also accepts FIDT2X2YL.
3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 2x2 Exit F.

Wireless
FTR2X2YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" 2x2 1 5
(50.8mm) when exiting from a FiberRunner Spill-Over
FRSPYL or from 2x2 Fiber-Duct Channel.
FTR2X2
G.
1-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing Outlets
FIDT2X2YL Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (38mm) 2x2 1 5
diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with
FiberRunner Spill-Over FRSPYL, 2x2 Fiber-Duct
H.
Fittings, and the 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged Channel. Media
Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure Distribution
FIDT2X2 system integrity and easy access to add or
remove cables.
I.
Physical
4x4 Vertical Tee Infrastructure
FVT4X4YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 vertical drop from 4x4 1 5 Management
a horizontal run. Accepts FIDT4X4BL, FTR4X4YL,
S4X4YL6 or E4X4YL6 directly. J.
FVT4X4 Overhead &
Underfloor
3-Sided Vertical Tee Trumpet Spillout Routing
FTR4X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 4x4 1 5
2" (50.8mm) when exiting from a 4x4 or K.
6x4 FiberRunner Vertical Tee and 4x4 Surface
Fiber-Duct Fittings. Raceway
FTR4X4
2-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing L.
Cabinets,
FIDT4X4BL Used to route cable into one or two pieces of 1.5" 4x4 1 5
Racks &
(38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with Cable
FRVT6X4YL, FRVT4X4YL, or FVT4X4YL. Securely Management
integrity and easy access to add or remove cables.
Black color only. M.
Grounding &
Bonding
FIDT4X4BL
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Fiber-Duct Bend Radius Control Trumpets
C.
Fiber Provide method to transition cabling into rack system Maintain 1" (25.4mm) bend radius control
Optic
Systems
Std. Std.
System Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power
over TRC2BL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the 2x2 1 10
Ethernet sidewall of 2" wall heights of type G, FS or E
Fiber-Duct Channels.
TRC2BL
E.
Zone
Cabling TRC4BL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the 4x4 1 10
sidewall of 4" wall heights of type G, FS or E
Fiber-Duct Channels.
F.
Wireless
TRC4BL
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
Fiber-Duct Accessories
I.
Physical
Infrastructure Std. Std.
Management System Pkg. Ctn.
J. Snap Rivets
Overhead &
Underfloor NR2WH-L Snap rivet fastens channel and fittings together for 2x2 50 500
Routing added strength and rigidity. Snap rivet mounts flush
NR2 to surfaces.
NR4BL-L 4x4 50 500
K. NR4
Surface
Raceway Plastic Bolts and Nuts
F14PWN-L 1/4" plastic bolts and wing nuts fastens channel 2x2 50 500
L. and fittings together for added strength and rigidity. 4x4
Cabinets,
Racks & F14PN-L 1/4" plastic bolts and hex nuts fastens channel 2x2 50 500
Cable and fittings together for added strength and rigidity. 4x4
Management F14PWN-L F14PN-L
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Fiber-Duct Mounting Brackets
C.
Fiber
Optic
For Std. Std. Systems
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Existing Threaded Rod Bracket for Fiber-Duct System Power
over
FTRBE12 Used for supporting the 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct 1/2" 1 10 Ethernet
Systems from existing threaded rod installations.
FTRBE12M Bracket is secured to threaded rod with two split 12mm 1 10
FTRBE12/FTRBE12M nuts. Contains hardware for attaching to threaded E.
FTRBE58 FTRBE58 rods and hardware for mounting channel to bracket. 5/8" 1 10 Zone
Cabling
New Threaded Rod Bracket for Fiber-Duct System

FTRBN12 Used for supporting the 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct 1/2" 1 10
F.
Systems from new threaded rod installations.
Wireless
FTRBN12M Bracket is secured to threaded rod with two nuts. 12mm 1 10
Contains hardware for attaching to threaded rods
FTRBN12/FTRBN12M
FTRBN58 and hardware for mounting channel to bracket. 5/8" 1 10
FTRBN58
G.
Underfloor Pedestal Bracket for Fiber-Duct System Outlets
FUSB Used to support the 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct 1 10
Systems by attaching to underfloor pedestal (not
included). Use on pedestals up to 1" in diameter. H.
Bracket contains hardware to attach to pedestal Media
and hardware for mounting channel to bracket. Distribution
FUSB Ladder Rack Bracket for Fiber-Duct System
I.
FLRB Used to support the 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct 1 10 Physical
Systems attaching directly to any 3/8" (9.5mm) x Infrastructure
1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm) x 2" (50.8mm) Management
ladder rack rail. No threaded rod required.
Contains hardware for mounting channel to bracket.
J.
FLRB Overhead &
Underfloor
L Wall Mount Bracket for Fiber-Duct System Routing
FLB Used to support 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct Systems 1 10
by attaching to a wall or the front or back of an
K.
equipment rack. Contains hardware for mounting
Surface
channel to bracket. Raceway
FLB
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Fiber-Duct Mounting Brackets (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems For Std. Std.
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power Adjustable Z Bracket
over
Ethernet FZBA1.5X4 Bracket used to offset Fiber-Duct System from 1 10
mounting surface, adjustable from 1.5" (38mm) to
4" (101mm). Typically used on the front of an
E. equipment rack.
Zone
Cabling FZBA1.5X4 Low Profile Z Bracket
FZBLP Bracket used to offset 2x2 or 4x4 Fiber-Duct 1 10
System and hinged duct from the front face of
F. an equipment rack. Bracket provides a secure
Wireless mounting surface .67" (17mm) from the front of
an equipment rack.
FZBLP Two-Piece Ladder Rack Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" 2"
G. Ladder Rack
Outlets
F2PCLB12 Two-piece bracket attaches to 3/8" (9.5mm) wide 1/2" 1 10
x 1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 2"
(50.8mm) ladder rack rail. Bracket halves slide into
H. position and clamp together on the ladder rack rail,
Media F2PCLB58 which allows for a one-handed assembly of the 5/8" 1 10
Distribution threaded rod (not included). Contains bracket and
F2PCLB12 hardware for attaching bracket to ladder rack.
F2PCLB58
I.
Physical Two-Piece Framing Clip for Attaching 5/8" Threaded Rod to 2" x 9/16" C-Channel
Infrastructure Auxiliary Framing Bars
Management FRAFC58 Two-piece framing clip attaches to auxiliary framing 5/8" 1 10
bars. Framing clip halves slide into position and
J. interlock on the auxiliary framing bars, allowing
Overhead & easier assembly of the threaded rod to bars.
Underfloor Contains two-piece framing clip and hardware for
Routing attaching framing clip to auxiliary framing bars
(5/8" threaded rod not included).
FRAFC58
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
WYR-GRID OVERHEAD CABLE TRAY ROUTING SYSTEM C.

Fiber
Panduit provides an overhead cable tray system that minimizes installation time and simplifies cable Systems
management for contractors and network technicians.The Wyr-Grid Overhead Cable Tray Routing
D.
System is designed to route and manage copper data cables, premise distribution fiber optic cables, Power
over
and power cables within data centers, connected buildings, and industrial automation applications. Ethernet
Innovative features provide quick, easy assembly that reduce installation time to half that of typical
wire basket or ladder rack systems, thus minimizing installation costs. E.
Zone
Cabling
Wyr-Grid Pathways are provided in four widths:

F.
12" (305mm), 18" (457mm), 24" (610mm), and Wireless
30" (762mm)
Wyr-Grid System incorporates non-integral
G.
snap-on sidewalls which minimize specification Outlets
requirements and are offered in three different
heights: 2" (50mm), 4" (102mm), and 6" (152mm)
H.
Wyr-Grid Splice Connectors have an integral Media
Distribution
bonding screw that creates a mechanical-electrical
bond between cable tray pathway sections I.
Physical
Wyr-Grid Waterfalls are offered in two different Infrastructure
Management
configurations that attach to all pathway sections
12" (305mm), 18" (457mm), 24" (610mm), and J.
Overhead &
30" (762mm) to facilitate bend radius control Underfloor
and cable management Routing
Wyr-Grid Support Brackets are offered in various

K.
widths to accommodate pathways: 12" (305mm), Surface
Raceway
18" (457mm), 24" (610mm), and 30" (762mm);
have an integral quick-clip retention; accommodate L.
Cabinets,
1/2" or 12 mm threaded rod Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
The Wyr-Grid Overhead Cable Tray Routing System can easily Grounding &
Bonding
accommodate FiberRunner Pathways into the application to
provide a segregated copper and fiber cabling solution.
N.
Industrial
As part of the Panduit Data Center Solution, the Wyr-Grid
System offers secure, reliable system integration and risk
O.
management within the physical infrastructure. Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Wyr-Grid Overhead Cable Tray Routing System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Systems 9
10
D. 2 18
Power
over 5 1
Ethernet 12
19
E. 20
Zone 13
Cabling 11
3
F.
Wireless
17
14 8
16
6
G.
4
Outlets
15
H.
7
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Wyr-Grid Mounting Brackets
Infrastructure
Management WG12BL10 Wyr-Grid 12" WGSPL1218BL Wyr-Grid Splice
1 Wide x 10' Long Pathway Section 10 Connectors for 12" and 18" Widths
J.
(page J.67) (page J.68)
Overhead &
Underfloor WG18BL10 Wyr-Grid 18" WGSPL2430BL Wyr-Grid Splice
Routing 2 Wide x 10' Long Pathway Section 11 Connectors for 24" and 30" Widths
K. WG24BL10 Wyr-Grid 24" WGINTSPLBL Wyr-Grid
Surface 3 Wide x 10' Long Pathway Section 12 Intersection Splices (page J.68)
Raceway (page J.67)
L. WG30BL10 Wyr-Grid 30" WGSDWL2BL Wyr-Grid 2"

Cabinets, 4 Wide x 10' Long Pathway Section 13 Snap-On Sidewall (page J.71)
Racks & (page J.67)
Cable
Management
WGSDWL4BL Wyr-Grid 4"
14 Snap-On Sidewall (page J.71)
WGTB18BL Wyr-Grid 18"
M. 5 Trapeze Bracket (page J.69) WGSDWL6BL Wyr-Grid 6"
Grounding & 15 Snap-On Sidewall (page J.71)
Bonding
WGTB24BL Wyr-Grid 24"
6 Trapeze Bracket (page J.69)
WGSDWWF4BL Wyr-Grid 4"
N. WGTB30BL Wyr-Grid 30" 16 Sidewall Waterfall (page J.68)
Industrial 7 Trapeze Bracket (page J.69)
WGBTMWFBL Wyr-Grid
17 Bottom Waterfall (page J.68)
WGCB12BL Wyr-Grid
O.
Labeling &
8 Cantilever Bracket (page J.69)
Identification
WGINTBRC2BL Wyr-Grid 2"
18 Snap-On Intersection Bend Radius
Control High Sidewall (page J.71)
P. WGWMTB1830BL Wyr-Grid
Cable 9 18 - 30" Wide Wall Mount WGINTBRC4BL Wyr-Grid 4"
Management Termination Bracket (page J.69) 19 Snap-On Intersection Bend Radius
Accessories Control High Sidewall (page J.71)
WGINTBRC6BL Wyr-Grid 6"

Q. 20 Snap-On Intersection Bend Radius
Index Control High Sidewall (page J.71)
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Wyr-Grid Overhead Cable Tray Routing System C.

Fiber
Systems
Wire Fill for Wyr-Grid Overhead Cable Tray Routing System
D.
Power
Y over
Ethernet
X E.
Zone
Category 6A (SD) Category 6A Category 6 Category 6A (SD) Category 6A Category 6 Cabling
Internal Diameter Diameter Diameter Internal Diameter Diameter Diameter
X Y Area 6.1mm 7.6mm 6.1mm X Y Area 6.1mm 7.6mm 6.1mm
(in.) (in.) (in2) 0.240" 0.300" 0.240" (in.) (in.) (in2) 0.240" 0.300" 0.240"
2 24.3 269 172 269 2 48.3 534 342 534 F.
12.2 4 48.7 538 344 538 24.2 4 96.7 1069 684 1069 Wireless
6 73.0 807 516 807 6 145.0 1603 1026 1603
2 36.3 401 257 401 2 60.3 666 427 666
18.2 4 72.7 804 514 804 30.2 4 120.7 1334 854 1334
6 109.0 1205 771 1205 6 181.0 2000 1280 2000 G.
Outlets
Y equates to the height of the Wyr-Grid Optional Sidewalls. The internal area defines the allowable fill capacity based on the Wyr-Grid Pathway width
and optional sidewall height. The Wyr-Grid Pathway cable fill is based on NEC allowable fill of 50%.
H.
Wyr-Grid Pathway Sections Media
Distribution
Pathways are provided in four widths: 12" (305mm), Standard finish is black powder coat
18" (457mm), 24" (610mm), and 30" (762mm) Non-integral sidewalls minimize specification requirements I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Std. Management
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty. J.
WG12BL10 12" wide x 10' long pathway section used to carry cables horizontally 10 Overhead &
throughout the system. Snap-on sidewalls attach for job specific height Underfloor
requirements. Uses splice connector WGSPL1218BL to connect straight Routing
sections and intersection splice WGINTSPLBL to connect pathways at
an intersection.
K.
WG12BL10 Surface
Raceway
WG18BL10 18" wide x 10' long pathway section used to carry cables horizontally 10
L.
throughout the system. Snap-on sidewalls attach for job specific height Cabinets,
requirements. Uses splice connector WGSPL1218BL to connect straight Racks &
sections and intersection splice WGINTSPLBL to connect pathways at Cable
an intersection. Management
M.
WG18BL10 Grounding &
WG24BL10 24" wide x 10' long pathway section used to carry cables horizontally 10 Bonding
throughout the system. Snap-on sidewalls attach for job specific height
requirements. Uses splice connector WGSPL2430BL to connect straight
an intersection. N.
Industrial
WG30BL10 30" wide x 10' long pathway section used to carry cables horizontally 10 O.
throughout the system. Snap-on sidewalls attach for job specific height Labeling &
WG24BL10 requirements. Uses splice connector WGSPL2430BL to connect straight Identification
an intersection.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Order number of feet required, in multiples of standard 10' length increments.
Q.
Index
WG30BL10
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Wyr-Grid Splice Connectors
Fiber
Systems Integral bonding screw creates a mechanical electrical Standard finish is black powder coat
bond between cable tray pathway sections Sold in pairs
D.
Power
over Std. Std.
Ethernet Pkg. Ctn.
WGSPL1218BL Straight splice connector quickly joins two 12" (305mm) or 18" 1 10
E.
(457mm) wide Wyr-Grid Pathways together. A thread cutting
Zone
Cabling screw pierces the paint of adjacent pathway sections providing
a completely bonded connection, ensuring electrical continuity
between the pathways. Package contains 2 components needed
to join two pathway sections.
F. WGSPL1218BL
Wireless WGSPL2430BL Straight splice connector quickly joins two 24" (610mm) or 30" 1 10
(762mm) wide Wyr-Grid Pathways together. A thread cutting
screw pierces the paint of adjacent pathway sections providing
a completely bonded connection, ensuring electrical continuity
G. between the pathways. Package contains 4 components needed
Outlets to join two pathway sections.
WGINTSPLBL Intersection splice connector quickly joins Wyr-Grid Pathways 1 10

H. at all intersections. A thread cutting screw pierces the paint of
Media perpendicular pathway sections providing a completely bonded
Distribution WGSPL2430BL
connection, ensuring electrical continuity between the pathways.
Package contains 2 components needed to create one tee or
right angle intersection.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
WGINTSPLBL
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Wyr-Grid Waterfalls
Cabinets,
Racks & Offered in two different configurations that attach to all pathway sections
Cable 12" (305mm), 18" 457mm), 24" (610mm) and 30" (762mm)
Management
M. Std. Std.
Grounding &
Bonding
Pkg. Ctn.
WGBTMWFBL The bottom waterfall provides 1.38" (35mm) bend radius control for 1 10
cables transitioning down into the racks or cabinets from within the
N. Wyr-Grid Pathway. The waterfalls can be installed side-by-side
Industrial increasing the overall width of the waterfall. Standard finish is black
powder coat.
WGBTMWFBL
O.
Labeling & WGSDWWF4BL The sidewall waterfall provides 3" (76mm) bend radius control for 1
Identification cables transitioning down into the racks or cabinets from the side
of the Wyr-Grid Pathway. Cable retaining posts ensure bend radius
control as cables traverse from the horizontal into the vertical path.
P. Plastic design offered in black color.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q. WGSDWWF4BL
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Wyr-Grid Support Brackets C.

Offered in various widths to accommodate pathways: 12" Integral quick-clip retention Fiber
Systems
(305mm), 18" (457mm), 24" (610mm), and 30" (762mm) Accommodates 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod
Standard finish is black powder coat
D.
Power
Std. Std. over
Pkg. Ctn. Ethernet
Wyr-Grid Trapeze Brackets E.
WGTB12BL WGTB12BL Used to support 12" (305mm) wide Wyr-Grid Pathway from 1 5 Zone
the ceiling using a pair of 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod drops. Cabling
F.
Wireless
WGTB18BL
Used to support 18" (457mm) wide Wyr-Grid Pathway from 1 5
WGTB18BL
the ceiling using a pair of 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod drops.
G.
Outlets
WGTB24BL Used to support 24" (610mm) wide Wyr-Grid Pathway from 1 5

WGTB24BL the ceiling using a pair of 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod drops.
Hardware for attaching to threaded rod sold separately. H.
Media
Distribution
WGTB30BL Used to support 30" (762mm) wide Wyr-Grid Pathway from 1 5 I.

the ceiling using a pair of 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod drops. Physical
Hardware for attaching to threaded rod sold separately. Infrastructure
WGTB30BL Management
J.
Wyr-Grid Cantilever Brackets Overhead &
WGCB12BL Used to support the 12" (305mm) wide Wyr-Grid Pathway along 1 5 Underfloor
Routing
a wall. Integral retaining clip secures the pathway to the bracket.
Mounting hardware for attaching to wall not included.
WGCB12BL K.
Surface
Raceway
WGCB18BL Used to support the 18" (457mm) wide Wyr-Grid Pathway along 1 5
a wall. Integral retaining clip secures the pathway to the bracket. L.
Mounting hardware for attaching to wall not included. Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
WGCB18BL Management
WGCB24BL Used to support the 24" (610mm) wide Wyr-Grid Pathway along 1 5
a wall. Integral retaining clip secures the pathway to the bracket. M.
Mounting hardware for attaching to wall not included. Grounding &
Bonding
WGCB24BL Wyr-Grid Wall Mount Termination Brackets N.

WGWMTB12BL Used to support the end of the 12" (305mm) Wyr-Grid Pathway 1 5 Industrial
against the wall. Mounting hardware for attaching to wall
not included.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
WGWMTB1830BL Used to support the end of the 18" (457mm), 24" (610mm), 1 5
WGWMTB12BL
or 30" (762mm) Wyr-Grid Pathway against the wall. Mounting
hardware for attaching to wall not included. Package contains P.
2 components needed to support the wider pathway sections. Cable
Management
Accessories
WGWMTB1830BL Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Wyr-Grid Mounting Brackets for FiberRunner System
Fiber
Systems
Offered in various widths to accommodate pathways: 12" Integral quick-clip retention
(305mm), 18" (457mm), 24" (610mm), and 30" (762mm) Accommodates 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod
Standard finish is black powder coat
D.
Power
over Std. Std.
Ethernet Pkg. Ctn.
E. Wyr-Grid
Mounting Brackets for FiberRunner System
Zone FRTBWG12BL FiberRunner QuikLock Threaded Rod Trapeze Bracket for 1 10
Cabling Wyr-Grid 12" (305mm) width. Used to support FiberRunner
FRTBWG12BL
4x4 and 6x4 Channel above or below the Wyr-Grid 12" Pathway
using the same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to support the
F. WGTB12BL bracket. Hardware for attaching to threaded rod
Wireless sold separately.
FRTBWG18BL FiberRunner QuikLock Threaded Rod Trapeze Bracket for 1 10

FRTBWG18BL Wyr-Grid 18" (457mm) width. Used to support FiberRunner
G.
4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 Channel above or below the Wyr-Grid 18"
Outlets Pathway using the same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to
support the WGTB18BL bracket. Hardware for attaching to
threaded rod sold separately.
H. FRTBWG24BL FiberRunner QuikLock Threaded Rod Trapeze Bracket for 1 10

Media Wyr-Grid 24" (610mm) width. Used to support FiberRunner
Distribution 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 Channel above or below the Wyr-Grid 24"
FRTBWG24BL
Pathway using the same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to
support the WGTB24BL bracket. Hardware for attaching to
I. threaded rod sold separately.
Physical
Infrastructure FRTBWG30BL FiberRunner QuikLock Threaded Rod Trapeze Bracket for 1 10
Management Wyr-Grid 30" (762mm) width. Used to support FiberRunner
4x4, 6x4, 12x4, and 24x4 Channel above or below the Wyr-Grid
J. 30" Pathway using the same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to
FRTBWG30BL support the WGTB30BL bracket. Quick mount clips, FRQMC24-X
Overhead &
Underfloor are not included for installing the 24x4 channel. These must be
Routing purchased separately. This bracket is on the same pitch as the
Wyr-Grid Bracket. Hardware for attaching to threaded rod
sold separately.
K.
Surface WG12FRTBBL Wyr-Grid 12" (305mm) width FiberRunner QuikLock Trapeze 1
Raceway WG12FRTBBL Bracket. Attaches to the Wyr-Grid 12" (305mm) wide Pathway to
support a secondary FiberRunner 4x4 or 6x4 Channel above the
L. Wyr-Grid Pathway. Adjustable 6 9/16" to 9 7/8" over the top surface
Cabinets, of the Wyr-Grid Pathway.
Racks &
Cable WG18FRTBBL Wyr-Grid 18" (457mm) width FiberRunner QuikLock Trapeze 1
Management Bracket. Attaches to the Wyr-Grid 18" (457mm) wide Pathway to
WG18FRTBBL support a secondary FiberRunner 4x4 or 6x4 Channel above the
M. Wyr-Grid Pathway. Adjustable 6 9/16" to 9 7/8" over the top surface
Grounding & of the Wyr-Grid Pathway.
Bonding
WG24FRTBBL Wyr-Grid 24" (610mm) width FiberRunner QuikLock Trapeze 1
Bracket. Attaches to the Wyr-Grid 24" (610mm) wide Pathway to
support a secondary FiberRunner 4x4 or 6x4 Channel above the
N. Wyr-Grid Pathway. Adjustable 6 9/16" to 9 7/8" over the top surface
Industrial WG24FRTBBL of the Wyr-Grid Pathway
WG30FRTBBL Wyr-Grid 30" (762mm) width FiberRunner QuikLock Trapeze 1
Bracket. Attaches to the Wyr-Grid 30" (762mm) wide Pathway to
O. support a secondary FiberRunner 4x4 or 6x4 channel above the
Labeling & Wyr-Grid Pathway. Adjustable 6 9/16" to 9 7/8" over the top surface
Identification of the Wyr-Grid Pathway.
WG30FRTBBL Wyr-Grid Mounting Bracket for Strut

P.
Cable WGSTRKTBL Strut mounting clip assembly allows Wyr-Grid Pathway to be 1 5
Management attached directly to standard 1 5/8" wide strut structures. Contains
Accessories support member, two clips and all hardware for assembly.
Q.
Index WGSTRKTBL
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Wyr-Grid Accessories C.
Fiber
Offered in three different heights: 2" (50mm), 4" (102mm), Standard finish is black powder coat Systems
and 6" (152mm)
D.
Power
Std. Std. over
Pkg. Ctn. Ethernet
Wyr-Grid Pathway Snap-On Sidewalls E.
WGSDWL2BL Wyr-Grid 2" (50mm) high Snap-On Sidewalls can be attached 1 40 Zone
Cabling
WGSDWL2BL anywhere along the pathway where needed to retain cables.
F.
WGSDWL4BL Wyr-Grid 4" (102mm) high Snap-On Sidewalls can be attached 1 40 Wireless
anywhere along the pathway where needed to retain cables.
WGSDWL4BL G.
Outlets
WGSDWL6BL
Wyr-Grid 6" (152mm) high Snap-On Sidewalls can be attached 1 40
anywhere along the pathway where needed to retain cables.
H.
Media
Distribution
Wyr-Grid Pathway Intersection Bend Radius Controls
WGINTBRC2BL Wyr-Grid 2" (50mm) high Snap-On Intersection Bend Radius 1
Control provides 3" (76mm) bend radius control and can be I.
WGSDWL6BL Physical
installed without cutting or fabrication at tees, crosses, and
Infrastructure
right angle intersections. Management
WGINTBRC4BL Wyr-Grid 4" (102mm) high Snap-On Intersection Bend Radius 1 J.

Overhead &
Control provides 3" (76mm) bend radius control and can be Underfloor
installed without cutting or fabrication at tees, crosses, and Routing
WGINTBRC2BL right angle intersections.
K.
WGINTBRC6BL Wyr-Grid 6" (152mm) high Snap-On Intersection Bend Radius 1 Surface
Control provides 3" (76mm) bend radius control and can be Raceway
installed without cutting or fabrication at tees, crosses, and
right angle intersections. L.
Cabinets,
WGINTBRC4BL Racks &
Wyr-Grid Hardware Cable
Management
WGHRDWKTBL The hardware kit is used when field fabricating a right angle, 1 10
allowing large radii to be created by cutting the pathway, bending
M.
it, and securing it into a right angle. Grounding &
12" (305mm) width requires 6 pieces to create a 15.8" radius. Bonding
18" (457mm) width requires 9 pieces to create a 24.4" radius.
WGINTBRC6BL 24" (610mm) width requires 12 pieces to create a 33.4" radius.
30" (762mm) width requires 15 pieces to create a 41.5" radius.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
WGHRDWKTBL
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
StructuredGround Grounding System for Wyr-Grid System
Fiber
Systems
D.
Power
over GACB brackets provide
Ethernet a convenient location to
attach ground wire for
grounding Wyr-Grid
E. System to the ground bar.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
GACB brackets provide

the flexibility to install
G. grounding conductors
Outlets above or below the
Wyr-Grid System.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Std. Std.
J. Pkg. Ctn.
Overhead & Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Underfloor
Routing Grounding Cable Hanger Brackets
GACB-2 Supports grounding conductors positioned below Wyr-Grid 1 40
Pathways and automatically makes bonding connection.
K. Used with ladder rack and wire basket.
Surface
Raceway
GACB-2
L. GACB-3 Supports grounding conductors positioned above Wyr-Grid 1 40
Cabinets, Pathways and automatically makes bonding connection.
Racks & Used with ladder rack and wire basket.
Cable
Management
GACBJ68U* Auxiliary cable bracket jumper for bonding pathway sections; 1 40
M. #6 AWG (16mm); 8.0" (203mm) length; factory terminated on
Grounding & both ends with straight, two-hole, long barrel compression lugs;
Bonding provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant and four
mounting screws.
GACB-3
N.
Industrial *= Length in inches. Available in 8", 12", and 18" lengths.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable GACBJ68U
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Wyr-Grid Tools and Hardware C.

Fiber
Systems
D.
Power
Std. Std. over
Pkg. Ctn. Ethernet
Hardware E.
HNLW12 1/2-13 hex nut and lock washer for use in attaching trapeze 100 Zone
Cabling
brackets to threaded rod.
HNLW12M 12mm hex nut and 12mm lock washer for use in attaching trapeze 100
HNLW12 brackets to threaded rod.
F.
Tools Wireless
FR716DR 7/16" nut driver for use with the FiberRunner , GridRunner, 1 10
and Wyr-Grid Systems.
WGCT-A Battery powered cutting tool for cutting Wyr-Grid Cable Trays, 1 G.
2 18 volt lithium-ion batteries, and 115 volt, 60 Hz Outlets
charger included.
FR716DR CD-WGCD-1 Wyr-Grid Replacement Cutting Die for the automatic cutting tool. 1
H.
WGCT-HEAD
Wyr-Grid Replacement Cutting Head for the automatic cutting tool. 1 Media
Distribution
WGCT-M Manual cutting tool for cutting Wyr-Grid Cable Trays. 1
Weight: 5.4 lbs. (2.45 kg)
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
WGCT-A Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
CD-WGCD-1 Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
WGCT-HEAD
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
WGCT-M Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
NOTES
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
GRIDRUNNER UNDERFLOOR CABLE ROUTING SYSTEM C.

Fiber
Optic
Panduit provides an end-to-end solution for the physical layer infrastructure.The GridRunner Systems
Underfloor Cable Routing System is a high capacity, versatile, underfloor cable pathway. It is designed
D.
to route and manage copper cables, fiber optic trunk cables, and power cables beneath a raised floor Power
over
system within data centers and service provider facilities. Ethernet
Drop-in wire baskets are supplied in either 24" E.

(600mm) or 48" (1200 mm) nominal lengths and Zone
Cabling
require no cutting or deburring of sharp edges
Drop-in wire baskets display all rounded edges,
F.
eliminating the opportunity for cables to get damaged Wireless
during the initial installation and preventing risk of
injury to the installer
G.
Pedestal bracket allows fast installation to raised floor Outlets
pedestals (both round and square tube) with the use
of a single tool and a single captured fastener
H.
Pedestal bracket allows for infinite height adjustability Media
Distribution
during installation
Universal intersection component eliminates the need I.
Physical
to field fabricate directional changes speeding Infrastructure
specification and implementation Management
Snap-in bend radius sidewalls provide bend radius J.

Overhead &
control and are easily attached to the wire Underfloor
basket pathway Routing
Unique, adjustable, level change component allows the K.

fast installation of vertical rises and descents without Surface
Raceway
field modification or specification of special fittings
Integral bonding feature of the GridRunner System L.
Cabinets,
ensures that all components are electrically bonded to Racks &
Cable
each other as they are installed Management
M.
The GridRunner Underfloor Cable Routing System ensures maximum network reliability and reduced Grounding &
Bonding
cost of ownership. Robust, highly engineered components provide a strong pathway that supports
maximum cable capacity over the lifetime of the data center, providing optimum cable protection
N.
and assuring network performance. Fast and easy to deploy, this scalable underfloor cable pathway Industrial
solution reduces installation costs and speeds implementation of new services.
O.
As part of the Panduit Data Center Solution, GridRunner Underfloor Cabling Routing System offers Labeling &
Identification
secure, reliable system integration and risk management within the physical infrastructure.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
GridRunner Underfloor Cable Routing System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
2
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone 4 7
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management 6 3
8
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
5 1
K.
Surface
Raceway
Additional sizes and accessories are available. See pages J.60 through J.61.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable GR21X6X24PG GridRunner
Management
GRPBPG GridRunner
21" Wide x 24" Long
1 Wire Basket Section 5 Pedestal Bracket
M. (page J.79)
(page J.77)
Grounding &
Bonding
GR21X6X48PG GridRunner GRFWC21PG GridRunner

21" Wide x 48" Long Universal Intersection
N. 2 Wire Basket Section 6 (page J.79)
Industrial
(page J.77)
O.
Labeling &
GR12X6X24PG GridRunner GRBRC6PG GridRunner
Identification 12" Wide x 24" Long Bend Radius Control
3 Wire Basket Section 7 Corner 6" High
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories GR12X6X24OSPG GridRunner GRLC21X6PG GridRunner
12" Wide x 24" Long 21" Wide
4 Offset Wire Basket Section 8 Level Change Section
Q.
Index (page J.78) (page J.79)
J.76
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
GridRunner Underfloor Cable Routing System
C.
Fiber
Cable Fills for GridRunner Underfloor Cable Routing System
Optic
Systems
D.
Category 6A (SD) Category 6A Category 6 Power
Diameter Diameter Diameter over
"X" Internal Area 6.1mm 7.6mm 6.1mm Ethernet
X Y In.2 0.240" 0.300" 0.240"
"Y"
50% Fill 50% Fill 50% Fill
12.0 4.0 48.0 531 340 531
E.
Zone
12.0 6.0 72.0 796 509 796 Cabling
21.7 4.0 86.8 959 614 959
21.7 6.0 130.3 1440 922 1440
The above cable dimensions represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level. F.
For specific cable fill information based on specific part numbers, please contact Panduit customer service. Wireless
G.
GridRunner Wire Baskets Outlets
Drop-in wire basket sections are supplied in two widths Require no cutting or deburring of sharp edges
(21" and 12"), two depths (4" and 6"), and two lengths Accommodate 24" x 24" and 600mm x 600mm raised H.
(24" and 48") Media
floor grids Distribution
Feature all rounded edges Made from pre-galvanized steel wire
I.
Std. Std. Physical
Pkg. Ctn. Infrastructure
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Management
21" Wide Wire Basket Sections J.

GR21X6X24PG 21"W x 6"D x 24"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2 Overhead &
throughout the system. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket Underfloor
to provide secure connection and electrical bond to raised Routing
floor pedestal.
GR21X6X24PG K.
Surface
Raceway
GR21X6X48PG 21"W x 6"D x 48"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2
throughout the system. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket L.
to provide secure connection and electrical bond to raised Cabinets,
floor pedestal. Racks &
Cable
Management
GR21X6X48PG GR21X4X24PG 21"W x 4"D x 24"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2 M.
throughout the system. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket Grounding &
to provide secure connection and electrical bond to raised Bonding
floor pedestal.
N.
Industrial
GR21X4X24PG GR21X4X48PG 21"W x 4"D x 48"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2
throughout the system. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket
to provide secure connection and electrical bond to raised
floor pedestal. O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
GR21X4X48PG Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
GridRunner Wire Baskets (continued)
C.
Fiber Std. Std.
Optic
Pkg. Ctn.
Systems
D. 12" Wide Wire Basket Sections
Power GR12X6X24PG 12"W x 6"D x 4"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2
over throughout the system. Centers the basket between pedestal
Ethernet supports. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to provide
secure connection and electrical bond to raised floor pedestal.
E.
Zone
Cabling GR12X6X24PG

throughout the system. Centers the basket between pedestal
F.
Wireless supports. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to provide
G.
Outlets GR12X6X48PG
supports. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to provide
H. secure connection and electrical bond to raised floor pedestal.
Media
Distribution
I.
GR12X4X24PG
Physical GR12X4X48PG 12"W x 4"D x 48"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2
Infrastructure
Management
supports. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to provide
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
GR12X4X48PG
12" Wide Offset Wire Basket Sections
K.
Surface GR12X6X24OSPG 12"W x 6"D x 24"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2
Raceway throughout the system. Offsets 12" basket towards one side.
Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to provide secure
L.
connection and electrical bond to raised floor pedestal.
Cabinets,
Racks & GR12X6X24OSPG
Cable
Management GR12X6X48OSPG 12"W x 6"D x 48"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2
throughout the system. Offsets 12" basket towards one side.
M. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to provide secure
Grounding & connection and electrical bond to raised floor pedestal.
Bonding
N. GR12X6X48OSPG GR12X4X24OSPG 12"W x 4"D x 24"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2
Industrial throughout the system. Offsets 12" basket towards one side.
Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to provide secure
connection and electrical bond to raised floor pedestal.
O.
Labeling &
Identification GR12X4X24OSPG GR12X4X48OSPG 12"W x 4"D x 48"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2
throughout the system. Offsets 12" basket towards one side.
P. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to provide secure
Cable connection and electrical bond to raised floor pedestal.
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index GR12X4X48OSPG
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
GridRunner Pedestal Bracket
C.
Allows the wire basket sections to be supported on three Optimized for use with both 7/8" square and 1" diameter Fiber
sides of a single support bracket raised floor pedestals Optic
Systems
Forms a mechanical electrical bond to the raised Made from pre-galvanized steel
floor pedestal
D.
Std. Std. Power
Pkg. Ctn. over
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Ethernet
Pedestal Bracket
GRPBPG Pre-assembled bracket quickly attaches to all 7/8" square and 1" 1 10 E.
Zone
diameter raised floor pedestals. Provides secure mounting point on
Cabling
three sides of the pedestal for all basket sections and an electrical
GRPBPG bond to the pedestal. Use 7/16" nut driver to assemble to pedestal.
Requires use of pedestal clamp GRCLAMPPG-X to attach wire
baskets, universal intersection, and level change sections to F.
pedestal bracket. Wireless
GRPB12PG Pre-assembled bracket quickly attaches to all 1 2" diameter 1 10
raised floor pedestals. Provides secure mounting point on three
sides of the pedestal for all basket sections and an electrical bond
to the pedestal. Use 7/16" nut driver to assemble to pedestal. G.
GRPB12PG Requires use of pedestal clamp GRCLAMPPG-X to attach wire Outlets
baskets, universal intersection, and level change sections to
pedestal bracket.
Pedestal Clamp H.
Media
GRCLAMPPG-X Used in conjunction with pedestal bracket GRPBPG to fasten wire 10 100 Distribution
GRCLAMPPG-X basket sections to the pedestal.
I.
GridRunner Accessories Physical
Infrastructure
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. J.
Overhead &
Universal Intersection Underfloor
GRFWC21PG Mounts to GRPBPG pedestal bracket. Use to create four way 1 Routing
cross, horizontal tee, right angles, and transitions to other size
basket sections.
K.
Surface
Raceway
Bend Radius Control Corners

L.
GRBRC4PG Bend radius control corner for 4" deep basket sections. Device 1 10 Cabinets,
GRBRC4PG snaps into corners to provide 1.5" (38mm) bend radius control. Racks &
Sheet metal construction. Cable
Management
M.
GRBRC6PG Bend radius control corner for 6" deep basket sections. Device 1 10 Grounding &
snaps into corners to provide 1.5" (38mm) bend radius control. Bonding
Sheet metal construction.
GRBRC6PG
N.
Industrial
21" Wide Level Change Sections
GRLC21X6PG 21"W x 6"D level change section used to create vertical 1
offsets up to 12". Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to
provide secure connection and electrical bond to raised floor O.
Labeling &
support pedestal. Identification
GRLC21X6PG
P.
GRLC21X4PG 21"W x 4"D level change section used to create vertical 1 Cable
offsets up to 12". Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to Management
Accessories
provide secure connection and electrical bond to raised floor
support pedestal.
Q.
Index
GRLC21X4PG
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
NOTES
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
SURFACE RACEWAY C.
Fiber
Optic
Pan-Way Surface Raceway Systems offer a wide variety of non-metallic surface raceway solutions. Systems
All are designed for routing, protecting, and concealing high-performance copper, voice, video, fiber
D.
optic, and power cabling. Pan-Way Surface Raceway Systems provide: Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
Aesthetically pleasing profiles and colors to
match your cabling needs
G.
Tamper-resistant designs to prevent Outlets
unauthorized access
Fully compliant bend radius control fittings to H.
insure maximum cable performance Media
Distribution
Ease of installation, modification, and additions
for the overall lowest installed cost I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Panduit surface raceway provides you with a variety of choices when selecting your data and electrical Cabinets,
Racks &
terminations. All raceway systems accept an assortment of faceplates including NEMA standard 70mm Cable
Management
screw-on faceplates or superior Panduit snap-on faceplates.
M.

Grounding &
As part of the Panduit Enterprise Solution, Pan-Way Surface Raceway offers safe and secure routing Bonding
integration within the physical infrastructure.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). K.1
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber PANDUIT PAN-WAY
NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SOLUTIONS
Systems
D.
Power Pan-Way Non-Metallic Surface Raceway is available in single-channel and multi-channel
over
Ethernet versions, providing maximum flexibility for routing, protecting, concealing, and terminating
high-performance copper, voice, video, fiber optic, and power cabling.They are aesthetically
E. pleasing, lightweight, tamper-resistant and offer bend radius control fittings. Panduit
Zone
Cabling non-metallic raceways provide a variety of choices when selecting data and power
terminations, accept NEMA standard 70mm faceplates, and work with all Panduit
F. Mini-Com Modules for complete connectivity possibilities.
Wireless
Pan-Way Single Channel Raceway includes LD, LDPH, LDS, PD, and OFR which are available in
G. low voltage and/or power rated versions.All single channel raceways include a full complement
Outlets
of fittings for standard, bend radius control, and power rated applications.Office Furniture
Raceway also includes a full complement of fittings, accessories, and termination options
H.
Media creating a cost-effective furniture routing solution.
Distribution
Pan-Way Multi-Channel Raceway includes TG-70,T-70/Twin-70,T-45, LD2P10, and Cove.

I.
Physical All multi-channel raceways provide solutions for routing power and data cabling, offer 1 inch
Infrastructure
Management bend radius control fittings (TG-70 offers a 1.6 bend radius control), accept NEMA standard
J.
70mm faceplates for multiple termination options and transition to other Panduit
Overhead & non-metallic surface raceways.
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q. *Full product offerings available in Electrical Solutions Catalog.

Index
K.2
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PANDUIT PAN-WAY C.
Fiber
Optic
NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SOLUTIONS

Systems
D.
Pan-Way Snap-On Faceplates mount directly to Cove,TG-70,T-70,Twin-70, Pan-Way Power
over
Fast-Snap Boxes and Pan-Pole Power and Communication Poles and install faster than Ethernet
conventional screw-on faceplates.They install without the use of screws providing faster
installation and superior aesthetics.Snap-on communication faceplates are available in E.
Zone
horizontal or vertical sloped outlet configurations and the snap-on electrical faceplates are Cabling
available in 106 duplex and rectangular styles.

F.

Wireless
Pan-Way Surface Mount Outlet Boxes are available for both power and communication
applications. Fast-Snap Boxes assemble without the use of screws and accept Pan-Way
Snap-On Faceplates.All surface mount boxes are compatible with Pan-Way LD, LDPH, LD2P10, G.
Outlets
and T-45 Raceway Systems.
H.
Pan-Pole Power and Communication Poles provide industry-leading solutions for cable Media
Distribution
routing in the open office environment.They are available with pre-terminated electrical
outlets with divided channel for power and communication applications or as an open channel
I.
communication pole.Pan-Pole Power and Communication Poles accept NEMA standard 70mm Physical
Infrastructure
screw-on faceplates or superior Pan-Way Snap-On Faceplates. Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
As part of the Panduit Enterprise Solution, Pan-Way Non-Metallic Surface Raceway offers Routing
safe and secure routing integration within the physical infrastructure.

K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
*Full product offerings available in Electrical Solutions Catalog. Q.

Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Office Furniture Raceway Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
M N
D
G.
Outlets P 1
T
O R
H. S
Media
Distribution
Q
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
L
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor G
Routing
See exploded
K.
Surface view 2 pg. K.7 F
Raceway
C J K V See exploded
L. view 1 pg. K.6
Cabinets,
Racks & A B E H U
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Note: Office furniture raceway is designed to blend with its environment. Shown in white on office slate furniture for illustration purposes only.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
K.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
OFR20**6 Office Furniture Raceway OFR20MPT** Mid Panel Tee Fitting
1 (page K.8) L (page K.10)
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
OFCR70**6 Corner Raceway Base OFR20WE** Wall Entrance Fitting
A (page K.8) M (page K.10)
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
OFCRC70**6 Corner Raceway Cover OFR20RA** Right Angle Fitting
B (page K.8)
N (page K.10)
F.
Wireless
OFVR5**6 Vertical Raceway OFR20T** Tee Fitting

C (page K.8)
O (page K.10)
G.
Outlets
OFR20CP**8 Communication Pole OFR20CR** Cross Fitting (page K.10)

D (page K.9)
P H.
Media
Distribution
I.
OFR20OFCR70**4 Four Cubicle Drop OFR20IC** Inside Corner Fitting Physical
E Fitting (page K.9)
Q (page K.11) Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
OFR20OFCR70**2 Two Cubicle Drop OFR20OC** Outside Corner Fitting Underfloor
F Fitting (page K.9)
R (page K.11) Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
OFR20OFCR70**1 One Cubicle Drop OFR20CC** Coupler Fitting
G Fitting (page K.9)
S (page K.11) L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
OFCR70EC** End Cap Fitting OFR20EC** End Cap Fitting
H (page K.10)
T (page K.11) M.
Grounding &
Bonding
OFR20SO** Spill-Over Fitting OF70FV4** Vertical Sloped

J (page K.10) U Communication Snap-On Faceplate N.
Industrial
(page K.11)
O.
OFR20DMB** Desk Mount Box OF70FH4** Horizontal Sloped Labeling &
K (page K.10) V Identification
Communication Snap-On Faceplate
(page K.11)
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Office Furniture Configurations
C.
Fiber
Optic Exploded View 1
Systems
Components Required See page
D.
Power A. OFR20OFCR70**4 = Four Cubicle Drop Fitting. K.9
over B. OFCR70**6 = Corner Raceway Base. K.8
Ethernet
C. OFCR70EC = End Cap Fitting. K.10
E. D. OF70FV4 = Vertical Sloped Communication
Zone Snap-On Faceplate. K.11
Cabling
E. Mini-Com Modules. Section B
F. OFCRC70**6 = Corner Raceway Cover. K.8
F.
Wireless
G.
A
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway F
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
E
M.
Grounding &
Bonding B
D
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling & C
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
K.6
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Office Furniture Configurations (continued)
C.
Fiber
Exploded View 2 Optic
Systems
D.
A. OFR20SO** = Spill-Over Fitting. K.10 Power
over
B. OFVR5**6 = Vertical Raceway. K.8
Ethernet
C. OFR20DMB = Desk Mount Box. K.10
D. Mini-Com Modules.
E.
Section B Zone
E. OF70FH4** = Horizontal Sloped Communication Cabling
K.11
Snap-On Faceplate.
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
A
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
B
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
C M.
Grounding &
Bonding
D
N.
Industrial
E
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Way Office Furniture Raceway System
C.
Fiber UL listed in accordance with UL-5C requirements for Product supplied with adhesive backing for fast and
Optic Class 2 Communication Cable Management Systems easy installation
Systems
Maintains bend radius control throughout the entire Creates a virtually invisible solution for routing data
office furniture raceway system as required by cables on panels from all common manufacturers with
D. TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B a top cap width between 1.88" and 2.30"
Power
over Faceplates are compliant with the labeling requirements Designed for use with Pan-Net Connectivity, also
Ethernet of the TIA/EIA-606-A standard accepts all common manufacturers connectivity with use
Robust design and tamper resistant closure increases of a NEMA standard 70mm faceplate or module frame
E. product stability and prevents damage to cabling during
Zone and after installation
Cabling
F.
Wireless 1.71"
1.88"
G.
Outlets OFFICE FURNITURE RACEWAY
Internal Area = 2.31 Sq. In.
Office Beige (OB) Office Gray (OG) Office Slate (OS) Medium Tone (MT)
Std. Std.
H. Raceway Length Pkg. Ctn.
Media Part Number Part Description Size Color (Ft.) Qty. Qty.
Distribution
OFR20OB6 One-piece single channel low 1.88" x 1.71" Office 6 6 48
voltage raceway with adhesive (48.0mm x Beige
I. tape backing for data cable 44.0mm)
Physical routing along top of modular
Infrastructure furniture partitions.
Management Available in 6' lengths.
OFR20
J. OFR20OB8 One-piece single channel low 1.88" x 1.71" Office 8 8 64
Overhead & voltage raceway with adhesive (48.0mm x Beige
Underfloor tape backing for data cable 44.0mm)
Routing routing along top of modular
furniture partitions.
Available in 8' lengths.
K.
Surface For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray), or MT (Medium Tone).
Raceway
Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & Pan-Way Office Furniture Raceway Fittings
Cable
Management
Office furniture raceway fittings have been designed to maintain the TIA/EIA required 1" minimum bend radius for high
performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Std. Std.
Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Color Qty. Qty.
OFCR70OB6 Office furniture corner raceway base. Office 6 48
N. Used to terminate low voltage data Beige
Industrial
cabling in the corner at the intersection
of modular office furniture panels.
OFCR70 OFCRC70 Accepts 70mm standard faceplates.
O. Available in 6' lengths.
Labeling &
Identification OFCRC70OB6 Office furniture corner raceway cover. Office 6 48
Available in 6' lengths. Beige
P. OFVR5OB6 Office furniture vertical raceway. Office 6 120

Cable One-piece single channel raceway Beige
Management used to connect OFR20**6 or OFR20**8
Accessories to desk mount box (OFR20DMB**) and
must be used with OFR20SO** or
OFVR5 OFR20DSO**. Available in 6' lengths.
Q.
Index For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray), or MT (Medium Tone).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Way Office Raceway Fittings (continued)
C.
Fiber
Std. Std. Optic
Labels Pkg. Ctn. Systems
D.
OFR20CPOB8 Communication pole. Allows for data Office 1
Power
cable entry into office furniture raceway Beige over
from suspended ceiling. 8' pole allows Ethernet
maximum 7' distance from top of
OFR20CP furniture partition to ceiling.
Must be used with OFR20MPT**. E.
Note: Not intended for use at Zone
intersection of furniture panels. Cabling
OFR20OFCR70OB4 Four cubicle drop fitting. Allows the Office 1 10

transition from office furniture raceway run Beige
horizontally along partition wall to office F.
furniture corner raceway mounted Wireless
OFR20OFCR70**4 vertically in four cubicles at the
intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains
1" minimum bend radius of cabling.
Supplied with adhesive tape. G.
Outlets
OFR20OFCR70OB2 Two cubicle drop fitting. Allows the Office 1 10
transition from office furniture raceway run Beige
horizontally along partition wall to office H.
furniture corner raceway mounted Media
OFR20OFCR70**2
vertically in two cubicles at the Distribution
intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains
1" minimum bend radius of cabling.
Supplied with adhesive tape. I.
Physical
OFR20OFCR70OB1 One cubicle drop fitting. Allows the Office 1 10 Infrastructure
transition from office furniture raceway run Beige Management
horizontally along partition wall to office
OFR20OFCR70**1 furniture corner raceway mounted J.
vertically in one cubicle at the intersection Overhead &
of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum Underfloor
bend radius of cabling. Supplied with Routing
adhesive tape.
OFR20OFCR70OB1P One cubicle drop bypass fitting. Allows Office 1 10 K.

Surface
the transition from office furniture raceway Beige Raceway
run horizontally along partition wall,
OFR20OFCR70**1P around existing furniture pole, to office
furniture corner raceway mounted L.
vertically in one cubicle at the intersection Cabinets,
Racks &
of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum
Cable
bend radius of cabling. Supplied with Management
adhesive tape.
OFR20OFCR70OB2P Two cubicle drop bypass fitting. Allows the Office 1 10 M.
transition from office furniture raceway run Beige Grounding &
OFR20OFCR70**2P horizontally along partition wall, around Bonding
existing furniture pole, to office furniture
corner raceway mounted vertically in two
cubicles at the intersection of partitions.
Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius N.
of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape. Industrial
OFR20OFCR70OB4P Four cubicle drop bypass fitting. Allows Office 1 10

OFR20OFCR70**4P the transition from office furniture raceway Beige O.
run horizontally along partition wall, Labeling &
around existing furniture pole, to office Identification
furniture corner raceway mounted
vertically in four cubicles at the
intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains P.
Cable
1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Management
Supplied with adhesive tape. Accessories
For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray), or MT (Medium Tone).
Q.
Index
Table continues on page K.10
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Std. Std.
Labels Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power OFCR70ECOB Corner raceway end cap fitting. Opening Office 1 10
over allows cord passage through fitting such Beige
Ethernet as monitor and keyboard cables. Supplied
OFRCR70EC with adhesive tape.
E. OFR20SOOB Spill-over fitting. Allows transition from Office 1 10

Zone office furniture raceway run horizontally Beige
Cabling along partition wall to office furniture
vertical raceway in one location.
Adjustable fitting maintains 1" minimum
bend radius of cabling and works with
F.
Wireless OFR20SO various panel widths between 1.88"
2.30" (47.7mm 58mm). Supplied with
adhesive tape.
OFR20DSOOB Double spill-over fitting. Fitting is used to Office 1 10

G.
spill over both sides of the furniture Beige
Outlets
partitions at the same location.
Incorporates a built-in, yet removable
OFR20DSO end cap that eliminates the need for
H. additional raceway and fittings to
Media terminate the pathway.
Distribution
OFR20DMBOB Desk mount box. Box accepts office Office 1 10
furniture snap-on faceplates as well as Beige
I. 70mm NEMA standard screw-on
Physical faceplates. Designed for use with
Infrastructure OFVR5**6 raceway and OFR20SO**,
Management OFR20DMB OFR20DSO** spill-over fittings.
Supplied with adhesive tape.
J.
Overhead & OFR20MPTOB Mid-panel tee fitting. Used to connect Office 1 10
Underfloor
Routing
communication pole to office furniture Beige
raceway run horizontally along partition
wall. Supplied with adhesive tape.
K. Note: not intended for use at intersection
OFR20MPT of furniture panels.
Surface
Raceway
L. OFR20WEOB Wall entrance fitting. Allows entry from Office 1 10

Cabinets, wall to office furniture raceway run Beige
Racks & horizontally along partition walls. Fitting
Cable includes bend radius protection and trim
Management OFR20WE OFR20RA plate to cover wall opening. Requires
minimum wall opening of 4.5"W x 3.0"H
M. (114.3mm x 76.2mm). Supplied with
Grounding & adhesive tape.
Bonding OFR20RAOB Right angle fitting. Used to join sections of Office 1 10
office furniture raceway at 90 flat Beige
junction. Supplied with adhesive tape.
N. OFR20T OFR20CR OFR20TOB Tee fitting. Used to create an undivided Office 1 10
Industrial tee junction between sections of office Beige
furniture raceway.
O. OFR20CROB Cross fitting. Used to join sections of Office 1 10
Labeling & office furniture raceway at four corners. Beige
Identification Supplied with adhesive tape.
For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray), or MT (Medium Tone).
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std.
Systems
Labels Pkg. Ctn.
D.
OFR20ICOB Inside corner fitting. Used to join sections Office 1 10 Power
of office furniture raceway at inside Beige over
OFR20IC OFR20OC corner. Supplied with adhesive tape. Ethernet
OFR20OCOB Outside corner fitting. Used to join Office 1 10
sections of office furniture raceway at Beige E.
outside corner. Zone
Supplied with adhesive tape. Cabling
OFR20CCOB-X Coupler fitting. For use with office Office 10 100
furniture raceway. Beige
OFR20CC F.
OFR20LCOB Long coupler fitting (with base). Used to Office 1 10
bridge office furniture raceway between Beige Wireless
panel sections. Can also be used to fill
void left by spill-over fitting, when furniture
partitions are reconfigured.
Supplied with adhesive tape. G.
Outlets
OFR20ECOB End cap fitting. Used to terminate office Office 1 10
OFR20LC furniture raceway. Beige
H.
OF70FH2OB Snap-on single gang horizontal sloped One Office 1 10 Media
communication faceplate. Accepts up to 1-Port Beige Distribution
two Panduit Mini-Com Modules One
(not included). No additional mounting 2-Port
hardware required. I.
TIA/EIA-606-A compliant. Physical
OFR20EC OF70FH2 Infrastructure
OF70FV2OB Snap-on single gang vertical sloped One Office 1 10 Management
communication faceplate. Accepts up to 1-Port Beige
two Panduit Mini-Com Modules One J.
(not included). No additional mounting 2-Port Overhead &
hardware required. Underfloor
TIA/EIA-606-A compliant. Routing
OF70FH4OB Snap-on single gang horizontal sloped One Office 1 10
communication faceplate. Accepts up to 1-Port Beige K.
four Panduit Mini-Com Modules One Surface
OF70FV2 OF70FH4 (not included). No additional mounting 4-Port Raceway
hardware required.
TIA/EIA-606-A compliant.
L.
OF70FV4OB Snap-on single gang vertical sloped One Office 1 10 Cabinets,
communication faceplate. Accepts up to 1-Port Beige Racks &
four Panduit Mini-Com Modules One Cable
Management
(not included). No additional mounting 4-Port
hardware required.
TIA/EIA-606-A compliant. M.
Grounding &
OF70FV4 OF70PG OF70PGOB Snap-on single gang rectangular One Office 1 Bonding
communication faceplate. In 1-Port Beige
communication applications, covers one One
standard rectangular communication 4-Port
module frame. No additional mounting N.
hardware required. Industrial
OF70POB Snap-on single gang 106 duplex One Office 1

communication faceplate. In 1-Port Beige
communication applications, covers one One O.
standard 106 duplex communication 4-Port Labeling &
module frame. No additional mounting Identification
OF70P T70SDB-X
hardware required.
T70SDB-X Standard faceplate bracket. Used to One Gray 10 P.
mount NEMA standard 70mm single gang 1-Port Cable
screw-on faceplates. Can be used with One Management
T-70, Twin-70, TG-70 raceway and 4-Port Accessories
Pan-Pole Communication Pole.
For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray), or MT (Medium Tone). Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Fill Capacities for Office Furniture
C.
Fiber
Optic This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according
Systems to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
A = 2.31 in.2
G.
Outlets Cable fill #1: Open channel
without devices
H.
Media MAX for Data = 60% cable fill The maximum cable quantity based
SPEC = 40% cable fill The recommended design in cable
Distribution on cable interweaving and packing factors.
capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J. Fiber Optic
Overhead & Electrical Cables Data Grade Cables Cat. 6A (SD) Audio/Video Cable
Underfloor 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM
Routing 6A (SD) RG6 2 Strand
Raceway Type and Fill Area THHN/T90 Cat. 6 Cat. 6A
Configuration (in2) 0.111 0.130 0.164 DIA. = 0.240 DIA. = 0.300 DIA. = 0.240 DIA. = 0.275 DIA. = 0.175
K. FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL
Surface MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX
Raceway (UL Temp Rise Test) 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60%
OFR20 2.3 20 30 13 19 20 30 15 23 38 57
L.
Cabinets, AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches.
Racks & The above cable diameters represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level. For specific cable fill information based on specific part
Cable numbers, please contact Panduit customer service.
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
NOTES C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
LD Surface Raceway Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
O
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
See exploded
F. view 2 pg. K.17
Wireless
H
G.
Outlets
1 G
B
H.
Media
Distribution
A J
L N
I.
Physical C K
Infrastructure F M
Management
2
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway D See exploded
view 1 pg. K.16
L.
Cabinets, E
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
K.14
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
LD10 Raceway Optic
1 (page K.18) G
CF10** Coupler Fitting Systems
(page K.19)
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
LD5 Raceway
2 (page K.18)
E.
Zone
ICF10** Inside Corner Fitting
H (page K.19)
Cabling
F.
Wireless
ECF10** End Cap Fitting

A (page K.19) JBP2FS** Fast-Snap Double
G.
J Gang Power Rated Surface Outlets
Mount Outlet Box
(page K.26)
H.
Media
Distribution
TF10** Tee Fitting
B (page K.19) UIT70FV2** Ultimate ID I.
K Two-Position Sloped Vertical Physical
Infrastructure
Snap-On Faceplates Management
(page K.22)
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
RF10X5** Reducer Fitting
C (page K.19) JB1FS** Fast-Snap Single
L Gang Surface Mount Outlet Box K.
Surface
(page K.26) Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
JBX3510** Single Gang Cable
Management
D Two-Piece Snap-Together Box UIT70FV4** Ultimate ID
(page K.25) M Four-Position Sloped Vertical M.
Snap-On Faceplates Grounding &
(page K.22) Bonding
N.
Industrial
CPG** Single Gang Rectangular
E Screw-On Faceplate
N
RAF10** Right Angle Fitting
(page K.23) (page K.19) O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
DCF10** Drop Ceiling/Entrance Accessories
OCF10** Outside Corner Fitting
F (page K.19)
O End Fitting
(page K.19)
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
LD Configurations
C.
Fiber
Optic Exploded View 1
Systems
D.
Power A. CPG = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On
over Faceplate (screws included). K.23
Ethernet
B. CFG2 = Mini-Com Module Frame 2-Port. G.16
C. Mini-Com Modules.

Section B
E.
Zone D. JBX3510 = Single Gang Two-Piece Snap K.25
Cabling Together Box.
F.
Wireless
G. D
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
B
I.
A C
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
K.16
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
LD Configurations (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Exploded View 2 Systems
D.
A. UIT70FV2 = Ultimate ID Sloped Vertical

Power
Snap-On Faceplate 2-Port. K.22 over
Ethernet
B. Mini-Com Modules.

Section B
C. JBP2FS = Fast-Snap Double Gang Power Rated
K.26 E.
Surface Mount Outlet Box. Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
C H.
B Media
Distribution
I.
A Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Way LD Surface Raceway System
C.
Fiber For routing data and low voltage cabling FT4 rated
Optic
Systems One-piece hinged design allows cables to be laid in Terminates using surface mount outlet box solutions or
Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation Panduit Mini-Com Surface Mount Boxes
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
.94"
.60" .60"
E.
Zone
Cabling 1.51" 1.01" 1.01"
LD10 LD5 LD3
Internal Area = 1.00 Sq. In. Internal Area = .38 Sq. In. Internal Area = .21 Sq. In.
Std.
F. Raceway Length Ctn.
Wireless Part Number Part Description Size Color (Ft.) Qty.
LD3 Surface Raceway
LD3IW6-A One-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied .77" x .46" Off 6 120
G. with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. (20.0mm x White
Outlets Available in 6', 8', and 10' lengths. 12.0mm)
LD3IW8-A 8 160
H. LD3 LD3IW10-A 10 200

Media
Distribution
LD5 Surface Raceway
LD5IW6-A One-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied 1.01" x Off 6 120
I. with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. .58" White
Physical Available in 6', 8', and 10' lengths. (26.0mm x
Infrastructure LD5IW8-A 15.0mm) 8 160
Management
LD5 LD5IW10-A 10 200

J.
Overhead &
Underfloor LD10 Surface Raceway
Routing
LD10IW6-A One-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied 1.51" x Off 6 120
with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. .94" White
K. Available in 6', 8', and 10' lengths. (38.4mm x
Surface LD10IW8-A 24.0mm) 8 160
Raceway
LD10IW10-A 10 200
LD10
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
Cable Order number of feet required in multiples of standard length increments.
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Standard Fittings for Low Voltage Applications
C.
Fiber
Std. Optic
Pkg. Systems
Part Number Part Description Color Qty.
CF3IW-E Coupler fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 20 D.
White Power
CF5IW-E Coupler fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off 20 over
CF RAF White Ethernet
CF10IW-X Coupler fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off 10

White E.
Zone
RAF3IW-E Right angle fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 20
Cabling
White
RAF5IW-E Right angle fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off 20
White
F.
RAF10IW-X Right angle fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off 10 Wireless
ICF OCF White
ICF3IW-E Inside corner fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 20
White
ICF5IW-E Inside corner fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off 20 G.
White Outlets
ICF10IW-X Inside corner fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off 10
White
H.
TF ECF OCF3IW-E Outside corner fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 20 Media
White Distribution
OCF5IW-E Outside corner fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off 20
White
I.
OCF10IW-X Outside corner fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off 10 Physical
White Infrastructure
TF3IW-E Tee fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 20 Management
White
TF5IW-E Tee fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off 20 J.
CRFC DCF Overhead &
White
Underfloor
TF10IW-X Tee fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off 10 Routing
White
ECF3IW-E End cap fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 20 K.
White Surface
ECF5IW-E End cap fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off 20 Raceway
White
ECF10IW-X End cap fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off 10 L.
White Cabinets,
FBA RF Racks &
CRFC5IW-X Four way cross fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10 Cable
White Management
DCF3IW-X Drop ceiling/entrance end fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 10
White M.
Grounding &
DCF5IW-X Drop ceiling/entrance end fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off 10 Bonding
White
DCF10IW-X Drop ceiling/entrance end fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off 10
White
N.
FBA5IW-X Fire box adapter for use with LD5/LDPH5 profile raceway. Off 10 Industrial
NOTE: For low voltage applications only. White
FBA10IW-X Fire box adapter for use with LD10/LDPH10 profile raceway. Off 10
NOTE: For low voltage applications only. White O.
RF5X3IW-E Reducer fitting for LD raceway from size 5 to size 3. For use with Off 20 Labeling &
LD5 and LD3 raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CF5**. White Identification
RF10X3IW-X Reducer fitting for LD raceway from size 10 to size 3. For use with Off 10
LD3 and LD10 raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CF10**. White P.
Cable
RF10X5IW-X Reducer fitting for LD raceway from size 10 to size 5. For use with Off 10 Management
LD5 and LD10 raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CF10**. White Accessories
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
One Inch Bend Radius Fittings for TIA/EIA Compliance
C.
Fiber
Optic One inch bend radius fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for
Systems high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
Std.
D. Pkg.
Power Part Number Part Description Color Qty.
over
Ethernet CFX3IW-X Coupler fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
White
CFX5IW-X Coupler fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
E.
CFX RAFC White
Zone
Cabling CFX10IW-X Coupler fitting for use with LD10, LDPH10, and LD2P10 raceway. Off 10
White
RAFC3IW-X Right angle fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
F. White
Wireless RAFC5IW-X Right angle fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
White
RAFC10IW-X Right angle fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 raceway. Off 10
White
G. ICFC OCFX
Outlets ICFC3IW-X Inside corner fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
White
ICFC5IW-X Inside corner fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
H. White
Media ICFC10IW-X Inside corner fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 raceway. Off 10
Distribution White
OCFX3IW-X Outside corner fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
I. White
Physical OCFX5IW-X Outside corner fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
Infrastructure TFC CRFC5
White
Management
OCFX10IW-X Outside corner fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 raceway. Off 10
White
J.
Overhead & TFC3IW-X Tee fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
Underfloor White
Routing
TFC5IW-X Tee fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
White
K. ECFX DCEFX TFC10IW-X Tee fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 raceway. Off 10
Surface White
Raceway
CRFC5IW-X Four way cross fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
White
L.
Cabinets, ECFX3IW-X End cap fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
Racks & White
Cable ECFX5IW-X End cap fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
Management
White
ECFX10IW-X End cap fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 raceway. Off 10
M. RAEFX RFX
Grounding & White
Bonding DCEFXIW-X Drop ceiling/entrance end fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, Off 10
LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10 and LDPH10 raceway. Use CA3 or CA5 White
adapters for LD3 or LD5 profile raceway.
N. RAEFXIW-X Right angle/entrance end fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, Off 10
Industrial LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10 and LDPH10 raceway. CA3 or CA5 White
adapters for LD3 or LD5 profile raceway.
RFX53IW-X Reducer fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5 and Off 10
O. LDS5 raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CFX5**. White
Labeling & RFX103IW-X Reducer fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LD10 and LDPH10 Off 10
Identification raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CFX10**. White
RFX105IW-X Reducer fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10 and LDPH10 Off 10
P. raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CFX10**. White
Cable
Management For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Fill Capacities for LD Raceway
C.
Fiber
This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according Optic
to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc. Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
LD3 LD5 LD10
.21 in.2 .38 in.2 1.00 in.2
F.
Wireless
SPEC = 40% cable fill The recommended design in cable MAX for Data = 60% cable fill The maximum cable quantity based
capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes. on cable interweaving and packing factors. G.
Outlets
H.
Media
FIber Optic Distribution
Electrical Cables Audio/Video Cable
14 12 10 Data Grade Cables
Fill AWG AWG AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM I.
Raceway Type & Physical
Area THHN/T90 Cat 5e Plenum Cat. 6 Cat. 6A Cat. 6A (SD) RG6 2 Strand
Configuration Infrastructure
(in2) 0.111 0.130 0.164 DIA. = 0.193 DIA. = 0.24 DIA. = 0.30 DIA. = 0.24 DIA. = 0.275 DIA. = 0.175
Management
FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL
MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX
J.
(UL Temp Rise Test) 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% Overhead &
LD3 0.21 ** ** ** 2 4 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 5 Underfloor
LD5 0.38 ** ** ** 5 7 3 5 2 3 3 5 2 3 6 9 Routing
LD10 1.00 ** ** ** 13 20 8 13 5 8 8 13 6 10 16 24
AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches. K.

* = .298 diameter cable can be used for riser applications. Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Panduit Mini-Com Ultimate ID Sloped Snap-On Faceplates
C.
Fiber For use with Panduit raceway: LD, T-45, T-70, Twin-70, Computer printable label sheets for desktop printers
Optic TG-70, Pan-Pole Outlet Pole and Fast-Snap Outlet and write-on labels available
Systems Boxes Supplied with clear station and port label covers,
Snap into raceway channel or outlet box and requires labels sold separately
D.
Power
no additional mounting hardware or adapters greatly Replacement label covers available
over reducing installation time
Ethernet Meet stringent UL5A standard for non-metallic raceways
Ultimate ID components are part of a complete
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP fiber optic system for identification designed to efficiently support
E. and coax, which snap in and out for easy moves, adds, TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements
Zone and changes
Cabling
Can be clearly identified with the PanTher LS8E or
the Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers
F.
Wireless
Std. Std.
G. Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Outlets Part Number Part Description Required* Color Qty. Qty.
UIT70FH2IW Single gang, horizontal sloped One 1-Port Off 1 10
communication snap-on faceplate accepts One 2-Port White
H.
up to two Mini-Com Modules.
Media UIT70FH2 UIT70FH4
Distribution UIT70FH4IW Single gang, horizontal sloped One 1-Port Off 1 10
communication snap-on faceplate accepts One 4-Port White
up to four Mini-Com Modules.
I.
Physical UIT70FV2IW Single gang, vertical sloped communication One 1-Port Off 1 10
Infrastructure snap-on faceplate accepts up to two One 2-Port White
Management Mini-Com Modules.
J. UIT70FV4IW Single gang, vertical sloped communication One 1-Port Off 1 10

Overhead & snap-on faceplate accepts up to four Two 2-Port White
Underfloor UIT70FV2 UIT70FV4 Mini-Com Modules.
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management Component Labels for Mini-Com Ultimate ID Sloped Snap-On
M.
Faceplates for Use with Panduit Mini-Com Modules
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial

Labeling &
Faceplate Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
UIT70FH2IW UILJ2
P.
Cable UIT70FH4IW UILJ4
Management UILS8BW UILS8BW
UIT70FV2IW UILJ2
Accessories
UIT70FV4IW UILJ4
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Way Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Use With
C.
Panduit Mini-Com Modules Fiber
Optic
Can be used with Pan-Way Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, Fast-Snap Outlet Boxes and Systems
Pan-Pole Aluminum Outlet Pole
D.
Std. Std. Power
Pkg. Ctn. over
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. Ethernet
T70FH2IW Snap-on horizontal sloped communication faceplate. Accepts Off 1 10
two Panduit Mini-Com Modules (not included). No additional White
E.
mounting hardware required.
Zone
T70FH2 T70FH4 Cabling
T70FH4IW Snap-on horizontal sloped communication faceplate. Accepts Off 1 10
four Panduit Mini-Com Modules (not included). No additional White
F.
T70FV2IW Snap-on vertical sloped communication faceplate. Accepts two Off 1 10 Wireless
Panduit Mini-Com Modules (not included). No additional White
T70FV4IW Snap-on vertical sloped communication faceplate. Accepts four Off 1 10 G.

Panduit Mini-Com Modules (not included). No additional White Outlets
T70FV2 T70FV4 mounting hardware required.
T70PIW Snap-on single gang 106 duplex electrical/communication Off 1 10 H.

faceplate. Used to cover one NEMA standard 106 duplex White Media
electrical outlet. In communication applications, covers one Distribution
standard 106 duplex communication module frame.
I.
T70PGIW Snap-on single gang rectangular electrical/communication Off 1 10
Physical
faceplate. Used to cover one NEMA standard rectangular White Infrastructure
electrical outlet. In communication applications, covers one Management
T70P T70PG standard rectangular communication module frame.
J.
T70PSIW Snap-on single gang 106 duplex communication faceplate. Off 1 10 Overhead &
Used to cover one NEMA standard 106 duplex communication White Underfloor
module frame. Module frame screw mounts directly to Routing
underside of snap-on faceplate. No mounting device needed.
Supplied with one mounting screw.
NOTE: Not for use with electrical devices. K.
Surface
T70PS T70PGS Raceway
T70PGSIW Snap-on single gang rectangular communication faceplate. Off 1 10
Used to cover one NEMA standard rectangular communication White
module frame. Module frame screw mounts directly to L.
underside of snap-on faceplate. No mounting device needed. Cabinets,
Supplied with two mounting screws. Racks &
Cable
NOTE: Not for use with electrical devices. Management
CP106IW Screw-on single gang 106 duplex faceplate. Covers one Off 1 10
NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlet or one standard White M.
106 communication module frame. Grounding &
CP106 CP106**-2G Bonding
CP106IW-2G Screw-on double gang 106 duplex faceplate. Covers two Off 1 10
NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlets or two standard White
106 communication module frames.
N.
CPGIW Screw-on single gang rectangular faceplate. Covers one Off 1 10 Industrial
NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlet or one standard White
rectangular communication module frame.
CPGIW-2G Screw-on double gang rectangular faceplate. Covers two Off 1 10
O.
NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlets or two standard White
Labeling &
CPG CPG**-2G rectangular communication module frames. Identification
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for Pan-Way Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for
C.
Fiber Use with Panduit Mini-Com Modules
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E. Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance

Zone
Cabling
Laser/Ink TDP43ME Thermal PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Faceplate Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop Hand-Held Hand-Held
Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Printer Label Printer Label
F.
Wireless T70FH2IW
T70FV2IW C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
T70FV4IW
G. T70FH4IW C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
Outlets CP106IW C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CP106IW-2G 2 - C061X030FJJ 2 - C061X030YPT 2 - C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CPGIW
H. C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
Media T70PGSIW
Distribution CPGIW-2G 2 - C125X030FJJ 2 - C1252X030YPT 2 - C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
T70PGIW
I. T70PIW C261X030FJJ T031X000FJT C261X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
Physical
Infrastructure T70PSIW
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Way Low Voltage Surface Mount Outlet Boxes
C.
Fiber
JBX3510 assembles without the use of screws for JB1 and JB1D are a one-piece design requiring Optic
faster installation no assembly Systems
JBX3510, JB1, JB1FS, JBP2FS, and JB1D are supplied
with adhesive backing to speed installation D.
Power
over
Std. Std. Ethernet
Pkg. Ctn.
E.
JBX3510IW-A Single gang two-piece snap together outlet box with International 1 10 Zone
adhesive backing. Box accepts Pan-Way Screw-On White Cabling
Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang
faceplate. For use with Pan-Way T45 or LD profile
raceway. 5.00"L x 3.26"W x 1.62"H (127.1mm x
82.7mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" F.
diameter conduit. Wireless
JBX3510 JB1 JB1IW-A Single gang one-piece outlet box with adhesive International 1 10
backing. Box accepts Pan-Way Screw-On White
Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang
G.
faceplate. For use with Pan-Way LD profile raceway. Outlets
5.09"L x 3.34"W x 1.75"H (129.4mm x 85.0mm x
44.4mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter
conduit.
JB1DIW-A Single gang one-piece deep outlet box with adhesive International 1 10 H.
backing. Box accepts Pan-Way Screw-On White Media
Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang Distribution
faceplate. For use with Pan-Way LD profile raceway.
5.23"L x 3.48"W x 2.75"H (133.0mm x 88.5mm x I.
69.8mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter Physical
conduit. Infrastructure
JB1D JBP2 JBP2IW Double gang two-piece screw together outlet box. International 1 10 Management
Box accepts Pan-Way Screw-On Faceplates or any White
NEMA standard double gang faceplates. For use with J.
Pan-Way LD profile raceway. 5.05"L x 5.05"W x Overhead &
1.62"H (128.2mm x 128.2mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts Underfloor
for 1/2" or 3/4" diameter conduit. Routing
JBP2DIW Double gang two-piece screw together deep outlet International 1 10

K.
box. Box accepts Pan-Way Screw-On Faceplates or White Surface
any NEMA standard double gang faceplate. For use Raceway
with Pan-Way T-45 or LD profile raceway. 5.19"L x
5.19"W x 2.75"H (131.9mm x 131.9mm x 69.8mm).
Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit. L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
JBP2D JBP3D JBP3DIW Three gang, two-piece screw together deep outlet International 1 10 Cable
box. Box accepts Pan-Way Screw-On Faceplates or White Management
any NEMA standard three gang faceplates. For use
with Pan-Way LD, LDPH or T-45 surface raceway M.
systems. 7.00"L x 5.19"W x 2.75"H (177.9mm x Grounding &
131.9mm x 69.8mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4" and 1" Bonding
diameter conduit.
RJBX3510IW Single gang two-piece screw together round outlet International 1 5
box. Box accepts UL/CSA devices not to exceed White
10lbs. (5lbs. per CSA). For use with Pan-Way LD N.
Industrial
profile raceway. Dia. = 5.48"D x 1.14"H (139.2mm x
29.0mm). Breakouts for 3/4" or 1" diameter conduit.
RJBX3510 JBA-X JBA-X In-wall box adapter. Adapts single gang surface 10 100 O.
mount outlet boxes to in-wall conduit boxes. Labeling &
Identification
For other colors replace IW (International White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Way Low Voltage Surface Mount Outlet Boxes (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
D. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Power JB1FSIW-A Single gang two-piece snap together outlet box with International 1 10
over
Ethernet adhesive backing. Box accepts Pan-Way Snap-On White
Faceplates. For use with Pan-Way T-45 or LD profile
E. 82.7mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1"
Zone diameter conduit.
Cabling JB1FSDIW-A Fast-Snap Single Gang Two-Piece Snap Together International 1 10
JB1FS JB1FSD Deep Outlet Box with adhesive backing. Box accepts White
Pan-Way Snap-On Faceplates. For use with Pan-
Way T-45 or LD profile raceway. 5.16"L x 3.41"W x
F.
Wireless 2.75"H (131.1mm x 86.7mm x 69.8mm). Breakouts
for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
JBP1FSIW Single gang power rated two-piece snap together Off White 1 10
outlet box. Box accepts Pan-Way Snap-On
G. Faceplates. For use with Pan-Way T-45 or LD, LDP,
Outlets LDPH, LDS profile raceways. 5.00"L x 3.26"W x
1.62"H (127.1mm x 82.7mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts
JBP2FS for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
JBP1FS
H. JBP2FSIW Double gang power rated two-piece snap together International 1 10
Media outlet box. Box accepts Pan-Way Snap-On White
Distribution Faceplates. For use with Pan-Way T-45 or LD profile


155.9mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1"
I. diameter conduit.
Physical
Infrastructure
For other colors replace IW (International White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PRE-CONFIGURED PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURES, CABINETS, C.

Fiber
RACKS, AND CABLE MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS

Optic
Systems
Panduit provides leading edge pre-configured physical infrastructures, cabinets, racks, and cable D.
Power
management solutions for telecommunications equipment rooms, data centers, and premise wiring over
Ethernet
applications. As the demand for system performance increases, it becomes essential to protect and
manage cables to maintain system reliability and scalability. Panduit continues to provide innovative E.
products that create end-to-end solutions for managing, protecting, and showcasing your network for Zone
Cabling
the lowest cost of ownership.
Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures for F.
Cisco^ UCS, Nexus 7010, Catalyst 6509 and Nexus Wireless
7009 platforms increase business agility through

high-performance, flexible, scalable and reliable G.
data center design. Outlets
Net-Access Switch and Server Cabinets have

been optimized for higher density switch and H.
server applications. Superior cable management, Media
Distribution
inset frame, and in-cabinet ducting options ensure
proper airflow for improved network performance I.
Physical
and availability Infrastructure
Management
Net-SERV Cabinets are designed to provide
the best combination of space utilization and J.
Overhead &
thermal management for server applications. Underfloor
Net-SERV Cabinets are designed to complement Routing
the Net-Access Cabinets and provide a complete, K.

optimized physical infrastructure solution for all Surface
Raceway
switch and server architectures
Panduit rack systems allow complete flexibility for a L.
Cabinets,
wide range of cable and equipment combinations Racks &
Cable
and are designed to maximize cable access Management
Vertical cable managers allow increased M.

cable density for maximum space utilization Grounding &
Bonding
and organization
Panduit NetManager High Capacity Horizontal
Cable Managers provide an efficient way to manage N.
Industrial
high performance copper, fiber, or coaxial cables
CoolBoot Raised Floor Air Sealing Grommet O.
redirects a greater amount of conditioned air Labeling &
Identification
toward cooling network equipment, thus
minimizing the risk associated with overheating P.
Panduit cable management products and Cable
Management
accessories maintain bend radius control and cable Accessories
performance while bundling and securing cable to

prevent snags and stress from overbending Q.
Index
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology Inc.
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.1
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber Panduit Pre-Configured Physical
Optic
Systems Infrastructures for Cisco^ UCS, Nexus,
and Catalyst Platforms
D.
Power
over Optimized for Power, Cooling, and Performance
Ethernet
As a leading physical infrastructure partner for Cisco, Panduit works

E.
Zone with Cisco engineering and product teams to develop optimal physical
Cabling
layer solutions for their networking products. As such, these Panduit
Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures were designed specifically for
F. the Cisco^ UCS, Nexus, and Catalyst platforms to balance scalability,
Wireless power and thermal characteristics. This approach ensures that the
physical infrastructure deployments are optimized for power, cooling,
and performance, lowering infrastructure risks and costs while
G.
Outlets increasing agility and sustainability.
Scalability
H.
Media Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures for Cisco^ UCS, Nexus, and Catalyst platforms are designed to support various
Distribution line card and equipment densities, thus enabling business growth and agility across the entire offering. Panduit Pre-Configured
Physical Infrastructures also accommodate migration from 10G to 40G/100G Ethernet with minimum investment and downtime.
I.
Physical Making changes to a Cisco^ UCS, Nexus, or Catalyst platform deployment is easy, with modular QuickNet Patch Panels and
Infrastructure connectivity enabling quick migration to higher speeds.
Management
J.
Optimized Power and Thermal Management
Overhead &
Underfloor Equipment configurations ensure even power usage within an individual cabinet and across multiple cabinets, minimizing hot
Routing
spots that can impact system performance and reliability. Panduit Power Outlet Units (POUs) are available separately to
provide optimal capacity and redundancy across all Cisco^ UCS, Nexus, and Catalyst platforms. Panduit Pre-Configured
K.
Surface Physical Infrastructures for Cisco^ UCS, Nexus, and Catalyst platforms conserve energy by establishing front-to-back airflow
Raceway
patterns and synergistic physical layouts to maximize power and thermal efficiencies.
L.
Cabinets, Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures for Cisco^ UCS, Nexus, and Catalyst platforms offer high-density, optimum
Racks & heat load data center designs for greater thermal efficiencies.
Cable
Management Perforated cabinet doors and cabinet frame designs that maximize airflow area
M. Optional Vertical Exhaust Systems (VES) that isolate and duct hot exhaust air to the hot air return plenum
Grounding & to improve hot/cold air separation, thus enabling cooling efficiency
Bonding
Vertical air dams and sealing features that minimize leak paths between hot and cold aisles, ensuring that
valuable cooling goes through equipment
N.
Industrial Thermal load distributions within cabinets that maximize the availability of cooling airflow
When combined with additional Panduit passive, optimized thermal management solutions, Panduit Pre-Configured Physical
O. Infrastructures for Cisco^ UCS, Nexus, and Catalyst platforms can provide substantial reductions in the energy costs of a
Labeling &
Identification typical data center.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for C.

Fiber
Cisco^ Unified Computing Systems (UCS) Optic
Systems
The Cisco^ Unified Computing System (UCS) is a next-generation data center platform that unites compute, network, storage D.
Power
access, and virtualization into a cohesive system. Panduits Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures support the deployment of over
Ethernet
up to five UCS Blade Server Chassis within various cabinet footprints that optimize the physical infrastructure for the UCS server
architectures. Three different cabinet widths are offered including:
E.
32-inch version with Net-Access Cabinet that provides maximum room for cable management, POUs and easy Zone
Cabling
access to serviceable parts such as cards, fans and power supplies
28-inch version with Net-SERV Cabinet for customers seeking a balance between floor space and cable
management area F.
Wireless
24-inch version with Net-SERV Cabinet maximizes floor space utilization for traditional deployments on raised

floors. The trade-off for the narrower width is the reduction in space for cable management, and accessibility to
the serviceable items
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
SFP+ Cables are available as an option for Surface
Cisco UCS Deployments Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
(32" Cisco^ UCS Pre-Configured M.

Grounding &
Physical Infrastructure shown in Bonding
a Net-Access Cabinet)
N.
Std. Industrial
Pkg.
CQ5108CS1B Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for UCS Base with 32" wide Net-Access Cabinet and all necessary 1
cable management, grounding jumpers, and patch panels pre-assembled together. O.
Labeling &
Identification
CQ5108S752B Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for UCS Base with 28" wide Net-SERV Cabinet and all necessary 1
cable management, grounding jumpers, and patch panels pre-assembled together.
P.
CQ5108S652B Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for UCS Base with 24" wide Net-SERV Cabinet and all necessary 1 Cable
cable management, grounding jumpers, and patch panels pre-assembled together. Management
Accessories
Cisco^ UCS Blade Servers not included in the part numbers above. Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures are shipped on standard pallets.
For applications that require shock-resistant packaging to facilitate pre-mounting of active electronics, please consult Panduit Customer Service.
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology Inc. Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for the Cisco^
Optic
Systems Nexus 7010 Switch
D. The Cisco^ Nexus 7010 Switch enables data center stakeholders to deploy a highly scalable 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) network
Power
over that supports virtualization technologies for consolidation of multiple applications over a smaller number of more powerful servers
Ethernet
and switches. Panduits Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures support the deployment of Cisco^ Nexus 7010 platforms with
pre-assembled configurations that are offered in versions that meet typical copper and fiber line card provisioning
E.
Zone schemes including:
Cabling
Medium Fiber for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 32-port fiber line cards
Medium Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 48-port copper line cards
F.
Wireless Heavy Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (6) 48-port copper line cards
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & (Nexus 7010 Heavy Copper
Cable Pre-Configured Physical
Management
Infrastructure shown)
M.
Grounding & Std.
Bonding Pkg.
CQ7010CN1B "Base" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7010 with Net-Access Cabinet, and all 1
necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, and patch panels pre-assembled together.
N.
Industrial
CQ7010CN1F4 "Medium Fiber" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7010 with Net-Access Cabinet, 1
and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and LC-LC patch cords (bulk
packaged to accommodate 4 additional fiber line cards) pre-assembled together.
O.
Labeling & CQ7010CN1C4 "Medium Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7010 with Net-Access Cabinet, 1
Identification and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and copper CAT6 patch cords (bulk
packaged to accommodate 4 additional copper line cards) pre-assembled together.
P.
Cable CQ7010CN1C6 "Heavy Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7010 with Net-Access Cabinet, 1
Management and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and CAT6 patch cords (bulk
Accessories packaged to accommodate 6 additional copper line cards) pre-assembled together.
Cisco^ Nexus 7010 Switch not included in the part numbers above. Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures are shipped on standard pallets.
Q. For applications that require shock-resistant packaging to facilitate pre-mounting of active electronics, please consult Panduit Customer Service.
Index ^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology Inc.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for the Cisco^ C.

Fiber
Catalyst 6509 Switch Optic
Systems
The Cisco^ Catalyst 6509 Switch provides high port densities that are ideal for many wiring closet, distribution, and core network D.
Power
deployments. Panduits Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures support the deployment of the Cisco^ Nexus 6509 switch with over
Ethernet
pre-assembled configurations that are offered in versions that meet 10 GbE density copper and fiber line card provisioning
schemes, including:
E.
Medium Fiber for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 32-port fiber line cards Zone
Cabling
Medium Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 48-port copper line cards
Heavy Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (6) 48-port copper line cards
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
(Catalyst 6509 Heavy Copper Racks &
Pre-Configured Physical Cable
Management
Infrastructure shown)
M.
Std. Grounding &
Pkg. Bonding
CQ6509CN1B "Base" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Catalyst 6509 with Net-Access Cabinet, and all 1
necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, and patch panels pre-assembled together.
N.
Industrial
CQ6509CN1F4 "Medium Fiber" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Catalyst 6509 with Net-Access Cabinet,
1
and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and LC-LC patch cords (bulk
packaged to accommodate 4 additional fiber line cards) pre-assembled together.
O.
CQ6509CN1C4 "Medium Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Catalyst 6509 with Net-Access 1 Labeling &
Cabinet, and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and copper CAT6 patch Identification
cords (bulk packaged to accommodate 4 additional copper line cards) pre-assembled together.
P.
CQ6509CN1C6 "Heavy Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Catalyst 6509 with Net-Access Cabinet, 1 Cable
and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and CAT6 patch cords (bulk Management
packaged to accommodate 6 additional copper line cards) pre-assembled together. Accessories
Cisco^ Catalyst 6509 Switch not included in the part numbers above. Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures are shipped on standard pallets.
For applications that require shock-resistant packaging to facilitate pre-mounting of active electronics, please consult Panduit Customer Service. Q.
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology Inc. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for the Cisco^
Optic
Systems Nexus 7009 Switch
D. The Cisco^ Nexus 7009 Switch enables data center stakeholders to deploy a highly
Power
over scalable 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) network that supports virtualization technologies
Ethernet
for consolidation of multiple applications over a smaller number of more powerful
servers and switches. All cabinet versions of Panduit pre-configured offerings for the
E.
Zone Nexus 7009 include newly designed intake duct to optimize cooling airflow.
Cabling
Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures support the deployment of Cisco^
Nexus 7009 Switch platforms with pre-assembled configurations that are offered in
F.
Wireless versions that meet typical copper and fiber line card provisioning schemes including:
Medium Fiber for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 32-port
fiber I/O Modules
G.
Outlets Medium Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 48-port
copper I/O Modules
Heavy Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (6) 48-port
H. copper I/O Modules
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
(Nexus 7009 Heavy Copper
Pre-Configured Physical
J.
Overhead & Infrastructure shown)
Underfloor
Routing
K. Std.
Surface Pkg.
Raceway Item Part Description Qty.
CQ7009CN01 "Base" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7009 with Net-Access Cabinet and intake 1
L. ducting, as well as all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, and patch panels.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable CQ7009CN02 "Medium Fiber" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7009 with Net-Access Cabinet 1
Management and intake ducting, as well as all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and
MTP-LC Hydra cable assemblies (bulk packaged to accommodate four fiber I/O Modules).
M.
CQ7009CN03 "Medium Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7009 with Net-Access Cabinet 1
Grounding &
Bonding and intake ducting, as well as all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and
copper Category 6A patch cords (bulk packaged to accommodate four copper I/O Modules).
CQ7009CN04 "Heavy Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7009 with Net-Access Cabinet 1
N. and intake ducting, as well as all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and
Industrial copper Category 6A patch cords (bulk packaged to accommodate six copper I/O Modules).
Cisco^ Nexus 7009 Switch not included in the part numbers above. Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures are shipped on standard pallets.
O. For applications that require shock-resistant packaging to facilitate pre-mounting of active electronics, please consult Panduit Customer Service.
Labeling & ^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology Inc.
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Net-Access Cabinet System Fiber
Optic
Systems
Thermal Management and Cable Capacity for Switch and
Server Applications D.
Power
over
Net-Access Cabinets are the first choice for switch, server, and storage area network Ethernet
applications that require maximum thermal management capability, and the capacity to
manage high cable densities. E.
Zone
Cabling
Net-Access Switch Cabinet features include:
In-cabinet ducting solutions to enable optimized airflow of switches F.
with side-to-side airflow Wireless
Large vertical pathways for high cable count applications

Cable management fingers mount to front and back posts for G.
maximum cabling configurations Outlets
Dual hinge door for maximum accessibility between adjacent cabinets

H.
Media
Net-Access Server Cabinet features and options include: Distribution
Vertical exhaust duct for optimal thermal performance I.

Physical
Provides maximum cable management area and thermal performance Infrastructure
Management
Vertical patch panel configuration provides up to eight additional rack units
in the same footprint
J.
Overhead &
Utilizes same platform as switch cabinet to enable maximum flexibility Underfloor
and deployment options Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Net-Access Switch Cabinets are compatible with Cisco^ Nexus 7018, MDS9500 Series, and 6500 Racks &
Series Switches. Cable
Go to www.panduit.com/cisco1 for disclaimer. Management
Nexus 7018 and 7010 Applications are supported by Application Guides/Notes available at panduit.com. M.
Grounding &
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc. Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Net-Access Cabinet Applications
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
UCS Nexus Nexus MDS Catalyst
Server 7018 7010 9513 6509
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management Net-Access Switch Cabinets are compatible with Cisco^ Nexus 7018, MDS9500 Series, and 6500 Series Switches.
Go to www.panduit.com/cisco1 for disclaimer.
J. Nexus 7018 and 7010 Applications are supported by Application Guides/Notes available at panduit.com.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing ^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.8
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Net-SERV Cabinet System Fiber
Optic
Systems
Optimized Thermal and Cable Management
for Server Applications D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Net-SERV Cabinets provide thermal and cable management to accommodate low to
high-density server deployments. Vertical exhaust ducting can be used to optimize airflow,
E.
reducing energy costs by up to 25%. Air sealing accessories prevent leaks and improve Zone
the utilization of cooling air. Cabling
High Density Server Configuration: F.

Wireless
600mm (24") or 700mm (28") widths
High density solution provides four separate vertical pathways and modular
L-rings with bend radius control for optimum cable routing G.
Outlets
Organizes data and power cables in segregated channels away from server
exhaust for unobstructed airflow
Vertical exhaust duct configuration available H.
Media
Distribution
Vertical Patch Cable Management Configuration: I.

Physical
700mm (28") width Infrastructure
Management
Vertical patch panel solution provides up to four additional rack units
in the same footprint J.
Overhead &
Maximizes rack space utilization for additional servers and other devices Underfloor
Routing
Positions network connections in the optimum location allowing the use
of single length patch cords
K.
Supplied with cable management fingers at each rack unit to manage Surface
data and power cables Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Standard Density Server Configuration: Racks &
Cable
600mm (24") or 700mm (28") widths Management
Provides cable management fingers at each rack unit to manage data M.

and power cables Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Switch Cabinets Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic Manages, protects, and showcases your network by combining the aesthetics and security of a cabinet with
Systems the accessibility of an open rack
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
10
E.
Zone
Cabling
6
F.
Wireless
8 8
G.
Outlets 2
7
1
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
2
Physical
Infrastructure
Management 3
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface 6 9
Raceway
4
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
5
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q. Net-Access Switch Cabinets have tested compatible with

Index Cisco Nexus 7018, MDS 9513, and Catalyst 6509.
Go to www.panduit.com/cisco1 for disclaimer.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Switch Cabinets Roadmap (continued)
C.
Fiber
Cable Management Routing Options for Overhead Optic
1 Vertical cable pathway design
6 and Underfloor Cabling Systems
is optimized to provide Knockouts in the top allow
unobstructed access; cable multiple options for overhead D.
Power
management finger sections cable routing; large bottom over
can be located where needed openings provide pathways for Ethernet
on all four posts and align with routing cables from underfloor
rack spaces to ensure proper E.
bend radius control Zone
Cabling
Dual Hinged Door Adjustable Equipment Rails
2 Door can be opened 180 to left
7 Front and rear rails are fully
or right enabling unobstructed adjustable to accommodate a F.
variety of equipment and have Wireless
access to adjacent cabinets
and pathways printed rack space identification
G.
Outlets
Thermal Management Optional Slack Spools H.

3 Inset frame posts and cable
8 Slack management spools Media
Distribution
management ensure clear organize and manage patch
pathways to provide proper cord slack; spools are available
heat dissipation; optional air in side mount for single I.
Physical
ducts provide exhaust cabinet or center mount for Infrastructure
channels for high heat ganged application Management
J.
Overhead &
Grounding and Bonding Cool Boot Raised Floor Air

Underfloor
4 Entire cabinet is fully electrically
9 Sealing Grommet Routing
bonded including equipment The raised floor air sealing
rails, doors and side panels; grommet reduces bypass K.
when combined with airflow and prevents debris Surface
Raceway
StructuredGround from falling below the raised
Grounding System, promotes floor; grommets are available in L.
protection of equipment different sizes for a variety Cabinets,
and personnel of applications Racks &
Cable
Management
Easily Accessible Casters and Versatile Cable Routing
5 Leveling Legs
10 The CabRunner Overhead M.
Leveling legs can be safely and Cable Routing System is a Grounding &
high capacity data cable Bonding
easily adjusted and can retract
into the cabinet frame; optional pathway used directly over
casters mount to side of posts the Net-Access Cabinets;
eliminates the need for multiple N.
for safe, easy field installation Industrial
infrastructure elements,
reducing installation time
O.
Cable Capacity Chart Labeling &
Identification
No Slack Spool With Slack Spool
Channel Area Cable Capacity* Channel Area Cable Capacity*
P.
Cat. 6A Cat. 6A Cable
SD Cat. 6A Cat. 6 Cat. 5e Fiber SD Cat. 6A Cat. 6 Cat. 5e Fiber Management
Channel In.2 cm2 (0.240") (0.300") (0.240") (0.225") (3mm) In.2 cm2 (0.240") (0.300") (0.240") (0.225") (3mm) Accessories
End 42.2 272.3 373 238 373 424 1,540 32.4 209.0 286 183 286 325 1,182
Center (ganged) 84.4 544.5 746 477 746 849 3,081 74.6 481.3 659 422 659 750 2,723
Q.
*Note: Capacities are based upon a fill rate of 40% to accommodate proper cable routing applications. Index
All dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Switch Cabinets
C.
Fiber Inset frame posts create large and accessible vertical Four adjustable equipment mounting rails available
Optic
Systems
pathways for routing cables in cage nut or #12-24 threaded with printed rack
Modular cable management fingers easily mount to the space identification
D. front and/or back of all four cabinet posts Equipment rails have printed rack space numbering that
Power Designed with the use of CFD (computational fluid can be oriented numbers up or down
over dynamics) analysis and thermal lab testing to optimize the Durable black polyester epoxy powder coat finish
Ethernet
thermal performance of network switches requiring 2,500 lbs. (1134 kg) load rating
side-to-side airflow
Cabinet ships assembled, one per pallet
E. Accommodate equipment mounting depths up
Zone to 25.9" (658mm) For the complete grounding solution, see the
Cabling StructuredGround Kits for Cabinets selection guide on
Innovative, fully integrated, electrically bonded cabinet pages M.10 M.11
with a single ground connection to guard against EMI
and ESD, and provide a safe current path to ground
F.
Wireless
Std.
Part Pkg.
G. Number Part Description Qty.
Outlets Net-Access
45 RU Switch Cabinets for Use in Hot Aisle/Cold Aisle Applications
CN1 Cabinet frame with top panel. Tapped equipment rails (12-24). 1
Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right.
H. Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint.
Media Solid side panels. (2)
Distribution Two sets of #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails.
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
I.
Physical CN1NU Cabinet frame with top panel. Tapped equipment rails (12-24). 1
Infrastructure Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right.
Management Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint.
Solid side panels. (2)
CN1 Two sets of #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up.
J.
Overhead & 45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Underfloor Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
Routing CN1CN Cabinet frame with top panel. Cage nut rails (12-24). 1
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint.
K. Solid side panels. (2)
Surface
Raceway Two sets of #12-24 cage nut equipment mounting rails.
L.
Cabinets, CN1CNNU Cabinet frame with top panel. Cage nut rails (12-24) mounted numbers up 1
Racks & Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right.
Cable Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint.
Management Solid side panels. (2)
CN2 Two sets of #12-24 cage nut equipment mounting rails numbered up.
M. 45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Grounding & Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
Bonding CN1CNU Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Split perforated front and rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
swing footprint.
Solid side panels. (2)
N.
Industrial Front cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up.
Rear extended cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up.
29.0" rail span.
O. Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
Labeling &
CN2 Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Identification
P. Two sets of #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails.
Cable 45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Management Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
Accessories
White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Switch Cabinets (continued)
C.
Std. Fiber
Part Pkg. Optic
Number Part Description Qty. Systems
CN2NU Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right. D.
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint. Power
Two sets of #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails numbered up. over
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts. Ethernet
CN2CN Cabinet frame with top panel. Cage nut rails (12-24). 1 E.
Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right. Zone
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint. Cabling
CN3 Two sets of #12-24 cage nut equipment mounting rails.
F.
CN2CNNU Cabinet frame with top panel. Cage nut rails (12-24) mounted numbers up. 1 Wireless
Two sets of #12-24 cage nut equipment mounting rails numbered up.
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts. G.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm) Outlets
CN2CNU Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint. H.
Front cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up. Media
Rear extended cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up. Distribution
CN4 29.0" rail span.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm) I.
Physical
CN2C Cabinet frame with top panel. 1 Infrastructure
Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right. Management
Front cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up. J.
Rear extended cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up. Overhead &
29" rail span. 45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts. Underfloor
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134.0mm x 800.0mm x 1044.0mm) Routing
Two sets of #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails. K.
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts. Surface
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 40.0"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1016mm) Raceway
CN5
CN3CN Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Two sets of #12-24 cage nut equipment mounting rails. L.
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts. Cabinets,
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 40.0"D (2134.0mm x 800.0mm x 1016.0mm) Racks &
Cable
CN3CNNU Cabinet frame with top panel. Cage nut rails (12-24) mounted numbers up. 1 Management
Two sets of #12-24 cage nut equipment mounting rails numbered up.
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts. M.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 40.0"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm) Grounding &
CN3CNU Cabinet frame with top panel. 1 Bonding
Front cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up.
Rear extended cage nut equipment mount rails mounted numbers up.
29" rail span. 45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts. N.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 40.0"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1016mm) Industrial
CN3C Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Front cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up.
Rear extended cage nut equipment rails mounted numbers up. O.
29" rail span. Labeling &
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts. Identification
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 40.0"D (2134.0mm x 800.0mm x 1044.0mm)
P.
Split perforated front and rear doors open in the middle to minimize door Cable
swing footprint. Management
Solid side panels. (2) Accessories
Set of two #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails.
Q.
White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times. Index
Table continues on page L.14
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems

C.
Fiber
Optic Std.
Systems Part Pkg.
Number Part Description Qty.
D. CN4C Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Power Split perforated front and rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
over swing footprint.
Ethernet Solid side panels. (2)
Front cage nut equipment mounting rails.
Rear extended cage nut equipment rails provide overall rail span of
E. 29" (736mm).
Zone 45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Cabling
Split perforated front and rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
F.
Wireless
swing footprint.
Set of two #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails.
G. CN5C Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Outlets Split perforated front and rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
swing footprint.
Front cage nut equipment mounting rails.
Rear extended cage nut equipment rails provide overall rail span of
H. 29" (736mm).
Media 45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Distribution Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 40.0"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
Net-Access 42 RU Switch Cabinets for Use in Hot Aisle/Cold Aisle Applications
I. CN12NU 42 available rack spaces. 1
Physical Cabinet frame with top panel.
Infrastructure Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right.
Management
Solid side panels (2).
J. Two sets of #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up.
Overhead & 42 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Routing
CN22NU 42 available rack spaces. 1
Cabinet frame with top panel.
K. Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right.
Surface Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint.
Raceway CN12NU Two sets of #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up.
L. Dimensions: 78.8"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2000mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
Cabinets, CN42NU 42 available rack spaces. 1
Racks & Cabinet frame with top panel.
Cable Split perforated front and rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
Management
swing footprint.
M. Set of two #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up.
Grounding & 42 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Bonding Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 40.0"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1017mm)
CN12CNNU 42 available rack spaces. 1
N. Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right.
Industrial Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint.
Two sets of cage nut equipment rails mounted numbers up.
Labeling &
Identification CN22CNNU 42 available rack spaces. 1
P. Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint.
Cable Two sets of cage nut equipment rails mounted numbers up.
Management 42 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Accessories Dimensions: 78.8"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2000mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems

C.
Fiber
Std. Optic
Pkg. Systems
Net-Access
Switch Cabinet Options and Accessories D.
CNSPCA CNPS Removable solid side panel with lockable push button latches. 1 Power
over
CNBRFK Network cabinet cable management finger kit, nine RU sections. Kit includes 1 Ethernet
CNPS CNBRFK five left and five right finger sections to complete 45 RU on one side of post.
CNSPCA Network cabinet center channel slack spool. Package includes one center 1 E.
spool and mounting bracket. Zone
CNSPE Net-Access Network Cabinet and 4 post rack end channel slack spools. 1 Cabling
Package includes one left and one right slack spool and mounting brackets.
CNSPE CNCSTR CNCSTR Network cabinet casters set of four. Can be field installed without tipping 1
cabinet. Adds 1.7" (43mm) to cabinet height. F.
Wireless
CSBA Network cabinet adjustable cable support bridge supports horizontal cable 1
runs between Net-Access Cabinets.
CNPSPT Removable side panel with pass-through holes and lockable push 1
button latches. G.
CSBA CNPSPT Outlets
CNPP Removable cabinet perforated side panel with lockable push button latches. 1
CNFBB Side cabinet cable management bracket for side mounting 19" 1
EIA equipment.
H.
CNFBB4R Side cable management for mounting 19" EIA equipment, 4 RU. Comes with 1 Media
bend radius clips. Distribution
CNFBB CNFBB4R CNFBBS Side cabinet bracket for mounting 19" EIA equipment. 1
CVED32 Vertical exhaust cabinet extension and solid rear split doors. Leveling legs 1 I.
CNPP and gasket kit included. Physical
Infrastructure
CCL The cabinet combination lock is a 3 digit combination lock that can be 1 Management
installed on any Net-Access or Net-SERV Cabinet dual hinge, single
CNFBBS hinge or split door. This combination lock easily replaces the standard door
handles. The 3 digit combination easily changes from the factory setting to a J.
Overhead &
custom code. The lock also includes an integrated keyed override that is Underfloor
master-keyable. Routing
CNVBP 45 RU Net-Access Switch Cabinet Vertical Blanking Panels with 1
pass-through holes.
K.
CNVBP2 42 RU Net-Access Switch Cabinet Vertical Blanking Panels with 1 Surface
pass-through holes. Raceway
CVED32 CCL CNVBP CNWS1224-C #12-24 cage nut and screws. 100
CNVBP2 L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Cisco^ Nexus 7018 Cabinet Solution
C.
Fiber
Optic Engineered to provide a best in class solution for Cisco Offered in both 42 RU and 45 RU heights to meet your
Systems Nexus 7018 switches data centers height requirement
Available for multiple architectures including: hot aisle/cold Inlet duct, exhaust duct or vertical blanking panels are
D. aisle applications, cold aisle containment applications, and preinstalled on the cabinet
Power vertical exhaust duct applications Cabinet ships assembled, one per pallet
over
Ethernet
Std.
E. Pkg.
Zone Part Number Part Description Qty.
Cabling
Net-Access 42 RU and 45 RU 7018 Cabinets for Use in Hot Aisle/Cold
Aisle Applications
CN3847018NU Net-Access Network Cabinet for 7018 switch, 45 RU, #12-24 1
F. threaded rails, numbers up, intake and exhaust ducts, and cable
Wireless
management fingers.
Net-Access Dimensions: 39.5"W x 48.0"D x 84"H (1003mm x 1219mm x 2134mm)
7018 Cabinets CN5847018NU Net-Access Network Cabinet for 7018 switch, 45 RU, #12-24 1
G. threaded rails, numbers up, split perforated front door, split perforated
Outlets rear door, intake and exhaust ducts, and cable management fingers.
Dimensions: 39.5"W x 48.9"D x 84"H (1003mm x 1242mm x 2134mm)
CN4847018NU Net-Access Network Cabinet for 7018 switch, 45 RU, #12-24 1
H. threaded rails, numbers up, split perforated front door, split perforated
Media rear door, side panels (2), intake and exhaust ducts, and cable
Distribution management fingers.
I. CN48470182NU Net-Access Network Cabinet for 7018 switch, 42 RU, #12-24 1

Physical threaded rails, numbers up, split perforated front door, split perforated
Infrastructure rear door, side panels (2), intake and exhaust ducts, and cable
Management management fingers.
Dimensions: 39.5"W x 48.9"D x 78.8"H
J.
(1003mm x 1242mm x 2000mm)
Overhead & CN5847018CNNU Net-Access Network Cabinet for 7018 switch, 45 RU, perforated split 1
Underfloor doors, no side panels, 7018 inlet and exhaust ducting, cage nut
Routing rails mounted numbers up.
Dimensions: 39.5"W x 48.9"D x 84.0"H
(1003mm x 1242mm x 2134mm)
K.
Surface Net-Access 42 RU and 45 RU 7018 Cabinets for Use in Cold Aisle
Raceway
Containment Applications
CN484C7018NU Net-Access Network Cabinet for 7018 switch, 45 RU, #12-24 1
L. threaded rails, numbers up, split perforated front door, split perforated
Cabinets,
Racks & rear door, side panels, intake duct, vertical blanking panels, and cable
Cable management fingers.
Management Dimensions: 39.5"W x 48.9"D x 84"H (1003mm x 1242mm x 2134mm)
CN484C70182CNNU Net-Access Network Cabinet for 7018 switch, 42 RU, perforated split 1
M. doors, side panels (2), vertical blanking panels, 7018 inlet ducting, and
Grounding & cage nut rails mounted numbers up.
Bonding Dimensions: 39.5"W x 48.9"D x 78.8"H (1003mm x 1242mm x 2000mm)
Net-Access 45 RU 7018 Cabinets Vertical Exhaust Ready
CN584H7018 Net-Access Network Cabinet for 7018 switch, 45 RU, #12-24 1
N. threaded rails, numbers up, split perforated front door, solid split rear
Industrial
door, chimney ready top cap, intake duct, vertical blanking panels, and
cable management fingers.
O.
Labeling & Vertical Exhaust Ducting for VED Ready 7018 Cabinets
Identification CVED40VE Vertical exhaust duct for Net-Access 7018 cabinet, height adjustable 1
from 42.0"(1067mm) to 70.0" (1778mm).
P. CVED40VEN Vertical exhaust duct for Net-Access 7018 cabinet, height adjustable 1
Cable from 21.0"(534mm) to 45.0" (1143mm).
Management CVED40VE
Accessories ^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinets Recommended for
C.
Cisco^ Nexus 7010 Switch Fiber
Optic
Engineered to provide a best in class solution for 31.5"W x 48"D (800mm x 1219mm) Frame Systems
Cisco^ Nexus 7010 switches Cabinet ships assembled, one per pallet
D.
Offered in both 42 RU and 45 RU heights to meet your Power
data centers height requirement over
Ethernet
Std.
Pkg. E.
Cabling
Net-Access 42 RU and 45 RU Extended Switch Cabinets for Use in Hot Aisle/Cold
Aisle Applications
CN18NU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear split 1
doors, (2) side panels, #12-24 tapped equipment rails mounted numbers up. F.
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84.0"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) Wireless
45 RU
Net-Access
7010 Cabinets CN182CNNU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear split 1
doors (2) cage nut equipment rails mounted numbers up. G.
Dimensions: 31.5"W (800mm) x 48.9"D (1242mm) x 78.8"H (2000mm) Outlets
42 RU
CN28 Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear 1
perforated split doors, no side panels, #12-24 rails. H.
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) 45 RU Media
Distribution
CN28NU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear 1
perforated split doors, no side panels, #12-24 rails mounted numbers up.
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84.0"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) I.
45 RU Physical
Infrastructure
CN28CNNU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear split 1 Management
doors, no side panels, cage nut equipment rails mounted numbers up.
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84.0"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm)
J.
45 RU Overhead &
CN28CNU Net-Access Extended SwitchCabinet, single perforated front door, split 1 Underfloor
perforated rear doors, front cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted Routing
numbers up, rear extended cage nut equipment mounting rails create a
29.0" mounting range and cable management on front and rear of
K.
front posts. Surface
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.0"D x 84.0"H (800mm x 1219mm x 2134mm) Raceway
45 RU
CN348 Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, no doors, no side panels. 1 L.
#12-24 rails. Cabinets,
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48"D x 84"H (800mm x 1219mm x 2134mm) 45 RU Racks &
Cable
Net-Access 42 RU and 45 RU Extended Switch Cabinets for Use in Cold Aisle Management
Containment Applications
CN28BNU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear 1 M.
perforated split doors, no side panels, vertical blanking panels, Grounding &
#12-24 rails mounted numbers up. Bonding
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) 45 RU
CN28BCNNU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear 1
perforated split doors, no side panels, vertical blanking panels, cage nut N.
rails mounted numbers up. Industrial
45 RU
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc. O.
White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times. Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinets Recommended for
C.
Fiber Cisco^ Nexus 7010 Switch (continued)
Optic
Systems
Std.
D. Pkg.
Power Part Number Part Description Qty.
over
Ethernet CN28BLNU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear 1
perforated split doors, (1) side panel left side, vertical blanking panels,
#12-24 rails mounted numbers up.
E. Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) 45 RU
Zone
Cabling CN28BLCNNU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear 1
perforated split doors, (1) side panel left side, vertical blanking panels,
cage nut rails mounted numbers up.
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) 45 RU
F.
Wireless CN282BCNNU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear 1
perforated split doors,cage nut rails (2) mounted numbers up.
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x78.8" (800mm x 1242mm x 2000mm)
G.
Outlets Net-Access 45 RU Extended Switch Cabinets for Use in Vertical Exhaust Duct
Applications
CN28HBNU Net-Access VED Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear solid split door, high 1
flow top cap vertical blanking panels, #12-24 rails mounted numbers up.
H. Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) 45 RU
Media
Distribution CN28HBCNNU 45 RU, 800 Wide x 1200 Deep - Vertical Exhaust Duct Switch cabinet, no 1
side panels, vertical blanking panels, cage nut equipment rails mounted
numbers up
I.
Physical Net-Access Vertical Exhaust Duct
Infrastructure CVED32VE Variable duct extension is infinitely adjustable between 42.0" (1067mm) to 1
Management
70.0" (1778mm).
J. CVED32VES Variable short duct extension is infinitely adjustable between 20.0" (508mm) 1
Overhead & to 36.0" (914mm).
Underfloor
Routing Net-Access 7010 Switch Cabinet Accessories
CVPDUB48 Bracket for vertical POU mounting to the side of the Net-Access 32" x 48" 1
CVED32VE CVPDUB48 Cabinet rear extension (kit of two).
K.
Surface ^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc.
Raceway White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Server Cabinet System Roadmap
C.
The Net-Access Server Cabinet provides scalable thermal management for low to high heat density applications. Fiber
Optic
Superior cable management eliminates cable and power cord congestion behind the servers allowing server fans Systems
to more efficiently exhaust air from the cabinet. Air blocking features ensure that cold air is directed to the servers.
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
1 G.
4 Outlets
5 H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
2 K.
Surface
Raceway
3
L.
Cabinets,
Front View Rear View Racks &
Cable
Management
Net-Access Server Cabinet GridRunner Underfloor Cable
1 (pages L.20 and L.22)
3 Routing System M.
(page J.75) Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
Vertical Patch Panel Mounting
4 (page L.22)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
Cool Boot Raised Floor
2 Air Sealing Grommet
(pages L.90 and L.91) CNDSH Single Hinge Door
P.
5 (page L.22)
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Server Cabinets
C.
Fiber Inset frame posts create large and accessible vertical Adjustable rear cage nut mounting rails
Optic pathways for routing cables and mounting vertical patch Doors include keyed swing latches
Systems panels and Power Outlet Units
Side panels include keyed pushbutton latches
Include vertical blanking panels to block bypass air and
D. direct cold air through servers Equipment mounting depths up to 29" (736.6mm)
Power Durable black polyester epoxy powder coat finish
over Modular cable management finger sections manage
Ethernet cables for greater routing flexibility UL Listed 2500 lbs. (1134 kg) load rating
Innovative, fully integrated, electrically bonded cabinet Cabinet ships assembled, one per pallet
E. with a single ground connection to guard against EMI and For the complete grounding solution, see the
Zone ESD, and provide a safe current path to ground StructuredGround Kits for Cabinets
Cabling All welded frame construction
Std.
F. Pkg.
Wireless Part Number Part Description Qty.
Net-Access 45 RU Server Cabinets
CS1 Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
G. Single hinge perforated front door.
Outlets Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
swing footprint.
Solid side panels.
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails.
H. CS1 45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
Media One set of POU mounting brackets.
CS1NU Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
I. Single hinge perforated front door.
Physical Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
Infrastructure swing footprint.
Management Solid side panels.
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails installed numbered up.
J. 45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
Overhead & One set of POU mounting brackets.
Routing
CS1RNU Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
CS2 Single hinge perforated front door.
K. Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
Surface swing footprint.
Raceway Solid side panels.
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails installed numbered up.
L. 45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
Cabinets, One set of POU mounting brackets.
Racks & Four installed casters.
Cable Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
Management
Single hinge perforated front door.
M. Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
Grounding & swing footprint.
Bonding Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails.
45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
CS3 One set of POU mounting brackets.
N. Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
Industrial CS2NU Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
swing footprint.
O.
Labeling & Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails installed numbered up.
Identification 45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
One set of POU mounting brackets.
P.
Cable
Management Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails.
Accessories 45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
Q. White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Server Cabinets (continued)
C.
Std. Fiber
Pkg. Optic
Part Number Part Description Qty. Systems
CS3NU Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails installed numbered up. D.
45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts. Power
One set of POU mounting brackets. over
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 40.0"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1016mm) Ethernet
CS4RNU Cabinet frame with top panel. 1

Two split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door E.
swing footprint. Zone
CS4RNU Solid side panels. Cabling
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails numbered up.
F.
Four installed casters. Wireless
One set of vertical blanking panels.
Split perforated front doors open in the middle to minimize door G.
swing footprint. Outlets
swing footprint.
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails.
CS5 H.
Media
Distribution
Net-Access 42 RU Server Cabinets I.
CS12NU 42 available rack spaces. 1 Physical
Cabinet frame with top panel. Infrastructure
Single hinge perforated front door. Management
swing footprint. J.
Solid side panels (2). Overhead &
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up. Underfloor
42 RU cable management on rear of rear posts. Routing
K.
CS22NU 42 available rack spaces. 1 Surface
Cabinet frame with top panel. Raceway
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door L.
swing footprint. Cabinets,
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up. Racks &
42 RU cable management on rear of rear posts. Cable
One set of POU mounting brackets. Management
M.
Net-Access 42 RU and 45 RU Extended Server Cabinets Grounding &
CS28 Net-Access Extended Server Cabinet, front single hinge door, 1 Bonding
rear perforated split doors, no side panels, cage nut rails.
45 RU N.
CS28NU Net-Access Extended Server Cabinet, front single hinge door, 1 Industrial
rear perforated split doors, no side panels, cage nut rails mounted
numbers up.
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84.0"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) O.
45 RU Labeling &
CS28LNU Net-Access Extended Server Cabinet, front single hinge door, 1 Identification
rear perforated split doors, (1) side panel left side, cage nut rails
mounted numbers up.
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84.0"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) P.
Cable
45 RU Management
White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times. Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Server Cabinets (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic Std.
Systems Pkg.
D.
Power
CS348 Net-Access Extended Server Cabinet, no doors, no side panels, cage 1
over nut rails.
Ethernet Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.0"D x 84"H (800mm x 1219mm x 2134mm) 45 RU
CS348NU Net-Access Extended Server Cabinet, vertical blanking panels, cage nut 0
rails mounted numbers up.
E. Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.0"D x 84.0"H (800mm x 1219mm x 2134mm)
Zone
45 RU
Cabling
CS182NU Net-Access Extended Server Cabinet, single hinge front door, 1
split perforated rear doors, two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails
mounted numbers up, 42 RU cable management on rear of rear posts, and
F. one set of POU mounting brackets.
Wireless
CS282NU Net-Access Extended Server Cabinet, single hinge perforated front door, 1
split perforated rear doors, two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails
G. mounted numbers up, 42 RU cable management on rear of rear posts, and
Outlets one set of POU mounting brackets.
H. Net-Access 45 RU Extended Server Cabinets for Use in Vertical Exhaust

Media Duct Applications
Distribution CS18HNU Net-Access Extended Server Cabinet, front single hinge door, rear solid 1
split door, (2) side panels, vertical blanking panels, cage nut rails mounted
numbers up.
I. Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) 45 RU
Physical
Infrastructure CS28HNU Net-Access Extended Server Cabinet, front single hinge door, rear solid 1
Management split door, no side panels, vertical blanking panels, cage nut rails mounted
numbers up.
J. CS18HNU Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) 45 RU
Overhead &
Underfloor Net-Access Server Cabinet Options and Accessories
Routing CSRCE Extended front server cabinet cage nut equipment mounting rails, sold 1
in pairs.
K. CNDSH Single hinge door quickly reverses from left-hinging to right-hinging for 1
Surface increased data center design flexibility. Open perforated design enables
Raceway optimum airflow to equipment.
CVPDUB Bracket for vertical POU mounting to the side of the Net-Access Cabinet 1
L. posts or 4 post racks (kit of two).
Cabinets, CVPPB Bracket to vertically mount 1 RU EIA 19" copper and fiber patch panels to 1
Racks & CSRCE CNDSH
Cable the side of the Net-Access Cabinet posts or 4 post racks.
Management CNCSTR Network cabinet casters set of four. Can be field installed without tipping 1
cabinet. Adds 1.7" (43mm) to cabinet height.
M.
Grounding & White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times.
Bonding
CVPDUB
N.
Industrial
CVPPB
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P. CNCSTR
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Vertical Exhaust System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Innovative Net-Access Vertical Exhaust System channels heat from server exhaust directly to the data

Optic
center return plenum. By managing heat at the source the duct increases CRAC unit efficiency and significantly Systems
lowers operating expenses.
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
2
3 F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
1 J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Net-Access Server Cabinet FiberRunner Cable M.

1 (pages L.20 and L.22)
3 Routing System Grounding &
Bonding
(page J.1)
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
CVED32VE Variable P.
2 Duct Extension Cable
Management
(page L.18) Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Contain Cold Aisle Containment System
C.
Fiber
Optic The Net-Contain System creates a structure including end-of-row dual sliding doors and ceiling panels that enclose the
Systems
cold aisle between rows of Panduit 42 RU or 45 RU Net-Access and Net-SERV Cabinets to prevent mixing of cold and
hot air, optimizing cool air delivery.
D.
Power Reduces cooling energy costs up to 42% Compatible with numerous Panduit product lines including
over CabRunner , FiberRunner , and Wyr-Grid
Ethernet Up to 20kW+ cabinet heat load
Cable Routing Systems
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H. Integral Low Profile Ceiling Structure

Media
Distribution Available in 4 ft. (1200mm) or 6 ft. (1800mm) lengths of Access holes allow fire suppression to enter the
600mm, 700mm, 800mm widths containment
I.
Available in black or white frame structure
Physical
Infrastructure Std.
Management
Pkg.
J.
Overhead & CXCAC08F04IRBL Net-Contain Cold Aisle Containment Integral Roof for 800mm wide 1
Underfloor Net-Access Switch and Server Cabinets with 4' (1200mm) aisle
Routing width. Includes 4' low profile wall/ceiling kits.
CXCAC08F06IRBL Net-Contain Cold Aisle Containment Integral Roof for 800mm wide 1
CXCAC08F06IRBL Net-Access Switch and Server Cabinets with 6' (1800mm) aisle
K. width. Includes 6' low profile wall/ceiling kits.
Surface
Raceway NSCAC07F04IRBL Net-Contain Cold Aisle Containment Integral Roof for 700mm wide 1
Net-SERV Cabinet with 4' (1200mm) aisle width. Includes 4' low
L. profile wall/ceiling kits.
Cabinets, NSCAC07F06IRBL Net-Contain Cold Aisle Containment Integral Roof for 700mm wide 1
Racks & Net-SERV Cabinet with 6' (1800mm) aisle width. Includes 6' low
Cable profile wall/ceiling kits.
Management
NSCAC06F04IRBL Net-Contain Cold Aisle Containment Integral Roof for 600mm wide 1
M.
Grounding & NSCAC06F04IRBL profile wall/ceiling kits.
Bonding NSCAC06F06IRBL Net-Contain Cold Aisle Containment Integral Roof for 600mm wide 1
profile wall/ceiling kits.
N.
Industrial
End of Row Dual Sliding Door Solution
Can be installed in either a 4 ft. (1200mm) or 6 ft. Damper keeps doors from slamming closed and ensures
O. (1800mm) aisle that the doors stay closed
Labeling & Mount to either Net-Access or Net-SERV Cabinets Uses gravity to automatically close doors
Identification Easy access to cabinet aisle area Available in black or white frame structure
P. Std.
Cable Pkg.
Management Part Number Part Description Qty.
Accessories NACACT5F08DSBL Net-Contain Cold Aisle Containment Dual Sliding Door for 1
Net-SERV and Net Access Server and Switch Cabinets.
Accommodates 4' (1200mm) up to 6 (1800mm) aisle widths,
Q. 42 RU up to 45 RU.
Index
NACACT5F08DSBL
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Thermal Ducting Solutions
C.
Fiber
Inlet Ducts Optic
Systems
Cisco compatible Provides a consistent cold air path directly to the switch
Passive duct solutions do not require additional energy Allows access to power supplies and fan blades D.
consumption minimizing network downtime Power
Designed using CFD (Computational Fluid Dynamics) Black powder coat finish over
validating thermal performance Ethernet
Std. E.
Pkg. Zone
Part Number Part Description Qty. Cabling
CDE1 One rack unit air inlet duct that resides below the switch provides cold aisle 1
CDE1 airflow to Cisco^ 4948, 4928, and 4924. Optimized for use in server
cabinet applications. F.
Wireless
CDE2 Two rack unit air inlet duct that resides in-line and below switch provides 1
cold aisle airflow to Cisco^ Nexus N2K-C2148T-1GE, N2K-C2248TP-1GE,
and N2K-C2232PP-10GE fabric extenders and Cisco^ WS-C4948E-F,
CDE2 WS-C4948E-F-S, and WS-C4948E-F-E. Optimized for use in server
cabinet applications. G.
Outlets
CNLTD21B2 Two rack unit air inlet duct that resides below switch. Designed for 1
Cisco^ 4900M switch. Duct allows switch ports to face either hot or cold
aisle depending on server or switch cabinet application.
H.
CNLTD52A2 Net-Access Cabinet Air Inlet Duct for high heat density configurations. 1 Media
CNLTD21B2 Distribution
Duct solution includes two rack unit inlet ducts above and below the switch.
Designed for Cisco^ 6504E switch.
I.
CNLTD142A3 Cisco^ Nexus 7009 duct delivers cold air to the switch side inlet. This duct 1 Physical
consists of 2 inlet ducts and 1 side duct. Infrastructure
Management
CNLTD72A3 Net-Access or Net-SERV Cabinet Air Inlet Duct for high heat density 1
configurations. Duct solution includes three rack unit inlet ducts above and
CNLTD52A2 below the switch. Designed for Cisco^ 9506 switch. J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
CNLTD142A3 CNLTD72A3
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Exhaust Ducts
Cisco compatible Provides a consistent hot air exhaust path minimizing M.
recirculation within the cabinet Grounding &
Passive duct solutions do not require additional energy Bonding
consumption Allows access to power supplies and fan blades
Designed using CFD (Computational Fluid Dynamics) minimizing network downtime
validating thermal performance Black powder coat finish N.
Industrial
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty. O.
CNAE1 Net-Access Cabinet Exhaust Duct for high heat density configurations. 1 Labeling &
Designed for Cisco^ 6509 switch. Identification
CNAE2 Net-Access Cabinet Exhaust Duct for high heat density configurations. 1
Designed for Cisco^ 9513 storage area network switch. P.
Cable
CNAE3 Net-Access Cabinet Exhaust Duct for high heat density configurations.

1 Management
CNAE1 Designed for Cisco^ 6513 switch. Accessories

Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
CabRunner Overhead Cable Routing System
C.
Fiber Wide molded design provides a high capacity pathway Integral spillouts align with cable inlets on cabinet and
Optic that is self-supporting and does not need secondary provide 3" (75mm) bend radius control
Systems mounting infrastructure Clean, simple design complements Net-Access
D.
Designed specifically for use with Net-Access
Switch Cabinets providing greater data center aesthetics
Power and Server Cabinets
over
Ethernet Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
E.
Zone Base Unit
Cabling CRB6BL CabRunner Overhead Cable Routing System Base Unit with 6" 1
(150mm) high wall. Supplied with shroud and fasteners required for
assembly to Net-Access Cabinets.
F. CRB6BL CRB6VEDBL CabRunner Overhead Cable Routing System Base Unit with 6" 1
Wireless (150mm) high wall. Supplied with a shroud and fasteners required for
assembly to Net-Access Cabinets with a vertical exhaust duct.
Bridge Insert
G. CRBRDGBL CabRunner Overhead Cable Routing System Bridge Insert. Snaps 1 5
Outlets into CRB6BL to cover unused cable spillouts and provide bend radius
control for adjacent cabinet. Two inserts required for each opening in
CabRunner Base Unit.
H. End Cap for Net-Access Cabinet
Media CRB6VEDBL
Distribution CRB6ECBL CabRunner Overhead Cable Routing System End Cap. Snaps onto 2
the CRB6BL CabRunner Base, to close off the open ends of the
Panduit Net-Access Cabinet lineup. (Sold in pairs to accommodate
I. each end of a cabinet line up). No tools required.
Physical
Infrastructure Trapeze Bracket
Management CRTB CabRunner Overhead Cable Routing System Trapeze Bracket. Used 1
to provide a mounting structure for integrating FiberRunner Cable
J. Routing System to the base unit.
Overhead & CRVEDTB CabRunner Overhead Cable Routing System Trapeze Bracket. Used 1
Underfloor CRBRDGBL
Routing
to provide a mounting structure for integrating FiberRunner Cable
Routing System to the base unit on Net-Access Cabinets with a
vertical exhaust duct.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable CRB6ECBL
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
CRTB
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
CRVEDTB
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-SERV Cabinets
1200mm (48") depth and 1070mm (42.1") depth Ganging brackets included C.
Fiber
Two sets, cage nut, infinitely adjustable equipment Anti-tip brackets included Optic
mounting rails, 50 #12-24 cage nuts and screws included Available in four configuration options: Basic, Standard Systems
Printed rack space identification on front and back of Density, High Density, and Vertical Patching
rails, default is numbers up, may be field adjusted to D.
Durable black polyester epoxy powder coat finish Power
numbers down
All welded frame construction over
Equipment mounting depth up to 42" (1067mm) Ethernet
2500 lbs. (1134 kg) load rating
Doors include keyed swing handles
Removable top cap included
Side panels include keyed locks E.
Cabinet ships assembled, one per pallet Zone
POU mounting brackets included to mount two POUs Cabling
Optional casters available
Vertical blanking panels installed
Optional vertical exhaust duct for maximum
Easily adjustable leveling legs installed energy efficiency
F.
Wireless
Part Number Example:
S 7 5 2 C 1 2 9 F V G.
Series Width Height Depth Rails Front Doors Back Doors Side Panel Cable Management Top Panel Outlets
S = Server 6 = 600mm 2 = 42RU 2 = 1200mm C = Cage 1 = Perf. Full 2 = Perforated 1 = One Side F = Standard Density V = Vertical
(23.6") 5 = 45RU (47.2") Nuts, Single Split Panel Left and Right Fingers Exhaust H.
7 = 700mm 0 = 1070mm Numbers Hinge 3 = Solid Full 2 = Two Side H = High Density Duct (VED Media
(27.6") (42.1") Up Single Panels Four Cable included) Distribution
Hinge 9 = No Side Management VR = Vertical
Panels Panels Exhaust
P = Vertical Patch Duct I.
(VED not Physical
B = Basic No Cable Mgmt. included) Infrastructure
Management
Basic Configuration J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Cabinet provided without cable management Includes brackets for mounting two vertical power Routing
outlet units
No. of Std. K.
Width Height Rack Pkg. Surface
Raceway
Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm Spaces Qty.
Net-SERV 1200mm Deep Cabinets L.
S722C122B Cabinet with full perforated front 28 700 78 1984 42 1 Cabinets,
door. Split perforated rear door. Racks &
Solid side panels. Cable
S752C122B 28 700 83 2118 45 1 Management
S622C122B 24 600 78 1984 42 1

M.
Grounding &
S652C122B 24 600 83 2118 45 1 Bonding
S722C129B Cabinet with full perforated front 28 700 78 1984 42 1

door. Split perforated rear door.
S752C129B No side panels. 28 700 83 2118 45 1 N.
Industrial
S622C129B 24 600 78 1984 42 1
S652C129B 24 600 83 2118 45 1 O.

Labeling &
Identification
Net-SERV 1070mm Deep Cabinets
S620C122B Cabinet with full perforated front 24 600 78 1984 42 1
door. Split perforated rear door. P.
Solid side panels. Cable
Management
S620C129B Cabinet with full perforated front 24 600 78 1984 42 1 Accessories
No side panels.
White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times. Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless Power Outlet Unit
Mounting Brackets
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure Cable Management Fingers
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface Standard Density Cable Management Configuration
Raceway
Cabinet supplied with two sets of cable management fingers
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
No. of Std.
Cable Width Height
Management Rack Pkg.
M. S722C122F Cabinet with full perforated front 28 700 78 1984 42 1
Grounding & door. Split perforated rear door.
Bonding S752C122F Solid side panels. 28 700 83 2118 45 1
S622C122F 24 600 78 1984 42 1

N.
Industrial S652C122F 24 600 83 2118 45 1
S722C129F Cabinet with full perforated front 28 700 78 1984 42 1

O. S752C129F No side panels. 28 700 83 2118 45 1
Labeling &
Identification
S622C129F 24 600 78 1984 42 1
P. S652C129F 24 600 83 2118 45 1

Cable
Management White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times.
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
Vertical Patch Panel Power Outlet Unit

Mounting Brackets F.
Mounting Brackets Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Cable Management Fingers Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
Vertical Patch Cable Management Configuration
Cabinet supplied with cable management fingers and vertical 19" EIA brackets L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
No. of Std. Management
Width Height Rack Pkg.
M.
S722C122P Cabinet with full perforated front 28 700 78 1984 42 1 Grounding &
door. Split perforated rear door. Bonding
S752C122P Solid side panels. 28 700 83 2118 45 1
S722C129P Cabinet with full perforated front 28 700 78 1984 42 1 N.

door. Split perforated rear door. Industrial
S752C129P No side panels. 28 700 83 2118 45 1
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
L.29
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
Power Outlet Unit
Mounting Brackets
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution Cable Management
Channels
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway High Density Cable Management Configuration
Cabinet supplied with four cable management channels and L-rings
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & No. of Std.
Width Height
Cable Rack Pkg.
Management Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm Spaces Qty.
S722C122H Cabinet with full perforated front 28 700 78 1984 42 1
M. door. Split perforated rear door.
Grounding & S752C122H Solid side panels. 28 700 83 2118 45 1
Bonding
S622C122H 24 600 78 1984 42 1
S652C122H 24 600 83 2118 45 1
N.
Industrial S722C129H Cabinet with full perforated front 28 700 78 1984 42 1
S752C129H No side panels. 28 700 83 2118 45 1
S622C129H 24 600 78 1984 42 1
O.
Labeling & S652C129H 24 600 83 2118 45 1
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Configuration for Vertical Exhaust Duct and High Density Management
Cabinet supplied with four cable management channels Includes vertical blanking panels where appropriate and C.
Fiber
and L-Rings front and back floor seals Optic
Directly vents network equipment exhaust into return Systems
plenum of data center
D.
No. of Std. Power
Rack Pkg. over
Part Number Part Description Spaces Qty. Ethernet
S722C131HV Cabinet with full perforated front door. Solid rear door. Single 42 1
side panel. Vertical exhaust duct extends cabinet 42"
E.
(1067mm) to 70" (1778mm).
Zone
S752C131HV Cabinet with full perforated front door. Solid rear door. Single 45 1 Cabling
(1067mm) to 70" (1778mm).
F.
side panel. Vertical exhaust duct extends cabinet 42" Wireless
(1067mm) to 70" (1778mm).
(1067mm) to 70" (1778mm). G.
S722C131HVR Cabinet with perforated single hinge front door. Solid single 42 1 Outlets
hinge back door. One side panel. Cage nut equipment rails
S722C131HV S722C131HVR mounted numbers up. Vertical exhaust duct not included.
S752C131HV S752C131HVR S752C131HVR Cabinet with perforated single hinge front door. Solid single 45 1 H.
S622C131HV S622C131HVR hinge back door. One side panel. Cage nut equipment rails Media
S652C131HV S652C131HVR mounted numbers up. Vertical exhaust duct not included. Distribution
S622C131HVR Cabinet with perforated single hinge front door. Solid single 42 1
hinge back door. One side panel. Cage nut equipment rails
mounted numbers up. Vertical exhaust duct not included. I.
Physical
S652C131HVR Cabinet with perforated single hinge front door. Solid single 45 1 Infrastructure
hinge back door. One side panel. Cage nut equipment rails Management
mounted numbers up. Vertical exhaust duct not included.
White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times. J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Vertical Exhaust Ducting Routing
Std.
Pkg. K.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Surface
Raceway
Vertical Exhaust Ducting for Net-SERV Cabinets
NSVED06I1632BL Vertical Exhaust Duct (VED) for 600mm Wide Net-SERV Cabinet, 1 L.
height adjustable from 16.0" (406mm) up to 32.0" (813mm). Cabinets,
NSVED07I1632BL Vertical Exhaust Duct (VED) for 700mm Wide Net-SERV Cabinet, 1 Racks &
height adjustable from 16.0" (406mm) up to 32.0" (813mm). Cable
Management
NSVED06I3266BL Vertical Exhaust Duct (VED) for 600mm Wide Net-SERV Cabinet, 1
height adjustable from 32.0" (813mm) up to 66.0" (1,676mm).
M.
NSVED07I3266BL Vertical Exhaust Duct (VED) for 700mm Wide Net-SERV Cabinet, 1 Grounding &
height adjustable from 32.0" (813mm) up to 66.0" (1,676mm). Bonding
NSMOR07A4548BL Net-SERV Middle of Row Sealing Accessory, 45 RU x 48" Depth 1
for 700mm Wide cabinet x 42 RU (cabinet to cabinet - w/o cabinet
side panel).
N.
Industrial
Net-SERV Doors and Floor Sealing Assemblies

Std.
O.
Pkg. Labeling &
Part Number Part Description Qty. Identification
NSRDF06R0042BL Net-SERV Solid Rear Door and Floor Sealing Assembly for 600mm 1
wide cabinet, 42 RU.
P.
NSRDF07R0042BL Net-SERV Solid Rear Door and Floor Sealing Assembly for 700mm 1 Cable
wide cabinet, 42 RU. Management
NSRDF06R0045BL Net-SERV Solid Rear Door and Floor Sealing Assembly for 600mm 1 Accessories
wide cabinet, 45 RU.
NSRDF07R0045BL Net-SERV Solid Rear Door and Floor Sealing Assembly for 700mm 1
wide cabinet, 45 RU. Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-SERV Colocation Cabinet
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems No. of Std.
Rack Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Qty.
D.
Power Net-SERV 700mm Wide, Split Colocation Cabinet

over S752S2C122B Net-SERV 700mm wide, 45 RU, Split Colo-Cabinet, with 45 1

Ethernet
single perforated front door, split perforated rear doors, two
side panels, and no cable management.
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
Net-SERV Accessories
Std.
Pkg.
G. Part Number Part Description Qty.
Outlets
Side Panels
S22PS 42 RU removable solid side panel covers and protects cable and 1
equipment. Single lock allows for quick release and removal of side
H. panels for easier and faster moves, adds, and changes.
Media
Distribution S52PS 45 RU removable solid side panel covers and protects cable and 1
equipment. Single lock allows for quick release and removal of side
panels for easier and faster moves, adds, and changes.
I.
Physical S22PS Equipment Mounting Rails
Infrastructure S52PS
Management S62RC 42 RU x 600mm (24") wide cage nut equipment mounting rails, 1
sold in pairs.
J. S72RC 42 RU x 700mm (28") wide cage nut equipment mounting rails, 1
Overhead & sold in pairs.
Underfloor
Routing S65RC 45 RU x 600mm (24") wide cage nut equipment mounting rails, 1
sold in pairs.
S75RC 45 RU x 700mm (28") wide cage nut equipment mounting rails, 1
K. sold in pairs.
Surface S62RC
Raceway S72RC Casters
S65RC SCSTR Includes set of four casters. 1
L. S75RC
Cabinets, Power Outlet Unit Mounting Brackets
Racks &
Cable SVPDUB Brackets for tool-less mounting of two 2" (51mm) widepower 1
Management outlet units.
Vertical Patch Panel Mounting Bracket
M. SVPPB Net-SERV Bracket to vertically mount 1 RU EIA 19" products including 1
Grounding & copper and fiber patch panels. Compatible with 700mm Net-SERV
Bonding SCSTR Cabinets with finger bracket cable managers only.
Floor Seal Skirt for Net-SERV Cabinets with Casters
N. SRFS-KIT Net-SERV 48"/1200mm deep, End of Row Sealing Kit for Use with 1
Industrial Casters to complete one side.
Finger Brackets for Net-SERV Cabinets
SVPDUB
S62BRFK Net-SERV 24"/600 wide x 42 RU, cable management finger sections 1
O. and bracket kit to complete two sides.
Labeling &
Identification S65BRFK Net-SERV 24"/600 wide x 45 RU, cable management finger sections 1
and bracket kit to complete two sides.
P. S72BRFK Net-SERV 28"/700 wide x 42 RU, cable management finger sections 1

Cable and bracket kit to complete two sides.
Management S75BRFK Net-SERV 28"/700 wide x 45 RU, cable management finger sections 1
Accessories SVPPB S62BRFK and bracket kit to complete two sides.
S65BRFK
S72BRFK
Q. S75BRFK
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-SERV Accessories (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Systems
Pkg.
D.
High Density Cable Management Brackets for Net-SERV Cabinets Power
over
S62BRCK Net-SERV 24"/600mm wide x 42 RU, vertical cable management 1 Ethernet
L-Rings and bracket kit to complete one panel.
S65BRCK Net-SERV 24"/600mm wide x 45 RU, vertical cable management 1
L-Rings and bracket kit to complete one panel. E.
Zone
S72BRCK Net-SERV 28"/700mm wide x 42 RU, vertical cable management 1 Cabling
L-Rings and bracket kit to complete one panel.
S75BRCK Net-SERV 28"/700mm wide x 45 RU, vertical cable management 1
S62BRCK L-Rings and bracket kit to complete one panel. F.
S65BRCK Wireless
S72BRCK Perforated Net-SERV Doors

S75BRCK S65DS Rear perforated split door for Net-SERV 600mm wide, 1
45 RU Cabinet.
S65DSH Single hinge perforated door for Net-SERV 600mm wide, 1 G.
45 RU Cabinet. Outlets
S62DS Rear perforated split door for Net-SERV 600mm wide, 1

42 RU Cabinet.
H.
S62DSH Single hinge perforated door for Net-SERV 600mm wide, 1 Media
42 RU Cabinet. Distribution
45 RU Cabinet. I.
S75DSH Single hinge perforated door for Net-SERV 700mm wide, 1 Physical
45 RU Cabinet. Infrastructure
Management
42 RU Cabinet.
S65DS S65DSH J.
S72DSH Single hinge perforated door for Net-SERV 700mm wide, 1 Overhead &
S62DS S62DSH
42 RU Cabinet. Underfloor
S75DS S75DSH Routing
S72DS S72DSH
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Top of Cabinet Air Sealing Accessories
C.
Fiber Designed for the Net-Access and Net-SERV Cabinets, innovative air sealing accessories prevent cooling air from escaping
Optic through cable inlets improving thermal efficiency of the cabinets. Air sealing accessories snap into the cabinet top knock-outs
Systems for fast configuration.
D.
Power
over
Ethernet 600 mm (24") Net-SERV Cabinet shown with optional vertical exhaust duct.
E.
Zone
Cabling
Cabinet Top Air Sealing

F. Fiber Optic Fitting is used
Wireless to provide a transition and
seal for fiber optic cables
entering the cabinet via slit
corrugated tubing.
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
Cool Boot Cabinet Top Air

I. Sealing Fitting is used to seal
Physical
Infrastructure copper data cables entering
Management the cabinet.
Net-SERV Cabinets are provided with four pre-installed 3"x 8" and
J. two 3"x 5" cabinet top covers and cable protection bezels.
Overhead &
Underfloor Cabinet Top Cover and Cable
Routing Protection Bezel are used
when additional knock-outs are
removed from the cabinet.
K.
Surface
Raceway Std.
Pkg.
L. Part Number Part Description Qty.
Cabinets,
Racks & Cool Boot Cabinet Top Air Sealing Fitting
Cable CTG3X8 Used to seal off 3" x 8" cabinet top openings when cables are routed 1
Management through the top of a cabinet. Airtight fabric and Ultra-Cinch Tie closes
top of fabric, minimizing hot air bypass around cables to improve cooling
M. of network equipment and reduce energy costs. For use with both
Grounding & Net-SERV and Net-Access Cabinets. Requires cabinet top cable
Bonding protection bezel to be installed.
Cabinet Top Air Sealing FIber Optic Fitting

N.
CTIDT15 Used to transition 1.5" (38mm) diameter slit corrugated tubing directly into 1
Industrial a 3" x 8" or 3" x 5" cabinet top opening. Split design allows easy access to
add or remove cables. Fitting minimizes hot air bypass around tubing to
improve cooling of network equipment and reduce energy costs. For use
with both Net-SERV and Net-Access Cabinets. Requires cabinet top
O. cable protection bezel to be installed.
Labeling &
Identification Cabinet Top Cover and Cable Protection Bezel
CTCC3X8 Used to seal off 3" x 8" cabinet top openings after knock-outs are 1
removed. Can also be used to add the CTG3X8 or CTIDT15 to openings
P.
Cable where knock-out has been removed. For use with both Net-SERV and
Management Net-Access Cabinets.
Accessories Slit Corrugated Loom Tubing
CLT150F-X3* Provides a vertical pathway as cables transfer from the FiberRunner 1
Fitting to the equipment below. Inside diameter is 1.48" (37.6mm) and
Q.
outside diameter 1.73" (43.9mm). Sold in 10 rolls.
Index
*For other colors replace suffix X3 (Orange) with X4 (Yellow) or X20 (Black).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Power and Environmental Management C.

Fiber
Optic
Panduit Power Outlet Units (POUs) safely and efficiently manage and distribute power to allow multiple pieces of Systems
equipment to share a single power connector to enhance scalability of network build outs. Mounting flexibility allows
quick and easy installation, and when used with Panduit Net-Access and Net-SERV Cabinets, the user receives a D.
complete networking solution that will satisfy data center requirements today and into the future. Power
over
Ethernet
Basic and Metered Power Outlet Units
E.
Mounting brackets and screws included Scrolling power meter Zone
Integrated local power monitor display Surge protection Cabling
Power on indicator green LED
Power Strip Options Single Phase 15, 20, 30, and 60 AMPS F.
Wireless
Std.
Pkg.
G.
Horizontal 15 AMP, Single Phase 120V Outlets
CMRPSH15 Horizontal power strip 15 A, 120V, ten NEMA 5-15R receptacles, one 1
15 A thermal breaker, 10' power cord with NEMA 5-15P plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 3.8"D (44mm x 483mm x 95mm) H.
Media
CMRPSH15 Horizontal 15 Amp with Surge Protection 120V Distribution
CMRPSH15S Horizontal power strip with a 15 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-15R receptacles, 1
one 15 A thermal breaker, surge suppression indicator, and 10' power I.
cord with NEMA 5-15P plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Physical
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 3.8"D (44mm x 431mm x 95mm) Infrastructure
Management
Vertical 15 AMP with Surge Protection 120V
CMRPSV15SIL Vertical power strip with a 15 A, 120V, 20 NEMA 5-15R in-line 1 J.
receptacles, one 15 A thermal breaker, red LED surge suppression Overhead &
indicator, and 10' power cord with NEMA 5-15P plug. Underfloor
UL and c-UL Listed. Routing
CMRPSV15SILM Vertical power strip with a 15 A, 120V, 20 NEMA 5-15R in-line 1 K.
receptacles, one 15 A thermal breaker, red LED surge suppression Surface
indicator, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with Raceway
NEMA 5-15P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
L.
Horizontal 20 AMP, Single Phase 120V Cabinets,
Racks &
CMRPSH20* Horizontal power strip 20 A, 120V, ten NEMA 5-20R receptacles, one 1 Cable
20 A thermal breaker, 10' power cord with NEMA 5-20P plug. Management
UL and c-UL Listed.
M.
Horizontal 20 AMP with Surge Digital Monitor 120V Grounding &
Bonding
CMRPSH20S Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1
one 20 A thermal breaker, surge suppression indicator, and 10' power
cord with NEMA 5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 3.8"D (44mm x 431mm x 95mm) N.
Industrial
CMRPSH20STL Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1
one 20 A thermal breaker, red LED surge suppression indicator, and
10' power cord with NEMA L5-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x3.8"D (44mm x 431mm x 95mm) O.
Labeling &
Horizontal 20 AMP with Surge and Digital Monitor 120V Identification
CMRPSH20SMTL Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1
one 20 A thermal breaker, red LED surge suppression indicator, red
LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA L5-20P twist P.
lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Cable
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 3.8"D (44mm x 431mm x 95mm) Management
Accessories
*For local digital monitor add CM.
Refer to www.panduit.com for detailed information on the complete line of power outlet units.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Basic and Metered Power Outlet Units (continued)
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std.
Pkg.
D.
Power Horizontal 20 AMP with and without Digital Monitor 208V
over HB0B1E1BN12H1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 12 NEMA 6-20R 1
Ethernet receptacles, one 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch
with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA 6-20P plug.
E. UL and c-UL Listed.
Zone Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (44mm x 431mm x 165mm)
Cabling HB0B1F1BN12H1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 12 NEMA 6-20R 1
receptacles, one 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch
with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-20P
twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
F.
Wireless Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (43mm x 431mm x 165mm)
HB1B1E1BN12H1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 12 NEMA 6-20R 1
with integral switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power
G. cord with NEMA 6-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Outlets Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (44mm x 431mm x 165mm)
HB1B1F1BN12H1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 12 NEMA 6-20R 1
H. with integral switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power
Media cord with NEMA L6-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Distribution Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17"W x 6.5"D (44mm x 431mm x 165mm)
HB1B1E0BA08W1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 4 IEC C-13 and 4 IEC C-19 1
I. receptacles, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA
Physical 6-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Infrastructure Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.85"D (43mm x 431mm x 47mm)
Management
HB1B1F0BA08W1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 4 IEC C-13 and 4 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, red LED current monitor and 10' power cord with NEMA
J. L6-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Overhead & Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.85"D (43mm x 431mm x 47mm)
Underfloor
Routing HB0B1E0BA08W1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 4 IEC C-13 and 4 IEC C-19 1
receptacles and 10' power cord with NEMA 6-20P plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
K. Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.85"D (43mm x 431mm x 47mm)
Surface
Raceway HB0B1F0BA08W1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 4 IEC C-13 and 4 IEC C-19 1
receptacles and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-20P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
L.
Cabinets, Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.85"D (43mm x 431mm x 47mm)
Racks & 2 RU Horizontal 20 AMP Straight Plug 208V without Power Meter
Cable
Management HB0B1E0BA06J1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 6 NEMA L6-20R receptacles 1
and 10' power cord with NEMA 6-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
M.
Grounding & HB1B1E0BA06J1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 6 NEMA L6-20R 1
Bonding receptacles, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
N. 2 RU Horizontal 20 AMP Twist Lock Plug 208V with Power Meter
Industrial
HB1B1F0BA06J1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 6 NEMA L6-20R 1
receptacles, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
NEMA L6-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Labeling &
Identification HB0B1F0BA06J1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 6 NEMA L6-20R 1
UL and c-UL Listed.
P. Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 155mm)
Cable
Management **For twist lock version replace 1E with 1F.
Accessories For non-metered versions, replace HB1 with HB0, i.e. HB0B1F0BA08W1.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Basic and Metered Power Outlet Units (continued) C.

Fiber
St. Optic
Pkg. Systems
D.
Vertical 20 AMP, Single Phase 120V Power
CMRPSV20** Vertical power strip with a 20 A, 120V, ten NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1 over
one 20 A thermal breaker, 10' power cord with NEMA 5-20P plug. Ethernet
UL and c-UL Listed.
E.
CMRPSVD20** Vertical power strip with dual 20 A, 120V circuits, ten NEMA 5-20R 1 Zone
receptacles per circuit, two 20 A thermal breakers, two 15' power Cabling
cords with NEMA 5-20P plugs. UL and c-UL Listed.
Vertical 20 AMP with Surge Protection and in-line Receptacles 120V F.
CMRPSV20SIL Vertical power strip with a 20 A, 120V, 20 NEMA 5-20R in-line 1 Wireless
receptacles, one 20 A thermal breaker, red LED surge suppression
indicator, and 10' power cord with NEMA 5-20P plug.
CMRPSV20 UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 1.9"W x 1.6"D (1683mm x 47mm x 33mm) G.
CMRPSV20SILTL Vertical power strip with a 20 A, 120V, 20 NEMA 5-20R in-line 1 Outlets
indicator, and 10' power cord with NEMA L5-20P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed. H.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 1.9"W x 1.6"D (1683mm x 47mm x 33mm) Media
CMRPSV20SILM Vertical power strip with a 20 A, 120V, 20 NEMA 5-20R in-line 1 Distribution
indicator, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA
5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed. I.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 1.9"W x 1.6"D (1683mm x 47mm x 33mm) Physical
Infrastructure
CMRPSV20SILTLM Vertical power strip with a 20 A, 120V, 20 NEMA 5-20R in-line 1 Management
indicator, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA
L5-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. J.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 1.9"W x 1.6"D (1683mm x 47mm x 33mm) Overhead &
Underfloor
Vertical 20 AMP with Surge Protection and without Digital Monitor 120V Routing
CMRPSV20S Vertical power strip with a 20 A, 120V, twenty NEMA 5-20R duplex 1
K.
indicator, and 10' power cord with NEMA 5-20P plug. Surface
UL and c-UL Listed. Raceway
CMRPSV20STL Vertical power strip with a 20 A, 120V, twenty NEMA 5-20R duplex 1 L.
receptacles, one 20 A thermal breaker, red LED surge suppression Cabinets,
indicator, and 10' power cord with NEMA L5-20P twist lock plug. Racks &
UL and c-UL Listed. Cable
CMRPSV20SM Vertical power strip with a 20 A, 120V, twenty NEMA 5-20R duplex 1
receptacles, one 20 A thermal breaker, red LED surge suppression M.
indicator, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA Grounding &
5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Bonding
CMRPSV20STLM Vertical power strip with a 20 A, 120V, twenty NEMA 5-20R duplex 1
receptacles, one 20 A thermal breaker, red LED surge suppression N.
indicator, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA Industrial
L5-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
CMRPSV20C139 Vertical power strip with 20 A, 120V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, and 10' power cords with NEMA 5-20P plug. O.
UL and c-UL Listed. Labeling &
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Identification
CMRPSV20C139TL Vertical power strip with a 20 A, 120V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, and 10' power cords with NEMA L5-20P twist lock P.
plugs. UL and c-UL Listed. Cable
Accessories
**For Twist Lock Plug add TL.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std.
Pkg.
D.
Power Vertical 20 AMP Dual Plug with and without Digital Monitor 208V
over VB0B1E0CA20H1 Vertical power strip with dual 20 A, 208V, ten NEMA 6-20R 1
Ethernet receptacles per circuit, two 10' power cords with NEMA 6-20P plugs.
UL and c-UL Listed.
E. Dimensions: 66.3"H x 1.9"W x 1.3"D (1683mm x 47mm x 33mm)
Zone VB0B1F0CA20H1 Vertical power strip with dual 20 A, 208V, ten NEMA 6-20R 1
Cabling receptacles per circuit, red LED current monitor and two 10' power
cords with NEMA L6-20P twist lock plugs. UL and c-UL Listed.
F. VB1B1E0CA20H1 Vertical power strip with dual 20 A, 208V ten NEMA 6-20R 1
Wireless receptacles per circuit, red LED current monitor per circuit, and two
10' power cords with NEMA 6-20P plugs. UL and c-UL Listed.
VB0B1E0CA20H1 VB1B1F0CA20H1 Vertical power strip with dual 20 A, 208V ten NEMA 6-20R 1
G.
Outlets receptacles per circuit, red LED current monitor per circuit, and two
10' power cords with NEMA L6-20P twist lock plugs.
UL and c-UL Listed.
H.
Media Vertical 20 AMP 3 Phase 120V
Distribution VB0A1J0BA24E1 Vertical power strip with a 20 A WYE, 120 V, 24 NEMA 5-20R 1
UL and c-UL Listed.
I. Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Physical
Infrastructure VB1A1J0BA24E1 Vertical power strip with a 20 A WYE, 120V, 24 NEMA 5-20R 1
Management receptacles, and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
J. Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Overhead &
Underfloor Vertical 20 AMP 3 Phase 120V
Routing VB0A1J0BA30P1 Vertical power strip with 20 A WYE, 120 V 24 IEC C-13 and 6 1
IEC C-19 receptacles and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-20P
Surface
Raceway VB1A1J0BA30P1 Vertical power strip with 20 A WYE, 120V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 1
IEC C-19 receptacles, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord
L. with NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Racks &
Cable Vertical 20 AMP 3 Phase 208V
Management VB0B1J0BA24H1 Vertical power strip with a 20 A WYE, 208V, 24 NEMA 6-20R 1
VB0A1J0BA24E1 receptacles and 10' power cord with NEMA 21-20P twist lock plug.
M. UL and c-UL Listed.
Bonding
VB1B1J0BA24H1 Vertical power strip with a 20 A WYE, 208V, 24 NEMA 6-20R 1
receptacles, red LED current monitor, and 10 power cord with
N. Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems

Fiber
Optic
Std. Systems
Pkg.
D.
Vertical 20 AMP 3 Phase 208V Power
VB1B1J0BA30P1 Vertical power strip with 20 A WYE, 208V, 24 IEC C-13 and 1 over
Ethernet
6 IEC C-19 receptacles, red LED current monitor, and 10' power
cord with NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) E.
VB0C1J0BA30U1 Vertical power strip with a 20 A WYE, 208V, 24 NEMA 5-20R and 1 Zone
6 NEMA L6-20R receptacles and 10' power cord with NEMA Cabling
VB1C1J0BA30U1 Vertical power strip with a 20 A WYE, 208V, 24 NEMA 5-20R and 1 F.
6 NEMA L6-20R receptacles, red LED current monitor, and 10' Wireless
power cord with NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
VB0C1J0BA18V1 Vertical power strip with a 20 A WYE, 208V, 12 IEC C-13 and 1 G.
6 NEMA 5-20R receptacles and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-20P Outlets
1 RU Horizontal 30 AMP with and without Digital Monitor 120V H.
HB0A1M2BN12E1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 120V, 12 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, two 1 Media
20 A single pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch Distribution
guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA L5-30P twist lock plug.
VB0C1J0BA3OU1 UL and c-UL Listed.
I.
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (43mm x 431mm x 165mm) Physical
HB1A1M2BN12E1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 120V, 12 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, two 1 Infrastructure
20 A single pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch Management
guard, LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA L5-30P
twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. J.
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (43mm x 431mm x 165mm) Overhead &
Underfloor
HB0A1M2BT08W1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 120V, 4 IEC C-13 and 4 IEC C-19 1 Routing
receptacles, two 15 A thermal breakers, and 10' power cord with
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.85"D (43mm x 431mm x 47mm) K.
Surface
HB1A1M2BT08W1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 120V, 4 IEC C-13 and 4 IEC C-19 1 Raceway
receptacles, two 15 A thermal breakers, red LED current monitor,
and 10' power cord with NEMA L5-30P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed. L.
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.85"D (43mm x 431mm x 47mm) Cabinets,
Racks &
HB0A1M2BT10M1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 120V, 10 IEC C-13 receptacles, two 1 Cable
15 A thermal breakers and 10' power cord with NEMA L5-30P twist Management
lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.6"D (43mm x 431mm x 41mm) M.
HB1A1M2BT10M1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 120V, 10 IEC C-13 receptacles, two 1 Grounding &
Bonding
15 A thermal breakers, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord
with NEMA L5-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
**For Twist Lock Plug add TL. N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std.
Pkg.
D.
Power 2 RU Horizontal 30 AMP with and without Digital Monitor 120V
over HB0A1M2BN06G1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 120V, 6 NEMA L5-20R receptacles, two 1
Ethernet 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
E. UL and c-UL Listed.
Zone Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 152mm)
Cabling HB1A1M2BN06G1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 120V, 6 NEMA L5-20R receptacles, two 1
20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
F.
Wireless Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 152mm)
HB0A1M0BA06K1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 120V, 6 NEMA L5-30R receptacles, 1
UL and c-UL Listed.
G. Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 152mm)
Outlets
HB1A1M0BA06K1 Horizontal power strip with a 30 A, 120V, 6 NEMA L5-30R 1
receptacles, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
H. Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 152mm)
Media
Distribution 1 RU Horizontal 30 AMP with and without Digital Monitor 208V
HB0B1L4BT10M1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 208V, 10 IEC C-13 receptacles, four 1
15 A thermal breakers, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist
I. lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Physical Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.6"D (43mm x 431mm x 41mm)
Infrastructure
Management HB1B1L4BT10M1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 208V, 10 IEC C-13 receptacles, four 1
15 A thermal breakers, red LED current monitor, and 10' power
J. cord with NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Overhead & Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.6"D (43mm x 431mm x 41mm)
Underfloor
Routing HB0B1L2BN12H1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 208V, 12 NEMA 6-20R receptacles, two 1
20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral guard,
K. UL and c-UL Listed.
Surface Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (43mm x 431mm x 165mm)
Raceway HB1B1L2BN12H1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 208V, 12 NEMA 6-20R receptacles, two 1
20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral guard,
L. red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P
Cabinets, twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Racks & Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (43mm x 431mm x 165mm)
Cable
Management HB0B1L4BT08W1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 208V, 4 IEC C-13 and 4 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, four 15 A thermal breakers and 10' power cord with
M.
Bonding HB1B1L4BT08W1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 208V, 4 IEC C-13 and 4 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, four 15 A thermal breakers, red LED current monitor,
N. UL and c-UL Listed.
Industrial Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.85"D (43mm x 431mm x 47mm)
**For twist lock version replace 1E with 1F.

For non-metered versions, replace HB1 with HB0, i.e. HB0B1F0BA08W1.
O. Refer to www.panduit.com for detailed information on the complete line of power outlet units.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Std.
Optic
Pkg. Systems
2 RU Horizontal 30 AMP with and without Digital Monitor 208V D.
HB0B1L2BN06J1 Horizontal power strip with a 30 A, 208V, 6 NEMA L6-20R receptacles, 1 Power
two 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch over
Ethernet
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 152mm) E.
HB1B1L2BN06J1 Horizontal power strip with a 30 A, 208V, 6 NEMA L6-20R receptacles, 1 Zone
two 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch Cabling
guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P
F.
HB0B1L0BA06L1 Horizontal power strip with a 30 A, 208V, 6 NEMA L6-30R receptacles, 1 Wireless
and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
HB1B1L0BA06L1 Horizontal power strip with a 30 A, 208 V, 6 NEMA L6-30R receptacles, 1
red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist G.
lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Outlets
Vertical 30 AMP with and without Digital Monitor 120V
VB0A1M2BM30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1 H.
receptacles, two 20 A single pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with Media
integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA L5-30P twist lock Distribution
plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" I.
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Physical
VB1A1M2BM30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1 Infrastructure
receptacles, two 20 A single pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with Management
integral switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
NEMA L5-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. J.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Overhead &
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Underfloor
VB0A1M2BM24E1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120 V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, two 20 A 1 Routing
single pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard,
VB0A1M2BM30P1 and 10' power cord with NEMA L5-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
K.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Surface
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Raceway
VB1A1M2BM24E1 Vertical power strip with dual 30 A, 120V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1
two 20 A single pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch L.
guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA L5-30P Cabinets,
twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Racks &
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Cable
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Management
Vertical 30 AMP, Dual Plug with and without Digital Monitor 120V
M.
VB0A1M2CN24E1 Vertical power strip with dual 30 A, 120V twenty-four NEMA 5-20R 1 Grounding &
receptacles per circuit, two 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off Bonding
switch with integral switch guard, and two 10' power cords with NEMA
L5-30P twist lock plugs. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) N.
VB1A1M2CN24E1 Vertical power strip with dual 30 A, 120V twenty-four NEMA 5-20R 1 Industrial
receptacles per circuit, two 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off
switch with integral switch guard, red LED current monitor, and two 10'
power cords with NEMA L5-30P twist lock plugs. UL and c-UL Listed. O.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Labeling &
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Identification
Vertical 30 AMP Dual Plug with and without Digital Monitor 208V
VB1B1L4CN48M1 Vertical power strip 30 Amp, 208V, 48 IEC C-13 receptacles, four 20 1 P.
Amp double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch Cable
guard, two red LED current monitors, and dual 10' power cord with Management
NEMA L6-30P twist lock plugs. UL and c-UL Listed. Accessories
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 89mm x 51mm).
VB0A1P3BN24E1 **For Twist Lock Plug add TL. Q.
Refer to www.panduit.com for detailed information on the complete line of power outlet units. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std.
Systems
Pkg.
D.
Power Vertical 30 AMP with and without Digital Monitor 208V
over VB0B1L4BT24M1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 24 IEC C-13 receptacles, four 15 A 1
Ethernet thermal breakers, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist lock
plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
E.
Zone (87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 44mm x 44mm)
Cabling VB1B1L4BT24M1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 24 IEC C-13 receptacles, four 15 A 1
thermal breakers, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
F. (87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 44mm x 44mm)
Wireless
VB1B1L2BN24H1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 24 NEMA 6-20R receptacles, 1
two 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral
switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
G. NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Outlets Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
VB0B1L2BN12J1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 12 NEMA L6-20R receptacles, 1
H. switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug.
Media UL and c-UL Listed.
Distribution
I. VB1B1L2BN12J1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 12 NEMA L6-20R receptacles, 1
Physical two 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral
Infrastructure switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
Management NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
J. (87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Overhead & VB1B1L4CN48M1 Vertical power strip with 30 A, 208V, 48 IEC C-13 receptacles, four 1
Underfloor VB1B1L2BN24H1
20 A double pole magnetic breaker /on-off switch with integral switch
Routing guard, two red LED current monitors and dual 10' power cord with
NEMA L6-30P twist lock plugs. UL and c-UL Listed.
Surface Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120V
Raceway
VB0A1P3BN24E1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V WYE, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1
three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral
L. switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-30P twist lock
Cabinets, plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Racks & Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
Cable
Management
VB1A1P3BN24E1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1
M.
Grounding &
Bonding NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
VB1A1P3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
N. receptacles, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch
Industrial with integral switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power
O.
Labeling & VB1A1P3BN12G1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V WYE, 12 NEMA L5-20R receptacles, 1
Identification three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral
P. Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
Cable (87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Management
Accessories For non-metered versions, replace VB1 with VB0, i.e. VB0A1P3BN24E1
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems

Fiber
Optic
Std.
Systems
Pkg.
D.
Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 208V Power
VB1B1P3BN24H1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V WYE, 24 NEMA 6-20R receptacles, 1 over
three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral Ethernet
NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. E.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Zone
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Cabling
VB1B1P3BN12J1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V WYE, 12 NEMA L6-20R receptacles, 1
NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. F.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Wireless
VB1A1P3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch
G.
with integral switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power Outlets
Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120/208V H.
Media
VB0C1P3BN33X1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120/208V WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 3 IEC 1 Distribution
VB1B1P3BN24H1 C-19 and 6 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, three 20 A double pole
magnetic breaker/on-off switch, with integral switch guard, and 10'
power cord with NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. I.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Physical
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Infrastructure
Management
VB0C1P3BN24Y1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120/208V WYE, 12 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC 1
C-19 and 6 NEMA 5-20R, receptacles, three 20 A double pole
magnetic breaker/on-off switch, with integral switch guard, and 10' J.
power cord with NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Overhead &
Dimensions: 70"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Underfloor
Routing
Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V
VB1D1Q3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 230/400V WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC 1 K.
Surface
C-19 receptacles, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off Raceway
switch with integral switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10'
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" L.
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Cabinets,
Racks &
Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase Delta 208V Cable
VB1B1N3BN24H1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V Delta, 24 NEMA 6-20R receptacles, 1 Management
switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with M.
NEMA L15-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Grounding &
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Bonding
VB1B1N3BN12J1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V Delta, 12 NEMA L6-20R receptacles, 1
three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral N.
switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with Industrial
(87.4) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
VB1B1N3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V Delta, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1 O.
Labeling &
receptacles, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch
Identification
with integral switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" P.
(87.4) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std.
Pkg.
D.
Power 60 Amp with and without Digital Monitor 208V
over VB0B2C3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 60 A, 208V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
Ethernet receptacles, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off
switch with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with
E. IEC 60309 2P+E pin in sleeve water tight connector.
Zone UL and c-UL Listed.
Cabling Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
VB1B2C3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 60 A, 208V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
F. receptacles, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch
Wireless with integral switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power
cord with IEC 60309 2P+E pin in sleeve water tight connector.
UL and c-UL Listed.
G.
Outlets Horizontal 60 AMP without Digital Monitor 208V
HB0B2C3BN03N1 Horizontal power strip 60 A, 208V, 3 IEC C-19 receptacles, three 1
H. guard and 10 power cord with IEC 60309 2P+E pin in sleeve water
Media tight connector. UL and c-UL Listed.
Vertical 60 AMP, 3 Phase Delta 208V
I. VB0B2G6BN12N1 Vertical power strip 60 A, 208V, Delta, 12 IEC C-19 receptacles, six 1
Physical VB0B2C3BN30P1 20 A double pole magnetic breaker on-off switch with integral switch
Infrastructure guard, and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E pin and sleeve
Management
connector. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2"W x 3.5"D (1683mm x 51mm x 89mm)
J.
Overhead & VB0B2G6BN24Z1 Vertical power strip 60 A, 208V, Delta, 12 IEC C-13 and12 IEC 1
Underfloor C-19 receptacles, six 20 A double pole magnetic breaker on-off
Routing switch with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with IEC
60309 3P+E pin in sleeve connector. UL and c-UL Listed.
K.
Surface Vertical 80 AMP, 3 Phase Delta 208V
Raceway VB0B6A4AP12N1 Vertical power strip 80 A, 208V, Delta, 12 IEC C-19 receptacles, four 1
20 A triple pole magnetic breaker on-off switch with integral switch
L. guard, and hardwired wiring access panel conduit connection.
Cabinets, UL and c-UL Listed.
Racks & Dimensions: 66.3"H x 3.5"W x 3.5"D (1683mm x 89mm x 89mm)
Cable
Management For non-metered versions, replace VB1 with VB0, i.e. VB0A1P3BN24E1
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Auto Transfer Switch (ATS) Units C.

Fiber
Scrolling power meter providing critical information on Switches from the primary to the secondary power source Optic
Systems
current draw Dual input power sources for redundancy
D.
Power
over
Std.
Ethernet
Pkg.
Horizontal Auto Transfer Switch 20 AMP with and without Digital Monitor 120V E.
Zone
HA1A1C0CA10E1 Horizontal auto transfer switch 20 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-20R 1 Cabling
receptacles, two LEDs power-on indicators with red LED current
monitor, and dual 10' power cord with NEMA 5-20P plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Power Feeds A and B must be Phase Synchronized. F.
HA1AC0CA10E1 Dimensions: 1.72"H x 17.0"W x 9.0"D (44mm x 431mm x 229mm) Wireless
HA0A1C0CA10E1 Horizontal auto transfer switch 20 A, 120 V, 10 NEMA 5-20R 1
receptacles, two LEDs power-on indicators, and dual 10' power cord
with NEMA 5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
G.
Power Feeds A and B must be Phase Synchronized. Outlets
HA1A1D0CA10E1 Horizontal auto transfer switch 20 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-20R 1
receptacles, two LEDs power-on indicators with red LED current
monitor, and dual 10' power cord with NEMA L5-20P twist lock plug. H.
Media
UL and c-UL Listed.
Distribution
Power Feeds A and B must be Phase Synchronized.
HA0A1D0CA10E1 Horizontal auto transfer switch 20 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-20R 1 I.
receptacles, two LEDs power-on indicators, and dual 10' power cord Physical
with NEMA L5-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Infrastructure
Management
J.
Horizontal Auto Transfer Switch 30 AMP with Digital Monitor 120V Overhead &
HA1A1M2CM10E1 Horizontal auto transfer switch 30 A, 120 V, 10 NEMA 5-20R 1 Underfloor
receptacles, two LEDs power-on indicators with red LED current Routing
monitor, two 20 A single pole magnetic breaker on-off switch with
integral switch guard and, dual 10' power cord with NEMA L5-30P K.
twist lock plugs. UL and c-UL Listed. Surface
Power Feeds A and B must be Phase Synchronized. Raceway
HA0A1M2CM10E1 Horizontal auto transfer switch 30 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-20R 1 L.
receptacles, two LEDs power-on indicators with two 20 A single pole Cabinets,
magnetic breaker on-off switch with integral switch guard, and dual Racks &
10' power cord with NEMA L5-30P twist lock plugs. Cable
UL and c-UL Listed. Management
Grounding &
Refer to www.panduit.com for detailed information on the complete line of power outlet units. Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Networked Power Outlet Units
Fiber
Optic Remote access to power consumption data via a Integrated power monitoring and management with on unit
Systems
web-based GUI provides global network access to display provides true RMS input current load (in amps) for
real-time power information each power circuit or phase to properly load balance and
D. maximize power circuits
Power Integrates with Panduit PIM Software, which
over aggregates power information through a single web Provides user-defined alarm/messaging capabilities for
Ethernet based GUI interface specific events that exceeded thresholds
Mounting buttons allow tool-less installation of
E. power strips
Zone
Cabling Std.
Pkg.
F. Horizontal 20 Amp, 120V Networked Aggregate Monitoring
Wireless
PZ1A1C0BA20E1 2 RU horizontal power strip 20 A, 120V, 20 NEMA 5-20R 1
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and
10' power cord with NEMA 5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
G.
Outlets PZ1A1D0BA20E1 2 RU Horizontal power strip 20 A, 120V, 20 NEMA 5-20R 1
10' power cord, NEMA L5-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
H.
Media Vertical 20 AMP, 120V Networked Aggregate Monitoring
Distribution
QZ1A1C0BA24E1* Vertical power strip 20 A, 120V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1
RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and 10' power
I. cord with NEMA 5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Physical Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Infrastructure QZ1A1C0BA30P1* Vertical power strip 20 A, 120V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
Management
10' power cord with NEMA 5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
J. Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Overhead &
Underfloor Vertical 20 AMP, 208V Networked Aggregate Monitoring
Routing QZ1B1P3BN30P1
QZ1B1E0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 208V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
K. 10' power cord with NEMA 6-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Surface Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Raceway QZ1B1E0BA24H1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 208V, 24 NEMA 6-20R receptacles, 1
RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and 10' power
L. cord with NEMA 6-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Racks &
Cable Vertical 20 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120V Networked Circuit (X, Y, Z) Monitoring
Management QZ1A1J0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 120V WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor and,
M. 10' power cord with NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug.
Grounding & UL and c-UL Listed.
Vertical 20 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 208V Networked Circuit (XY, YZ, ZX) Monitoring
QZ1B1J0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 208V WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
N. receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and
Industrial
10' power cord with NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
O. Vertical 20 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Networked Circuit Phase (X,Y, Z)
Labeling &
Identification Monitoring
QZ1D1K0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 230/400V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 1
IEC C-19 receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current
P. monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA L22-20P twist lock plug.
Cable UL and c-UL Listed.
Accessories
*For NEMA L5-20P twist lock plug, replace C with D, i.e. QZ1A1D0BA24E1.
For NEMA L6-20P twist lock plug, replace E with F, i.e. QZ1B1F0BA30P1.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Networked Power Outlet Units (continued) C.

Fiber
Optic
Std. Systems
Pkg.
D.
Vertical 30 AMP, 120V Networked Aggregate/Breaker Monitoring Power
QZ1A1M2BM24E1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, RJ-45 1 over
Ethernet
Ethernet port with red LED current monitor two, 20 A single pole
magnetic breaker on-off switch with integral switch guard, and 10'
power cord with NEMA L5-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. E.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Zone
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Cabling
Vertical 30 AMP, 208V Networked Aggregate/Breaker Monitoring
QZ1B1L2BN24H1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 24 NEMA 6-20R receptacles, RJ-45 1
Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, two 20 A double pole F.
magnetic breaker on-off switch with integral switch guard, and 10' Wireless
G.
Half Height Vertical 30 AMP, 208V Networked Aggregate/Breaker Monitoring Outlets
QZ1B1L2BN1441 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 12 IEC C-13 and 2 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, two
20 A double pole magnetic breaker on-off switch with integral switch
guard, and 10 power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug. H.
Media
UL and c-UL Listed.
Distribution
QZ1B1P3BN30P1 Dimensions: 33.0"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120V Networked Phase/Breaker (X,Y, Z) Monitoring I.
Physical
QZ1A1P3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V, WYE 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1 Infrastructure
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, three Management
20 A double pole magnetic breaker on-off switch with integral switch
guard and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug. J.
UL and c-UL Listed. Overhead &
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Underfloor
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Routing
Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120/208V Networked Circuit/Breaker

(XY,YZ,ZX) Monitoring K.
Surface
QZ1C1P3BN33X1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120/208V WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 3 IEC 1
Raceway
C-19 and 6 NEMA 5-20R, receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red
LED current monitor, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker on-off
switch with integral switch guard and 10' power cord with NEMA L.
L21-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Cabinets,
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Racks &
Cable
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Management
QZ1C1P3BN24Y1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120/208V WYE, 12 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC 1
C-19 and 6 NEMA 5-20R, receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red M.
LED current monitor, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker on-off Grounding &
switch with integral switch guard and 10' power cord with NEMA Bonding
Dimensions: 70"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
N.
Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120/208V Networked Circuit/Breaker (XY, YZ, ZX) and Industrial
Outlet Monitoring
QQ1C1P3BN24Y1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120/208V WYE, 12 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC 1
C-19 and 6 NEMA 5-20R, receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red O.
LED current monitor, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker on-off Labeling &
switch with integral switch guard and 10' power cord with NEMA Identification
Dimensions: 70"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1777mm x 51mm x 51mm) P.
Cable
For Delta, replace P with N, i.e. QZ1B1N3BN30P1.
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C. Networked Power Outlet Units (continued)

Fiber
Optic
Systems Std.
Pkg.
D.
Power Half Height Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120/208V Networked Circuit/Breaker
over (XY, YZ, ZX) Monitoring
Ethernet
QZ1C1P3BN1851 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120/208V WYE, 9 IEC C-13 and 1
3 IEC C-19 and 6 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port
E. with red LED current monitor, three 20 A double pole magnetic
Zone breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord
Cabling with NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
F. Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 208V Networked Circuit/Breaker
Wireless (XY, YZ, ZX) Monitoring
QZ1C1P3BN1851 QZ1B1P3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, three
G.
Outlets guard and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
H.
Media Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Networked Phase/Breaker
Distribution (X, Y, Z) Monitoring
QZ1D1Q3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 230/400V WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 1
6 IEC C-19 receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current
I.
Physical monitor three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with
Infrastructure integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA L22-30P twist
Management lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
J.
Overhead & Vertical 60 AMP, 208V Networked Breaker Monitoring
Underfloor
Routing QZ1B2C3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 60 A, 208V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, three
K. guard, and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 2P+E pin in sleeve
Surface water tight connector. UL and c-UL Listed.
Raceway Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
L. Horizontal 60 AMP, 3 Phase Delta 208V Networked Breaker Monitoring
Cabinets,
Racks & PZ1B2G6BN12N1 Horizontal power strip 60 A, 208V, Delta, 12 IEC C-19 receptacles, 1
Cable RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, six 20 A double
Management pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard and
10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E pin in sleeve connector.
M. UL and c-UL Listed.
Bonding
Vertical 60 AMP, 3 Phase Delta 208V Networked Breaker Monitoring
QZ1B2G6BN24Z1 Vertical power strip 60 A, 208V, Delta, 12 IEC C-13 and 12 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, six
N. 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
Industrial guard and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E pin in sleeve
O. Vertical 80 AMP, 3 Phase Delta 208V Phase (X,Y, Z) and Outlet Monitoring
Labeling &
Identification QQ1B6A4AP12N1 Vertical power strip 80 A, 208V, Delta, 12 IEC C-19 receptacles, 1
RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, four 20 A triple
pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard, and
P. QZ1B2G6BN24Z1 hardwired wiring access panel conduit connection.
Cable UL and c-UL Listed.
Accessories
For Delta, replace P with N, i.e. QZ1B1N3BN30P1.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Networked Power Outlet Units (continued) C.

Fiber
Optic
60 AMP Networked Monitoring for Nexus Systems
Std.
D.
Pkg. Power
Ethernet
Vertical 60 AMP, 3 Phase Delta 208 Networked Breaker Monitoring for
Nexus 7.5kW Power Supplies
QZ1B2G6BN06L1 Vertical power strip with a 60 A, 208V, Delta, 6 NEMA L6-30R 1 E.
receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, six 30 Zone
A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch Cabling
guard, and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E pin in sleeve
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.25"W x 3.4"D (1683mm x 57mm x 87mm) F.
PZ1B2G3BN03L1 Horizontal power strip with a 60 A, 208V, Delta, 3 NEMA L6-30R 1 Wireless
receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, three
guard, and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E pin in sleeve
QZ1B2G6BN06L1 connector. UL and c-UL Listed. G.
Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 9.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 229mm) Outlets
QZ1B2G3BN03L1 Vertical power strip with a 60 A, 208V, Delta, 3 NEMA L6-30R 1
receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, three
30 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch H.
guard, and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E pin in sleeve Media
connector. UL and c-UL Listed. Distribution
PZ1B2G3BN03L1 QZ1B2G5BN2271 Vertical power strip with a 60 A, 208V, Delta, 16 IEC C-13, 4 IEC 1
I.
C-19 and 2 NEMA L6-30R receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red
Physical
LED current monitor, one 30 A and four 20 A double pole magnetic Infrastructure
breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord Management
with IEC 60309 3P+E pin in sleeve connector. UL and c-UL Listed.
J.
Vertical 16 AMP, 230V Networked Aggregate Monitoring Overhead &
QZ1D2A0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 16 A, 230V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1 Underfloor
Routing
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor with
a IEC 60309 2P+ E pin in sleeve connector. Complies with IEC
60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE Marked. K.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Surface
Raceway
Vertical 16 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Networked Circuit Phase
(X, Y, Z) Monitoring
L.
QZ1B2G5BN2271 QZ1D2Q0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 16 A, 230/400V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC 1 Cabinets,
C-19 receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current Racks &
monitor and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+N+ E pin in sleeve Cable
connector. Complies with IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 Management
and CE Marked.
Vertical 32 AMP, 230V Networked Aggregate/Breaker Monitoring Grounding &
Bonding
QZ1D2B2BM30P1 Vertical power strip 32 A, 230V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, two
16 A single pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
guard with a IEC 60309 2P+E pin in sleeve connector. Complies N.
with IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE Marked. Industrial
Vertical 32 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Networked Circuit Phase O.
(X, Y, Z) Monitoring Labeling &
Identification
QZ1D2P3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 32 A, 230/400V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC 1
C-19 receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor,
three 16 A single pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral P.
switch guard and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+ N+E, pin in Cable
sleeve connector. Complies with IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 Management
and CE Marked. Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Networked and Environmental Power Outlet Units
Fiber
Optic Remote access to power consumption data via a Provides user-defined alarm/messaging capabilities for
Systems web-based GUI provides global network access to specific events that exceed thresholds
real-time power information Integrated 2 line x 8 character LED display
D. Environmental monitoring measures
Power Optional remote LED display available for local monitoring,
in-cabinet temperature part number PVQ-RD
over
Ethernet Integrates with Panduit PIM Software which aggregates
power information through a single web interface
E.
Zone Std.
Cabling Pkg.
Horizontal 15 AMP, 120V Networked and Environmental Aggregate Monitoring
F. PN1A1B0BA10B1 Horizontal power strip 15 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-15R receptacles, with 1
Wireless LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
environmental ports, remote display port, and 10' power cord with
G.
Outlets Horizontal 20 Amp, 230V Networked and Environmental Aggregate Monitoring
PN1A1C0BA10E1 Horizontal power strip 20 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, with 1
LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
H. environmental ports, remote display port, and 10' power cord with
Media NEMA 5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Distribution PN1A1C0BA10E1 Dimensions: 1.73"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (44mm x 432mm x 165mm)
PN1A1D0BA10E1 Horizontal power strip 20 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, with 1
red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
I. environmental ports, remote display port, and 10' power cord with
Physical NEMA L5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Infrastructure
PN1A1D0BA12M1 Horizontal power strip 20 A, 120V, 12 IEC C-13 receptacles, with red 1
J. LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
Overhead & environmental ports, remote display port, and 10' power cord with
Underfloor NEMA L5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Routing Dimensions: 1.73"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (44mm x 432mm x 165mm)
Vertical 20 AMP, 120V Networked and Environmental Aggregate Monitoring
K. QN1A1C0BA24E1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 120V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, with 1
Surface red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
Raceway environmental ports, remote display port, and 10' power cord with
Cabinets,
Racks & Vertical 20 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120V Networked and Environmental Phase
Cable (X, Y, Z) Monitoring
Management QN1A1J0BA24E1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 120V, WYE, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1
with red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12
M. remote environmental ports, remote display port, and 10' power cord
Grounding & with NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Vertical 20 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 208V Networked and Environmental Circuit
(X, Y, Z) Monitoring
N.
Industrial QN1B1J0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 208V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
environmental display ports, remote display port, and 10' power cord
with NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Networked and Environmental Power Outlet Units (continued) C.

Fiber
Optic
Std. Systems
Pkg.
D.
Vertical 30 AMP, 120V Networked and Environmental Circuit Breaker Power
Level Monitoring over
Ethernet
QN1A1M2BM24E1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, with 1
red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
environmental ports, remote display port, two 20 A single pole E.
magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard, and 10' Zone
power cord with NEMA L5-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Cabling
Vertical 30 AMP, 208V Networked and Environmental Circuit Breaker Monitoring F.
QN1B1L2BN30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1 Wireless
receptacles, with red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with
two RJ12 remote environmental ports, remote display port, two 20 A
double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug. G.
UL and c-UL Listed. Outlets
QN1B1L2BN24H1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 24 NEMA 6-20R receptacles, with 1 H.
red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote Media
environmental ports, remote display port, two 20 A double pole Distribution
magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard, and 10'
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Half Height Vertical 30 Amp, 208V Networked and Environmental Circuit Breaker Management
Monitoring
QN1B1L2BN0861 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 6 IEC C-13 and 2 IEC C-19 1 J.
Overhead &
receptacles, with red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with Underfloor
two RJ12 remote environmental ports, remote display port, two 20 A Routing
double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
UL and c-UL Listed. K.
Dimensions: 33.0"H x 2.0"W x 2.25"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Surface
(87.4) to overall depth (838mm x 51mm x 57mm) Raceway
Half height Vertical 30 AMP, 208V Networked and Environmental Secondary with
L.
Uplink Port, Circuit Breaker Monitoring Cabinets,
QN1B1L2BN0861 QD0B1L2BN0861 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 6 IEC C-13 and 2 IEC C-19 1 Racks &
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote Cable
environmental ports, one uplink port to daisy chain units together, Management
switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug. M.
UL and c-UL Listed. Grounding &
Dimensions: 33.0"H x 2.0"W x 2.25"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Bonding
Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120V Networked and Environmental Phase/Breaker
(X, Y, Z) Monitoring N.
Industrial
QN1A1P3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
receptacles with red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two
RJ12 remote environmental ports and remote display port, three 20 A
double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard, O.
and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Labeling &
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Identification
QN1A1P3BN24E1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120 V, WYE, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1 P.
with red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 Cable
remote environmental ports and remote display port, three 20 A Management
double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch Accessories
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Q.
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C. Networked and Environmental Power Outlet Units (continued)

Fiber
Optic
Systems Std.
Pkg.
D.
Power Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 208V Networked and Environmental Phase/Breaker
over
Ethernet (X,Y,Z) Monitoring
QN1B1P3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, with red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two
E. RJ12 remote environmental ports and remote display port, three 20 A
Zone double pole magnetic breaker on-off switch with integral switch guard,
Cabling and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3H x 2.0W x 2.0D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
F. (87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Wireless QN1B1P3BN24H1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208 V, WYE, 24 NEMA 6-20R receptacles, 1
RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote environmental ports, three
G. UL and c-UL Listed.
Outlets QN1B1P3BN30P1 Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
Vertical 60 Amp, 3 Phase WYE 208V Networked and Environmental Phase
H. Monitoring (X, Y, Z)
Media
Distribution QN1B2G6BN24R1 Vertical switched power strip 60 A, 208V, Delta, 18 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC 1
C-19 receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
environmental ports, red LED current monitor and remote display port,
I. six 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
Physical guard, and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E plug.
Infrastructure UL and c-UL Listed.
Vertical 16 AMP, 230V Networked and Environmental Aggregate Monitoring
J.
Overhead & QN1D2A0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 16 A, 230V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
Underfloor receptacles, with LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two
Routing RJ12 remote environmental ports, and remote display port, and 3m
power cord with IEC 60309 2P+E, pin in sleeve connector. Complies
with IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE Marked.
Surface
Raceway Vertical 16 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Networked and Environmental Phase
Monitoring (X, Y, Z)
L. QN1D2Q0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 16 A, 230/400V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
Cabinets, QN1D2A0BA30P1 receptacles, with red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two
Racks & RJ12 remote environmental ports, and remote display port, and 3m
Cable power cord with IEC 60309 3P+ N+ E, pin in sleeve connector.
Management Complies with IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE Marked.
M.
Grounding & Vertical 32 AMP, 230V Networked and Environmental Breaker Monitoring
Bonding QN1D2B2BN30P1 Vertical power strip 32 A, 230V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, with LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two
RJ12 remote environmental ports, two and remote display port, two 16
A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard,
N. and 3m power cord with IEC 60309 2P+E pin in sleeve connector.
Industrial
Complies with IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE Marked.
O.
Labeling & Vertical 32 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Networked and Environmental
Identification (X, Y, Z) Monitoring
QN1D2P3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 32 A, 230/400V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, with LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two
P. RJ12 remote environmental ports, and remote display port, three 16 A
Cable double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard,
Management
Accessories and 3m power cord with IEC 60309 3P+N+E, pin in sleeve connector.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Switched with Per Outlet Monitoring Power Outlet Units C.

Fiber
Optic
Remote switching capability for power cycling individual Integrates with Panduit PIM Software which aggregates Systems
outlets or a group of outlets on or off to reboot equipment power information through a single web based GUI
or power off individual outlets to stop unauthorized use Measure in-cabinet temperature, humidity, airflow, and D.
Per outlet monitoring provides data to determine if power dew point remotely to prevent environmental factors that Power
allocations are accurate and the efficiency metric of any can cause equipment to overheat or malfunction over
server in the data center allowing individual servers to be Ethernet
Alarm messaging capability provides user-defined
identified as candidates for additional capacity, alarm/messaging capabilities for specific events that
redeployment, or decommissioning exceeded thresholds E.
Time delay sequencing avoids circuit overload due to Each outlet has a green LED for indication if the outlet is Zone
high in-rush current at equipment start up Cabling
on or off for easy visual identification
Remote access to power consumption data via a Optional remote LED display available for local monitoring,
web-based GUI provides global network access to part number PVQ-RD
real-time power information F.
Integrated 2 line x 8 character LED display Wireless
Locking receptacles support and retain any standard IEC
power cords preventing unintentional power loss
G.
Outlets
Std.
Pkg.
H.
Vertical 20 AMP, 208V Switched with Per Outlet Power and Media
Environmental Monitoring Distribution
QL1B1F0BA2401* Vertical switched power strip with per outlet power and 1
environmental monitoring, 20 A, 208V, WYE, 21 IEC C-13 and 3 IEC I.
C-19 locking receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote Physical
environmental ports, and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-20P twist Infrastructure
lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Management
Vertical 20 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Switched with Per Outlet Power and J.
Overhead &
Environmental Monitoring Underfloor
QL1D1K0BA2401* Vertical switched power strip 20 A, 230/400V, WYE, 21 IEC C-13 and 1 Routing
3 IEC C-19 locking receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12
remote environmental ports, and 10' power cord with NEMA L22-20P
twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. K.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.5"W x 2.3"D (1683mm x 64mm x 57mm) Surface
Raceway
Vertical 20 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 208V Switched with Per Outlet Power and
Environmental Monitoring L.
QL1B1J0BA2401* Vertical switched power strip with per outlet power and 1 Cabinets,
environmental monitoring, 20 A, 208V, WYE, 21 IEC C-13 and 3 IEC Racks &
C-19 locking receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote Cable
environmental ports, and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-20P twist Management
lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Grounding &
Vertical 30 AMP, 208V Switched with Per Outlet Power and Bonding
Environmental Monitoring
QL1B1L2BN24AA1* Vertical switched power strip with per outlet power and 1
environmental monitoring, 30 A, 208V, 20 IEC C-13 and 4 IEC C-19 N.
locking receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote Industrial
environmental ports, two 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off
switch with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with
Dimensions: 70.00"H x 2.5"W x 2.3"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" O.
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1778mm x 64mm x 57mm) Labeling &
Identification
*For aggregate, phase, or breaker only monitoring, replace QL with QS, i.e. QS1B1F0BA2401.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Switched with per Outlet Monitoring Power Outlet Units (continued)
Fiber
Optic Std.
Systems
Pkg.
D.
Power Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 208V Switched with Per Outlet Power and
over Environmental Monitoring
Ethernet
QL1B1P3BN2491* Vertical switched power strip with per outlet power and 1
environmental monitoring, 30 A, 208V, WYE, 18 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC
E. C-19 locking receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
Zone environmental ports, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off
Cabling switch with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA
F.
Wireless QL1B1N3BN2401* Vertical switched power strip with per outlet power and 1
environmental monitoring, 30 A, 208V, Delta, 21 IEC C-13 and 3 IEC
C-19 locking receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
environmental ports, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off
G. switch with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA
Outlets 15-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
H. Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Switched with Per Outlet Power and
Media
Distribution Environmental Monitoring
QL1D1Q3BN2401* Vertical power strip 30 A, 230/400V, WYE, 21 IEC C-13 and 3 IEC 1
C-19 locking receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
I. environmental ports, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off
Physical switch with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA
Infrastructure L22-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Management
J.
Overhead & Vertical 60 AMP, 3 Phase Delta 208V Switched with Per Outlet Power and
Underfloor Environmental Monitoring
Routing
QL1B2G6BN2491 Vertical switched power strip with per outlet power and 1
environmental monitoring, 60 A, 208V, Delta, 18 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC
K. C-19 locking receptacles, red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet
Surface port with two RJ12 remote environmental ports, six 20 A double pole
Raceway magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard, and 10'
power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Cabinets,
Racks & *For aggregate, phase, or breaker only monitoring, replace QL with QS, i.e. QS1B1F0BA2401.
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Switched with per Outlet Monitoring Power Outlet Units (continued) C.

Fiber
Std. Optic
Systems
Pkg.
D.
Vertical 16 AMP, 230V Switched with Per Outlet Power and Power
Environmental Monitoring over
Ethernet
QL1D2A0BA2401* Vertical switched power strip with per outlet power and 1
environmental monitoring 16 A, 230V, 21 IEC C-13 and 3 IEC C-19
locking receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote E.
environmental ports, and 3m power cord with IEC 60309 2P+E pin Zone
in sleeve connector. Complies with IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN Cabling
55024, and CE Marked.
Vertical 16 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Switched with Per Outlet Power and F.
Environmental Monitoring Wireless
QL1D2Q0BA2401 Vertical switched power strip with per outlet power and 1
environmental monitoring, 16 A, 230/400V, WYE, 21 IEC C-13 and
3 IEC C-19 locking receptacles, red LED current monitor, RJ-45
G.
Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote environmental ports, and 3mm
Outlets
power cord with IEC 60309 3P+ N+ E, pin in sleeve connector.
H.
Vertical 32 AMP, 230V Switched with Per Outlet Power and Environmental Media
Monitoring Distribution
QL1D2B2BN24AA1* Vertical power strip 32 A, 230V, 20 IEC C-13 and 4 IEC C-19 1
locking receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
I.
environmental ports, two 16 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off
Physical
switch with integral switch guard, and 3m power cord with Infrastructure
IEC 60309 2P+E pin in sleeve connector. Complies with Management
IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE Marked.
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 58mm) J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Vertical 32 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400 Switched with Per Outlet Power and Routing
Environmental Monitoring
QL1D2P3BN2401* Vertical power strip 32 A, 230/400V, WYE, 21 IEC C-13 and 3 IEC 1
C-19 locking receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote K.
environmental ports, three 16 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off Surface
switch with integral switch guard, and 3m power cord with Raceway
IEC 60309 3P+N+E pin in sleeve connector. Complies with IEC
60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE Marked. L.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.25"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Cabinets,
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 58mm) Racks &
Cable
*For aggregate, phase, or breaker only monitoring, replace QL with QS, i.e. QS1B1F0BA2401. Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Environmental Sensors
Fiber
Optic Designed specifically for the QN, QS, QL,and PL series power outlet units. The sensors provide temperature, humidity, and
Systems airflow information. The remote display allows for local monitoring via a LED display.
D. Std.
Power Pkg.
over Part Number Part Description Qty.
Ethernet PVQ-RD Remote Display Monitor, RJ-11 connection cord, mounting bracket, 1
adhesive pads, and hardware.
E. PVQ-EST-18 Environmental temperature sensor with 18' cord, includes: 15 (19") 1
Zone adhesive cord clips, 15 (.38") adhesive cord clips, 10 push mount
Cabling ties, .29" cable clamp and hardware.
PVQ-ESTAFHD-18 Temperature, humidity, airflow, and dew point sensor with 18' cord. 1
PVQ-RD Includes: 15 (19") adhesive cord clips, 10 (.38") adhesive cord clips,
F. 15 push mount ties, 2 (.29") cable clamp and hardware.
Wireless
PVQ-ESDP-NS PViQ Environmental Door Position Sensor with 30' cord, includes: 1
2 doors sensors, brackets, 15 (19") adhesive cord clips, 10 (.38")
adhesive cord clips, 15 push mount ties, 2 (.29") cable clamp
and hardware.
G.
Outlets PVQ-ESDP-NA PViQ Environmental Door Position Sensor with 30' cord, includes: 1
PVQ-EST18 PVQ-ESDP 2 doors sensors, brackets, 15 (19") adhesive cord clips, 10 (.38")
adhesive cord clips, 15 push mount ties, 2 (.29") cable clamp
and hardware.
H.
Media PVQ-ESDP PViQ Environmental Door Position Sensor with 30' cord. 1
Distribution
PVQ-ESW PViQ Environmental Water Sensor with 20' cord. 1
I.
Physical PVQ-ESW
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Power Cords C.
Fiber
Power Cords are of optimal lengths between POUs and Improve cable management and increase air circulation Optic
active equipment to minimize excess lengths and for better thermal performance. Systems
cord slack A variety of configurations available for multiple
application environments D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Std.
Length Pkg.
Part Number Ft. mm Color Qty. E.
IEC 320 C14 to IEC 320 C13 Zone
Cabling
PC14C13BL1.5 1.5 460.0 Black 1
PC14C13BL2 2.0 610.0 Black 1
PC14C13BL3 3.3 1000.0 Black 1 F.
Wireless
PC14C13BL4 4.0 1220.0 Black 1
PC14C13BL1.5
PC14C13BL5 5.0 1500.0 Black 1
G.
PC14C13BL6.5 6.5 2000.0 Black 1 Outlets
PC14C13BL7 7.0 2134.0 Black 1
PC14C13BL8 8.0 2500.0 Black 1
H.
PC14C13BL9 9.0 2740.0 Black 1 Media
Distribution
PC14C13BL10 10.0 3050.0 Black 1
PC14C13GY1.5 1.5 460.0 Gray 1 I.
Physical
PC14C13GY2 2.0 610.0 Gray 1 Infrastructure
Management
PC14C13GY3 3.3 1000.0 Gray 1
PC14C13GY4 4.0 1220.0 Gray 1 J.
Overhead &
PC14C13GY5 5.0 1500.0 Gray 1 Underfloor
Routing
PC14C13GY6.5 6.5 2000.0 Gray 1
PC14C13GY7 7.0 2134.0 Gray 1
K.
PC14C13GY8 8.0 2500.0 Gray 1 Surface
Raceway
PC14C13GY9 9.0 2740.0 Gray 1
PC14C13GY10 10.0 3050.0 Gray 1 L.
Cabinets,
IEC 320 C20 to IEC 320 C13 Racks &
Cable
PC20C13BL1.5 1.5 460.0 Black 1 Management
PC20C13BL3 3.3 1000.0 Black 1
M.
PC20C13BL6 6.0 1830.0 Black 1 Grounding &
Bonding
IEC 320 C20 to IEC 320 C19
PC20C19BL3 3.3 1000.0 Black 1
PC20C19BL4 4.0 1220.0 Black 1 N.
Industrial
PC20C19BL5 5.0 1500.0 Black 1
PC20C19BL6 6.0 1830.0 Black 1
O.
PC20C19GY3 3.3 1000.0 Gray 1 Labeling &
Identification
PC20C19GY4 4.0 1220.0 Gray 1
PC20C19GY5 5.0 1500.0 Gray 1 P.
Cable
PC20C19GY6 6.0 1830.0 Gray 1
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C. Power Cords (continued)

Fiber
Optic
Systems
Std.
Length Pkg.
D. Part Number Ft. mm Color Qty.
Power
over NEMA 5-15 to IEC 320 C13
Ethernet
P515C13BL1.5 1.5 460.0 Black 1
E.
P515C13BL3 3.0 950.0 Black 1
Zone P515C13BL6 6.0 1830.0 Black 1
Cabling
P515C13BL7 7.0 2134.0 Black 1
P515C13GY3 3.0 950.0 Gray 1
F.
Wireless P515C13GY6 6.0 1830.0 Gray 1
NEMA 5-15 to IEC 320 C19

P515C19BL1.5 1.5 460.0 Black 1
G.
Outlets P515C19BL3 3.0 950.0 Black 1
P515C19BL6 6.0 1830.0 Black 1
H. NEMA 5-20 to IEC 320 C19

Media P520C19BL1.5 1.5 460.0 Black 1
Distribution
P520C19BL3 3.0 950.0 Black 1
I. P520C19BL6 6.0 1830.0 Black 1

Physical
Infrastructure NEMA 6-20 to IEC 320 C19
Management P620C19BL1.5 1.5 460.0 Black 1
J.
P620C19BL3 3.0 950.0 Black 1
Overhead & P620C19BL6 6.0 1830.0 Black 1
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Power Cord Retainers
Cabinets,
Racks & Eliminate accidental plug disconnection from power outlet Suitable for Panduit power cords and Panduit power
Cable units providing secure connections; reducing the risk of outlet units
Management equipment downtime
M. Std.
Grounding & Pkg.
Bonding Part Number Part Description Qty.
PRPC13W-2.0-X C13 retaining clip for power outlet units with 2.00 inch chassis. 10
N. PRPC13W-2.25-X C13 retaining clip for power outlet units with 2.25 inch chassis. 10
Industrial
PRPC19Y-2.0-X C19 retaining clip for power outlet units with 2.00 inch chassis. 10
O. PRPC19Y-2.25-X C19 retaining clip for power outlet units with 2.25 inch chassis. 10
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
4 Post Rack System Roadmap C.

Supports deep networking equipment; the rack combines the stability of a cabinet with the accessibility of an Fiber
Optic
open rack to provide maximum flexibility Systems
6 D.
2 Power
over
Ethernet
3 1
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
4 Cable
5 Management
M.
R4P 4 Post Rack RSHLF 4 Post Rack Shelf Grounding &
1 84"H x 23.3" W x 30.0"D (45RU) 5 19"H x 30" W Bonding
R4P23 4 Post Rack RSHLF23 4 Post Rack Shelf

84"H x 23.3" W x 23.0"D 19"H x 23" W
45 RU (not shown) N.
RSHLF36 4 Post Rack Shelf Industrial
R4P36 4 Post Rack 19"H x 36" W
84"H x 23.3" W x 36.0"D (page L.61)
45 RU (not shown)
R4P42 4 Post Rack O.
Labeling &
84"H x 23.3" W x 41.5"D R4PWF Top Trough with Identification
45 RU (not shown) 6 waterfall creates pathway
(page L.60)
above rack 26.1" W x 8.5"D P.
PatchRunner High Capacity (page L.61) Cable
2 Vertical Managers Available Management
Accessories
in 6", 8", 10", 12" widths to
3 fit 7' racks
(page L.65 L.68) Q.
4 4 Post Racks available in cage nut versions.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C. 4 Post Cable Management Rack System and Accessories

Fiber
Optic Independent adjustable front and rear mounting rails can Weld nut construction eliminates the need for a second
Systems be adjusted while the rack is secured to the floor wrench increasing speed and ease of assembly
Printed rack space identification on all equipment rails Multiple mounting locations for vertical power strips on
D. allows for quick location of rack spaces, speeding any of the four posts or on the adjustable mounting rails
Power installation of rack mount items (shipped numbers up per
over PatchRunner and NetRunner Vertical Cable Managers
TIA606 specifications; can be set to number down by mount directly to the 4 post rack at any of the four corners to
Ethernet
flipping the rails) provide a flexible end-to-end cable management solution
Rack is UL listed for 2,500 lbs. load rating Paint piercing washers included to electrically bond rack
E.
Zone Rear rail construction provides a clear ventilation path for for simplified grounding
Cabling side ventilated switches For the complete grounding solution, see the
Multiple mounting holes in top flanges for securing StructuredGround Kits for Racks selection guide on
ladder rack pages M.12 M.13
F.
Wireless
No. of Std.
Rack Pkg.
G. Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
Outlets
7' 4 Post Rack Threaded Rail
R4P23 EIA rack with #12-24 threaded rails. 45 1
H. (2134mm x 591mm x 584mm).
Media
Distribution R4P 4 post EIA rack with #12-24 threaded rails. 45 1
(2134mm x 591mm x 762mm).
I. R4P36 4 post EIA rack with #12-24 threaded rails. 45 1
Physical
Infrastructure Dimensions: 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 36.0"D
Management (2134mm x 591mm x 914mm).
R4P42 4 post EIA rack with #12-24 threaded rails. 45 1
J. Dimensions: 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 41.5"D
Overhead & (2134mm x 591mm x 1054mm).
Underfloor 7' 4 Post Rack Cage Nut Rail
Routing
R4P23CN 4 post EIA rack with cage nut rails. 45 1
K. (2134mm x 591mm x 584mm).
Surface R4PCN 4 post EIA rack with cage nut rails. 45 1
Raceway Dimensions: 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 30.0"D
(2134mm x 591mm x 762mm).
L.
R4P36CN 4 post EIA rack with cage nut rails. 45 1
Cabinets,
Racks & Dimensions: 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 36.0"D
Cable (2134mm x 591mm x 914mm).
R4P
Management R4P42CN 4 post EIA rack with cage nut rails. 45 1
M. (2134mm x 591mm x 1054mm).
Grounding &
Bonding Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
For 42 RU add suffix 79 to the end of part number and for 42 RU cage nut version add suffix CN79 to the end of
the part number.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
4 Post Cable Management Rack System and Accessories (continued)

C.
Fiber
Optic
No. of Std. Systems
Rack Pkg.
D.
8' 4 Post Rack Threaded Rail Power
R4P2396 4 post EIA rack with #12-24 threaded rails. 52 1 over
Dimensions: 96.0"H x 23.25"W x 23.0"D Ethernet
(2441mm x 591mm x 584mm).
R4P96 4 post EIA rack with #12-24 threaded rails. 52 1 E.
Dimensions: 96.0"H x 23.25"W x 30.0"D Zone
(2441mm x 591mm x 762mm). Cabling
R4P3696 4 post EIA rack with #12-24 threaded rails. 52 1
2441mm x 591mm x 914mm). F.
R4P4296 4 post EIA rack with #12-24 threaded rails. 52 1 Wireless
2441mm x 591mm x 1054mm).
8' 4 Post Rack Cage Nut Rail
G.
R4P23CN96 4 post EIA rack with cage nut rails. 52 1 Outlets
(2441mm x 591mm x 584mm).
R4PCN96 4 post EIA rack with cage nut rails. 52 1
H.
Dimensions: 96.0"H x 23.25"W x 30.0"D Media
R4P96 (2441mm x 591mm x 762mm). Distribution
R4P36CN96 4 post EIA rack with cage nut rails. 52 1
2441mm x 591mm x 914mm). I.
Physical
R4P42CN96 4 post EIA rack with cage nut rails. 52 1 Infrastructure
Dimensions: 96.0"H x 23.25"W x 41.5"D Management
2441mm x 591mm x 1054mm).
4 Post Rack Accessories J.
Overhead &
R4PAE1 Panduit 4 post rack thermal duct for use with Cisco* 6509, 1 Underfloor
R4PAE1 6509E, 6513, 9513 Director and Juniper 8208 switches. Routing
R4PAE2 Panduit 4 post rack thermal ducting for use with 1
Cisco* 7018 switch.
K.
Surface
R4PAE3 Panduit 4 post rack thermal ducting for use with 1 Raceway
Cisco* 7009 switch.
L.
R4PWF Top trough with waterfall creates pathway above rack. 1 Cabinets,
R4PAE2 Dimensions: 1.9"H x 26.1"W x 8.5"D Racks &
(50mm x 662mm x 216mm). Cable
Management
RSHLF23 4 post rack mount shelf. Load rating 275 lbs.(124.7 kg). 1 1
(44mm x 483mm x 584mm). M.
Grounding &
RSHLF 4 post rack mount shelf. Load rating 275 lbs. (124.7 kg). 1 1 Bonding
(44mm x 483mm x 762mm).
R4PAE3 RSHLF36 4 post rack mount shelf. Load rating 275 lbs. (124.7 kg). 1 1 N.
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 36.0"D Industrial
(44mm x 483mm x 914mm).
RCSTR 4 post rack casters. 1
O.
R4PWF Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). Labeling &
All product color is black. Identification
*Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology Inc.
P.
RSHLF Cable
Management
Accessories
RCSTR Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
4 Post Cable Management Rack System and Accessories (continued)

C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems No. of Std.
Rack Pkg.
D.
Power R4PFP Adjustable vertical filler panel for Panduit 4 Post Racks blocks 45 1
over by-pass air and directs cold airflow through equipment
Ethernet when used.
R4PFP R4PFR
R4PFR Right vertical finger section for cable management. 11 1
E.
Zone R4PFL Left vertical finger section for cable management. 11 1
Cabling
R4PFM Finger managers for 7 and 8 foot Panduit 4 Post Racks. 1
F. CVPPB Bracket to vertically mount 1 RU EIA 19" copper and fiber 1

Wireless patch panels to the side of the Net-Access Cabinet posts or
4 post racks.
R4PFL R4PFM CNSPE Net-Access Network Cabinet and 4 post rack end channel 1
slack spools. Package includes one left and one right slack
G. spool and mounting brackets.
Outlets
CVPDUB Bracket for vertical POU mounting to the side of the 1
Net-Access Cabinet posts or 4 post racks (kit of two).
H. R4PRT #12-24 Threaded rails (one pair). 45 RU. 45 1

Media
Distribution
R4PRCN Cage nut rails (one pair). 45 RU. 45 1
I. CVPPB CNSPE RFAKIT Rack anchor kit for concrete floor (set of four). 1
Physical
Infrastructure
Management S1224-C #12-24 x .5" mounting screws. 100
J. CNWS1224-C #12-24 cage nut and screws. 100

Overhead &
Underfloor CNWSM5-C M5 screw with cage nut. 100
Routing
CNWSM6-C M6 screw with cage nut. 100
K. CVPDUB R4PRT
Surface RGCBNJ660P22 #6 AWG (16mm) jumper; 60" (1.52m) length; 45 bent lug on 1
Raceway grounding strip side; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant,
two each #12-24 x 1/2", M6 x 12mm, #10-32 x 1/2" and M5 x
L. 12mm thread-forming screws and a copper compression
Cabinets, HTAP* for connecting to the MCBN.
Racks &
Cable Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Management All product color is black.
R4PRCN For 42 RU add suffix 79 to the end of part number and for 42 RU cage nut version add suffix CN79 to the end of
RFAKIT
M. the part number.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
RGCBNJ660P22
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
2 Post Cable Management Rack System and Accessories C.

Fiber
Rack space identification allows quick and easy location of Can be used with all Panduit cable management and Optic
rack mount items patch panel products in addition to any industry standard Systems
3" Rack is UL listed for 1,000 lbs. load rating 19" components
Paint piercing washers included to electrically bond rack D.
6" Rack is UL listed for 1,500 lbs. load rating Power
for simplified grounding; for the complete grounding over
Double-sided #12-24 EIA universal mounting hole spacing solution, see the StructuredGround Kits for Racks Ethernet
24 #12-24 mounting screws included 6" rack, R2P6S is compatible with Patchrunner and
High Capacity PatchRunner products only
E.
Zone
Cabling
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
6" Channel Rack Numbered Up F.
Wireless
R2P6S 19" EIA rack, 6" channel, steel. 45 1 0
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 20.3"W x 6"D
(2134mm x 514mm x 152mm). Note: This rack is
compatible with PatchRunner and High Capacity G.
R2P6S R2P PatchRunner Vertical Cable Managers only. Outlets
R2P6S96 19" EIA rack, 6" channel, steel. 52 1 0
(2438mm x 514mm x 152mm). Note: This rack is
H.
compatible with PatchRunner and High Capacity Media
PatchRunner Vertical Cable Managers only. Distribution
3" Channel Racks Numbered Up
R2P96 19" EIA rack, aluminum. 52 1 0 I.
Dimensions: 96.0"H x 20.3"W x 3.0"D Physical
(2134mm x 514mm x 76mm). Infrastructure
R2PAE1 R2PAE2 Management
R2P 19" EIA rack, aluminum. 45 1 0
(2134mm x 514mm x 76mm). J.
R2P48 19" EIA rack, aluminum. 24 1 0 Overhead &
Routing
(1219mm x 514mm x 76mm).
R2PW 23" EIA rack, aluminum. 45 1 0
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 24.3"W x 3.0"D K.
(2134mm x 616mm x 76mm). Surface
RFAKIT Raceway
2 Post Rack Accessories
R2PAE1 2 post rack thermal duct for use with Cisco^^ 6509 1 0
L.
and 6509E Catalyst switches. Cabinets,
R2PAE2 2 post rack thermal duct for use with 1 0 Racks &
Cisco^^ 7009 switch. Cable
RFAKIT Rack anchor kit for concrete floor (set of four). 1 10 Management
R2PPDUB S1224-C #12-24 x .5" mounting screws. 100 1000
M.
R2PPDUB Power Outlet Unit (POU) bracket for 2 and 4 post 1 0 Grounding &
racks (set of two). Bonding
R2PPEVWF Waterfall Trough for 2 Post Rack and PatchRunner 1 0
High Capacity Vertical Cable Managers.
R2PPRVWF Waterfall Trough for 2 Post Rack and PatchRunner 1 0 N.
Vertical Cable Managers. Industrial
R2PPEVWF Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
^^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc.
O.
For 42 RU add suffix 79 to the end of part number.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
R2PPRVWF
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C. 2 Post Cable Management Rack System and Accessories (continued)

Fiber
Optic
Systems No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power 2 Post 3" Channel Racks Numbered Up with Dual-Sided Vertical Cable Managers
over RWMPV45E #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails with front 45 1 0
Ethernet and rear manager.
(2134mm x 648mm x 381mm)
E.
Zone RWMPVHC45E #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails with front 45 1 0
Cabling and rear manager.
RWMPV45E RWMPVHC45E Dimensions: 84.0"H x 27.4"W x 15"D
(2134mm x 695mm x 381mm)
F. RNRV6 #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails with front 45 1 0
Wireless and rear manager.
(2134mm x 689mm x 381mm)
RNRV10 #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails with front 45 1 0
G. and rear manager.
Outlets Dimensions: 84.0"H x 30.4"W x 15"D
(2134mm x 773mm x 381mm)
2 Post 3" Channel Racks Numbered Up with Single Sided Vertical Cable Managers
H. RNRV6 RNRV10 RWMPVF45E #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails with a 45 1 0
Media front only manager.
Distribution Dimensions: 84.0"H x 25.5"W x 15"D
(2134mm x 648mm x 381mm)
I. RWMPVHCF45E #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails with a 45 1 0
Physical front only manager.
Infrastructure Dimensions: 84.0"H x 27.4"W x 15"D
Management (2134mm x 695mm x 381mm)
Ône rack space = 1.75 (44.45mm).
J. All product color is black.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing RWMPVF45E RWMPVHCF45E
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PatchRunner High Capacity Vertical Cable Management System C.

Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Cable Capacity Chart Management
60% Capacity Channel 40% Capacity Channel RU Capacity M.

Grounding &
Channel Cat. 6A(SD) Cat. 6A Cat. 6 Cat. 5e Cat. 6A(SD) Cat. 6A Cat. 6 Cat. 5e Bonding
Area (0.240" (0.300" (0.240" (0.225" Area (0.240" (0.300" (0.240" (0.225"
Part Number (in.2) dia.) dia.) dia.) dia.) (in.2) dia.) dia.) dia.) dia.) Total
PEV6 (dual-sided) 46.2 357 228 357 406 3 rows of 2 RU 6
64.8 531 340 531 605 N.
PEVF6 (single sided) Industrial
PEV8 (dual-sided) 65 501 320 501 570 3 rows of 3 RU 9
83.4 733 469 733 834
PEVF8 (single sided)
PEV10 (dual-sided) 83.4 644 412 644 733 3 rows of 4 RU 12 O.
121 936 599 936 1065 Labeling &
PEVF10 (single sided)
Identification
PEV12 (dual-sided) 102 789 505 789 897 3 rows of 6 RU 12/18
147 1137 728 1147 1294
PEVF12 (single sided) (6 with limited depth)
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
PatchRunner High Capacity Vertical Cable Managers Roadmap
Fiber
Optic
Systems 4
D.
Power
over 3
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
2 7
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets 5
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J. 6
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K. 8
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
1
Cable
Management
R4P 4 Post Rack R4PWF Rack Top Trough with
1 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 30.0"D, 4 Waterfall creates pathway above rack
M. 45 rack units (RU) (page L.61)
Grounding &
Bonding R4P23 4 Post Rack
84.0"H x 23.25"W x 23.0"D,
NCMH2 NetManager Horizontal
45 RU (not shown) 5 Cable Manager
N. R4P36 4 Post Rack (page L.79)
Industrial 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 36.0"D,
45 RU (not shown)
NM2 NetManager High Capacity
R4P42 4 Post Rack 6 Horizontal Cable Manager
O. 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 41.5"D,
Labeling & (page L.78)
45 RU (not shown) (page L.60)
Identification
PatchRunner High Capacity
2 Vertical Cable Managers PEHF3 PatchRunner High Capacity
P. 7 Horizontal Cable Manager
Cable Available in 6", 8", 10", and
(page L.80)
Management 12" widths (page L.65 L.68)
Accessories
PatchRunner High Capacity
3 Dual Hinged Metal Doors 8 RFG6X8 Cool Boot Raised Floor Air
Q.
Sealing Grommet
Index
Available in 6", 8", 10", and 12" (pages L.90 and L.91)
widths (page L.67)
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PatchRunner High Capacity Vertical Cable Management System C.

High density minimizes area required for network layout, Large finger spacing accommodates up to 48 Fiber
Optic
freeing up valuable floor space Cat6A cables Systems
Allows mounting of many standard EIA 19" accessories, Optional sure close dual hinged metal doors provide easy
such as patch panels, vertically in the manager access to vertical pathway and provides visual and D.
Ventilated side walls provide maximum airflow for audible feedback on closure Power
over
equipment cooling Available in 7 foot version Ethernet
Snap on finger sections can be removed to improve
airflow, and break away fingers allow routing of large
cable bundles E.
Zone
Cabling
No. of Std. Std.

Rack Pkg. Ctn.
F.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty. Wireless
Vertical Manager Dual Sided
PEV6* High capacity dual sided vertical manager. 45 1
(2120mm x 152mm x 714mm) G.
Outlets
(2120mm x 203mm x 714mm)
H.
PEV10* High capacity dual sided vertical manager. 45 1 Media
Dimensions: 83.5"H x 10.0"W x 28.1"D Distribution
(2120mm x 254mm x 714mm)
Dimensions: 83.5"H x 12.0"W x 28.1"D I.
PEV (2120mm x 305mm x 714mm) Physical
Infrastructure
Vertical Manager Single Sided Management
PEVF6* High capacity single sided vertical manager. 45 1
Dimensions: 83.5"H x 6.0"W x 15.9"D J.
(2120mm x 152mm x 404mm) Overhead &
Underfloor
PEVF8* High capacity single sided vertical manager. 45 1 Routing
(2120mm x 203mm x 404mm)
PEVF10* High capacity single sided vertical manager. 45 1 K.
Surface
Dimensions: 83.5"H x 10.0"W x 15.9"D Raceway
(2120mm x 254mm x 404mm)
PEVF12* High capacity single sided vertical manager. 45 1 L.
Dimensions: 83.5"H x 12.0"W x 15.9"D Cabinets,
(2120mm x 305mm x 404mm) Racks &
PEVF Cable
PatchRunner High Capacity Dual Hinged Doors Management
PED6* Dual hinged metal door. 45 1
M.
(2103mm x 155mm x 43mm) Grounding &
PED8* Dual hinged metal door. 45 1 Bonding
(2103mm x 206mm x 43mm)
PED10* Dual hinged metal door. 45 1 N.
Dimensions: 82.8"H x 10.1"W x 1.7"D Industrial
(2103mm x 256mm x 43mm)
Dimensions: 82.8"H x 12.1"W x 1.7"D O.
(2103mm x 307mm x 43mm) Labeling &
Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). Identification
PED All product color is black.
* For part numbers that fit 8 rack, add "96" to end of part number. Overall height for managers is 95.5" (2426mm).
Overall door height is 94.8" (2409mm). P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
PatchRunner High Capacity Vertical Cable Management System
Fiber
Optic (continued)
Systems
No. of Std. Std.
D. Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Power Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
over
Ethernet Accessories
PEVBRC6 Horizontal cross brace bend radius control clips for 1 10
E.
PatchRunner High Capacity Vertical Cable Managers
Zone PEV6 and PEVF6.
Cabling PEVBRC8 Horizontal cross brace bend radius control clips for 1 10
PEVBRC PatchRunner High Capacity Vertical Cable Managers
PEV8 and PEVF8.
F. PEVBRC10 Horizontal cross brace bend radius control clips for 1 10
Wireless PatchRunner High Capacity Vertical Cable Managers
PEV10 and PEVF10.
PEVBRC12 Horizontal cross brace bend radius control clips for 1 10
PatchRunner High Capacity Vertical Cable Managers
G. PEV12 and PEVF12.
Outlets
PEVEP End Panel. 1
(2125mm x 590mm x 12mm).
H. SRB19D5BL Strain relief bar extends 5" off the rack; supports, manages, 1 10
Media
Distribution and provides proper bend radius protection.
PEVEP
SRB19D7BL Strain relief multi-depth bar extends 7" off the rack; 1 10
supports, manages, and provides proper bend radius
I. protection. Ideal for use with Category 6A copper cabling
Physical
Infrastructure installations.
Management WR5E-X Snap-on finger cable retainers. 10 100
J. Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm)

Overhead & All product color is black
Underfloor SRB19D5BL
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & SRB19D7BL
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
WR5E-X
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PatchRunner Vertical Cable Management Rack System C.

Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Cable Capacity Chart Racks &
Front Channel w/ Spool Front Channel No Spool Rear Channel
Cable
Management
Cable Capacity Cable Capacity Cable Capacity
Channel Channel Channel
Area Cat 6A-SD Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat 5e Area Cat 6A-SD Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat 5e Area Cat 6A-SD Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat 5e
Part Number (In2) (0.240) (0.300) (0.240) (0.225) (In2) (0.240) (0.300) (0.240) (0.225) (In2) (0.240) (0.300) (0.240) (0.225) M.
Grounding &
PRV6* (Dual Sided) 28.22 37.8 292 187 292 332 27.6 213 136 213 243 Bonding
PRVF6*(Single Sided) 28.22 37.8 292 187 292 332
PRV8* (Dual Sided) 44.68 345 221 345 393 54.3 419 268 419 477 39.0 301 193 301 343
PRVF8* (Single Sided) 44.68 345 221 345 393 54.3 419 268 419 477
PRV10* (Dual Sided) 61.14 473 302 473 538 70.7 547 350 547 622 50.3 389 249 389 443 N.
PRVF10* (Single Sided) 61.14 473 302 473 538 70.7 547 350 547 622 Industrial
PRV12* (Dual Sided) 77.6 600 384 600 683 87.2 674 431 674 767 61.7 477 305 477 543
PRVF12* (Single Sided) 77.6 600 384 600 683 87.2 674 431 674 767
PRV15*(Dual Sided) 102.3 791 506 791 900 111.9 865 554 865 984 78.7 609 389 609 693
O.
PRVF15* (Single Sided) 102.3 791 506 791 900 111.9 865 554 865 984 Labeling &
Capacities are based on a fill rate of 35% to accommodate proper cable routing techniques. Identification
For comparison, multiply by 1.5 for a fill rate of 50%.
*For part numbers that are 8 foot tall, add "96" to the end of the part number. P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PatchRunner Vertical Cable Management Rack System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Vertical cable management system that can manage high-density network equipment and patch panels in up to
Optic half the number of racks required by traditional horizontal and vertical cable management systems
Systems
D.
Power
1 9
over 2c
Ethernet
E.
2a
Zone
Cabling
5a
F.
Wireless
5b
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
6
Distribution 8
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
10
K.
Surface
Raceway
2b 3a 4
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
3b 3c 7 10
Management
M.
Grounding & R2P 19" Standard ANGLED MODULAR PATCH PANELS
Bonding 1 EIA Rack 19" x 7', 45 RU
(page L.63) CPPLA48WBLY 2 RU, 48-Port
5a (page B.69)
PatchRunner VERTICAL MANAGERS
N. CPPA48HDWBLY 1 RU, High
Industrial
2a PRV6 6" wide (page L.71) 5b Density 48-Port (page B.68)
2b PRV8 8" wide (page L.71)
6 NM4 Cable Pathway, 4 RU
(page L.78)
O.
Labeling & 2c PRV12 12" wide (page L.71)
Identification CMT4 Trough, 4 RU
HINGED DOORS 7 (page L.82)
P. 3a PRD8 Dual Hinge, 8" wide
(page L.71) PREP End Panel
Cable 8 (page L.72)
Management
Accessories 3b PED12 Dual Hinge, 12" wide
(page L.72) R2PPRVWF Rack Top
9
3c PEDK12 Bracket Kit
(page L.72)
Trough (page L.63)
Q. RFG6X8 Cool Boot Raised Floor Air
Index 4 PRSHD6 Single Hinge, 10 Sealing Grommet (pages L.90 and L.91)
6" wide (shown) (page L.72)
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PatchRunner Vertical Cable Management System C.

Fiber
High density minimizes area required for network layout, Fingers align with rack spaces simplifying cable routing Optic
freeing up valuable floor space Slack management spools organize and manage patch Systems
Curved cable management fingers support cables as they cord slack allowing standardization of patch cords
transition to the vertical pathway eliminating the need for Optional hinged doors provide easy access to vertical D.
horizontal managers Power
pathway; purchased separately from manager over
Individual fingers can be removed without the use of a Available in 7 foot and 8 foot versions Ethernet
tool for routing of large cable bundles
E.
Zone
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Vertical Manager Manage Cable on Front and Rear of Rack* F.
Wireless
PRV6* Vertical cable manager, spools are not included. 45 1
Dimensions: 84"H x 6"W x 16.4"D
(2133.6mm x 152.4mm x 417mm)
PRV8* Vertical cable manager, includes four PRSP7 slack spools. 45 1 G.
Dimensions: 83.9"H x 8.0"W x 16.4"D Outlets
(2131mm x 203mm x 417mm)
PRV10* Vertical cable manager, includes four PRSP7 slack spools. 45 1
(2131mm x 254mm x 417mm) Media
PRV12* Vertical cable manager, includes four PRSP7 slack spools. 45 1 Distribution
(2131mm x 305mm x 417mm)
I.
PRV15* Vertical cable manager, includes four PRSP7 slack spools. 45 1 Physical
(2131mm x 381mm x 417mm) Management
Vertical Manager Manage Cable on Front of Rack Only*

J.
PRVF6* Vertical cable manager, spools are not included. 45 1 Overhead &
(2131mm x 152mm x 246mm) Routing
PRVF8* Vertical cable manager, includes four PRSP7 slack spools. 45 1
PRV8 PRVF8 Dimensions: 83.9"H x 8.0"W x 9.7"D K.
(2131mm x 203mm x 246mm) Surface
PRVF10* Vertical cable manager, includes four PRSP7 slack spools. 45 1 Raceway
(2131mm x 254mm x 246mm) L.
PRVF12* Vertical cable manager, includes four PRSP7 slack spools. 45 1 Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
PRVF15* Vertical cable manager, includes four PRSP7 slack spools. 45 1
Dimensions: 83.9"H x 15.0"W x 9.7"D M.
(2131mm x 381mm x 246mm) Grounding &
Bonding
PatchRunner Doors
PRD6* Dual hinged metal door. 45 1
(2104mm x 206mm x 40mm) N.
Industrial
(2104mm x 206mm x 40mm)
PRD10* Dual hinged metal door. 45 1 O.
Dimensions: 82.8"H x 10.1"W x 1.6"D Labeling &
Identification
(2104mm x 257mm x 40mm)
Dimensions: 82.8"H x 12.1"W x 1.6"D P.
PRD (2104mm x 308mm x 40mm) Cable
Management
Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). Accessories
*For part numbers that fit 8 rack, add "96" to end of part number. Overall height for managers is 95.5" (2426mm).
Overall door height is 94.4" (2399mm).
Q.
For 42 RU add suffix 79 to the end of part number. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C. PatchRunner Vertical Cable Management System (continued)

Fiber
Optic
Systems
No. of Std. Std.
D.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Power Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
over PRD15* Dual hinged metal door. 45 1
Ethernet Dimensions: 82.8"H x 15.1"W x 1.6"D
(2104mm x 384mm x 40mm)
E. PRSHD6 Single hinged metal door. 45 1
Zone Dimensions: 80.7"H x 6.0"W x .8"D
Cabling (2049mm x 152mm x 20mm)
PRSHD8 Single hinged metal door. 45 1
F. (2049mm x 203mm x 20mm)
Wireless PRSHD12 Single hinged metal door. 45 1
(2049mm x 305mm x 20mm)
G. PatchRunner High Capacity Dual Hinged Metal Doors

Outlets PED6* Dual hinged metal door. 45 1
(2103mm x 155mm x 43mm)
H.
PRSHD8 PED8* Dual hinged metal door. 45 1
Media Dimensions: 82.8"H x 8.1"W x 1.7"D
Distribution (2103mm x 206mm x 43mm)
I.
Physical (2103mm x 256mm x 43mm)
Infrastructure PED12* Dual hinged metal door. 45 1
(2103mm x 307mm x 43mm)
J.
Overhead &
PED Door Brackets
Underfloor PEDK6 Bracket kit to allow a PED6 door to be attached to a PRV6 1 10
Routing PEDK PatchRunner Vertical Manager.
PEDK8 Bracket kit to allow a PED8 door to be attached to a PRV8 1 10
K. PatchRunner Vertical Manager.
Surface PEDK10 Bracket kit to allow a PED10 door to be attached to a PRV10 1 10
Raceway PatchRunner Vertical Manager.
PEDK12 Bracket kit to allow a PED12 door to be attached to a PRV12 1 10
L. PatchRunner Vertical Manager.
Cabinets,
Racks & PRSP7 Accessories
Cable PRSP7 Molded plastic slack spool, front only. 1 10
PED
Management
Dimensions: 7.0"D x 1.3" dia.
(178mm x 32mm)
M.
Grounding & PRSP5 Molded plastic slack spool, front or rear. 1 10
Bonding Dimensions: 5.25"D x 1.3" dia. (133mm x 32mm)
PREP* End panel 1
N. (2095mm x 367mm x 18mm)
Industrial WR5E-X Snap-on finger cable retainers. 10 100
O. *For part numbers that fit 8' rack, add 96 to end of part number. Overall height for managers is 95.5" (2426mm).
Labeling & Overall door height is 94.4" (2399mm).
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q. PREP
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
NetRunner High Capacity Vertical Cable Managers Roadmap C.

Fiber
Optic
Systems
11 4 D.
Power
6 over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
7
H.
Media
8 Distribution
I.
9 Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
10
11
2 5 K.
3 1 Surface
Raceway
L.
R2P 19" Standard CMPH2 2 RU Open-Access
1 6 Horizontal Cable Manager D-rings
Cabinets,
EIA Rack, 19" x 7', 45 RU (page L.63) Racks &
installed on panels Cable
Management
Front D-ring size 3"H x 3"D
Rear D-ring size 3"H x 5"D
M.
Width 19" (pages L.81 and L.82) Grounding &
NVR12 WMPH2E 2 RU PatchLink Bonding
2 12" Wide Front and Rear Vertical 7 Horizontal Cable Manager
Manager 45 RU (page L.74) Front pathway 3"H x 3"D
Rear pathway 2"H x 5"D N.
Industrial
NRD12 Dual Hinged Door Width 20.2" (page L.77)
3 Available in 6", 10" and 12" widths
NCMH2 Net-Manager Horizontal
(page L.74) 8 Cable Manager (page L.79) O.
Labeling &
WMPV45ERTW Rack Top NM2 2 RU NetManager High Identification
4 9 Capacity Horizontal Cable Manager
Trough with Waterfall creates
pathway above rack, for use (page L.78) P.
with R2P (page L.74) Cable
RFG6X8 Cool Boot Raised
10 Floor Air Sealing Grommet
Management
Accessories
NREP (shown) End Panel for (page L.90 and L.91)
5 NRV12, NRV10, NVR6 (page L.74)
R2PPDUB Power Outlet Unit (POU)
11 Bracket for 2 and 4 post racks
Q.
Index
(page L.63)
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
NetRunner High Capacity Vertical Cable Managers
C.
Fiber Large finger openings accommodate up to 24 Category Snap-on cable retainers can be placed on to fingers
Optic 6A cables to help retain cables in channel during installation
Systems and maintenance
Push button dual hinged doors ordered separately can
be opened 110 to the left or right to provide complete Vertical managers include cable retainers, mounting
D. access to the cables inside the vertical pathway brackets and #12-24 screws
Power
over Zero RU mounting capability expands the functionality
Ethernet of the vertical manager
No. of Std. Std.
E. Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Zone Part Number Part Description Spaces Qty. Qty.
Cabling NRV6 High capacity front and rear vertical manager. 45 1
(2042mm x 170mm x 350mm).
F. NRV10 High capacity front and rear vertical manager. 45 1
Wireless Dimensions: 80.4"H x 10.0"W x 13.8"D
(2042mm x 254mm x 350mm).
NRV12 High capacity front only vertical manager. 45 1
G. (2042mm x 305mm x 190mm).
Outlets NRVF6 High capacity front only vertical manager. 45 1
(2042mm x 170mm x 190mm).
H. NRVF10 High capacity front only vertical manager. 45 1
Distribution NRVF12 NRV12 (2042mm x 254mm x 190mm).
NRVF12 High capacity front only vertical manager. 45 1
I. (2042mm x 305mm x 190mm).
Physical
Infrastructure NRD6 High capacity dual hinge metal door. 45 1
(2104mm x 188mm x 40mm).
J. NRD10 High capacity dual hinge metal door. 45 1
Overhead & Dimensions: 82.8"H x 10.7"W x 1.6"D
Underfloor (2104mm x 272mm x 40mm).
Routing NRD12 High capacity dual hinge metal door. 45 1
(2104mm x 322mm x 40mm).
K.
Surface NRVCB NetRunner High Capacity Center Mount Bracket Kit 1 10
Raceway allows mounting to adjacent racks. 4 brackets per kit.
NREP End panel for use with NRV series, 1
WMPVHCF45E/WMPVHC45E. Includes two panel
L.
Cabinets, sections to cover 45 RU on one side.
Racks & WMPVSMK NetRunner High Capacity Side Mount Hardware Kit for 1 10
Cable use with R4P 4 post rack series.
Management WMPV45ERTW Rack top trough with waterfall creates pathway above 1
rack, for use with SMR19X84 and
M. WMPV45E/WMPVHC45E, NRV.
Grounding & NRD12 NREP WR5E-X Snap-on finger cable retainers. 10 100
Bonding
PRSP5 Molded plastic slack spool, front or rear. 10 100
Dimensions: 5.25"D x 1.3" dia. (133mm x 32mm)
SRB19BLY Strain relief bar extends 2" off the rack; supports, 1 1
N. manages, and provides proper bend radius protection.
Industrial
Capacity Chart Front Channel with Slack Spool Front Channel with No Slack Spool Rear Channel
Cable Capacity* Cable Capacity* Cable Capacity*
O.
Cat6A- Cat6A- Cat6A-
Labeling &
Channel SD Cat6A Cat6 Cat5e Channel SD Cat6A Cat6 Cat5e Channel SD Cat6A Cat6 Cat5e
Identification
Part Number Area (In2) (0.240) (0.300) (0.240) (0.225) Area (In2) (0.240) (0.300) (0.240) (0.225) Area (In2) (0.240) (0.300) (.240) (.225)
NRV6 (front/rear) 23.3 180 115 180 205 32.9 254 163 254 289 32.9 254 163 254 289
P. NRVF6 (front only) 23.3 180 115 180 205 32.9 254 163 254 289
Cable NRV10 (front/rear) 42.8 331 212 331 377 52.4 406 260 406 461 52.4 406 260 406 461
Management
NRVF10 (front/only) 42.8 331 212 331 377 52.4 406 260 406 461
Accessories
NRV12 (front/rear) 54.6 422 270 422 481 64.2 497 318 497 565 64.2 497 318 497 565
NRVF12 (front only) 54.6 422 270 422 481 64.2 497 318 497 565
Q. *Capacities are based on a fill ratio of 35% to accommodate proper cable routing techniques. For 50% fill ratio, multiply by 1.5.
Index All dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
NetRunner Vertical Cable Management
C.
Large finger openings accommodate up to 24 Snap-on cable retainers can be placed on to fingers to Fiber
Category 6 cables help retain cables in channel during installation Optic
and maintenance Systems
Integral cable retainers on the end of each finger to help
contain cables within each rack unit Vertical managers include hinged covers, cable retainers,
mounting brackets and #12-24 screws D.
Bend radius fingers align with rack spaces to support Power
cables as they transition to the vertical pathway over
Ethernet
Dual hinged covers can be opened 110 to the left or right
to provide complete access to the cables inside the
vertical pathway E.
Zone
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Vertical Cable Managers Front and Rear
F.
WMPV22E Front and rear vertical manager. 22 1 Wireless
(1054mm x 125mm x 306mm)
WMPVHC45E Front and rear vertical manager. 45 1
Dimensions: 83.0"H x 6.7"W x 14.1"D G.
(2108mm x 170mm x 357mm) Outlets
WMPV45E Front and rear vertical manager. 45 1
(2108mm x 125mm x 306mm)
H.
Vertical Cable Managers Front Only Media
WMPVF22E Front only vertical manager. 22 1 Distribution
(1054mm x 125mm x 165mm)
I.
WMPVHCF45E Front only vertical manager. 45 1 Physical
WMPVF45E Front only vertical manager. 45 1
Dimensions: 83.0"H x 4.9"W x 6.5"D J.
(2108mm x 125mm x 165mm) Overhead &
Accessories Underfloor
WMPVCBE NetRunner Center Mount Bracket Kit allows mounting 1 10 Routing
to adjacent racks. Four brackets per kit.
WMPVSMK NetRunner Side Mount Hardware Kit for use with 1 10 K.
Panduit CMR19X84S racks and Panduit R4P 4 post Surface
rack series. Raceway
WMPVCMB Rack adapter bracket kit. Front or back mounted on racks 1 10
with dimensions up to 1 5/8" (41.1mm) from outside edge L.
of rack to center of the mounting hole. Two kits are Cabinets,
required for center mounting of NetRunner Managers. Racks &
Four brackets per kit. Cable
WMPV22E WMPVF22E NREP End panel for use with NRV series, 1 Management
WMPVHCF45E/WMPVHC45E. Includes two panel
sections to cover 45 RU on one side. M.
WMPV45EP End panel for use with WMPV45E. Includes two panel 1 Grounding &
sections to cover 45 RU on one side. Bonding
WMPV45ERTW Rack top trough with waterfall creates pathway above 1
rack, for use with CMR19X84 and
WMPV45E/WMPVHC45E and NRV series. N.
Industrial
WR5E-X Snap-on finger cable retainers. 10 100
All product color is black. Cable Capacity Chart
O.
Cat6A-SD Cat 6A Cat6 Cat5e Labeling &
(.240") (.300") (.240") (.225") Identification
Part Number Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear
WMPV22E 143 143 91 143 143 143 162 162
P.
WMPVF22E 143 91 143 162 Cable
WMPV45E 143 143 91 143 143 143 162 162 Management
WMPVF45E 143 91 143 162 Accessories
WMPVHC45E 266 266 170 266 266 266 303 303
WMPVHCF45E 266 170 266 303
Note: Capacities are based upon a fill rate of 35% to accommodate proper cable
Q.
routing techniques. Index
For comparison, multiply by 1.5 for a fill rate of 50%.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Horizontal Cable Management Rack Systems
C.
Fiber Panduit PatchLink , NetManager , and Open-Access
Optic
Systems
Horizontal Cable Managers manage, protect, and showcase
cables between patch panels on 19" EIA racks
D.
Power PatchLink and NetManager Dual Hinged Covers conceal
over cable pathway and provide easy access without having to
Ethernet remove the door
E.
Pass-through holes allow front to rear cabling
Zone
Cabling For comparison, multiply by 1.25 for a fill rate of 50%
Capacities are based on a fill rate of 40% to accommodate

F. proper cable routing techniques
Wireless
PatchLink Horizontal Cable Manager
Cable Capacity Chart
G. Cat 6 Cat 5e
Outlets (.240") (.225")
Part Number Front Back Front Back
WMP1E 60 80 66 90
H. WMPF1E 60 66
Media WMPFSE 24 30
Distribution WMPH2E 60 66 66 66
WMPHF2E 60 66
I. WMPLFSE 12 16
Physical WMPLSE 12 12 16 44
Infrastructure WMPSE 24 25 30 44
Management
NetManager High Capacity Horizontal Cable Manager
J.
Overhead & Cable Capacity Chart
Underfloor Cat 6A-SD Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat5e Fiber
Routing (.240") (.300") (.240") (.225") (3mm)
Part Number Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back
K. NM1 30 30 18 18 30 30 34 34 120 120
Surface NM2 84 84 54 54 84 84 96 96 348 348
Raceway NM3 144 144 90 90 144 144 168 168 618 618
NM4 210 210 132 132 210 210 240 240 882 882
L. NMF1 30 18 34 34 120
Cabinets,
NMF2 84 54 96 96 348
Racks &
Cable NMF3 144 90 168 168 618
Management NMF4 210 132 240 240 882
NetManager Horizontal Cable Manager

M.
Grounding & Cable Capacity Chart
Bonding
Cat. 6 Cat. 5e Fiber
(.240") (.255") (3mm)
Part Number Front Back Front Back Front Back
N. NCMH2 54 66 60 78 220 352
Industrial NCMHF2 54 60 220
NCMHF1 24 24 88
Open-Access Horizontal Cable Manager

O.
Labeling & Cable Capacity Chart
Identification Cat. 6 Cat. 5e Fiber
(.240") (.255") (3mm)
Part Number Front Back Front Back Front Back
P.
CMPH1 24 26 26 30 88 108
Cable
Management CMPH2 52 96 46 98 203 392
Accessories CMPHF1 24 24 88
CMPHHF1 24 30 107
CMPHF2 54 60 208
Q. CMPHH2 96 108 392
Index
All dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches (mm).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
PatchLink Horizontal Cable Managers C.

Fiber
Lightweight plastic construction provides durability and Increased finger spacing provides larger area for high Optic
easy installation performance Category 6 cables Systems
Patented dual hinged cover allows cable access without Pass-through holes allow front to rear cabling
removing cover Mount to standard 19" EIA racks and cabinets D.
Power
Rounded edges on fingers protect cables from snags and Covers, #12-24 and M6 mounting screws included over
damage to cable Ethernet
Flexible fingers allows easy installation and removal
of cables
E.
Zone
Cabling
No. of Std.
Rack Pkg.
F.
19" Manager, Front and Rear, 1 RU Wireless
WMPLSE 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 7.9"D (44mm x 483mm x 200mm). 1 1
WMPSE
WMPSE 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 8.9"D (44mm x 483mm x 226mm). 1 1
G.
Outlets
WMPSE-X 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 8.9"D (44mm x 483mm x 226mm). 1 10
Package of 10.
19" Manager, Front and Rear, 2 RU H.
WMP1E WMP1E 3.5"H x 19.0"W x 8.9"D (89mm x 483mm x 226mm). 2 1 Media
Distribution
WMP1E-V 3.5"H x 19.0"W x 8.9"D (89mm x 483mm x 226mm). 2 5

Package of 5. I.
Physical
WMPH2E 3.5"H x 20.2"W x 8.9"D (89mm x 513mm x 226mm). 2 1 Infrastructure
Includes extended front covers and two bend radius clips. Management
WMPH2E 19" Manager, Front Only, 1 RU
J.
WMPFSE 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 3.7"D (44mm x 483mm x 94mm). 1 1 Overhead &
Underfloor
WMPFSE-E 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 3.7"D (44mm x 483mm x 94mm). Package of 20. 1 20 Routing
WMPFSE WMPLFSE 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 2.7"D (44mm x 483mm x 69mm). 1 1 K.

Surface
Raceway
19" Manager, Front Only, 2 RU
WMPF1E 3.5"H x 19.0"W x 3.7"D (89mm x 483mm x 94mm). 2 1 L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
WMPF1E-X 3.5"H x 19.0"W x 3.7"D (89mm x 483mm x 94mm). Package of 10. 2 10 Cable
WMPLFSE
Management
WMPHF2E 3.5"H x 20.2"W x 3.7"D (89mm x 573mm x 94mm). 2 1
Includes extended front covers and two bend radius clips. M.
Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). Grounding &
Bonding
WMPF1E N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
WMPHF2E
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
NetManager High Capacity Horizontal Cable Managers
Fiber
Optic Innovative inset fingers slope inward toward back of Curved surfaces maintain cable bend radius
Systems managers offering unobstructed access to network Pass-through holes allow for front to rear cabling
cabling for easier moves, adds, and changes
Built in cable retainers hold cable in place for easy moves,
D. Large front finger openings easily accommodate Category adds, and changes
Power 6 and 10 GbE cables, speeding installation and reducing
over maintenance costs Mount to 19" EIA racks and cabinets
Ethernet
Rear cable management finger spacing utilizes open Covers, #12-24 and M6 mounting screws included
D-rings for greater accessibility Design fits flush to the front of the NetRunner High
E. Capacity WMPVHCF45E and WMPVHC45E
Zone Can be used to create large capacity horizontal pathways
for routing cable Vertical Managers
Cabling
Patented front and rear dual hinged cover allows cable
access without removing cover
F.
Wireless
No. of Std.
Rack Pkg.
G. 19" High Capacity Manager, Front and Rear
Outlets NM2 NM1 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front and Rear 1 1
Rack Unit. 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 13.1"D (44mm x 482mm x
332mm).
H. NM2 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front and Rear 2 1
Media Rack Units. 3.5"H x 19.0"W x 13.1"D (88mm x 482mm x
Distribution 332mm).
NMF2 NM3 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front and Rear 3 1
I. Rack Units. 5.2"H x 19.0"W x 13.1"D (133mm x 482mm x
Physical 332mm).
Infrastructure
NM4 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front and Rear 4 1
Management
Rack Units. 7.0"H x 19.0"W x 13.1"D (177mm x 482mm x
332mm).
J.
Overhead & 19" High Capacity Manager, Front Only
Underfloor NMF3 NMF1 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front Only 1 Rack 1 1
Routing Unit. 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 6.2"D (44mm x 482mm x 157mm).
NMF2 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front Only 2 Rack 2 1
K. Units. 3.5"H x 19.0"W x 6.2"D (88mm x 482mm x 157mm).
Surface
Raceway NMF3 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front Only 3 Rack 3 1
Units. 5.2"H x 19.0"W x 6.2"D (133mm x 482mm x 157mm).
L. NMF4 NMF4 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front Only 4 Rack 4 1
Cabinets, Units. 7.0"H x 19.0"W x 6.2"D (177mm x 482mm x 157mm).
Racks &
Cable Accessories
Management NM1B Front to rear pass through blanking panel for NetManager 1
High Capacity Horizontal Cable Managers, NM1 and NMF1.
NM1B
M. NM2B Front to rear pass through blanking panel for NetManager 1
Grounding &
Bonding High Capacity Horizontal Cable Managers, NM2 and NMF2.
NM2B NM3B Front to rear pass through blanking panel for NetManager 1
High Capacity Horizontal Cable Managers, NM3 and NMF3.
N. NM4B Front to rear pass through blanking panel for NetManager 1
Industrial High Capacity Horizontal Cable Managers, NM4 and NMF4.
NM3B Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.5mm).

O.
Labeling &
Identification
NM4B
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
NetManager Horizontal Cable Managers C.

Fiber
Patented design Pass-through holes allow for front to rear cabling Optic
Lightweight plastic construction provides durability and Built in cable retainers hold cable in place for easy moves, Systems
easy installation adds, and changes
Removable front cover hinges 180 up or down to allow Mount to 19" EIA racks and cabinets D.
access without removing cover Power
Covers, #12-24 and M6 mounting screws included over
Curved surfaces maintain cable bend radius Ethernet
No. of Std. E.
Rack Pkg. Zone
Cabling
NCMHF1 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 3.7"D (44mm x 483mm x 95mm). 1 1
NCMHF1 F.
NCMHF2 3.5"H x 19.0"W x 3.7"D (88mm x 483mm x 95mm). 2 1 Wireless
NCMH2 3.5"H x 19.0"W x 9.8"D (88mm x 483mm x 248mm). 2 1

Snap-on rear cover.
G.
Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). Outlets
NCMH2
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
PatchRunner High Capacity Horizontal Cable Managers
Fiber
Optic Manage cables on switches with vertical cards Pass-through holes on top and back of manager
Systems
Curved cable management fingers support cables as they Mount to 19" EIA racks and cabinets
transition to the vertical pathway Mounting hardware included
D.
Power Can be used to create cable pathways for routing cable
over Steel hinged cover provides easy access to pathway
Ethernet
Cable Capacity
E. No. of Std.
Zone Part Rack Cat 6A-SD Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat 5e Fiber Pkg.
Cabling Number Part Description Spaces^ (.240") (.300") (.240") (.225") (3mm) Qty.
PEHF2 PatchRunner High 2 143 92 143 163 592 1
Capacity Horizontal
F. PEHF2 Cable Manager with
Wireless hinged cover, front
only, 2 RU.
Dimensions: 3.5"H x
18.9"W x 9.8"D*
G. (89mm x 480mm x
Outlets 250mm*)
*Depth can telescope
from rack mounting
face 4.4" (112mm) to
H. PEHF3 7.6" (193mm).
Media
Distribution PEHF3 PatchRunner High 3 259 166 259 295 1072 1
Capacity Horizontal
Cable Manager with
I. hinged cover, front
Physical only, 3 RU.
Infrastructure Dimensions: 5.2"H x
Management
18.9"W x 9.8"D*
(133mm x 480mm x
J. 250mm*)
Overhead & *Depth can telescope
Underfloor PEHF4 from rack mounting
Routing face 4.4" (112mm) to
7.6" (193mm).
K. PEHF4 PatchRunner High 4 375 240 375 427 1551 1
Surface
Capacity Horizontal
Raceway
Cable Manager with
hinged cover, front
L. only, 4 RU.
Cabinets, Dimensions: 7.0"H x
Racks & 18.9"W x 9.8"D*
Cable
Management
(177mm x 480mm x
250mm*)
*Depth can telescope
M. from rack mounting
Grounding & face 4.4" (112mm) to
Bonding 7.6" (193mm).

N. All product color is black.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Open-Access Horizontal Cable Managers C.

Fiber
D-ring managers provide an open and efficient way to Pass-through holes allow front to rear cabling Optic
manage cable Mount to 19" EIA racks and cabinets Systems
Patented D-ring design provides flexibility for easy moves, Hardware included
adds, and changes D.
Power
Optional snap-on cover over
Ethernet
No. of Std.
Rack Pkg. E.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Zone
19" Manager, Front and Rear, 1 RU Cabling
CMPH1 D-rings installed on panels. 1 1
CMPH1
1.7"H x 19.0"W x 8.6"D (44mm x 483mm x 218mm).
F.
19" Manager, Front and Rear, 2 RU Wireless
CMPH2 D-rings installed on panel. 2 1
3.5"H x 19.0"W x 8.6"D (88mm x 483mm x 218mm).
CMPH2 19" Manager, Front Only, 1 RU
G.
CMPHF1 D-rings installed on panel. 1 1 Outlets
1.7"H x 19.0"W x 3.4"D (44mm x 483mm x 87mm).
CMPHHF1 D-rings installed on panel. 1 1
1.7"H x 19.0"W x 5.7"D (44mm x 483mm x 144mm). H.
CMPHF1
Media
19" Manager, Front Only, 2 RU Distribution
CMPHF2 D-rings installed on panel. 2 1
3.5"H x 19.0"W x 3.4"D (88mm x 483mm x 87mm).
I.
CMPHH2 D-rings installed on panel. 2 1 Physical
3.5"H x 19.0"W x 5.7"D (88mm x 483mm x 144mm). Infrastructure
CMPHHF1
Management
Optional Covers
CMPH1C Snap-on cover for 1 RU D-ring panels. 1 1
J.
Width 19.4" (492mm). Overhead &
CMPH2C Snap-on cover for 2 RU D-ring panels. 2 1 Underfloor
CMPHF2 Width 19.4" (492mm). Routing

Surface
Raceway
CMPHH2
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C. Vertical D-Rings
Fiber
Optic Patented cable manager ring Rounded edges prevent damage to cable insulation
Systems Standard EIA hole spacing allows product to be mounted 1/4" (M6) mounting hole allows for a variety of screws to
to any standard rack secure the D-ring to a surface
D.
Power
Flexible material allows arm to rotate so entire cable Create a structured pathway and allows for open access
over bundle can be inserted and removed Material: Black Flame Retardant Polycarbonate
Ethernet
E.
Zone Cable Capacity
Cabling Std.
Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat 5e Pkg.
Part Number Part Description (0.300") (0.240") (0.225") Qty.
F. CMVDR1 Vertical D-ring. 40 62 70 1
Wireless CMVDR1 CMVDR1S Outside dimensions 5.72"L x 2.05"W
(145.3mm x 52.1mm).
CMVDR1S Vertical D-ring. 20 30 35 1
Outside dimensions 3.26"L x 2.05"W
G. (82.8mm x 52.1mm).
Outlets
CMVDR2 Vertical D-ring. 82 128 144 1
(145.3mm x 83.8mm).
H. CMVDR2 CMVDR2S
Media CMVDR2S Vertical D-ring. 40 62 70 1
Distribution Outside dimensions 3.26"L x 3.30"W
(82.8mm x 83.8mm).
I. CMVDRC Center mounted vertical D-ring for routing 170 265 300 1
Physical cables between two adjacent racks. Requires
Infrastructure 8.25" spacing between the center lines of the
Management
adjacent racks mounting holes.
J. CMVDRC (143.8mm x 222.3mm).
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K. Cable Routing Troughs

Surface
Raceway Provide pathways to route cables in a rack line-up
L. Cable Capacity
Cabinets, Std.
Racks & Part Cat. 6A Cat. 6A Cat. 6 Cat. 5e Fiber Pkg.
Cable Number Part Description (.298") (.289") (.250") (.187") (3mm) Qty.
Management CMLT19 4 RU lower trough with 1.3" bend radius 85 106 125 224 564 1
mounts to the bottom of a standard 19"
M. EIA rack.
Grounding & Dimensions: 8.0"H x 19.0"W x 4.5"D
Bonding (203mm x 483mm x 114mm).
CMLT19
CMUT19 2 RU upper trough with 1.3" bend 57 70 83 148 373 1
radius mounts to the top of a standard
N. 19" EIA rack.
Industrial Dimensions: 3.5."H x 19.0"W x 4.5"D
(89mm x 483mm x 114mm).
CMT4 4 RU cable routing trough. 152 12488 223 399 1002 1
O. Dimensions: 6.9"H x 19.0"W x 4.5"D
Labeling & CMUT19 (176mm x 483mm x 114mm).
Identification
One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
P. All dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches (mm).
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q. CMT4
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Rack Mount Shelves C.

Fiber
Load ratings up to 250 lbs. refer to part descriptions for specific load ratings Optic
Systems
No. of Std. D.
Rack Pkg. Power
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. over
Ethernet
SRM19FM1 19" front mount shelf, steel. 1 1
(44mm x 483mm x 385mm). E.
SRM19FM2 Load rating 30 lbs. Zone
Cabling
SRM19FM2 19" front mount shelf, steel. 2 1
(88mm x 483mm x 385mm).
Load rating 50 lbs. F.
Wireless
SRM19CMV3 19" cantilevered shelf, vented aluminum. Includes two-piece 3 1
shelf that mounts to front and back of EIA racks.
(133mm x 489mm x 316mm).
Load rating 200 lbs. G.
SRM19CMV3 Outlets
SRM19CM3 19" cantilevered shelf, aluminum. Includes two-piece shelf 3 1
that mounts to front and back of EIA racks.
(133mm x 489mm x 316mm). H.
Load rating 200 lbs. Media
Distribution
SRM19X18A1 19" adjustable mount shelf, steel, mounts to front and back 1 1
of EIA racks.
Dimensions: 1.8"H x 19.0"W x 18.0"D I.
SRM19X18A1 (44mm x 483mm x 457mm). Physical
Load rating 250 lbs. Infrastructure
Management
SRM19X25A1 19" adjustable mount shelf, steel, mounts to front and back 1 1
of EIA racks.
J.
Dimensions: 1.8"H x 19.0"W x 25.0"D Overhead &
(44mm x 483mm x 635mm). Underfloor
Load rating 250 lbs. Routing
Surface
Raceway
L.
Panel Extender Brackets Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Allow for mounting 19" product on 23" standard EIA racks Offset bracket design maintains flush mounting of panels Management
or cabinets Mounting hardware included
M.
Grounding &
No. of Std. Std. Bonding
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
PEB1 Converts 19" horizontal panels to 23" panels. 1 1 10
N.
PEB2 Converts 19" horizontal panels to 23" panels. 2 1 10 Industrial
PEB1 Ône rack space = 1.75". (44.45mm).
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
PEB2 Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Rack Mount Cable Management Accessories
Fiber
Optic Bend radius control fingers support cables as they Attach to patch panels or equipment mounting screws
Systems transition to the vertical pathway Lightweight plastic construction provides durability and
Finger spacing aligns with rack units easy installation
D.
Power
over
Ethernet No. of Std.
Rack Ctn.
E.
Zone CMBRC1 Kit of two bend radius control fingers; for use with patch 1 10
Cabling panels. Maintains 1/2" bend radius control.
CMBRC1 Dimensions: 1.7"H x .8" W x 3.0"D
(44mm x 19mm x 77mm).
F. CMBRC1E Kit of two bend radius control fingers, for use with patch 1 10
Wireless panels. Maintains 1/2" bend radius control.
(44mm x 25mm x 129mm).
CMBRC5 One-piece unit with five bend radius control fingers; for use 5 10
G. with active equipment. Maintains 1/4" bend radius control.
Outlets Dimensions: 8.7"H x 1.0"W x 3.3"D
(222mm x 26mm x 84mm).
CMBRC5E
CMBRC5E One-piece unit with five bend radius control fingers; for use 5 10
H. with active equipment. Maintains 1/4" bend radius control.
Distribution (222mm x 26mm x 129mm).
I. All product color is black.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management Hinged Wall Brackets
J. Mount to wall or standard EIA 19" rack Panel rotates from one side for easy access to cabling
Overhead & Cable tie slots Include write-on labeling area
Underfloor
Routing Standard 19" EIA hole spacing Accept 19" patch panels, horizontal managers,
and equipment
K.
Surface No. of Std.
Raceway Rack Pkg.
WBH1 Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
L. 6" Deep Wall Brackets
Cabinets,
Racks & WBH1 Dimensions: 1.8"H x 20.2"W x 6.3"D 1 1
Cable (44mm x 513mm x 159mm).
Management WBH2 Load rating 10 lbs.
WBH2 Dimensions: 3.5"H x 20.2"W x 6.3"D 2 1
M. (89mm x 513mm x 159mm).
Grounding & Load rating 20 lbs.
Bonding
WBH3 Dimensions: 5.3"H x 20.2"W x 6.3"D 3 1
WBH3 (133mm x 513mm x 159mm).
Load rating 30 lbs.
N. WBH4 Dimensions: 7.0"H x 20.2"W x 6.3"D 4 1
Industrial (178mm x 513mm x 159mm).
Load rating 40 lbs.
WBH4 15" Deep Wall Brackets
O.
Labeling & WBH2E Dimensions: 3.5"H x 20.4"W x 15.8"D 2 1
Identification (89mm x 519mm x 402mm).
Load rating 20 lbs.
WBH4E Dimensions: 7.0"H x 20.4"W x 15.8"D 4 1
P. (177mm x 519mm x 402mm).
Cable WBH4E
Load rating 40 lbs.
Management
Accessories WBH6E Dimensions: 10.5"H x 20.4"W x 15.8"D 6 1
(267mm x 519mm x 402mm).
Load rating 60 lbs.
Q. Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Full-Length Blanking Shade C.

Fiber
Adjustable blanking solution that can blank out as few as 4 Easy and efficient installation and deployment Optic
or as many as 45 rack units Can easily be raised or lowered to allow service to Systems
Requires no tools or hardware to install components within the cabinet
D.
Power
No. of Std. over
Rack Pkg. Ethernet
Part Number Part Description Spaces Qty.
FLBSIM-Y Full-length blanking shade blanks out 4-45 consecutive rack 4-45 1
units on standard 19.00" (482.6mm) wide vertical mounting E.
Zone
rails; black.
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Tool-Less Blanking Panels Outlets
Minimize bypass airflow in standard EIA 19" racks and Require no tools or hardware to install
cabinets while providing an aesthetic appearance H.
Media
Distribution
No. of Std.
TLBP1 Rack Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. I.
TLBP1S-V 19" (483mm) width for 3/8" cage nut holes (may be used 1 5 Physical
Infrastructure
with or without cage nuts installed). 1 RU.
Management
TLBP2 TLBP2S-V 19" (483mm) width for 3/8" cage nut holes (may be used 2 5
with or without cage nuts installed). 2 RU.
J.
TLBP1R-V 19" (483mm) width for tapped rails. 1 RU. 1 5 Overhead &
Underfloor
TLBP2R-V 19" (483mm) width for tapped rails. 2 RU. 2 5 Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
Rack Filler Panels L.

Cabinets,
Reserve rack space for future use Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or cabinets Racks &
Direct airflow in cabinet applications #12-24 and M6 mounting screws included Cable
Management
No. of Std. Std. M.

DPFP1 Rack Pkg. Ctn. Grounding &
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty. Bonding
DPFP1 Dimensions: 1.8"H x 19.0"W (44mm x 483mm). 1 1 10
DPFP2 DPFP2 Dimensions: 3.5"H x 19.0"W (89mm x 483mm). 2 1 10
DPFP4 Dimensions: 7.0"H x 19.0"W (178mm x 483mm). 4 1 10 N.
Industrial
DPFP8 Dimensions: 14.0"H x 19.0"W (355mm x 483mm). 8 1 10
DPFP4 DPFPA1 1RU adjustable blanking panel. 1 10
Ône rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). O.
All product color is black. Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
DPFP8 Accessories
DPFPA1
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Angled Panel Accessories
Fiber
Optic Aesthetic design provides a clean and consistent look Protect exposed connectors from intrusion of debris or
Systems when used with Panduit angled patch panels accidental disconnection
Support warm aisle/cold aisle methodology by sealing in
D. cool air and not allowing it to escape, promoting proper
Power
over airflow and cooling
Ethernet
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
E. CPAF1BLY Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
Zone
Cabling CPAF1BLY Covers one open rack space in standard EIA 19" rack. 1 1 10
CPAF2BLY Covers two open rack spaces in standard EIA 19" rack. 2 1 10
CPATCBL Transitional cover for angled patch panels that occupies 0 1 10
F. CPAF2BLY zero rack space.
Wireless
G. CPATCBL
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
IN-Cabinet Vertical Cable Managers
I. For managing cable within cabinets 27" or wider Two mounting bracket options to facilitate mounting to
Physical Attach to equipment mounting rails various cabinet configurations
Infrastructure Snap-on covers included
Management
No. of Std.
J.
Overhead & Rack Pkg.
Underfloor Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
Routing Side Mount Front Only
CWMPV3440 Duct with side mount bracket, cage nut, and screws. 40 1
K. Dimensions: 71.9"H x 3.5"W x 4.3"D
Surface (1825mm x 88mm x 109mm).
Raceway Capacity: 96 cables .187 dia.
CWMPV2440 Duct with side mount bracket, cage nut, and screws. 40 1
L. Front Mount Dimensions: 71.9"H x 2.5"W x 4.3"D
Cabinets, Bracket (1825mm x 63mm x 109mm).
Racks & Capacity: 60 cables .187 dia.
Cable
Management Front Mount Front Only
CWMPV2340 Duct with front mount bracket, cage nut, and screws. 40 1
M. Dimensions: 70.0"H x 3.7"W x 3.3"D
Grounding & (1778mm x 94mm x 83mm).
Bonding Capacity: 48 cables .187 dia.
CWMPV3340 Duct with front mount bracket, cage nut, and screws. 40 1
N. Side Mount (1778mm x 119mm x 83mm).
Industrial
CWMPV3340
Bracket Capacity: 72 cables .187 dia.
O.
Labeling &
Identification Cable Capacity Chart
P. Cat 6 Cat 5e Fiber

Cable Part Number (.240") (.225") (3mm)
Management CWMPV3440 116 132 386
Accessories CWMPV2440 83 74 225
CWMPV2340 94 107 377
CWMPV3340 119 136 479
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Communication Cable Management Kit for Cabinets C.

Fiber
Kit of cable management accessories specifically designed for use in a network cabinet or enclosure Optic
Systems
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn. D.
Part Number Part Description Qty.* Qty. Power
over
CCMKIT1 Kit includes the following: 1 100 Ethernet
1 roll (15' (4.6 m) length) .33" (8.4mm) Tak-Ty Cable Ties
24 nylon cable ties
12 adhesive backed cable tie mounts E.
6 push style cable tie mounts Zone
4 vertical wire saddles Cabling
8 flat Pan-Post Standoffs for use with std. nylon cable ties
CCMKIT2 Kit includes the following: 1 100
1 roll (15' (4.6 m) length) .75" (19.1mm) Tak-Ty Cable Ties F.
12 nylon cable ties Wireless
6 adhesive backed cable tie mounts
6 adhesive backed mounts for .75" (19.1mm) Tak-Ty Cable Ties
6 screw mounts for .75" (19.1mm) Tak-Ty Cable Ties
4 vertical wire saddles G.
6 flat Pan-Post Standoffs for use with .75" (19.1mm)Tak-Ty Cable Ties Outlets
*Order the number of kits required.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Flat Pan-Post Standoffs
J.
Standard EIA hole spacing allows product to be mounted Use where space is limited Overhead &
with user supplied screws up to 1/4" (M6) diameter Underfloor
For indoor use only Routing
Organize cables in standard cabinets and racks Material: Natural Nylon 6.6
Std. Std. K.
Pkg. Ctn. Surface
Raceway
Flat Pan-Post Standoff for Nylon Cable Ties L.
PPF2S-S25-V Nylon 6.6 flat Pan-Post Standoff. Use with miniature, 5 100 Cabinets,
intermediate, and standard cross section cable ties. Dimensions Racks &
5.42"L x 1.50"H x .19"W (137.7mm x 38.1mm x 4.8mm). Cable
Management
PPF2S-S25-V69 Flame retardant nylon 6.6 flat Pan-Post Standoff. Use with 5 100
miniature, intermediate, and standard cross section cable ties.
Material meets UL 94V-0 specifications. Dimensions M.
Grounding &
5.42"L x 1.50"H x .19"W (137.7mm x 38.1mm x 4.8mm). Bonding
Flat Pan-Post Standoff for Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Ties
PPF2SV-S25-V Nylon 6.6 flat Pan-Post Standoff. Use with Tak-Ty Hook & 5 100
Loop Cable Ties. Dimensions 5.60"L x 1.62"H x .19"W N.
(142.2mm x 41.3mm x 4.8mm). Industrial
PPF2SV-S25-V69 Flame retardant nylon 6.6 flat Pan-Post Standoff. Use with 5 100
Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Ties. Material meets UL 94V-0
specifications. Dimensions 5.60"L x 1.62"H x .19"W O.
(142.2mm x 41.3mm x 4.8mm). Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Pan-Post Standoffs
Fiber
Optic Support cable bundles above or away from surface Material: Natural Nylon 6.6
Systems For indoor use only
D. Std. Std.
Power Pkg. Ctn.
over Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Ethernet PP1S-S10-X Pan-Post Standoff, mounting method #10/M5 screw, 10 100
1.06"L x .72"W x 1.97"H (26.9mm x 18.3mm x 50.0mm). Used with
cable ties M,I,S.
E.
Zone PP1S-S12-X Pan-Post Standoff, mounting method #12/M5.5 screw, 10 100
Cabling 1.06"L x .72"W x 1.97"H (26.9mm x 18.3mm x 50.0mm). Used with
cable ties M,I,S.
PP2S-S10-X Pan-Post Standoff, mounting method #10/M5 screw, 10 100
F. 1.06"L x .72"W x 4.60"H (26.9mm x 18.3mm x 116.9mm). Used
Wireless with cable ties M,I,S.
PP2S-S12-X Pan-Post Standoff, mounting method #12/M5.5 screw, 10 100
1.06"L x .72"W x 4.60"H (26.9mm x 18.3mm x 116.9mm). Used
with cable ties M,I,S.
G.
Outlets Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Bundle Retainers
Support cable in vertical or horizontal configurations Adhesive backed and screw applied versions available
J.
Overhead & Spring fingers with large lead-in facilitates insertion of Material: Black Nylon 6.6
Underfloor cable bundles
Routing
Std. Std.
K. Pkg. Ctn.
Surface Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Raceway BR2-1.3 Standard EIA hole spacing for mounting. Maximum bundle capacity: 1 10
2.00" (50.8mm).
L.
Cabinets, BR2-1.3-A Adhesive base and standard EIA hole spacing provides mounting 1 10
Racks & options. Maximum bundle capacity: 2.00" (50.8mm).
Cable
Management BR2-1.3-A
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Management Accessories Roadmap
C.
Organize cable in a variety of applications providing a standards compliant installation to reduce stress on cable while Fiber
Optic
allowing for easier moves, adds, and changes. Systems
5 D.
Power
over
7 3 Ethernet
2
E.
4 Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
6 H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
1 Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Cool Boot Raised Floor Air Waterfall Accessories
1 Sealing Grommet 4 (pages L.98 and L.99)
M.
Grounding &
(pages L.90 and L.91) Bonding
N.
Industrial
J-Pro Cable Support System

2 (pages L.92 L.94) 5 Conduit Waterfall
O.
(page L.98) Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Stackable Cable Rack Spacers
6 (page L.100)
Management
Accessories
Double Waterfall Accessory
3 (page L.99)
Threaded Rod Cover
7 (page L.99)
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Cool Boot Raised Floor Air Sealing Grommet

C.
Fiber Airtight fabric minimizes bypass of air through cutouts in Flexible polycarbonate outer ring houses fabric to allow
Optic the raised floor to improve cooling of network equipment, user to secure product to raised floor tile; slit allows outer
Systems minimizing the risk of overheating ring to flex so entire cable bundle can be inserted to allow
Ultra Cinch Tie closes top of fabric to prevent air from for retrofit installations even when vertical cable managers
D. escaping around cable bundles are already in place
Power
over Electrostatic dissipative material provides a pathway to Low profile polycarbonate outer ring extends 7/16"
Ethernet ground reducing the chance of damaging network (11.1mm) above top of raised floor tile to allow
equipment with electric shock compatability with vertical cable managers
E. Vertical Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Tie closure system Self-tapping #10 screws (included) allow a secure
Zone allows for installation on existing cable bundles fastening method to top of raised floor tile, also providing
Cabling a pathway to ground
Horizontal Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Tie closure system
allows two or more bundles to be separated in existing or Material: Black electrostatic dissipative flame retardant
new installations polycarbonate outer ring with navy blue electrostatic
F. dissipative flame retardant fabric
Wireless Manufactured from flame retardant materials
Cable Capacity Std. Std.

G. Cat. 6A Cat. 6 Cat. 5e Pkg. Ctn.
Outlets Part Number Part Description (0.300") (0.240") (0.225") Qty. Qty.
Surface Mount
RFG6X8SMY Overall size of 6" x 8" (152.4mm x 183 287 326 1 10
H. 203.2mm) allows for 4.2" x 6.2"
Media (106.7mm x 157.5mm) capacity.
Distribution
RFG*X*SMY 203.2mm) allows for 6.2" x 6.2"
I. (157.5mm x 157.5mm) capacity.
Physical RFG10X8SMY Overall size of 10" x 8" (254.0mm x 359 561 638 1 10
Infrastructure 203.2mm) allows for 8.2" x 6.2"
Management (208.3mm x 157.5mm) capacity.
J. 101.6mm) allows for 10.2" x 2.2"
Overhead & (259.1mm x 55.9mm) capacity.
Underfloor RFG12X8SMY Overall size of 12" x 8" (304.8mm x 447 698 794 1 10
Routing
203.2mm) allows for 10.2" x 6.2"
(259.1mm x 157.5mm) capacity.
K. RFG3DSMY Overall size of 4.8" (121.9mm) 40 62 71 1 10
Surface RFG*X*Y diameter allows for 2.7" (68.6mm)
Raceway diameter capacity.
RFG5DSMY Overall size of 6.8" (172.7mm) 122 191 217 1 10
L. diameter allows for 4.7" (119.4mm)
Cabinets, diameter capacity.
Racks & Integral Mount*
Cable
Management RFG6X8Y Overall size of 6" x 8" (152.4mm x 183 287 326 1 10
203.2mm) allows for 4.2" x 6.2"
M. (106.7mm x 157.5mm) capacity.
Grounding & RFG8X8Y Overall size of 8" x 8" (203.2mm x 271 424 482 1 10
Bonding 203.2mm) allows for 6.2" x 6.2"
RFG10X8Y Overall size of 10" x 8" (254.0mm x 359 561 638 1 10
203.2mm) allows for 8.2" x 6.2"
N.
Industrial
RFG12X4Y Overall size of 12" x 4" (304.8mm x 158 247 281 1 10
101.6mm) allows for 10.2" x 2.2"
O. RFG12X8Y Overall size of 12" x 8" (304.8mm x 447 698 794 1 10
Labeling & 203.3mm) allows for 10.2" x 6.2"
Identification (259.1mm x 157.5mm) capacity.
RFG3DY Overall size of 4.8" (121.9mm) 40 62 71 1 10
P. diameter allows for 2.7" (68.6mm)
Cable diameter capacity.
Management RFG5DY Overall size of 6.8" (172.7mm) 122 191 217 1 10
Accessories diameter allows for 4.7" (119.4mm)
diameter capacity.
Product complies with Article 645 Section 5(D)(4) of the 2005 National Electrical Code.
Q. Compatible with NetRunner and PatchRunner Cable Managers, and Panduit Net-Access Cabinets to
Index create a complete cable management system.
*Integral products include a flexible sub-grommet to prevent damage to cable from sharp edges of cut floor tile.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Cool Boot Raised Floor Air Sealing Grommet (continued) C.

Fiber
Optic
Systems
Horizontal Hook and Loop
Closure System
D.
Flexible Polycarbonate Power

Ultra-Cinch Outer Ring Designed to over
Hook and Loop Flex Around Existing Vertical Hook and Loop
Closure System Cable Bundle for Closure System Ethernet
Retrofit Installations
Ultra-Cinch
Hook and Loop
Closure System E.
Zone
Raised Floor Cabling
Tile with Cutout
Raised Floor Tile with to Specified
Pre-Cut Hole not Dimensions
Compatible with
Sub-Grommet Flexible
Sub-Grommet
F.
Surface Mount Application Integral Mount Application Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C. J-Pro Cable Support System

Fiber
Optic Patented design provides complete horizontal and vertical Wide cable support base prevents pinch points that could
Systems 1" bend radius control that helps prevent degradation of cause damage to cables
cable performance Cable tie channel allows user to easily install 3/4"
D. UL 2043 and CAN/ULC S102.2 listed and suitable for use (19.1mm) Tak-Ty Cable Ties to retain cable bundle
Power
over in air handling spaces Durable non-metallic J Hook materials provide the ability
Ethernet Pre-riveted assemblies allow for attachment to walls, to manage and support a large number of cables
ceilings, beams, threaded rods, drop wires and underfloor Material: Black Nylon 6.6 J Hook with metal attachments
supports to meet requirements of a variety of applications
E.
Zone
Cabling
Max. Bundle
Capacity Max. Cable Capacity
F.
Wireless Std.
Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat 5e Pkg.
Part Number Part Description In. mm (0.300") (0.240") (0.225") Qty.
Wall Mount
G.
Outlets JP75W-L20 J Hook for wall mount applications. 0.75 19.0 5 8 10 50
One 1/4" (M6) mounting hole for user
JP131W-L20 supplied screw. Not for use with 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
JP2W-L20 powder actuated fasteners.
H.
Media JP2W-L20 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 50
Distribution
JP4W-X20 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10
I.
Physical Wall Mount with Bracket
Infrastructure
Management JP75WP2-L20 J Hook for powder actuated 0.75 19.0 5 8 10 50
installation on walls. One 5/32" (M4)
JP131WP2-L20 mounting hole and one 1/4" (M6) 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
J. mounting hole for user supplied
Overhead & fasteners.
Underfloor JP2WP2-L20 JP2WP2-L20 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 50
Routing
JP4WP2-X20 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10
K.
Surface Ceiling Mount
Raceway
JP75CM-L20 J Hook with ceiling mount bracket 0.75 19.0 5 8 10 50
that has one 3/16" (M5), 1/4" (M6),
L. and 3/8" (M10) mounting hole.
Cabinets, JP131CM-L20 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
Racks &
Cable JP2CM-L20 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 50
Management JP2CM-L20
JP4CM-X20 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10

M.
Grounding &
Bonding Drop Wire and Threaded Rod Clip
JP75DW-L20 J Hook with clip for use with #12 wire, 0.75 19.0 5 8 10 50
threaded rod up to 3/8" (9.5mm) in
N. JP131DW-L20 diameter. 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
Industrial
JP2DW-L20 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 50
O. JP2DW-L20
Labeling & Suitable for use in air handling spaces in accordance with Sec. 300-22(c) and (d) of the National Electrical Code. JP4 family of parts
Identification suitable for use in single unit configurations. Listed in accordance with CAN/ULC S102.2 when mounted as single units or in pairs.
Minimum spacing of 4 feet (1220mm) required between mount points. (Flame spread rating = 0, Smoke developed classification = 30).
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
J-Pro Cable Support System (continued) C.

Fiber
Max. Bundle Optic
Systems
Std.
Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat 5e Pkg. D.
Power
Part Number Part Description In. mm (0.300") (0.240") (0.225") Qty. over
Screw-On Beam Clamps Ethernet
JP75SBC50-L20 J Hook with screw-on beam clamp for 0.75 19.0 5 8 10 50
use with flanges up to 1/2" (12.7mm) E.
JP131SBC50-L20 thick. Non-rotating mount. 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50 Zone
JP2SBC50-L20 Cabling
JP2SBC50-L20 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 50
JP4SBC50-X20 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10

F.
Wireless
JP75SBC50R-L20 J Hook with screw-on beam clamp for 0.75 19.0 5 8 10 50
use with flanges up to 1/2" (12.7mm)
JP131SBC50R-L20 thick. Rotates 360 degrees. 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
JP2SBC50R-L20 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 50 G.

Outlets
JP4SBC50R-X20 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10
JP2SBC50R-L20
JP75SBC87-L20 J Hook with screw-on beam clamp for 0.75 19.0 5 8 10 50 H.
use with flanges up to 3/4" (19.1mm) Media
JP131SBC87-L20 thick. Non-rotating mount. 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50 Distribution
JP2SBC87-L20 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 50

I.
Physical
JP4SBC87-X20 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10 Infrastructure
Management
JP75SBC87R-L20 J Hook with screw-on beam clamp for 0.75 19.0 5 8 10 50
use with flanges up to 3/4" (19.1mm)
JP131SBC87R-L20 thick. Rotates 360 degrees. 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50 J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
JP2SBC87R-L20 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 50 Routing
JP2SBC87-L20
JP4SBC87R-X20 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10
K.
Hammer-On Beam Clamps Surface
Raceway
JP75HBC25R-L20 J Hook with hammer-on beam clamp 0.75 19.0 5 8 10 50
for use with flanges 1/8" 1/4"
JP131HBC25R-L20 (3.2mm 6.4mm) thick. Rotates 360 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50 L.
Cabinets,
degrees.
Racks &
JP2HBC25R-L20 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 50 Cable
Management
JP4HBC25R-X20 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10
M.
JP2SBC87R-L20 JP75HBC50R-L20 J Hook with hammer-on beam clamp 0.75 19.0 5 8 10 50 Grounding &
for use with flanges 5/16" 1/2" Bonding
JP131HBC50R-L20 (7.9mm 12.7mm) thick. Rotates 360 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
degrees.
JP2HBC50R-L20 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 50
N.
JP4HBC50R-X20 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10 Industrial
JP75HBC75R-L20 J Hook with hammer-on beam clamp 0.75 19.0 5 8 10 50

for use with flanges 9/16" 3/4" O.
JP131HBC75R-L20 (14.3mm 19.1mm) thick. Rotates 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50 Labeling &
360 degrees. Identification
JP2HBC75R-L20 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 50
JP2HBC25R-L20 JP4HBC75R-X20 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10 P.

JP2HBC50R-L20 Cable
Management
JP2HBC75R-L20 Suitable for use in air handling spaces in accordance with Sec. 300-22(c) and (d) of the National Electrical Code. JP4 family of parts Accessories
suitable for use in single unit configurations. Listed in accordance with CAN/ULC S102.2 when mounted as single units or in pairs.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C. J-Pro Cable Support System (continued)

Fiber
Optic Max. Bundle
Systems
Std.
D. Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat 5e Pkg.
Power
over
Part Number Part Description In. mm (0.300") (0.240") (0.225") Qty.
Ethernet Z-Purlin Clips
JP75ZP-L20 J Hook with z-purlin clip for use with 0.75 19.0 5 8 10 50
E. angled flanges up to 1/4" (6.4mm)
Zone JP131ZP-L20 thick. 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
Cabling
JP2ZP-L20
JP2ZP-L20 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 50
JP4ZP-X20 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10

F.
Wireless
C-Purlin Clips
JP75CP-L20 J Hook with c-purlin clip for use with 0.75 19.0 5 8 10 50
vertical flanges up to 1/4" (6.4mm)
G. JP131CP-L20 thick. 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
Outlets
JP2CP-L20 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 50
JP2CP-L20
JP4CP-X20 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10
H.
Media
Distribution Underfloor Pedestal Support Clamp
JP75UF100-L20 J Hook with underfloor clamp for use 0.75 19.0 5 8 10 50
with pedestal support 7/8" square or
I. JP131UF100-L20 1 1/8" 1 3/8" in diameter. 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
Physical
Infrastructure
Management JP2UF100-L20 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 50
JP4UF100-X20 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10

J. JP2UF100-L20
Overhead &
Underfloor Suitable for use in air handling spaces in accordance with Sec. 300-22(c) and (d) of the National Electrical Code. JP4 family of parts
Routing suitable for use in single unit configurations. Listed in accordance with CAN/ULC S102.2 when mounted as single units or in pairs.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Metal Stud Grommets and Accessories
Cabinets,
Racks & Metal stud grommets and cable support manager support Metal Stud Punching Tool punches a 1-11/32" (34.1mm)
Cable and protect cable within the building structure round hole in 25 GA. min. to 20 GA max. mild steel studs;
Management contoured handle; lightweight aluminum head; automatic
hole centering on standard width (3.625") studs;
M. replaceable punch and dies; self-stripping design that
Grounding & eliminates punch hang-ups
Bonding
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
N. Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Industrial MSG-1.3-C Metal stud grommet, 1-11/32" hole. 100 1000
MSG-1.3-C MSGV-1.3-C
MSGV-1.3-C Metal stud grommet, 1-11/32" hole, anti-vibration for 100 1000
1/2" to 1" pipe.
O.
Labeling & MSPT-1.3 Metal stud punch tool with contoured handle for 1 0
Identification increased leverage.
CSM-1.25-C Cable stud manager for 1.25" cable spacing. 100 1000
P. MSPT-1.3
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q. CSM-1.25-C
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Color Option Chart C.

Fiber
Optic
Base Systems
Part Number Black Red Blue White Green Orange
JP75W -L20 -L2 -L5 -L3 D.
JP75WP2 -L20 Power
JP75CM -L20 -L2 over
Ethernet
JP75DW -L20 -L2 -L6
JP75ZP -L20
JP75CP -L20 E.
JP75SBC50 -L20 Zone
Cabling
JP75SBC87 -L20
JP75SBC50R -L20 -L2 -L
JP75SBC87R -L20
F.
JP75HBC25R -L20 Wireless
JP75HBC50R -L20 -L2 -L
JP75HBC75R -L20
JP75UF100 -L20
JP131W -L20 -L6 -L5 -L3 G.
Outlets
JP131WP2 -L20
JP131CM -L20
JP131DW -L20 -L6
JP131ZP -L20 H.
Media
JP131CP -L20 Distribution
JP131SBC50 -L20
JP131SBC87 -L20
I.
JP131SBC50R -L20 -L2 -L Physical
JP131SBC87R -L20 Infrastructure
JP131HBC25R -L20 Management
JP131HBC50R -L20 -L2 -L
JP131HBC75R -L20 J.
Overhead &
JP131UF100 -L20 Underfloor
JP2W -L20 -L2 -L6 -L -L5 -L3 Routing
JP2WP2 -L20
JP2CM -L20 -L2 K.
JP2DW -L20 -L2 -L6 -L Surface
JP2ZP -L20 Raceway
JP2CP -L20
JP2SBC50 -L20 -L L.
Cabinets,
JP2SBC87 -L20
Racks &
JP2SBC50R -L20 -L2 -L Cable
JP2SBC87R -L20 -L2 Management
JP2HBC25R -L20
JP2HBC50R -L20 -L2 -L M.
Grounding &
JP2HBC75R -L20
Bonding
JP2UF100 -L20
JP4W -X20 -X2 -X6 -X
JP4WP2 -X20
N.
JP4CM -X20 Industrial
JP4ZP -X20
JP4CP -X20
JP4SBC50 -X20 -X O.
JP4SBC87 -X20 Labeling &
JP4SBC50R -X20 -X2 -X Identification
JP4SBC87R -X20
JP4HBC25R -X20 P.
JP4HBC50R -X20 -X2 -X Cable
JP4HBC75R -X20 Management
Accessories
JP4UF100 -X20
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C. J-Mod Cable Support System

Fiber
Optic Complete horizontal and vertical 1" (25.4mm) bend Modular design allows flexibility to assemble system in
Systems
radius control multiple configurations
D. Manufactured from materials that meet UL 2043 and are Unique chaining bracket design creates a strong metal
Power suitable for use in air handling spaces backbone and allows expansion of the system without
over Brackets allow for attachment to ceilings, beams, threaded disturbance of an existing installation
Ethernet
rods, and drop wires to meet requirements of a variety
of applications
E. Cables do not come in contact with metal
Zone
Cabling
Typical Installation Instructions Using Threaded Rod
F.
Bracket and Chaining Bracket
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management Align snap lock attachment Align chaining bracket Slide chaining bracket
of J Hook with holes in under the assembly between J Hook and the
J. chosen bracket and snap metal bracket until it snaps
Overhead & J Hook into place
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Pull down to fully engage Attach J Hooks as Final assembly is a
explained in first-level second-level installation
installation above consisting of one threaded
N.
Industrial
rod bracket, one chaining
bracket, and two
J Hooks for clarity
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
J-Mod Cable Support System (continued) C.

Fiber
Std. Std. Optic
Pkg. Ctn. Systems
Part Number Part Description Material* Qty. Qty.
D.
J Hook with Maximum 2" Bundle Capacity Power
JMJH2W-X20 J Hook for wall mount applications only. Nylon 6.6 10 50 over
Two 1/4" (M6) mounting holes for user Ethernet
supplied screws.
JMJH2W-X20 JMJH2-X20 JMJH2-X20 J Hook with snap lock attachments for use with Nylon 6.6 10 50 E.
all brackets listed below. Zone
Cabling
Chaining Bracket
JMCB-X Chaining bracket to extend J-Mod capacity Zinc Plated 10 50
one level. Capacity: three levels maximum. For Steel F.
use with all single-level mounting brackets Wireless
listed below.
JMCB-X
Ceiling Mount Brackets G.

Outlets
JMCMB25-1-X Single-level ceiling mount bracket with one 1/4" Galvanized 10 50
(M6) mounting hole. Steel
H.
JMCMB25-3-X** Three-level ceiling mount bracket with one 1/4" Galvanized 10 50 Media
(M6) mounting hole. Maximum capacity of six Steel Distribution
J Hooks.
Drop Wire Brackets I.

JMCMB25-1-X JMCMB25-3-X Physical
JMDWB-1-X Single-level drop wire bracket. Attaches to #12 Galvanized 10 50 Infrastructure
wire or 3/8" (9.5mm) threaded rod. Maximum Steel with Metal Management
capacity of one J Hook per level. Attachments
J.
Overhead &
JMDWB-3-X** Three-level drop wire bracket. Attaches to #12 Galvanized 10 50 Underfloor
wire or 3/8" (9.5mm) threaded rod. Maximum Steel with Metal Routing
capacity of one J Hook for each of three levels. Attachments
Maximum static load of 40 pounds.
K.
Threaded Rod Brackets Surface
Raceway
JMDWB-1-X JMDWB-3-X JMTRB38-1-X Single-level threaded rod bracket. Accepts 1/4" Galvanized 10 50
3/8" (6.4mm 9.5mm) threaded rod. Steel with Metal
L.
Attachments Cabinets,
Racks &
JMTRB38-3-X** Three-level threaded rod bracket. Accepts 1/4" Galvanized 10 50 Cable
3/8" (6.4mm 9.5mm) threaded rod. Steel with Metal Management
Maximum capacity of six J Hooks. Attachments
M.
Screw-On Beam Clamp Brackets Grounding &
Bonding
JMSBCB87-1-X Single-level screw-on beam clamp bracket for Galvanized 10 50
use with flanges up to 3/4" (19.1mm) thick. Steel with Metal
JMTRB38-1-X Attachments
JMTRB38-3-X
N.
JMSBCB87-3-X** Three-level screw-on beam clamp bracket for Galvanized 10 50 Industrial
use with flanges up to 3/4" (19.1mm) thick. Steel with Metal
Maximum capacity of six J Hooks. Attachments
O.
*Suitable for use in air handling spaces and listed in accordance with UL 2043 and CAN/ULC S102.2 when Labeling &
mounted as single units or in pairs. Maximum spacing of 4 (1220mm) required between mount points. (Flame Identification
Spread Rating = 0, Smoke Developed Classification = 30).
**Not for use with chaining brackets.
P.
Cable
Maximum Cable Capacity Management
JMSBCB87-1-X JMSBCB87-3-X Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat 5e Accessories
(0.300") (0.240") (0.225")
JMJH2W
or 30 46 55 Q.
JMJH2 Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C. Conduit Waterfall
Fiber
Optic Helps prevent pinch points and over bending that could Unique patented design allows for use in both new and
Systems cause damage to cable retrofit applications
Suitable for use in air handling spaces per UL 2043 Allows user to install 3/4" (19.1mm) Tak-Ty Cable Ties to
D. provide a method to retain and manage the cable bundle
Power UL listed per UL 1565
over Able to manage and support a large capacity of cables Material: Black Glass-Filled Nylon 6.6 which meets UL
Ethernet 94V-0 specifications
Easy and fast to install reducing labor cost
E. Std. Std.
Zone Pkg. Ctn.
Cabling Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
CWF400 Provides bend radius control for cables entering/exiting 1 10
4" (101.6mm) EMT conduit. Secure to conduit without tools
F. utilizing integral thumb screw and captive nut.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
Waterfall Accessories
H.
Media Patented bend radius control product for standard Base attaches to either the rung or stringer on most
Distribution ladder rack standard ladder racks for a variety of
Product available as a kit (includes base, two wings, and installations/configurations
I. cable ties) or purchased separately Modular components allow user to custom configure each
Physical Easy to install waterfall kit maintains bend radius control in location where cable management is required
Infrastructure
Management both vertical and horizontal directions to provide a Material: Black Glass-Filled Nylon 6.6 which meets UL
standards-compliant installation 94V-0 specifications
J.
Overhead & Std. Std.
Underfloor
Routing Pkg. Ctn.
CMW-KIT* Cable management waterfall kit. Provides bend radius control when 1 10
K. transferring cables from standard ladder rack. Kit includes CMWB, two
Surface CMWW, and cable ties.
Raceway
CMWB* Cable management waterfall base. Used to maintain 1.75" (44.5mm) 1 10
L. bend radius control vertically when transferring cable off of ladder rack.
Cabinets, Mounts to ladder rack rung or stringer with standard cross section cable
Racks & ties (included).
Cable
Management CMWW* Cable management waterfall wing. Used in conjunction with CMWB to 1 10
CMW-KIT maintain 1.00" (25.4mm) bend radius control horizontally when
transferring cable off ladder rack.
M.
Grounding & *Available in natural (white). Add 10 to part number suffix. For example: CMW-KIT10.
Bonding
N.
Industrial
CMWB
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
CMWW
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Double Waterfall Accessory C.

Fiber
Double waterfall base attaches to the rung on most Material: Black Glass-Filled Nylon 6.6 which meets Optic
standard ladder racks to allow bend radius control for UL 94V-0 specifications Systems
cables coming from either direction
Easy to install double waterfall base maintains bend D.
radius control in a vertical direction to provide a Power
over
standards-compliant installation Ethernet
Std. Std. E.
Pkg. Ctn. Zone
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Cabling
CMW2B Cable management double waterfall base. Used to maintain 1 10
1.75" (101.6mm) bend radius control vertically when transferring
cable off either side of ladder rack rung. Mounts to ladder rack rung F.
with standard cross section cable ties (included). Wireless
G.
Outlets
Threaded Rod Cover H.

Protects cable from abrasion caused by contact with For indoor use only Media
threaded rod Distribution
Material: Flame Retardant Polyethylene which meets
Available in 18" (457mm) lengths UL 94V-0 specifications
Accepts 1/2" to 5/8" (12.7mm to 15.9mm) threaded rod I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. J.
TRC18FR-X8Y Used to protect cabling from threaded rod. Vertical slit allows easy 10 100 Overhead &
installation. Gray. Underfloor
Routing
TRC18FR-X20Y Used to protect cabling from threaded rod. Vertical slit allows easy 10 100
installation. Black. K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C. Stackable Cable Rack Spacers

Fiber
Optic Patented accessories for standard ladder racks Maximize rack space by stacking products for maximum
Systems Separate and support cable and prevent pinch points cable capacity
between the bottom row of cable and the rung as a result Provide an alternative to lacing cord by allowing user to
D. of the weight of multiple cable layers applied on top of secure cable to spacer to prevent movement of cable
Power each other
over
Ethernet Mount to ladder rack with standard cross section
cable ties
E.
Zone Std. Std.
Cabling
Width Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description In. mm Qty. Qty.
CRS4-125-X Four space stackable cable rack spacer. Manufactured 5.24 133.1 10 100
F. from black glass-filled flame retardant nylon 6.6. Accepts
Wireless cable up to 1.25" (31.8mm) diameter.
CRS1-125-X One space stackable cable rack spacer. Manufactured 1.55 39.4 10 100
from black glass-filled flame retardant nylon 6.6. Use
CRS4-125-X with CRS4 to fill width of ladder rack. Accepts cable up
G. to 1.25" (31.8mm) diameter.
Outlets
CRS6-X Six space stackable cable rack spacer. Manufactured 5.25 133.4 10 100
from black polycarbonate ABS blend. Accepts cable up
to .80" (20.3mm) diameter.
H.
Media CRS1-X One space stackable cable rack spacer. Manufactured 1.13 28.58 10 100
Distribution from black polycarbonate ABS blend. Use with CRS6
to fill width of ladder rack. Accepts cable up to
.80" (20.3mm) diameter.
I.
Physical CRS1-125-X
Infrastructure
Management Maximum Cable Capacity
Cat.6A Cat.6 Cat.5e
J. Part Number (0.300") (0.240") (0.225")
Overhead &
CRS4-125-X 10 15 17
Underfloor
Routing CRS1-125-X
CRS6-X 5 7 8
CRS1-X
K.
Surface
Raceway CRS6-X
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
CRS1-X
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
GROUNDING AND BONDING C.

Fiber
Optic
Panduit grounding and bonding solutions meet customer needs and todays critical application Systems
requirements for grounding data centers and telecommunication spaces. Panduit StructuredGround
D.
Grounding System provides a high quality, visually verifiable, and dedicated grounding path to maintain Power
over
system performance and protect network equipment and personnel. Panduit grounding and bonding Ethernet
components are designed for use on racks and cabinets which meet EIA-310.
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Ensures highest network system performance Wireless
Prevents equipment damage

Maximizes uptime G.
Outlets
Meets TIA-942, TIA-607-B, IEEE Std
1100 (IEEE Emerald Book), UL and CSA
Promotes personnel protection H.
Media
Distribution
Designed for flexibility and easy installation
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
StructuredGround Grounding System components provide a low resistance grounding path for J.
Overhead &
reliability; include factory terminated jumpers for easy installation; and are kitted for convenience. Underfloor
Jumper kits include Panduit Copper Compression Electrical Connectors that meet NEBS Level 3 Routing
Criteria, the highest level of operability within the network facility environment. A full line of manual,
K.
controlled cycle, and battery operated hydraulic crimping tools meet application needs and provide Surface
Raceway
lowest installed cost. For the complete line of Panduit Electrical Power and Grounding Connectors
and crimping tools, visit www.panduit.com or refer to the Electrical Solutions Catalog SA-ELCB10. L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). M.1
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
THE PURPOSE OF GROUNDING AND BONDING
Systems
The grounding and bonding system is more than just an insurance policy against a lightning strike
D. or other surge event. It is an active, functioning system that provides protection for personnel and
Power
over equipment. Proper grounding and bonding are essential for efficient network performance in the
Ethernet
modern data center and telecommunication spaces.
E.
Zone
Cabling A primary purpose of the grounding and bonding system is to create an adequate-capacity path
for electrical surges and transient voltages to return to their source (which may include the earth).
F.
Lightning, fault currents, circuit switching (motors turning on and off), activation of surge protective
Wireless devices (SPDs) and electrostatic discharge are common causes of these electrical surges and
transient voltages. An effective grounding and bonding system minimizes the detrimental effects
G. of these electrical surges and transient voltages.
Outlets
A properly designed grounding and bonding system is intentional, visually verifiable, and
H. adequately sized to handle expected currents safely and without undue effect on susceptible
Media
Distribution electronic equipment. Any metallic component that is part of the data center infrastructure
(such as equipment, racks, ladder racks, cabinets, cable trays, etc.) must be properly connected
I.
Physical to the grounding and bonding system.
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
WHAT ARE THE EFFECTS OF IMPROPER GROUNDING?
Routing
Lower Reliability
An improperly designed grounding (and bonding) system may be a primary source of interference and emission (1)
K. According to the IEEE, the typical AC third-prong ground circuit is almost never sufficient to prevent damage to network equipment
Surface susceptible to ground-fault related potentials (2)
Raceway
Poorly designed or improperly applied grounding, bonding, and shielding techniques often adversely affect the performance of electronic
L. equipment from the circuit board to the network system (3)
Cabinets,
Racks & Approximately 70% of all anomalies, dysfunctions, or problems associated with power distribution systems are directly or indirectly related
Cable to bonding and grounding issues (4)
Management
M. Safety Risks
Grounding &
Bonding Personal injury from electric shock caused by improper grounding and bonding can cause immeasurable human suffering and
significant expense
Potential fire hazards exist when heat is generated from electrical surges that occur on a high impedance grounding and bonding path
N.
Industrial 1. Ott, Henry. Noise Reduction Techniques in Electronic Systems., 2nd edition. NY: Wiley-Interscience, 1988.
2. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. IEEE Std 1100 2005. IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment.
3. Quoted from Doug Dorr, Senior Project Manager, EPRI and William Bush, Industry Consultant for Power and Grounding and Surge Protection.
Both serve on the IEEE P1100 committee (Emerald Book) in leadership positions and also on the IEEE SPD committee, as well as other
O. standards organizations.
Labeling & 4. Quoted from S. Frank Waterer, Electrical Engineering, Fellow, at Schneider Electric with 30 years experience, Vice-Chair of IEEE/SPDC, NEMA member.
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
M.2
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
CAN YOU AFFORD IMPROPER GROUNDING? C.

Fiber
Optic
Systems
According to IEEE, grounding and bonding are an essential part of the infrastructure, not just a tool to achieve power quality. (2)
Network equipment, such as switches, routers, and storage devices, costs anywhere from thousands of dollars to hundreds of thousands of dollars. D.
Power
The cost of proper grounding is only a tiny fraction of the cost of the equipment it is protecting. Clearly the cost of proper grounding and bonding over
Ethernet
is a small fraction of the larger cost of improper grounding and bonding mainly, the inability to service customers properly.
E.
Zone
Protect your infrastructure with the most comprehensive grounding system, designed specifically for easy selection and Cabling
installation with the highest quality components to minimize your risk.
F.
From the data center, to the manufacturing floor, to facilities operations, there are critical systems and equipment that require proper grounding Wireless
and bonding. Protecting those systems, equipment, and personnel helps to ensure equipment reliability and thus availability of services, while
resulting in lower operational expense. G.
Outlets
Comprehensive, integrated technology from Panduit addresses the grounding and bonding needs of the entire infrastructure including
electrostatic discharge (ESD) protection, racks, cabinets, enclosures, access floors, control panels, service entrance, and direct burial applications. H.
Media
These industry-leading solutions deliver reliability, availability, safety and lower total cost of ownership. As a solution architecture, the Distribution
StructuredGround Grounding System is complemented by a range of installation tooling, design software, and services.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Panduit StructuredGround Grounding System gives you what you need to properly protect your investment. Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
1. Ott, Henry, Noise Reduction Techniques in Electronic Systems, 2nd edition, NY; Wiley-Interscience, 1988. K.
2. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, IEEE Std 1100 2005, IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment. Surface
3. Quoted from Doug Dorr, Senior Project Manager, EPRI and William Bush, Industry Consultant for Power and Grounding and Surge Protection. Both serve Raceway
on the IEEE P1100 committee (Emerald Book) in leadership positions and also on the IEEE SPD committee, as well as other standards organizations.
4. Quoted from S. Frank Waterer, Staff Engineer at Schneider Electric with 30 years experience.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Common Bonding Network (CBN) Roadmap
C.
Fiber Panduit StructuredGround Grounding System is a complete, highly reliable line of products to ground your building
Optic and network equipment in compliance with BICSI TDM Manual,12th Edition and TIA-607-B,TIA-942, IEEE Std 1100
Systems
(IEEE Emerald Book), UL and CSA
D.
Power
over Telecommunications
Ethernet
Room
E. (see roadmap on
Zone
Cabling page M.6)
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I. Data Center
Physical
Infrastructure (see roadmaps on
Management pages M.8 M.9)
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Service Entrance
(see roadmap on
N. page M.5)
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index For more data center grounding information, see www.panduit.com/dcgrounding.
M.4
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Service Entrance Grounding Roadmap
C.
Complies with TIA-607-B and IEEE Std 1100 (IEEE Emerald Book) Fiber
Optic
Grounding Equalizer (GE) is required when two or more Telecommunications Bonding Backbones (TBB) are used within Systems
a multi-story building; bond TBBs together with a GE at the top floor and at a minimum of every third floor in between
D.
Power
Telecommunications Bonding over
Ethernet
Backbone (TBB)**
2
Conduit E.
Zone
3 Grounding Equalizer (GE) Cabling
8 1
F.
Wireless
5
Earth Ground G.
3 Outlets
6
7 H.
Media
Distribution
7
I.
3 Physical
Infrastructure
Management
AC Panel*
J.
Cable Entrance Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
AC Service Entrance
3 K.
Surface
Raceway
Water Meter
4 4
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Copper Compression HTAP Telecommunications Main Management
1 and Clear Cover: HTWC 5 Grounding Busbar (TMGB)
(pages M.41 thru M.42) and Busbar Label M.
(page M.29) Grounding &
Bonding
Bronze, U-Bolt Grounding Telecommunications

6 Grounding and Bonding
2 Clamp: GPL
Conductor Label Kit: LTYK N.
(page M.44)
(page M.29) Industrial
Copper Compression,
Two-Hole, Long Barrel with Universal Beam Grounding
7 O.
3 Window Lug: LCC-W Clamp: GUBC500-6 Labeling &
(pages M.36 M.38) (page M.31) Identification
E Style Grounding
Bronze, Water Pipe Connector: GCE P.
4 Grounding Clamp: KP 8 For the complete line of Cable
Management
StructuredGround Direct Burial
(page M.44) Compression Grounding System, Accessories
visit www.panduit.com
Q.
*AC panel should be grounded per NEC standards. Enclosure should be grounded per manufacturers specifications. Index
**TIA-607-B specifies different size conductors based on the length of the Telecommunications Bonding Backbone (TBB).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Telecommunications Room Grounding Roadmap
C.
Fiber Complies with BICSI TDM Manual, 12th Edition and TIA-607-B, TIA-942, IEEE Std 1100 (IEEE Emerald Book),
Optic UL and CSA
Systems
Bonding hardware is recommended to mount all panels, equipment, shelves, etc. to ensure electrical continuity between
metallic components and the grounded rack or cabinet
D.
Power Can be used to ground equipment mounted in racks and cabinets which meet EIA-310; installer should bond all racks
over and cabinet members to the grounding strip
Ethernet
Back of Racks Shown
E.
Zone Grounding Equalizer (GE)
Cabling
8
F.
Wireless Conduit 4
5
2
G.
Outlets 3
H.
Media
Distribution
2
1 7
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management 6
AC Panel* 1
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Telecommunications
Bonding Backbone
K.
Surface (TBB)
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable Building Steel
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Copper Compression HTAP Telecommunication
1 and Clear Cover: HTWC 5 Equipment Bonding
(pages M.41 M.42) Conductor (TEBC) Kits:
(pages M.21 M.22)
N. Copper Compression,
Industrial
2 Two-Hole, Long Barrel
6
Universal Beam Grounding
with Window Lug: LCC-W Clamp: GUBC500-6
(pages M.36 M.38) (page M.31)
O.
Labeling & Telecommunications Electrostatic Discharge
Identification 3 Grounding Busbar (TGB) and 7 (ESD) Port Kit: RGESD
Busbar Label (page M.29) (page M.24)
P.
Cable Auxiliary Cable Bracket: Wyr-Grid Overhead
Management
Accessories 4 GACB 8 Cable Tray Routing System
(page M.31) (page J.65 J.74)
Q. *AC panel should be grounded per NEC standards. Enclosure should be grounded per manufacturers specifications.
Index A typical overhead cabling system includes a multitude of metallic components which are connected together. It is the responsibility of the installer to insure all
of the metallic components are bonded, which means that they are connected together electrically in accordance with applicable specifications. The Panduit
Grounding and Bonding System does not insure required bonding of the overhead cabling system metallic components.
M.6
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Access Floor Mesh Common Bonding Network (MCBN) Roadmap
C.
Complies with BICSI TDM Manual, 12th Edition and TIA-607-B, TIA-942, IEEE Std 1100 (IEEE Emerald Book), Fiber
UL and CSA Optic
Systems
MCBN for access floor deployment is recommended in a grid design on 4 foot intervals, allowing for bonding of every
other access floor pedestal; this design enables the bonding of at least one pedestal from each access floor tile directly
D.
to the MCBN network Power
Bond all metallic elements to the MCBN, including rack/cabinet grounding jumpers, wire basket, water pipes and over
air conditioning units Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
1 F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
4
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
2 Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
3
K.
Surface
6 Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
5 (Some pedestals Management
lightened for clarity)
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Copper Compression HTAP Code Conductor, Thin Wall,
1 and Clear Cover: HTWC 4 CTAP: CTAPF
(pages M.41 M.42) (page M.43)
N.
Industrial
Bronze, U-Bolt Grounding

Split Bolt, Copper: SBC
2 Clamp: GPL 5 (page M.45)
O.
Labeling &
(page M.44) Identification
P.
Access Floor Grounding GridRunner Underfloor Cable
3 Clamp: GPQC 6 Cable Routing System Management
(page M.16) (pages J.75 J.79) Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Data Center Rack and Cabinet Grounding Roadmap
C.
Fiber Complies with BICSI TDM Manual, 12th Edition and TIA-607-B, TIA-942, IEEE Std 1100 (IEEE Emerald Book), UL, and CSA
Optic Bonding hardware is recommended to mount all panels, equipment, shelves, etc. to ensure electrical continuity between
Systems metallic components and the grounded rack or cabinet
Designed for use on racks and cabinets which meet EIA-310, see pages L.1 L.74 for the Panduit cabinets, racks, and
D. cable management offering
Power
over Back of Racks Shown
Ethernet
Data Equipment Racks
E.
Zone 4
Cabling 3
F.
Wireless
6
3
G. 1
Outlets
5
H.
Media
Distribution 1
AC
I. Panel*
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Building Conduit
J.
Overhead & Steel
Underfloor
Routing
K. 7
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & Telecommunications
8 9
Cable Bonding Backbone
Management
(TBB)
M. Mesh Common Bonding Network (MCBN)
Grounding & Access Floor Pedestal
Bonding
2
N. Copper Compression,
Industrial Copper Compression HTAP Two-Hole, Long Barrel with
3 Window Lug: LCC-W
1 and Clear Cover: HTWC
(pages M.41 M.42) (pages M.36 M.38)
O.
Labeling & Telecommunications Grounding
Identification 4 Busbar (TGB) and Busbar Label
(page M.29)
P.
Access Floor Grounding
Cable 2 Clamp: GPQC
Universal Beam Grounding
Management (page M.16) 5
Accessories Clamp: GUBC500-6
(page M.31)
*AC panel should be grounded per NEC standards. Enclosure should be grounded per manufacturers specifications.
Q.
Index A typical access floor includes a multitude of metallic components which are connected together. It is the responsibility of the manufacturer and installer of the
access floor to insure all the access floor metallic components are bonded which means that they are connected together electrically in accordance with
applicable specifications. The Panduit Grounding and Bonding System does not insure required bonding of the access floor metallic components.
M.8
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Back of Cabinets Shown
C.
Data Equipment Cabinets Fiber
Optic
Systems
(Sides/ doors D.
removed Power
for clarity) over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
7 J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
2 K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Mesh Common Bonding
Access Floor
Bonding Network (MCBN) Pedestal
N.
Industrial
Telecommunications
Code Conductor, Thin Wall,
Grounding and Bonding
6 Conductor Label Kit: LTYK 8 CTAP: CTAPF
(page M.43) O.
(page M.29)
Labeling &
Identification
Common Bonding
Surge Suppressor Jumper
Network (CBN) P.
7 Kit: SSGK 9 Cable
Jumper Kit: RGCBNJ
(page M.20) Management
(page M.16) Accessories
A typical access floor includes a multitude of metallic components which are connected together. It is the responsibility of the manufacturer and installer of the
access floor to insure all the access floor metallic components are bonded which means that they are connected together electrically in accordance with Q.
applicable specifications. The Panduit Grounding and Bonding System does not insure required bonding of the access floor metallic components. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Selection Guide StructuredGround Kits for Net-Access Cabinets
C.
Fiber Complies with the Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data Centers as described in TIA-942 and TIA-607-B
Optic
Systems Maximizes uptime, maintains system performance, and protects network equipment
Provides a dedicated, low resistance, and visually verifiable ground system
D. Typical cage nut application
Power Flexible design for use on EIA-310 compliant cabinets
over Back of cabinet shown
Ethernet (Sides/doors removed for clarity)
Kits for threaded and
thru-hole also available
E.
Zone
Cabling
Grounding Strip Kit: RGS Electrostatic Discharge

F. (page M.17) (ESD) Port Kit: RGESD
Wireless Patented hardware provides (page M.24)
a bond between grounding Bent 45 acts as a hook to
strip and cabinet, eliminating hold ESD wrist strap
the need to scrape paint
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management Bonding Cage Nut: CNBK Electrostatic Discharge
(page M.25) (ESD) Wrist Strap Kits:
J. Patented, bonds equipment RGESDWS (page M.24)
Overhead & and patch panels to Prevents damaging
Underfloor cabinet rails electrostatic discharge to
Routing equipment and personnel
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M. Common Bonding Network

Grounding &
Bonding
(CBN) Jumper Kit: RGCBNJ Equipment Jumper
(page M.16) Kit: RGEJ (page M.19)
Connects grounding Bonds network equipment
busbar to MCBN in to the grounding strip or
N. access floor and overhead grounding busbar
Industrial grounding applications
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q. Mesh Common Bonding Network (MCBN)

Index
M.10
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Selection Guide StructuredGround Kits for Net-Access Cabinets
(continued) C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Cabinet Grounding Selection in 2 Easy Steps:
1. What type of fasteners do your mounting rails require? D.
Power
2. What is the maximum depth of the equipment being mounted? over
Ethernet
Common
ESD Wrist Bonding Network E.
Strap Front to (CBN) Zone
Grounding ESD Port Kit (1 per ESD Grounding Back Rail Jumper Equipment Bonding
Cabling
Selection Criteria Strip Kit^ (2 required) Port) Busbar Kit^ Jumper Kit^ Kit* Jumper Kit** Hardware***
Panduit Net-Access
Cabinets: CN1, CN2, F.
CN4, CN5, CN1CN, StructuredGround Kits for Data Center Cabinet Grounding Wireless
CN2CN, CS1, CS2
and CS3
1. Rail Fasteners
G.
RGTBSG-C Outlets
Threaded #12-24 RGS134-1Y RGESD2-1 RGESDWS
(Bonding Screw)
RGCBNJ660P22 GJS660U
CNBK H.
Cage Nut RGS134B-1 RGESD2B-1 RGESDWS (Bonding Media
Cage Nut) Distribution
EIA-310 Compliant
Cabinets StructuredGround Kits for Data Center Cabinet Grounding I.
1. Rail 2. Rail Depth Physical
Fasteners up to Infrastructure
Management
20" (.5M) CGJ620U
Threaded RGTBSG-C or
#12-24 30" (.75M) RGS134-1Y RGESD2-1 RGESDWS RGRB19U CGJ630U RGTBSM6G-C J.
or M6 Overhead &
40" (1M) CGJ640U
RGCBNJ660P22 GJS660U Underfloor
20" (.5M) CGJ620UB Routing
CNBK
Cage Nut 30" (.75M) RGS134B-1 RGESD2B-1 RGESDWS RGRB19CN CGJ630UB (Bonding
Cage Nut)
40" (1M) CGJ640UB K.
Surface
^Grounding strip kits, grounding busbar kits, and front to back rail jumper kits are supplied with mounting hardware based upon rail type. Raceway
Grounding strip kits also available in packages of ten.

ESD port recommended for use on front and back of cabinet.
L.
*CBN jumper kit supports MCBN connection up to #2 AWG (35mm2). Use RGCBNJ660PY for cable sizes up to 250kcmil (120mm2).
Cabinets,
**Additional equipment jumper kits available in different sizes with different termination options, refer to page M.19. One equipment jumper kit is required Racks &
per component. Cable
***Use bonding hardware to mount and bond equipment to the cabinet. Management
Threaded #12-24 rails are included with the CN1, CN2, CN4 and CN5 cabinets.
Cage nut equipment rails are sold in pairs for the cabinets, order part number CNRC, CN1CN, CN2CN, CS1, CS2 or CS3.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Selection Guide StructuredGround Kits for Racks
C.
Fiber Complies with the Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data Centers as described in TIA-942 and TIA-607-B
Optic
Systems Maximizes uptime, maintains system performance, and protects network equipment
Provides a dedicated, low resistance, and visually verifiable ground system
D.
Power Flexible design for use on EIA-310 compliant racks Bonding Screw: RGTBS
over
Ethernet (page M.25)
New installation Patented, bonds equipment
Typical threaded application and patch panels to the front
E. Back of rack shown of the rack.
Zone Kits for cage nut and thru-hole also available
Cabling
F.
Wireless
Paint Piercing Grounding
Washer Kit: RGW
(page M.26)
G. Provides a superior bond
Outlets between frame members,
serrations eliminate the need Electrostatic Discharge
to scrape paint (ESD) Port Kit: RGESD
(page M.24)
H. Bent 45 acts as a hook to
Media
Distribution hold ESD wrist strap
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead & Equipment Jumper
Underfloor Kit: RGEJ (page M.19)
Routing Bonds network equipment
to the grounding strip or
grounding busbar Electrostatic Discharge
K. (ESD) Wrist Strap Kit:
Surface
Raceway RGESDWS (page M.24)
Prevents damaging
electrostatic discharge to
L.
Cabinets, equipment and personnel
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Common Bonding Network

(CBN) Jumper Kit: RGCBNJ Grounding Strip Kit: RGS
N. (page M.16) (page M.17)
Industrial Connects grounding Thread-forming hardware
strip or grounding busbar provides a bond between
to MCBN in access floor grounding strip and rack,
O. and overhead eliminating the need to
Labeling & grounding applications scrape paint
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mesh Common Bonding Network (MCBN)
M.12
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Selection Guide StructuredGround Kits for Racks (continued)
C.
For Panduit racks: Fiber
Optic
Simply find your rack part number and follow across. Systems
For other EIA-310 compliant racks, follow these two easy steps:
1. What type of installation do you have? D.
Power
2. What type of fasteners do your mounting rails require? over
Ethernet
Common
ESD Bonding E.
Wrist Strap Network Equipment Zone
Grounding ESD Port Kit (1 per Grounding (CBN) Jumper Bonding Cabling
Selection Criteria Strip Kit (2 required)* ESD Port) Busbar Kit Jumper Kit Kit** Hardware***
Panduit Racks StructuredGround Kits for Data Center Rack Grounding

F.
Wireless
2 Post Racks
R2P, R2P48, R2PS RGS134-1Y GJS660U

New Installation RGCBNJ660P22 G.
RGESD2-1 RGESDWS Outlets
RGRB19U
R2P, R2P48, R2PS
Retrofit Installation RGRKCBNJY
RGTBSG-C
(#12-24) H.
NFR84 Media
New Installation GJS660U Distribution
(1 each)
RGESD-1Y and RGESDWS RGRB19U RGCBNJ660P22
RGESD2-1
NFR84 I.
Retrofit Installation Physical
Infrastructure
Management
4 Post Racks
R4P, R4P96 J.
RGS134-1Y GJS660U
New Installation Overhead &
RGESD2-1 RGESDWS RGTBSG-C Underfloor
R4P, R4P96 RGRB19U GJS660U Routing
Retrofit Installation
RGCBNJ660P22
R4PCN, R4P96CN RGS134B-1 GJS660U
New Installation K.
RGESD2B-1 RGESDWS CNBK Surface
R4PCN, R4P96CN RGRB19CN GJS660U Raceway
Retrofit Installation
RGTBSG-C L.
RGESD2-1 (#12-24) or
Cabinets,
RGTBSM6G-C
Racks &
(M6)
RGS134-1Y RGCBNJ660P22 GJS660U Cable
RGTBS1032G-C Management
EIA-310 (#10-32) or
RGESD2A-1 RGESDWS
Compliant Racks RGTBSM5G-C
(M5) M.
Grounding &
RGRB19U RGCBNJ660P22 RGTBSG-C Bonding
(#12-24) or
RGESD2-1 GJS660U
RGTBSM6G-C
RGRKCBNJY (M6)
N.
The paint piercing grounding washers work with 3/8" (M8) hardware, for all other sizes, use the grounding solution for retrofit installations. Industrial
*ESD port recommended for use on front and back of rack.
**Additional equipment jumper kits available in different sizes with different termination options, refer to page M.19. One equipment jumper kit is required
per component.
***Use bonding hardware to mount and bond equipment to the rack.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Features and Benefits StructuredGround Kits for Cabinets
C.
Fiber Panduit offers a variety of kits with premium components engineered specifically to meet TIA-942 and TIA-607-B for reliable
Optic
Systems
cabinet grounding.
Provides a dedicated, low resistance, and visually verifiable Offers ease of installation no paint scraping required
D. ground system to maximize uptime, maintain data center to bond cabinets; factory terminated jumpers simply
Power system performance, and protect network equipment bolt in place
over
Ethernet and personnel
Incorporates a flexible design that can be used with
cabinets which meet EIA-310 Grounding Strip Kit
E.
Zone (see page
Cabling M.17)
F. Bonding Cage Nut is a patented hardware

Wireless
with paint piercing serrations designed to
A create a bond point between the cabinet rail
and the equipment being installed
G.
Outlets A
Grounding Strip is made from high B
conductivity wrought copper and tin-plated
H. B to inhibit corrosion, providing the lowest
Media
Distribution resistance path to ground
Electrostatic
Discharge
I. Reverse Bent Lugs are factory terminated
Physical F (ESD)
Infrastructure on front to back rail jumper kits to bond the Port Kit
Management C front and back cabinet rails; innovative (page M.24)
design maximizes space by utilizing only
J. one RU
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing Bonding Studs include patented paint
piercing serrations to create a bond point
K.
D between the cabinet rail, strip, busbar and
lug; equipment can be installed at any time Equipment
Surface
Raceway without removal of stud Jumper Kit
H (page M.19)
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & Grounding Busbar is made from high
Cable E conductivity, low resistance wrought copper
Management
and tin-plated to inhibit corrosion Surge
M. C Suppressor
Grounding & Jumper Kit
Bonding Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Port is D (page M.20)
made from high conductivity, low resistance
F copper and tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
N. plus it functions as an ESD wrist
Industrial strap hanger
Copper Compression HTAP is UL Listed and Front to Back Rail

CSA Certified; used to make a highly reliable,
E Jumper Kit
O.
Labeling & permanent bond between the mesh (page M.18)
Identification G
common bonding network and common
bonding network (CBN) jumper kit
P.
Cable Jumper has UL, VW-1 flame rated Common Bonding
Management Network (CBN)
Accessories green-and-yellow insulation and is factory Grounding
terminated with copper compression, Busbar Kit Jumper Kit
H (page M.17) (page M.16)
two-hole, long barrel with window lug; lug G
Q. is UL Listed, CSA Certified and meets
Index
NEBS Level 3
M.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Features and Benefits StructuredGround Kits for Racks
C.
Panduit offers a variety of kits with premium components engineered specifically to meet TIA-942 and TIA-607-B for reliable Fiber
Optic
rack grounding. Systems
Provides a dedicated, low resistance, and visually Offers ease of installation no paint scraping required
verifiable ground system to maximize uptime, maintain to bond racks; factory terminated jumpers simply D.
Power
data center system performance, and protect network bolt in place over
equipment and personnel Ethernet
Incorporates a flexible design that can be used with A
racks which meet EIA-310 E.
Zone
Cabling
Paint Piercing Grounding Washer is E

made from hardened steel and electro zinc F.
Wireless
A plated which inhibits corrosion to provide a
D Electrostatic
superior bond between frame members on Discharge
bolt-together racks (ESD)
G.
Port Kit Outlets
Grounding Strip is made from high (page M.24)
conductivity wrought copper and tin-plated C
B to inhibit corrosion, providing the lowest Grounding
H.
resistance path to ground Strip Kit Media
(page M.17) Distribution
B
Thread-Forming Screws are made from I.
C electro zinc plated steel and provide a bond Physical
Infrastructure
to the rack by removing paint from threaded Management
holes without creating metal shavings
J.
Overhead &
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Port is Underfloor
made from high conductivity, low Routing
D resistance copper and tin-plated to inhibit
corrosion plus it functions as an ESD wrist G K.
strap hanger Surface
Raceway
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Protection

L.
Sticker is provided in black and yellow for
E high visibility and easy identification as an Equipment
Cabinets,
Racks &
ESD port Jumper Kit Cable
Management
(page M.19)
Surge
Copper Compression HTAP is UL Listed and Suppressor M.
Grounding &
CSA Certified; used to make a highly reliable Jumper Kit Bonding
F permanent bond between the mesh (page M.20)
common bonding network and common
bonding network (CBN) jumper kit N.
Industrial
Jumper has UL, VW-1 flame rated
green-and-yellow insulation and is factory
terminated with copper compression, O.
two-hole, long barrel with window lug; lug Labeling &
G is UL Listed, CSA Certified and meets NEBS
Identification
Level 3 with a single stud hole and slot

which allows mounting for 1/2" to 5/8" hole P.
Cable
spacing and accommodates stud sizes 1/4", Management
#12, and 6mm Accessories
F Common Bonding Network (CBN) Q.

Jumper Kit (page M.16) Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Access Floor Grounding Clamps
C. Bond mesh common bonding network (MCBN) Bond to the pedestal with a single bolt to
Fiber conductors to each other and bond the access floor simplify installation
Optic
Systems pedestals to the conductors Accommodate conductors from #6 1/0 AWG, minimizes
Specifically designed to bond perpendicular MCBN inventory requirements
D. conductors per TIA-942 and TIA-607-B
Power Bond round and square access floor pedestals for
over greater flexibility
Ethernet
W
E.
Zone
Cabling
H
D
F.
Wireless
Installed on Pedestal
Round Square MCBN Conductor Size Figure Dimensions Tightening Torque Std. Std.
Pedestal Pedestal Range In. In. Lbs. Pkg. Ctn.
G. Part Number In. In. AWG D W H Conductor Clamp Qty. Qty.
Outlets
GPQC07-1/0 3/4 7/8 #6 SOL 1/0 STR 4.25 3.38 3.19 385 150 1 10
GPQC10-1/0 1 1 1/8 7/8 #6 SOL 1/0 STR 4.19 3.38 3.19 385 150 1 10
GPQC12-1/0 1 1/4 #6 SOL 1/0 STR 4.53 3.44 3.19 385 150 1 10
H.
Media GPQC15-1/0 1 1/2 #6 SOL 1/0 STR 4.47 3.44 3.19 385 150 1 10
Distribution
GPQC17-1/0 1 3/4 #6 SOL 1/0 STR 5.19 4.00 3.19 385 150 1 10
GPQC20-1/0 2 #6 SOL 1/0 STR 5.06 4.00 3.19 385 150 1 10
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
DB Split Bolt Quad Clamp, Bronze
J. RATED
Overhead & Split bolt design allows easy insertion of Each clamp accepts up to two conductors for a
Underfloor perpendicular conductors speeding installation high performance bond with faster installation
Routing
UL 467 Listed and CSA Certified for direct Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes
burial in earth or concrete inventory requirements
K.
Surface UL Listed and CSA Certified for use up to 600 Made from high strength, electrolytic bronze to
Raceway V and temperature rated 90C provide reliable grounding connections
Figure Dimensions
L. Conductor
In.
Std.
Cabinets, W
Size Tightening Torque Pkg.
Racks & L Part Number Range E W L In. Lbs. Qty.
Cable SBQC1/0-X #6-1/0 AWG 0.75 1.50 2.00 #6 #4 AWG 165 10
Management #3 #1 AWG 275
E 1/0 AWG 385
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Common Bonding Network (CBN) Jumper Kits

N. Bond the rack or cabinet to the MCBN HTAPs are UL Listed and CSA Certified for applications
Industrial
HTAPs, included in kits, require crimping tool and die; see up to 600 V when crimped with Panduit and specified
the CT-930 crimping tool on page M.47, the CT-2930/L competitor crimping tools and Panduit crimping dies
and CT-2930/LE crimping tools on page M.48 and the Engineered to comply with US and International
O. CD-930H-250 and CD-920H-2 crimping dies on grounding requirements
Labeling &
Identification page M.49
MCBN Std. Std.
P. Conductor Size Pkg. Ctn.
Cable Part Number AWG Part Description Qty. Qty.
Management RGCBNJ660P22 HTCT2-2-1 #6 AWG (16mm) jumper; 60" (1.52m) length; 45 1 10
Accessories #6 #2 AWG bent lug on grounding strip side; provided with .16
oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, two each #12-24 x 1/2", M6
RGCBNJ660PY HTCT250-2-1 x 12mm, #10-32 x 1/2" and M5 x 12mm thread- 1 10
#2 AWG 250 kcmil forming screws and a copper compression HTAP*
Q. for connecting to the MCBN.
Index
*HTAPs also sold separately, see pages M.41M.42.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS B.
Copper
Systems
Grounding Strip Kits C.

Fiber
Bonds up to 45 RU per rack Engineered to comply with US and International Optic
grounding requirements Systems
EIA Universal mounting hole pattern
Std. D.
Pkg. Power
Ethernet
Grounding Strip Kits for Threaded Rail Fasteners
RGS134-1Y Grounding strip; 78.65" (2m) length; .67" (17mm) width; .05" (1.27mm) 1
thickness; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, one grounding E.
sticker and three each #12-24 x 1/2" and M6 x 12mm Zone
thread-forming screws. Cabling
Threaded Rail Kit RGS134-10-1Y Ten grounding strips; 78.65" (2m) length; .67" (17mm) width; .05" 1
(1.27mm) thickness; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, ten
grounding stickers and 30 each #12-24 x 1/2" and M6 x 12mm F.
thread-forming screws. Wireless
Grounding Strip Kits for Cage Nut Rail Fasteners
RGS134B-1 Grounding strip; 78.70" (2m) length; .67" (17mm) width; .05" (1.27mm) 1
thickness; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, one grounding G.
sticker, three cage nut bonding studs, eight #12-24 bonding nuts and Outlets
three strip clips.
RGS134B-10-1 Ten grounding strips; 78.70" (2m) length; .67" (17mm) width; .05" 1
(1.27mm) thickness; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, ten
Cage Nut Rail Kit grounding stickers, 30 cage nut bonding studs, 80 #12-24 bonding H.
Media
nuts and 30 strip clips. Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Grounding Busbar Kits Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Provide the common grounding point within the cabinet Available pre-assembled with twenty mounting screws for
Optimized for installation on 19" racks or cabinets that quick and easy installation
meet EIA-310 Engineered to comply with US and International K.
Surface
Can be positioned anywhere on the rack or cabinet grounding requirements Raceway
L.
Std. Cabinets,
Pkg. Racks &
Part Number Part Description Qty. Cable
Grounding Busbar Kits for Threaded Rail Fasteners Management
RGRB19Y Grounding busbar; 19" (483mm) length; tin-plated; fourteen holes 1

arranged for flexibility in mounting; provided with two each #12-24 x 1/2" M.
Grounding &
and M6 x 12mm thread-forming screws. Bonding
RGRB19U Grounding busbar; 19" (483mm) length; tin-plated; twenty holes arranged 1
RGRB19U for flexibility in mounting with twenty #12-24 x 1/2" hex head screws
installed; mounting hole sets have 5/8" (15.9mm) spacing; provided with
two each #12-24 x 1/2", M6 x 12mm thread-forming screws, and two #12 N.
Industrial
flat washers for mounting.
Grounding Busbar Kit for Cage Nut Rail Fasteners
RGRB19CN Grounding busbar; 19" (483mm) length; tin-plated; twenty holes arranged 1 O.
for flexibility in mounting with twenty #12-24 x 1/2" hex head screws Labeling &
installed; mounting hole sets have 5/8" (15.9mm) spacing; provided with Identification
two cage nut bonding studs and four #12-24 bonding nuts.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Front to Back Rail Jumper Kits
C.
Fiber Bond the front and back cabinet rails to the cabinet Both ends are factory terminated with reverse bent lugs
Optic grounding busbar that save space, confining the connection to one RU
Systems
Patent pending hardware incorporates paint piercing Available in three lengths, 20", 30", and 40" to satisfy a
serrations to create a bond point between the cabinet wide range of cabinet rail depths
D.
Power
rail and lug; hardware never needs to be removed for Engineered to comply with US and International
over new equipment installations grounding requirements
Ethernet
Length Std.
E. In. Pkg.
Zone Part Number (m) Part Description Qty.
Cabling
Front to Back Rail Jumper Kits for #12-24 or M6 Rail Fasteners
CGJ620U 20 Two #6 AWG (16mm) jumpers; factory terminated on both ends with 1
F. (.50) 90 reverse bent lugs; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, two
Wireless CGJ630U 30 grounding stickers, eight each #12-24 and M6 bonding studs and 1
(.75) sixteen each #12-24 and M6 bonding nuts.
CGJ640U 40 1
(1.00)
G.
Outlets Front to Back Rail Jumper Kits for Cage Nut Rail Fasteners
CGJ620UB 20 Two #6 AWG (16mm) jumpers; factory terminated on both ends with 1
(.50) 90 reverse bent lugs; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, two
H. CGJ630UB 30 grounding stickers, eight cage nut bonding studs and 24 #12-24 1
Media (.75) bonding nuts.
Distribution
CGJ640UB 40 1
(1.00)
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
%QUIPMENT*UMPER+ITS
C.
Bond network equipment to grounding strip or Use jumpers with 90 bent lug, on grounding strip side, Fiber
grounding busbar for high density grounding requirements up to one ground Optic
point per RU Systems
Jumper kit available with both ends factory terminated to
provide a bolt-on solution Use jumpers with 45 bent lugs, on grounding strip side,
D.
Jumper kit available with one end factory terminated to for improved cable management Power
attach to the grounding strip or grounding busbar; free Engineered to comply with US and International over
end accommodates unique equipment terminations grounding requirements Ethernet
E.
,ENGTH 3TD 3TD Zone
)N 0KG #TN Cabling
0ART.UMBER M !NGLE 0ART$ESCRIPTION 1TY 1TY
!7'MM %QUIPMENT*UMPER&ACTORY4ERMINATEDON/NE%NDFOR3WITCHES
#ABINETS AND 0OST2ACKS F.
'*35 60 Straight #6 AWG green wire with yellow horizontal stripe. 1 10 Wireless
(1.52) Jumper is pre-terminated on one end with
2'%*0&9 LCC6-14JAW-L.
'*35 96 Straight 1 10
(2.44) G.
!7'MM %QUIPMENT*UMPERS&ACTORY4ERMINATEDON"OTH%NDS Outlets
2'%*0(9 24 45 #10 AWG (6mm) jumper; bent lug on grounding 1 10

(0.61) strip side to straight lug on equipment; provided
with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant and two each H.
2'%*0&9 24 90 1 10 Media
#12-24 x 1/2", M6 x 12mm, #10-32 x 1/2" and
(0.61) Distribution
M5 x 12mm thread-forming screws.
2'%*0&9 2'%*0&9 36 90 1 10
(0.91)
I.
2'%*524 24 Straight #10 AWG (6mm) jumper, 24 in. (609.6mm) L, 1 10 Physical
(0.61) pre-terminated with two #10 (5.3mm) stud hole Infrastructure
ring terminals to provide a bolt-on solution for Management
grounding network equipment.
!7'MM %QUIPMENT*UMPERS&ACTORY4ERMINATEDON"OTH%NDS J.
Overhead &
2'%*0(9 24 45 #6 AWG (16mm) jumper; bent lug on grounding 1 10 Underfloor
(0.61) strip side to straight lug on equipment; provided Routing
with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant and two each
2'%*0&9 24 90 1 10
#12-24 x 1/2", M6 x 12mm, #10-32 x 1/2" and
(0.61) K.
M5 x 12mm thread-forming screws.
2'%*0&9 36 90 1 10 Surface
(0.91) Raceway
2'%*0& 60 90 #6 AWG (16mm) jumper; bent lug on grounding 1 10

L.
(1.52) strip side to straight lug on equipment. Cabinets,
Racks &
2'%*0& 96 90 1 10 Cable
(2.44) Management
2'%*5 60 Straight #6 AWG (16mm) jumper, 60 in. (1524mm) L, 1 10 M.

(1.52) pre-terminated with two straight slotted lugs to Grounding &
provide a bolt-on solution for grounding Bonding
network equipment.
2'%*5 96 Straight #6 AWG (16mm) jumper, 96 in. (2438.4mm) L, 1 10
(2.44) pre-terminated with two straight slotted lugs to N.
provide a bolt-on solution for grounding Industrial
network equipment.
!7'MM %QUIPMENT*UMPER&ACTORY4ERMINATEDON/NE%ND
2'%*0&9 57 90 #10 AWG (6mm) jumper; bent lug on grounding 1 10 O.
(1.45) strip side; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of Labeling &
antioxidant and two each #12-24 x 1/2", Identification
M6 x 12mm, #10-32 x 1/2" and M5 x 12mm
thread-forming screws.
P.
!7'MM %QUIPMENT*UMPER&ACTORY4ERMINATEDON/NE%ND Cable
Management
2'%*0&9 57 90 #6 AWG (16mm) jumper; bent lug on grounding 1 10
Accessories
(1.45) strip side; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of
antioxidant and two each #12-24 x 1/2",
M6 x 12mm, #10-32 x 1/2" and M5 x 12mm
thread-forming screws. Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Surge Suppressor Jumper Kit
C.
Fiber
Optic
Bonds power or data line surge suppressor to grounding Engineered to comply with US and International
Systems strip or grounding busbar grounding requirements
Both ends factory terminated to provide a bolt-on solution
D.
Power
over Std.
Ethernet Pkg.
E.
SSGK-1 #10 AWG (6mm) jumper; 24" (.61m) length; factory terminated on both ends; 1
Zone one-hole lug on surge suppressor to two-hole lug on grounding strip/busbar
Cabling side; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant and two each #12-24 x 1/2",
M6 x 12mm, #10-32 x 1/2" and M5 x 12mm thread-forming screws.
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
Armored Cable Grounding Kit
I.
Physical Provides a secure bond to the armor sheath on indoor Black insulating cover protects and hides the connection
Infrastructure
Management and indoor/outdoor fiber optic cables at both cassette for an aesthetically pleasing work area
and enclosure ends Complies with industry requirements ensuring a high
J. Worm-gear design evenly distributes forces across level of reliability and safety
Overhead &
Underfloor
the armor
Routing Made from steel and aluminum material is compatible
with common armor for long term reliability
K.
Surface Std.
Raceway Pkg.
L. ACG24K #6 AWG (16mm2) jumper for armored cable diameter up to 0.84" 1
Cabinets, (21.3mm); 24" (609.6mm) length; factory terminated on one end with
Racks & LCC6 two-hole copper compression lug and the other end with grounding
Cable terminal; provided with two each #12-24 and M6 thread-forming screws
Management and a black polypropylene terminal cover.
ACG24K-500 #6 AWG (16mm2) jumper for armored cable diameter 0.85" (21.3mm) to 1
M. 1.03" (26.2mm); 24" (609.6mm) length; factory terminated on one end with
Grounding & LCC6 two-hole copper compression lug and the other end with grounding
Bonding
terminal; provided with two each #12-24 and M6 thread-forming screws
and a black polypropylene terminal cover.
ACG24KX-500 #6 AWG (16mm2) jumper for armored cable diameter 0.94" (23.9mm) to 1
N. 1.5" (38.1mm); 24" (609.6mm) length; factory terminated on one end with
Industrial LCC6 two-hole copper compression lug and the other end with grounding
terminal; provided with two each #12-24 and M6 thread-forming screws
and a black polypropylene terminal cover.
O. ACGK Armored cable grounding kit with one grounding terminal for #6 AWG and 1
Labeling & one #10 mechanical clamp, 9/16" 1 1/16" diameter range.
Identification ACGKX Armored cable grounding kit with one grounding terminal for #6 AWG and 1
one #16 mechanical clamp, 15/16" 1 1/2" diameter range.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Telecommunication Equipment Bonding Conductor (TEBC) Kits
C.
Fiber
Bonds the rack or cabinet to the telecommunications Jumper kit available with one end factory terminated to Optic
Systems
grounding busbar (TGB) attach to the rack or cabinet; free end accommodates
Jumper kit available with both ends factory terminated to unique length requirements
D.
provide a bolt-on solution Engineered to comply with US and international Power
grounding requirements over
Ethernet
E.
Std. Zone
Length Pkg. Cabling
Part Number In. m Angle Part Description Qty.
Jumpers Pre-Terminated on Both Ends
F.
GJ672UH 72 1.83 Straight One 72" length #6 AWG green wire with yellow 1 Wireless
and 45 horizontal stripe. Jumper is pre-terminated on one
end with LCC6-14JAWH-L and the other end with
Pre-Terminated on Both Ends LCC6-14JAW-L.
GJ696UH 96 2.44 Straight One 96" length #6 AWG green wire with yellow 1 G.
and 45 horizontal stripe. Jumper is pre-terminated on one Outlets
LCC6-14JAW-L.
GJ6120UH 120 3.05 Straight One 120" length #6 AWG green wire with yellow 1
H.
and 45 horizontal stripe. Jumper is pre-terminated on one Media
end with LCC6-14JAWH-L and the other end with Distribution
LCC6-14JAW-L.
and 45 horizontal stripe. Jumper is pre-terminated on one I.
end with LCC6-14JAWH-L and the other end with Physical
LCC6-14JAW-L. Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
LCC6-14JAW-L. Underfloor
GJ6192UH 192 4.88 Straight One 192" length #6 AWG green wire with yellow 1 Routing
LCC6-14JAW-L. K.
Surface
GJ6216UH 216 5.49 Straight One 216" length #6 AWG green wire with yellow 1 Raceway
LCC6-14JAW-L. L.
Cabinets,
GJ6240UH 240 6.10 Straight One 240" length #6 AWG green wire with yellow 1 Racks &
and 45 horizontal stripe. Jumper is pre-terminated on one Cable
end with LCC6-14JAWH-L and the other end with Management
LCC6-14JAW-L.
GJ6264UH 264 6.71 Straight One 264" length #6 AWG green wire with yellow 1 M.
and 45 horizontal stripe. Jumper is pre-terminated on one Grounding &
end with LCC6-14JAWH-L and the other end with Bonding
LCC6-14JAW-L.
and 45 horizontal stripe. Jumper is pre-terminated on one N.
end with LCC6-14JAWH-L and the other end with Industrial
LCC6-14JAW-L.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continues on page M.22
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Telecommunication Equipment Bonding Conductor (TEBC) Kits
C.
Fiber (continued)
Optic
Systems
Std.
D. Length Pkg.
Power Part Number In. m Angle Part Description Qty.
over
Ethernet Jumpers Pre-Terminated on One End
GJS6120U 120 3.05 Straight One 120" length #6 AWG green wire with yellow 1
horizontal stripe. Jumper is pre-terminated on one
E. end with LCC6-14JAW-L.
Zone
Pre-Terminated on One End
Cabling
GJS6180U 180 4.57 Straight One 180" length #6 AWG green wire with yellow 1
horizontal stripe. Jumper is pre-terminated on one
end with LCC6-14JAW-L.
F.
Wireless
Std.
Pkg.
G. Part Number Part Description Qty.
Outlets Hardware for TEBC Kits
HDW1/4-KT Stainless steel mounting hardware for busbar; two 1/4-20 hex bolts, two 1
1/4-20 hex nuts, four 1/4 flat washers and two 1/4 Belleville compression
H. washers. Mounting hardware for rack or cabinet; two #12-24 thread-forming
Media screws and two M6 thread-forming screws.
Distribution Hardware for TEBC Kits HDW3/8-KT Stainless steel mounting hardware for busbar; two 3/8-16 hex bolts, two 1
I. washers. Mounting hardware for rack or cabinet; two #12-24 thread-forming
Physical screws and two M6 thread-forming screws.
Infrastructure HDW1/4-A-KT Stainless steel mounting hardware for busbar; two 1/4-20 hex bolts, two 1
Management 1/4-20 hex nuts, four 1/4 flat washers and two 1/4 Belleville compression
washers. Mounting hardware for rack or cabinet; two #10-32 thread-forming
J. screws and two M5 thread-forming screws.
Overhead & HDW3/8-A-KT Stainless steel mounting hardware for busbar; two 3/8-16 hex bolts, two 1
Underfloor
Routing
washers. Mounting hardware for rack or cabinet; two #10-32 thread-forming
screws and two M5 thread-forming screws.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Enclosure Grounding Kit
C.
Patented bracket provides equipotential bonding and Grounding washer provides a high performance electrical Fiber
protection from static electricity for equipment housed bond, eliminating the need to manually remove paint Optic
in enclosures Systems
Built-in ESD port provides a convenient docking station
A discrete grounding point for each piece of equipment for ESD wrist strap
D.
within the enclosure allows equipment to be easily added Provides proper bonding of PanZone Active Wall Mount Power
or moved without disturbing other grounding connections Enclosure PZAEWM3, see page E.5 over
Anti-rotation design prevents one-hole lugs from loosening Ethernet
E.
Zone
Std. Cabling
Pkg.
PZAEGK One tin-plated copper bracket; 3.92" L x .56" W x .79" H (99.6mm x 14.2mm x 1
F.
20.1mm); provided with four #12-24 screws, one each #10-32 and #10-24 hex Wireless
nut, #10 split lock washer, grounding washer and ESD protection sticker.
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
Shielded Jack Module Grounding Kit I.

Alternate method for grounding modules to another grounding wire in shielded applications Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Std. Std.
J.
Pkg. Ctn. Overhead &
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Underfloor
CJSGK-XY Kit used to ground enhanced Giga-TX Style Shielded Jack 10 100 Routing
Modules to another ground wire in shielded applications.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Port Kits and Wrist Strap
C.
Fiber Accommodate standard ESD wrist strap 4mm plug Bent 45, acts as a hook to hold wrist strap
Optic Wrist strap provides rapid and continuous drain of Two-hole configuration provides anti-rotation and
Systems electrostatic charge between a person and the surface prevents loss of bond
that the wrist strap is bonded to, thus preventing Barrel permanently marked with the protective earth
D. damaging static discharge into equipment
Power (ground) symbol
over Can be mounted to front or back of rack or cabinet for Engineered to comply with US and International
Ethernet convenient access grounding requirements
E. Std. Std.
Zone
Pkg. Ctn.
Cabling
ESD Port Kit for #12-24 or M6 Rail Fasteners
F. RGESD2-1 Two-hole ESD port with 5/8" hole spacing; provided with an ESD 1 20
Wireless protection sticker, .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, and two each #12-24
x 1/2" and M6 x 12mm thread-forming screws.
ESD Port Kit for Cage Nut Rail Fasteners
RGESD2-1
RGESD2B-1 Two-hole ESD port with 5/8" hole spacing; provided with an ESD 1 20
G.
Outlets protection sticker, .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, two cage nut bonding
studs and two #12-24 bonding nuts.
ESD Wrist Strap
H. RGESDWS Adjustable fabric ESD wrist strap with 6' coil cord, banana plug, 1
Media 1 megohm resistor and 4mm snap.
Distribution
ESD port must be attached to a grounded member.
ESD wrist strap sold separately.
I.
Physical RGESD2B-1
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway RGESDWS
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Bonding Screws
C.
Patented screws create an electrical bond between Thread-forming, provides a bond to the rack or cabinet Fiber
painted patch panels and racks or cabinets by removing paint from threaded holes and minimizing Optic
Serrations on bottom of screw remove paint from patch metal shavings Systems
panel, providing metal-to-metal contact Permanently marked with the protective earth (ground)
symbol and Panduit logo D.
Available in two color options to meet different Power
application needs Easily installed with Phillips screwdriver over
Ethernet
Std.
Pkg. E.
Cabling
RGTBSG-C Green thread-forming bonding screw, #12-24 x 1/2". 100
RGTBSM6G-C Green thread-forming bonding screw, M6 x 15mm. 100
RGTBS1032G-C Green thread-forming bonding screw, #10-32 x 1/2". 100
F.
RGTBSM5G-C Green thread-forming bonding screw, M5 x 15mm. 100 Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
Bonding Cage Nut I.

Physical
Patented, creates an electrical bond between the Made from high carbon steel Infrastructure
mounting rails and equipment Easily installed with a Phillips, flat blade, or Management
Conforms to EIA-310 specifications for racks nut screwdriver
and cabinets J.
Overhead &
Std. Underfloor
Pkg. Routing
CNB4K Green bonding cage nut, includes 4 #12-24 bonding cage nuts K.
(.06 .11 thick panel) and 4 #12-24 x 1/2" bonding screws with #2 Surface
Phillips/slotted combo hex head (use 5/16" or 8mm socket). Ideal for 1 Raceway
patch panel applications.
L.
CNBK Green bonding cage nut, includes 50 #12-24 bonding cage nuts 1 Cabinets,
(.06 .11 thick panel) and 50 #12-24 x 1/2" bonding screws with #2 Racks &
Phillips/slotted combo hex head (use 5/16" or 8mm socket). Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Thread-Forming Screws Industrial
Thread-forming, provide a bond to the rack or cabinet Easily installed with 5/16" (8mm) socket head wrench
by removing paint from threaded holes and minimizing or flat blade screwdriver O.
metal shavings Labeling &
Identification
Std.
Pkg. P.
Cable
Management
RGTS-CY Thread-forming grounding screw, #12-24 x 1/2". 100 Accessories
RGTSM6-C Thread-forming grounding screw, M6 x 12mm. 100
RGTS1032-C Thread-forming grounding screw, #10-32 x 1/2". 100
Q.
RGTSM5-C Thread-forming grounding screw, M5 x 12mm. 100 Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Paint Piercing Grounding Washer Kit
C.
Fiber
Optic Bonds frame members on bolt-together racks Engineered to comply with US and International
Systems
No paint scraping required grounding requirements
D.
Green color-coding to indicate bonding application
Power
over
Ethernet Std.
Pkg.
E. RGW-100-1Y 100 paint piercing bonding washers for 3/8" (M8) stud size; .875" 1
Zone (22.2mm) O.D.; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant.
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
Bonding Hardware Kits

H.
Media Patented bonding hardware kits incorporate paint piercing Thread-forming, provide a bond to the rack or cabinet by
Distribution serrations to create a bond point between the rack or removing paint from holes and minimizing metal shavings
cabinet and painted patch panels, mounted equipment, Green color-coding to indicate bonding application
servers, busbars, and jumpers
I.
Physical
Infrastructure Std.
Management Pkg.
J.
Overhead & Bonding Stud Kits for Threaded Rail Fasteners
Underfloor TRBSK Bonding stud kit for threaded #12-24 rail fasteners; includes 25 bonding studs 1
Routing and 50 bonding nuts.
TRBSM6K Bonding stud kit for threaded M6 rail fasteners; includes 25 bonding studs 1
K. and 50 bonding nuts.
Surface TRBSK
Raceway Bonding Stud Kit for Cage Nut Rail Fasteners
CGNBSK Bonding stud kit for cage nut rail fasteners; includes 25 bonding studs and 50 1
L. bonding nuts.
Cabinets, Bonding Nuts
Racks &
Cable BGN-C Bonding nut for threaded #12-24, cage nut, and 1/4" thru-hole rail fasteners. 100
Management BGNM6-C Bonding nut for threaded M6 rail fasteners. 100
M.
Grounding &
Bonding CGNBSK
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling & BGN
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Retrofit Cabinet Grounding Kits
C.
Fiber
Provide a dedicated ground system to maintain system Optimized for installation on 19" cabinets that meet Optic
performance and protect network equipment when EIA-310, with functioning equipment, and are deployed Systems
equipment is already installed in the field
Patented hardware incorporates paint piercing serrations Provides a complete system of matched components to D.
to create a bond point between the cabinet rail, grounding save cost and labor Power
busbar and lug; hardware never needs to be removed for over
Engineered to comply with US and International Ethernet
new equipment installations grounding requirements
E.
Zone
Cabling
Electrostatic F.
Discharge Wireless
(ESD) Port
Kit RGESD
(page M.24)
G.
Outlets
CGR630UB
Std. H.
Pkg. Media
Equipment Distribution
Jumper Kit Part Number Part Description Qty.
RGEJ CGR630U Retrofit grounding kit for installation on cabinets with threaded #12-24 1
(page M.19) or M6 rail fasteners and rail depth up to 30" (.75m); includes one I.
RGRB19U grounding busbar kit and one CGJ630U front to back rail Physical
jumper kit. Infrastructure
Management
CGR630UB Retrofit grounding kit for installation on cabinets with cage nut rail 1
fasteners and rail depth up to 30" (.75m); includes one RGRB19U
J.
grounding busbar kit and one CGJ630UB front to back rail jumper kit. Overhead &
Common Underfloor
Bonding Routing
Network
Retrofit Cabinet
(CBN)
Grounding Kit
Jumper Kit K.
CGR630
RGCBN Surface
(page M.16) Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Retrofit Rack Grounding Kits
C.
Fiber
Optic Provide a dedicated ground system to maintain system Provide a complete system of matched components that
Systems performance and protect network equipment when can be easily selected to save cost and labor
equipment is already installed Thread-forming screws eliminate the need to manually
D. Optimized for installation on 19" racks that meet EIA-310, remove paint from the rack
Power with functioning equipment, and are deployed in the field
over Engineered to comply with US and International
Ethernet grounding requirements
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
Lug
(see pages
RGRKCBNJEJY RGRKCBNJY
M.36 M.38)
G.
Network Rack
Outlets
Equipment Grounding Std.
Kit Pkg.
RGRKCBNJEJY Part Number Part Description Qty.
H.
Media
Busbar and Jumper Kits
Distribution RGRKCBNJEJY Rack grounding kit to ground the rack and one piece of equipment; 1
Grounding includes one RGRB19U busbar, one HTCT250-2-1 HTAP, and two
Rack
Grounding Jumper RGREJ696Y grounding jumpers.
I. RGREJ696Y
Busbar RGRKCBNJY Rack grounding kit to ground the rack; includes one RGRB19U busbar, 1
Physical or
RGRB
Infrastructure RGREJ1096Y one HTCT250-2-1 HTAP, and one RGREJ696Y grounding jumper.
Management HTAP
(page Busbar Kits
M.41) RGRB19Y Grounding busbar; 19" (483mm) length; tin-plated; fourteen holes 1
J.
Overhead & arranged for flexibility in mounting; provided with two each #12-24 x 1/2"
Underfloor and M6 x 12mm thread-forming screws.
Routing
RGRB19U Grounding busbar; 19" (483mm) length; tin-plated; twenty holes arranged 1
for flexibility in mounting with twenty #12-24 x 1/2" hex head screws
Grounding
K. Jumper
installed; mounting hole sets have 5/8" (15.9mm) spacing; provided with
Surface RGREJ696Y two each #12-24 x 1/2", M6 x 12mm thread-forming screws, and two #12
Raceway flat washers for mounting.
Rack Grounding Kit RGRB19CN Grounding busbar; 19" (483mm) length; tin-plated; twenty holes arranged 1
L. RGRKCBNJY for flexibility in mounting with twenty #12-24 x 1/2" hex head screws
Cabinets, installed; mounting hole sets have 5/8" (15.9mm) spacing; provided with
Racks &
two bonding cage nuts and four #12-24 bonding screws.
Cable
Management Equipment Jumper Kits
RGREJ696Y Grounding jumper; #6 AWG (16mm); 96" (2.44m) length; one end factory 1
M. terminated to lug; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant and two
Grounding & each #12-24 x 1/2", M6 x 12mm, #10-32 x 1/2" and M5 x 12mm
Bonding
RGREJ1096Y Grounding jumper; #10 AWG (6mm); 96" (2.44m) length; one end factory 1
terminated to lug; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant and two
N. each #12-24 x 1/2", M6 x 12mm, #10-32 x 1/2" and M5 x 12mm
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
BICSI/TIA-607-B Telecommunications Grounding Busbars
C.
Meet BICSI and TIA-607-B requirements for network Come pre-assembled with brackets and insulators Fiber
systems grounding applications attached for quick installation Optic
Systems
Made of high conductivity copper and tin-plated to Use Panduit component labels, sold separately, to identify
inhibit corrosion busbars to meet TIA-607-B, see chart below
D.
Power
No. of Mounting Positions over
Ethernet
1/4" 3/8"
Stud Hole Stud Hole Std.
with 5/8" with 1" Pkg. E.
Part Number Bar Size Hole Spacing Hole Spacing Qty. Zone
Cabling
Telecommunications Grounding Busbars (TGB)
GB2B0304TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 10" 4 3 1
TGB
GB2B0306TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 12" 6 3 1 F.
GB2B0312TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 20" 12 3 1 Wireless
GB2B0514TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 24" 14 5 1
Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbars (TMGB)
GB4B0612TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 12" 12 6 1 G.
Outlets
GB4B0624TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 20" 24 6 1
GB4B1028TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 24" 28 10 1
TMGB Telecommunications Grounding and Bonding Conductor Label Kit H.
Std. Media
Distribution
Pkg.
LTYK Label kit includes printed tag and one flame retardant cable tie. 1 I.
Physical
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
Component Labels for BICSI/TIA-607-B Telecommunications L.
Grounding Busbars Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA-607-B Compliance

N.
Telecommunications TDP43ME Thermal Industrial
Grounding Busbar Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
All GB2B and C200X100FJJ C200X100YPT C200X100FJC T100X000VPC-BK O.
GB4B Parts Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
NEMA Hole Pattern Grounding Busbars
C.
Fiber
Optic Provided with standard NEMA hole pattern spacing Come pre-assembled with brackets and insulators
Systems attached for quick installation
Made of high conductivity copper and tin-plated to
D. inhibit corrosion Insulators provide 600 V of insulation
Power
over
Ethernet No. of Mounting Positions
1/2"
E. Stud Hole Std.
Zone with 1 3/4" Pkg.
Cabling Part Number Bar Size Hole Spacing Qty.
GB4N0007TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 12" 7 1
GB4N0016TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 24" 16 1
F.
Wireless GB4N0024TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 36" 24 1
GB4N0026TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 48" 26 1
GB4N0034TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 60" 34 1
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing Grounding Busbar 1 Inch Hole Spacings
K.
Surface Provided with 1 inch hole D pattern spacing Come pre-assembled with brackets and insulators
Raceway Made of high conductivity copper and tin-plated to attached for quick installation
inhibit corrosion Insulators provide 600 V of insulation
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable No. of Mounting Positions
Management 3/8"
Stud Hole Std.
M. with 1" Pkg.
Grounding & Part Number Bar Size Hole Spacing Qty.
Bonding
GB2D0008TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 12" 8 1
GB2D0021TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 24" 21 1
N. GB2D0033TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 36" 33 1
Industrial GB2D0044TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 48" 44 1
GB2D0056TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 60" 56 1
O.
Labeling &
Identification
Busbar Type Busbar Pattern
P. BICSI B
Cable GB2D...series D
Management NEMA N
Accessories
See pages M.36 M.38 for Lug information
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
837-2002
Universal Beam Grounding Clamp
C.
Universal, fits on a wide range of standard UL 467 Listed and CSA 22.2 Certified for Fiber
Optic
(angled) and wide flange (parallel) structural grounding and bonding suitable for direct Systems
steel beams burial in earth or concrete
Provide a mounting pad suitable for a Comply with vibration tests per D.
two-hole compression lug MIL-STD-202G (METHOD 201A) Power
over
Install quickly and easily with standard 1/4" For the complete line of StructuredGround Ethernet
key hex wrench tooling Direct Burial Compression Grounding
System, visit www.panduit.com
E.
Zone
Copper Conductor Flange Stud Hole Std. Cabling
Size Range Thickness Size Spacing Thread Length Width Height Pkg.
Part Number AWG In. In. In. Size In. In. In. Qty.
GUBC500-6 #6 500 0.250 0.675 1/2 1.75 1/2 13 3.15 2.13 2.50 1 F.
Wireless
G.
Auxiliary Cable Brackets and Jumpers Outlets
Bonds ladder rack, wire basket and Panduit Wyr-Grid Paint piercing teeth provide electrical continuity between
System sections together without drilling holes cable pathway sections while minimizing debris H.
Supports grounding conductors in the telecommunications Front and back mounting screw options allow easy Media
room, allows separation of grounding conductors from installation and visual inspection Distribution
other cables GACB-2 and GACB-3 can be mounted above or below
Holds up to four conductors in sizes up to 750 kcmil the cable pathway system for flexibility I.
Physical
Bonds to all 1" and 2" ladder rack rails Brackets Meet TIA-607-B Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
GACB GACB-2 GACB-3 GACBJ618U L.

Cabinets,
Std. Std. Racks &
Pkg. Ctn. Cable
W Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Management
Auxiliary Cable Brackets

M.
GACB-1 Auxiliary cable bracket; 1.25" (31.8mm) width; 7.00" (177.8mm) height; 1 10 Grounding &
4.87" (123.7mm) depth; provided with one mounting screw. Bonding
GACB-2 Auxiliary cable bracket; 1.63" (41.4mm) width, 3.95" (100.3mm) height, 1 10
5.22" (132.6mm) depth; provided with one mounting screw.
GACB-3 Auxiliary cable bracket; 1.88" (47.6mm) width, 4.58" (116.3mm) height, 1 10 N.
H 5.29" (134.4mm) depth; provided with one mounting screw. Industrial
Bonding Jumper Kits
GACBJ68U Auxiliary cable bracket jumper for bonding pathway sections; #6 AWG 1
(16mm); 8.0" (203mm) length; factory terminated on both ends with O.
straight, two-hole, long barrel compression lugs; provided with .16 oz. Labeling &
(5cc) of antioxidant and four mounting screws. Identification
D
(16mm); 12.0" (305mm) length; factory terminated on both ends with P.
straight, two-hole, long barrel compression lugs; provided with .16 oz. Cable
(5cc) of antioxidant and four mounting screws. Management
Accessories
(16mm); 18.0" (457mm) length; factory terminated on both ends with
straight, two-hole, long barrel compression lugs; provided with .16 oz. Q.
(5cc) of antioxidant and four mounting screws. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
DB One-Hole Grounding Lay-In Lug
C. RATED
Fiber Used for quick installation of a continuous UL Listed for use up to 600 V and temperature rated 90C
Optic
Systems
grounding conductor Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes
UL 467 Listed for grounding and bonding, copper lugs inventory requirements
D. UL Listed for direct burial in earth or concrete
Power
over
Ethernet Stud Hex
Set Conductor Hole Key Std.
Screw Size Size Size Length Width Height Pkg.
E. Part Number Material Range In. In. In. In. In. Qty.
Zone
Cabling Copper Body
LICC4-22-C Stainless #14 AWG #4 AWG 0.22 ** 1.09 0.39 0.75 100
Steel
F. Tin-Plated Copper Body
Wireless Copper LICC4-22TP-C Stainless #14 AWG #4 AWG 0.22 ** 1.09 0.39 0.75 100
Steel
Tin-Plated Aluminum Body
G. LIAC4-22-C Stainless #14 AWG #4 AWG 0.22 ** 1.06 0.39 0.78 100
Outlets Steel
LIAS1/0-14-L Zinc Plated #14 AWG 1/0 AWG 0.27 ** 1.50 0.61 1.10 50
Steel
LIAS250-56-Q Zinc Plated #6 AWG 250 kcmil 0.33 1/4 2.20 0.80 1.70 25
H.
Media
Steel
Distribution Tin-Plated Copper **Uses slotted head set screw.
The use of Panduit oxide inhibiting joint compound (CMP) is recommended for pad to conductor connections.
Refer to www.panduit.com for more information.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing Aluminum
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Ring Terminal, Vinyl Expanded Insulation
C.
Expanded wire entry designed to accommodate wire with Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and Fiber
a larger insulation thickness maximum tensile strength Optic
Systems
Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
vibration applications temperature 221F (105C) D.
Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B Power
bending applications over
Ethernet
Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during
the crimp process
E.
Zone
Cabling
L
F.
W Wireless
G.
Outlets
Wire Max. Ins. Stud
Panduit Std. Std.
Range Dia. Size Length Width Clearance
Color Crimping Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number AWG mm2 Code In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Tool Qty. Qty.
H.
PV14-8RX-C 0.200 5.1 #8 M4 0.96 24.4 0.31 7.9 0.25 6.4 100 500 Media
PV14-10RX-C 0.200 5.1 #10 M5 0.96 24.4 0.31 7.9 0.25 6.4 CT-100A, 100 500 Distribution
CT-600-A,
PV14-14RX-L 16 14 0.200 5.1 1/4" M6 1.16 29.5 0.46 11.7 0.37 9.4 50 500
1.5 2.5 Blue CT-1550,
AWG
PV14-56RX-L 0.200 5.1 5/16" M8 1.16 29.5 0.46 11.7 0.37 9.4 CT-1551, 50 500 I.
CT-2500 Physical
PV14-38RX-L 0.200 5.1 3/8" M10 1.25 31.8 0.53 13.5 0.42 10.7 50 500 Infrastructure
PV10-8RX-L 0.250 6.4 #8 M4 1.10 27.9 0.31 7.9 0.30 7.6 50 500 Management
PV10-10RX-L 0.250 6.4 #10 M5 1.10 27.9 0.31 7.9 0.30 7.6 CT-100A, 50 500
CT-600-A, J.
PV10-14RX-L 12 10
4.0 6.0 Yellow 0.250 6.4 1/4" M6 1.29 32.8 0.52 13.2 0.39 9.9 CT-1550, 50 500
Overhead &
AWG
PV10-56RX-L 0.250 6.4 5/16" M8 1.29 32.8 0.52 13.2 0.42 10.7 CT-1551, 50 500 Underfloor
CT-2500 Routing
PV10-38RX-L 0.250 6.4 3/8" M10 1.35 34.3 0.58 14.7 0.46 11.7 50 500
PV8-10RX-QY 0.360 9.1 #10 M5 1.52 38.6 0.47 11.9 0.43 10.9 25 250
PV8-14RX-QY 0.360 9.1 1/4" M6 1.52 38.6 0.47 11.9 0.43 10.9 25 250
K.
CT-720 with Die Insert Surface
PV8-56RX-QY 0.360 9.1 5/16" M8 1.62 41.2 0.59 15.0 0.51 13.0 CD-720PV8-2, 25 250 Raceway
8 AWG 10.0 Red
CT-2600 with Die Insert
PV8-38RX-QY 0.360 9.1 3/8" M10 1.62 41.2 0.59 15.0 0.51 13.0 CD-2600-PV8 25 250
PV8-12RX-XY 0.360 9.1 1/2" M12 1.74 44.2 0.82 20.8 0.51 13.0 10 100 L.
Cabinets,
PV6-10RX-X 0.436 11.1 #10 M5 1.61 40.9 0.47 11.9 0.43 10.9 10 100 Racks &
CT-720 with Die Insert Cable
PV6-14RX-X 0.436 11.1 1/4" M6 1.61 40.9 0.47 11.9 0.43 10.9 10 100
CD-720PV8-2, Management
6 AWG 16.0 Blue
PV6-56RX-X 0.436 11.1 5/16" M8 1.73 43.9 0.62 15.8 0.51 13.0 CT-2600 with Die Insert 10 100
CD-2600-PV6
PV6-38RX-X 0.436 11.1 3/8" M10 1.73 43.9 0.62 15.8 0.53 13.5 10 100 M.
PV4-14RX-E 0.515 13.1 1/4" M6 1.87 47.5 0.55 14.0 0.53 13.5 20 200 Grounding &
CT-720 with Die Insert Bonding
PV4-56RX-E 0.515 13.1 5/16" M8 1.94 49.3 0.68 17.3 0.53 13.5 20 200
CD-720PV8-2,
4 AWG 25.0 Yellow
PV4-38RX-E 0.515 13.1 3/8" M10 1.94 49.3 0.68 17.3 0.53 13.5 CT-2600 with Die Insert 20 200
CD-2600-PV4
PV4-12RX-E 0.515 13.1 1/2" M12 2.03 51.6 0.86 21.8 0.53 13.5 20 200 N.
PV2-14RX-XY 0.632 16.1 1/4" M6 1.94 49.3 0.68 17.3 0.58 14.7 10 100 Industrial
CT-720 with Die Insert
PV2-56RX-XY 0.632 16.1 5/16" M8 1.94 49.3 0.68 17.3 0.58 14.7 10 100
CD-720PV8-2,
2 AWG 35.0 Red
PV2-38RX-XY 0.632 16.1 3/8" M10 1.94 49.3 0.68 17.3 0.58 14.7 CT-2600 with Die Insert 10 100
CD-2600-PV2 O.
PV2-12RX-XY 0.632 16.1 1/2" M12 2.03 51.6 0.86 21.8 0.58 14.7 10 100 Labeling &
Identification
UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations.
For crimping tool information, see page M.46.
For the full selection of Panduit Crimping Tools see www.panduit.com. P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Ring Terminal, Nylon Insulated Funnel Entry
C.
Fiber Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
Optic vibration applications maximum tensile strength
Systems
Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation
providing protection to the crimp joint during high temperature 221F (105C)
D. vibration applications
Power UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
over
Ethernet
L
E.
Zone W
Cabling
C
F. Wire Max. Stud

Wireless Panduit Std. Std.
Range Ins. Size Length Width Clearance
PNF14-8R-C 0.162 4.12 #8 M4 0.87 22.1 0.31 7.9 0.25 6.4 100 500
0.162 4.12 #10 M5 0.85 21.6 0.31 7.9 0.29 7.4 CT-100A, 100 500
G. PNF14-10R-C CT-600-A,
Outlets 16 14 0.162 4.12 1/4" M6 1.06 26.9 0.46 11.7 0.40 10.2 100 500
PNF14-14R-C 1.5 2.5 Blue CT-1550,
AWG
0.162 4.12 5/16" M8 1.06 26.9 0.46 11.7 0.40 10.2 CT-1551, 100 500
PNF14-56R-C
CT-2500
PNF14-38R-L 0.162 4.12 3/8" M10 1.14 29.0 0.53 13.5 0.45 11.4 50 500
H. PNF10-8R-L 0.225 5.75 #8 M4 1.06 26.9 0.37 9.4 0.31 7.9 50 500
Media CT-100A,
PNF10-10R-L 0.225 5.75 #10 M5 1.06 26.9 0.37 9.4 0.31 7.9 50 500
Distribution CT-600-A,
12 10
PNF10-14R-L 4.0 6.0 Yellow 0.225 5.75 1/4" M6 1.21 30.7 0.52 13.2 0.38 9.7 CT-1550, 50 500
AWG
0.225 5.75 5/16" M8 1.21 30.7 0.52 13.2 0.38 9.7 CT-1551, 50 500
PNF10-56R-L
I. CT-2500
PNF10-38R-L 0.225 5.75 3/8" M10 1.29 32.8 0.58 14.7 0.43 10.9 50 500
Physical
Infrastructure UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations.
Management For crimping tool information, see page M.46.
For the full selection of Panduit Crimping Tools see www.panduit.com.
J.
Overhead & Multiple Stud Terminal, Nylon Insulated
Underfloor
Routing Teardrop shaped mounting hole of multiple stud terminals Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
permits use with #6, #8, or #10 size studs maximum tensile strength
K. Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation
Surface vibration applications temperature 221F (105C)
Raceway Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
providing protection to the crimp joint during high
L. vibration applications
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
L
M. W
Grounding &
Bonding C
N. Wire Max. Stud

Industrial Panduit Std. Std.
Range Ins. Size Length Width Clearance
PN14-610R-C 16 14 1.5 2.5 Blue 0.165 4.25 #6, M3.5 M5 0.95 24.1 0.31 7.9 0.25 6.4 CT-100A, 100 500
O. AWG #8, CT-600-A,
Labeling & #10 CT-1550,
Identification CT-1551,
CT-2500,
CT-400,
CT-460
P.
Cable PN10-610R-L 12 10 4.0 6.0 Yellow 0.225 5.75 #6, M3.5 M5 1.17 29.7 0.37 9.4 0.33 8.4 CT-100A, 50 500
Management AWG #8, CT-600-A,
Accessories #10 CT-1550,
CT-1551,
CT-2500,
CT-460
Q. UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations.
Index For crimping tool information, see page M.46.
For the full selection of Panduit Crimping Tools see www.panduit.com.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Ring Terminal, Non-Insulated
C.
Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and Fiber
vibration applications easy wire insertion Optic
Systems
Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and Maximum recommended operating temperature
maximum tensile strength 302F (150C) D.
Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486A/B, Power
the crimp process where applicable over
Ethernet
L E.
Zone
Cabling
W
F.
Wireless
C
Wire Stud
Panduit Std. Std.
Range Size Length Width Clearance G.
Crimping Pkg. Ctn.
Outlets
Part Number AWG mm2 In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Tool Qty. Qty.
P14-8R-C #8 M4 0.71 18.0 0.31 7.9 0.25 6.4 100 1000
P14-10R-C #10 M5 0.71 18.0 0.31 7.9 0.25 6.4 CT-100A, 100 1000
P14-14R-C CT-200, H.
18 14 1/4" M6 0.91 23.1 0.46 11.7 0.38 9.7 100 1000
1.0 2.5 CT-600-A, Media
P14-56R-C AWG 5/16" M8 0.91 23.1 0.46 11.7 0.38 9.7 100 1000 Distribution
CT-1570,
P14-38R-C 3/8" M10 1.0 25.4 0.53 13.5 0.43 10.9 CT-2500 100 1000
P14-12R-L 1/2" M12 1.20 30.5 0.72 18.3 0.53 13.5 50 500
I.
P10-8R-L #8 M4 0.78 19.8 0.31 7.9 0.31 7.9 50 500 Physical
P10-10R-L #10 M5 0.81 20.6 0.38 9.7 0.31 7.9 CT-100A, 50 500 Infrastructure
CT-200, Management
P10-14R-L 14 10 1/4" M6 0.96 24.4 0.52 13.2 0.38 9.7 CT-600-A, 50 500
2.5 6.0
P10-56R-L AWG 5/16" M8 0.96 24.4 0.52 13.2 0.38 9.7 CT-1570, 50 500
CT-1701, J.
P10-38R-L 3/8" M10 1.05 26.7 0.58 14.7 0.44 11.2 50 500 Overhead &
CT-2500
P10-12R-L 1/2" M12 1.20 30.5 0.72 18.3 0.53 13.5 50 500 Underfloor
Routing
P8-10R-Q #10 M5 1.14 29.0 0.47 11.9 0.43 10.9 25 250
P8-14R-Q 1/4" M6 1.14 29.0 0.47 11.9 0.43 10.9 25 250
CT-1701,
P8-56R-Q 8 AWG 10.0 5/16" M8 1.25 31.8 0.59 15.0 0.51 13.0 CT-2600 with Die Insert 25 250 K.
CD-2600-8 Surface
P8-38R-Q 3/8" M10 1.25 31.8 0.59 15.0 0.51 13.0 25 250 Raceway
P8-12R-Q 1/2" M12 1.36 34.5 0.82 20.8 0.54 13.7 25 250
P6-10R-E #10 M5 1.21 30.7 0.47 11.9 0.43 10.9 20 200 L.
P6-14R-E 1/4" M6 1.21 30.7 0.47 11.9 0.43 10.9 20 200 Cabinets,
CT-1701, Racks &
P6-56R-E 6 AWG 16.0 5/16" M8 1.33 33.8 0.62 15.7 0.51 13.0 CT-2600 with Die Insert 20 200 Cable
P6-38R-E 3/8" M10 1.33 33.8 0.62 15.7 0.51 13.0 CD-2600-6 20 200 Management
P6-12R-E 1/2" M12 1.43 36.3 0.82 20.8 0.51 13.0 20 200
P4-14R-E 1/4" M6 1.40 35.6 0.55 14.0 0.50 12.7 20 200 M.
CT-1701, Grounding &
P4-56R-E 5/16" M8 1.46 37.1 0.68 17.3 0.50 12.7 20 200
4 AWG 25.0 CT-2600 with Die Insert Bonding
P4-38R-E 3/8" M10 1.46 37.1 0.68 17.3 0.50 12.7 20 200
CD-2600-4
P4-12R-E 1/2" M12 1.55 39.4 0.86 21.8 0.53 13.5 20 200
P2-14R-X 1/4" M6 1.46 37.1 0.68 17.3 0.58 14.7 10 100
N.
P2-56R-X 5/16" M8 1.46 37.1 0.68 17.3 0.58 14.7 CT-1701, 10 100 Industrial
2 AWG 35.0 CT-2600 with Die Insert
P2-38R-X 3/8" M10 1.46 37.1 0.68 17.3 0.58 14.7 10 100
CD-2600-4
P2-12R-X 1/2" M12 1.55 39.4 0.86 21.8 0.58 14.7 10 100
UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. O.
For crimping tool information, see page M.46. Labeling &
For the full selection of Panduit Crimping Tools see www.panduit.com. Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Code Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel with Window Lug
C.
Fiber
Optic For Use with Stranded Copper Conductors
Systems
Meets TIA-607-B requirements for network Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit
D. systems grounding applications and specified competitor die index numbers
Power Tested by Telcordia meets NEBS Level 3 for proper crimp die selection
over with AWG conductor Long barrel maximizes number of crimps
Ethernet
Requires crimping tools and dies, see pages and provides premium wire pull-out strength
M.46 M.49 and electrical performance
E. Inspection window to visually assure full
Zone
UL Listed and CSA Certified with AWG
conductor for use up to 35 KV** and conductor insertion
Cabling
temperature rated 90C when crimped with Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
Panduit and specified competitor crimping Available with NEMA hole sizes and spacing
tools and dies
F.
Wireless
W W INSPECTION
W WINDOW
HOLE HOLE HOLE

SPACING SPACING SPACING
G. L B
T
Outlets
B INSPECTION 90
INSPECTION WINDOW
WINDOW 45 B
T T
L L
H.
Media Figure 1: Straight Figure 2: 45 Bent Figure 3: 90 Bent
Distribution
I.
Physical W W INSPECTION
WINDOW
Infrastructure HOLE HOLE
Management SPACING SPACING
W
T
B
HOLE
J. SPACING
90
Overhead & L INSPECTION

B WINDOW
Underfloor INSPECTION
WINDOW
45
T B
Routing
L
L
K.
Surface Figure 4: Slotted, Straight Figure 5: Slotted, 45 Bent Figure 6: Slotted, 90 Bent
Raceway
Stud Stud Panduit Wire

L. Figure Dimensions
Copper Hole Hole Panduit Die Color Strip Std.
Cabinets, In.
Racks & Figure Conductor Size Spacing Crimping and Die Length Busbar Pkg.
Cable Part Number No. Size In. In. W B L Tool No. In. Pattern^ Qty.
Management LCC10-14JAW-L* 4 1/4 0.50 0.63 0.42 0.53 1.93 50
B
M. LCC10-14JAWH-L* 5 1/4 0.50 0.63 0.42 0.53 1.78 50
Grounding &
#14 #10 B
Bonding AWG STR, CT-1570,
9/16
LCC10-14JAWF-L* 6 #12 #10 1/4 0.50 0.63 0.42 0.53 1.56 CT-1701 50
AWG SOL B
LCC10-14AW-L* 1 1/4 0.63 0.42 0.53 1.93 50
N. B
Industrial
LCC8-10AW-L 1 #10 0.63 0.41 0.70 2.01 50
B
LCC8-14AWH-L 2 1/4 0.63 0.48 0.70 1.91 CT-1700, 50
O. B
Labeling & CT-930, Red
Identification
#8 AWG 3/4
LCC8-14AWF-L 3 1/4 0.63 0.48 0.70 1.61 CT-2930/L, P21 50
CT-2930/LE B
P. LCC8-38DW-L 1 3/8 1.00 0.60 0.70 2.70 50

B, D
Cable
Management
Accessories See pages M.50 M.53 for Panduit and competitor tool and die information.
*Not tested to NEBS Level 3 requirements.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
^See page M.30 for busbar patterns.
Q. NEMA hole sizes and spacing.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
(continued) Fiber
Optic
Systems
Stud Panduit Wire
Figure Dimensions
Copper Hole Stud Hole Panduit Die Color Strip Std.
In. D.
Figure Conductor Size Spacing Crimping and Die Length Busbar Pkg.
Part Number No. Size In. In. W B L Tool No. In. Pattern^ Qty. Power
over
LCC6-10ABW-L 4 #10 0.63 0.75 0.46 1.07 2.52 50 Ethernet
B
LCC6-14JAW-L 4 1/4 0.50 0.63 0.48 1.07 2.49 50
B E.
Zone
LCC6-14JAWH-L 5 1/4 0.50 0.63 0.48 1.07 2.08 50 Cabling
B
CT-1700, 1 1/8
LCC6-14JAWF-L 6 1/4 0.50 0.63 0.48 1.07 1.66 CT-930, Blue 50
#6 AWG B
CT-2930/L, P24 F.
LCC6-14AW-L 1 1/4 0.63 0.48 1.07 2.49 CT-2930/LE 50 Wireless
B
LCC6-38DW-L 1 3/8 1.00 0.62 1.07 3.08 50
B, D
G.
LCC6-12W-L 1 1/2 1.75 0.75 1.07 3.97 1 1/8 50 Outlets
N
LCC4-14AW-L 1 1/4 0.63 0.55 1.05 2.50 50
B
H.
#4 #3 CT-1700, 1 1/8 Media
LCC4-38DW-L 1 3/8 1.00 0.62 1.05 3.09 50 Distribution
AWG STR, CT-930, Gray
B, D
#2 AWG CT-2930/L, P29
SOL CT-2930/LE I.
LCC4-12W-L 1 1/2 1.75 0.75 1.05 4.01 50
1 1/8 N Physical
Infrastructure
Management
LCC2-14AW-Q 1 1/4 0.63 0.60 1.16 2.67 25
B
CT-1700, J.
LCC2-38DW-Q 1 3/8 1.00 0.66 1.16 3.24 CT-930, Brown 25 Overhead &
#2 AWG 1 1/4 B, D
CT-2930/L, P33 Underfloor
LCC2-12W-Q 1 1/2 1.75 0.75 1.16 4.41 CT-2930/LE 25 Routing
N
LCC1/0-14AW-X 1 1/4 0.63 0.76 1.44 3.07 10 K.
B Surface
CT-930, Raceway
LCC1/0-38DW-X 1 3/8 1.00 0.76 1.44 3.57 Pink 10
1/0 AWG CT-2930/L, 1 1/2 B, D
P42
CT-2930/LE L.
LCC1/0-12W-X 1 1/2 1.75 0.80 1.44 4.74 10 Cabinets,
N
Racks &
LCC2/0-14AW-X 1 1/4 0.63 0.85 1.50 3.23 10 Cable
B Management
LCC2/0-38DW-X 1 3/8 1.00 0.85 1.50 3.67 CT-930, 10

Black
2/0 AWG CT-2930/L, 1 9/16 B, D M.
P45 Grounding &
CT-2930/LE
LCC2/0-12W-X 1 1/2 1.75 0.85 1.50 4.83 10 Bonding
N
LCC3/0-38DW-X 1 3/8 1.00 0.96 1.50 3.70 10
CT-930, B, D
Orange N.
3/0 AWG CT-2930/L, 1 9/16 Industrial
LCC3/0-12W-X 1 1/2 1.75 0.96 1.50 4.87 P50 10
CT-2930/LE N
LCC4/0-38DW-X 1 3/8 1.00 1.06 1.56 3.81 10
CT-930, N
Purple O.
LCC4/0-12W-X 4/0 AWG CT-2930/L, 1 5/8 Labeling &
1 1/2 1.75 0.96 1.56 3.81 P54 10
CT-2930/LE N Identification
LCC250-38DW-X 1 3/8 1.00 1.17 1.61 3.89 10

CT-930, B, D P.
Yellow
LCC250-12W-X 250 kcmil CT-2930/L, 1 11/16 Cable
1 1/2 1.75 1.17 1.61 4.12 P62 10
CT-2930/LE N Management
Accessories
See pages M.50 M.53 for Panduit and competitor tool and die information.
*Not tested to NEBS Level 3 requirements.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V. Q.
^See page M.30 for busbar patterns. Index
NEMA hole sizes and spacing.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber (continued)
Optic
Systems
Figure Dimensions
Copper Hole Hole Panduit
Die Color Strip Std.
D. In.
Figure Conductor Size Spacing Crimpingand Die Length Busbar Pkg.
Power
over Part Number No. Size In. In. W B L Tool No. In. Pattern^ Qty.
Ethernet LCC350-12W-X 1 1/2 1.75 1.28 2.24 5.76 Red N 10
CT-930, P71
350 kcmil CT-2930/L, 2 5/16
LCC350-38DW-X 1 3/8 1.00 1.28 2.24 4.58 Red B, D 10
E. CT-2930/LE
Zone P71
Cabling LCC400-12W-6 1 1/2 1.75 1.28 2.30 5.84 Blue N 6
CT-930, P76
400 kcmil CT-2930/L, 2 3/8
LCC400-38DW-6 1 3/8 1.00 1.39 2.30 4.66 Blue B, D 6
CT-2930/LE
F. P76
Wireless LCC500-12W-6 1 1/2 1.75 1.54 2.50 6.12 Brown N 6
CT-930, P87
500 kcmil CT-2930/L, 2 9/16
LCC500-38DW-6 1 3/8 1.00 1.54 2.50 4.94 Brown B, D 6
CT-2930/LE
P87
G.
Outlets LCC600-12W-6 1 1/2 1.75 1.70 2.69 6.36 Green N 6
CT-930, P94
600 kcmil CT-2930/L, 2 3/4
LCC600-38DW-6 1 3/8 1.00 1.70 2.69 5.18 Green B, D 6
CT-2930/LE
H. P94
Media LCC750-12W-6 1 1/2 1.75 1.89 2.88 6.65 Black N 6
Distribution CT-930, P106
750 kcmil CT-2930/L, 2 15/16
LCC750-38DW-6 1 3/8 1.00 1.89 2.88 5.71 Black B, D 6
CT-2930/LE
I. P106
Physical
Infrastructure See pages M.50 M.53 for Panduit and competitor tool and die information.
Management *Not tested to NEBS Level 3 requirements.
^See page M.30 for busbar patterns.
J. NEMA hole sizes and spacing.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Flex Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel with Window Lug

C.
Fiber
For Use with Flexible, Extra-Flexible, and Code Stranded Copper Conductors Optic
Systems
Meets TIA-607-B requirements for network Can be used with code conductor and flex
systems grounding applications conductor class: G, H, I,K, M and D.
Diesel Locomotive Power
Requires crimping tools and dies, see over
pages M.46 M.49 Long barrel maximizes number of crimps Ethernet
UL Listed and CSA Certified with AWG and provides premium wire pull-out strength
conductor for use up to 35 KV** and and electrical performance E.
temperature rated 90C when crimped with Inspection window to visually assure full Zone
Cabling
Panduit and specified competitor crimping conductor insertion
tools and dies Generously beveled wire entry prevents
Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit bent back strands when inserting conductor F.
and specified competitor die index numbers into barrel Wireless
for proper crimp die selection Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
Available with NEMA hole sizes and spacing
G.
Outlets
W INSPECTION
W WINDOW
W
HOLE HOLE
HOLE SPACING SPACING
SPACING
L T H.
B Media
B
90
Distribution
INSPECTION INSPECTION
WINDOW WINDOW B
45
T T
L L I.
Physical
Figure 1: Straight Figure 2: 45 Bent Figure 3: 90 Bent Infrastructure
Management
J.
Figure Dimensions Overhead &
Flex Conductor Size In. Underfloor
Class Code Hole Hole Panduit Die Color Strip Std. Routing
Fig. G,H, I, K, Diesel Conductor Size Spacing Crimping & Die Length Busbar Pkg.
Part Number No. M Locomotive Size In. In. W B L Tool No. In. Pattern^ Qty.
K.
LCCX8-14A-L 1 1/4 0.63 0.48 0.70 2.10 50 Surface
Raceway
LCCX8-14AH-L 2 1/4 0.63 0.48 0.70 1.91 50
CT-1700, B
CT-930, Red L.
#8 AWG #8 AWG #8 AWG 3/4 Cabinets,
LCCX8-14AF-L 3 1/4 0.63 0.48 0.70 1.62 CT-2930/L, P21 50
CT-2930/LE Racks &
Cable
LCCX8-38D-L 1 3/8 1.00 0.60 0.70 2.70 50 Management
B, D
LCCX6-14A-L 1 1/4 0.63 0.48 1.07 2.49 50 M.

Grounding &
Bonding
LCCX6-14AH-L 2 1/4 0.63 0.48 1.07 2.18 50
CT-1700, B
CT-930, Blue
#6 AWG #6 AWG #6 AWG 1 1/8
LCCX6-14AF-L 3 1/4 0.63 0.48 1.07 1.66 CT-2930/L, P24 50
CT-2930/LE N.
Industrial
LCCX6-38D-L 1 3/8 1.00 0.62 1.07 3.08 50
B, D
See pages M.54 and M.55 for Panduit and competitor tool and die information. O.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V. Labeling &
^See page M.30 for busbar patterns. Identification
NEMA hole sizes and spacing.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Flex Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel with Window Lug
C.
Fiber (continued)
Optic
Systems Figure Dimensions
Flex Conductor Size In.
D. Class Code Hole Hole Panduit Die Color Strip Std.
Power Fig. G,H, I, K, Diesel Conductor Size Spacing Crimping & Die Length Busbar Pkg.
over Part Number No. M Locomotive Size In. In. W B L Tool No. In. Pattern^ Qty.
Ethernet
LCCX4-14A-L 1 1/4 0.63 0.55 1.05 2.49 50
CT-1700, B
#5, #4, #3 CT-930, Gray
#4 AWG #4 AWG 1 1/8
E. LCCX4-38D-L 1 AWG 3/8 1.00 0.62 1.05 3.09 CT-2930/L, P29 50
Zone CT-2930/LE B, D
Cabling
LCCX2-14A-E 1 1/4 0.63 0.70 1.36 2.89 20
B
F. CT-1700,
LCCX2-38D-E 1 3/8 1.00 0.70 1.36 3.46 CT-930, Brown 20
Wireless #2 AWG #2 AWG #2 AWG 1 7/16
CT-2930/L, P33 B, D
CT-2930/LE
LCCX2-12-E 1 1/2 1.75 0.75 1.36 4.63 20
N
G.
Outlets LCCX1/0-14A-X 1 1/4 0.63 0.85 1.50 3.23 10
B
LCCX1/0-38D-X 1 3/8 1.00 0.85 1.50 3.67 CT-930, 10

Pink
1/0 AWG 1/0 AWG 1/0 AWG CT-2930/L, 1 9/16 B, D
H. P42
CT-2930/LE
Media LCCX1/0-12-X 1 1/2 1.75 0.85 1.50 4.83 10
Distribution N
LCCX2/0-14A-X 1 1/4 0.63 0.96 1.50 3.27 10

I. B
Physical CT-930,
LCCX2/0-38D-X 1 3/8 1.00 0.96 1.50 3.70 Black 10
Infrastructure 2/0 AWG 2/0 AWG 2/0 AWG CT-2930/L, 1 9/16 B, D
Management P45
CT-2930/LE
LCCX2/0-12-X 1 1/2 1.75 0.96 1.50 4.87 10
N
J.
Overhead & LCCX3/0-38D-X 1 3/0 AWG 3/0 AWG 3/0 AWG 3/8 1.00 1.06 1.56 3.81 CT-930, Orange 1 5/8 10
Underfloor CT-2930/L, P50 B, D
Routing CT-2930/LE
LCCX4/0-38D-X 1 4/0 AWG 3/8 1.00 1.19 2.24 4.55 10
CT-930 B, D
K. Purple
4/0 AWG 4/0 AWG CT-2930/L, 2 5/16
Surface LCCX4/0-12-X 1 4/0 AWG 1/2 1.75 1.19 2.24 5.73
CT-2930/LE
P54 10
Raceway N
LCCX250-38D-X 1 250 262.6 kcmil 3/8 1.00 1.28 2.24 4.59 CT-930, Yellow 2 5/16 10
L. kcmil CT-2930/L, P62 B, D
Cabinets, CT-2930/LE
Racks &
Cable LCCX350-12-6 1 350 373.7 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1.54 2.50 6.13 CT-930, Blue 2 9/16 N 6
kcmil CT-2930/L, P76
Management CT-2930/LE
LCCX350-38D-6 1 350 373.7 kcmil 3/8 1.00 1.54 2.50 4.95 CT-930, Blue 2 9/16 B, D 6
M. kcmil CT-2930/L, P76
Grounding & CT-2930/LE
Bonding
LCCX450-12-6 1 450 444.4 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1.70 2.69 6.37 CT-930, Brown 2 3/4 N 6
kcmil CT-2930/L, P87
CT-2930/LE
N. LCCX450-38D-6 1 450 444.4 kcmil 3/8 1.00 1.70 2.69 5.19 CT-930, Brown 2 3/4 B, D 6
Industrial kcmil CT-2930/L, P87
CT-2930/LE
LCCX500-12-6 1 500 535.3 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1.89 2.88 6.66 CT-930, Pink 2 N 6
kcmil CT-2930/L, P99 15/16
O. CT-2930/LE
Labeling &
Identification LCCX500-38D-6 1 500 535.3 kcmil 3/8 1.00 1.89 2.88 5.72 CT-930, Pink 2 B, D 6
kcmil CT-2930/L, P99 15/16
CT-2930/LE
P. LCCX650-12-6 1 646.4 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1.95 2.94 6.75 CT-930, Black 3.00 N 6
Cable CT-2930/L, P106
Management CT-2930/LE
Accessories
See pages M.54 and M.55 for Panduit and competitor tool and die information.
Q. ^See page M.30 for busbar patterns.
Index NEMA hole sizes and spacing.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Code/Flex Conductor HTAP
C.
Used to tap into continuous conductors Color coded and marked with Panduit Fiber
Optic
as a splice or pigtailing die index numbers for proper crimp Systems
Each HTAP terminates a wide range of die selection
conductor sizes and combinations of Requires crimping tools and dies, see D.
code and flex conductors Class G, H, I pages M.47 M.49 Power
over
and Locomotive to suit a variety of UL Listed and CSA Certified with AWG Ethernet
applications conductor for applications up to 600 V
Slotted design allows quick and easy when crimped with Panduit and specified E.
assembly of conductor to HTAP using competitor crimping tools and Panduit Zone
three Panduit 94V-0 cable ties included crimping dies Cabling
Tap grooves are separated from one Tin plated to inhibit corrosion
another allowing them to function
F.
independently so HTAP can be used Wireless
with a single or multiple taps providing
maximum design and installation flexibility
HTAP
RUN
G.
Outlets
TAP
H.
Media
W W L W L
RUN Distribution
W RUN L RUN
RUN L
I.
Physical
H H H Infrastructure
H Management
TAP 1 TAP 2 J.
TAP 3 Overhead &
TAP 1 TAP 1 TAP 2 TAP 1 Underfloor
HTCT6X-6X HTCT2-2 HTCT250-2 HTCT250-250 Routing
Figure
K.
Copper Conductor Size Range Dimensions In. Surface
Panduit Wire
Wire Panduit Die Color Strip Std. Raceway
Strand Crimping & Die Length Pkg.
Part Number Type Run Tap 1 Tap 2 Tap 3 L W H Tool No. In. Qty. L.
HTCT6X-6X-1 #6 #14 #6 #14 0.60 0.40 1.00 CT-930, Orange 11/16 1 Cabinets,
Code Racks &
AWG AWG CT-2930/L, PH6 Cable
#6 #14 #6 #14 CT-2930/LE Management
Flex AWG AWG
HTCT2-2-1 #2 #6 AWG #2 #6 AWG #8 #14 #8 #14 0.76 0.61 1.55 CT-930, Brown 13/16 1 M.
Code STR/SOL STR/SOL AWG AWG CT-2930/L, PH2 Grounding &
CT-2930/LE Bonding
#2 #8 AWG #2 #8 AWG #8 #14 #8 #14
Flex AWG AWG
HTCT250-2-1 250 kcmil #2 #6 AWG #8 #14 0.92 0.96 1.92 CT-930, Purple 1 1
Code #2 AWG STR/SOL AWG CT-2930/L, PH25 N.
CT-2930/LE Industrial
4/0 #2 #2 #8 AWG #8 #14
Flex AWG AWG
HTCT250-250-1 250 kcmil 250 kcmil 0.90 0.89 1.92 CT-930, Purple 1 1
Code O.
#2 AWG #2 AWG CT-2930/L, PH25 Labeling &
4/0 #2 4/0 #2 CT-2930/LE Identification
Flex AWG AWG
See page M.58 for Panduit and competitor tool and die information. P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Clear Covers for HTCT HTAPs
C.
Fiber Made of high impact plastic to provide high impact Incorporate molded in flash barriers which encompass the
Optic strength and 360 inspections of crimped connection to HTAP installation providing protection against electrical
Systems
assure the crimp is complete and the correct die flash over
was used UL 94V-0 flame rating and oxygen index of 28 providing
D.
Power Incorporate dual self-latching spring loaded latches and self-extinguishing, flame retardant properties
over supplied with two Panduit UL 94V-0 cable ties to allow for Part number, voltage rating, temperature rating and HTCT
Ethernet easy snap-on assembly and ensure covers part number molded into cover for easy identification
are secured
Flexible fingers located at each end of cover prevent
E. Low profile design minimizes space requirements foreign objects from entering cover and are made from
Zone Each cover half supports installation information labels ductile plastic material that allows easy installation and
Cabling inside plastic retainer strips to allow labels to be viewed will not damage conductor insulation
on either side of cover and to protect labels from
being removed
F.
Wireless Figure Dimensions Std.
Use With HTAP In. Pkg.
Part Number Part Number L W H Qty.
CLRCVR1-1 HTCT6X-6X-1 4.48 1.41 1.20 1
G.
Outlets
CLRCVR2-1 HTCT2-2-1 5.10 1.66 1.40 1
CLRCVR3-1 HTCT250-2-1, HTCT250-250-1 5.35 2.16 1.40 1

H.
Media
Distribution Labels for clear covers are sold separately and are printed with the Panduit PanTher LS8E Hand-Held Thermal
Transfer Printer, see pages O.1 O.25.
I. L W
Physical
Infrastructure
H
Management
J.
Shown Assembled
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable Code/Flex Conductor HTAP Kits
Management
Components
M. Std.
Grounding & Pkg.
Bonding Part Number HTAP Part No. Clear Cover Part No. Qty.
HTWC6X-6X-1 HTCT6X-6X-1 CLRCVR1-1 1
HTWC2-2-1 HTCT2-2-1 CLRCVR2-1 1
N.
Industrial HTWC250-2-1 HTCT250-2-1 CLRCVR3-1 1
HTWC250-250-1 HTCT250-250-1 CLRCVR3-1 1
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Code Conductor, Thin Wall, Tin-Plated, CTAPF
C.
For copper-to-copper tapping splicing Made from high conductivity Fiber
or pigtailing wrought copper Optic
Systems
Wide wire range-taking capability Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
minimizes inventory requirements and oxidation D.
Color-coded for proper crimp UL Listed and CSA Certified with AWG Power
die selection conductor to 600 V and temperature over
rated to 90C when crimped with Ethernet
Ribbed design provides high strength
Panduit and specified competitor
crimping tools and dies E.
T L
Zone
Cabling
V Q
F.
Wireless
Copper Figure Dimensions Wire

Conductor Size Number In. Panduit Panduit Strip Std.
G.
Run Tap of Crimping Color Length Pkg. Outlets
Part Number AWG AWG Ribs L T V Q Tool Code In. Qty.
CTAPF4-12TP-C #6 AWG #8 #6 AWG
CT-1700,
CT-930, H.
1 1.25 0.07 0.40 0.28 Brown 1 5/16 100 Media
#5, #4 AWG #12 #8 AWG CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE Distribution
CTAPF1/0-12TP-L #2 AWG #4 #2 AWG

I.
Physical
#1 AWG #4 #3 AWG CT-930, Infrastructure
2 1.82 0.09 0.63 0.42 CT-2930/L, Orange 1 7/8 50 Management
CT-2930/LE
1/0 AWG #12 #4 AWG J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
CTAPF2/0-12TP-Q #1 AWG #2 #1 AWG Routing
1/0 AWG #3 #2 AWG CT-930,

2 1.82 0.09 0.71 0.48 CT-2930/L, Purple 1 7/8 25 K.
CT-2930/LE Surface
2/0 AWG #12 #3 AWG Raceway
L.
See pages M.56 M.57 for Panduit and competitor tool and die information. Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
DB Grounding Clamp, U-Bolt, Bronze
RATED
C.
Fiber Used to ground copper conductor parallel or at a right Accommodates a wide range of pipe, tube, rod and
Optic angle to a rod, tube, or pipe conductor sizes minimizes inventory
Systems Made from high strength, electrolytic cast bronze UL Listed for grounding and bonding with AWG conductor
High strength silicon bronze hardware provides long term and suitable for direct burial in earth or concrete
D.
Power reliable assembly
over
Ethernet
E. H
Zone
Cabling
W L
F.
Wireless Ground Iron Conductor Figure Dimensions
Rod Pipe Size In. Bolt Hex Std.
Size Size Range Dia. Size Pkg.
Part Number In. In. AWG L W H In. In. Qty.
G. GPL-8-Q 7/8 or 1 1/2 or 3/4 #8 SOL #4 STR 2.38 1.38 2.63 3/8 9/16 25
Outlets
GPL-14-X 1 #8 SOL #4 STR 2.63 1.38 2.75 3/8 9/16 10

H. GPL-15-X 1 #4 SOL 2/0 STR 2.63 1.63 2.75 3/8 9/16 10
Media
Distribution
GPL-16-X 1 2/0 SOL 250 kcmil 2.63 1.88 3.25 3/8 9/16 10

I. GPL-22-X 1 1/4 2/0 SOL 250 kcmil 3.00 1.88 3.50 3/8 9/16 10
Physical
Infrastructure
GPL-28-X 1 1/2 2/0 SOL 250 kcmil 3.25 1.88 4.00 3/8 9/16 10
Management
GPL-34-3 2 2/0 SOL 250 kcmil 3.75 1.88 4.25 3/8 9/16 3
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Grounding Clamp for Water Pipes, Bronze
Cabinets,
Racks & Used to ground copper code conductor to Accommodates a wide range of pipe,
Cable water pipe or copper tube tube, rod and conductor sizes
Management minimizes inventory
Cast from high strength, electrolytic bronze
to provide reliable grounding connections UL Listed for grounding and bonding with
M. AWG conductor and suitable for direct burial
Grounding & Plated steel screws provide high strength
Bonding and inhibit corrosion in earth or concrete
N. Water Conductor
Industrial Figure Dimensions
L W Pipe Size Std.
In.
Range Range Pkg.
Part Number In. AWG L W Qty.
O. KP1-C 1/2 1 #10 SOL #2 STR 2.28 0.66 100
Labeling &
Identification
KP2-L 1 1/4 2 #10 SOL #2 STR 3.58 0.73 50
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Grounding Clamp for Water Pipes, Aluminum
C.
Dual-rated for grounding aluminum or copper code Plated steel screws provide high strength and Fiber
conductors to copper water pipe, galvanized pipe, or inhibit corrosion Optic
Systems
steel conduit Accommodates a wide range of pipe, tube, and conductor
Made from high strength, extruded aluminum alloy to sizes minimizes inventory requirements D.
provide long term durability UL Listed and CSA Certified for grounding and bonding Power
Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion and oxidation and for low over
contact resistance Ethernet
Water Conductor E.
Pipe Size Figure Dimensions Std. Zone
Range Range In. Pkg. Cabling
Part Number In. AWG L W Qty.
GC-15A-Q 1/2 3/4 1 #14 AWG 2.25 0.69 25
1/0 AWG F.
GC-18A-X 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 #6 AWG 250 kcmil 3.75 0.81 10 Wireless
GC-22A-4 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 #6 AWG 250 kcmil 6.31 1.00 4
G.
Outlets
L W
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Split Bolt, Copper
J.
Made from high strength copper alloy to resist Pressure bar provides secure connection on a full Overhead &
Underfloor
corrosion and provide premium electrical and range of conductor combinations used with each Routing
mechanical performance connector assuring premium wire pull-out strength
Wire range-taking capability minimizes UL Listed and CSA Certified with AWG conductor
inventory requirements for use up to 600 V and temperature rated 90C K.
Surface
Nut hex provides correct fit with socket, box, or open SBCT3-C is tin-plated for bonding to Raceway
end wrenches resulting in proper torquing of galvanized wire baskets
electrical connection L.
Cabinets,
E
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
L
N.
SBC3-C SBCT3-C Industrial
Tin-Plated W
Copper Conductor Figure O.

Range of Equal Run and Tap Min. Tap with Dimensions Std. Labeling &
AWG One Max. Run In. Pkg. Identification
Part Number Min. Max. AWG E W L Qty.
UL Listed and CSA Certified with Copper Code Conductors P.
SBC3-C #8 STR #4 STR #14 STR 0.58 0.81 1.16 100 Cable
Management
Accessories
UL Listed and CSA Certified with Copper and Aluminum Code Conductors
SBCT3-C* #8 STR #4 STR #10 STR 0.58 0.81 1.24 100
Q.
*The use of Panduit oxide inhibiting joint compound (CMP-100) is recommended. Refer to www.panduit.com for more information. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Hand Operated Plier Type Tools
C.
Fiber Installer controlled crimp Plier type crimp for #22 thru 10 insulated and
Optic Available with wire stripping and cutting features non-insulated terminal products
Systems
D. Std.
Power Pkg.
over Part Number Part Description Qty.
Ethernet
CT-100A Crimps most Panduit #22 10 AWG insulated and non-insulated 1
terminals, disconnects, and splices. Crimps 4mm 6mm copper metric
E. lugs. Cuts #4, #6, #8 and #10 screw sizes. Cuts and strips wire. Excellent
Zone all-around application tool of heat treated finished steel with comfortable
Cabling cushioned plastic grip handles.
F.
Wireless
G. Contour Crimp Controlled Cycle Tools

Outlets
Controlled cycle mechanism assures high quality, Polypropylene, elastomeric handles provide chemical
consistent terminations resistance and a cushioned, non-slip grip
Ergonomic tool design assures operator comfort, safety,
H.
Media and performance
Distribution
Std.
I.
Physical Pkg.
Infrastructure Part Number Part Description Qty.
Management CT-1550 Crimps most Pan-Term #22 10 AWG nylon and vinyl insulated 1
CT-1550 terminals, splices, and disconnects. The CT-1550 has the red/blue pocket
J. closest to the pivot which provides a reduced crimp effort for those who
Overhead & make red/blue terminations.
Underfloor
Routing CT-1570 Crimps most Pan-Term #22 10 AWG and .5 6.0mm non-insulated 1
terminals and disconnects. Crimps Panduit #22 10 AWG and
.5 6.0mm non-insulated splices, #14 #10 AWG copper code
K. conductor lugs, and 4mm 6mm copper metric lugs.
Surface CT-1570
Raceway CT-1700 Crimps Panduit #8 2 AWG non-insulated tubular terminals (S series), 1
#8 1 AWG copper code conductor lugs and splices, #8 2 AWG copper
flex conductor lugs, #6 4 AWG dual rated aluminum lugs and splices
L. and CTAPF10-16 to CTAPF3-12 copper taps. Includes 5-position, color
Cabinets, coded rotating die.
Racks &
Cable CT-1701 Crimps Panduit #10 2 AWG non-insulated large gauge ring terminals 1
Management (P series), #12 4 AWG non-insulated heavy duty ring terminals
CT- 1700
(P series), #14 10 AWG copper code conductor lugs, and
M. 4mm 6mm copper metric lugs. Includes 5-position, rotating die.
Grounding &
Bonding
CT-1701
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Die Type, Manual Hydraulic, 14 Ton, Crimping Tool
C.
Two-stage rapid advance hydraulic system minimizes Open "C-Head" design allows easy loading of crimping Fiber
number of pumps required to complete a dies and connectors, saves time Optic
crimp saves time Requires crimping dies, see page M.49 Systems
Cushioned grip prevents hands from slipping on Dies installed using spring loaded die retention pins, no
tool reduces fatigue D.
need for tools Power
Provides UL Listed and CSA Certified connections on Rubber boot on crimp head provides abrasion protection over
Panduit copper and aluminum lugs and splices and Ethernet
copper taps Audible "pop-off" valve indicates crimp completion
Crimp head rotates 180, provides versatility for use in
restricted spaces E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
Std.
Pkg.
G.
CT-930 Terminates Panduit Compression Connectors: 1 Outlets
Copper compression lugs and splices for #8 AWG 750 kcmil code conductor
Copper compression lugs and splices for #8 AWG 600 kcmil flex conductor
Copper compression lugs and splices for 10mm 400mm Class 2r metric conductor H.
Copper compression lugs and splices for 10mm 300mm Class 5f and 10mm 240mm Class 6f Media
metric conductor Distribution
StructuredGround Direct Burial Compression Grounding System Connectors for #6 AWG 250 kcmil code
conductor and select 500 kcmil conductor combinations
Copper compression CTAPF taps for #10 3/0 AWG code conductor I.
Copper compression CTAP taps for #8 4/0 AWG code conductor Physical
Infrastructure
Copper compression HTCT taps for #14 AWG 250 kcmil code conductor, #14 4/0 AWG flex conductor
Management
Aluminum compression lugs and splices for #6 AWG 600 kcmil code conductor
Panduit Pan-Term Tubular Terminals for #8 AWG 250 kcmil code conductor
J.
Specifications: Overhead &
Output: 14 tons Underfloor
Routing
Jaw opening: 1.65"
Weight: 16.5 lbs.
Length: 25" K.
Handle span: 17 1/2" (open), 6" (closed) Surface
Warranty: 5 years Raceway
CT-930 includes:
L.
Tool Cabinets,
Plastic tool case with die storage Racks &
Cable
Compatible with CD-920 and CD-930 crimping dies, sold separately, see page M.49. Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Die Type, Lithium-Ion Powered Hydraulic, 14 Ton, Crimping Tool
C.
Fiber Lithium-Ion battery powered, provides fingertip operation Batteries incorporate LED fuel gage so battery charge
Optic and up to 71.5% more crimps per battery charge than level can be checked to allow for continuous operation
Systems tools powered with NiCd or NiMH batteries Approximately 9.6 second crimp cycle time provides
Pistol grip tool design with open "C-Head" provides easy quick terminations, 30% faster than tools using NiCd or
D. loading of crimping dies and rotates 180, for reaching NiMH batteries
Power into tight spaces
over Battery charger charges expended batteries completely in
Ethernet Provides UL Listed and CSA Certified connections on 60 minutes
Panduit copper and aluminum lugs and splices and Requires crimping dies, see page M.49
copper taps
E. Dies installed using spring loaded die retention pins, no
Zone Tool provided with two, Milwaukee M18 XC high need for tools
Cabling capacity RED lithium-ion 18VDC rechargeable batteries,
battery charger and shoulder strap Tool provided with heavy-duty, soft sided tool bag with 58
pockets for storing tool, batteries, charger, dies, etc.
F. Std.
Wireless
Charger Pkg.
Part Number Voltage Part Description Qty.
CT-2930/L 120 VAC Terminates Panduit compression connectors: 1
G. Copper compression lugs and splices for #8 AWG 750
Outlets kcmil code conductor
Copper compression lugs for #8 AWG 600 kcmil flex
conductor
Copper compression S Series, Pan-Term Tubular
H. Terminals for #8 AWG 250 kcmil code conductor
Media Copper compression lugs and splices for 10mm 400mm
Distribution CT-2930/L and CT-2930/LE Class 2r conductor
Copper compression lugs and splices for 10mm 300mm
Class 5f conductor and 10mm 240mm Class
I.
6f conductor
Physical
Infrastructure StructuredGround Direct Burial Compression Grounding
Management System connectors #6 AWG 250 kcmil code conductor
and select 500 kcmil conductor combinations
Copper compression CTAPF taps for #10 3/0 AWG
J. code conductor
Overhead &
Underfloor
Copper compression CTAP taps for #8 4/0 AWG
Routing code conductor
Copper compression HTCT taps for #14 AWG 250 kcmil
code conductor, #14-4/0 AWG flex conductor
K. Aluminum compression lugs and splices for #6 AWG 600
FREE! Heavy-Duty Soft Sided CT-2930/LE 230 VAC kcmil code conductor 1
Surface
Raceway Tool Bag Included
Specifications:
L. Output: 14 tons (124.5 Kn)
Cabinets, Jaw opening: 1.65" (41.9mm)
Racks & Weight: 17.90 lbs. (8.1 kg) with battery
Cable Length: 14.5" (368.3mm),
Management Height: 16.5" (419.1mm),
Width: 3.25" (82.6mm)
M. Warranty: 5 years on tool, batteries and charger
Grounding &
Bonding Tool includes:
Two Milwaukee M18 XC high capacity RED lithium-ion
18VDC rechargeable batteries
One Milwaukee battery charger
N. One shoulder strap
Industrial Heavy-duty bag with storage for tool, batteries, charger,
and crimping dies; includes 58 pockets and a shoulder
strap for added convenience; 18"L x 7"W x 14"H*
O.
Labeling &
Identification Compatible with CD-920, CDM-920, and CD-930 crimping dies, sold separately, see page M.49.
Tool bag also sold separately, see part number PTB-GP on www.panduit.com.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
CD-920 Crimping Dies
C.
Crimping dies and connectors are color-coded for Provide circumferential crimp results in terminations with Fiber
easy matching premium electrical and mechanical performance Optic
Emboss die index number on connector barrels for post Used in Panduit crimping tools; see the CT-930 crimping Systems
crimp inspection tool on page M.47 and the CT-2930/L and CT-2930/LE
crimping tools on page M.48 D.
Part number permanently marked on crimping die for Power
easy identification over
Ethernet
Die
Color E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
Patented
Locator
Die Number G.
HTAP Die with Patented Locator Outlets
Used to Install Panduit Compression Lug and Splice Sizes Std. H.

Pkg. Media
Part Number Copper Code Conductor Size and Die Color and Die No. Qty. Distribution
Single Crimp Dies

CD-920-8 #8 AWG, Red P21 1 I.
Physical
CD-920-6 #6 AWG, Blue P24 1 Infrastructure
CD-920-4 #4 AWG, Gray P29 1 Management
CD-920-2 #2 AWG, Brown P33 1
J.
CD-920-1 #1 AWG, Green P37 1 Overhead &
CD-920-1/0 1/0 AWG, Pink P42 1 Underfloor
Routing
CD-920-2/0 2/0 AWG, Black P45 1
CD-920
CD-920-3/0 3/0 AWG, Orange P50 1
K.
CD-920-4/0 4/0 AWG, Purple P54 1 Surface
CD-920-250 250 kcmil, Yellow P62 1 Raceway
CD-920-350 350 kcmil, Red P71 1
L.
CD-920-400 400 kcmil, Blue P76 1 Cabinets,
CD-920-500 500 kcmil, Brown P87 1 Racks &
Cable
CD-920-500A 500 kcmil, Pink P99 1 Management
CD-920-600 600 kcmil, Green P94 1
CD-920-750 750 kcmil, Black P106 1 M.
Grounding &
Bonding
CD-930H Used to Install Panduit HTAP Part Numbers Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Copper HTAP and Die Color and Die No. Qty.
N.
Single Crimp Dies with Patented Locator Industrial
CD-920H-6 HTCT6X-6X-1, Orange PH6 1
CD-920H-2 HTCT2-2-1, Brown PH2 1
O.
CD-930H-250 HTCT250-2-1, HTCT250-250-1, Purple PH25 1
Labeling &
Identification
Used to Install Panduit CTAPF Part Numbers Std.
CDM-920 Pkg. P.
Part Number Copper CTAPF and Die Color and Die No. Qty. Cable
Multi-Crimp Dies Management
Accessories
CDM-920-2 CTAPF4, Brown P33M 1
CDM-920-3/0 CTAPF1/0, Orange P50M 1
CDM-920-4/0 CTAPF2/0, Purple P54M 1 Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
For use with Installation Tooling and Die Selections for Type LCC-W
C. Copper
Fiber
Optic Conductors
Systems
How to read Die Part Number
this chart
D. CD-2001-6
Power For LCC6-W lug Color Die Index
and CT-2001 Code Blue P24
over Number
crimping tool: (2)
Ethernet
Number of Crimps
E.
Zone
Cabling Panduit Thomas & Betts
CT-930, Uni-Die
CT-930CH, Dieless
CT-930LPCH, CT-980,
F. CT-2930, CT-980CH,
Wireless CT-2930/L, CT-2950,
CT-2930/LE, CT-2980, CT-2001,
CT-2931, CT-920 CT-2980/L, CT-2001/L,
CT-920CH, CT-2980/LE, CT2001/LE,
CT-2940, CT-2981, CT-2002, TBM6,
G.
CT-2940/L , CT-980LPCH CT-2002/L, TBM6S,
Outlets Wire
CT-2940/LE , Extended CT-3001, TBM20S, 25000, TBM12,
Panduit Std. Strip CT-1570 CT-1701 CT-1700 CT-720 CT-2920, CT-940CH Wire Range CT-3001/E TBM25S TBM5 TBM8 13642M
Part Wire Length
Number Size (In.) Die Part Number/Color Code and Die Index Number/(Number of Crimps)
H. #14 #10
Media AWG
Distribution STR, 12-10 P10
LCC10-W 9/16
#12 #10 (2) (2)
AWG
I. SOL
Physical
Infrastructure CD-720-1 CD-920-8 CD-2001-8
Red P21 Red 21 Red 21 Red 21 Red 21
LCC8-W #8 AWG 3/4 Red P21 Red P21 Red P21
Management (3) (3) (1) (1) (1)
(2) (1) (2)
J. CD-720-1 CD-920-6 CD-2001-6 Blue Blue

Blue P24 Blue 24 Blue 24
Overhead & LCC6-W #6 AWG 1-1/8 Blue P24 Blue P24 Blue P24 24 24
(3) (3) (1)
Underfloor (2) (1) (2) (1) (1)
Routing
#4 #3
#4 #2 AWG
AWG Gray CD-720-1 CD-920-4 CD-2001-4 Gray Gray Gray
#2 AWG Gray 29
LCC4-W STR, 1-1/8 P29 Gray P29 Gray P29 Gray P29 29 29 29
K. SOL Only (3)
#2 AWG (3) (2) (1) (2) (1) (1) (1)
Surface (1)
SOL
Raceway
CD-720-1
L. Brown CD-920-2 CD-2001-2 Brown Brown Brown Brown
Brown #6 #2 AWG
Cabinets, LCC2-W #2 AWG 1-1/4 P33 Brown P33 Brown P33 33 33 33 33
P33 (1)
Racks & (3) (1) (2) (3) (1) (1) (1)
(2)
Cable
Management
CD-720-2 CD-920-1/0 CD-2001-1/0 Pink Pink Pink
1/0 #6 1/0 AWG
LCC1/0-W 1-1/2 Pink P42 Pink P42 Pink P42 42 42 42
M. AWG (2)
(2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
Grounding &
Bonding CD-720-2
CD-920-2/0 CD-2001-2/0 Black Black Black
2/0 Black #4 2/0 AWG
LCC2/0-W 1-9/16 Black P45 Black P45 45 45 45
AWG P45 (2)
(3) (3) (3) (3) (2)
(3)
N. CD-720-2
CD-920-3/0 CD-2001-3/0 Orange Orange Orange
Industrial 3/0 Orange #2 3/0 AWG
LCC3/0-W 1-9/16 Orange P50 Orange P50 50 50 50
AWG P50 (2)
(3) (3) (3) (3) (2)
(3)
CD-720-3
CD-920-4/0 CD-2001-4/0 Purple Purple Purple
O. 4/0 Purple #1 4/0 AWG
LCC4/0-W 1-5/8 Purple P54 Purple P54 54 54 54
Labeling & AWG P54 (2)
(3) (3) (3) (3) (2)
Identification (3)
CD-720-3
CD-920-250 1/0 AWG CD-2001-250 Yellow Yellow Yellow
250 Yellow
LCC250-W 1-11/16 Yellow P62 250 kcmil Yellow P62 62 62 62
kcmil P62
P. (3) (3) (3) (4) (4) (2)
(4)
Cable
Management The CT-1700 and CT-1701 crimp die pockets are integrated into the Maximum size: 250 kcmil lugs.
Accessories tool frame. Requires U die adapter.
Half width dies. Minimum size: #4 AWG lugs.
CD-920 dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools with Extended wire range when crimped with these Panduit Uni-Die
CD-940-DA adapter. Dieless Crimping Tools.
Q.
Index Maximum size: 500 kcmil lugs.
M.50
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Installation Tooling and Die Selections for Type LCC-W (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Penn- E.
Zone
Thomas & Betts Burndy Anderson Union Greenlee Cabling
Y35,
Y35BH,
Y39,
Y39BH, F.
Y750, Wireless
Y750-2,
Y750BH,
Y750HS, Y644M,
TBM8-750M-1, TBM14M, Y750BH-2, Y644HS,
TBM15, TBM8-750, TBM14BSCR, Y2MR, PAT750, Y644MBH, G.
TBM15I,
TBM750BSCR , BPLT14BSCR, Y1MR, BAT750, Y45, PAT644, Outlets
TBM15BSCR TBM8-750BSCR 13100A Y1MRTC MY29 BAT35 Y46 BAT644 VC6 TDY-1 1989
Die Part Number/Color Code and Die Index Number/(Number of Crimps)
H.
Media
Distribution

I.
Physical
U8CRT U8CRT Infrastructure
Red 21 STD Red 21 Red 49 #8
Red 49 Red 49
(1) (1) (1) (2) (1) Management
(1) (1)
U5CRT U5CRT J.
Blue 24 STD Blue 24 Blue 7 #6 STD STD
Blue 7 Blue 7 Overhead &
(1) (1) (1) (2) (1) (1) (1)
(1) (1) Underfloor
Routing
U4CRT U4CRT
Gray 29 STD Gray 29 Gray 8 #4 STD STD STD
Gray 8 Gray 8
(1) (1) (1) (2) (1) (1) (1) (1) K.
(1) (1)
Surface
Raceway
U2CRT
U2CRT
Brown 9
Brown Brown 9 (solid) L.
Brown 33 STD Brown 33 #2 (solid) STD STD STD STD
10 / Brown 10 Cabinets,
(1) (1) (1) (1) / Brown 10 (1) (1) (1) (1)
(2) (stranded) Racks &
(stranded)
(2) Cable
(2)
Management
Pink 42H Pink 42H
U25RT U25RT
STD 1/0 STD STD STD STD
Pink 12 Pink 12
(4) (2) (4) (2) (1) (1) (1) (1) M.
(2) (2)
Grounding &
U26RT U26RT Bonding
Black 45 STD Black 45 2/0 STD STD STD STD
Black 13 Black 13
(2) (2) (2) (2) (1) (1) (1) (1)
(2) (2)
U27RT U27RT N.
Orange 50 STD Orange 50 3/0 STD STD STD STD Industrial
Orange 14 Orange 14
(2) (2) (2) (2) (1) (2) (1) (1)
(2) (2)
Purple 54H Purple 54H

U28RT U28RT
STD 4/0 STD STD STD STD O.
Purple 15 Purple 15
(4) (2) (4) (2) (1) (2) (1) (1) Labeling &
(2) (2)
Identification
U29RT U29RT
Yellow 62 STD Yellow 62 250 STD STD STD STD
Yellow 16 Yellow 16
(2) (2) (2) (2) (1) (2) (1) (1)
(2) (2) P.
Cable
The CT-1700 and CT-1701 crimp die pockets are integrated into the Maximum size: 250 kcmil lugs. Management
tool frame. Requires U die adapter. Accessories
Half width dies. Minimum size: #4 AWG lugs.
CD-920 dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools with Extended wire range when crimped with these Panduit Uni-Die
CD-940-DA adapter. Dieless Crimping Tools. Q.
Maximum size: 500 kcmil lugs. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
For use with Installation Tooling and Die Selections for Type LCC-W
C.
Fiber
Copper (continued)
Optic Conductors
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling Panduit Thomas & Betts
CT-930, Uni-Die
CT-930CH, Dieless
CT-930LPCH, CT-980,
F. CT-2930, CT-980CH,
Wireless CT-2930/L, CT-2950,
CT-2930/LE, CT-2980, CT-2001,
CT-2931, CT-920, CT-2980/L, CT-2001/L,
CT-920CH, CT-2980/LE, CT-2001/LE,
CT-2940, CT-2981, CT-2002, TBM6,
G. CT-2940/L, CT-980LPCH CT-2002/L, TBM6S,
Outlets Wire CT-2940/LE, Extended CT-3001, TBM20S, 25000 TBM12,
Panduit Std. Strip CT-1570 CT-1701 CT-1700 CT-720 CT-2920, CT-940CH Wire Range CT-3001/E TBM25S TBM5 TBM8 13642M
Part Wire Length
Number Size (In.) Die Part Number/Color Code and Die Index Number/(Number of Crimps)
H.
Media CD-2001-
Distribution CD-720-5 CD-920-350 3/0 AWG Red Red
350 350
LCC350-W 2-5/16 Red P71 Red P71 350 kcmil 71 71H
kcmil Red P71
(4) (3) (3) (4) (4)
(3)
I.
Physical CD-2001-
Infrastructure CD-720-6 CD-920-400 4/0 AWG Blue Blue
400 400
Management LCC400-W 2-3/8 Blue P76 Blue P76 400 kcmil 76 76H
kcmil Blue P76
(4) (3) (3) (4) (4)
(4)
CD-720-7 CD-2001-
J. CD-920-500 4/0 AWG Brown Brown
500 Brown 500
Overhead & LCC500-W 2-9/16 Brown P87 500 kcmil 87 87H
kcmil P87 Brown P87
Underfloor (3) (3) (4) (4)
(4) (4)
Routing
CD-920-600 250 600 Green
600
K. LCC600-W 2-3/4 Green P94 kcmil 94H
kcmil
(4) (3) (4)
Surface
Raceway
CD-920-750
500 750 Black
L. 750 2- CD-940-750
Cabinets, LCC750-W kcmil 106H
kcmil 15/16 Black P106
Racks & (3) (4)
(4)
Cable
Management
The CT-1700 and CT-1701 crimp die pockets are integrated into the Maximum size: 250 kcmil lugs.
tool frame. Requires U die adapter.
M. Half width dies. Minimum size: #4 AWG lugs.
Grounding & CD-920 dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools with Extended wire range when crimped with these Panduit Uni-Die
Bonding CD-940-DA adapter. Dieless Crimping Tools.
Maximum size: 500 kcmil lugs.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Installation Tooling and Die Selections for Type LCC-W (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Penn- Zone
Thomas & Betts Burndy Anderson Union Greenlee Cabling
Y35,
Y35BH,
Y39,
Y39BH, F.
Y750, Wireless
Y750-2,
Y750BH,
Y750HS, Y644M,
TBM8-750M-1, TBM14M, Y750BH-2, Y644HS,
TBM15, TBM8-750, TBM14BSCR, Y2MR, PAT750, Y644MBH, G.
TBM15I,
TBM750BSCR , BPLT14BSCR, Y1MR, BAT750, Y45, PAT644, Outlets
TBM15BSCR TBM8-750BSCR 13100A Y1MRTC MY29 BAT35 Y46 BAT644 VC6 TDY-1 1989
H.
Media
U31RT U31RT
Red 71 STD Red 71 STD STD STD STD Distribution
Red 18 Red 18
(4) (3) (4) (1) (3) (2) (1)
(3) (3)
I.
Physical
U32RT U32RT
Blue 76 STD Blue 76 STD STD STD STD Infrastructure
Blue 19 Blue 19 Management
(4) (3) (4) (1) (3) (2) (1)
(3) (3)
U34RT U34RT J.
Brown 87 STD Brown 87 STD STD STD STD
Brown 20 Brown 20 Overhead &
(4) (3) (4) (1) (3) (2) (1)
(3) (3) Underfloor
Routing
U36RT U36RT
Green 94 STD Green 94 STD STD
Green 22 Green 22 K.
(4) (4) (4) (1) (4)
(4) (4) Surface
Raceway
U39RT U39RT
Black 106 STD Black 106 STD STD L.
Black 24 Black 24 Cabinets,
(4) (4) (4) (1) (2)
(5) (5) Racks &
Cable
Management
The CT-1700 and CT-1701 crimp die pockets are integrated into the Maximum size: 250 kcmil lugs.
tool frame. Requires U die adapter.
Half width dies. Minimum size: #4 AWG lugs. M.
CD-920 dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools with Grounding &
Extended wire range when crimped with these Panduit Uni-Die
CD-940-DA adapter. Bonding
Dieless Crimping Tools.
Maximum size: 500 kcmil lugs.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
For use with Installation Tooling and Die Selections for Type LCCX
C. Copper
Fiber
Optic Conductors
Systems
D. this chart Panduit
Power For LCCX6 lug Color CD-2001-6
Die Index CT-930, CT-930/CH, CT-2930,
over and CT-2001 Code Blue P24
Number CT-2930/L, CT-2930/LE,
Ethernet crimping tool: (2)
CT-2001, CT-2001/L, CT-2931, CT-920, CT-920CH,
Number of Crimps CT-2001/LE, CT-2940, CT-2940/L,
CT-2002, CT2002/L, CT-2940/LE,
E. CT-1700 CT-3001, CT3001/E CT-2920, CT-940CH
Zone Wire
Cabling Strip Die Part Number/Color Code and
Panduit Std. Wire Length
Part Number Size Cable Classes (In.) Die Index Number/(Number of Crimps)
CD-2001-8 CD-920-8
F. Compact B, G, H, I, K, M, Red P21
LCCX8 #8 AWG 3/4 Red P21 Red P21
Wireless Locomotive (DLO) (3)
(2) (1)
CD-2001-6 CD-920-6
Compact, B, G, H, I, K, M, Blue P24
LCCX6 #6 AWG 1-1/8 Blue P24 Blue P24
Locomotive (DLO) (3)
(2) (1)
G.
Outlets #4 AWG Compact, B, G, H, I, K, M CD-2001-4 CD-920-4
Gray P29
LCCX4 #5, #4, #3 1-1/8 Gray P29 Gray P29
AWG (2) (1)
H. CD-2001-2 CD-920-2
Compact, B, G, H, I, M, Brown P33
Media LCCX2 #2 AWG 1-7/16 Brown P33 Brown P33
Distribution (2) (1)
CD-2001-1/0 CD-920-1/0
Compact, B, G, H, I, K, M,
I. LCCX1/0 1/0 AWG 1-9/16 Pink P42 Pink P42
Locomotive (DLO)
Physical (3) (3)
Infrastructure CD-2001-2/0 CD-920-2/0
Management Compact, B, G, H, I, K, M,
LCCX2/0 2/0 AWG 1-9/16 Black P45 Black P45
Locomotive (DLO)
(3) (3)
J. CD-2001-3/0 CD-920-3/0
Overhead & Compact, B, G, H, I, K, M,
LCCX3/0 3/0 AWG 1-5/8 Orange P50 Orange P50
Underfloor Locomotive (DLO)
(3) (3)
Routing
CD-2001-4/0 CD-920-4/0
Compact, B, G, H, I, K, M,
LCCX4/0 4/0 AWG 2-5/16 Purple P54 Purple P54
Locomotive (DLO)
K. (3) (3)
Surface 250 kcmil G, H, I, K, M
Raceway CD-2001-250 CD-920-250
LCCX250 2-5/16 Yellow P62 Yellow P62
262.6 kcmil Locomotive (DLO) (3) (3)
L.
Cabinets, 350 kcmil G, H, I, K, M CD-2001-400 CD-920-400
Racks & LCCX350 2-9/16 Blue P76 Blue P76
373.7 kcmil Locomotive (DLO) (4) (3)
Cable
Management 450 kcmil G, H, I, K, M CD-920-500
LCCX450 2-3/4 Brown P87
M. 444.4 kcmil Locomotive (DLO) (4)
Grounding &
Bonding CD-920-500A
LCCX500 535.3 kcmil Locomotive (DLO) 2-15/16 Pink P99
(4)
CD-940-750
N. LCCX650 646.4 kcmil Locomotive (DLO) 1-1/2 Black P106
Industrial (2)
The CT-1700 crimp die pockets are integrated into the tool frame. Does not include class M Flex Conductor with T&B tools.
CD-920 dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools with Does not include class K Flex Conductor with T&B tools.
O. CD-940-DA adapter. Half width dies.
Labeling & Requires U die adapter. CD-940 dies to be used exclusively with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools.
Identification Does not include class K Flex Conductor with Burndy tools.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
M.54
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Installation Tooling and Die Selections for Type LCCX (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Thomas & Betts Burndy D.

Power
over
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Ethernet
Y46, Y750-2,
TBM14BSCR, Y750BH,
TBM6, TBM6BSCR, TBM8-750, TBM14M, BCT500HS, BAT35-14V,
TBM12 TBM8 25000 TBM6H TBM8-750M-1 TBM15 Y500CT-HS Y644M BAT750-14V, PAT750-18V MRC840 E.
Zone
Cabling

TBM12D-1 13461 13475 and 13477 6TON21 15520 W8CRT U8CRT
STD Red 49 F.
Red 21 Red 21 Red 21 Red 21 Red 21 Red 49 Red 49
(2) (2) Wireless
(2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
TBM12D-1 13461 13475 and 13477 6TON24 15522 W5CRT U5CRT
STD Blue 7
Blue 24 Blue 24 Blue 24 Blue 24 Blue 24 Blue 7 (2) Blue 7
(2) (2)
(2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
G.
TBM12D-2 13461 13472 and 13476 6TON29 15527-CK W4CRT U4CRT Outlets
STD
Gray 29 Gray 29 Gray 29 Gray 29 Gray 29 Gray 8 (2) Gray 8
(3)
(3) (2) (3) (2) (2) (2) (2)
TBM12D-2 13461 13474 and 13477 6TON33 15528 W2CRT U2CRT H.

STD
Brown 33 Brown 33 Brown 33 Brown 33 Brown 33 Brown 10 (2) Brown 10 Media
(3)
(3) (3) (3) (2) (2) (2) (2) Distribution
TBM12D-3 13462 13475 and 13477 6TON42 15508 W25RT U25RT
STD
Pink 42 Pink 42 Pink 42 Pink 42 Pink 42 Pink 12 (2) Pink 12 I.
(3)
(3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (2) Physical
TBM12D-4 13462 13474 and 13477 6TON45 15526 W26RT U26RT Infrastructure
STD Management
Blk/Gold 45 Black 45 Black 45 Black 45 Black 45 Black 13 (2) Black 13
(3)
(3) (4) (3) (3) (2) (3) (2)
TBM12D-4 13462 13474 and 13477 6TON50 15530 W27RT U27RT J.
STD Overhead &
Org/Tan 50 Orange 50 Orange 50 Orange 50 Orange 50 Orange 14 (2) Orange 14
(3) Underfloor
(3) (4) (3) (3) (3) (4) (2)
Routing
TBM12D-5 6TON54 15511 W28RT U28RT
STD
Purp/Olive 54 Purple 54 Purple 54 Purple 15 (3) Purple 15
(4)
(4) (4) (4) (4) (3) K.
Surface
TBM12D-5 6TON62 15510-CK W29RT U29RT Raceway
STD
Yellow 62 Yellow 62 Yellow 62 Yellow 16 (3) Yellow 16
(4)
(3) (4) (2) (4) (3)
L.
TBM12D-4 6TON76 15512 W32RT U32RT Cabinets,
STD
Blue 76H Blue 76H Blue 76H Blue 19 (3) Blue 19 Racks &
(4)
(4) (4) (4) (4) (4) Cable
Management
TBM12D-3 6TON87 15506 U34RT
STD
Brown 87H Brown 87H Brown 87H (4) Brown 20
(4)
(4) (4) (4) (4) M.
Grounding &
TBM12D-2 15505 U38XRT Bonding
STD
Pink 99H Pink 99H (4) Pink L99
(4)
(4) (4) (4)
TBM12D-2 15515-CK U39RT
Black 106H Black 106H (1) Black 24 N.
(2) (2) (2) Industrial
The CT-1700 crimp die pockets are integrated into the tool frame. Does not include class M Flex Conductor with T&B tools.
CD-920 dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools with Does not include class K Flex Conductor with T&B tools.
CD-940-DA adapter. Half width dies. O.
Requires U die adapter. CD-940 dies to be used exclusively with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools. Labeling &
Does not include class K Flex Conductor with Burndy tools. Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
For use with Installation Tooling and Die Selections for Type CTAPF
C.
Fiber
Copper
Optic Conductors
Systems
D. this chart
Power For Color CD-2001-4
Die Index
over CTAPF6-12 tap Code Gray P29
Number Panduit
Ethernet and CT-2001 (1)
crimping tool: CT-930, CT-930CH, CT-2930,
Number of Crimps CT-2930/L, CT-2930/LE, CT-2931, CT-2001, CT-2001/L,
E. CT-920, CT-920CH, CT-2940, CT-2001/LE,
Zone CT-2940/L, CT-2940/LE, CT-2002, CT-2002/L,
Cabling Stranded Wire Size CT-1700 CT-2920, CT-940CH CT-3001, CT-3001/E
Panduit Die Part Number/Color Code and Die Index Number/

Part Number Main Tap (Number of Crimps)
F.
Wireless #6 AWG #8 #6 AWG CDM-920-2 CDM-2001-2 CD-2001-2
Brown P33
CTAPF4-12 Brown P33M Brown P33M Brown P33
(4)
#5, #4 AWG #12 #8 AWG (1) (1) (2)
#2 AWG #4 #2 AWG CDM-920-3/0 CDM-2001-3/0 CD-2001-3/0
G. CTAPF1/0-12 #1 AWG #4 #3 AWG Orange P50M Orange P50M Orange P50
Outlets (1) (2) (3)
1/0 AWG #12 #4 AWG
#1 AWG #2 #1 AWG CDM-920-4/0 CD-2001-4/0
CTAPF2/0-12 1/0 AWG #3 #2 AWG Purple P54M Purple P54
H. (1) (3)
Media 2/0 AWG #12 #3 AWG
Distribution The CT-1700 crimp die pockets are integrated into the tool frame.
CD-920 dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools with CD-940-DA adapter.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Installation Tooling and Die Selections for Type CTAPF
C.
(continued) Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Burndy Thomas & Betts
Y35, Y39, Y45, Y46, Y750BH-2
Y750, BAT35, BAT750, Y500CT-HS, TBM8-750, E.
Stranded Y35BH, Y39BH, Y750BH, BCT500-HS, TBM8-750M-1, Zone
Wire Size Y750HS, PAT750, Y750-2 BCT500,Y500CT TBM8-750BSCR Cabling
Panduit Die Part Number/Color Code and Die Index Number/

Part Number Main Tap (Number of Crimps)
F.
#6 AWG #8 #6 AWG UC4 WC4 Wireless
TBM8-750C20
CTAPF4-12 Brown 10M Brown 10M
(1)
#5, #4 AWG #12 #8 AWG (1) (1)
#2 AWG #4 #2 AWG UC25 WC25
TBM8-750C3540 G.
CTAPF1/0-12 #1 AWG #4 #3 AWG Orange 14M Orange 14M
(1) Outlets
1/0 AWG #12 #4 AWG (1) (2)
#1 AWG #2 #1 AWG
TBM8-750C4550
CTAPF2/0-12 1/0 AWG #3 #2 AWG
(1) H.
2/0 AWG #12 #3 AWG
Media
The CT-1700 crimp die pockets are integrated into the tool frame. Distribution
CD-920 dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools with CD-940-DA adapter.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
For use with Installation Tooling and Die Selections for Type HTCT
C.
Fiber
Copper
Optic Conductors
Systems
Installation Tools
D. How to read Die Part Number
Power this chart 15 TON 14 TON 12 TON
over For CD-920H-6
Ethernet HTCT6X-6X-1 tap PH6
and CT-2930/L
crimping tool: Die Index Number Panduit
E. CT-930, CT-920,
Zone CT-940CH, CT-930CH, CT-920CH,
Cabling CT-2940, CT-2930, CT-2920,
CT-2940/L, CT-2930/L, CT-2931,
CT-2940/LE CT-2930/LE CT-2931/E
F. Burndy
Wireless
Y35, Y35-2,
Y35BH,
Y35BH-4,
Y750,
G. Y39, Y39BH,
Outlets Y750-2,
Y750BH,
Y750BH-2,
Y750HS,
H. BAT35,
Media BAT750,
Distribution BAT750C,
Y46, PAT750,
Y46C PAT750C
I. Thomas & Betts
Physical
Infrastructure Copper Conductor Sizes TBM14M,
Management (Flex Cable) TBM14BSCR,
Copper Conductor Sizes Types G, H, I, K, M TBM15I, BPLT14BSCR,
(Code Cable) and Locomotive (DLO) TBM15BSCR 13100A
J.
Crimp Panduit Crimp
Overhead &
Die
Underfloor Panduit Color Die Part Number/Die Index No.
Routing Part Number Main Tap 1 Tap 2 Tap 3 Main Tap 1 Tap 2 Tap 3 Code (Number of Crimps = 1)
#6-#14 #6-#14 #6-#14 #6-#14 CD-920H-6 CD-920H-6 CD-920H-6
K. HTCT6X-6X-1 Orange
AWG AWG AWG AWG PH6 PH6 PH6
Surface
Raceway
#2-#6 #2-#6 #8-
#8-#14 #2-#8 #2-#8 #8-#14 #8-#14 CD-920H-2 CD-920H-2 CD-920H-2
HTCT2-2-1 AWG AWG #14 Brown
L. AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG PH2 PH2 PH2
STR/SOL STR/SOL AWG
Cabinets,
Racks & #2-#6
HTCT250-2-1 250 kcmil #8-#14 4/0-#2 #2-#8 #8-#14 CD-930H-250 CD-930H-250 CD-930H-250
Cable AWG Purple
-#2 AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG PH25 PH25 PH25
Management STR/SOL
M. 250 kcmil 250 kcmil 4/0-#2 4/0-#2 CD-930H-250 CD-930H-250 CD-930H-250

HTCT250-250-1 Purple
Grounding & -#2 AWG -#2 AWG AWG AWG PH25 PH25 PH25
Bonding
CD-920H and CD-930H dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 Panduit tools and Y46 and Y46C Burndy tools with CD-940-DA adapter.
Panduit crimping dies must be used with all tooling (Panduit and competitor) to maintain UL/CSA certifications for applications up to 600 V.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
INDUSTRIAL C.
Fiber
Optic
The Panduit IndustrialNet Solution is a reliable, high performance network cabling infrastructure Systems
designed to support industrial networking applications in harsh factory environments. IP (Ingress
D.
Protection) and NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) rated products, including Power
over
hardened network connectivity, withstand the harsh conditions encountered in industrial Ethernet
automation and industrial Ethernet applications.
E.
Zone
Cabling
Connectors rated for factory and harsh F.

environments NEMA 6, 6P and IP67/IP65 Wireless
Fully integrated solution with proven

interoperability from the enterprise to the G.
industrial network Outlets
Reduced cost of ownership for design, installation,

and management of industrial networking H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
The IndustrialNet Solution includes IndustrialNet TX6 ,TX5e Connectors, Patch Cords, Overhead &
Underfloor
Industrial Automation 4 Post Rack, IndustrialNet LC Fiber Optic Bulkhead Adapter and Patch Cords, Routing
IndustrialNet Ethernet Enclosures, and IndustrialNet Stainless Steel Faceplates.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). N.1
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Industrial System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
4
D.
Power 5 4 1
over
Ethernet
6
E.
Zone
7
Cabling
2
F.
Wireless
9
5
G.
Outlets
8
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
3
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
IndustrialNet Power and Grounding
L.
1 Ethernet Enclosures 5 Connectors
Cabinets, (page N.3) (pages M.1 M.58)
Racks &
Cable
Management IndustrialNet
2 Connectors and 6 Wiring Duct
M. Patch Cords (pages P.1 P.17)
Grounding &
Bonding (pages N.4 N.8)
Cabinets, Racks, and Labeling and

N. 3 Cable Management 7 Identification
Industrial (pages L.1 L.100) (pages O.1 O.30)
O. Cable Management Cable Ties and

Labeling &
Identification 4 Accessories 8 Cable Tie Tools
(pages L.87 L.88) (pages P.19 P.40)
P.
Cable
Management DIN Rail
Accessories 9 Mount Adapter
(page N.4)
Q.
Index
N.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
IndustrialNet Ethernet Enclosure, Rack, and Accessories
C.
Enclosure with pre-configured back plate and side panels Internal side utility panels pre configured for modular cable Fiber
to accept Stratix^^ 8000, 5700 or or Cisco^ IE3000, management, fiber uplink, and other accessory mounting Optic
IE2000 industrial switches with expansion modules Systems
Enclosures meet UL 508 standards and are NEMA Type 4,
and a UPS 12, and IP66 rated for industrial environments
D.
Pre-configured enclosure with cable management, Wall mountable through enclosure or with removable Power
network connectivity, grounding, wire routing accessories mounting flanges for mounting flexibility over
with pre-configured back plate and side panels to accept Ethernet
Stratix^^ 8000, 5700 or Cisco^ IE3000, IE2000 industrial 4 post industrial cage nut rack accommodates 19"
switches with expansion modules and a UPS EIA mountable equipment for use in manufacturing
data centers E.
Pre-configured enclosure has all cable management Zone
components installed to get started; includes: Category 6 4 post industrial cage nut rack has two adjustable depths
Cabling
connectivity, patch cords, patch panel, wiring accessories, for flexibility in equipment mounting
ground bar, and cable management Industrial Automation DIN rail bracket allows automation
Reversable hinging door for installation flexability equipment to be mounted in 19" EIA rack
F.
Wireless
Std. G.
Pkg. Outlets
IAZ2436 Industrial automation zone enclosure with pre-configured backplane 1
for up to two Stratix^^ 8000 or Cisco^ IE3000 series industrial switches
H.
with expansion modules, UPS, and power supplies. Media
IAZ2436
IAZ2436C Fully pre-configured industrial automation zone enclosure with 1 Distribution
pre-configured backplane, cable management, and high voltage
isolation barrier. For up to two Stratix^^ 8000 or Cisco^ IE3000 series
I.
industrial switches with expansion modules, UPS, and power supplies. Physical
Infrastructure
IAZ2424 Industrial automation zone enclosure with pre-configured backplane 1 Management
for one Stratix^^ 5700 or Cisco^ IE2000 series industrial switches with
UPS and power supplies.
J.
IAZ2424C Fully pre-configured industrial automation zone enclosure with 1 Overhead &
IAZ2436C pre-configured backplane, cable management, and high voltage Underfloor
isolation barrier. For one Stratix^^ 5700 or Cisco^ IE2000 series Routing
industrial switches with expansion modules, UPS, and power supplies.
K.
Surface
IAZ1214 Industrial automation zone enclosure with pre-configured backplane 1 Raceway
for one Stratix^^ 5700 industrial switch and cabling.
L.
IAZ1214C Industrial automation zone enclosure pre-configured for one Stratix^^ 1 Cabinets,
IAZ2424 5700 industrial switch, with cable management. Racks &
Cable
PZNF1 NEMA 4X rated compression fitting, ideal for cable diameters of .115" 1 Management
to .250" (2.82mm to 6.35mm).
M.
PZNF2 NEMA 4X rated compression fitting, ideal for cable diameters of .230" 1 Grounding &
to .395" (5.84mm to 10.03mm). Bonding
IAZ2424C PZNF3 NEMA 4X rated compression fitting, ideal for cable diameters of .170" 1
to .450" (4.32mm to 11.43mm). N.
Industrial
PZNDVK NEMA 4X drain and vent kit. 1
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc. O.

^^Stratix 8000 is a trademark of Rockwell Automation, Inc.
Labeling &
Identification
IAZ1214
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
IAZ1214C
Table continues on page N.4
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
IndustrialNet Ethernet Enclosure, Rack, and Accessories (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std.
Pkg.
D. Part Number Part Description Qty.
Power Industrial Rack and Accessories
over
Ethernet IAR4P48CN Industrial automation 4 post rack system. 24 RU high, cage nut 1
equipment rails.
Dimensions: 48.0H x 23.2W (1219mm) x (589mm)
E. Depth adjustable at either 23.0 or 29.0 (584mm) or (737mm)
Zone
Cabling
IAR4P48CN IABDIN4 Industrial automation bracket for standard EIA 19 wide rack or cabinet. 1
Installs DIN rail mountable equipment. 4 RU high.
F.
Wireless Copper Connectivity Accessory
CADIN1IG Mini-Com DIN Rail Mount Adapter mounts to standard 35mm DIN rail 1
and accepts any single port Mini-Com Module. Includes a label and
IABDIN4 label cover.
G.
Outlets Fiber Uplink Accessories
CBXF6BL-AY Mini-Com surface mount box accepts up to six Mini-Com Modules. 1
Includes built-in fiber spool that stores up to 24 meters of buffered fiber
H. optic cable. Icon slots available for optional icons. Dimensions: 0.98"H x
Media 4.70"W x 6.66"L (25.0mm x 119.4mm x 169.2mm)
Distribution CADIN1IG
FLCDMCXAQY LC OptiCam 10Gig 50/125m OM3/OM4 Multimode Duplex Fiber 1
Optic Connector for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure CMDSAQLCBL Module supplied with one LC Sr./Sr. 10Gig OM3/OM4 SFF Duplex 1
Management
Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter (AQ) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
J. CBXF6BL-AY
Overhead & FXE10-10M1Y LC to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable 1
Underfloor
(two duplex LC connectors on each end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Routing
K. IndustrialNet 8-port DIN Rail Mount Patching Solutions

Surface FDME8RG 8-port DIN Rail Fiber Optic Enclosure provides enclosed fiber protection 1
Raceway for terminated distribution style cabling and includes a PG21 or 3/4 NPT
FLCDMCXAQY cable cord grip to secure fiber cable(s) exiting the enclosure.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & CDPP8RG IndustrialNet 8-port DIN rail mount copper patch panel. 1
Cable Mounting latches securely mount unit to standard DIN rail in industrial
Management applications. Can also mount to other surfaces using mounting holes in
latches. Includes screws to attach faceplate and Ultimate ID labels and
M.
clear label covers.
CMDSAQLCBL
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
FXE10-10M1Y
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories CDPP8RG FDME8RG
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
IndustrialNet TX6 Connectors
C.
Bulkhead provides IP67/IP65 seal when mated with Jack module terminates 4-pair 22 26 AWG solid and Fiber
IP67/IP65 plug or patch cord stranded twisted pair cable Optic
Systems
Designed to exceed performance requirements of the Gasket and seal made of inert, chemically
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd Edition resistant material D.
Class E standards Connector components are made of high temperature Power
Meet industrial Ethernet specifications from ODVA, TIA, rated material over
Ethernet
and IEC sealed RJ45 connectors Tethered caps maintain seal during unmated connection
Utilize Panduit patented enhanced Giga-TX Termination Compatible with leading switch manufacturers equipment
technique for consistent, reliable terminations E.
Zone
Cabling
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn. F.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Wireless
IndustrialNet TX6 UTP Bulkhead Connector

IAEBH6 Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire black industrial bulkhead 1 10
connector with protective cover. G.
Outlets
IndustrialNet TX6 Shielded Bulkhead Connector
IAEBH6S Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire shielded black industrial 1 10
bulkhead connector with protective cover. H.
EGJT tool terminates enhanced Giga-TX Style Jack Modules, available on page B.92. Media
Not suitable for direct UV applications. Distribution
IAEBH6S
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
IndustrialNet TX6 Coupler J.

Overhead &
Provides convenient plug to plug connection point Meet requirements of IEEE 802.af and IEEE 802.3at for Underfloor
Routing
between the hardened switch and automation device PoE applications
Bulkhead provides IP67/IP65 seal when mated with Gasket and seal made of inert, chemically
IP67/IP65 plug or patch cord resistant material K.
Surface
Designed to exceed performance requirements of the Connector components are made of high temperature Raceway
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd rated material
Edition Class E standards Tethered caps maintain seal during unmated connection L.
Meet industrial Ethernet specifications from ODVA, TIA, Compatible with leading switch manufacturers equipment Cabinets,
and IEC sealed RJ45 connectors Racks &
Cable
Management
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn. M.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Grounding &
Bonding
IAEBHC6 Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire black industrial bulkhead 1 10
coupler with protective cover.
Acts as one connecting hardware component in channel. N.
Not suitable for direct UV applications. Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
IAEBHC6
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
IndustrialNet TX6 PLUS Patch Cords
C.
Fiber Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 Plug contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
Optic Class E standards superior performance
Systems
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Plug meets all applicable ANSI/TIA/EIA-968-A
PoE applications requirements and exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications
D.
Power Each patch cord is 100% performance tested and wired Bulkhead provides IP67/IP65 seal when mated to an
over to T568B IP67/IP65, NEMA 6 or 6P bulkhead connector
Ethernet
Constructed of industrial Category 6, 24 AWG UTP or 26 Patch cords are pre-terminated and provide IP67/IP65
AWG shielded stranded cable and modular plugs for seal when mated to IP67/IP65 bulkhead connectors
E. superior performance Available with or without dust caps
Zone
Cabling
Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn.
F. Part Number Part Description Ft. m Qty. Qty.
Wireless
IndustrialNet TX6 PLUS UTP Patch Cords
IUTPSP3BL* Patch cord constructed of industrial grade UTP 3 0.91 1 10
Category 6 stranded cable with modular plugs.
G. Includes dust caps.
Outlets IUTPSP*BL IUTPSPNC3BL* Patch cord constructed of industrial grade UTP 3 0.91 1 10
Category 6 stranded cable with modular plugs.
Does not include dust caps.
H.
Media IndustrialNet TX6 PLUS Shielded Patch Cords
Distribution ISTPSP1MBL** Patch cord constructed of industrial grade shielded 3.28 1 1 10
Category 6 stranded cable with shielded modular
I.
plugs. Includes dust caps.
Physical
Infrastructure ISTPSPNC1MBL** Patch cord constructed of industrial grade shielded 3.28 1 1 10
Management Category 6 stranded cable with shielded modular
IUTPSPNC*BL plugs. Does not include dust caps.
J.
Overhead & *For lengths other than 3 feet (5, 7, 10, 15, or 20 feet) change the length designation in the part number to the
Underfloor desired length.
Routing **For lengths other than 1 meter (2, 3, or 5 meters) change the length designation in the part number to the
desired length.
K.
Surface
Raceway IndustrialNet TX5e Connectors
L.
Cabinets, Bulkhead provides IP67/IP65 seal when mated with Gasket and seal made of inert, chemically
Racks & IP67/IP65 plug or patch cord resistant material
Cable Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 High temperature rated material
Management
2nd Edition Class D standards Tethered caps maintain seal during unmated connection
M. Meet the industrial Ethernet specifications from ODVA,
Grounding & TIA, and IEC for sealed RJ45 connectors
Bonding Utilize Panduit patented Giga-TX Termination technique
for consistent, reliable terminations
Terminate 4-pair 22 26 AWG solid and stranded twisted
N. pair cable
Industrial
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
O.
Labeling &
Identification IndustrialNet TX5e UTP Bulkhead Connector
IAEBH5E Category 5e, 8-position, 8-wire industrial connector 1 10
P. with protective cover.
Cable
Management IndustrialNet TX5e Shielded Bulkhead Connector
Accessories IAEBH5ES Category 5e, 8-position, 8-wire shielded industrial connector 1 10
with protective cover.
Q. EGJT tool terminates enhanced Giga-TX Style Jack Modules, available on page B.82.
Index Not suitable for direct UV applications.
IAEBH5E
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
IndustrialNet TX5e Coupler
Provides convenient plug to plug connection point Gasket and seal made of inert, chemically C.
Fiber
between the hardened switch and automation device resistant material Optic
Bulkhead provides IP67/IP65 seal when mated with Connector components are made of high temperature Systems
IP67/IP65 plug or patch cord rated material
Designed to exceed performance requirements of the Tethered caps maintain seal during unmated connection D.
Power
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 2nd Compatible with leading switch manufacturers equipment over
Edition Class D standards Ethernet
Meets industrial Ethernet specifications from ODVA, TIA,
and IEC sealed RJ45 connectors
E.
Zone
Std. Std. Cabling
Pkg. Ctn.
IAEBHC5E Category 5e, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire industrial black bulkhead 1 10
coupler with protective cover. F.
Wireless
Acts as one connecting hardware component in channel.
Not suitable for direct UV applications.
G.
Outlets
IAEBHUSBAA
IndustrialNet USB Coupler H.

Media
Provides interface for transmitting data between devices Meets industrial Ethernet specifications from ODVA, TIA, Distribution
such as scanners, digital cameras, printers, etc. and IEC sealed RJ45 connectors
Accepts USB 2.0 Patch Cords and is backwards Gasket and seal made of inert, chemically I.
compatible with USB 1.1 Patch Cords resistant material Physical
Infrastructure
Supports cable lengths up to 15 feet between devices Connector components are made of high temperature Management
Bulkhead provides IP67/IP65 seal when mated with rated material
IP67/IP65 plug or patch cord Tethered caps maintain seal during unmated connection J.
Overhead &
Std. Std. Underfloor
Routing
Pkg. Ctn.
IAEBHUSBAA IndustrialNet Mini-Com USB 2.0 female A to female A 1 10 K.
coupler module. Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
IAEBHUSBAA Management
M.
IndustrialNet TX5e Modular Plugs Grounding &
Bonding
Bulkhead provides IP67/IP65 seal when mated with Gasket and seal made of inert, chemically
IP67/IP65 connector or coupler resistant material
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 Connector components are made of high temperature N.
2nd Edition Class D standards rated material Industrial
Terminate 24 gauge, stranded or solid conductor with Tethered caps maintain seal during unmated connection
maximum conductor insulation diameter of .040" Compatible with leading switch manufacturers equipment
O.
Pkg. Ctn. Identification
IndustrialNet TX5e UTP Modular Plug

P.
Cable
MPI588T Category 5e, RJ45 industrial plug with protective cover. 1 10 Management
IndustrialNet TX5e Shielded Modular Plug Accessories
MPSI588T Category 5e, RJ45 shielded industrial plug with protective cover. 1 10
MPT5-8A crimp tool required for termination, available on page B.93. Q.

MPI588T Index
Not suitable for direct UV applications.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
IndustrialNet TX5e Patch Cords
C.
Fiber Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 Plug contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
Optic Class D standards superior performance
Systems Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Plug meets all applicable ANSI/TIA/EIA-968-A
PoE applications requirements and exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications
D.
Power
Each patch cord is 100% performance tested and wired Bulkhead provides IP67/IP65 seal when mated to an
over to T568B IP67/IP65, NEMA 6 or 6P bulkhead connector
Ethernet Constructed of industrial Category 5e, 24 AWG UTP or 26 Patch cords are pre-terminated and provide IP67/IP65
AWG shielded stranded cable and modular plugs for seal when mated to IP67/IP65 bulkhead connectors
E.
superior performance Available with or without dust caps
Zone
Cabling
Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn.
F. Part Number Part Description Ft. m Qty. Qty.
Wireless IndustrialNet TX5e UTP Patch Cords
IUTPCH3BLY* Patch cord constructed of industrial grade UTP 3 0.91 1 10
Category 5e stranded cable with modular plugs.
Includes dust caps.
G.
Outlets IUTPCH*BLY IUTPCHNC3BLY* Patch cord constructed of industrial grade UTP 3 0.91 1 10
Category 5e stranded cable with modular plugs.
Does not include dust caps.
H.
Media
IndustrialNet TX5e Shielded Patch Cords
Distribution ISTPCH1MBLY** Patch cord constructed of industrial grade 3.28 1 1 10
shielded Category 5e stranded cable with
shielded modular plugs. Includes dust caps.
I.
Physical ISTPCHNC1MBLY** Patch cord constructed of industrial grade 3.28 1 1 10
Infrastructure shielded Category 5e stranded cable with
Management shielded modular plugs. Does not include
IUTPCHNC*BLY dust caps.
J. *For lengths other than 3 feet (5, 7, 10, 15, or 20 feet) change the length designation in the part number to the
Overhead & desired length.
Underfloor
**For lengths other than 1 meter (2, 3, or 5 meters) change the length designation in the part number to the
Routing
desired length.
K. IndustrialNet LC Fiber Optic Bulkhead Adapter and Patch Cords

Surface
Raceway
IndustrialNet Patch Cords are pre-terminated Pigtails are ideal for routing fiber through conduit
and provide IP67 seal when mated to IP67 Patch cords are 100% factory tested for insertion loss
L. bulkhead adapters
Cabinets, Insertion loss data is recorded for every multimode
Racks & Patch cords built with 62.5m multimode duplex patch cord, providing lifetime traceability to a QC number,
Cable industrial-grade jacketed fiber cable
Management
labeled on each patch cord
Ideal for daisy-chaining hardened industrial switches
between IP66 rated enclosures
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
N. Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Industrial IndustrialNet LC Fiber Optic Bulkhead Adapter
IAEF7JMA Industrial LC fiber bulkhead adapter. 1 10
O.
Labeling & IndustrialNet LC Fiber Optic Patch Cord and Pigtail
Identification IAEF617P-7PM1* Industrial duplex multimode 62.5m LC to LC patch cord. 1 10
P. IAEF617P-NM1** Industrial duplex multimode 62.5m LC to pigtail. 1 10

Cable
Management IAEF7JMA IAEF617P-7PM1
Bulkhead includes duplex multimode LC adapter with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
Accessories
*For lengths other than one meter (2, 3, 10, 20, and 30 meter lengths) change the length description in the part
number to the desired lengths.
**Contact Panduit Customer Service for pigtail lengths and/or discrete length patch cords with LC fiber interface.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
IndustrialNet Data Access Port
C.
Provides a safe and secure means to maintain and Allows access by non-arc flash certified personnel Fiber
monitor performance of PLCs, VFD, and reducing cost, increasing efficiencies, and promoting Optic
industrial networks overall safety Systems
Integrated security features prevent access to critical NEMA 4X rating; constructed of aluminum casted base
devices by unauthorized personnel with clear, plastic, impact resistant cover, and D.
modular faceplate Power
over
Ethernet
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn. E.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Zone
Cabling
IAPNG5EWH Data access port with GFCI and TX5e Coupler Module. 1 10
IAPNGWH Data access port with GFCI. 1 10

F.
Wireless
IAPNWH Empty data access port. 1 10
IAPNG5EWH
G.
Outlets
IndustrialNet Stainless Steel Faceplates H.

Media
Distribution
Accept IndustrialNet Connectors and Adapters Rear gasket provides tight seal
Impact resistant for light industrial environments I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
No. of Std. Std.
Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Qty. Qty. J.
Overhead &
IAEFP1 Vertical faceplate accepts one IndustrialNet Bulkhead 1 1 10 Underfloor
Connector or Adapter. Routing
IAEFP2-2G Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts two IndustrialNet 2 1 10
Bulkhead Connectors or Adapters.
K.
All faceplates include mounting screws. Surface
IAEFP1 IAEFP2-2G Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Component Labels for IndustrialNet Stainless Steel Faceplates Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial

TDP43ME Thermal O.
Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 Labeling &
Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Identification
IAEFP1 C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK

IAEFP2-2G 2 C061X030FJJ 2 C061X030YPT 2 C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK P.
Cable
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
NOTES
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION C.

Fiber
Optic
Panduit designs and manufactures a full line of labeling products, software, and printers to assist you Systems
with TIA/EIA-606-B compliance. Properly identifying your network allows moves, adds, changes, trouble
D.
shooting, and repairs to be accomplished faster and more efficiently to lower the cost of ownership. Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
World-class quality ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 Wireless
High performance and reliability

Wide variety of complete system solutions to meet G.
the most demanding requirements Outlets
Meet or exceed the requirements of UL, CSA, and

TIA/EIA-606-B H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Identification solutions are available to comply with TIA/EIA-606-B requirements. For recommended Underfloor
Routing
product information and labeling solutions, please refer to the following sections in this catalog: Copper
Systems; Fiber Optic Systems; Power over Ethernet; Zone Cabling,Wireless, Outlets; Media Distribution; K.
Surface
Physical Infrastructure Management; Overhead & Underfloor Routing; Surface Raceway; Cabinets, Racks, Raceway
and Cable Management; Grounding and Bonding; and Industrial.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). O.1
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems PanTher LS8E Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printer and Accessories
Cut-to-length functionality eliminates label waste USB interface for importing data, system upgrades, and
and label trimming labor printing from a wireless laptop or desktop computer
C.
Fiber Partial cut feature available to provide tear-apart Legends can be easily aligned with ports on patch panels and
Optic strips of labels faceplates, eliminating the need for manual spacing and
Systems P1 Label Cassette contains an integrated memory device guesswork
for automatic formatting, recall of last legend Prints self-laminating cable labels, continuous tapes,
D. used, and number of labels remaining in the cassette and die-cut labels for patch panels, faceplates, and
Power Market specific labeling tools simplify label creation for other network applications
over network components, panel building, and construction Fast loading label cassette includes both label material and
Ethernet and maintenance ribbon to make changing labels easy
Available with an innovative QWERTY keypad that
E. allows faster text entry and label design
Zone Std.
Cabling
Pkg.
LS8EQ-KIT-ACS Includes LS8EQ printer with QWERTY keypad, one cassette of S100X150VAC 1
F. self-laminating labels, six AA alkaline batteries, LS8E-ACS, LS8-CASE, LS8-PCKIT,
Wireless LS8-IB, LS8-WS, quick reference card and operators manual.
LS8EQ-KIT Includes LS8EQ printer with QWERTY keypad, one cassette of S100X150VAC 1
self-laminating labels, six AA alkaline batteries, LS8-CASE, LS8-PCKIT, LS8-IB,
LS8-WS, quick reference card and operators manual.
G. LS8EQ
Outlets LS8EQ Includes LS8EQ printer with QWERTY keypad, one cassette of S100X150VAC 1
self-laminating labels, six AA alkaline batteries and quick reference card.
LS8E-KIT-ACS Includes LS8E printer, one cassette of S100X150VAC self-laminating labels, six AA 1
alkaline batteries, LS8E-ACS, LS8-CASE, LS8-PCKIT, LS8-IB, LS8-WS, quick
H. reference card and operators manual.
Media
Distribution LS8E-KIT Includes LS8E printer, one cassette of S100X150VAC self-laminating labels, six AA 1
alkaline batteries, LS8-CASE, LS8-PCKIT, LS8-IB, LS8-WS, quick reference card
and operators manual.
I.
Physical LS8E Includes LS8E printer, one cassette of S100X150VAC self-laminating labels, six AA 1
Infrastructure LS8E alkaline batteries and quick reference card.
Management LS8E-ACS* 120 VAC power adapter for North America. 1
LS8-CASE Rigid carrying case. 1
J.
LS8-PCKIT Includes USB cable and PC interface software for importing data, system upgrades, 1
Overhead &
or printing from a wireless laptop or desktop computer.
Underfloor
Routing LS8-IB Protective impact bumper. 1
LS8-WS Wrist strap. 1
K. LS8-CLN Cleaning kit. 1
Surface *Cannot be used to charge batteries.
Raceway Other adapters available, replace S with A (Australia), C (China), E (Europe), and U (UK).
Reference chart of P1 Label Cassettes for use with the LS8E hand-held printer.
L.
Cabinets, Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printer and Accessories
Racks & Economical identification system provides premium quality Legends can be easily aligned with ports on patch panels
Cable solutions at the lowest installed cost and faceplates, eliminating the need for manual spacing
Management
Cut-to-length functionality eliminates label waste and label and guesswork
trimming labor Prints a wide variety of continuous tapes for marking
M. of wires/cables, patch panels, faceplates and other
Grounding & Partial cut feature available to provide tear-apart strips
of labels network applications
Bonding
P1 Label Cassette contains an integrated memory device Fast loading label cassette includes both label material and
for automatic formatting, recall of last legend ribbon to make changing labels easy
used, and number of labels remaining in the cassette Available with an innovative QWERTY keypad that allows
N. faster text entry and label design
Industrial
Std.
Pkg.
O.
LS9Q Includes LS9Q printer with QWERTY keypad, one cassette of T100X000C1C-BK 1
Labeling &
continuous nylon cloth tape, six AA alkaline batteries and quick reference card.
Identification
LS9 Includes LS9 printer, one cassette of T100X000VPC-BK continuous vinyl tape, six 1
AA alkaline batteries and quick reference card.
P. LS9-ACS* 120 VAC power adapter for North America. 1
Cable LS9-CASE Rigid carrying case. 1
Management
Accessories
LS9Q LS9-IB Protective impact bumper. 1
LS9-WS Wrist strap. 1
LS9-CLN Cleaning kit. 1
Q.
*Cannot be used to charge batteries.
Index
Other adapters available, replace S with A (Australia), C (China), E (Europe), and U (UK).
Reference chart of P1 Label Cassettes for use with the LS9 hand-held printer.
O.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Hand-Held C.
Thermal Transfer Fiber
Printing Solutions Optic
Systems
P a n T h e r L S 8 E C o u g a r L S 9
D.
Network Component Labels Pages O.3 O.4
Power
over
Self-Laminating Labels Page O.5 Ethernet
Turn-Tell Labels

Page O.6
E.
Marker Plates Page O.6 Zone
Cabling
Flag Labels Page O.6
Die-Cut Nylon Cloth Page O.7 F.

Wireless
Continuous Nylon Cloth Tape Page O.7 Page O.7
Die-Cut Heat Shrink Label Cassettes Page O.8

G.
Continuous Heat Shrink Label Cassettes Page O.9 Page O.9 Outlets
Continuous Tape Cassettes Page O.10 Page O.10
Ultimate ID Label Cassettes Page O.11 Page O.11 H.

Media
Distribution
P1 Network Component Label Cassettes for PanTher LS8E Hand-Held
Thermal Transfer Printer I.
Physical
P1 Label Cassette contains an integrated

Use for identifying patch panels, faceplates, Infrastructure
memory device for automatic formatting, punchdown blocks and other network Management
recall of last legend used, and number of systems hardware
labels remaining in the cassette J.
Die-cut labels designed to provide Overhead &
Fast loading label cassette includes both maximum aesthetic quality and appearance Underfloor
label material and ribbon to make changing Available in adhesive polyolefin and Routing
labels easy non-adhesive polyester materials
K.
Typical Typical Surface
Application Description Application Page Code Application Description Application Page Code Raceway
Boxes Surface Mount, Outlet, Hybrid G.23 G.24 BX Punchdown Blocks 110 B.84 PB
L.
Faceplates G.2 FP Patch Panels B.30 B.31 PP
Cabinets,
GP6 Category 6 Punchdown Blocks B.76 GP Racks and Cabinets L.20 RK Racks &
Cable
Jack Modules B.16 JM Cable Marker Holder SLCT B.95 SL Management
Std. Std. M.
Width Height Pkg. Ctn. Grounding &
Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty. Bonding
C061X030FJC White, adhesive polyolefin label, 500/cassette, Mini-Com 1-port 0.61 15.5 0.30 7.6 1 10
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
C125X030FJC White, adhesive polyolefin label, 200/cassette, Mini-Com 2-port 1.25 31.8 0.30 7.6 1 10 N.
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP. Industrial
C138X019FJC White, adhesive polyolefin label, 200/cassette, Mini-Com Module 1.38 35.1 0.19 4.8 1 10
identifier. Application code: JM.
C150X030Y1C White, non-adhesive polyester label, 75/cassette, Mini-Com 3-port 1.50 38.1 0.30 7.6 1 10 O.
Labeling &
identifier. Application codes: FP. Identification
identifier. Application code: FP.
P.
C195X040Y1C White, non-adhesive polyester label, 100/cassette, single-gang 1.95 49.5 0.40 10.2 1 10 Cable
faceplate. Application code: FP. Management
C200X100FJC White, adhesive polyolefin label, 150/cassette, SLCT bundle marker 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 1 10 Accessories
identifier. Application code: SL, RK.
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP. Q.
Index
Order number of cassettes required. Table continues on page O.4
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
P1 Network Component Label Cassettes for PanTher LS8E Hand-Held
C.
Fiber Thermal Transfer Printer (continued)
Optic
Systems
Std. Std.
Width Height Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
over C261X030FJC White, adhesive polyolefin label, 125/cassette, Mini-Com 4-port 2.61 66.3 0.30 7.6 1 10
Ethernet identifier. Application codes: FP and PP.
C261X035Y1C White, non-adhesive polyester label, 75/cassette, Mini-Com 4-port 2.61 66.3 0.35 8.9 1 10
E. identifier. Application codes: FP and PP.
Zone C282X030Y1C White, non-adhesive polyester label, 75/cassette, Mini-Com 4-port 2.82 71.6 0.30 7.6 1 10
Cabling identifier. Application codes: FP and PP.
C288X040Y1C White, non-adhesive polyester label, 75/cassette, double-gang 2.88 73.2 0.40 10.2 1 10
faceplate. Application code: FP.
F. C315X030FJC White, adhesive polyolefin label, 100/cassette, Mini-Com 5-port 3.15 80.0 0.30 7.6 1 10
Wireless
G. C390X030Y1C White, non-adhesive polyester label, 50/cassette, Mini-Com 6-port 3.90 99.1 0.30 7.6 1 10
Outlets identifier. Application code: PP.
C750X050Y1C White, non-adhesive polyester label, 30/cassette, 110 block identifier. 7.50 190.5 0.50 12.7 1 10
Application code: PB.
H. C788X050Y1C White, non-adhesive polyester label, 30/cassette, GP6 System 7.88 200.2 0.50 12.7 1 10
Media identifier. Application code: GP.
Distribution
Order number of cassettes required.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
O.4 Prime items appear in BOLD.

A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
P1 Self-Laminating Label Cassettes for PanTher LS8E Hand-Held
C.
Thermal Transfer Printer Fiber
Optic
P1 Label Cassette contains an integrated Fast loading label cassette includes both Systems
memory device for automatic formatting, label material and ribbon to make
recall of last legend used, and number of changing labels easy D.
labels remaining in the cassette Self-laminating adhesive labels for Power
wire/cable identification include a colored over
Ethernet
print-on area and clear overlaminate
E.
Zone
Print-On Min. Cable Max. Cable Std. Std. Cabling
Width Length Height O.D. O.D. Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
S050X075VAC White print-on area, vinyl label for 18 0.50 12.7 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.16 4.0 1 10 F.
14 AWG wires, 450/cassette. Wireless
S050X125VAC White print-on area, vinyl label for 12 0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 1 10
10 AWG wire/cable and Category
3 UTP cable, 225/cassette.
G.
S050X150VAC White print-on area, vinyl label for 10 0.50 12.7 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 1 10 Outlets
6 AWG wire/cable, Category
5e/6/6A UTP and Category 5e FTP
cable, 200/cassette.
H.
S075X075VAC White print-on area, vinyl label for 18 0.75 19.1 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.16 8.1 1 10 Media
14 AWG wires, 350/cassette. Distribution
10 AWG wires, 275/cassette.
I.
S075X125VAC White print-on area, vinyl label for 12 0.75 19.1 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 1 10 Physical
10 AWG wire/cable and Category Infrastructure
3 UTP cable, 225/cassette. Management
6 AWG wire/cable, Category J.
Overhead &
5e/6/6A UTP and Category 5e FTP Underfloor
cable, 200/cassette. Routing
14 AWG wires, 350/cassette.
K.
S100X125VAC White print-on area, vinyl label for 12 1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 1 10 Surface
10 AWG wire/cable Category 3 Raceway
UTP cable, 225/cassette.
S100X150VAC* White print-on area, vinyl label for 10 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 1 10 L.
6 AWG wire/cable, Category Cabinets,
5e/6/6A UTP and Category 5e FTP Racks &
cable, 200/cassette. Cable
S100X160VAC White print-on, self-laminating vinyl 1.00 25.4 1.60 40.6 0.80 20.3 0.25 6.4 0.25 6.4 1 10 Management
label 175/cassette. For use with
NWSLC-2Y and NWSLC-3Y. M.
S100X220VAC White print-on, self-laminating vinyl 1.00 25.4 2.20 55.9 1.10 27.9 0.35 8.9 0.35 8.9 1 10 Grounding &
label, 125/cassette. For use with Bonding
NWSLC-7Y.
S100X225VAC* White print-on area, vinyl label for 8 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.2 1 10
4 AWG wire/cable, Category 6 N.
FTP and Category 6A/10Gig cable, Industrial
125/cassette.
1 AWG wires, 75/cassette. O.
S100X650VAC White print-on area, vinyl label for 1.00 25.4 6.50 165.1 1.50 38.1 0.48 12.2 1.59 40.4 1 10 Labeling &
1/0-250 MCM wires, 50/cassette. Identification
*Other colors available, replace A with B (Blue), D (Green), H (Red), and I (Yellow).
Order number of cassettes required. P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
P1 Turn-Tell Label Cassettes for PanTher LS8E Hand-Held
C.
Fiber Thermal Transfer Printer
Optic
Systems Fast loading P1 Label Cassette includes Labels can be easily installed on existing
both label material and ribbon to make terminated wires and assemblies without
D. changing labels easy disconnecting the wires/cables
Power Innovative label design allows labels to rotate Temperature range: -40F to 200F
over for visibility from any angle, and for (-40C to 93C)
Ethernet repositioning on the wire/cable to align
legends and improve aesthetics
E.
Zone
Cabling Print-On Area Min. Cable Max. Wire Std. Std.
Width Length Height O.D. O.D. Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
F. R100X075V1C 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 1 10
Wireless
R100X125V1C 1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.16 4.1 0.22 5.6 1 10
R100X150V1C 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 1 10
R100X225V1C 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 1 10
G.
Outlets For other colors, replace suffix V1C (White) with V2C (Blue), V3C (Green), V7C (Red), or V8C (Yellow).
H. P1 Marker Plate Label Cassettes for PanTher LS8E Hand-Held

Media
Distribution Thermal Transfer Printer
Fast loading P1 Label Cassette includes Meets requirements for MIL-STD-202F,
I.
Physical
both label material and ribbon to make Notice 12 Method 215J
Infrastructure changing labels easy Temperature range: -40F to 176F
Management Marker plates are designed for use on larger (-40C to 80C)
diameter wire/cables and may be applied
J. after all terminations are complete
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Print-On Area Std. Std.
Width Height Width Labels Per Pkg. Ctn.
K.
Surface Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm Cassette Qty. Qty.
Raceway M300X050Y6C Yellow 3.00 76.2 0.50 12.7 1.80 45.7 50 1 10
M300X050Y7C White 3.00 76.2 0.50 12.7 1.80 45.7 50 1 10
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management P1 Flag Label Cassettes for PanTher LS8E Hand-Held
M.
Thermal Transfer Printer
Grounding &
Bonding Fast loading P1 Label Cassette includes Innovative design allows flag labels to be
both label material and ribbon to make applied in either adhesive or non-adhesive
changing labels easy orientations
Provides larger labeling area for small cables Temperature range: -40F to 302F
N. (-40C to 150C)
Industrial
O. Min. Cable Max. Wire

Labeling & Labels Std. Std.
Identification Width Length O.D. O.D. Wire Per Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Range Cassette Qty. Qty.
F100X150AJC White 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.12 3.1 0.20 5.1 12-10 200 1 10
P.
Cable AWG
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
P1 Die-Cut Nylon Cloth Labels for PanTher LS8E Hand-Held
Thermal Transfer Printer C.
Fiber
Optic
Labels offer crisp, clear legends with Die-cut labels designed to provide Systems
superior legibility maximum aesthetic quality and
appearance D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Std. Std. Zone
Length Width Pkg. Ctn. Cabling
N050X075C1C White, nylon cloth label, 250/cassette. 0.75 19.1 0.50 12.7 1 10
N050X075C2C Yellow, nylon cloth label, 250/cassette. 0.75 19.1 0.50 12.7 1 10 F.
N050X125C1C White, nylon cloth label,150/cassette. 1.25 31.8 0.50 12.7 1 10 Wireless
N050X125C2C Yellow, nylon cloth label, 150/cassette. 1.25 31.8 0.50 12.7 1 10
N100X075C2C Yellow, nylon cloth label, 250/cassette. 0.75 19.1 1.00 25.4 1 10 G.
Outlets
N100X125C2C Yellow, nylon cloth label, 150/cassette. 1.25 31.8 1.00 25.4 1 10
H.
Media
Distribution
P1 Continuous Nylon Cloth Tape for PanTher LS8E or Cougar LS9
Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Fast loading P1 label cassette includes both label Non-laminated adhesive labels for wire/cable identification Management
material and ribbon to make changing labels easy Nylon cloth labels can be repositioned or reused
J.
Overhead &
Std. Std. Underfloor
Height Length Pkg. Ctn. Routing
Part Number Part Description In. mm Ft. m Qty. Qty.
T038X000C1C-BK Black on white, nylon cloth label tape. 0.38 9.7 18.0 5.5 1 10
K.
T038X000C2C-BK Black on yellow, nylon cloth label tape. 0.38 9.7 18.0 5.5 1 10 Surface
T050X000C1C-BK Black on white, nylon cloth label tape. 0.50 12.7 18.0 5.5 1 10 Raceway
T050X000C2C-BK Black on yellow, nylon cloth label tape. 0.50 12.7 18.0 5.5 1 10
L.
T075X000C1C-BK Black on white, nylon cloth label tape. 0.75 19.1 18.0 5.5 1 10 Cabinets,
T075X000C2C-BK Black on yellow, nylon cloth label tape. 0.75 19.1 18.0 5.5 1 10 Racks &
Cable
T100X000C1C-BK Black on white, nylon cloth label tape. 1.00 25.4 18.0 5.5 1 10 Management
T100X000C2C-BK Black on yellow, nylon cloth label tape. 1.00 25.4 18.0 5.5 1 10
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
P1 Die-Cut Heat Shrink Label Cassettes for PanTher LS8E Hand-Held
C.
Fiber Thermal Transfer Printer
Optic
Systems P1 Label Cassette contains an integrated Meet print performance requirements of
memory device for automatic formatting, MIL-M-81531 and MIL-STD-202F Method
D. recall of last legend used, and number of 215A, Solution A, C, and D
Power labels remaining in the cassette Meet UL Standard 224 for flammability
over Fast loading label cassette includes both
Ethernet Shrink ratio 3:1
label material and ribbon to make changing
labels easy Each cassette contains roll of die-cut
E.
non-adhesive flattened polyolefin
Zone
Cabling Min. Cable Max. Cable Std. Std.
Width Length Diameter Diameter Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
F. H100X025H1C White, 1/8" diameter heat shrinkable polyolefin, 0.25 6.4 1.00 25.4 0.04 1.0 0.13 3.3 1 10
Wireless 22 16 AWG, 100/cassette.
H100X025H2C Yellow, 1/8" diameter heat shrinkable polyolefin, 0.25 6.4 1.00 25.4 0.04 1.0 0.13 3.3 1 10
22 16 AWG, 100/cassette.
H100X034H1C White, 3/16" diameter heat shrinkable polyolefin, 0.34 8.6 1.00 25.4 0.06 1.5 0.19 4.8 1 10
G.
Outlets 18 12 AWG, 100/cassette.
H.
Media
Distribution H100X044H2C Yellow, 1/4" diameter heat shrinkable polyolefin, 0.44 11.2 1.00 25.4 0.08 2.0 0.25 6.4 1 10
I. 12 6 AWG, 75/cassette.
Physical
Infrastructure H100X064H2C Yellow, 3/8" diameter heat shrinkable polyolefin, 0.64 16.3 1.00 25.4 0.13 3.3 0.38 9.7 1 10
Management 12 6 AWG, 75/cassette.
J. 8 1 AWG, 75/cassette.
Overhead & H100X084H2C Yellow, 1/2" diameter heat shrinkable polyolefin, 0.84 21.3 1.00 25.4 0.17 4.3 0.50 12.7 1 10
Underfloor 8 1 AWG, 75/cassette.
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
P1 Continuous Heat Shrink Label Cassettes for PanTher LS8E
and Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers C.
Fiber
Optic
P1 Label Cassette contains an integrated Meet print performance requirements of Systems
memory device for automatic formatting, MIL-M-81531 and MIL-STD-202F Method
recall of last legend used, and number of 215A, Solution A, C, and D
D.
labels remaining in the cassette Meet UL Standard 224 for flammability Power
Fast loading label cassette includes both Shrink ratio 3:1 over
label material and ribbon to make changing Ethernet
labels easy Each cassette contains a continuous roll of
non-adhesive flattened polyolefin that can
be cut-to-length E.
Zone
Cabling
Min. Cable Max. Cable Std. Std.
Part Width Length Diameter Diameter Pkg. Ctn.
Number Part Description In. mm Ft. m In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
F.
H000X025H1C White, 1/8" diameter heat shrinkable polyolefin, 0.25 6.4 8.0 2.4 0.04 1.0 0.13 3.3 1 10 Wireless
22 16 AWG.
22 16 AWG.
H000X034H1C White, 3/16" diameter heat shrinkable polyolefin, 0.34 8.6 8.0 2.4 0.06 1.5 0.19 4.8 1 10 G.
18 12 AWG. Outlets
H000X034H2C Yellow, 3/16" diameter heat shrinkable 0.34 8.6 8.0 2.4 0.06 1.5 0.19 4.8 1 10
polyolefin, 18 12 AWG.
H000X044H1C White, 1/4" diameter heat shrinkable polyolefin, 0.44 11.2 6.0 1.8 0.08 2.0 0.25 6.4 1 10 H.
16 10 AWG. Media
Distribution
16 10 AWG.
H000X064H1C White, 3/8" diameter heat shrinkable polyolefin, 0.64 16.3 6.0 1.8 0.13 3.3 0.38 9.7 1 10 I.
12 6 AWG. Physical
Infrastructure
H000X064H2C Yellow, 3/8" diameter heat shrinkable polyolefin, 0.64 16.3 6.0 1.8 0.13 3.3 0.38 9.7 1 10 Management
12 6 AWG.
H000X084H1C White, 1/2" diameter heat shrinkable polyolefin, 0.84 21.3 6.0 1.8 0.17 4.3 0.50 12.7 1 10 J.
8 1 AWG. Overhead &
H000X084H2C Yellow, 1/2" diameter heat shrinkable polyolefin, 0.84 21.3 6.0 1.8 0.17 4.3 0.50 12.7 1 10 Underfloor
8 1 AWG. Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
P1 Continuous Tape Cassettes for PanTher LS8E and Cougar LS9
C.
Fiber
Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers
Optic P1 Label Cassette contains an integrated memory device Labels for general network identification
Systems for automatic formatting, recall of last legend used, and Available in a variety of colors, widths, and adhesive
number of labels remaining in the cassette materials including continuous polyolefin, polyester,
D.
Power Fast loading label cassette includes both label material and vinyl
over and ribbon to make changing labels easy For flat label applications only
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
Std. Std.
Height Length Pkg. Ctn.
G.
Outlets T019X000FJC-BK Black on white, polyolefin module label tape. 0.19 4.8 25.0 7.6 1 10
T024X000FJC-BK Black on white, polyolefin tape, terminal block label. 0.24 6.1 25.0 7.6 1 10
T024X000VPC-BK Black on white, vinyl tape. 0.24 6.1 25.0 7.6 1 10
H. T024X000VYC-WH White on black, vinyl tape. 0.24 6.1 25.0 7.6 1 10
Media T024X000YKC-BK Black on clear, polyester continuous tape. 0.24 6.1 25.0 7.6 1 10
Distribution
I. T038X000VPC-BK Black on white, vinyl tape. 0.38 9.7 25.0 7.6 1 10
Physical
Infrastructure T038X000VQC-BK* Black on blue, vinyl tape. 0.38 9.7 25.0 7.6 1 10
Management T038X000VSC-BK* Black on green, vinyl tape. 0.38 9.7 25.0 7.6 1 10
T038X000VUC-BK Black on orange, vinyl tape. 0.38 9.7 25.0 7.6 1 10
J. T038X000VWC-BK* Black on red, vinyl tape. 0.38 9.7 25.0 7.6 1 10
Overhead &
Underfloor T038X000VXC-BK Black on yellow, vinyl tape. 0.38 9.7 25.0 7.6 1 10
Routing T038X000VYC-WH White on black, vinyl tape. 0.38 9.7 25.0 7.6 1 10
T038X000YKC-BK Black on clear, polyester tape. 0.38 9.7 25.0 7.6 1 10
K. T050X000VPC-BK Black on white, vinyl tape. 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6 1 10
Surface T050X000VQC-BK* Black on blue, vinyl tape. 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6 1 10
Raceway
T050X000VSC-BK* Black on green, vinyl tape. 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6 1 10
L.
Cabinets, T050X000VWC-BK* Black on red, vinyl tape. 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6 1 10
Racks & T050X000VXC-BK Black on yellow, vinyl tape. 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6 1 10
Cable
T050X000VYC-WH White on black, vinyl tape. 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6 1 10
Management
T050X000YKC-BK* Black on clear, polyester tape. 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6 1 10
M. T075X000VPC-BK Black on white, vinyl tape. 0.75 19.1 25.0 7.6 1 10
Grounding & T075X000VQC-BK* Black on blue, vinyl tape. 0.75 19.1 25.0 7.6 1 10
Bonding T075X000VSC-BK* Black on green, vinyl tape. 0.75 19.1 25.0 7.6 1 10
T075X000VWC-BK* Black on red, vinyl tape. 0.75 19.1 25.0 7.6 1 10
N. T075X000VXC-BK Black on yellow, vinyl tape. 0.75 19.1 25.0 7.6 1 10
Industrial
T075X000VYC-WH White on black, vinyl continuous tape. 0.75 19.1 25.0 7.6 1 10
T075X000YKC-BK Black on clear, polyester tape. 0.75 19.1 25.0 7.6 1 10
O.
T100X000VPC-BK Black on white, vinyl tape. 1.00 25.4 25.0 7.6 1 10
Labeling & T100X000VQC-BK* Black on blue, vinyl tape. 1.00 25.4 25.0 7.6 1 10
Identification T100X000VSC-BK* Black on green, vinyl tape. 1.00 25.4 25.0 7.6 1 10
P. T100X000VWC-BK* Black on red, vinyl tape. 1.00 25.4 25.0 7.6 1 10
Cable T100X000VXC-BK Black on yellow, vinyl tape. 1.00 25.4 25.0 7.6 1 10
Management
Accessories T100X000VYC-WH White on black, vinyl tape. 1.00 25.4 25.0 7.6 1 10
T100X000YKC-BK* Black on clear, polyester tape. 1.00 25.4 25.0 7.6 1 10
*Available with white ribbon, replace BK suffix with WH.
Q. Order number of cassettes required.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
P1 Ultimate ID Label Cassette for use with PanTher LS8E and Cougar
LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers C.
Fiber
P1 Label Cassette contains an integrated memory Label cassette designed for use with Ultimate ID Optic
Systems
device for automated formatting, recall of last legend Faceplates, Patch Panels, Marker Ties, Modular Furniture
used, and number of labels remaining in the cassette Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
D.
Fast loading label cassette includes both label material Labels assist in the compliance of TIA/EIA-606-B Power
and ribbon to make changing labels easy labeling standard over
Available in non-adhesive polyester material Ethernet
E.
Zone
Std. Std. Cabling
Height Length Pkg. Ctn.
UILS8BW White, non-adhesive polyester 0.236 6.0 25.0 7.6 1 10 F.
label cassette. Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
Easy-Mark Labeling Software I.

Easy-Mark Labeling Software simplifies label creation for Upgrades are available on the Panduit website under Physical
Infrastructure
the specific needs of your applications Support/Software, Firmware & Printers/Easy-Mark Management
Instructions and user interface are available in English, Labeling Software
French, German, Italian, Spanish, Korean, Japanese, Supports most Windows^ fonts drivers for standard J.
Chinese, and Portugese thermal transfer, dot matrix, laser and ink jet, including Overhead &
Intuitive interview process allows automatic generation of Panduit thermal transfer printers Underfloor
Routing
labels and signs
Software selects and formats the optimum label for your System Requirements:
specific application K.
Windows^ 2000, XP, Vista, or 7; 64MB hard drive space Surface
WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get) user and 64MB RAM (256MB RAM recommended) Raceway
interface, alpha/numeric serialization, data import, Microsoft.NET Framework 2.0 or higher
symbol import L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Pkg. Ctn.
M.
PROG-EMCD3 Easy-Mark Labeling Software, CD-ROM 1 10 Grounding &
PROG-EM2GO Easy-Mark Labeling Software - USB Flash Drive 1 10 Bonding
^WINDOWS is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
CAD-Connect Labeling Software
C.
Fiber
Facilitates quick and easy organization of identifiers from Upgrades are available on the Panduit website under
Optic CAD for printing within Easy-Mark Labeling Software Support/Software, Firmware & Printers/CAD-Connect
Systems Easily capture and organize CAD data for future use Labeling Software
and documentation
D. Saves time and reduces errors by utilizing identifiers System Requirements:
Power
over previously created in CAD files to eliminate manual entry 64 MB hard drive space and 64 MB RAM
Ethernet of data into labeling software (256 MB RAM recommended)
Compatible with full versions of AutoCAD* 2008 or newer Mouse or compatible pointing device
and Visio^ version 2002 or newer
E. Windows^ 2000, XP, Vista, or Windows^ 7
Zone Exports to alternative formats such as Excel^ (XLS) or
Cabling Text (CSV) files for future use and documentation CD-ROM Drive
Microsoft.NET Framework 2.0 or higher
F. Std. Std.
Wireless Pkg. Ctn.
PROG-CCCD CAD-Connect Labeling Software, including Easy-Mark Labeling 1 10
Software, CD-ROM.
G.
Outlets *AutoCAD is a registered trademark of Autodesk, Inc.
^Visio, WINDOWS, and EXCEL are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or
other countries.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical TDP43ME Thermal Transfer Desktop Printer and Accessories
Infrastructure
Management
Creates durable, crisp, clear legends and graphics that Easy-Mark Labeling Software included with printer
J. offer superior legibility
Overhead & Up to 4 inches per second print speed
Underfloor Prints a wide variety of label sizes and materials Auto-sensing label gap and black mark sensors
Routing Prints durable legends for harsh industrial environments One button operation, and automatic self test
Fine resolution for small type characters and images Connects quickly and easily to PC, and offers connectivity
K. Solid printing of large characters and shapes flexibility to print by USB, parallel, or Ethernet
Surface
Raceway Connects quickly and easily to PC, reduces time Easy ribbon loading reduces printer down time
required for learning how to operate the printer and Allows use in office or remote locations
L. make adjustments
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable Std.
Management Pkg.
M. TDP43ME 300 dpi printer; includes printer, Panduit Easy-Mark Labeling 1
Grounding & Software, RMEH4BL hybrid black ribbon, AC power adapter with US
Bonding power cord, USB cable, user manual, quick start card, and driver disk.
TDP43ME-KIT TDP43ME printer kit. Includes: printer, Panduit Easy-Mark Labeling 1
Software, RMEH4BL hybrid black ribbon, AC power adapter with US
N. power cord, USB cable, user manual, quick start card, TDP43ME-RS
Industrial Roll Stand, TDP43ME-CASE, one roll of S100X150VATY labels,
external roll stand, and driver disk.
TDP43ME-RS External label roll stand for TDP43ME printer; used to rear feed labels 1
O.
that are supplied on 3" cores.
Labeling & TDP43ME-CASE Hardside carrying case accommodates printer, AC power adapter, 1
Identification ribbons, printer cable, external roll stand, labels, and tools.
TDP43ME-AC Replacement AC power adapter with power cord (US cord only). 1
P. TDP43ME-CUTTER Optional power/automatic cutter for TDP43ME thermal transfer 1
Cable desktop printer; easy to install for automatic cutting of labels.
Management
Accessories PTR-CLN Printer cleaning kit contains bottle of cleaning solution with MSDS, 1
cleaning pen, swabs, alcohol wipes, and cleaning instructions.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Ribbons for Use with the TDP43ME Thermal Transfer Desktop Printer
C.
Ribbons load easily into the TDP43ME printer Hybrid - recommended for use with heat Fiber
Resin - recommended for use with polyester shrink, self-laminating, Turn-Tell labels, and Optic
and white polyimide component labels, tan polyimide, and vinyl cloth labels Systems
marker plates, raised panel labels, nylon RMER4BL-A black resin - recommended for
cloth labels, and continuous vinyl tape use with nuclear marker plates D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Std. Std. E.
Width Length Zone
Pkg. Ctn.
Cabling
RMEH2BL Black hybrid thermal transfer ribbon, 2.50" x 300'. For use with TDP43ME 2.50 63.5 300.0 91.4 1 12
desktop printer. Use with heat shrink, self-laminating, Turn-Tell , and vinyl
cloth labels. F.
Wireless
RMEH4BL Black hybrid thermal transfer ribbon, 4.25" x 300'. For use with TDP43ME 4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4 1 12
desktop printer. Use with heat shrink, self-laminating, Turn-Tell , and vinyl
cloth labels.
RMER2BL Black resin thermal transfer ribbon, 2.50" x 300'. For use with TDP43ME 2.50 63.5 300.0 91.4 1 12 G.
desktop printer. Use with polyester and polyimide labels, continuous vinyl Outlets
tape, marker plates, and raised panel labels.
RMER4BL Black resin thermal transfer ribbon, 4.25" x 300'. For use with TDP43ME 4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4 1 12
desktop printer. Use with polyester and polyimide labels, continuous vinyl H.
tape, marker plates, and raised panel labels. Media
Distribution
RMER2WH White resin thermal transfer ribbon, 2.50" x 300'. For use with TDP43ME 2.50 63.5 300.0 91.4 1 6
desktop printer. Use with continuous vinyl tape, marker plates, and raised
panel labels. I.
Physical
RMER4WH White resin thermal transfer ribbon, 4.25" x 300'. For use with TDP43ME 4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4 1 6 Infrastructure
desktop printer. Use with continuous vinyl tape, marker plates, and raised Management
panel labels.
RMER4RD Red resin ribbon, 4.25" x 300'. For use with TDP43ME desktop printer. 4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4 1 6 J.
Use with continuous vinyl tape, marker plates, and raised panel labels. Overhead &
Underfloor
RMER4BL-A Black resin thermal transfer ribbon, 4.25" x 300'. For use with TDP43ME 4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4 1 12 Routing
desktop printer. Use with nuclear marker plates.
Order number of ribbons required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Thermal Transfer Component Labels
C.
Fiber
Optic
Use for identifying patch panels, faceplates, Available in adhesive polyester and
Systems punchdown blocks and other network non-adhesive polyester materials
systems hardware Use with Panduit thermal transfer
D. Die-cut labels designed to provide resin ribbons
Power maximum aesthetic quality and appearance
over
Ethernet
Typical Typical
E. Application Description Application Page Code Application Description Application Page Code
Zone
Cabling Boxes Surface Mount, Outlet, Hybrid G.22 G.26 BX Punchdown Blocks 110 B.84 PB
Faceplates G.3 G.14 FP Patch Panels B.22 B.24 PP
GP6 Category 6 Punchdown Blocks

B.81 GP Racks and Cabinets L.11 RK
F.
Wireless Jack Modules B.16 B.17 JM Cable Marker Holder SLCT B.95 SL
Std. Std.
G.
Outlets
C061X030YPT White, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com 1-port identifier. 0.61 15.5 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
C100X050YPT White, component label, super-tack polyester, 1.00 inch wide x 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 10000 40000
H. 0.50 inch high, 3-inch core.
Media
Distribution C125X030YPT White, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com 2-port identifier. 1.25 31.8 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C138X019YPT White, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com module identifier. 1.38 35.1 0.19 4.8 2500 10000
I. Application code: JM.
Physical C138X019Y0T Black, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com module identifier. 1.38 35.1 0.19 4.8 2500 10000
Infrastructure Application code: JM.
Management C150X030Y1T White, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com 3-port identifier. 1.50 38.1 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
Application code: FP.
J. C188X030YPT White, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com 3-port identifier. 1.88 47.8 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
Overhead & Application code: FP.
Underfloor
Routing C195X040Y1T White, non-adhesive polyester label. 1.95 49.5 0.40 10.2 1000 10000
C200X100YPT White, adhesive polyester label, SLCT bundle marker identifier. 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 2500 10000
Application code: SL and RK.
K. C200X100Y0T Black, adhesive polyester label, SLCT bundle marker identifier. 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 2500 10000
Surface Application code: SL and RK.
Raceway
L. C252X030YPT-P* White, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable C252X030YQT-P* Blue, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
Management identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
C252X030YRT-P* Brown, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
M. identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
Grounding & C252X030YST-P* Green, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
Bonding identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
C252X030YTT-P* Gray, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C252X030YUT-P* Orange, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
N. identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
Industrial
C252X030YVT-P* Purple, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C252X030YWT-P* Red, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
O. identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
Labeling & C252X030Y0T-P* Black, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 2.52 64.1 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
Identification identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
C252X030Y8T-P* Yellow, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
P.
Cable C252X030Y9T-P* Gold, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
Management identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
Accessories *Label is perforated to be used in 1, 2, 3, or 4-position applications.
Label is perforated to be used in 1, 2, 3, or 4-position applications.
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Q. Labels roll mounted on 3.00" cores; when using the TDP43ME printer and 3.00" cores, the roll stand (TDP43ME-RS) is required.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Thermal Transfer Component Labels (continued)
C.
Fiber
Std. Std. Optic
Width Height Pkg. Ctn. Systems
D.
C261X030YPT White, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com 4-port identifier. 2.61 66.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000 Power
Application codes: FP and PP. over
C261X035Y1T White, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com 4-port identifier. 2.61 66.3 0.35 8.9 1000 5000 Ethernet
Application codes: FP and PP.
C275X125YPT White, adhesive polyester label, general identifier. Application 2.75 69.9 1.25 31.8 2500 10000
code: RK. E.
C275X125Y0T Black, adhesive polyester label, general identifier. Application 2.75 69.9 1.25 31.8 2500 10000 Zone
Cabling
code: RK.
C288X030YPT White, adhesive polyester label, double gang faceplate identifier. 2.88 73.2 0.30 7.6 2500 2500
C288X040Y1T White, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com double-gang 2.88 73.2 0.40 10.2 1000 1000 F.
faceplate. Application code: FP. Wireless
C300X100YJT White, polyester label. 3.00 76.2 1.00 25.4 2500 2500
G.
C379X030YPT White, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com 6-port identifier. 3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000 Outlets
C379X030YPT-P White, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C379X030YQT-P Blue, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000 H.
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP. Media
C379X030YRT-P Brown, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000 Distribution
C379X030YST-P Green, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000 I.
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP. Physical
C379X030YTT-P Gray, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000 Infrastructure
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP. Management
C379X030YUT-P Orange, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP. J.
C379X030YVT-P Purple, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000 Overhead &
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP. Underfloor
C379X030YWT-P Red, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000 Routing
C379X030Y0T-P Black, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000 K.
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP. Surface
C379X030Y8T-P Yellow, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000 Raceway
C379X030Y9T-P Gold, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com perforated port 3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000 L.
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP. Cabinets,
C390X030Y1T White, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com 6-port identifier. 3.90 99.1 0.30 7.6 1000 5000 Racks &
Application code: PP. Cable
C400X100YJT White, polyester label. 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 2500 10000 Management
C400X200YJT White, polyester label. 4.00 101.6 2.00 50.8 1000 4000
M.
C750X050Y1T White, non-adhesive polyester label, 110 block identifier. 7.50 190.5 0.50 12.7 1000 5000 Grounding &
Application code: PB. Bonding
C788X050Y1T White, non-adhesive polyester label, GP6 System identifier. 7.88 200.2 0.50 12.7 1000 5000
Application code: GP.
*Label is perforated to be used in 1, 2, 3, or 4-position applications.
N.
Label is perforated to be used in 1, 2, 3, or 4-position applications. Industrial
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Labels roll mounted on 3.00" cores; when using the TDP43ME printer and 3.00" cores, the roll stand (TDP43ME-RS) is required.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Thermal Transfer Self-Laminating Labels
C.
Fiber Self-laminating labels supplied on rolls, Use with Panduit thermal transfer hybrid
Optic
Systems include a colored print-on area and clear ribbons
overlaminate to protect the legend for clear
and durable identification
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E. Print-On Min. Cable Max. Cable Std. Std.

Zone
Cabling
Width Length Area Height O.D. O.D. Pkg. Ctn.
S050X075VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label 0.50 12.7 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.16 4.0 5000 40000
F. for 18 14 AWG wires.
Wireless S050X125VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label 0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 5000 10000
for 12 10 AWG wires, Cat. 3
UTP cable.
G. for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
Outlets UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
S050X250VATY White print-on area, vinyl label 0.50 12.7 2.50 63.5 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 24.3 5000 20000
for 6 2 AWG wires.
H. S075X075VATY White print-on area, vinyl label 0.75 19.1 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.16 4.0 5000 20000
Media for 18 14 AWG wires.
Distribution S075X125VATY White print-on area, vinyl label 0.75 19.1 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 5000 20000
for 12 10 AWG wires, Cat. 3
UTP cable.
I. S075X150VATY White print-on area, vinyl label 0.75 19.1 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
Physical for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
Infrastructure
Management UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
for 18 14 AWG wires.
J.
Overhead & S100X125VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 5000 10000
Underfloor for 12 10 AWG wires, Cat. 3
Routing UTP cable.
for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
K. UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
Surface
Raceway S100X150VBTY Blue print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
L.
Cabinets,
S100X150VCTY Brown print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
Racks & for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
Cable UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
Management S100X150VDTY Green print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
M. UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
Grounding & S100X150VETY Gray print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
Bonding for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
S100X150VFTY Orange print-on area, vinyl 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
N.
Industrial UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
S100X150VGTY Purple print-on area, vinyl 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
O. S100X150VHTY Red print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
Labeling & for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
Identification
S100X150VITY Yellow print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
P. for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
Cable UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
Management S100X150V0TY Black print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
Accessories for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Q.
Labels are roll mounted on 3.00" cores; when using the TDP43ME printer and 3.00" cores, the roll stand (TDP43ME-RS) is required.
Index
*For labels mounted on 1.00" cores, replace suffix TY with 1Y.
O.16 Prime items appear in BOLD.

A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Thermal Transfer Self-Laminating Labels (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Print-On Min. Cable Max. Cable Std. Std. Systems
Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty. D.
S100X150V9TY Gold print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000 Power
for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A over
Ethernet
for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat. 6A E.
UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable. Zone
S100X225VBTY Blue print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000 Cabling
for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat. 6A
UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
S100X225VCTY Brown print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000 F.
for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat. 6A Wireless
S100X225VDTY Green print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000
UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable. G.
S100X225VETY Gray print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000 Outlets
S100X225VFTY Orange print-on area, vinyl 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000 H.
label for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat. Media
6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable. Distribution
S100X225VGTY Purple print-on area, vinyl 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000
label for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat.
6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable. I.
Physical
S100X225VHTY Red print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000
Infrastructure
for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat. 6A Management
S100X225VITY Yellow print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000
J.
for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat. 6A Overhead &
UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable. Underfloor
S100X225V0TY Black print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000 Routing
S100X225V9TY Gold print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000 K.
for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat. 6A Surface
Raceway
for 6 2 AWG wires. L.
Cabinets,
S100X400VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 2.50 63.5 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 12.1 5000 20000 Racks &
for 6 2 AWG wires. Cable
S100X650VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label 1.00 25.4 6.50 165.1 1.50 38.1 0.48 12.1 1.59 40.4 1000 2000 Management
for 1/0 250 MCM wires.
S150X150VATY White print-on area, vinyl label 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000 M.
for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A Grounding &
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable. Bonding
N.
S150X400VATY White print-on area, vinyl label 1.50 38.1 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 24.1 2500 10000 Industrial
for 2 1 AWG wires.
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable. O.
Labeling &
S200X225VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label 2.00 50.8 2.50 63.5 1.00 25.4 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 1000 4000 Identification
for 6 2 AWG wires.
for 6 2 AWG wires. P.
S200X400VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label 2.00 50.8 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 24.1 1000 3000 Cable
for 2 1 AWG wires. Management
Accessories
for 1/0 250 MCM wires.
Order number of labels required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Q.
Labels are roll mounted on 3.00" cores; when using the TDP43ME printer and 3.00" cores, the roll stand (TDP43ME-RS) is required. Index
* For labels mounted on 1.00" cores, replace suffix TY with 1Y.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
LabelCore Fiber Optic Cable Identification Sleeves
C.
Fiber Provides a larger surface on small fiber cables and allows Sleeves are made of flexible PVC material
Optic
Systems
legends to be clearly seen Locate sleeve on straight section of cable at least 2
inches from fiber boot
D. Std. Std.
Power
over Pkg. Ctn.
Ethernet Part Number Part Description Qty.* Qty.
NWSLC-2Y Yellow cable identification sleeve for 2mm simplex fiber cable, 1 100 1000
inch long, 100 per pack use with labels:
E. S100X160YAJ or S100X150YAJ (Laser/Inkjet), S100X160VAC
Zone or S100X150VAC (LS8E Hand-held Printer), S100X150VA1Y or
Cabling
S100X150VATY (Thermal Transfer Printer).
NWSLC-2Y-AQ Aqua cable identification sleeve for 2mm simplex cable, 1 inch 100 1000
long, 100 per pack, use with labels:
F. S100X160YAJ or S100X150YAJ (Laser/Inkjet); S100X160VAC
Wireless or S100X150VAC (LS8E Hand-held Printer); S100X150VA1Y or
NWSLC-3Y Orange cable identification sleeve for 3mm simplex cable, 1 100 1000
G. inch long, 100 per pack, use with labels:
Outlets S100X160YAJ or S100X150YAJ (Laser/Inkjet); S100X160VAC
or S100X150VAC (LS8E Hand-held Printer); S100X150VA1Y or
NWSLC-7Y White cable identification sleeve for 3mm duplex fiber cable, 1 100 1000
H.
inch long, 100 per pack, use with labels:
Media
Distribution S100X225YAJ (Laser/Inkjet); S100X225VAC (LS8E Hand-held
Printer); S100X225VA1Y or S100X225VATY
(Thermal Transfer Printer).
I. NWSLC2-2Y Yellow cable identification sleeve for 2mm simplex cable, 2 100 1000
Physical inches long, 100 per pack, use with labels:
Infrastructure S200X150YAJ (Laser/Inkjet) or S200X150VATY
Management
(Thermal Transfer Printer).
NWSLC2-2Y-AQ Aqua cable identification sleeve for 2mm simplex cable, 2 100 1000
J. inches long, 100 per pack, use with labels:
Overhead &
Underfloor S200X150YAJ (Laser/Inkjet) or S200X150VATY
Routing (Thermal Transfer Printer).
NWSLC2-3Y Orange cable identification sleeve for 3mm simplex cable, 2 100 1000
inches long, 100 per pack, use with labels:
K. S200X150YAJ (Laser/Inkjet) or S200X150VATY
Surface (Thermal Transfer Printer).
Raceway
NWSLC2-7Y White cable identification sleeve for 3mm duplex fiber cable, 2 100 1000
inches long, 100 per pack, use with labels:
L. S200X225YAJ (Laser/Inkjet); S100X225VA1Y or
Cabinets, S100X225VATY (Thermal Transfer Printer).
Racks &
Cable Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Self-Laminating Labels for use with LabelCore Fiber Optic Cable
Identification System
N.
Industrial Print-On Area Min. Cable Max. Cable Labels Std.
Width Length Height O.D. O.D. Per Pkg.
Part Number Description In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Row Qty.
S100X150VATY White print-on area, vinyl label for Cat. 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 4 5000
O.
5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
Labeling &
Identification S100X225VATY White print-on area, vinyl label for 8 4 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 4 5000
AWG wires, Cat. 6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP
cable.
P. S200X150VATY White print-on area, vinyl label for Cat. 2.00 50.8 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 2 5000
Cable 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
Management
Accessories S200X225VATY White print-on area, vinyl label for 8 4 2.00 50.8 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 2 1000
AWG wire, for Cat.6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP
cable.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Turn-Tell Labels
C.
Allows labels to rotate for visibility from any Use thermal transfer hybrid ribbon Fiber
angle, and allows repositioning on the Optic
Temperature range: -40F to 200F (-40C to Systems
wire/cable to align legends for improved 107C)
aesthetics
Ideal for use in high-density or space- D.
Power
constrained cable applications over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Print-On Min. Cable Max. Wire Std. Std. Cabling
R050X075V1T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 0.50" W x 0.75" H, 0.50 12.7 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 5000 20000 F.
0.25" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core, 18 14 Wireless
AWG wire/cable.
R050X125V1T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 0.50" W x 1.25" H, 0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 5000 20000
0.38" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core, 12 10
AWG wire/cable, Cat. 3 UTP cable. G.
R050X150V1T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 0.50" W x 1.50" H, 0.50 12.7 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000 Outlets
0.50" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core, 10 6
AWG wire/cable, Cat. 5e/6/6e UTP and
Cat. 5e FTP cable. H.
R100X075V1T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 0.75" H, 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 2500 10000 Media
0.25" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core, 18 14 Distribution
AWG wire/cable.
I.
0.38" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core, 12 10 Physical
AWG wire/cable, Cat. 3 UTP cable. Infrastructure
R100X150V1T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 1.50" H, 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 2500 10000 Management
0.50" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core, Cat.
5e/6/6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable. J.
R100X150V2T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 1.50" H, 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 2500 10000 Overhead &
0.50" POA, Clear/Blue, 3" Core, Underfloor
Cat. 5e/6/6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable. Routing
0.50" POA, Clear/Green, 3" Core,
Cat. 5e/6/6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable. K.
Surface
R100X150V7T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 1.50" H, 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 2500 10000 Raceway
0.50" POA, Clear/Red, 3" Core,
Cat. 5e/6/6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
L.
R100X150V8T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 1.50" H, 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 2500 10000 Cabinets,
0.50" POA, Clear/Yellow, 3" Core, Racks &
Cat. 5e/6/6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable. Cable
R100X225V1T Thermal Transfer Vinyl, 1.00" W x 2.25" H, 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 2500 10000 Management
0.75" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core,
8 4 AWG wire/cable, Cat. 6A UTP, M.
FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable. Grounding &
R100X225V2T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 2.25" H, 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 2500 10000 Bonding
0.75" POA, Clear/Blue, 3" Core,
8 4 AWG wire/cable, Cat. 6A UTP,
FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
N.
R100X225V3T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 2.25" H, 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 2500 10000 Industrial
0.75" POA, Clear/Green, 3" Core,
R100X225V7T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 2.25" H, 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 2500 10000 O.
0.75" POA, Clear/Red, 3" Core, Labeling &
Identification
R100X225V8T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 2.25" H, 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 2500 10000 P.
0.75" POA, Clear/Yellow, 3" Core, Cable
8 4 AWG wire/cable, Cat. 6A UTP, Management
FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable. Accessories
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Q.
Index
Table continues on page O.20
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Turn-Tell Labels (continued)
C.
Fiber Print-On Min. Cable Max. Wire Std. Std.
Optic Width Length Area Height O.D. O.D. Pkg. Ctn.
Systems
D.
Power 1.00" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core,
over 2 AWG 250 MCM wire/cable.
Ethernet R200X150V1T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 2.00" W x 1.50" H, 2.00 50.8 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 1000 4000
Cat. 5e/6/6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP
E. cable.5/5e/6 cable.
Zone
Cabling
F. R200X400V1T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 2.00" W x 4.00" H, 2.00 50.8 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.39 9.9 0.95 24.1 1000 4000
Wireless 1.00" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core,
2 AWG 250 MCM wire/cable.
Order number of labels required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
G.
Outlets Thermal Transfer Marker Plates
Non-adhesive halogen-free marker plates Attachable in horizontal or
used to identify wires, cables, equipment, vertical orientation
H. and many other applications Available in a variety of colors and sizes
Media Offers crisp, clear legend with superior
Distribution Temperature range: -58F to 221F (-50C
legibility and engineered to withstand high to 105C)
temperatures, harsh solvents, oils, and
chemicals without over-lamination Use with Panduit thermal transfer
I.
Physical
resin ribbons
Infrastructure
Management
Print-On
J. Width Height Area Width Std.
Overhead & Color In. In. In. Labels Pkg.
Underfloor Part Number Yellow White Blue Green Gray Orange Red (mm) (mm) (mm) Per Roll Qty.
Routing
M200X050* Y6T Y7T ACT AET AFT AGT AIT 2.00 0.50 1.07 500 1 Roll
(50.8) (12.7) (27.2)
K. M200X100* Y6T Y7T ACT AET AFT AGT AIT 2.00 1.00 0.80 500 1 Roll
Surface (50.8) (25.4) (20.3)
Raceway
M300X050* Y6T Y7T ACT AET AFT AGT AIT 3.00 0.50 2.07 500 1 Roll
(76.2) (12.7) (52.6)
L.
Cabinets, M300X100* Y6T Y7T ACT AET AFT AGT AIT 3.00 1.00 1.80 500 1 Roll
Racks & (76.2) (25.4) (45.7)
Cable
Management Replace the asterisk in part numbers above with the desired color code.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Thermal Transfer Flag Labels
Halogen-free, polyester flag-style marker Temperature range: -40F to 302F (-40C
for wire/cable labeling to 150C )
N.
Industrial
Improved legibility and more information on UL969 recognized, File # MH14576 and
small wires and cables provide clearer, File # MH14979; cUL recognized C22.2 No
more complete identification 0.15-01, File # MH14979
Innovative design allows the product to be Use with Panduit thermal transfer
O.
Labeling & applied as a permanent adhesive label or resin ribbons
Identification as a repositionable non-adhesive label
P. Max. Cable Std. Std.

Cable Width Height Min. Cable O.D. O.D. Wire Pkg. Ctn.
Management
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Range Qty. Qty.
Accessories
F100X150AJT White 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.12 3.1 0.20 5.1 12 10 AWG 2500 10000
F100X213AJT White 1.00 25.4 2.13 54.1 0.32 8.1 0.38 9.7 3 2 AWG 2500 10000
Q. F100X300AJT White 1.00 25.4 3.00 76.2 0.90 2.3 0.28 7.1 8 4 AWG 2500 10000
Index
F100X363AJT White 1.00 25.4 3.63 92.2 0.20 5.1 0.46 11.7 2 1 AWG 2500 10000
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Thermal Transfer Raised Panel Labels
C.
Fiber
Raised thermal transfer printable surface Thermal transfer print technology provides Optic
with high-tack adhesive for strong crisp, clear, and durable text Systems
holding power Use with Panduit thermal transfer
Variety of sizes and colors for a wide range resin ribbons D.
of applications Power
over
Ethernet
Std. Std.
Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty. E.
Zone
C100X050APT White, raised panel component label. 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 500 2000 Cabling
C100X050A0T Black, raised panel component label. 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 500 2000
C200X100APT White, raised panel component label. 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 500 2000
C200X100A0T Black, raised panel component label. 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 500 2000 F.
Wireless
G.
C400X100A0T Black, raised panel component label. 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 500 2000 Outlets
C379X030APT White, raised panel component label. 3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 500 2000 H.
Media
C379X030A0T Black, raised panel component label. 3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 500 2000 Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Ultimate ID Network System Laser/Ink Jet Labels J.

Overhead &
Ultimate ID Network Labeling Software is Durable multi-layer construction Underfloor
included at no charge with each package of Non-adhesive labels are easily removed from Routing
laser/ink jet labels 8.5" x 11" label sheets
Labels can be printed in both laser and ink Unique non-adhesive material configuration K.
jet printers Surface
Ultimate ID Labels are part of a complete Raceway
Designed to efficiently support TIA/EIA-606-B system for identification designed to
standard labeling requirements efficiently support TIA/EIA-606-B standard
L.
Laser and ink jet labels for use with Ultimate labeling requirements Cabinets,
ID Faceplates, Patch Panels, Marker Ties, Racks &
Modular Furniture Faceplate, and Surface Cable
Mount Boxes Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Std. Std.
UILJ1 White, non-adhesive polyester labels, 264 per sheet, 1-port labels. 0.68 17.3 0.24 6.0 5 50 N.
Industrial
UILJ2 White, non-adhesive polyester labels, 132 per sheet, 2-port labels. 1.32 33.4 0.24 6.0 5 50
UILJ3 White, non-adhesive polyester labels, 99 per sheet, 3-port labels. 1.95 49.5 0.24 6.0 5 50
UILJ4 White, non-adhesive polyester labels, 66 per sheet, 4-port labels. 2.59 65.7 0.24 6.0 5 50 O.
UILJ6 White, non-adhesive polyester labels, 66 per sheet, 6-port labels. 3.86 97.9 0.24 6.0 5 50 Labeling &
Identification
UILJCOMBO White, non-adhesive polyester labels, combination sheet with forty 0.24 6.0 5 50
1-port, sixty 2-port, three 3-port and twenty-four 4-port labels.
P.
For Electrical Ivory labels, add EI to end of part number. Cable
Order number of sheets required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continues on page O.22
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Laser/Ink Jet Component Labels
C.
Fiber Labels can be printed in both laser and Die-cut labels designed to provide
Optic
Systems ink jet printers maximum aesthetic quality
Use for identifying patch panels, and appearance
D. faceplates, punchdown blocks and other Available in adhesive polyolefin and
Power network systems hardware non-adhesive polyester materials
over
Ethernet
Typical Typical
E. Application Description Application Page Code Application Description Application Page Code
Zone
Boxes Surface Mount, Outlet, Hybrid G.23 G.24 BX Punchdown Blocks 110 B.84 PB
Cabling
Faceplates G.2 FP Patch Panels B.30 31 PP
GP6 Category 6 Punchdown Blocks

B.76 GP Racks and Cabinets L.20 RK
F.
Wireless Jack Modules B.76 JM Cable Marker Holder SLCT B.95 SL
Std. Std.
G.
Outlets Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
C061X030FJJ White, adhesive polyolefin label, Mini-Com 1-port identifier. 0.61 15.5 0.30 7.6 5000 25000
H. C125X030FJJ White, adhesive polyolefin label, Mini-Com 2-port identifier. 1.25 31.8 0.30 7.6 2500 12500
Media Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
Distribution
C138X019FJJ White, adhesive polyolefin label, Mini-Com module identifier. 1.38 35.1 0.19 4.8 2500 12500
Application code: JM.
I. C150X030Y1J White, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com 3-port 1.50 38.1 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
Physical identifier. Application code: FP.
Infrastructure
Management C188X030FJJ White, adhesive polyolefin label, Mini-Com 3-port identifier. 1.88 47.8 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
J. C195X040Y1J White, non-adhesive polyester label, single-gang faceplate. 1.95 49.5 0.40 10.2 1000 5000
Overhead & Application code: FP.
Underfloor
Routing
C200X100FJJ White, adhesive polyolefin label, SLCT bundle marker 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 1000 5000
identifier. Application code: SL and RK.
K. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
Surface
Raceway C252X030FRJ Brown, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com 4-port 2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
L. C252X030FTJ Gray, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com 4-port 2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
Cabinets, identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
Racks & C261X030FJJ White, adhesive polyolefin label, Mini-Com 4-port identifier. 2.61 66.3 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
Cable
Application codes: FP and PP.
Management
C261X035Y1J White, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com 4-port 2.61 66.3 0.35 8.9 1000 5000
M. identifier. Application codes: FP and PP.
Grounding & C282X030Y1J White, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com 4-port 2.82 71.6 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
Bonding identifier. Application codes: FP and PP.
C288X040Y1J White, non-adhesive polyester label, double-gang faceplate. 2.88 73.2 0.40 10.2 1000 5000
N. C315X030FJJ White, adhesive polyolefin label, Mini-Com 5-port identifier. 3.15 80.0 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
Industrial Application code: FP.
O. C390X030Y1J White, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com 6-port 3.90 99.1 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
Labeling &
Identification identifier. Application code: PP.
C750X050Y1J White, non-adhesive polyester label, 110 block identifier. 7.50 190.5 0.50 12.7 500 2500
Application code: PB.
P.
Cable C788X050Y1J White, non-adhesive polyester label, GP6 System identifier. 7.88 200.2 0.50 12.7 500 2500
Management Application code: GP.
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Laser/Ink Jet Self-Laminating Labels
C.
Fiber
Labels can be printed in both laser and ink Self-laminating adhesive labels Optic
jet printers include a colored print-on area and Systems
clear overlaminate
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Print-On Area Min. Cable Max. Cable Std. Std. Zone
Width Length Height O.D. O.D. Pkg. Ctn. Cabling
S050X075YAJ White print-on area, polyester 0.50 12.7 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.16 4.1 5000 25000
label for 18 14 AWG wire. F.
S050X125YAJ White print-on area, polyester 0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 5000 25000 Wireless
label for 12 10 AWG wire,
Cat. 3 UTP cable.
G.
label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat.
Outlets
6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
label for 18 14 AWG wire.
H.
S075X125YAJ White print-on area, polyester 0.75 19.1 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 2500 10000 Media
label for 12 10 AWG wire, Distribution
Cat. 3 UTP cable.
I.
Physical
6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable. Infrastructure
S100X075YAJ White print-on area, polyester 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.16 4.1 2500 10000 Management
S100X125YAJ White print-on area, polyester 1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 2500 10000 J.
label for 12 10 AWG wire, Overhead &
Cat. 3 UTP cable. Underfloor
Routing
6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable. K.
Surface
S100X150YBJ Blue print-on area, polyester 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000 Raceway
L.
S100X150YCJ Brown print-on area, polyester 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000 Cabinets,
label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. Racks &
6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable. Cable
Management
S100X150YDJ Green print-on area, polyester 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000
6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable. M.
Grounding &
S100X150YEJ Gray print-on area, polyester 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000 Bonding
S100X150YFJ Orange print-on area, 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000 N.
polyester label for Cat. 5e/Cat. Industrial
6/Cat. 6A UTP/Cat. 5e
FTP cable.
S100X150YGJ Purple print-on area, 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000
polyester label for Cat. 5e/Cat. O.
6/Cat. 6A UTP/Cat. 5e Labeling &
Identification
FTP cable.
S100X150YHJ Red print-on area, polyester 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000
label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. P.
6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable. Cable
Management
S100X150YIJ Yellow print-on area, polyester 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000 Accessories
Order number of labels required in multiples of Std. Pkg. Qty. Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Laser/Ink Jet Self-Laminating Labels (continued)
C.
Fiber Print-On Area Min. Cable Max. Cable Std. Std.
Optic Width Length Height O.D. O.D. Pkg. Ctn.
Systems Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
S100X160YAJ White print-on area, 1.00 25.4 1.60 40.6 0.80 20.3 0.25 6.4 0.25 6.4 2500 10000
D. polyester label. For use
Power with LabelCore Sleeves
over
Ethernet NWSLC-2Y and NWSLC-3Y.
S100X220YAJ White print-on area, 1.00 25.4 2.20 55.9 1.10 27.9 0.35 8.9 0.35 8.9 1000 5000
polyester label. For use
E. with LabelCore
Zone Sleeves NWSLC-7Y.
Cabling
label for 8 4 AWG wire, Cat.
6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
F. FTP cable.
Wireless S100X225YBJ Blue print-on area, polyester 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 1000 5000
6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
FTP cable.
G. S100X225YCJ Brown print-on area, polyester 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 1000 5000
Outlets
6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
FTP cable.
H. S100X225YDJ Green print-on area, polyester 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 1000 5000
Media label for 8 4 AWG wire, Cat.
Distribution 6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
FTP cable.
I. S100X225YEJ Gray print-on area, polyester 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 1000 5000
Physical label for 8 4 AWG wire, Cat.
Infrastructure 6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
Management FTP cable.
S100X225YFJ Orange print-on area, 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.2 1000 5000
J. polyester label for 8 4 AWG
Overhead & wire, Cat. 6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
Underfloor FTP cable.
Routing
S100X225YGJ Purple print-on area, 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 1000 5000
polyester label.for 8 4 AWG
K. wire, Cat. 6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
Surface FTP cable.
Raceway S100X225YHJ Red print-on area, polyester 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.0 0.48 12.1 1000 5000
L. 6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
Cabinets, FTP cable.
Racks &
Cable S100X225YIJ Yellow print-on area, polyester 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 1000 5000
Management label for 8 4 AWG wire, Cat.
6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
FTP cable.
M.
Grounding & S100X400YAJ White print-on area, polyester 1.00 25.4 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 24.3 1000 5000
Bonding label for 2 1 AWG wire.
label for 1/0 350 MCM wire.
N. S150X400YAJ White print-on area, polyester 1.50 38.1 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 24.1 1000 5000
Industrial label for 2 1 AWG wire.
S150X400YIJ Yellow print-on area, polyester 1.50 38.1 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 24.1 1000 5000
label for 2 1 AWG wire..
O. S200X150YAJ White print-on area, polyester 2.00 50.8 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 1000 5000
Labeling & label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat.
Identification 6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
P. label for 8 4 AWG wire, Cat.
Cable 6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
Management FTP cable.
Accessories
Q. S200X650YAJ White print-on area, polyester 2.00 50.8 6.50 165.1 1.50 38.1 0.48 12.1 1.59 40.4 500 2500
Index label for 1/0 350 MCM wire.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Wire Size Selection Guide
To use this guide place your wire or cable The charts below indicate the approximate cable outside diameter or C.
in the appropriate circle to determine Fiber
various electrical and communication cables. Optic
wire, outside diameter.
Electrical Cables Systems
Approximate Wire Outside Diameter In. (mm)
Diameter 0.10" (2.5mm)
TFN/THHN/ D.
Size TF THW TW THWN Power
Diameter 0.20" (5.1mm) over
18 AWG 0.11 (2.8) 0.11 (2.8) 0.11 (2.8) 0.09 (2.3) Ethernet
16 AWG 0.12 (3.0) 0.12 (3.0) 0.12 (3.0) 0.10 (2.5)
Diameter 0.28" (7.1mm) 14 AWG 0.13 (3.3) 0.16 (4.1) 0.16 (4.1) 0.10 (2.5)
12 AWG 0.15 (3.8) 0.18 (4.6) 0.18 (4.6) 0.12 (3.0) E.
Zone
10 AWG 0.17 (4.3) 0.20 (5.1) 0.20 (5.1) 0.15 (3.8)
Cabling
8 AWG 0.24 (6.1) 0.28 (7.1) 0.28 (7.1) 0.22 (5.6)
Diameter 0.54" (13.7mm) 6 AWG 0.32 (8.1) 0.32 (8.1) 0.32 (8.1) 0.26 (6.6)
4 AWG 0.37 (9.4) 0.37 (9.4) 0.37 (9.4) 0.33 (8.4)
F.
3 AWG 0.40 (10.2) 0.40 (10.2) 0.40 (10.2) 0.36 (9.1)
Wireless
2 AWG 0.43 (10.9) 0.43 (10.9) 0.43 (10.9) 0.39 (9.9)
1AWG 0.51 (12.9) 0.51 (12.9) 0.51 (12.9) 0.45 (11.4)
1/0 0.55 (14.0) 0.55 (14.0) 0.55 (14.0) 0.49 (12.4)
2/0 0.59 (15.0) 0.59 (15.0) 0.59 (15.0) 0.54 (13.7) G.
Diameter 0.94" (23.9mm) 3/0 0.65 (16.5) 0.65 (16.5) 0.65 (16.5) 0.59 (15.0) Outlets
4/0 0.70 (17.8) 0.70 (17.8) 0.70 (17.8) 0.65 (16.5)
250 MCM 0.79 (20.1) 0.79 (20.1) 0.79 (20.1) 0.72 (18.3)
300 MCM 0.84 (21.3) 0.84 (21.3) 0.84 (21.3) 0.77 (19.6) H.
350 MCM 0.89 (22.6) 0.89 (22.6) 0.89 (22.6) 0.82 (20.8) Media
400 MCM 0.94 (23.9) 0.94 (23.9) 0.94 (23.9) 0.87 (22.1) Distribution
500 MCM 1.03 (26.2) 1.03 (26.2) 1.03 (26.2) 0.95 (24.1)
600 MCM 1.14 (29.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.06 (26.9) I.
700 MCM 1.21 (30.7) 1.21 (30.7) 1.21 (30.7) 1.13 (28.7) Physical
750 MCM 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.16 (29.5) Infrastructure
Management
Diameter 1.40" (35.5mm) 800 MCM 1.28 (32.5) 1.28 (32.5) 1.28 (32.5) 1.20 (30.5)
900 MCM 1.34 (34.0) 1.34 (34.0) 1.34 (34.0) 1.26 (32.0)
1000 MCM 1.40 (35.6) 1.40 (35.6) 1.40 (35.6) 1.32 (33.5)
J.
Overhead &
1250 MCM 1.58 (40.1) 1.58 (40.1) 1.58 (40.1) Underfloor
1500 MCM 1.70 (43.2) 1.70 (43.2) 1.70 (43.2) Routing
1750 MCM 1.82 (46.2) 1.82 (46.2) 1.82 (46.2)
2000 MCM 1.92 (48.8) 1.92 (48.8) 1.92 (48.8)
K.
Surface
Category 3, Category 5e, Category 6 and Category 6A Cable Raceway
Category 3 Category 5e Category 6 Category 6A
L.
UTP UTP Cabinets,
Size Voice Data UTP FTP UTP FTP UTP FTP Racks &
2 Pair 0.12 Cable
(3.0) Management
3 Pair 0.15
Diameter 1.90" (48.3mm) (3.8) M.
4 Pair 0.19 0.22 0.20 0.25 0.22 0.28 0.32 0.30 Grounding &
(4.8) (5.6) (5.1) (6.3) (5.6) (7.1) (8.1) (7.6) Bonding
25 Pair 0.42 0.51 0.73
(10.7) (12.9) (18.5)
50 Pair 0.46 0.66
(11.7) (16.8) N.
100 Pair 0.63 0.96 Industrial
(16.0) (24.4)
300 Pair 1.07 1.27
(27.2) (32.2)
O.
Labeling &
Coaxial Cable Fiber Optic Distribution (62.5/125) Identification
Size Coax Size Non-Plenum Plenum
RG58/u 0.19 (4.8) 6 Strand 0.26 (6.6) 0.18 (4.6) P.
RG59/u 0.24 (6.1) 8 Strand 0.27 (6.9) 0.18 (4.6) Cable
Management
RG62A/u 0.24 (6.1) 12 Strand 0.28 (7.1) 0.21 (5.3)
Accessories
RG6/u 0.27 (6.8) 18 Strand 0.49 (12.4) 0.47 (11.9)
RG11/u 0.40 (10.2) 24 Strand 0.54 (13.7) 0.52 (13.2)
36 Strand 0.54 (13.7) 0.52 (13.2) Q.
Diameter 2.40" (61.0mm)
48 Strand 0.59 (15.0) 0.56 (14.2) Index
72 Strand 0.72 (18.3) 0.71 (18.0)
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Self-Laminating Fiber Optic Cable Marker Tags
C.
Fiber
Optic Material Chart
Systems
Material Print Method Temperature Range Features
D. Rigid Vinyl, Pre-Printed 0F to 176F Indoor/outdoor rated; high quality, rugged
Power Self-Laminating (-18C to 80C) material resistant to abrasion; legend is
over protected by overlaminate; use where
Ethernet adhesives will not work
E.
Zone
Cabling
Tags Std. Std.
Color Width Height Per Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Legend (Legend/Background) In. mm In. mm Pkg. Qty. Qty.
F. PST-FO CAUTION FIBER OPTIC Black/Yellow 3.50 89.0 2.00 51.0 5 1 40
Wireless CABLE TYPE_____
COUNT_____
PST-FOBLNK BLANK Yellow 3.50 89.0 2.00 51.0 5 1 40
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution Photoluminescent Safety Signs
Used to mark egress routes, fire alarms, and fire equipment that Panduit Photoluminescent Signs meet or exceed the following
I.
is clearly visible for up to ten hours after power is lost safety standard specification for photoluminescent safety
Physical
Infrastructure Absorbs energy from ambient light and releases this energy in markings including: ASTM E 2072-00, ASTM E 2073-00,
Management the form of a glow when power is lost ASTM E 2030-99, DIN67510-1, IMO Resolution A.752.18,
ISO/CD 15370, DIN 67510, UL 924, ASTM 162, ASTM 648,
Recommended for use with Photoluminescent Tapes see page ASTM 662, MIL-L-3891 B, NFPA 101 Life Safety Code,
J. O.30 for more information
Overhead & OSHA 1910.37
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
PPS0710G001 PPS0710G020 PPS1209G010 PPS1209G011 PPS1209G012
L. PPS1014G002
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable Size Reference Chart
Management
Signs Std.
Width Height
M. Part Per Pkg.
Grounding & Number In. mm In. mm Card Qty.
Bonding *0710* 10.00 254.0 7.00 177.8 1 1 Sign
*1014* 14.00 355.6 10.00 254.0 1 1 Sign
*1209* 9.00 228.6 12.00 304.8 1 1 Sign
N.
Industrial *Denotes the part numbers prefix and suffix.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Arc Flash Pre-Printed Labels
C.
Provide employees with the highest degree of safety New DANGER header signs available for high risk Arc Fiber
through proper identification and communication Flash applications Optic
Systems
New 2012 detailed format is compliant with NFPA 70E Multiple sizes to choose from for specific applications
2012 standard for Arc Flash labeling Labels are constructed of durable polyester (PPS), and D.
Power
Clearly visible and recognizable hazard information to designed to withstand UV exposure, outdoor use, water, over
communicate Arc Flash hazards are present abrasion or vinyl material (PVS) that accepts handwritten Ethernet
Large WARNING header, universal hazard symbols and hazard information by using Panduit permanent black
clear, concise, hazard description marking pens, part number - PFX-0 E.
Zone
Cabling
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. F.
Basic Wireless
PPS0204W2100 4.50" x 2.25" (114.3mm x 57.2mm), black/orange, adhesive 5 100
Basic polyester sign, WARNING. Potential Arc Flash Hazard.
PPS0204W2100-F 4.50" x 2.25" (114.3mm x 57.2mm), black/orange, adhesive 5 100 G.
polyester sign, WARNING. Potential Arc Flash Hazard, written Outlets
WARNING in French.
PPS0305W2100 3.50" x 5.00" (88.9mm x 127.0mm), black/orange, adhesive 5 50
polyester sign, WARNING. Potential Arc Flash Hazard. H.
PPS0507W2100 5.00" x 7.00" (127.0mm x 177.8mm), black/orange, adhesive 5 50 Media
polyester sign, WARNING. Potential Arc Flash Hazard. Distribution
Standard
PPS0507W2100-F 5.00" x 7.00" (127.0mm x 177.8mm), black/orange, adhesive 5 50
polyester sign, WARNING. Potential Arc Flash Hazard, written I.
in French. Physical
Standard Infrastructure
Management
PVS0305W2102Y 3.50" x 5.00" (88.9mm x 127.0mm), WARNING (Header) orange 5 50
and black, adhesive vinyl sign, WARNING. ARC Flash and
J.
Shock Hazard. Overhead &
PVS0305W2102Y-S 3.50" x 5.00" (88.9mm x 127.0mm), WARNING (Header) orange 5 50 Underfloor
and black, adhesive vinyl sign, WARNING. ARC Flash and Routing
Shock Hazard. Written in Spanish.
Detailed K.
PVS0305W2103Y 3.50" x 5.00" (88.9mm x 127.0mm), WARNING (Header) orange 5 100 Surface
and black, adhesive vinyl sign, WARNING. Potential Arc Flash Raceway
Detailed and Shock Hazard with detailed write-on area.
PVS0305D2101Y 3.50" x 5.00" (88.9mm x 127.0mm), DANGER (Header) red and 5 50 L.
Cabinets,
white, adhesive vinyl sign, DANGER. Potential Arc Flash Exists Racks &
with detailed write-on area. Cable
PVS0507W2103Y 5.00" x 7.00" (127.0mm x 177.8mm), WARNING (Header) 5 100 Management
orange and black, adhesive vinyl sign, WARNING. Potential
Arc Flash and Shock Hazard with detailed write-on area. M.
PVS0507D2101Y 5.00" x 7.00" (127.0mm x 177.8mm), DANGER (Header) red 5 50 Grounding &
and white, adhesive vinyl sign, DANGER. Potential Arc Flash Bonding
Exists with detailed write-on area.
Compact
Compact N.
PVS0204W2103Y 2.25" x 4.50" (57.2mm x 114.3mm), WARNING (Header) orange 5 100 Industrial
and black, adhesive vinyl sign, WARNING. Potential Arc Flash
and Shock Hazard with detailed write-on area.
PVS0204D2101Y 2.25" x 4.50" (57.2mm x 114.3mm), DANGER (Header) red 5 100
and white, adhesive vinyl sign, DANGER. Potential Arc Flash O.
Exists with detailed write-on area. Labeling &
Identification
Detailed Bilingual
PVS0705W2105Y-S 7.00" x 5.00" (177.8mm x 127.0mm), WARNING (Header) 5 100
P.
orange and black, adhesive vinyl sign, WARNING. Arc Flash
Cable
and Shock Hazard, with detailed write-on area. Written in Management
English and Spanish. Accessories
Detailed Bilingual
PVS0705D2105Y-S 7.00" x 5.00" (177.8mm x 127.0mm), DANGER (Header) red 5 100
and white, adhesive vinyl sign, DANGER. Arc Flash and Shock
Hazard, with detailed write-on area. Written in English and Q.
Spanish. Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Arc Flash Pre-Printed Labels with PPE Listings
C.
Fiber New 2012 detailed PPE format is compliant with NFPA Labels are constructed of vinyl material (PVS) that
Optic 70E 2012 standard for Arc Flash labeling accepts handwritten hazard information by using Panduit
Systems permanent black marking pens, part number - PFX-0
Provides helpful guide for employees to select PPE
appropriate to the electrical hazard Labels are 5.00" x 7.00" (127.0mm x 177.8mm) with large
D.
Power WARNING header
over
Ethernet
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
E.
Zone Detailed with PPE Pictograms
Cabling PVS0507W2104Y-0 PPE Pictograms for Hazard Risk Category 0. 5 100
PVS0507W2104Y-1 PPE Pictograms for Hazard Risk Category 1. 5 100
Detailed with PPE
F. Pictograms
Wireless PVS0507W2104Y-3 PPE Pictograms for Hazard Risk Category 3. 5 100
Detailed with PPE Listing
PVS0507W2106Y-0 PPE Listing for Hazard Risk Category 0. 5 100
G.
Outlets PVS0507W2106Y-1 PPE Listing for Hazard Risk Category 1. 5 100
PVS0507W2106Y-2 PPE Listing for Hazard Risk Category 2. 5 100
Detailed with PPE PVS0507W2106Y-3 PPE Listing for Hazard Risk Category 3. 5 100
Listing
H. PVS0507W2106Y-4 PPE Listing for Hazard Risk Category 4. 5 100
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Arc Flash Print On-Demand Labels
Management Custom Arc Flash Hazard Labels can be printed using Panduit New 2012 detailed format is compliant with NFPA 70E 2012
labeling software and desktop thermal transfer printers with resin standard for Arc Flash labeling
J. ribbons Clearly visible and recognizable hazard information to
Overhead & Provide employees with the highest degree of safety through communicate arc flash hazards present
Underfloor proper identification and communication
Routing Labels are constructed of durable polyester designed to withstand
UV exposure, outdoor use, water and abrasion
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & C400X400A11 C400X400A51 C400X400YZ1 C400X600A51 C400X600YZ1 C400X600YX1 T400X000A91 T400X000YX1
Cable
Management
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
M. Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Grounding & C200X400A51 2.00" x 4.00" (50.8mm x 101.6mm), polyester safety label, WARNING (Header) orange and black, 250 labels per roll. 1 4
Bonding
C200X400YZ1 2.00" x 4.00" (50.8mm x 101.6mm), polyester safety label, DANGER (Header) red and white, 250 labels per roll. 1 4
C400X400A11* 4.00" x 4.00" (101.6mm x 101.6mm), polyester safety label, orange header, green footer, 250 labels per roll. 1 4
C400X400A21* 4.00" x 4.00" (101.6mm x 101.6mm), polyester safety label, orange header, yellow footer, 250 labels per roll. 1 4
N. C400X400A31* 4.00" x 4.00" (101.6mm x 101.6mm), polyester safety label, orange header, red footer, 250 labels per roll. 1 4
Industrial
C400X400A51 4.00" x 4.00" (101.6mm x 101.6mm), polyester safety label, WARNING (Header) orange and black, 250 labels per roll. 1 4
C400X400YZ1 4.00" x 4.00" (101.6mm x 101.6mm), polyester safety label, DANGER (Header) red and white, 250 labels per roll. 1 4
C400X600A51 4.00" x 6.00" (101.6mm x 152.4mm), polyester safety label, WARNING (Header) orange and black, 100 labels per roll. 1 4
O. C400X600YX1 4.00" x 6.00" (101.6mm x 152.4mm), polyester arc flash label, orange header, 100 labels per roll. 1 4
Labeling & C400X600YZ1 4.00" x 6.00" (101.6mm x 152.4mm), polyester safety label, DANGER (Header) red and white,100 labels per roll. 1 4
Identification
Arc Flash Print On-Demand Continuous Tape
T400X000A91 4.00" x 50.00 (101.6mm x 15.2m), polyester arc flash tape, red header. 1 4
P. T400X000YX1 4.00" x 50.00 (101.6mm x 15.2m), polyester arc flash tape, orange header. 1 4
Cable
Management *It is suggested to use the green footer for Hazard Risk Categories 0 and 1, the yellow footer for categories 2 and 3, and the red footer for categories 4
Accessories and Danger.
Q.
Index
O.28
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Voltage and Fiber Optic Markers
C.
Fiber
Pipe/Conduit Markers Optic
Width Height O.D. Range Per Systems
Style In. mm In. mm In. mm Card
A 9.00 228.0 2.25 57.1 3.00 and Over 76.2 and Over 1 D.
B 4.50 114.3 1.13 28.6 1.25 3.00 31.7 76.2 4 Power
over
C 2.20 57.1 0.50 12.7 1.25 Under 31.7 and Under 18 Ethernet
Material Chart
E.
Temperature
Material Print Method Range Features
Zone
Cabling
Vinyl Pre-Printed -20F to 176F Indoor rated; material has excellent adhesive
(-29C to 80C) properties when applied to a clean dry surface.
F.
Std. Std. Wireless
Part Number Color Pkg. Ctn.
Style A Style B Style C Legend (Legend/Background) Qty. Qty.
PCV-110AY PCV-110BY PCV-110CY 110 Volts 5 50
G.
Outlets
PCV-120/208AY PCV-120/208BY PCV-120/208CY 120/208 Volts 5 50
PCV-12470AY PCV-12470BY PCV-12470CY 12470 Volts 5 50 H.
PCV-13200AY PCV-13200BY PCV-13200CY 13200 Volts 5 50 Media
PCV-13800AY PCV-13800BY PCV-13800CY 13800 Volts 5 50 Distribution
PCV-1PHAY PCV-1PHBY PCV-1PHCY Single Phase 5 50
PCV-208AY PCV-208BY PCV-208CY 208 Volts 5 50 I.
PCV-220AY PCV-220BY PCV-220CY 220 Volts 5 50 Physical
Infrastructure
PCV-2300AY PCV-2300BY PCV-2300CY 2300 Volts 5 50 Management
PCV-2400AY PCV-2400BY PCV-2400CY 2400 Volts 5 50 J.
PCV-240AY PCV-240BY PCV-240CY 240 Volts 5 50 Overhead &
Underfloor
PCV-24VDCBY 24 Volts DC 5 50 Routing
PCV-277/480AY PCV-277/480BY PCV-277/480CY 277/480 Volts 5 50
Black/Orange
K.
PCV-380AY PCV-380BY PCV-380CY 380 Volts 5 50 Surface
PCV-3PHAY PCV-3PHBY PCV-3PHCY Three Phase 5 50 Raceway
PCV-4160AY PCV-4160BY PCV-4160CY 4160 Volts 5 50 L.
Cabinets,
PCV-440AY PCV-440BY PCV-440CY 440 Volts 5 50 Racks &
PCV-460AY PCV-460BY PCV-460CY 460 Volts 5 50 Cable
PCV-480AY PCV-480BY PCV-480CY 5 50 Management
480 Volts
M.
PCV-BLANKAY PCV-BLANKBY PCV-BLANKCY Blank-No Legend 5 50 Grounding &
PCV-ESAY PCV-ESBY PCV-ESCY Emergency Service 5 50 Bonding
PCV-FAAY PCV-FABY PCV-FACY Fire Alarm 5 50
PCV-FOAY PCV-FOBY PCV-FOCY Fiber Optic 5 50
PCV-FOCAY PCV-FOCBY PCV-FOCCY Fiber Optic Cable 5 50 N.
PCV-MAINAY PCV-MAINBY PCV-MAINCY Main 5 50 Industrial
PCV-TELEAY PCV-TELEBY PCV-TELECY Telephone 5 50
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Voltage and Fiber Optic Snap-On Markers (Non-Adhesive)
C.
Fiber
Optic Pipe/Conduit Markers
Systems Width Height O.D. Range Per
Style In. mm In. mm In. mm Card
D. M 14.00 355.6 23.00 584.2 2.25 6.00 57.2 152.4 1
Power R 8.00 230.2 8.00 230.2 0.75 2.25 19.1 57.2 1
over
Ethernet
Material Chart
Temperature
E. Material Print Method Range Features
Zone
Polyester Pre-Printed -40F to 176F Indoor/outdoor rated; pre-coiled material protects
Cabling
(-40C to 80C) legend from abrasion and chemicals; resistant to
UV light chemical atmosphere and abrasion.
F. Std. Std.
Wireless Part Number Color Pkg. Ctn.
Style M Style R Legend (Legend/Background) Qty. Qty.
PCV-120RY 120 Volts 1 25
G. PCV-480RY 480 Volts Black/Orange 1 25
Outlets PCV-FOMY PCV-FORY Fiber Optic 1 25
H.
Media
Distribution Photoluminescent Tapes Thermal Transfer Printable
Used to mark egress routes, fire alarms, and Panduit photoluminescent tapes meet or
I.
fire equipment that is clearly visible for up to exceed the following safety standard
Physical
Infrastructure ten hours after power is lost specification for photoluminescent safety
Management Absorb energy from ambient light and releases markings including: ASTM E 2072-00,
this energy in the form of a glow when power ASTM E 2073-00, ASTM E 2030-99,
J. is lost DIN67510-1, IMO Resolution A.752.18,
Overhead & ISO/CD 15370, DIN 67510, UL924,
Can be used in Panduit thermal transfer ASTM 162, ASTM 648, ASTM 662,
Underfloor
desktop printers to create direction arrow tape, MIL-L-3891 B, NFPA 101 Life Safety Code,
Routing
striped tape, or safety signs on demand OSHA 1910.37
K.
Recommended for use with Photoluminescent
Surface Safety Signs see page O.26 for
Raceway Normal Lighting more information
L. Material Chart
Cabinets,
Temperature
Racks &
Material Print Method Range Features
Cable
Management Polyester, Thermal Transfer -40F to 230F Indoor/outdoor rated; provides durability, high
Photoluminescent (T) (-40C to 110C) temperature resistance and dimensional stability;
(Y2) does not stretch or easily tear; after power is lost,
M. material emits glow that is clearly visible
Grounding & for up to 10 hours.
Bonding
Roll Std. Std.

Width Length Pkg. Ctn.
N.
Industrial Part Number Part Description In. mm Ft. m Qty. Qty.
Black Light Pre-Printed
PT2S-ARW Photoluminescent, polyester tape, 2.00 50.8 30.0 9.1 1 4
O. black arrow.
Labeling &
PT2S-BLK Photoluminescent, polyester tape, 2.00 50.8 30.0 9.1 1 4
Identification
black stripe.
PT2S-ARW PT2S-RED Photoluminescent, polyester tape, 2.00 50.8 30.0 9.1 1 4
P. red stripe.
Cable
Management Blank
Accessories PT2S-BLK T200X000Y2T Photoluminescent, polyester tape. 2.00 50.8 15.0 4.5 1 4
T400X000Y2T Photoluminescent, polyester tape. 4.00 101.6 15.0 4.5 1 4
Q. Order number of rolls required.
Index Labels roll mounted on 3.00" cores; when using the TDP43ME thermal transfer desktop printer and 3.00" cores,
PT2S-RED the roll stand (TDP43M-RS) is required.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
WIRING DUCT C.
Fiber
Optic
Panduit Panduct Wiring Duct is designed to manage, protect, and conceal cabling. Available in a wide Systems
selection of styles, sizes, colors and materials, Panduct Wiring Duct meets a variety of application and
D.
environmental needs. For network cabling, Panduit provides solutions from backboard applications in Power
over
the telecommunications room to cord management at the workstation. All Panduct Wiring Ducts are Ethernet
UL Recognized and CSA Certified.
E.
Zone
Cabling
PanelMax Shielded Wiring Duct and Noise Shield
provide two options to route, protect, and shield F.
sensitive wiring from noise emission Wireless
Type H, HN, and HS hinged cover wiring duct feature

a dual-sided hinging cover for convenient channel G.
access and prevents cover loss for superior aesthetics Outlets
Type G wide slot PVC wiring duct is ideal for

managing larger diameter cables and is available in H.
Media
a wide range of sizes in black color Distribution
Type FS solid wall PVC raceway completely conceals

and protects cabling for longer trunking runs where I.
Physical
frequent breakouts are not required Infrastructure
Management
Type FL flexible wiring duct is made of a flexible
polypropylene material to handle non-uniform J.
Overhead &
mounting surfaces and reduce installation time Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Panduit continues to lead the industry in the development of comprehensive cable management Raceway
systems that deliver design flexibility, ease of installation, and lowest cost of ownership.
L.
As part of the Panduit Industrial Automation Solution, Panduct Wiring Duct offers safe Cabinets,
Racks &
and reliable system integration within the physical infrastructure. Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). P.1
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Wiring Duct for Backboard Mounted Applications Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
1
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G. 5
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
2
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J. 6
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing 7
K.
3
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Panduct Type H Hinged Tak-Tape Hook &
1 Cover Wiring Duct 3 Loop Cable Tie Rolls
(page P.5) (page P.21)
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
Fiber-Duct Bend Radius Ultra-Cinch
P.
2 Control Trumpets 4 Hook & Loop Ties and
Cable (page P.14) Tak-Ty Hook & Loop
Management
Accessories Cable Ties
(pages P.22)
Q.
Index
P.2
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Wiring Duct for Cord Management at the Workstation Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
8 Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
9
1 G.
Outlets
4 H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
7
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Panduct Bend Radius Panduct Type G Bonding
5 Control Strips 7 and H Wiring Duct
(page P.14) Wire Retainers
N.
(page P.12) Industrial
Tak-Ty Hook & Loop O.

8 Cable Tie Mounts Labeling &
Identification
(page P.39)
GP6 PLUS
6 Punchdown System P.
(pages B.79 B.81) Cable
Management
Corrugated Accessories
9 Loom Tubing
(page P.51)
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Panduct PanelMax Shielded Wiring Duct
C.
Fiber
Optic The shielded wiring duct routes, separates, and shields UL recognized continuous-use temperature 122F (50C)
Systems sensitive wiring from noise emission Provided with mounting holes
Up to 20dB noise reduction, 90% noise voltage reduction Base and cover length is 6 feet
D. (up to 6 inches air space)
Power Use with Type C cover (purchased separately)
over Lead-free PVC with metallic foil finish
Ethernet
Std.
Pkg.
E. Part Number Part Description Qty.
Zone G2X2LG6EMI 2" x 2" PanelMax Shielded Wiring Duct in two 6-foot lengths. 12
Cabling Foil metal finish. Cover sold separately.
G2X3LG6EMI 2" x 3" PanelMax Shielded Wiring Duct in two 6-foot lengths. 12
Foil metal finish. Cover sold separately.
F.
G2X4LG6EMI 2" x 4" PanelMax Shielded Wiring Duct in two 6-foot lengths. 12
Wireless
Foil metal finish. Cover sold separately.
Use C2LG6 or C2WH6 cover with shielded wiring duct. Standard package quantity in feet.
G. C foil application
.84 [21.3]
Outlets
.84 [21.3]
T F
.57 [14.5]
B .80 [20.2]
H. .48 [12.1]
Media H D .33 [8.4]
Distribution
A E
I.
Physical Dimensions Inches (mm)
Infrastructure Part Number A B C D E F H K T
.50 [12.7] TYP.
Management .20 [5.0] TYP.
G2X2LG6EMI 2.25 2.12 2.25 1.63 0.31 0.8 2 0.5 0.08
J. CL K (57.2) (53.8) (57.2) (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (12.7) (2.0)
K
Overhead & G2X3LG6EMI 2.25 3.12 2.25 2.63 0.31 1 3 0.5 0.1
Underfloor 2.00 4.00 (57.2) (79.2) (57.2) (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (12.7) (2.4)
Routing [50.8] [101.6] TYP.
G2X4LG6EMI 2.25 4.1 2.25 3.63 0.31 1 4 0.5 0.11
(57.2) (104.1) (57.2) (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (12.7) (2.7)
K.
Surface
Raceway Panduct PanelMax Noise Shield
Used within Panduit wiring duct or mounted separately, Up to 20dB noise reduction, 90% noise voltage reduction
L.
Cabinets,
PanelMax Noise Shield separates and shields sensitive (up to 6 inches air space)
Racks & wiring from noise emission Material: zinc-plated steel with black powder coating on
Cable vertical surfaces
Management
Std.
M. Pkg.
Grounding & Part Number Part Description Qty.
Bonding
SD2EMI EMI noise shield kit for 2" height Panduit wiring duct; two 3-foot sections, 1
bonding clips, and anti-oxidizing paste.
N. bonding clips, and anti-oxidizing paste.
Industrial
bonding clips, and anti-oxidizing paste.
O. SDCLIP Replacement bonding clip for use with SD*EMI. 1
Labeling &
Identification
Standard package quantity in kits.
2.00 .30
[50.8] [7.6] GAP
P. .16 [4.2]
Cable X
Management Part No. In. (mm)
Accessories SD2EMI 1.82 [46.1] X
1.00 1.00 .50 [12.7] 1.40
SD3EMI 2.88 [73.2] [25.4] [25.4] TYP. [35.6]
.20
SD4EMI 3.86 [98.2] .75 [19.0] [5.1]
Q. .96 .80 .52 [13.3]
Index 2.62
[24.4] [20.3] [66.6]
.20 [5.0] TYP.
P.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Panduct Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct
C.
Specifications Features and Benefits Fiber
Material: Lead-free PVC Integrated hinged cover design allows easy access to Optic
wiring without hassle of removing and reinstalling cover Systems
UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122F (50C)
UL94 flammability rating of V-0 Dual-sided hinge can open up to 100 from either sidewall
of duct base for easy access to channel D.
Conforms with NFPA 79-2007 section 13.3.1 requirement Power
for flame retardant material Cover retention flanges prevent cover from sliding when over
installed on duct base Ethernet
Provided with mounting holes
Double scoreline saves installation time and lowers
Base and cover length is 6 feet installed cost E.
Restricted slot design retains wire in slot for fast, easy Zone
Cabling
wire installation or removal
Std. Base Cover F.

Pkg. Ctn. Ctn. Wireless
Base Duct Size (W x H) Cover Part Qty. Qty. Qty.
Part Number In. mm Number (Ft.) (Ft.) (Ft.)
H1.5X2BL6 1.75 x 1.98 44.5 x 50.3 HC1.5BL6 6 120 120
H1.5X3BL6 1.75 x 3.06 44.5 x 77.7 HC1.5BL6 6 120 120 G.
Outlets
H2X2BL6 2.17 x 1.98 55.1 x 50.3 HC2BL6 6 120 120
H2X3BL6 2.17 x 3.06 55.1 x 77.7 HC2BL6 6 60 120
H2X4BL6 2.17 x 4.10 55.1 x 104.1 HC2BL6 6 60 120
H3X3BL6 3.25 x 3.06 82.6 x 77.7 HC3BL6 6 60 120 H.
Media
H3X4BL6 3.25 x 4.10 82.6 x 104.1 HC3BL6 6 60 120 Distribution
H4X4BL6 4.25 x 4.10 108.0 x 104.1 HC4BL6 6 60 60
For other colors replace BL (Black) with LG (Light Gray) or WH (White).
Order number of feet required, in multiples of 6 or Standard Carton Quantity. I.
Base and cover sold separately. Physical
Infrastructure
Height dimension includes duct with cover.
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
FF Surface
Raceway
H
H
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
W
W Cable
Management
E
E
M.
E F Grounding &
For 2" Duct Height: 0.31" 0.80" Bonding
(7.9) (20.3)
3" to 4" Height: 0.31" 1.00"
(7.9) (25.4) N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Panduct Type HN Hinged Cover Narrow Slot Wiring Duct
C.
Fiber
Optic Specifications: Features and Benefits
Systems Material: Lead-free PVC Narrow slot and finger design provides excellent wire
UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122F (50C) management with smaller wire diameters and
D. high-density components
Power UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
over Integrated hinged cover design allows easy access to
Conforms with NFPA 79-2007 section 13.3.1 requirement wiring without hassle of removing and reinstalling cover
Ethernet
for flame retardant material
Dual-sided hinge can open up to 100 from either
Provided with mounting holes sidewall of duct base for easy access to channel
E.
Zone Base and cover length is 6 feet Cover retention flanges prevent cover from sliding
Cabling when installed on duct base
Double scoreline saves installation time and lowers
installed cost
F.
Wireless
Restricted slot design retains wire in slot for fast, easy
G.
Outlets Std. Base Cover
Pkg. Ctn. Ctn.
Base Duct Size (W x H*) Cover Qty. Qty. Qty.
Part Number In. mm Part Number (Ft.) (Ft.) (Ft.)
H.
Media HN1.5X2LG6 1.75 x 1.98 44.5 x 50.3 HC1.5LG6 6 120 120
Distribution HN1.5X3LG6 1.75 x 3.06 44.5 x 77.7 HC1.5LG6 6 120 120
HN2X2LG6 2.17 x 1.98 55.1 x 50.3 HC2LG6 6 120 120
I. HN2X3LG6 2.17 x 3.06 55.1 x 77.7 HC2LG6 6 60 120
Physical HN2X4LG6 2.17 x 4.10 55.1 x 104.1 HC2LG6 6 60 120
Infrastructure HN3X3LG6 3.25 x 3.06 82.6 x 77.7 HC3LG6 6 60 120
Management
HN3X4LG6 3.25 x 4.10 82.6 x 104.1 HC3LG6 6 60 120
J. HN4X4LG6 4.25 x 4.10 108.0 x 104.1 HC4LG6 6 60 60
Overhead & Part Number shown for LG (Light Gray). Available in WH (White).
Underfloor
Base and cover sold separately.
Routing
*Height dimension includes duct with cover.
Order number of feet required, in multiples of 6 or Standard Carton Quantity.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
.50 TYP [12.7]
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
H
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
W .20 TYP [5.0]
N. Multiple Slot Restrictors

Industrial Present with 2'' and Greater
Duct Wall Height
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Panduct Type HS Hinged Cover Solid Wall Raceway
C.
Material: Lead-free PVC Integrated hinged cover design allows easy access to Fiber
Rated for continuous use temperature: 122F (50C) wiring without hassle of removing and reinstalling cover Optic
Dual-sided hinge can open up to 100 from either sidewall Systems
UL94 flammability rating V-0
of duct base for easy access to channel
Conforms with NFPA 79-2007 section 13.3.1 requirement D.
for flame-retardant material Cover retention flanges prevent cover from sliding when Power
installed on duct base over
Base and cover length is 6 feet (base and cover sold Ethernet
separately) Base scoreline allows full wire carrying capacity at wiring
duct junctions such as tees and corners
Solid wall design fully encloses cables providing maximum
protection and aesthetics Specially formulated lead-free material eliminates health E.
concerns associated with PVC which contains lead Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
Std. Base Cover

Cover Pkg. Ctn. Ctn. G.
Base Duct Size (W x H) Part Qty. Qty. Qty. Outlets
HS1.5X2LG6NM 1.75 x 1.98 44.5 x 50.3 HC1.5LG6 6 120 120
HS1.5X3LG6NM 1.75 x 3.06 44.5 x 77.7 HC1.5LG6 6 60 120 H.
HS2X2LG6NM 2.17 x 1.98 55.1 x 50.3 HC2LG6 6 120 120 Media
Distribution
HS2X3LG6NM 2.17 x 3.06 55.1 x 77.7 HC2LG6 6 60 120
HS2X4LG6NM 2.17 x 4.10 55.1 x 104.1 HC2LG6 6 60 120
I.
HS3X3LG6NM 3.25 x 3.06 82.6 x 77.7 HC3LG6 6 60 120 Physical
HS3X4LG6NM 3.25 x 4.10 82.6 x 104.1 HC3LG6 6 60 120 Infrastructure
Management
HS4X4LG6NM 4.25 x 4.10 108.0 x 104.1 HC4LG6 6 60 60
Part numbers shown available in LG (Light Gray) and WH (White). 2 x 2 and 4 x 4 sizes available in J.
BL (Black) colors. Overhead &
Base and cover sold separately. Underfloor
H Height dimension includes duct with cover. Routing
Order number of feet required, in multiples of 6' or Standard Carton Quantity.
K.
Surface
W Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Panduct Type NNC Halogen-Free Metric Wiring Duct
C.
Fiber Material: Halogen-free modified polyphenylene oxide Conforms with NFPA 79-2007 section 13.3.1 requirement
Optic (mPPO) material as verified with IEC 60754-2 test method for flame-retardant material
Systems
(test on gases evolved during combustion of electric Provided with DIN 43 659 mounting holes
cables)
D. Metric sizing and finger progression
Power UL recognized continuous-use temperature: 221F (105C)
Duct and cover packaged together in two meter lengths
over UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
Base
F. and Replacement
Wireless Cover Cover
Replacement Ctn. Ctn.
Duct Size (W x H) Slot Width
Base and Cover Cover Qty. Qty.
Part Number mm In. mm In. Part Number (m) (m)
G. NNC25X25LG2 24.6 x 23.6 0.97 x 0.93 10.0 0.39 NC25LG2 20 20
Outlets
NNC25X37LG2 24.6 x 35.8 0.97 x 1.41 10.0 0.39 NC25LG2 20 20
NNC25X50LG2 24.6 x 47.8 0.97 x 1.88 10.0 0.39 NC25LG2 20 20
H. NNC25X75LG2 24.6 x 72.4 0.97 x 2.35 10.0 0.39 NC25LG2 20 20
Media NNC37X37LG2 37.1 x 35.8 1.46 x 1.41 10.0 0.39 NC37LG2 20 20
Distribution
W NNC37X50LG2 37.1 x 47.8 1.46 x 1.88 10.0 0.39 NC37LG2 20 20
NNC37X75LG2 37.1 x 72.4 1.46 x 2.85 10.0 0.39 NC37LG2 20 20
I.
Physical NNC50X50LG2 49.5 x 47.8 1.95 x 1.88 10.0 0.39 NC50LG2 20 20
Infrastructure NNC50X75LG2 49.5 x 72.4 1.95 x 2.85 10.0 0.39 NC50LG2 10 20
Management H
NNC50X100LG2 49.5 x 97.8 1.95 x 3.85 10.0 0.39 NC50LG2 10 20
J. NNC75X75LG2 74.7 x 72.4 2.94 x 2.85 10.0 0.39 NC75LG2 10 20
Overhead & NNC100X50LG2 99.6 x 47.8 3.92 x 1.88 10.0 0.39 NC100LG2 10 20
Underfloor
Routing .98 TYP [25.0] NNC100X75LG2 99.6 x 72.4 3.92 x 2.85 10.0 0.39 NC100LG2 10 20
NNC100X100LG2 99.6 x 97.8 3.92 x 3.85 10.0 0.39 NC100LG2 10 20
K. For white color replace LG (Light Gray) with WH (White).
Surface DO NOT allow cutting, tapping or cleaning fluids that contain hydrocarbons to come in contact with type NNC
Raceway wiring duct as it will cause stress cracking.
Order by total number of meters required, in multiples of Standard Carton Quantity.
L. .39 TYP [10.0]
Cabinets,
Racks & Multiple slot restrictors present with
Cable 75mm and greater duct wall height.
Management
M.
Grounding & Panduct Type NNC Divider Wall
Bonding
NNC solid divider wall can be mounted inside NNC and Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the
NE wiring duct to create multiple channels duct and snap the divider wall onto mounting base, DB-C
N.
Material: Halogen-free modified polyphenylene oxide
Industrial (mPPO)
Std.
O.
Labeling &
For Nominal Std. Ctn.
Identification Length Duct Height Pkg. Qty.
Part Number (m) (mm) Qty. (m)
NNC50DWH2 2 50 2 40
P.
Cable NNC75DWH2 2 75 2 40
Management
Available in WH (White) color only.
Accessories
NOTE: Must be used with mounting base DB-C, which is sold separately. Install mounting bases to the duct
channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length.
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Panduct Type TNC Low-Smoke, Halogen-Free Slotted Wall Wiring Duct C.

Fiber
Low-smoke, halogen-free material meets the regulatory Rail standard compliance/rating: NFPA 130, DIN 5510-2, Optic
requirements of the mass transit industry and other BSS 7239, NFF 16101, NFF 16102, EN UNI 11925-2 Systems
regulated environments Provided with DIN 43 659 mounting holes
UL recognized continuous-use temperature: 221F (105C) Metric sizing and finger progression D.
Power
Flammability rating of UL94 V-0 over
Ethernet
Base
and Replacement
Cover Cover E.
Ctn. Ctn. Zone
Duct Size (W x H) Cabling
Base and Cover Part Replacement Cover Qty. Qty.
Number mm In. Part Number (m) (m)
TNC25X37LG2 24.6 x 35.8 0.97 x 1.41 TNC25LG2 20 20
TNC25X75LG2 24.6 x 72.4 0.97 x 2.85 TNC25LG2 20 20 F.
Wireless
TNC37X37LG2 37.1 x 35.8 1.46 x 1.41 TNC37LG2 20 20
TNC37X75LG2 37.1 x 72.4 1.46 x 2.85 TNC37LG2 20 20
TNC50X50LG2 49.6 x 47.8 1.95 x 1.88 TNC50LG2 20 20
G.
TNC75X75LG2 74.6 x 72.4 2.94 x 2.85 TNC75LG2 10 10 Outlets
TNC100X50LG2 99.6 x 47.8 3.92 x 1.88 TNC100LG2 10 10
TNC100X75LG2 99.6 x 47.8 3.92 x 2.85 TNC100LG2 10 10
H.
Media
Std. Distribution
For Nominal Std. Ctn.
Length Duct Height
Divider Wall Pkg. Qty.
Part Number mm Ft. mm In. Qty. (m) I.
TNC50D2 2.00 6.56 50 2 2 40 Physical
Infrastructure
TNC75D2 2.00 6.56 75 3 2 40 Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Panduct Type G Wide Slot Wiring Duct
C.
Fiber Specifications Features and Benefits
Optic Material: Lead-free PVC Wide finger design provides greater rigidity and larger
Systems
UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122F (50C) slot width
D. UL94 flammability rating of V-0 Panduit exclusive rounded edges will not cut hands or
Power abrade wiring insulation
Conforms with NFPA 79-2007 section 13.3.1 requirement
over Non-slip cover will not slide easily when installed on
Ethernet for flame retardant material
duct base
Provided with mounting holes
Flush cover design holds more wires than traditional
E. Base and cover length is 6 feet duct designs
Zone
Cabling Double scoreline saves installation time and lowers
installed cost
Specially formulated lead-free material eliminates health
F.
concerns associated with PVC that contains lead
Wireless Restricted slot design retains wire in slot for fast, easy
G.
Outlets
Std. Base Cover
Pkg. Ctn. Ctn.
Base Duct Size (W x H) Cover Part Qty. Qty. Qty.
H. G.75X2BL6 0.93 x 2.03 23.6 x 51.7 C.75BL6 6 120 120
Media
Distribution G1X1BL6 1.26 x 1.12 32.0 x 28.4 C1BL6 6 120 120
G1X1.5BL6 1.26 x 1.62 32.0 x 41.1 C1BL6 6 120 120
I. G1X2BL6 1.26 x 2.12 32.0 x 53.8 C1BL6 6 120 120
Physical G1X3BL6 1.26 x 3.12 32.0 x 79.2 C1BL6 6 120 120
Infrastructure
Management G1X4BL6 1.26 x 4.10 32.0 x 104.1 C1BL6 6 60 120
G1.5X1.5BL6 1.75 x 1.62 44.5 x 41.1 C1.5BL6 6 120 120
J. G1.5X2BL6 1.75 x 2.12 44.5 x 53.8 C1.5BL6 6 120 120
Overhead &
Underfloor G1.5X3BL6 1.75 x 3.12 44.5 x 79.2 C1.5BL6 6 120 120
Routing G1.5X4BL6 1.75 x 4.10 44.5 x 104.1 C1.5BL6 6 60 120
G2X1BL6 2.25 x 1.12 57.2 x 28.4 C2BL6 6 120 120
K. G2X2BL6 2.25 x 2.12 57.2 x 53.8 C2BL6 6 120 120
Surface
Raceway G2X3BL6 2.25 x 3.12 57.2 x 79.2 C2BL6 6 60 120
To order cover with protective
film add "F" to part number. G2X4BL6 2.25 x 4.10 57.2 x 104.1 C2BL6 6 60 120
L. G2.5X3BL6 2.75 x 3.12 69.9 x 79.2 C2.5BL6 6 120 120
Cabinets,
Racks &
G3X2BL6 3.25 x 2.12 82.6 x 53.8 C3BL6 6 120 120
Cable G3X3BL6 3.25 x 3.12 82.6 x 79.2 C3BL6 6 60 120
Management
G3X4BL6 3.25 x 4.10 82.6 x 104.1 C3BL6 6 60 120
G4X2BL6 4.25 x 2.12 108.0 x 53.8 C4BL6 6 60 120
M.
Grounding & G4X3BL6 4.25 x 3.12 108.0 x 79.2 C4BL6 6 60 120
Bonding G4X4BL6 4.25 x 4.10 108.0 x 104.1 C4BL6 6 60 120
G4X5BL6 4.25 x 5.10 108.0 x 129.5 C4BL6 6 60 120
N. For other colors replace BL (Black) with LG (Light Gray) or WH (White).

Industrial Order number of feet required, in multiples of 6' or Standard Carton Quantity.
Base and cover sold separately.
W
O.
Labeling & E F
F
Identification
For 0.5" Duct Height: 0.31" 0.80"
H (9.4) (20.3)
P. 0.75" to 2" Duct Height: 0.31" 0.80"
Cable (7.9) (20.3)
Management
Accessories 3" to 4" Duct Height: 0.31" 1.00"
(7.9) (25.4)
E 5" Duct Height: 0.38" 1.33"
Q. (9.4) (33.8)
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Panduct Type FS Solid Wall Raceway
C.
Specifications Features and Benefits Fiber
Material: Lead-free PVC Solid wall design fully encloses cables providing maximum Optic
protection and aesthetics Systems
UL94 flammability rating of V-0 Non-slip cover will not slide easily when installed on
D.
duct base Power
Supplied without mounting holes
Flush cover design holds more wires than traditional over
Base and cover length is 6 feet duct designs Ethernet
Base scoreline allows full wire carrying capacity at wiring

duct junctions such as tees and corners E.
Zone
Specially formulated lead-free material eliminates health Cabling
concerns associated with PVC which contains lead
Std. Base Cover F.

Pkg. Ctn. Ctn. Wireless
Base Duct Size (W x H) Cover Qty. Qty. Qty.
Part Number In. mm Part Number (Ft.) (Ft.) (Ft.)
> FS.5X.5LG6NM 0.69 x 0.60 17.5 x 15.2 C.5LG6 6 120 120
G.
> FS.5X1LG6NM 0.69 x 1.06 17.5 x 26.9 C.5LG6 6 120 120 Outlets
FS.75X.75LG6NM 0.93 x 0.82 23.6 x 20.8 C.75LG6 6 120 120
> FS1X1LG6NM 1.26 x 1.12 32.0 x 28.4 C1LG6 6 120 120
> FS1X1.5LG6NM 1.26 x 1.62 32.0 x 41.1 C1LG6 6 120 120 H.
Media
FS1X2LG6NM 1.26 x 2.12 32.0 x 53.8 C1LG6 6 120 120 Distribution
FS1X3LG6NM 1.26 x 3.12 32.0 x 79.2 C1LG6 6 120 120
FS1X4LG6NM 1.26 x 4.10 32.0 x 104.1 C1LG6 6 60 120 I.
> FS1.5X1LG6NM 1.75 x 1.12 44.5 x 28.4 C1.5LG6 6 120 120 Physical
Infrastructure
> FS1.5X1.5LG6NM 1.75 x 1.62 44.5 x 41.1 C1.5LG6 6 120 120 Management
> FS1.5X2LG6NM 1.75 x 2.12 44.5 x 53.8 C1.5LG6 6 120 120
> FS1.5X3LG6NM 1.75 x 3.12 44.5 x 79.2 C1.5LG6 6 120 120 J.
Overhead &
> FS2X1LG6NM 2.25 x 1.12 57.2 x 28.4 C2LG6 6 120 120
Underfloor
To order cover with protective FS2X1.5LG6NM 2.25 x 1.62 57.2 x 41.1 C2LG6 6 120 120 Routing
film add"F" to part number. > FS2X2LG6NM 2.25 x 2.12 57.2 x 53.8 C2LG6 6 120 120
Six inch cover not available
> FS2X3LG6NM 2.25 x 3.12 57.2 x 79.2 C2LG6 6 60 120 K.
with protective film.
FS2X4LG6NM 2.25 x 4.10 57.2 x 104.1 C2LG6 6 60 120 Surface
>
Raceway
> FS3X1LG6NM 3.25 x 1.12 82.6 x 28.4 C3LG6 6 120 120
> FS3X2LG6NM 3.25 x 2.12 82.6 x 53.8 C3LG6 6 120 120 L.
> FS3X3LG6NM 3.25 x 3.12 82.6 x 79.2 C3LG6 6 60 120 Cabinets,
Racks &
FS3X4LG6NM 3.25 x 4.10 82.6 x 104.1 C3LG6 6 60 120 Cable
FS3X5LG6NM 3.25 x 5.10 82.6 x 129.5 C3LG6 6 60 120 Management
FS4X1.5LG6 4.25 x 1.62 108.0 x 41.1 C4LG6 6 120 120
M.
> FS4X2LG6NM 4.25 x 2.12 108.0 x 53.8 C4LG6 6 60 120 Grounding &
> FS4X3LG6NM 4.25 x 3.12 108.0 x 79.2 C4LG6 6 60 120 Bonding
> FS4X4LG6NM 4.25 x 4.10 108.0 x 104.1 C4LG6 6 60 120
> FS4X5LG6NM 4.25 x 5.10 108.0 x 129.5 C4LG6 6 60 120
N.
> FS6X4LG6NM 6.25 x 4.15 158.8 x 105.4 C6LG6 6 60 120 Industrial
>Indicates parts available with mounting holes. Remove NM from part number.
For other colors replace LG (Light Gray) with WH (White) or BL (Black), available in selected sizes.
Order number of feet required, in multiples of 6' or Standard Carton Quantity. O.
Height dimension includes duct with cover. Labeling &
Base and cover sold separately. Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Panduct Type FL Flexible Wiring Duct
C.
Fiber Specifications Features and Benefits
Optic Material: Flexible Polypropylene The flexibility of type FL wiring duct allows it to be used in
Systems applications where conventional rigid PVC duct cannot
UL94 flammability rating of V-2 One-piece design with enclosing fingers simplifies
D.
Power
insertion and removal of wiring
Factory applied adhesive tape provided for easy mounting
over
Ethernet Base and cover length is 19.7 inches
E. Std.
Zone Pkg.
Cabling Duct Size (W x H) Qty.
Part Number In. mm (Pcs.)
FL12X12LG-A 0.49 x 0.49 12.5 x 12.5 112
F. FL25X25LG-A 0.98 x 0.98 25.0 x 25.0 70
Wireless
FL50X50LG-A 1.97 x 1.97 50.0 x 50.0 32
Available in LG (RAL 7040 Light Gray) color only.
G.
Outlets
W
.20 TYP [5.0]
H.
Media
Distribution H
I. .25 TYP [6.2]

Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor Panduct Type G and H Wiring Duct Wire Retainers
Routing
Insert between fingers of type G and H wiring duct to Adjustable height
contain wiring when cover is removed Material: ABS
K.
Surface
Raceway
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
L.
Cabinets,
For Duct Width For Duct Height Qty. Qty.
Racks & Part Number In. (mm) In. (mm) (Pcs.) (Pcs.)
Cable WR2-C 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 4.00 (50.8 101.6) 100 1000
Management
WR2H-C* 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 4.00 (50.8 101.6) 100 1000
M. WR3-C 3.00 (76.2) 2.00 4.00 (50.8 101.6) 100 1000
Grounding & WR4-C 4.00 (101.6) 2.00 4.00 (50.8 101.6) 100 1000
Bonding
WR5-C Use with: 3 x 5, 4 x 5, or 6 x 4 Use with: 3 x 5, 4 x 5, or 6 x 4 100 1000
*WR2H-C For use with 2" width Type H hinged cover wiring duct.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Panduct Divider Wall
Wiring duct divider walls can be mounted inside any type All versions snap onto DB-C mounting base C.
Fiber
of Panduit PVC wiring duct to create multiple channels Divider wall heights 2" and greater have a scoreline Optic
Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the feature allowing sections to be removed leaving a smooth Systems
duct and snap the divider wall onto the mounting base edge
accessory (shown below) D.
Power
Std. Std. over
Length For Nominal Duct Height Ethernet
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number (Ft.) In. mm Qty. Qty.
Panduct Solid Divider Wall E.
Zone
D2H6 6 2.00 50 6 120 Cabling
D3H6 6 3.00 75 6 120
D4H6 6 4.00 100 6 120
D2HWH6 6 2.00 50 6 120 F.
Wireless
D3HWH6 6 3.00 75 6 120
D4HWH6 6 4.00 100 6 120
Panduct Slotted Divider Wall
G.
SD2H6 6 2.00 50 6 120 Outlets
SD3H6 6 3.00 75 6 120
SD4H6 6 4.00 100 6 120
SD2HWH6 6 2.00 50 6 120 H.
Media
SD3HWH6 6 3.00 75 6 120
Distribution
SD4HWH6 6 4.00 100 6 120
I.
Adhesive Tape Physical
Infrastructure
Recommended installation temperature is 70F (21C) Optimum recommended dwell time for acrylic adhesive Management
UL Recognized service temperature is 32F (0C) is 8 hours

J.
to 140F (60C) Recommended tape load is 1/2 lb. per square inch Overhead &
of tape area Underfloor
Routing
Roll Std. Std.
Duct Size Tape Length Pkg. Ctn. K.
(W x H) Part Number Yds. m Qty. Qty. Surface
Raceway
0.5 x 0.5 1.5 x 4* P32W2A2-50-7 7 6.4 1 100
P32W2A2-50-72 72 65.5 1 9 L.
2x13x3 P32W2A2-50-7 7 6.4 1 100 Cabinets,
Racks &
P32W2A2-50-72 72 65.5 1 9 Cable
3x43x5 P32W2A2-75-7 7 6.4 1 60 Management
P32W2A2-75-72 72 65.5 1 7
M.
4 x 1.5 4 x 3 P32W2A2-50-7 7 6.4 1 100
Grounding &
P32W2A2-75-72 72 65.5 1 9 Bonding
4x46x4 P32W2A2-75-7 7 6.4 1 60
P32W2A2-75-72 72 65.5 1 7
N.
*Note: 1.5 x 1.5 duct uses 3/4" width tape. Industrial
Specifications For Tape Application

O.
Tape Labeling &
Identification
Duct Size Rows of Width Thickness
(W x H) Tape In. mm In. mm
P.
0.5 x 0.5 0.75 x 2 1 0.50 12.7 0.03 0.8
Cable
1 x 1 1.5 x 4 1 0.75 19.1 0.03 0.8 Management
Accessories
2x13x3 2 0.50 12.7 0.03 0.8
3x43x5 2 0.75 19.1 0.03 0.8
4 x 1.5 4 x 3 2 0.50 12.7 0.03 0.8 Q.
4x46x4 2 0.75 19.1 0.03 0.8 Index
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
Panduct Duct Corner Strip with 1" Bend Radius Control
C. Create a strong rigid corner at wiring duct junctions Easy to install two-piece design
Fiber
Optic Provide bend radius protection for cabling as required in Compatible with all styles of Panduit wiring duct
Systems NFPA 79-2007 section 13.1.5.9 and TIA/EIA-568-B UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
and 569-A
D. Material: Lead-free PVC
Power Available in 6 foot lengths that can be cut to size to meet
over any size requirement
Ethernet
Std. Std.
E. Pkg. Ctn.
Zone For Duct Height Qty. Qty.
Cabling

Cableado Estructurado PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cableado Estructurado PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A.

D. Power over Ethernet F.

L. Cabinets, Racks, and Cable Management M.

M. Grounding and Bonding

3 Power over Ethernet

UNIFIED PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURESM APPROACH

SOLUTIONS THAT ENABLE TECHNOLOGY

PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT E.

10 GIGABIT ETHERNET OVER COPPER

together to suppress alien crosstalk while delivering Category 6A electrical performance.These

10 GIGABIT ETHERNET AND FIBRE CHANNEL

FIBER OPTIC STORAGE NETWORKING SOLUTIONS

PRE-TERMINATED COPPER AND FIBER SOLUTIONS

*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.

FASTER IMPLEMENTATION WITH PRE-CONFIGURED

NETWORK GROUNDING AND BONDING

Keyed LC Fiber Optic System incorporates positive/negative keying features and

LC Fiber Optic Duplex Adapter Blockout Device is a tamper-resistant design which L.

MEDIA SERVICES Fiber

ULTIMATE ID NETWORK LABELING

WORKSTATION AREA ROADMAP

TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM ROADMAP

DATA CENTER ROADMAP

2 Fiber Optic Systems

TX COPPER SYSTEMS SELECTION GUIDE

Performance >500 MHz >350 MHz >300 MHz >175 MHz

L. Pre-Terminated QuickNet Copper QuickNet Copper QuickNet Copper QuickNet Plug

FIBER OPTIC SYSTEMS SELECTION GUIDE

GLOBAL SERVICES AND SUPPORT

RESTRICTION OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES (ROHS)

PANDUIT BUSINESS PARTNER PROGRAM

new business efficiencies.

systems to increase partner differentiation and enhance relevance with customers.

PANDUIT DESIGN TOOLS

K. Panduit methodology-based approach defines the most critical elements to minimize

conductor untwist; forward motion termination K.

M. Data Center/Telecommunications Room

P. Mini-Com Jack Modules

PSF1PXD4MBU High speed twinaxial cable assembly with 4 24 Blue 1 10

M. Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance

All cable assemblies on S100X225YAJ S100X225VATY S100X225VAC T100X000CBC-BK

Pre-Terminated UTP Cassette Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassette Jack Modules

O. Removal tool available on page B.13.

2 Performance Level A = 6-pack

All UTP cable is available in CM Flame/Smoke Rating.

Component Labels for QuickNet Plug Pack Assemblies L.

Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance

All QuickNet Plug

QuickNet Plug Pack Removal Tool J.

Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance

J. No. of Std. Std.

Black Red Green Yellow Orange Blue Violet Intl. Gray

Black Red Green Yellow Orange Blue Violet Intl. Gray

Mini-Com TX6A 10Gig UTP Jack Modules (continued)

All TX6A 10Gig

G. No. of Std. Std.

Component Labels for Mini-Com Category 6A UTP Coupler Module

Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance M.

CC6X88IW C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK

No. of Std. Std.

F. ^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).

L. Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance

TX6A 10Gig UTP Patch Cords with MaTriX Technology C.